From 7583a8ce254e1465fa9491a608754e84a72d787e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vincent van Ravesteijn Date: Sat, 5 Oct 2013 16:59:04 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] Fix EOLs --- development/autotests/bug-8684.lyx | 216 +- lib/doc/Math.lyx | 76918 +++++++++++----------- lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx | 92700 +++++++++++++------------- lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx | 92710 +++++++++++++-------------- lib/templates/APA6.lyx | 572 +- 5 files changed, 131558 insertions(+), 131558 deletions(-) diff --git a/development/autotests/bug-8684.lyx b/development/autotests/bug-8684.lyx index 64f758f978..b9dba6039d 100644 --- a/development/autotests/bug-8684.lyx +++ b/development/autotests/bug-8684.lyx @@ -1,108 +1,108 @@ -#LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 413 -\begin_document -\begin_header -\textclass IEEEtran -\begin_preamble -\usepackage{algpseudocode} - -\algtext*{EndFor}% Remove "end while" text -\algtext*{EndWhile}% Remove "end while" text -\algtext*{EndIf}% Remove "end if" text - -\usepackage{ifsym} -\end_preamble -\options twoside -\use_default_options true -\maintain_unincluded_children false -\language english -\language_package default -\inputencoding utf8 -\fontencoding global -\font_roman default -\font_sans default -\font_typewriter default -\font_default_family default -\use_non_tex_fonts false -\font_sc false -\font_osf false -\font_sf_scale 100 -\font_tt_scale 100 - -\graphics default -\default_output_format default -\output_sync 0 -\output_sync_macro "\usepackage[active]{srcltx}" -\bibtex_command default -\index_command default -\paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\use_hyperref true -\pdf_bookmarks true -\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true -\pdf_bookmarksopen false -\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1 -\pdf_breaklinks false -\pdf_pdfborder true -\pdf_colorlinks false -\pdf_backref false -\pdf_pdfusetitle true -\papersize default -\use_geometry false -\use_amsmath 1 -\use_esint 1 -\use_mhchem 1 -\use_mathdots 1 -\cite_engine basic -\use_bibtopic false -\use_indices false -\paperorientation portrait -\suppress_date false -\use_refstyle 1 -\index Index -\shortcut idx -\color #008000 -\end_index -\secnumdepth 3 -\tocdepth 3 -\paragraph_separation indent -\paragraph_indentation default -\quotes_language english -\papercolumns 1 -\papersides 2 -\paperpagestyle default -\tracking_changes false -\output_changes false -\html_math_output 0 -\html_css_as_file 0 -\html_be_strict false -\author 2022551537 "QWE" -\end_header - -\begin_body - -\begin_layout Standard -i.e., -\change_deleted 2022551537 1368859838 - -\begin_inset Formula $p:\mathbb{R}\rightarrow\mathbb{R}$ -\end_inset - - -\change_inserted 2022551537 1368859864 - -\begin_inset Formula $I\subset\mathbb{R}$ -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Formula $O\subset\mathbb{R}$ -\end_inset - - -\change_unchanged -. - The -\end_layout - -\end_body -\end_document +#LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 413 +\begin_document +\begin_header +\textclass IEEEtran +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{algpseudocode} + +\algtext*{EndFor}% Remove "end while" text +\algtext*{EndWhile}% Remove "end while" text +\algtext*{EndIf}% Remove "end if" text + +\usepackage{ifsym} +\end_preamble +\options twoside +\use_default_options true +\maintain_unincluded_children false +\language english +\language_package default +\inputencoding utf8 +\fontencoding global +\font_roman default +\font_sans default +\font_typewriter default +\font_default_family default +\use_non_tex_fonts false +\font_sc false +\font_osf false +\font_sf_scale 100 +\font_tt_scale 100 + +\graphics default +\default_output_format default +\output_sync 0 +\output_sync_macro "\usepackage[active]{srcltx}" +\bibtex_command default +\index_command default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\use_hyperref true +\pdf_bookmarks true +\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true +\pdf_bookmarksopen false +\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1 +\pdf_breaklinks false +\pdf_pdfborder true +\pdf_colorlinks false +\pdf_backref false +\pdf_pdfusetitle true +\papersize default +\use_geometry false +\use_amsmath 1 +\use_esint 1 +\use_mhchem 1 +\use_mathdots 1 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false +\use_indices false +\paperorientation portrait +\suppress_date false +\use_refstyle 1 +\index Index +\shortcut idx +\color #008000 +\end_index +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\paragraph_indentation default +\quotes_language english +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 2 +\paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes false +\html_math_output 0 +\html_css_as_file 0 +\html_be_strict false +\author 2022551537 "QWE" +\end_header + +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Standard +i.e., +\change_deleted 2022551537 1368859838 + +\begin_inset Formula $p:\mathbb{R}\rightarrow\mathbb{R}$ +\end_inset + + +\change_inserted 2022551537 1368859864 + +\begin_inset Formula $I\subset\mathbb{R}$ +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Formula $O\subset\mathbb{R}$ +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged +. + The +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/Math.lyx b/lib/doc/Math.lyx index 5ac17d5742..d85a32bb12 100644 --- a/lib/doc/Math.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/Math.lyx @@ -1,38459 +1,38459 @@ -#LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 474 -\begin_document -\begin_header -\textclass scrartcl -\begin_preamble -% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!! -% -% This preamble is designed to ensure that the file prints -% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble, -% parts of this document may not print out as expected. If you -% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact -% the documentation team -% email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org - -% if pdflatex is used -\usepackage{ifpdf} -\ifpdf - -% set fonts for nicer pdf view -\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty} - {\usepackage{lmodern}}{} - -\fi % end if pdflatex is used - -% solves the following problem: -% If the dection number consits of too many numerals the section heading -% will be printed in the TOC without a space between it and the section number. -% As solution more space between the number and the heading is inserted: -\renewcommand{\l@subsection}{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.8em}} -\renewcommand{\l@subsubsection}{\@dottedtocline{3}{4.3em}{3.6em}} - -% To be able to enter the character ° and · directly in LyX, -% see sec. 22.11 -\DeclareInputText{176}{\ifmmode^\circ\else\textdegree\fi} -\DeclareInputText{183}{\ifmmode\cdot\else\textperiodcentered\fi} - -% increase link area for cross-references and autoname them, -\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand{\ref}[1]{\mbox{\autoref{#1}}}} -\@ifundefined{extrasenglish}{\usepackage[english]{babel}}{} -\addto\extrasenglish{% - \renewcommand*{\equationautorefname}[1]{}% - \renewcommand{\sectionautorefname}{sec.\negthinspace}% - \renewcommand{\subsectionautorefname}{sec.\negthinspace}% - \renewcommand{\subsubsectionautorefname}{sec.\negthinspace}% -} - -% don't load packages twice -% see first footnote in sec. 9.3 -\@ifundefined{textcolor}{\usepackage{color}}{} - -% the pages of the TOC are numbered roman -% and a PDF-bookmark for the TOC is added -\pagenumbering{roman} -\let\myTOC\tableofcontents -\renewcommand{\tableofcontents}{% - \vspace{1cm} - \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{} - \myTOC - \cleardoublepage - \pagenumbering{arabic}} - -% insert additional vertical space of 1.5 mm between footnotes, -\let\myFoot\footnote -\renewcommand{\footnote}[1]{\myFoot{#1\vspace{1.5mm}}} - -% provides caption formatting -\setkomafont{captionlabel}{\bfseries} - -% used in sec. 24.5 -\usepackage[samesize]{cancel} - -% enables calculation of values -\usepackage{calc} - -% for multiple columns used in sec. 24.7 -\usepackage{multicol} - -% needed in sec. 19.4 -\usepackage{remreset} - -% for the Fourier transformation symbol -\usepackage{mathrsfs} - -% define a color, used in sec.9.3 -\definecolor{darkgreen}{cmyk}{0.5, 0, 1, 0.5} - -% declare operators (see sec. 10.4 and sec. 15.2) -\DeclareMathOperator*{\Lozenge}{\blacklozenge} -\DeclareMathOperator{\sgn}{sgn} - -\newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace} - -% example definitions for sec. 20.1 -\newcommand{\gr}{\Longrightarrow} -\newcommand{\us}[1]{\underline{#1}} -\newcommand{\fb}[3]{\framebox#1#2{$#3$}} -\newcommand{\cb}[3][white]{\fcolorbox{#2}{#1}{$#3$}} -\newcommand{\fracS}[3][]{\genfrac{}{}{#1}{}{#2}{#3}} - -% example macro from sec. 19.4 -%\def\tagform@#1{\maketag@@@{|#1|}} - -% macro from sec. 10.2 -\def\clap#1{\hbox to 0pt{\hss #1\hss}} -\def\mathclap {\mathpalette \mathclapinternal} -\def\mathclapinternal #1#2{\clap{$\mathsurround =0pt #1{#2}$}} - - -% ------------------------------------ -% used to check for needed LaTeX packages -\usepackage{ifthen} - -% check for package eurosym -% used for the Euro symbol -\newboolean{eurosym} -\IfFileExists{eurosym.sty} - {\usepackage[gennarrow]{eurosym} - \setboolean{eurosym}{true}} - {\setboolean{eurosym}{false}} - -% check for package braket -% used for physical vectors -\newboolean{braket} -\IfFileExists{braket.sty} - {\usepackage{braket} - \setboolean{braket}{true}} - {\setboolean{braket}{false}} - -% check for package cancel -\newboolean{cancel} -\IfFileExists{cancel.sty} - {\usepackage{cancel} - \setboolean{cancel}{true}} - {\setboolean{cancel}{false}} - -% check for package upgreek -\newboolean{upgreek} -\IfFileExists{upgreek.sty} - {\usepackage{upgreek} - \setboolean{upgreek}{true}} - {\setboolean{upgreek}{false}} -\end_preamble -\options bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading -\use_default_options false -\maintain_unincluded_children false -\language english -\language_package default -\inputencoding auto -\fontencoding global -\font_roman default -\font_sans default -\font_typewriter default -\font_math auto -\font_default_family default -\use_non_tex_fonts false -\font_sc false -\font_osf false -\font_sf_scale 100 -\font_tt_scale 100 -\graphics default -\default_output_format default -\output_sync 0 -\bibtex_command default -\index_command default -\paperfontsize 12 -\spacing single -\use_hyperref true -\pdf_title "LyX's Math Manual" -\pdf_author "LyX Team, Uwe Stöhr" -\pdf_subject "LyX-documentation about math" -\pdf_keywords "LyX, Mathed" -\pdf_bookmarks true -\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true -\pdf_bookmarksopen true -\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1 -\pdf_breaklinks false -\pdf_pdfborder false -\pdf_colorlinks true -\pdf_backref false -\pdf_pdfusetitle false -\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false" -\papersize a4paper -\use_geometry false -\use_package amsmath 2 -\use_package amssymb 2 -\use_package cancel 0 -\use_package esint 1 -\use_package mathdots 1 -\use_package mathtools 0 -\use_package mhchem 1 -\use_package stackrel 0 -\use_package stmaryrd 0 -\use_package undertilde 0 -\cite_engine basic -\cite_engine_type default -\biblio_style plain -\use_bibtopic false -\use_indices false -\paperorientation portrait -\suppress_date false -\justification true -\use_refstyle 0 -\notefontcolor #0000ff -\index Index -\shortcut idx -\color #008000 -\end_index -\secnumdepth 4 -\tocdepth 3 -\paragraph_separation skip -\defskip medskip -\quotes_language english -\papercolumns 1 -\papersides 2 -\paperpagestyle plain -\bullet 1 0 6 -1 -\bullet 2 2 35 -1 -\bullet 3 2 7 -1 -\tracking_changes false -\output_changes false -\html_math_output 0 -\html_css_as_file 0 -\html_be_strict false -\end_header - -\begin_body - -\begin_layout Title -LyX's detailed Math manual -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Author -by the LyX Team -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\noindent -If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta -tion mailing list: -\family typewriter - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org" -target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's Math manual" -type "mailto:" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -author: Uwe Stöhr -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Version 2.0.x -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset CommandInset toc -LatexCommand tableofcontents - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -To export this document to PDF, PS or DVI the LaTeX-packages -\series bold -braket, cancel, eurosym, mathdots, mhchem -\series default - and -\series bold -was -\series default - should be installed. - If they are not installed the document can be exported anyway but the sections - where the packages are required will not appear in the output. - An exception is -\series bold -mhchem -\series default -; if it is not installed, this file cannot be exported. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#Math -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Introduction -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This document explains LyX's math features and is furthermore a collection - of LaTeX-commands used for mathematical characters and constructs. - The explanations are designed for the usage of commands. - It is therefore required that you have read the section -\family typewriter -Mathematical -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Formulas -\family default - of the User's Guide. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Most of the characters and many constructs explained in this manual are - also accessible via the menu -\family sans -Insert -\series bold -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\series default -Math -\family default - or the -\family sans -math -\family default -\series bold - -\family sans -\series default -toolbar -\family default -. - But everybody who has to write lots of formulas will notice that it is - much faster to use commands instead of the math toolbar. - Therefore this manual is focused on commands but also mentions the correspondin -g toolbar buttons when available. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If not specially mentioned the commands are only available within formulas. - To be able to use all commands explained in this document, the option -\family sans -Use AMS math package -\family default - must be checked in the document settings (menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Options -\family default -). -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The option -\family sans -Use AMS math package automatically -\family default - only uses -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -AmS -\end_layout - -\end_inset - --math when math constructs are found that are supported by LyX. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This document doesn't list all -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -AmS -\end_layout - -\end_inset - --math commands -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A list with all -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -AmS -\end_layout - -\end_inset - --math commands is in the file -\family sans - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "amsguide.ps" -target "ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amstex/amsguide.pdf" - -\end_inset - - -\family default -, which is part of every LaTeX standard installation. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - for lucidity reasons. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -General Instructions -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To create an inline formula -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! inline -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - that is embedded into a text line, use one of the shortcuts -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "math-mode" -\end_inset - - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math-mode.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -To create a display style formula -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! display style -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - which will appear bigger, has a different format, and will be in a separate - paragraph, use one of these shortcuts: -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "math-display" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To change a display style formula to an inline formula, set the cursor into - the formula and use one of the shortcuts -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "math-mode" -\end_inset - - or the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Change formula type -\family default -. - The same way is used to change an inline formula to a display style formula. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To display parts of an inline formula in the size of a display style formula, - enter the command -\series bold - -\backslash -displaystyle -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! D ! -\backslash -displaystyle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - to a formula. - Then a new blue box appears in which the desired formula part is inserted. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Only inline formulas are allowed inside tables. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -math toolbar -\family default - can be turned on in the menu -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Toolbars -\family default -. - When you click there on -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Math -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - the toolbar will be shown permanently at the bottom; this state is visualized - in the -\family sans -Toolbars -\family default - menu with a checkmark. - When you click in this state again on -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Math -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in the -\family sans -Toolbars -\family default - menu, the -\family sans -math toolbar -\family default - is only shown when the cursor is within a formula; this state is visualized - by the renaming of the menu entry from -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Math -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(auto) -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The TeX-mode -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -T@TeX-mode -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is invoked by pressing the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/ert-insert.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - or by using the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Te -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X Code -\family default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "ert-insert" -\end_inset - -). -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -In LyX there are three -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -proper names -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - that appear in the output with sub- and superscript letters: TeX, LaTeX - and LyX -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -To avoid that these names are recognized as proper names, a TeX-brace pair - is inserted. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To change the LaTeX-preamble -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -L@LaTeX-preamble -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, use the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\family default - -\family sans -Preamble -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To edit matrices, case differentiations and multiline formulas subsequently, - use the menus -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math -\family default - and -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Rows -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -Columns, -\family default - or the -\family sans -table toolbar -\family default -. - When lines and columns are swapped via the menu, the column or line where - the cursor is in is exchanged with the column to the right or the line - below, respectively. - Is the cursor in the last column or row, the exchange is done with the - column to the left or the line above. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To write text in formulas -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -For multiline formulas the command -\series bold - -\backslash -intertext -\series default - is used, see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Text-in-multiline" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\emph on -mathematical text -\emph default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Text ! in formulas -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Mathematical text -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is used. - This mode is invoked with the shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-default" -\end_inset - - or by the insertion of the command -\series bold - -\backslash -text -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! T ! -\backslash -text -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - The text appears black in LyX and can therefore be distinguished from the - other formula parts which appear blue. - In the output mathematical text is set upright, in contrary to other formula - parts. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection* -Command Scheme -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Most of the LaTeX-commands for math constructs have the following scheme: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -commandname[optional -\series default - -\series bold -argument]{required -\series default - -\series bold -argument} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A command always starts with a backslash -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash - -\series default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - To omit optional arguments, also omit the associated brackets. - The braces around the required arguments are named in this document as - TeX-braces -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -T@TeX-braces -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - If you add in a formula a left brace to a command name, LyX automatically - creates a TeX-brace. - In all other cases TeX-braces are created in formulas with the command - -\series bold - -\backslash -{ -\series default -. - TeX-braces appear red in LyX, in contrary to normal braces which appear - blue. - In TeX-mode no command is needed to get TeX-braces. - TeX-braces don't appear in the output. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When commands without arguments, like commands for symbols are entered in - TeX-mode, a space character must -\emph on -always -\emph default - be behind the command to end it. - This space doesn't appear in the output. - When the space should appear in the output, the space must be followed - by a protected space in normal text. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A protected space is inserted with -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection* -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - -Syntax Explanation -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -The symbol -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This visible space character can be created with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -textvisiblespace -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! T ! -\backslash -textvisiblespace -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, inserted in TeX-mode. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -denotes a space character to be input. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -An arrow like -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - denotes the usage of the corresponding arrow key on the keyboard. - The -\family sans -Tab -\family default - key can often be used instead of -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -, and -\family sans -Shift+Tab -\family default - instead of -\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection* -Available units -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Float table -placement H -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Caption Standard - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "tab:Available-units" - -\end_inset - -Available units -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Unit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Name / Description -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -mm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Millimeter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -cm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Centimeter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -in -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Inch (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -in = 2,54 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cm) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -pt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Point (72.27 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt = 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -in) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -pc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Pica (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pc = 12 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -sp -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -scaled point (65536 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -sp = 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -bp -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -big point (72 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -bp = 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -in) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -dd -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Didot (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -dd -\begin_inset Formula $\approx$ -\end_inset - - 0.376 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mm) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -cc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Cicero (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cc = 12 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -dd) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -ex -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Height of letter -\emph on - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -x -\emph default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in the current font -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -width of letter -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\emph on -M -\emph default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in the current font -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -mu -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -math unit (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mu = -\begin_inset Formula $\nicefrac{1}{18}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Basic Functions -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Exponents -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Exponents -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and Indices -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Indices -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Superscripts|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Exponents -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Subscripts|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Indices -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Indices are created with an underscore -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -_ -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - or via the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math-subscript.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -, exponents with a caret -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -^ -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - or via the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math-superscript.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -B_V -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $B_{V}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -B^V -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}B^{V}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -B^ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}B^{A}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As the caret is in some languages an accent, vowels will be accentuated - in this case and not set as exponents -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Depending on the used keyboard settings this can also happen for characters - other than vowels. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - To get exponents in this case, press -\family sans -Space -\family default - after the caret as in the last example. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Fractions -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Fractions" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Fractions -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fractions are generated with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -frac -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! F ! -\backslash -frac -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - or via the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/frac.png - scale 50 - -\end_inset - -. - The font size is adjusted automatically, depending on whether the fraction - is in an inline or display style formula. - With the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/frac-square.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - you can select different fraction types. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With the command -\series bold - -\backslash -dfrac -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! D ! -\backslash -dfrac -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - a fraction can be created that always has the size of a display style formula. - With -\series bold - -\backslash -tfrac -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! T ! -\backslash -tfrac -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - the fraction appears always with the size of an inline formula. - An example: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A line with the fraction -\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset - - that was created with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -frac -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A line with the fraction -\begin_inset Formula $\dfrac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset - - that was created with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -dfrac -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -frac -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\frac{A}{B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -dfrac -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7mm}{}\dfrac{A}{B}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -dfrac -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -e^ -\backslash -frac -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -1 -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -2 -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -3 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{8mm}{}\dfrac{e^{\frac{1}{2}}}{3}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - -For nested fractions the command -\series bold - -\backslash -cfrac -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! C ! -\backslash -cfrac -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - can be used. - Here is an example: -\begin_inset VSpace -3mm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{align*} -\textrm{created with \textbf{\textbackslash frac}} & & \textrm{created with \textbf{\textbackslash cfrac}}\\ -\frac{A}{B+\frac{C+\frac{E}{F}}{D}} & & \cfrac{A}{B+\cfrac{C+\cfrac{E}{F}}{D}} -\end{align*} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The command for the example above is: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -cfrac -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -B+ -\backslash -cfrac -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -C+ -\backslash -cfrac -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -E -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -F -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -D -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -cfrac -\series default - sets the fraction always in the size of a displayed formula, also when - it is part of another fraction. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -It is possible to specify the alignment of the numerator. - The command -\series bold - -\backslash -cfracleft -\series default - is used to left align it, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -cfracright -\series default - to right-align it. - -\series bold - -\backslash -cfrac -\series default - centers the numerator. - These fractions demonstrate the different alignments: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\cfrac[l]{A}{B+C}\,,\,\cfrac{A}{B+C}\,,\,\cfrac[r]{A}{B+C} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - -\series bold - -\backslash -cfracleft -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -cfracright -\series default - are no real LaTeX commands but represent the command -\series bold - -\backslash -cfrac[alignment]{numerator}{denominator} -\series default - . - Therefore you cannot use them in TeX code. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -It is often advantageous to combine -\series bold - -\backslash -cfrac -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -frac -\series default -: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\cfrac{A}{B+\cfrac{C+\frac{E}{F}}{D}} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For inline fractions with a sloped fraction stroke you can use the command - -\series bold - -\backslash -nicefrac -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! N ! -\backslash -nicefrac -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Formula $\nicefrac{5}{31}$ -\end_inset - - or -\series bold - -\backslash -unitfrac -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! U ! -\backslash -unitfrac -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Formula $\unitfrac{5}{31}$ -\end_inset - - There is furthermore the command -\series bold - -\backslash -unitfracthree -\series default - that offers to write a fraction in combination with a number: -\begin_inset Formula $\unitfrac[2]{1}{3}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - -\series bold - -\backslash -unitfracthree -\series default - is not a real LaTeX command but the command -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -unitfrac[number]{numerator}{denominator} -\series default - . - Therefore you cannot use it in TeX code. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -How to define own fractions where the fraction stroke can be changed, is - explained in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Self-defined-Fractions" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Roots -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Roots -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Square roots are created with -\series bold - -\backslash -sqrt -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! S ! -\backslash -sqrt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - or the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/sqrt.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -, all other roots with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -root -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! R ! -\backslash -root -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - or with the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/root.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sqrt -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A-B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\sqrt{A-B}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -root -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -3 -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -A-B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\sqrt[3]{A-B}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A square root can also be created with -\series bold - -\backslash -root -\series default - when the root index field is left empty. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With certain indices the distance to the root is too small, like in this - formula: -\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[\beta]{B}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -The -\begin_inset Formula $\beta$ -\end_inset - - touches the root. - To avoid this, the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -leftroot -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! L ! -\backslash -leftroot -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and -\series bold - -\backslash -uproot -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! U ! -\backslash -uproot -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - are used with the following scheme: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -leftroot{distance} -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -uproot{distance} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Distance is the number of Big Points (unit bp; -\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{72\, bp=1\, inch}$ -\end_inset - -), that the index should be moved to the left or top, resp.. - The commands are written to the index. - This way the command -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -root -\backslash -leftroot{-1 -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -uproot{2 -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -beta -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - -B -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series default -produces a correct typeset formula: -\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[\leftroot{-1}\uproot{2}\beta]{B}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Binomial Coefficients -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Binomial coefficients -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Binomial coefficients are inserted with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -binom -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! B ! -\backslash -binom -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - or with the submenu of the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/frac-square.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. - As with fractions ( -\series bold - -\backslash -frac -\series default -) in addition to -\series bold - -\backslash -binom -\series default - there are the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -dbinom -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! D ! -\backslash -dbinom -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and -\series bold - -\backslash -tbinom -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! T ! -\backslash -tbinom -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - For other brackets around binomial coeficients there are the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -brace -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! B ! -\backslash -brace -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and -\series bold - -\backslash -brack -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! B ! -\backslash -brack -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -binom -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\binom{A}{B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -dbinom -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\dbinom{A}{B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -tbinom -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\tbinom{A}{B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -brack -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}{A \brack B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -brace -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}{A \brace B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Case Differentiations -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Case differentiations -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -cases -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - -B>0 -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! C ! -\backslash -cases -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\begin{cases} -A & B>0\end{cases}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -cases -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\begin{cases} -A & \textrm{for }x>0\\ -B & \textrm{for }x=0 -\end{cases}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -After inserting -\series bold - -\backslash -cases -\series default - or pressing the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/cases.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - you can create new lines with the shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - - or the table toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/tabular-feature_append-row.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The command -\series bold - -\backslash -cases -\series default - is also available via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cases-Environment -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Negations -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Negations -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -By inserting -\series bold - -\backslash -not -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! N ! -\backslash -not -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - every character can be displayed canceled. - The characters are quasi accentuated by a slash. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -not= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\not=$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -not -\backslash -le -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\not\le$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -not -\backslash -parallel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\not\parallel$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The last example shows that not all negations look good. - Therefore there are special commands for some negations (see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Mathematical-Symbols" - -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Relations" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Placeholders -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Placeholders" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Placeholders -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Chemical characters ! Isotopes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Isotopes|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Chemical characters -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When displaying e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -isotopes -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Typesetting isotopes and chemical symbols is described in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Chemical-Symbols-and" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - the following problem occurs: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Indices created with sub- and superscripts: -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $_{9}^{19}\mathrm{F}\raisebox{-3mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -correct indices: -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $_{\phantom{1}9}^{19}\mathrm{F}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The shorter index is by default placed below or above the first character - of the longer index. - To avoid this there is the command -\series bold - -\backslash -phantom -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! P ! -\backslash -phantom -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - or the math toolbar button -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -can be found in the submenu of the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/space.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/phantom.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - that creates one or more phantom characters. - When inserting -\series bold - -\backslash -phantom -\series default - a small blue box appears that is superposed with two red arrows. - The arrows indicate that the complete width and height of the box content - will be created as placeholder. - Phantom characters are accordingly placeholders with the size of the characters. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -^19 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -_ -\backslash -phantom -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -1 -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - -9 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -F -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}{}_{\phantom{1}9}^{19}\mathrm{F}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -^235 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -_ -\backslash -phantom -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -23 -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - -9 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -F -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}{}_{\phantom{23}9}^{235}\mathrm{F}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Lambda^ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -phantom -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -ii -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - -t -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -_MMt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\Lambda_{MMt}^{\phantom{ii}t}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Furthermore there are the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -vphantom -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! V ! -\backslash -vphantom -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - (toolbar button -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/vphantom.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -) and -\series bold - -\backslash -hphantom -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! H ! -\backslash -hphantom -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - (toolbar button -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/hphantom.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -). - -\series bold - -\backslash -hphantom -\series default - creates only space for the maximal height of the characters in the box - but not for its width. - -\series bold - -\backslash -vphantom -\series default - creates only space for the width of the box content. - Therefore the boxes of both commands have only one red arrow. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For example the command -\series bold - -\backslash -vphantom -\series default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series bold -a -\backslash -int -\series default - creates space for the height of the integral sign, -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The command -\series bold - -\backslash -int -\series default - creates an integral sign, see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Big-Operators" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - because this is the larger character. - An example application is in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Multiline-Brackets" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Placeholders can also be used for text when they are inserted via the menu - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Phantom -\family default -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This is a sentence. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Phantom Phantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is a sentence. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Lines -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Lines -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! underlined -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -overline -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A+B -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! O ! -\backslash -overline -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\overline{A+B}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -underline -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A+B -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! U ! -\backslash -underline -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\underline{A+B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -overline -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -underline -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A+B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\overline{\underline{A+B}}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the last example it doesn't matter if first -\series bold - -\backslash -overline -\series default - or -\series bold - -\backslash -underline -\series default - is inserted. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To double underline use -\series bold - -\backslash -underline -\series default - twice. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -It is possible to place up to 6 lines above or below characters. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -Custom lines can be created using the command -\series bold - -\backslash -rule -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! R ! -\backslash -rule -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - which has the following scheme: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -rule[vertical offset]{length}{thickness} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The optional vertical offset shifts the line upwards (or downwards, when - the value is negative). - The units listed in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "tab:Available-units" - -\end_inset - - can be used for the values. - Here are two example lines created with the commands -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -rule[-2ex]{3cm}{2pt} -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -rule{2cm}{1pt} -\series default -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This is a sentence -\begin_inset Formula $\rule[-2ex]{3cm}{2pt}\rule{2cm}{1pt}$ -\end_inset - - with two lines. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -rule -\series default - can also be used for text when a line is inserted via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Horizontal -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Line -\family default -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This is a sentence -\begin_inset CommandInset line -LatexCommand rule -offset "0.5ex" -width "3cm" -height "1pt" - -\end_inset - - with one line. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Ellipses -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Ellipses" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ellipses -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are different types of ellipses available. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -In the math toolbar in the submenu of the button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/ldots.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - For listings dots at the baseline are used ( -\series bold - -\backslash -ldots -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! L ! -\backslash -ldots -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -), while for operations dots are needed that are on the same height as the - operators ( -\series bold - -\backslash -cdots -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! C ! -\backslash -cdots -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -). - When using the command -\series bold - -\backslash -dots -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! D ! -\backslash -dots -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, LaTeX decides on the basis of the next character what type is used. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A_1 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\backslash -dots -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -,A_n -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A_{1},\dots,A_{n}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A_1 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -+ -\backslash -dots -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -+A_n -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A_{1}+\dots+A_{n}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A_1 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\backslash -ldots -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -,A_n -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A_{1},\ldots,A_{n}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A_1 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -+ -\backslash -cdots -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -+A_n -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A_{1}+\cdots+A_{n}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -vdots -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\vdots$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ddots -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\ddots$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -iddots -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\iddots$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -3×3 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -matrix with the different dots -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{ccc} -A_{11} & \cdots & A_{1m}\\ -\vdots & \ddots & \vdots\\ -A_{n1} & \cdots & A_{nm} -\end{array}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The ellipses available in menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Special -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Character -\family default - are -\series bold - -\backslash -ldots -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -To use -\series bold - -\backslash -iddots -\series default -, one of the options -\family sans -Use mathdots package (automatically) -\family default - must be set in the document settings under -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Options -\family default -. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Using the option -\family sans -Use mathdots package -\family default - will improve the appearance of all dots in the documents if their font - style or size is not the default. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -Specially for matrices there are ellipses that span over several columns. - They are created with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -hdotsfor -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! H ! -\backslash -hdotsfor -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, that has the following scheme: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -hdotsfor[distance]{number of columns} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The number of columns specifies how many columns should be spanned. - Distance is a factor for the distance between the dots. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the following matrix the command -\series bold - -\backslash -hdotsfor[2]{4} -\series default - was inserted in the first box of the second line, to get an ellipsis with - a dot distance twice as long as with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -dots -\series default -: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\left(\begin{array}{cccc} -A & B & C & D\\ -\hdotsfor[2]{4}\\ -q & w & e & r -\end{array}\right) -\] - -\end_inset - -Note that the matrix fields that should be spanned must be empty, otherwise - you get LaTeX-errors. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -Furthermore you can fill with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -dotfill -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! D ! -\backslash -dotfill -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - the rest of a line with dots. - The effect of these commands is the same as with -\series bold - -\backslash -hfill -\series default -, see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Variable-Space" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For example the command -\series bold -A -\backslash -dotfill -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -B -\series default - produces -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Formula $A\dotfill B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Similar to -\series bold - -\backslash -dotfill -\series default - there is for a line the command -\series bold - -\backslash -hrulefill -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! H ! -\backslash -hrulefill -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Formula $A\hrulefill B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To use the commands for text, they have to be inserted in TeX-mode. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Matrices -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Matrices" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Matrices -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Matrices can be inserted via the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/dialog-show_mathmatrix.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - or the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Matrix -\family default -. - In the matrix dialog you can specify the number of columns and rows, the - alignment and the decoration. - The vertical alignment is only of importance for matrices in inline formulas: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The first matrix is top -\begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}[t]{cccc} -A & D & G & J\\ -B & E & H & K\\ -C & F & I & L -\end{array}$ -\end_inset - -, the second middle -\begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{cccc} -A & D & G & J\\ -B & E & H & K\\ -C & F & I & L -\end{array}$ -\end_inset - - and the third bottom -\begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}[b]{cccc} -A & D & G & J\\ -B & E & H & K\\ -C & F & I & L -\end{array}$ -\end_inset - - aligned. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The horizontal alignment specifies how the column entries should be aligned. - It is set by entering a letter for every column. - -\emph on -l -\emph default - denotes left aligned, -\emph on -c -\emph default - centered and -\emph on -r -\emph default - right aligned. - To create for example a 4 -\series bold -× -\series default -4 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -matrix where the first column is left aligned, the second and third are - centered and the last one is right aligned, one enters for the horizontal - alignment -\series bold -lccr -\series default -. - Normally in a matrix all columns are centered, therefore the default for - every column is a -\series bold -c -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Horizontal alignment: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -lll -\series default - : -\begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{lll} -10000 & D & G\\ -B & 10000 & H\\ -C & F & 10000 -\end{array}$ -\end_inset - - , -\series bold -ccc -\series default - : -\begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{ccc} -10000 & D & G\\ -B & 10000 & H\\ -C & F & 10000 -\end{array}$ -\end_inset - - , -\series bold -rrr -\series default - : -\begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{rrr} -10000 & D & G\\ -B & 10000 & H\\ -C & F & 10000 -\end{array}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To add or delete rows and columns subsequently, the math toolbar buttons - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/tabular-feature_append-row.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/tabular-feature_delete-row.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -, etc. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -, or the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Rows & Columns -\family default - can be used. - New rows can also be created with -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -The -\family sans -Decoration -\family default - adds parentheses in the selected style around the matrix. - Alternatively, parentheses can can either be created with the commands - -\series bold - -\backslash -left -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! L ! -\backslash -left -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and -\series bold - -\backslash -right -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! R ! -\backslash -right -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - (shortcut -\family sans -Alt+M -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Parenthesis -\family default -), see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Automatic-Bracket-Size" - -\end_inset - -, or by using the following commands: -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bmatrix -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -2 -\series bold -× -\series default -2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -matrix -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7.5mm}{}\begin{bmatrix}\begin{array}{cc} -0 & \textrm{-}\mathrm{i}\\ -\mathrm{i} & 0 -\end{array}\end{bmatrix}\raisebox{-5.3mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Bmatrix -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -2 -\series bold -× -\series default -2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -matrix -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7.5mm}{}\begin{Bmatrix}\begin{array}{cc} -0 & \textrm{-}\mathrm{i}\\ -\mathrm{i} & 0 -\end{array}\end{Bmatrix}\raisebox{-5.3mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -pmatrix -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -2 -\series bold -× -\series default -2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -matrix -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7.5mm}{}\begin{pmatrix}\begin{array}{cc} -0 & \textrm{-}\mathrm{i}\\ -\mathrm{i} & 0 -\end{array}\end{pmatrix}\raisebox{-5.3mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -vmatrix -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -2 -\series bold -× -\series default -2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -matrix -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7.5mm}{}\begin{vmatrix}\begin{array}{cc} -0 & \textrm{-}\mathrm{i}\\ -\mathrm{i} & 0 -\end{array}\end{vmatrix}\raisebox{-5.3mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Vmatrix -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -2 -\series bold -× -\series default -2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -matrix -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7.5mm}{}\begin{Vmatrix}\begin{array}{cc} -0 & \textrm{-}\mathrm{i}\\ -\mathrm{i} & 0 -\end{array}\end{Vmatrix}\raisebox{-5.3mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -matrix -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -2 -\series bold -× -\series default -2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -matrix -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7.5mm}{}\begin{matrix}\begin{array}{cc} -0 & \textrm{-}\mathrm{i}\\ -\mathrm{i} & 0 -\end{array}\end{matrix}\raisebox{-5.3mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -When e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -vmatrix -\series default - is inserted, a blue box appears between two vertical lines where the matrix - is inserted. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Note that decorated matrices ignore the vertical alignment. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -As all multiline formulas are matrices, the length -\series bold - -\backslash -arraycolsep -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! A ! -\backslash -arraycolsep -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - that is described in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Column-Separation" - -\end_inset - - can also be used to change the column separation of matrices. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To change the row separation, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -arraystretch -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! A ! -\backslash -arraystretch -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is used. - It is used as follows: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -arraystretch}{stretch factor} -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! R ! -\backslash -renewcommand -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The command -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand -\series default - assigns the stretch factor to the predefined command -\series bold - -\backslash -arraystretch -\series default -. - To double e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -the row separation, use the factor 2. - This is then used for all following matrices. - To go back to the original separation, assign the factor 1 to -\series bold - -\backslash -arraystretch -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To set matrices into a text line, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -smallmatrix -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! S ! -\backslash -smallmatrix -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is used. - When it is inserted a blue box with two dashed lines appears. - In this box the matrix is inserted. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This is a matrix -\begin_inset Formula $\left(\begin{smallmatrix}A & B\\ -C & D -\end{smallmatrix}\right)$ -\end_inset - - in a text line. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Brackets and Delimiters -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Brackets -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Delimiters -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Vertical Brackets and Delimiters -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Brackets ! vertical -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -( -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $($ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\{$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -[ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $[$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -langle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\langle$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -lceil -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\lceil$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -lfloor -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\lfloor$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -/ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $/$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -| -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $|$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $)$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -] -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $]$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -rangle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\rangle$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -rceil -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\rceil$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -rfloor -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\rfloor$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash - -\backslash - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\backslash$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -| -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\|$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series medium -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - In TeX-mode the command -\series bold - -\backslash -textbackslash -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! T ! -\backslash -textbackslash -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - must be used for the backslash, because the command -\series bold - -\backslash - -\backslash - -\series default - produces a line break there. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For all characters listed above the size can be adjusted with the commands - described in the following two subsections. - When using these commands, the characters < and > can directly be used - instead of the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -langle -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -rangle -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Manual Bracket Size -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Manual-Bracket-Size" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bracket size ! manual -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The bracket size can be specified manually by the LaTeX-commands -\series bold - -\backslash -big -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! B ! -\backslash -big -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\series bold - -\backslash -Big -\series default -, -\series bold - -\backslash -bigg -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -Bigg -\series default -. - -\series bold - -\backslash -big -\series default - denotes the smallest and -\series bold - -\backslash -Bigg -\series default - the largest bracket size. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -These commands are used to emphasize levels of brackets: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -all brackets in the same size: -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $((A+B)(A-B))^{C}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -this looks better: -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Big((A+B)(A-B)\Big)^{C}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For the second formula the command -\series bold - -\backslash -Big((A+B)(A-B) -\backslash -Big)^ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -C -\series default - has been used. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here is an overview about all bracket sizes: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center - -\backslash -Bigg( -\backslash -exp -\backslash -bigg< -\backslash -Big[ -\backslash -big{ -\backslash -ln(3x) -\backslash -big}^2 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -sin(x) -\backslash -Big]^ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -bigg> -\backslash -Bigg)^0,5 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Formula $\Bigg(\exp\bigg<\Big[\big\{\ln(3x)\big\}^{2}\sin(x)\Big]^{A}\bigg>\Bigg)^{0,5}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Besides the -\series bold - -\backslash -big -\series default --commands there is the variant -\series bold - -\backslash -bigm -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! B ! -\backslash -bigm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - that adds a bit more space between the bracket and its content, and the - variant -\series bold - -\backslash -bigl -\series default -- -\series bold - -\backslash -bigr -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! B ! -\backslash -bigl - -\backslash -bigr -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, that don't add additional space. - The -\emph on -l -\emph default - at the end of the command -\series bold - -\backslash -bigl -\series default - is for a left bracket; for a right bracket this will be replaced by an - -\emph on -r -\emph default -. - A left or right bracket can each be an opening or closing bracket. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the following table is a comparison of the variants: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Bigm( -\backslash -bigm( -\backslash -ln(3x) -\backslash -bigm)^2 -\series bold - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default - -\backslash -Bigm) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5.5mm}{}\Bigm(\bigm(\ln(3x)\bigm)^{2}\Bigm)\raisebox{-3.25mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Big( -\backslash -big( -\backslash -ln(3x) -\backslash -big)^2 -\series bold - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default - -\backslash -Big) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5.5mm}{}\Big(\big(\ln(3x)\big)^{2}\Big)\raisebox{-3.25mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Bigl( -\backslash -bigl( -\backslash -ln(3x) -\backslash -bigr)^2 -\series bold - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default - -\backslash -Bigr) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5.5mm}{}\Bigl(\bigl(\ln(3x)\bigr)^{2}\Bigr)\raisebox{-3.25mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bigl) -\backslash -ln(3x) -\backslash -bigr( -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\bigl)\ln(3x)\bigr(\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Automatic Bracket Size -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Automatic-Bracket-Size" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bracket size ! automatic -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Brackets with variable size can be inserted with the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -left -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! L ! -\backslash -left -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and -\series bold - -\backslash -right -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! R ! -\backslash -right -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - or via the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/dialog-show_mathdelimiter.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. - Directly behind -\series bold - -\backslash -left -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -right -\series default - the wanted bracket must be inserted. - The bracket size will then automatically be calculated for the output. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -normal bracket: The command -\series bold - -\backslash -ln( -\backslash -frac -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -C -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -) -\series default - creates -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\ln(\frac{A}{C}) -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -multiline bracket: The command -\series bold - -\backslash -ln -\backslash -left( -\backslash -frac -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -C -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -right) -\series default - creates -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\ln\left(\frac{A}{C}\right) -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Instead of -\series bold - -\backslash -left -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -right -\series default - the shortcut -\family sans -Alt+M -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Bracket -\family default - can be used. - This has the advantage that you can see in LyX immediately the real bracket - size and that the matching right bracket will be created too. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -The command for the last example would then be: -\series bold - -\backslash -ln Alt+M -\series default - -\series bold -( -\backslash -frac -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -C -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To omit a left or right bracket, a dot is inserted for the omitted bracket. - For example the command -\series bold - -\backslash -left. -\backslash -frac -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -B -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -right} -\series default - creates: -\series bold - -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\left.\frac{A}{B}\right\} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\series default -The commands -\series bold - -\backslash -left -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -right -\series default - will be converted by LyX to brackets in the right size when the document - is reloaded and an omitted bracket will appear as dashed line. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -Because all popular LaTeX-Distributions use eTeX, an extension to LaTeX, - the command -\series bold - -\backslash -middle -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! M ! -\backslash -middle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is additionally available for all brackets and limits. - With this command the height of the following character is adapted to the - one of the surrounding brackets, what is e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -needed for physical vectors: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\left\langle \phi\:\middle|\: J=\frac{3}{2}\,,\, M_{J}\right\rangle -\] - -\end_inset - -For physical vectors there is a special LaTeX-package, described in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Physical-Vectors" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Horizontal Brackets -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Brackets ! horizontal -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -raisebox{2.3mm}{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -overbrace -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A+B -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -^ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -3 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! O ! -\backslash -overbrace -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\overbrace{A+B}^{3}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -raisebox{-2.2mm}{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -underbrace -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A+B -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -_5 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! U ! -\backslash -underbrace -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\underbrace{A+B}_{5}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -overbrace -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -underbrace -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A+B_w -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -_7 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -^ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -C -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\overbrace{\underbrace{A+B_{w}}_{7}}^{C}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the last example it doesn't matter if -\series bold - -\backslash -overbrace -\series default - or -\series bold - -\backslash -underbrace -\series default - is inserted at first. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -When brackets are needed that overlap each other, multiline formulas, as - described in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Multiline-Formulas" - -\end_inset - -, must be used: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray*} -A & = & \underbrace{gggg+bbqq}_{r}+\: dddd\\ - & & \hphantom{gggg+\:}\underbrace{\hphantom{bbqq+dddd}}_{s} -\end{eqnarray*} - -\end_inset - -In the first row the formula is inserted together with the first brace. - It is hereby important that the space command -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Space commands are explained in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Predefined-Space" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -: -\series default - is inserted before the first -\begin_inset Formula $d$ -\end_inset - -, because the brace that ends behind the -\begin_inset Formula $q$ -\end_inset - - prevents that the following -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -+ -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - is surrounded by space. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -because a bracket is not handled as a character, see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Binary-Operators" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - In the second row the second brace is inserted. - As it should begin before the -\begin_inset Formula $b$ -\end_inset - -, first the command -\series bold - -\backslash -hphantom{gggg+ -\backslash -:} -\series default - is inserted. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -more about -\series bold - -\backslash -hphantom -\series default - see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Placeholders" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - This space is needed because the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -+ -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - is also surrounded by space in the formula. - The brace is placed under the command -\series bold - -\backslash -hphantom{bbqq+dddd} -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -It gets more complicated when brackets overlap each other, like in the following - example: -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -jot}{-6pt} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray*} - & & \hphantom{gggg+\:}\overbrace{\hphantom{bbqq+dddd}}^{s}\\ -A & = & \underbrace{gggg+bbqq}_{r}+\: dddd -\end{eqnarray*} - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -jot}{3pt} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -The first formula row is the same as the second row of the previous example, - with the difference that the brace is above. - The second row contains the formula together with the second brace. - To avoid that there is space between the upper brace in the first row and - the formula, the row spacing needs to be reduced. - This is not easily possible due to a bug in LyX -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "LyX-bug #1505" -target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/ticket/1505" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - As a solution for the problem, the global formula row separation -\series bold - -\backslash -jot -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! J ! -\backslash -jot -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - must be changed to -6 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt before the formula with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -jot}{-6pt} -\series default - in TeX-mode. - -\series bold - -\backslash -jot -\series default - is set back after the formula to the standard value of 3 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt using the same command. - More about the row separation in formulas is explained in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Line-Separation" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Arrows -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Arrows -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Arrows can be inserted via the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/leftarrow.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - or the commands listed in the following subsections. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Horizontal Arrows -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Arrows ! horizontal -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -gets -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Leftarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Leftarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -longleftarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\longleftarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Longleftarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Longleftarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -leftharpoonup -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\leftharpoonup$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -leftharpoondown -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\leftharpoondown$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -hookleftarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\hookleftarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -to -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Rightarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -longrightarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\longrightarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Longrightarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Longrightarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -rightharpoonup -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\rightharpoonup$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -rightharpoondown -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\rightharpoondown$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -hookrightarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\hookrightarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -leftrightarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\leftrightarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Leftrightarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Leftrightarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -longleftrightarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\longleftrightarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Longleftrightarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Longleftrightarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -rightleftharpoons -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\rightleftharpoons$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hspace{} -\length 25pt -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -mapsto -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mapsto$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -longmapsto -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\longmapsto$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -leadsto -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\leadsto$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -dasharrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\dasharrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -Arrows used as accents like e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -vector arrows are listed in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Accents" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -Furthermore there are the labeled arrows -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Arrows ! labeled -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -xleftarrow -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! X ! -\backslash -xleftarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and -\series bold - -\backslash -xrightarrow -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! X ! -\backslash -xrightarrow -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -vspace{4mm} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - When inserting one of these commands in a formula, an arrow with two blue - boxes appear where the label can be inserted. - The length of the arrow adapts to the label width. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -F(a) -\backslash -xleftarrow -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -x=a -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -x>0 -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - -F(x) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}F(a)\xleftarrow[x>0]{x=a}F(x)\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -F(x) -\backslash -xrightarrow -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -x=a -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -x>0 -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - -F(a) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}F(x)\xrightarrow[x>0]{x=a}F(a)\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Vertical and diagonal Arrows -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Arrows ! diagonal -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Arrows ! vertical -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -uparrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Uparrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Uparrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -updownarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\updownarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Updownarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Updownarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Downarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Downarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -downarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -nearrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\nearrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -searrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\searrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -swarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\swarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -nwarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\nwarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -Vertical arrows can be used also as delimiters together with the commands - described in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Manual-Bracket-Size" - -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Automatic-Bracket-Size" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Accents -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Accents" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Accents -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Accents can be inserted via the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/hat.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - or the commands listed in the following subsections. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Accents for one Character -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -texorpdfstring{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -accents in text see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Accents-in-Text" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -}{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -texorpdfstring -\series default - is used to avoid that the footnote appears in the PDF-bookmark. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -More about -\series bold - -\backslash -texorpdfstring -\series default - is in section -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Formulas-in-Section" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Accents-for-one" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Accents ! for one character -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -dot -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\dot{A}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ddot -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\ddot{A}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -dddot -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\dddot{A}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ddddot -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\ddddot{A}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -vec -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Vectors -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\vec{A}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bar -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\bar{A}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -mathring -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\mathring{A}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -tilde -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\tilde{A}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -hat -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\hat{A}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -check -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\check{A}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -acute -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\acute{A}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -grave -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\grave{A}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -breve -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\breve{A}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can directly insert accents like é to formulas. - LyX will transform them to the corresponding accent command. - For umlauts -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Umlauts -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - it is better to insert a quotation mark before the vowel. - These two characters are then treated by LaTeX as -\emph on -one -\emph default - character when the formula part with the umlaut is marked as German. - In contrary to -\series bold - -\backslash -ddot -\series default -, with this method -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -real -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - umlauts are created as demonstrated in the following example: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace -2mm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - and the 0 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt space are only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang ngerman -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -i -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset space \hspace{} -\length 0pt -\end_inset - - -\lang ngerman - -\begin_inset Formula $"i$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ddot -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -i -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\ddot{i}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Another advantage to -\series bold - -\backslash -ddot -\series default - is that umlauts can directly be converted to mathematical text because - the accent commands above are -\emph on -not allowed -\emph default - -\emph on -in mathematical text -\emph default -. - To convert an accented character to mathematical text, only the character - under the accent may be converted. - This applies also for all other conversions, e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -to italic or bold. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In mathematical text, umlauts and other accented characters can directly - be inserted. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Accents for several Characters -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Accents ! for several characters -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -overleftarrow -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\overleftarrow{A=B}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -underleftarrow -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\underleftarrow{A=B}\raisebox{-3mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -overleftrightarrow -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\overleftrightarrow{A=B}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -underleftrightarrow -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\underleftrightarrow{A=B}\raisebox{-3mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -overrightarrow -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\overrightarrow{A=B}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -underrightarrow -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\underrightarrow{A=B}\raisebox{-3mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -widetilde -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\widetilde{A=B}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -widehat -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\widehat{A=B}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -With these commands as many characters as you like can be accented. - But the accents -\series bold - -\backslash -widetilde -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -widehat -\series default - will only be set in the output with a length of three characters, as shown - in the following example: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\widetilde{A+B=C-D} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -overset -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! O ! -\backslash -overset -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and -\series bold - -\backslash -underset -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! U ! -\backslash -underset -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - described in the previous subsection it is also possible to accent several - characters. - The command -\series bold - -\backslash -underset -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -*** -\series default - creates: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\underset{***}{A=B} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Space -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Space" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Space ! horizontal -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Predefined Space -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Predefined-Space" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Space ! horizontal ! predefined -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sometimes it is necessary to insert horizontal space into a formula. - This is done by inserting a protected space (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space" -\end_inset - -). - A -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\color blue - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\color inherit - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - appears and by pressing -\family sans -Space -\family default - several times one can select one of eight different space sizes. - The spaces can also be inserted using the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/space.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - or special commands. - Independent from the inserted command, one can select the size again by - pressing -\family sans -Space -\family default - afterwards. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\align center -\begin_inset VSpace -5mm -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -, -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -: -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -; -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -quad -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -qquad -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -! -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Number of -\family sans -Space -\family default - keystrokes after inserting the protected space -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -0 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -2 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -3 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -4 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -5 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A\, B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A\: B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A\; B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A\quad B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A\qquad B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A\! B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The last size seem to produce no space. - It is displayed red in LyX contrary to the other sizes, because it is a - negative space. - There are two more negative spaces: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -negmedspace -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -negthickspace -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Number of -\family sans -Space -\family default - keystrokes after inserting the protected space -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -6 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -7 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A\negmedspace B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A\negthickspace B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Negative spaces can lead to characters overlapping each other. - Thus they can be used to enforce ligatures, which are e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -useful for summation operators: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sum -\backslash -sum -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -f_kl -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\sum\sum f_{kl}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sum -\backslash -negmedspace -\backslash -sum -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -f_kl -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\sum\negmedspace\sum f_{kl}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Relations like for example equal signs, are always surrounded by space. - To suppress this, the equal sign is placed into a TeX-brace. - The following example demonstrates this: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -normal equation -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A=B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - -equation without space -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A{=}B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -The command for the last formula is: -\series bold -A -\backslash -{= -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - -B -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -Spaces are needed for physical units, because the space between the value - and the unit is the smallest one and not a normal space. - For units in text, the smallest space is inserted via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Thin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Space -\family default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "space-insert thin" -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An example to visualize the difference: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -24 kW -\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ -\end_inset - -h -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -space between value and unit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -24 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -kW -\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ -\end_inset - -h -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -smallest space between value and unit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Variable Space -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -texorpdfstring{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -for vertical space in formulas see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Line-Separation" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -}{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -texorpdfstring is used to avoid that the footnote appears in the PDF-bookmark. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -More about -\backslash -texorpdfstring is in section -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Formulas-in-Section" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Variable-Space" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Space ! horizontal ! variable -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Space with a defined length can be inserted with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -hspace -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! H ! -\backslash -hspace -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - Then a long -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\color blue - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\color inherit - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - appears. - The length can be specified by left-clicking on the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\color blue - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\color inherit - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - The length may also be negative. - To insert as much space as is available, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -hfill -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! H ! -\backslash -hfill -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is used. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace -1mm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command ( -\backslash -hspace length) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A=B -\backslash -hspace -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - -A -\backslash -not=C (3 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cm) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A=B\hspace{3cm}A\not=C$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A -\backslash -hspace -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - -A -\backslash -not=A (-1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mm) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A\hspace{-1mm}A\not=A$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A=A -\backslash -hfill -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -B=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A=A\hfill B=B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the last example the available space is given by the longest column entry - of the table. - In an inline formula the space depends on the length of the line in which - -\series bold - -\backslash -hfill -\series default - is inserted. - Thus, when the line uses the full width, no space will be created. - -\series bold - -\backslash -hfill -\series default - only has an effect on displayed formulas when the formula style -\series bold -Indented -\series default - is used. - (Formula styles are explained in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formula-Styles" - -\end_inset - -.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Besides -\series bold - -\backslash -hfill -\series default -, there are the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -dotfill -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -hrulefill -\series default - that fill the space with a pattern, see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Ellipses" - -\end_inset - - for an example. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For text, variable space can be inserted via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Horizontal -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Space -\family default -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This is a line with -\begin_inset space \hspace{} -\length 2cm -\end_inset - -2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cm space. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This is a line with -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -maximum space. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Space besides inline Formulas -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Space ! besides inline formulas -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The space that surrounds inline formulas can be adjusted with the length - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathsurround -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! M ! -\backslash -mathsurround -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - The value of a length is set with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -setlength -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! S ! -\backslash -setlength -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - which has the following scheme: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -setlength{length name}{value} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To set -\series bold - -\backslash -mathsurround -\series default - to the value 5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mm, the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -mathsurround}{5mm} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -is inserted in TeX-mode. - 5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mm space will now be set around all inline formulas: -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -mathsurround}{5mm} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This is a line with an inline formula -\begin_inset Formula $A=B$ -\end_inset - - with 5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mm surrounding space. -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -mathsurround}{0pt} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To return to the predefined value, -\series bold - -\backslash -mathsurround -\series default - is set to the value 0 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Boxes and Frames -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Boxes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Frames | see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Boxes -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Boxes for text are described in chapter -\family typewriter -Boxes -\family default - in the -\family typewriter -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\family default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Boxes with Frame -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Boxes-with-Frame" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Boxes ! with frame -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -It is possible to frame a formula or part of one with the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -fbox -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! F ! -\backslash -fbox -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and -\series bold - -\backslash -boxed -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! B ! -\backslash -boxed -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When one of these commands is inserted in a formula, a blue box appears - within a frame to enter formula parts. - For -\series bold - -\backslash -fbox -\series default - an additional formula has to be created by -\family sans -Ctrl+M -\family default - within this box, because the box content will otherwise be treated as mathemati -cal text. - When -\series bold - -\backslash -boxed -\series default - is used, a new formula is automatically created inside the frame. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The command -\series bold - -\backslash -fbox -\series default - is not suitable to frame displayed formulas because the formula will always - be set in the size of the text. - -\series bold - -\backslash -boxed -\series default - is in contrary not suitable to frame inline formulas, because the formula - will always be set in the size of a displayed formula. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An extension to -\series bold - -\backslash -fbox -\series default - is the command -\series bold - -\backslash -framebox -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! F ! -\backslash -framebox -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - where additionally the frame width and the alignment can be specified. - -\series bold - -\backslash -framebox -\series default - is used in the following scheme: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -framebox[frame width][position]{box content} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The position can either be -\emph on -l -\emph default - or -\emph on -r -\emph default -. - -\emph on -l -\emph default - left aligns, -\emph on -r -\emph default - right aligns the formula in the box. - When no position is given, the formula will be centered. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -If no width is given, also no position can be given. - In this case the frame width is adjusted to the box content like for -\series bold - -\backslash -fbox -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When the command -\series bold - -\backslash -framebox -\series default - is inserted, a box appears containing three blue boxes. - The first two boxes are surrounded by brackets and denote the two optional - arguments. - The third box is for formula parts like for -\series bold - -\backslash -fbox -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -fbox -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Ctrl+M -\family default - -\backslash -int -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\fbox{\ensuremath{\int A=B}}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -boxed -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -int -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{8.5mm}{}\boxed{\int A=B}\raisebox{-6.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A+ -\backslash -fbox -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}A+\fbox{B}\raisebox{-3mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -framebox -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -20mm -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Ctrl+M -\family default - -\backslash -frac -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\framebox[20mm][]{\ensuremath{\frac{A}{B}}}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The frame thickness can also be adjusted. - To do this the following commands have to be inserted in TeX-mode before - the formula -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -fboxrule -\series default - -\series bold - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -thickness -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\series default - -\series bold - -\backslash -fboxsep -\series default - -\series bold - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -distance -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -distance -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - specifies the minimal distance between the frame and the first character - in the box. - An example for this is the following framed formula: -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fboxrule 2mm -\backslash -fboxsep 3mm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\boxed{A+B=C} -\] - -\end_inset - -Before this formula the commands -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -fboxrule -\series default - -\series bold -2mm -\series default - -\series bold - -\backslash -fboxsep -\series default - -\series bold -3mm -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -were inserted in TeX-mode. - The given values are used for all following boxes. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To return to the standard frame size, the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -fboxrule -\series default - -\series bold -0.4pt -\series default - -\series bold - -\backslash -fboxsep -\series default - -\series bold -3pt -\series default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fboxrule 0.4pt -\backslash -fboxsep 3pt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -is inserted in TeX-mode before the next formula. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Boxes without Frame -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Boxes-without-Frame" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Boxes ! without frame -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For boxes without a frame there are the following box commands: -\series bold - -\backslash -mbox -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! M ! -\backslash -mbox -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\series bold - -\backslash -makebox -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! M ! -\backslash -makebox -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! R ! -\backslash -raisebox -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - a box can be super- or subscripted. - But in contrary to normal super- and subscripting, the characters in the - box keep their font size. - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is used in the following scheme: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox{height}{box content} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When the box should contain a formula, an extra formula is needed like for - -\series bold - -\backslash -fbox -\series default -. - -\series medium - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - For -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - this extra formula is created by pressing -\family sans -Ctrl+M -\family default - twice instead of once because LyX doesn't yet support -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - directly. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -H -\backslash -raisebox{2mm -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -{al -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - lo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $H\raisebox{2mm}{al}lo$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -H -\backslash -raisebox{-2mm -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -{al -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - -lo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $H\raisebox{-2mm}{al}lo$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A= -\backslash -raisebox{-2mm -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -{ -\family sans -Ctrl+M -\family default - -\family sans -Ctrl+M -\family default - -\backslash -sqrt -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A=\raisebox{-2mm}{\mbox{\ensuremath{\sqrt{B}}}}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The command -\series bold - -\backslash -mbox -\series default - is equivalent to -\series bold - -\backslash -fbox -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -makebox -\series default - is equivalent to -\series bold - -\backslash -framebox -\series default -, with the difference that there is no frame. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Colored Boxes -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Colored-Boxes" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Boxes ! colored -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To be able to use all commands explained in this section, the LaTeX-package - -\series bold -color -\series default - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The LaTeX-package -\series bold -color -\series default - is part of every LaTeX standard installation. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! color -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - has to be loaded in the LaTeX-preamble with the line -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -When text is colored somewhere in the document with a predefined color, - LyX loads the LaTeX-package -\series bold -color -\series default - automatically. - Thus it is possible that the package is loaded twice, but this does not - cause problems. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -To avoid that the package is loaded twice, a macro was inserted to the LaTeX-pre -amble. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage{color} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -To color boxes, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -colorbox -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! C ! -\backslash -colorbox -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is used in the following scheme: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -colorbox{color}{box content} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The box content can also be a box and a -\series bold - -\backslash -colorbox -\series default - can also be part of another box (see the 2nd and 3rd example). - When the box should contain a formula, an extra formula has to be created, - the same way as for -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default -. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This also applies for the command -\series bold - -\backslash -fcolorbox -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -One of the following predefined colors can be chosen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -black -\series default -, -\series bold -blue -\series default -, -\series bold -cyan -\series default -, -\series bold -green -\series default -, -\series bold -magenta -\series default -, -\series bold -red -\series default -, -\series bold -white -\series default - and -\series bold -yellow -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -colorbox{yellow -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -{A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\colorbox{yellow}{A=B}\raisebox{-3mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -colorbox{green -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -{ -\backslash -fbox -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\colorbox{green}{\fbox{A=B}}\raisebox{-3mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -fbox -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -colorbox{green -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -{ -\family sans -Ctrl+M -\family default - -\family sans -Ctrl+M -\family default - -\backslash -int -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -C=D -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7mm}{}\fbox{\colorbox{green}{\mbox{\ensuremath{\int C=D}}}}\raisebox{-5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -colorbox -\series default - only colors the box but not the characters in the box. - To color all characters, the whole formula is highlighted and the desired - color is chosen in the -\family sans -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Style -\family default - dialog. - The dialog can be called with the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - or the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Customized -\family default -. - The formula number then has the same color as the formula. - When the formula number should get another color than the formula characters, - the color must be changed within the formula. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An example: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\color red -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -\int A=B\label{eq:red} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\color green - -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -\textcolor{red}{\int A=B}\label{eq:redgreen} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Formula -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:red" - -\end_inset - - is completely colored red. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Formula -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:redgreen" - -\end_inset - - was first completely colored green to set the color for the formula number. - Subsequently the formula characters were colored red. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -To color the frame different than the rest of the box, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -fcolorbox -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! F ! -\backslash -fcolorbox -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is used in the following scheme: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -fcolorbox{frame color}{color}{box content} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -So -\series bold - -\backslash -fcolorbox -\series default - is an extension of the command -\series bold - -\backslash -colorbox -\series default -. - The frame width is set, like for -\series bold - -\backslash -framebox -\series default -, with -\series bold - -\backslash -fboxrule -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -fboxsep -\series default -. - An example: -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fboxrule 1mm -\backslash -fboxsep 1mm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{A=B} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fboxrule 0.4pt -\backslash -fboxsep 3pt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This formula was created with the command -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -fcolorbox{cyan -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -{magenta -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -{A=B -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -To use other colors than the predefined ones, they have to be defined first. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -One can for example define the color -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\series bold -darkgreen -\series default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - with the LaTeX-preamble line: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -definecolor{darkgreen}{cmyk}{0.5, -\series default - -\series bold -0, -\series default - -\series bold -1, -\series default - -\series bold -0.5} -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! D ! -\backslash -definecolor -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -cmyk -\series default - is the color space that denotes the colors -\series bold -cyan -\series default -, -\series bold -magenta -\series default -, -\series bold -yellow -\series default - and -\series bold -black -\series default -. - The four comma separated numbers are the portion factor for the corresponding - colors of the color space. - The factors can be in the range of 0 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -1. - Instead of -\series bold -cmyk -\series default - also the color space -\series bold -rgb -\series default - can be used for definitions. - -\series bold -rgb -\series default - denotes -\series bold -red -\series default -, -\series bold -green -\series default - and -\series bold -blue -\series default -, so that there are in this case three portion factors for the corresponding - colors. - Furthermore there is the color space -\series bold -gray -\series default - with one portion factor for the gray value. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As example a framed box with the new defined color -\series bold -darkgreen -\series default - where the characters have been colored -\series bold -yellow -\series default -: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -\colorbox{darkgreen}{\color{yellow}\boxed{\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=\frac{\sqrt[5]{B}}{\ln\left(\frac{1}{3}\right)}}} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Self-defined colors can also be used for text with the help of the command - -\series bold - -\backslash -textcolor -\series default -: -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Text ! colored -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -textcolor{darkgreen}{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -This sentence is -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -darkgreen -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -textcolor -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! T ! -\backslash -textcolor -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is used in the scheme -\series bold - -\backslash -textcolor{color}{characters to color} -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Paragraph Boxes -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Paragraph-Boxes" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Boxes ! as paragraph -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A box that can contain several lines and paragraphs, a so-called paragraph - box (parbox), can be created with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Box -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/box-insert.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The following example shows a framed parbox in a line: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -This is a line -\begin_inset Box Boxed -position "c" -hor_pos "c" -has_inner_box 1 -inner_pos "t" -use_parbox 1 -use_makebox 0 -width "5cm" -special "none" -height "1in" -height_special "totalheight" -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This is a paragraph box. - It is exactly 5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cm long and can also contain formulas: -\begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}s=C$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - with a parbox. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Such a box is created by right-clicking on the gray box inset. - A dialog pops up showing the box properties. - In our case set: -\emph on -Decoration -\emph default -: Rectangular box, -\emph on -Inner Box -\emph default -: Parbox, -\emph on -Width -\emph default -: 5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cm, -\emph on -Vertical Box Alignment -\emph default -: Middle -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -In LaTeX a parbox is created with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -parbox -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! P ! -\backslash -parbox -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - which has the following scheme: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -parbox[position]{width}{box content} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The positions -\emph on -b -\emph default - and -\emph on -t -\emph default - are possible. - -\emph on -b -\emph default - for -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -bottom -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - means that the box is aligned within the surrounding text with its last - line. - With -\emph on -t -\emph default - for -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -top -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - this is done with the first line. - When no position is given, the box will be vertically centered, see section - -\emph on -Boxes -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual for examples. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -To frame formulas completely, including the formula number, the formula - must be set into a parbox. - To do this, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -fbox{ -\backslash -parbox{ -\backslash -linewidth-2 -\backslash -fboxsep-2 -\backslash -fboxrule}{ -\series default - is inserted in TeX-mode before the formula. - -\series bold - -\backslash -linewidth -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! L ! -\backslash -linewidth -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is hereby the line width set for the document. - Because the frame is outside the parbox, 2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -times the frame separation and the frame thickness must be subtracted from - the line width. - As this is not automatically done by LyX due to a bug -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "LyX-bug #4483" -target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/ticket/4483" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, TeX-mode has to be used. - To be able to multiply and subtract in arguments, the LaTeX-package -\series bold -calc -\series default - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -calc -\series default - is part of every LaTeX standard installation. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! calc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - must be loaded in the LaTeX-preamble with the line -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage{calc} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Behind the formula both boxes are closed by entering -\series bold -}} -\series default - in TeX-mode. - Here is an example: -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fboxsep 5mm -\backslash -fboxrule 5mm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fbox{ -\backslash -parbox{ -\backslash -linewidth-2 -\backslash -fboxsep-2 -\backslash -fboxrule}{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=\frac{\sqrt[5]{B}}{\ln\left(\frac{1}{3}\right)} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -}} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fboxrule 0.4pt -\backslash -fboxsep 3pt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -As a parbox is used as the argument of -\series bold - -\backslash -fbox -\series default -, there is in this case no difference between -\series bold - -\backslash -fbox -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -boxed -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -Paragraph boxes are very useful to comment formulas directly. - To do this, -\series bold - -\backslash -parbox -\series default - is used in combination with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -tag -\series default -. - (more about -\series bold - -\backslash -tag -\series default - see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:User-defined-Numbering" - -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An example of a formula commented with -\series bold - -\backslash -parbox -\series default -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -[5x-7b=3b -\backslash -tag*{ -\backslash -parbox{5cm}{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -This is a description. - It is distinctly separated from the formula and multiline. -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -}} -\backslash -] -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Such a formula must be inserted completely in TeX-mode because LyX does - not yet support the command -\series bold - -\backslash -parbox -\series default - in formulas. - The formula is created with the following command sequence: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The command -\series bold - -\backslash -[5x-7b=3b -\backslash -tag* -\backslash -{ -\backslash -parbox{5cm}{ -\series default - is inserted in TeX-mode. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -When the formula style -\series bold -Indented -\series default - is used, -\series bold - -\backslash -tag* -\backslash -{ -\series default - can also be replaced by -\series bold - -\backslash -hfill -\series default -. - (formula styles see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formula-Styles" - -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Then the description follows as normal text and finally -\series bold -}} -\backslash -] -\series default - is inserted in TeX-mode. - The commands -\series bold - -\backslash -[ -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -] -\series default - hereby create a displayed formula. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The advantages of -\series bold - -\backslash -parbox -\series default - can be seen in this example that was -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -commented -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - using the mathematical textmode: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -5x-7b=3b\textrm{This is a description. It is not separated from the formula ...} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Operators -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Operators -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Big Operators -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Big-Operators" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Operators ! big -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Sums -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Integrals -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To be able to use all integral operators listed here, the option -\family sans -Use esint package automatically -\family default - must be set in the document settings under -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Options -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -int -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! I ! -\backslash -int -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -oint -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\oint$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ointctrclockwise -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\ointctrclockwise$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ointclockwise -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\ointclockwise$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sqint -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\sqint$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -fint -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\begin_inset Formula $\fint$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -landupint -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\begin_inset Formula $\landupint$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -landdownint -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\begin_inset Formula $\landdownint$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bigcap -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bigcap$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bigcup -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bigcup$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sum -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! S ! -\backslash -sum -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -prod -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! P ! -\backslash -prod -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -vspace{4mm} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\prod$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -coprod -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\coprod$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bigodot -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bigodot$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bigotimes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bigotimes$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bigoplus -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bigoplus$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bigwedge -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bigwedge$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bigvee -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bigvee$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bigsqcup -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bigsqcup$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -biguplus -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\biguplus$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -All big operators can also be inserted via the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/intop.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The operators are called big because they are bigger than the sometimes - equal looking binary operators. - All big operators can have limits as described in the next subsection. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For all integral operators there is a second version available, ending in - -\series bold -op -\series default -: -\series bold - -\backslash -intop -\series default -, -\series bold - -\backslash -ointop -\series default - etc.. - These operators are different from -\series bold - -\backslash -int -\series default - etc. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -in the style the operator limits are displayed, see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Operator-Limits" - -\end_inset - -. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection* -Advice for Integrals -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The letter -\emph on -d -\emph default - in an integral is an operator, that therefore has to be set upright. - This is done by highlighting the -\emph on -d -\emph default - and using the keyboard shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-roman" -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Font styles -\series bold - -\series default -see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Font-Styles" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - Finally the smallest space is inserted before the -\emph on -d -\emph default -, as this is usual for operators. - An example: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -incorrect: -\begin_inset Formula $\int A(x)dx$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -in -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -correct: -\begin_inset Formula $\int A(x)\,\mathrm{d}x$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For multiple integrals there are the following commands: -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -iint -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\iint\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -oiint -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\oiint\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sqiint -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\sqiint\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -iiint -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\iiint\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -iiiint -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\iiiint\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -dotsint -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\dotsint\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Operator Limits -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Operator-Limits" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Operators ! Limits -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Limits are created by super- and subscripts: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -prod^ -\backslash -infty -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - -_0 -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - -A(x) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\prod_{0}^{\infty}A(x)\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Limits of inline formulas are set right beside the operator. - Limits in displayed formulas are set above or below the operator, except - for integral limits. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To force that the limits are set beside the operator, the cursor is set - directly behind the operator and the limits type is changed with the menu - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Change Limits Type -\family default - to -\family sans -\series bold -Inline -\family default -\series default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-limits" -\end_inset - -). - An example: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The default limits type is this: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\sum_{x=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{x^{2}} -\] - -\end_inset - -This is how it looks when the limits type was changed to -\family sans -\series bold -Inline -\family default -\series default -: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\sum\nolimits _{x=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{x^{2}} -\] - -\end_inset - -For integrals, except those ending with -\series bold -op -\series default - like -\series bold - -\backslash -intop -\series default -, -\series bold - -\backslash -ointop -\series default - etc., the limits are by default set beside the operator. - But for multiple integrals the limits are often set below the operator. - In the following example the limits type was therefore set to -\series bold -Display -\series default - and so set below the integrals: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -\iiint\limits _{V}X\,\mathrm{d}V=U\label{eq:VolInt} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -To specify conditions for limits, the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -subarray -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! S ! -\backslash -subarray -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and -\series bold - -\backslash -substack -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! S ! -\backslash -substack -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - are used. - To create for example this expression -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c} -0 - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -+ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $+$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -- -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $-$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -pm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\pm$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -mp -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mp$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -cdot -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -times -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -div -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\div$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -raisebox{-1.2mm}{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -* -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $*$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -star -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\star$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -circ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\circ$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -diamond -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\diamond$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bullet -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bullet$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -nabla -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\nabla$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bigtriangledown -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bigtriangledown$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bigtriangleup -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bigtriangleup$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Box -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Box$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -cap -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\cap$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -cup -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\cup$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -dagger -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\dagger$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ddagger -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\ddagger$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -wr -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\wr$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bigcirc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bigcirc$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -wedge -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\wedge$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -vee -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\vee$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -oplus -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\oplus$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ominus -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\ominus$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -otimes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\otimes$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -oslash -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\oslash$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -odot -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\odot$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -amalg -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\amalg$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -uplus -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\uplus$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -setminus -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\setminus$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sqcap -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\sqcap$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sqcup -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\sqcup$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -triangleleft -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\triangleleft$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -triangleright -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\triangleright$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -All binary operators can also be inserted via the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/pm.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To typeset the Laplace operator also -\series bold - -\backslash -Delta -\series default - or -\series bold - -\backslash -nabla -\series default -^ -\series bold -2 -\series default - ( -\begin_inset Formula $\nabla^{2}$ -\end_inset - -) can be used instead of -\series bold - -\backslash -bigtriangleup -\series default - . -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The character -\family sans -Menu Separator -\family default - from the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Special Character -\family default - is the operator -\series bold - -\backslash -triangleright -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Self-defined Operators -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Self-defined-Operators" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Operators ! self-defined -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With the help of the command -\series bold - -\backslash -DeclareMathOperator -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! D ! -\backslash -dbinom@ -\backslash -DeclareMathOperator -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - custom operators can be defined in the LaTeX-preamble. - Its command scheme is: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -DeclareMathOperator{new command}{display} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Display can be characters or symbols that define how the operator looks - in the output. - To define a big operator a * is set behind the command. - All self-defined big operators can have limits as described in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Operator-Limits" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For example the LaTeX-preamble line -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -DeclareMathOperator*{ -\backslash -Lozenge}{ -\backslash -blacklozenge} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -defines the command -\series bold - -\backslash -Lozenge -\series default -, that inserts a big operator consisting of the lozenge symbol from -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Miscellaneous-Symbols" - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\Lozenge_{n=1}^{\infty} -\] - -\end_inset - -The command for this formula is: -\series bold - -\backslash -Lozenge -\series default -^ -\series bold - -\backslash -infty -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - -_n=1 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -When self-defined operators are not used several times in the document, - they can also be defined with the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -mathop -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! M ! -\backslash -mathop -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and -\series bold - -\backslash -mathbin -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! M ! -\backslash -mathbin -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, which have the following scheme: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathop{display} -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -mathbin{display} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathop -\series default - defines big operators, -\series bold - -\backslash -mathbin -\series default - binary operators. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathop -\series default - can e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -be used to use one limit for several operators: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\mathop{\sum\negmedspace\sum}_{i,j=1}^{N} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The command for the formula above is: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathop{ -\backslash -sum -\backslash -negmedspace -\backslash -sum -\series default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - -^N -\series default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series bold -_i,j=1 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Fonts -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Fonts -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Font Styles -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Font-Styles" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Font ! style -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Latin letters in formulas can be set in one of the following font styles: -\begin_inset VSpace -2mm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -shortcut -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -mathbb -\series bold - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default -ABC -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{ABC}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-noun" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -mathbf -\series bold - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default -AbC -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{AbC}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-bold" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -boldsymbol -\series bold - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default -AbC -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\boldsymbol{AbC}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-boldsymbol" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -mathcal -\series bold - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default -ABC -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{ABC}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-emph" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -mathfrak -\series bold - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default -AbC -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{AbC}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -- -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -mathscr -\series bold - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default -AbC -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathscr{AbC}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -- -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -shortcut -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -mathit -\series bold - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default -AbC -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{AbC}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -- -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -mathrm -\series bold - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default -AbC -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{AbC}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-roman" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -mathsf -\series bold - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default -AbC -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{AbC}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-sans" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -mathtt -\series bold - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default -AbC -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{AbC}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-typewriter" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - The styles -\series bold - -\backslash -mathbb -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -mathcal -\series default - can only be used for big letters. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Predefined is the style -\series bold - -\backslash -mathnormal -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The style commands work also for letters in mathematical constructs: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\mathfrak{A=\frac{b}{C}} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Characters in mathematical text don't appear in a math font style but in - the text font style -\series bold - -\backslash -textrm -\series default -. - That their style can't be set correctly via the text style dialog is a - bug in LyX. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "LyX-bug #4629" -target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/ticket/4629" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Instead of the style commands the dialog -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text Style -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/font.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - can be used. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Bold Formulas -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Bold-Formulas" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! bold -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To make a complete formula bold, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -mathbf -\series default - from the previous subsection cannot be used, because it doesn't work for - small Greek letters. - Furthermore it prints Latin letters always upright, like in the following - equation: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\mathbf{\int_{n}^{2}f(\theta)=\Gamma}\qquad\textrm{equation with \textbackslash mathbf} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To display the formula correctly, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -boldsymbol -\series default - is used: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\boldsymbol{\int_{n}^{2}f(\theta)=\Gamma\qquad\textrm{equation with \textbackslash boldsymbol}} -\] - -\end_inset - -It is also possible to set the formula in a -\series bold -boldmath environment -\series default -. - This environment is created by inserting the command -\series bold - -\backslash -boldmath -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! B ! -\backslash -boldmath -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - in TeX-mode. - To end the environment, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -unboldmath -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! U ! -\backslash -unboldmath -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is inserted in TeX-mode. -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -boldmath -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\int_{n}^{2}f(\theta)=\Gamma\qquad\textrm{equation in a boldmath environment} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -unboldmath -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Colored Formulas -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! colored -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Formulas can be colored like normal text: Highlight a formula or a formula - part and use the -\family sans -Text Style -\family default - dialog. - Here is a formula in magenta: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -{\color{magenta}\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=\frac{\sqrt[5]{B}}{\ln\left(\frac{1}{3}\right)}} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can also define your own colors as described in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Colored-Boxes" - -\end_inset - -. - They can be used with the TeX code command -\series bold - -\backslash -textcolor -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! T ! -\backslash -textcolor -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - in the scheme -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -textcolor{color}{characters or formula} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The following example was colored completely dark green and partly red: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -textcolor{darkgreen}{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=\frac{{\color{red}\sqrt[5]{B}}}{\ln\left(\frac{1}{3}\right)} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Due to a bug in LyX only complete formulas can be colored with self-defined - colors. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "LyX-bug #5269" -target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/ticket/5269" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Font Sizes -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Font-Sizes" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Font ! size -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For characters in formulas there are, analog to characters in text, the - following size commands: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -Huge -\series default -, -\series bold - -\backslash -huge -\series default -, -\series bold - -\backslash -LARGE -\series default -, -\series bold - -\backslash -Large -\series default -, -\series bold - -\backslash -large -\series default -, -\series bold - -\backslash -normalsize -\series default -, -\series bold - -\backslash -small -\series default -, -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -footnotesize -\series default -, -\series bold - -\backslash -scriptsize -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -tiny -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The size produced by the commands depends on the document font size, which - corresponds to the command -\series bold - -\backslash -normalsize -\series default -. - The other commands produce smaller or larger sizes than -\series bold - -\backslash -normalsize -\series default -. - The font size can however not exceed a certain value. - Is for example the document font size 12 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -Huge -\series default - switches to the same size as -\series bold - -\backslash -huge -\series default -. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A size command is inserted in TeX-mode before the formula and sets the size - for all following formula and text characters. - To switch back to the initial size, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -normalsize -\series default - is inserted behind the formula in TeX-mode. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Within a formula the size can be changed using the following size commands: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -displaystyle -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! D ! -\backslash -displaystyle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6.5mm}{}{\displaystyle E_{\mathrm{pot_{1}}}=\frac{K}{l+\frac{m}{n_{2}}}}\raisebox{-5.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -textstyle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}{\textstyle E_{\mathrm{pot_{1}}}=\frac{K}{l+\frac{m}{n_{2}}}}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -scriptstyle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}{\scriptstyle E_{\mathrm{pot_{1}}}=\frac{K}{l+\frac{m}{n_{2}}}}\raisebox{-3.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -scriptscriptstyle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}{\scriptscriptstyle E_{\mathrm{pot_{1}}}=\frac{K}{l+\frac{m}{n_{2}}}}\raisebox{-3.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -After entering these commands, a blue box appears in which the formula parts - are inserted. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There is a further method to change the font size, that though only works - for symbols or letters in mathematical text. - To use it, one of the above text size commands is inserted in mathematical - text. - All following characters until the end of the mathematical text or until - another size command will have the selected size. - Two examples: -\begin_inset VSpace -2mm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -huge -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -A=\frac{B}{c}\cdot\maltese -\] - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\maltese A\textrm{\Large\maltese\textit{A}}\textrm{\tiny\maltese\textit{A}} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -normalsize -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -Before both formulas the command -\series bold - -\backslash -huge -\series default - was inserted. - The command for the second formula is: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -maltese -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A Alt+M M -\backslash -Large -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -maltese -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -textit -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hspace*{} -\length 1cm -\end_inset - -Alt+M -\series default - -\series bold -M -\backslash -tiny -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -maltese -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -textit -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If a symbol cannot be displayed in different sizes, it will always be displayed - in the default size. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Greek Letters -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Greek letters -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Greek letters can also be inserted via the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/alpha.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. - All international typesetting norms purport that Greek letters in math - have to be typeset italic/slanted. - In some languages, like French or Russian, they are nevertheless sometimes - typeset upright. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Small Letters -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Greek letters ! small -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -alpha -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -beta -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\beta$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -gamma -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -delta -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\delta$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -epsilon -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -varepsilon -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\varepsilon$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -zeta -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\zeta$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -eta -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\eta$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -theta -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\theta$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -vartheta -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\vartheta$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -iota -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\iota$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -kappa -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\kappa$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -varkappa -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\varkappa$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -lambda -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\lambda$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -mu -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mu$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -nu -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\nu$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -xi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\xi$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -o -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $o$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -pi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\pi$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -varpi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\varpi$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -rho -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\rho$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -varrho -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\varrho$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sigma -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -varsigma -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\varsigma$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -tau -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\tau$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -upsilon -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\upsilon$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -phi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\phi$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -varphi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\varphi$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -chi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\chi$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -psi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\psi$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -omega -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\omega$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -How to create special upright Greek letters is explained in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Upright-small-Greek" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Big Letters -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Greek letters ! big -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Gamma -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Gamma$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Delta -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Delta$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Theta -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Theta$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Lambda -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Lambda$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Xi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Xi$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Pi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Pi$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Sigma -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Sigma$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Upsilon -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Phi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Phi$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Psi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Psi$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Omega -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Omega$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -That the big Greek letters appear upright is caused by a design bug when - TeX was developed. - To get correct italic big letters, begin every command with -\series bold -var -\series default -. - For example the command -\series bold - -\backslash -varGamma -\series default - produces -\begin_inset Formula $\varGamma$ -\end_inset - -. - Another way is to load the package -\series bold -fixmath -\series default - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -fixmath -\series default - is part of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -was -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! was -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -vspace{4mm} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! fixmath -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - with the LaTeX-preamble line -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage{fixmath} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Then all big Greek letters in a document will automatically be typeset italic. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Bold Letters -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Greek letters ! bold -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Greek letters cannot be set with different font styles like Latin letters. - They can only be made bold with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -boldsymbol -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! B ! -\backslash -boldsymbol -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Upsilon -\backslash -boldsymbol -\backslash -Upsilon -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon\boldsymbol{\Upsilon}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -theta -\backslash -boldsymbol -\backslash -theta -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\theta\boldsymbol{\theta}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Symbols -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -texorpdfstring{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A list with all symbols of most of the LaTeX-packages can be found in -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "Symbols" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -}{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -texorpdfstring is used to avoid that the footnote appears in the PDF-bookmark. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -More about -\backslash -texorpdfstring is in section -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Formulas-in-Section" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Symbols -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Many of the symbols listed in this section can also be inserted via the - toolbar buttons -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/nabla.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/digamma.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Mathematical Symbols -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Mathematical-Symbols" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Symbols ! mathematical -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -neg -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\neg$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Im -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Im$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Re -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Re$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -aleph -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\aleph$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -partial -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\partial$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -infty -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\infty$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -wp -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\wp$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -imath -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\imath$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -jmath -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\jmath$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -forall -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\forall$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -exists -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\exists$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -nexists -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\nexists$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -emptyset -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\emptyset$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -varnothing -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\varnothing$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -dag -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\dag$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ddag -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\ddag$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -complement -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -raisebox{-0.8mm}{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\complement$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Bbbk -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Bbbk$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -prime -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\prime$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -backprime -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\backprime$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -mho -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mho$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -triangle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\triangle$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -angle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\angle$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -measuredangle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\measuredangle$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sphericalangle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\sphericalangle$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -top -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\top$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bot -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bot$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Miscellaneous Symbols -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Miscellaneous-Symbols" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Symbols ! miscellaneous -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -flat -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\flat$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -natural -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\natural$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sharp -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\sharp$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -surd -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\surd$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -checkmark -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\checkmark$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -yen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\yen$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -pounds -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\pounds$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -$ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\$$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -§ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $§$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -hbar -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\hbar$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -hslash -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\hslash$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -clubsuit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\clubsuit$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -spadesuit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\spadesuit$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bigstar -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bigstar$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -blacklozenge -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\blacklozenge$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -blacktriangle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\blacktriangle$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -blacktiangledown -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\blacktriangledown$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bullet -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bullet$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -diamondsuit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\diamondsuit$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Diamond -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Diamond$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -heartsuit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -P -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\P$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -copyright -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\copyright$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -circledR -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\circledR$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -maltese -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\maltese$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -diagup -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\diagup$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -diagdown -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\diagdown$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -More symbols are listed in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Miscellaneous-special-Characters" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Some symbols can be displayed in different sizes, see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Font-Sizes" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -The Euro-Symbol € -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Symbols ! Euro-symbol -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -@ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -officialeuro -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To use the Euro symbol in formulas, the LaTeX-package -\series bold -eurosym -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! eurosym -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - must be installed and loaded with the LaTeX-preamble line -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage[gennarrow]{eurosym} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The Euro symbol can now be inserted with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -euro -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! E ! -\backslash -euro -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The Euro symbol can directly be inserted with the € key in mathematical - text, without having -\series bold -eurosym -\series default - installed. - When -\series bold -eurosym -\series default - is installed, -\series bold - -\backslash -euro -\series default - can also be inserted in TeX-mode. - The official currency symbol can then be inserted with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -officialeuro -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! O ! -\backslash -officialeuro -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, that is only available in TeX-mode. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -ifeurosym -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The following table will only be displayed when the LaTeX-package -\series bold -eurosym -\series default - is installed. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An overview about the different Euro symbols: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -formula -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -euro -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\euro$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -mathematical text -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -€ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mbox{€}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -TeX-mode -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -officialeuro -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -officialeuro -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -else -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The following will be displayed when the LaTeX-package -\series bold -eurosym -\series default - is not installed: -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You need to install the LaTeX-package -\series bold -eurosym -\series default - to see the rest of this subsection in the output. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Relations -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Relations" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Relations -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Comparisons|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Relations -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -All relations can also be inserted via the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/leq.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -< -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $<$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -le -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\le$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ll -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\ll$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -prec -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\prec$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -preceq -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\preceq$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -subset -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\subset$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -subseteq -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\subseteq$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sqsubseteq -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\sqsubseteq$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -in -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\in$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -vdash -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\vdash$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -smile -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\smile$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -lhd -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\lhd$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -unlhd -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\unlhd$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -gtrless -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\gtrless$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -mid -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mid$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -nmid -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\nmid$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $=$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -not= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\not=$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -equiv -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\equiv$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sim -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\sim$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -simeq -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\simeq$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -approx -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\approx$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -cong -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\cong$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bowtie -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bowtie$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -notin -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\notin$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -perp -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\perp$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -propto -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\propto$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -asymp -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\asymp$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -doteq -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\doteq$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -circeq -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\circeq$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -models -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\models$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -widehat= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\widehat{=}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -> -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $>$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ge -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\ge$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -gg -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\gg$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -succ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\succ$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -succeq -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\succeq$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -supset -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\supset$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -supseteq -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\supseteq$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sqsupseteq -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\sqsupseteq$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ni -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\ni$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -dashv -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\dashv$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -frown -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\frown$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -rhd -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\rhd$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -unrhd -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\unrhd$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -lessgtr -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\lessgtr$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -parallel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\parallel$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -nparallel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\nparallel$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -The characters -\series bold - -\backslash -lhd -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -rhd -\series default - are bigger than the equal looking operators -\series bold - -\backslash -triangleleft -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -triangleright -\series default -, respectively. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Relations are, in contrary to symbols, always surrounded by space. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Relations with labels can be created with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -stackrel -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! S ! -\backslash -stackrel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A(r) -\backslash -stackrel -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -r -\backslash -to -\backslash -infty -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -approx -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}A(r)\stackrel{r\to\infty}{\approx}B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Functions -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Predefined Functions -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Predefined-Functions" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Functions ! predefined -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In general, variables are set -\emph on -italic -\emph default - in mathematical expressions, but not function names, because -\begin_inset Formula $sin$ -\end_inset - - could be misunderstood as -\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$ -\end_inset - -. - Therefore there are predefined functionswhich are additionally a bit separated - from prefactors. - They are inserted as commands starting with a backslash before their name. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Asin(x)+B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $Asin(x)+B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A -\backslash -sin(x)+B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A\sin(x)+B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The following functions are predefined: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace -2mm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sin -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sinh -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -arcsin -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sup -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -cos -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -cosh -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -arccos -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -inf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -tan -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -tanh -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -arctan -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -lim -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -cot -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -coth -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -arg -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -liminf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -sec -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -min -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -deg -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -limsup -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -csc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -max -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -det -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Pr -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ln -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -exp -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -dim -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -hom -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -lg -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -log -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ker -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -gcd -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -They can also be inserted with the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/functions.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Self-defined Functions -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Functions ! self-defined -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To use a function that is not predefined, like for example the sign function - sgn(x), there are two possibilities: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Define the function by inserting the following line to the LaTeX-preamble -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -For more about -\series bold - -\backslash -DeclareMathOperator -\series default - see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Self-defined-Operators" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset VSpace -3mm -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -DeclareMathOperator{ -\backslash -sgn}{sgn} -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! D ! -\backslash -dbinom@ -\backslash -DeclareMathOperator -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset VSpace -2mm -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Now the new defined function can be called with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -sgn -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Write the formula as usual, mark the formula name, in our example the letters - -\emph on -sgn -\emph default -, and change it to mathematical text. - Finally, a space is inserted between prefactor and function. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The result is the same with both methods as with a predefined function -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -In LyX self-defined functions are displayed red, predefined ones black. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A -\backslash -sgn(x)+B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A\sgn(x)+B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A -\backslash -, -\begin_inset Formula $\underbrace{\textrm{sgn}}_{\textrm{Alt+M}\,\textrm{M}}$ -\end_inset - -(x)+B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A\,\textrm{sgn}(x)+B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The first method is more suitable when the self-defined function should - be used several times. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Limits -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Limits -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For limits, in addition to the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -lim -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! L ! -\backslash -lim -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\series bold - -\backslash -liminf -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -limsup -\series default - the following functions are defined: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -varliminf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\varliminf$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -varlimsup -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\varlimsup$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -varprojlim -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\varprojlim$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -varinjlim -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\varinjlim$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -The limit is created by inserting a subscript. - It is set right beside the function in an inline formula: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset space \hspace{} -\length 1cm -\end_inset - -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The space and -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - are used here as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -lim_x -\backslash -to -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -x=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\hspace{1cm}\raisebox{5mm}{}\lim_{x\to A}x=B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In a displayed formula the limit is set below the formula, as usual: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\lim_{x\to A}x=B -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Modulo-Functions -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Functions ! modulo- -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The modulo-function is special, because it exists in four variants. - The variants in a displayed formula are: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{align*} -\underline{\textrm{Command}\raisebox{-0.9mm}{}} & & \underline{\textrm{Result}}\\ -\mathrm{a\backslash mod\textrm{\spce}b} & & a\mod b\\ -\mathrm{a\backslash pmod\textrm{\spce}b} & & a\pmod b\\ -\mathrm{a\backslash bmod\textrm{\spce}b} & & a\bmod b\\ -\mathrm{a\backslash pod\textrm{\spce}b} & & a\pod b -\end{align*} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In an inline formula less space is set before the function names for all - variants. - By default the modulo-functions take only the first following character - into account. - To use more than one character, one has to put them into TeX-braces: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{align*} -\underline{\textrm{Command}\raisebox{-0.9mm}{}} & & \underline{\textrm{Result}}\\ -\mathrm{a\backslash pod\textrm{\spce}bcd} & & a\pod bcd\\ -\mathrm{a\backslash pod\backslash\{bc\to d} & & a\pod{bc}d -\end{align*} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Special Characters -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Special characters -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Special Characters in Mathematical Text -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The following commands can only be used in mathematical text or in TeX-mode: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -oe -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{œ}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -OE -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{Œ}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ae -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{æ}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -AE -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{Æ}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -aa -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{\aa}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -AA -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -@ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -textrm{ -\backslash -AA} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{Å}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -i -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{ı}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -command -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The space of 0 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mm is used for separation, because otherwise the output will be ¡ and ¿ - respectively. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -o -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{ø}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -O -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{Ø}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -l -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{ł}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -L -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{Ł}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -! -\begin_inset space \hspace{} -\length 0mm -\end_inset - -` -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{!`}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -? -\begin_inset space \hspace{} -\length 0mm -\end_inset - -` -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{?`}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -j -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{ȷ}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The characters -\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{\textrm{Å}}$ -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{\textrm{Ø}}$ -\end_inset - - can also be inserted via the math toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math/digamma.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An exception are the commands -\series bold -! -\begin_inset space \hspace{} -\length 0mm -\end_inset - -` -\series default - and -\series bold -? -\begin_inset space \hspace{} -\length 0mm -\end_inset - -` -\series default -, because they can be inserted in LyX directly to text. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Accents in Text -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Accents-in-Text" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Accents ! in text -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With the following commands all letters can be accented. - The commands must be inserted in TeX-mode. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -"e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -`e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -`e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -^ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -^e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -=e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -=e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -u -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -u e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -b -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -b e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -t -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -ee -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -t ee -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -H -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -H e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -'e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -'e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -~e -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tilde -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -~e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -.e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -.e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -v -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -v e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -d -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -d e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -c -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -c e -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -With the command -\series bold - -\backslash -t -\series default - also two different characters can be accented. - The command -\series bold - -\backslash -t -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -sz -\series default - creates: -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -t sz -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The accents -\series bold -` -\series default - , -\series bold -' -\series default - and -\series bold -^ -\series default - can in combination with vowels directly be inserted with the keyboard without - using TeX-mode. - The same applies for the tilde -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This only applies for keyboards where the tilde is defined as accent. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series bold -~ -\series default - in combination with -\emph on -a -\emph default - , -\emph on -n -\emph default - , or -\emph on -o -\emph default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The commands -\series bold - -\backslash -b -\series default - , -\series bold - -\backslash -c -\series default - , -\series bold - -\backslash -d -\series default - , -\series bold - -\backslash -H -\series default - , -\series bold - -\backslash -t -\series default - , -\series bold - -\backslash -u -\series default - , -\series bold - -\backslash -v -\series default - and accents that are inserted directly with the keyboard are also available - in mathematical text. - For the other accents there are special math commands to be used in formulas, - see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Accents-for-one" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -Furthermore, with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -textcircled -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! T ! -\backslash -textcircled -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - all numbers and letters can be set into a circle, quasi accented with a - circle, similar to the copyright symbol. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -textcircled{w} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -textcircled{w} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Large -\backslash -textcircled{ -\backslash -normalsize -\backslash -protect -\backslash -raisebox{-1.5pt}{W}} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -Large -\backslash -textcircled{ -\backslash -normalsize -\backslash -protect -\backslash -raisebox{-1.5pt}W} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -One has to take care that the character fits in the circle. - -\series bold - -\backslash -Large -\series default - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Font-Sizes" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - specifies thereby the size of the circle. - With the help of -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Boxes-without-Frame" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - the character can be centered. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Old-style Figures -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Old-style Figures -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Old-style figures (also known as old-style numerals) are created with the - command -\series bold - -\backslash -oldstylenums -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! O ! -\backslash -oldstylenums -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - The command can be used in formulas and in TeX-mode. - The command scheme is: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -oldstylenums{number} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The command -\series bold - -\backslash -oldstylenums{0123456789 -\series default - produces: -\begin_inset Formula $\oldstylenums{0123456789}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Miscellaneous special Characters -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Miscellaneous-special-Characters" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Special characters ! miscellaneous -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The following characters can only be inserted to formulas by using commands: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -^ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathcircumflex$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -_ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\_$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -^ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -circ -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -@° -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $^{\circ}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The degree sign ° can nevertheless be directly inserted if the LaTeX-preamble - contains the following line -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -More about this is described in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Text-Characters-in" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -DeclareInputtext{176}{ -\backslash -ifmmode^ -\backslash -circ -\backslash -else -\backslash -textdegree -\backslash -fi} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Formula Styles -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Formula-Styles" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! styles -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -There are two different alignment styles: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Description -Centered is the predefined standard -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Indented for this the option -\series bold -fleqn -\series default - must be inserted in the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - under -\family sans -Document -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Class -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When -\series bold -Indented -\series default - is used, the indentation can be adjusted with the length -\series bold - -\backslash -mathindent -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! M ! -\backslash -mathindent -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - Should the distance be 15 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mm, the following command line is inserted in the LaTeX-preamble -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -mathindent}{15mm} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When no length is specified, the predefined value of 30 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt will be used. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -And two different numbering styles: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Description -Right is the predefined standard -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Left for this the option -\series bold -leqno -\series default - must be inserted in the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - under -\family sans -Document -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Class -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -fleqn -\series default - and -\series bold -leqno -\series default - can also be used together. - In this case both options are inserted, separated by a comma. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The chosen styles are used for all displayed formulas of the document. - When both, centered and indented formulas should be created in a document, - the style -\series bold -Centered -\series default - is used. - The indented formulas are then set in a flalign environment, see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Flalign-Environment" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Multiline Formulas -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Multiline-Formulas" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! multiline -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -General -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In LyX multiline formulas are created by pressing -\series bold - -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - - -\series default - inside a formula. - This creates either an -\series bold -eqnarray environment -\series default - that is described in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Eqnarray-Environment" - -\end_inset - - or, when the option -\family sans -Use AMS math package -\family default - in the document settings is selected, an -\series bold -align environment -\series default - that is described in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Standard-align-Environment" - -\end_inset - -. - The align environment is recommended because it provides in any case a - typographically correct output. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are other multiline formula environments that can be created via the - menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math -\family default -. - These environments are described in the following sections. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In all multiline formula environments a new line is created by pressing - -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - -. - To add or delete lines, the math toolbar buttons -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/tabular-feature_append-row.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - or -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/tabular-feature_delete-row.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -, respectively, or the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Rows & Columns -\family default - can be used. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Line Separation -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Line-Separation" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! multiline ! Line separation -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There is sometimes not enough space in multiline formulas between the lines: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray*} -B^{2}(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2})+4x_{0}^{2}x^{2}+4x_{0}xD & = & \textrm{-}4x^{2}B^{2}+4x_{0}xB^{2}\\ -4x^{2}\left(B^{2}+x_{0}^{2}\right)+4x_{0}x\left(D-B^{2}\right)+B^{2}\left(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2}\right) & = & 0 -\end{eqnarray*} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In LaTeX additional line space is specified as optional argument of the - new line command. - This is not yet possible in LyX -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -see -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "LyX-bug #1505" -target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/ticket/1505" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, therefore the whole formula must be inserted in TeX-mode. - To add in our example space, the command -\series bold - -\backslash - -\backslash -[3mm] -\series default - is inserted at the end of the first line. - One gets: -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -begin{eqnarray*} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -B^{2}(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2})+4x_{0}^{2}x^{2}+4x_{0}xD & - = & -\backslash -textrm{-}4x^{2}B^{2}+4x_{0}xB^{2} -\backslash - -\backslash -[3mm] -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -4x^{2} -\backslash -left(B^{2}+x_{0}^{2} -\backslash -right)+4x_{0}x -\backslash -left(D-B^{2} -\backslash -right)+B^{2} -\backslash -left(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2} -\backslash -right) & = & 0 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -end{eqnarray*} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -To set the line separation for all lines in a formula, the length -\series bold - -\backslash -jot -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! J ! -\backslash -jot -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is changed. - The definition is: -\begin_inset Formula $\mbox{line separation}=\mathrm{6\, pt+\backslash jot}$ -\end_inset - -. - Predefined for -\series bold - -\backslash -jot -\series default - is the value 3 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt. - To create 3 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mm additional line separation as in the previous example, the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -jot}{3mm+3pt} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -is inserted in TeX-mode before the formula. - This requires that the LaTeX-package -\series bold -calc -\series default - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -calc -\series default - is part of every LaTeX standard installation. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! calc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - was loaded in LaTeX-preamble with the line -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage{calc} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -One gets: -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -jot}{3mm+3pt} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray*} -B^{2}(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2})+4x_{0}^{2}x^{2}+4x_{0}xD & = & \textrm{-}4x^{2}B^{2}+4x_{0}xB^{2}\\ -4x^{2}\left(B^{2}+x_{0}^{2}\right)+4x_{0}x\left(D-B^{2}\right)+B^{2}\left(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2}\right) & = & 0 -\end{eqnarray*} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -jot}{3pt} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - To get back to the predefined distance, -\series bold - -\backslash -jot -\series default - is set to the value 3 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Column Separation -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Column-Separation" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! multiline ! Column separation -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Multiline formulas form a matrix. - A formula in the eqnarray environment is for example a matrix with three - columns. - By changing the column separation in this environment, the space beside - the relation sign can be changed. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The column separation is specified with the length -\series bold - -\backslash -arraycolsep -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! A ! -\backslash -arraycolsep -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - according to: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -column separation = 2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -arraycolsep -\series default - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Thus, the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -arraycolsep}{1cm} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -inserted in TeX-mode, sets for all following formulas a column separation - of 2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cm. - To get back to the predefined distance, -\series bold - -\backslash -arraycolsep -\series default - is set to 5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A formula with 2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cm column separation: -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -arraycolsep}{1cm} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray*} -A & = & B\\ -C & \ne & A -\end{eqnarray*} - -\end_inset - -A formula with the predefined column separation for matrices of 10 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt: -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -arraycolsep}{5pt} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray*} -A & = & B\\ -C & \ne & A -\end{eqnarray*} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Long Formulas -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! long -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Long formulas can be typeset using these methods: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -When one side of the equation is much shorter than the line width, this - one is chosen for the left side and the right side is typeset over two - lines: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray} -H & = & W_{SB}+W_{mv}+W_{D}-\frac{\hbar^{2}}{2m_{0}}\Delta-\frac{\hbar^{2}}{2m_{1}}\Delta_{1}-\frac{\hbar^{2}}{2m_{2}}\Delta_{2}-\frac{e^{2}}{4\pi\varepsilon_{0}|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{R}_{1}|}\nonumber \\ - & & -\hspace{3pt}\frac{e^{2}}{4\pi\varepsilon_{0}|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{R}_{2}|}+\frac{e^{2}}{4\pi\varepsilon_{0}|\mathbf{R}_{1}-\mathbf{R}_{2}|}\label{eq:shortlong} -\end{eqnarray} - -\end_inset - -The minus sign at the beginning of the second line does normally not appear - as an operator because it is the first character of the line. - Thus it would not be surrounded by space and could not be distinguished - from the fraction bar. - To avoid this, 3 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt space was inserted behind the minus sign with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -hspace -\series default -. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -for more about -\series bold - -\backslash -hspace -\series default - see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Variable-Space" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! H ! -\backslash -hspace -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -When both sides of the equation are too long, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -lefteqn -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! L ! -\backslash -lefteqn -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is used. - It is inserted in the first column of the first line and causes all further - insertions to overwrite the following columns: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray} -\lefteqn{4x^{2}\left(B^{2}+x_{0}^{2}\right)+4x_{0}x\left(D-B^{2}\right)+B^{2}\left(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2}\right)+D^{2}}\nonumber \\ - & & -\hspace{3pt}B^{2}-2B\sqrt{r_{g}^{2}-x^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}}+r_{g}^{2}-x^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}\nonumber \\ - & & =B^{2}+2\left(r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}-r_{k}^{2}\right)+\frac{\left(r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}-r_{k}^{2}\right)^{2}}{B^{2}}\label{eq:lefteqn} -\end{eqnarray} - -\end_inset - -After the insertion of -\series bold - -\backslash -lefteqn -\series default -, the cursor is in a purple box that is a bit shifted to the left from the - blue one. - In this the formula is inserted. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -The content of the further lines is inserted to the second or another formula - column. - The greater the column number where it was inserted, the larger the indentation. -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Note the following when using -\series bold - -\backslash -lefteqn -\series default -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -The formula doesn't use the full page width. - When e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -the term -\begin_inset Formula $-B^{2}$ -\end_inset - - is added to the first line in the above example, it would have been outside - the page margin. - To better use the width, negative space can be inserted at the beginning - of the first line. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Due to a bug in LyX the cursor cannot be set with the mouse into the first - line. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "LyX-bug #1429" -target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/ticket/1429" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - One can only set the cursor at the beginning of the line and move it with - the arrow keys. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Other methods to set long formulas are offered by the environments described - in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Multline-Environment" - -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Multiline-Formula-Parts" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Multiline Brackets -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Multiline-Brackets" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Brackets ! for multiline expressions -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For brackets spanning multiple lines the following problem occurs: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray*} -A & = & \sin(x)\left[\prod_{R=1}^{\infty}\frac{1}{R}+\cdots\right.\\ - & & \left.\cdots+B-D\right] -\end{eqnarray*} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The closing bracket is smaller than the opening bracket because brackets - with variable size may not span multiple lines. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To set the bracket size for the second line correctly, the first line is - ended with -\series bold - -\backslash -right. -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! R ! -\backslash -right -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and the second line with -\series bold - -\backslash -left. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -for more about -\series bold - -\backslash -left -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -right -\series default - see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Automatic-Bracket-Size" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! L ! -\backslash -left -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - After -\series bold - -\backslash -left. - -\series default - the command -\series bold - -\backslash -vphantom -\series default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -prod -\series default -^ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -infty -\series default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -_R=1} -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! V ! -\backslash -vphantom -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is inserted, because the multiplication operator with its limits is the - largest symbol in the first line and this should be the size for the bracket - in the second line. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The result is this: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray*} -A & = & \sin(x)\left[\prod_{R=1}^{\infty}\frac{1}{R}+\cdots\right.\\ - & & \left.\vphantom{\prod_{R=1}^{\infty}}\cdots+B-D\right] -\end{eqnarray*} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Align Environments -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Align environments can be used for every kind of multiline formulas. - They are especially useful to set several formulas side by side. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Align environments consist of columns. - The odd columns are right aligned, the even ones left aligned. - Every line in an Align environment can be numbered. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Align environments are created via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math -\family default -. - With the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Change Formula Type -\family default - already existing formulas can be converted to Align environments. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To add or delete columns, the math toolbar buttons -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/tabular-feature_append-column.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - or -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/tabular-feature_delete-column.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -, respectively, or the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Rows & Columns -\family default - can be used. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Standard align Environment -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Standard-align-Environment" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! multiline ! align environment -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This Align environment is created by pressing -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - - in a formula or by the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -AMS align Environment -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An example for two formulas set side by side, that are created with a four - column align environment: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{align*} -A & =\sin(B) & C & =D\\ -C & \ne A & B & \ne D -\end{align*} - -\end_inset - -As it can be seen, the formulas in this environment are placed so as if - there would be a -\series bold - -\backslash -hfill -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -more about -\series bold - -\backslash -hfill -\series default - see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Variable-Space" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default - before the first and after every even column. - When the formula style -\series bold -Indented -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -formula styles see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formula-Styles" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default - is used, the formula is set without the -\series bold - -\backslash -hfill -\series default - before the first column. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Alignat Environment -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! multiline ! alignat environment -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The alignat environment has no predefined column separation. - It can be inserted manually with the spaces that are described -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Space" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The above example in the alignat environment where 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cm space was inserted at the beginning of the second formula: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{alignat*}{2} -A & =\sin(B) & \hspace{1cm}C & =D\\ -C & \ne A & B & \ne D -\end{alignat*} - -\end_inset - -Because the column separation can be set separately for every column, this - environment is especially suitable to set three and more formulas side - by side. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Flalign Environment -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Flalign-Environment" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! multiline ! flalign environment -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In this environment the first two columns are always set as much as possible - to the left and the last two ones to the right. - An example: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{flalign*} -A & =1 & B & =2 & C & =3\\ -X & =\textrm{-}1 & Y & =\textrm{-}2 & Z & =4 -\end{flalign*} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -By creating a flalign environment with an odd number of columns where an - empty TeX-brace is inserted to the last column, several formulas in a document - can be set to the left, although the formula style -\series bold -Centered -\series default - is used. - As example the indented formula -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:VolInt" - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{flalign} -\hspace{30pt}\iiint\limits _{V}X\,\mathrm{d}V & =U & {} -\end{flalign} - -\end_inset - -The first two columns contain the formula. - To indent it as with the formula style -\series bold -Indented -\series default -, 30 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt space was inserted at the beginning of the first column. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Eqnarray Environment -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Eqnarray-Environment" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! multiline ! eqnarray environment -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When this environment has been created, three blue boxes appear. - The content of the first box is right aligned, the content of the last - one left aligned. - The content of the middle box appears centered and a bit smaller, because - it is designed to insert there only relation characters. -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray*} -\frac{ABC}{D} & \frac{ABC}{D} & \frac{ABC}{D}\\ -AB & AB & AB\\ -A & = & A -\end{eqnarray*} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Gather Environment -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! multiline ! gather environment -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This environment consists of only one centered column. - Every line can be numbered. -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{gather} -A=1\\ -X=\textrm{-}1 -\end{gather} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Multline Environment -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Multline-Environment" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! multiline ! multline environment -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The multline environment consists, like the gather environment, of only - one column. - But the first line is left aligned, the last one right aligned. - All other lines are centered. - Therefore this environment is suitable for long formulas. - As example formula -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:lefteqn" - -\end_inset - - in the multline environment: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{multline} -4x^{2}\left(B^{2}+x_{0}^{2}\right)+4x_{0}x\left(D-B^{2}\right)+B^{2}\left(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2}\right)+D^{2}\\ --B^{2}-2B\sqrt{r_{g}^{2}-x^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}}+r_{g}^{2}-x^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}\\ -=B^{2}+2\left(r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}-r_{k}^{2}\right)+\frac{\left(r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}-r_{k}^{2}\right)^{2}}{B^{2}} -\end{multline} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the output only the last (first) line of a multline environment appears - numbered when the document numbering is right (left). -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -numbering styles see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formula-Styles" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -shoveright -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! S ! -\backslash -shoveright -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and -\series bold - -\backslash -shoveleft -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! S ! -\backslash -shoveleft -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - a centered line can be right or left aligned, respectively. - The commands are used as follows: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -shoveright{line content} -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -shoveleft{line content} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -The length -\series bold - -\backslash -multlinegap -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! M ! -\backslash -multlinegap -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - specifies the distance of the first line from the left page margin. - Predefined is the length 0 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As example the above formula where the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -multlinegap}{2cm} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -was inserted in TeX-mode before: -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -multlinegap}{2cm} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{multline} -4x^{2}\left(B^{2}+x_{0}^{2}\right)+4x_{0}x\left(D-B^{2}\right)+B^{2}\left(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2}\right)+D^{2}\\ -\shoveleft{-B^{2}-2B\sqrt{r_{g}^{2}-x^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}}+r_{g}^{2}-x^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}}\\ -=B^{2}+2\left(r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}-r_{k}^{2}\right)+\frac{\left(r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}-r_{k}^{2}\right)^{2}}{B^{2}} -\end{multline} - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -multlinegap}{0pt} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -The second line was left aligned using -\series bold - -\backslash -shoveleft -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Multiline Formula Parts -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Multiline-Formula-Parts" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! multiline ! formula parts -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To display only parts of a formula with multiple lines, one of the following - environments is used: -\series bold -aligned -\series default -, -\series bold -alignedat -\series default -, -\series bold -gathered -\series default - or -\series bold -split -\series default -. - They can be inserted via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math -\family default - or by using the commands described in this section. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The first three have the same properties as the corresponding multiline - formula environments, but it is possible to set further formula parts beside - them. - An example: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\left.\begin{aligned}\Delta x\Delta p & \ge\frac{\hbar}{2}\\ -\Delta E\Delta t & \ge\frac{\hbar}{2} -\end{aligned} -\right\} \textrm{Uncertainty relations} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To get this formula, a displayed formula is created where the command -\series bold - -\backslash -aligned -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! A ! -\backslash -aligned -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is inserted. - A purple box appears around the blue formula box where now columns and - lines can be added. - Outside the multiline environment other formula parts can be set, like - the brace. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The aligned environment is also suitable for long formulas whose lines are - horizontally aligned. - Using aligned in a displayed formula has the advantage that the formula - number is vertically centered behind the lines. - As example formula -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:shortlong" - -\end_inset - - in the aligned environment: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -\begin{aligned}H=\; & W_{SB}+W_{mv}+W_{D}-\frac{\hbar^{2}}{2m_{0}}\Delta-\frac{\hbar^{2}}{2m_{1}}\Delta_{1}-\frac{\hbar^{2}}{2m_{2}}\Delta_{2}-\frac{e^{2}}{4\pi\varepsilon_{0}|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{R}_{1}|}\\ - & -\hspace{3pt}\frac{e^{2}}{4\pi\varepsilon_{0}|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{R}_{2}|}+\frac{e^{2}}{4\pi\varepsilon_{0}|\mathbf{R}_{1}-\mathbf{R}_{2}|} -\end{aligned} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To use the environments -\series bold -alignedat -\series default -, -\series bold -gathered -\series default -, or -\series bold -split -\series default -, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -alignedat -\series default -, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! A ! -\backslash -alignedat -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -gathered -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! G ! -\backslash -gathered -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, or -\series bold - -\backslash -split -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! S ! -\backslash -split -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - are inserted, respectively. - The split environment has the same properties as the aligned environment - but it can only have two columns. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Text in multiline Formulas -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Text-in-multiline" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Text ! in formulas -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! multiline ! text -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the Align environments, and the multline and gather environment, text - can be inserted that will appear in a separate line and doesn't affect - the column alignment. - To do this, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -intertext -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! I ! -\backslash -intertext -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is used in the following scheme: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -intertext{text} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The text should not be longer than a line because it cannot be hyphenated. - As LyX doesn't yet support -\series bold - -\backslash -intertext -\series default - directly, the text is written as mathematical text. - -\series bold - -\backslash -intertext -\series default - must hereby be at the beginning of a line and appears in the output above - this line. - An example where the text was inserted at the beginning of the second line: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{align} -I & =a\sqrt{2}\int_{0}^{2\pi}\sqrt{1+\cos(\phi)}\;\mathrm{d}\phi\\ -\intertext{\text{integrand is symmetric to \ensuremath{\phi=\pi}, therefore}} & =2a\sqrt{2}\int_{0}^{\pi}\sqrt{1+\cos(\phi)}\;\mathrm{d}\phi -\end{align} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Formula Numbering -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula numbering -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! numbering|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Formula numbering -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -General -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Numbered formulas can be created with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Numbered -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Formula -\family default - (shortcut -\family sans -Ctrl+Alt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -N -\family default -). - Existing formulas can be numbered with the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Toggle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Numbering -\family default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-number-toggle" -\end_inset - -). - The formula number is displayed in LyX behind the formula as a number sign - in parentheses. - The number sign is replaced in the output by the formula number. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When numbering is turned on in multiline formulas, all lines will be numbered. - But the numbering can be controlled with the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Toggle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Numbering -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -of -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Line -\family default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-number-line-toggle" -\end_inset - -) for every line. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Except for inline formulas, all formulas can be numbered with two different - styles, see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formula-Styles" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Cross-References -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Cross-references ! to formulas -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -All labeled formulas can be cross-referenced. - A label is added by the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Label -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/label-insert.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. - The cursor must hereby be inside a displayed formula. - Alternatively you can right-click on the formula and choose -\family sans -Equation Label -\family default -. - A dialog pops up displaying the prefix -\series bold -eq: -\series default - in a text field. - The label is inserted there behind the prefix. - The predefined prefix means -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -equation -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and makes it easier to find labels in large documents because it marks - it as formula label to divide it from e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -section labels. - To change a label, the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Label -\family default - is used again or you right-click on a formula and then on -\family sans -Equation Label -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The name of the label is displayed in LyX within two parentheses behind - formula. - A formula with a label is always numbered. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Cross-references are inserted via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cross-Reference -\family default - or with the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. - A formula cross-reference appears in the output as formula number. - When in the cross-reference dialog window the format -\series bold -() -\series default - is chosen, the cross-reference appears in the output as formula number - in parentheses. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -By right-clicking on a cross-reference in LyX, one jumps to the formula - that is referenced. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here are as examples cross-references to formulas of the following subsections: -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Note the different cross-reference types. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The equations -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:tag" - -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:c" - -\end_inset - - are equivalent. - In ( -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "eq:Lat" - -\end_inset - -) big Latin letters are used for the numbering in contrary to ( -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "eq:Rom" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -When the argument of -\series bold - -\backslash -tag -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -tag -\series default - is described in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:User-defined-Numbering" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default - contains a box like in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Paragraph-Boxes" - -\end_inset - -, the formula cannot be referenced. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Subnumbering -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula numbering ! subnumbering -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With the help of the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -begin{subequations} -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -end{subequations} -\series default - formulas can be subnumbered. - Both commands are inserted in TeX-mode. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An example: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -A=C-B\label{eq:a} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -addtocounter{equation}{-1} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -begin{subequations} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset VSpace -5mm -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -B=C-A\label{eq:b} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -C=A+B\label{eq:c} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -end{subequations} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To create the example, the following is done: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -first formula is inserted -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\series bold - -\backslash -addtocounter{equation}{-1} -\backslash -begin{subequations} -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! A ! -\backslash -addtocounter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series default -is inserted after the first formula -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -second formula is inserted -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -third formula is inserted -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\series bold - -\backslash -end{subequations} -\series default - is inserted after the third formula -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Every formula between the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -begin -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -end -\series default - is subnumbered as a, b, -\begin_inset Newline linebreak -\end_inset - -c, \SpecialChar \ldots{} - For multiline formulas every line will be subnumbered. - All subnumbered formulas are treated as -\emph on -one -\emph default - numbered formula. - But as every numbered formula increases the counter -\series bold -equation -\series default - by one, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -addtocounter -\series default - is needed to decrease it. - Otherwise the formulas -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:a" - -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:b" - -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:c" - -\end_inset - - would be numbered as -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:a" - -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:d" - -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:f" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -By inserting the commands in TeX-mode, a space is created between the first - two formulas. - To revert this -5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mm vertical space is inserted after the command -\series bold - -\backslash -begin{subequations} -\series default -. - When the formula style -\series bold -Indented -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -formula styles see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formula-Styles" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default - is used, -7 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mm space is inserted instead. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here is an example for a multiline formula where the numbering was turned - off for the second line: -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -begin{subequations} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray} -A & = & (B-Z)^{2}=(B-Z)(B-Z)\label{eq:d}\\ - & = & B^{2}-ZB-BZ+Z^{2}\nonumber \\ - & = & B^{2}-2BZ+Z^{2}\label{eq:f} -\end{eqnarray} - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -end{subequations} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -User-defined Numbering -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:User-defined-Numbering" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula numbering ! user-defined -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula numbering ! self-defined delimiters -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -With the standard numbering parentheses are set around the formula number. - To replace the parentheses for example by vertical bars, the following - line is added to the LaTeX-preamble: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -def -\backslash -tagform@#1{ -\backslash -maketag@@@{|#1|}} -\series default - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This macro is already declared in the LaTeX-preamble for testing. - To activate it, remove the percent sign at the beginning. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To use other characters, the vertical bars besides the -\series bold -#1 -\series default - are replaced by one ore more characters. - To get only the formula number the vertical bars are omitted. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -When there should be an expression of your choice instead of the consecutive - formula number in parentheses behind the formula, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -tag -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! T ! -\backslash -tag -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is used: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -A+B=C\tag{something}\label{eq:tag} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - -In this example the command -\series bold - -\backslash -tag -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -something -\series default - was inserted in the formula. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When the command -\series bold - -\backslash -tag* -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -something -\series default - is inserted instead, the star prevents the parentheses around the expression: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -A+B=C\tag*{something} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -To restart the formula numbering with new document parts or sections, the - following command is used: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -@addtoreset{equation}{part} -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -" -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -@ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -" -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - ! -\backslash - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -" -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -@ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -" -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -addtoreset -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -resp. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -@addtoreset{equation}{section} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To be able to use these commands in TeX-mode, the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -@ -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - character has to be made -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -active -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - for LaTeX using the command -\series bold - -\backslash -makeatletter. - -\series default - The command -\series bold - -\backslash -makeatother -\series default - reverts this. - So the command sequence in TeX-mode is: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -makeatletter -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\backslash -@addtoreset{equation}{section} -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\backslash -makeatother -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the LaTeX-preamble -\series bold - -\backslash -makeatletter -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -makeatother -\series default - can be omitted as they are automatically internally inserted by LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To revert -\series bold - -\backslash -@addtoreset -\series default -, the file -\series bold -remreset.sty -\series default - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -remreset -\series default - is part of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -carlisle -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! carlisle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - that is part of every LaTeX standard installation. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! remreset -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - has to be loaded in the LaTeX-preamble with the line -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage{remreset} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Then the command -\series bold - -\backslash -@removefromreset -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -" -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -@ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -" -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - ! -\backslash - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -" -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -@ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -" -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -removefromreset -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - can be used with the same scheme as -\series bold - -\backslash -@addtoreset -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -Sometimes formulas should be numbered in the following form: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family typewriter -(section number.formula number) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The formula number should start with every section with -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -1 -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For this case there is the command -\series bold - -\backslash -numberwithin -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! N ! -\backslash -numberwithin -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, which is used with the following scheme: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -numberwithin{counter}{sectioning} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Counter denotes what kind of numbering is affected, sectioning denotes what - number is before the dot. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Thus in our case the following LaTeX-preamble or TeX code line is used: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -numberwithin{equation}{section} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This is the result: -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -numberwithin{equation}{section} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -A+B=C -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To number e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -tables so that the number of the part is the sectioning, -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -numberwithin{table}{part} -\series default - is used. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To go back to the standard numbering or to prevent this kind of numbering - when it is defined by the document class, the following command is inserted - as TeX code or to the LaTeX-preamble: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -theequation}{ -\backslash -arabic{equation}} -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! A ! -\backslash -arabic -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -theequation}{ -\backslash -arabic{equation}} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series default -or -\series bold - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -thetable}{ -\backslash -arabic{table}} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -numberwithin -\series default - uses internally the command -\series bold - -\backslash -@addtoreset -\series default -, described above, that also needs to be reverted. -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -makeatletter -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -@removefromreset{equation}{section} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -makeatother -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Numbering with Roman Numbers and Letters -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula numbering ! with letters -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula numbering ! with Roman numbers -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Formulas can also be numbered with Roman numbers and Latin letters. - To number for example with small Roman numbers, the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -theequation}{ -\backslash -roman{equation}} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -is inserted before the formula in TeX-mode. - -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! R ! -\backslash -renewcommand -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - redefines the predefined command -\series bold - -\backslash -theequation -\series default - to the command -\series bold - -\backslash -roman{equation} -\series default -. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The command -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand -\series default - has the same scheme like the command -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand -\series default - that is described in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:The-Command-newcommand" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series bold -equation -\series default - is the formula counter. - When the command -\series bold - -\backslash -the -\series default - is used as prefix for a counter, the value of the counter is output as - Arabic number. - When a formula is numbered, LaTeX sets internally the command -\series bold - -\backslash -theequation -\series default - behind the formula. - -\series bold - -\backslash -roman{equation} -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! R ! -\backslash -roman -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default - outputs the counter as small Roman number. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -All formulas behind the command -\series bold - -\backslash -renew -\series default -c -\series bold -ommand -\series default - are now numbered Roman. - To switch to numbering with big Roman numbers, the command is inserted - again, but -\series bold - -\backslash -roman -\series default - is replaced by -\series bold - -\backslash -Roman -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! R ! -\backslash -roman@ -\backslash -Roman -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - To -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -number -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - with small Latin letters there is the command -\series bold - -\backslash -alph -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! A ! -\backslash -alph -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, for big ones there is the command -\series bold - -\backslash -Alph -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! A ! -\backslash -alph@ -\backslash -Alph -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -\color none -Note: -\series default - Only maximal 26 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -formulas can be numbered with Latin letters in one document. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -theequation}{ -\backslash -roman{equation}} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -A=\textrm{small roman} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -theequation}{ -\backslash -Roman{equation}} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -B=\textrm{big Roman}\label{eq:Rom} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -theequation}{ -\backslash -alph{equation}} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -C=\textrm{small Latin} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -theequation}{ -\backslash -Alph{equation}} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -D=\textrm{big Latin}\label{eq:Lat} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To switch back to the default numbering, insert the command: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -theequation}{ -\backslash -arabic{equation}} -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! A ! -\backslash -arabic -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -theequation}{ -\backslash -arabic{equation}} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -E=\textrm{Arabic} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -As you see, formulas are numbered serially independent from the numbering - style. - When then numbering should start with -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -1 -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - when the style is changed, new equation counters have to be defined. - A description about this can be found in the file -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Formula-numbering.lyx" -target "run:Formula-numbering.lyx" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Chemical Symbols and Equations -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Chemical-Symbols-and" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Chemical characters ! Symbols -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Chemical equations -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Symbols ! chemical -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An example text from chemistry: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quote -The -\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{SO_{4}^{2-}}$ -\end_inset - --ion reacts with two -\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Na^{+}}$ -\end_inset - --ions to sodium sulfate -\begin_inset Formula $\left(\mathrm{Na_{2}SO_{4}}\right)$ -\end_inset - -. - The chemical equation for this is: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -\mathrm{2\, Na^{+}+SO_{4}^{2-}\longrightarrow Na_{2}SO_{4}}\label{eq:chem-reaction} -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This chemical equation can directly be created as formula. - To avoid that the symbols appear italic, everything is highlighted and - changed by the shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-roman" -\end_inset - - to the upright font style. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -font styles -\series bold - -\series default -see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Font-Styles" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A more convenient way to typeset chemical formulas is to use the command - -\series bold - -\backslash -ce -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! C ! -\backslash -ce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - that is available when the LaTeX-package -\series bold -mhchem -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! mhchem -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is installed. - After inserting -\series bold - -\backslash -ce -\series default - to a formula a new blue box appears where chemical formulas can be inserted - in an intuitive way. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ce -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -H2CO3 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\ce{H2CO3}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ce -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -SO4^2- -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\ce{SO4^{2-}}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ce -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -(NH4)2S -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\ce{(NH4)2S}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ce -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -KCr(SO4)2.12H2O -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\ce{KCr(SO4)2.12H2O}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ce -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A-B -\backslash -dbond -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -C -\backslash -tbond -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -D -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\ce{A-B\dbond C\tbond D}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ce -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -^227 -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - -_90 -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - -Th+ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\ce{_{90}^{227}Th+}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ce -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -CO2 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -+ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -C -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -<=> -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -2CO -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\ce{CO2 + C <=> 2CO}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ce -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -CO2 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -+ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -C -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -->[ -\backslash -alpha][ -\backslash -beta] -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -2CO} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\ce{CO2 + C ->[\alpha][\beta] 2CO}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -\color none -Note: -\series default - Inserting a formula to a -\series bold - -\backslash -ce -\series default - box will lead to LaTeX errors due to a LyX bug. -\color inherit - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "LyX-bug #8566" -target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/ticket/8566" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\color none - In this case TeX code has to be used like for -\series bold - -\backslash -ce{$ -\backslash -mu -\backslash -hyphen$Cl} -\series default -: -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -ce{$ -\backslash -mu -\backslash -hyphen$Cl} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -\color none -Note: -\series default - It is not possible in LyX to use the character ^ to get an up-arrow as - described in the -\series bold -mhchem -\series default - manual. - One instead uses a negative thin space followed by the command -\series bold - -\backslash -uparrow -\series default -: -\begin_inset Formula $\ce{Fe + 2H+ -> Fe^{2+} + H2\negthinspace\uparrow}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Using -\series bold - -\backslash -ce -\series default - the command for equation -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:chem-reaction" - -\end_inset - - is: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -ce -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -2Na+ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -+ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -SO4^2- -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - --> -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Na2SO4 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To create multiline chemical equations first a multiline formula is created - as described in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Multiline-Formulas" - -\end_inset - -. - Afterwards the command -\series bold - -\backslash -ce -\series default - is used in every small blue box of the formula. - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:TEOS-reaction-1" - -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:TEOS-reaction-2" - -\end_inset - - are an example of a multi-stage chemical reaction where every equation - has its own number. -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray} -\ce{TEOS + 4O} & \ce{->} & \ce{Si(OH)4 + 4C2H4O}\label{eq:TEOS-reaction-1}\\ -\ce{Si(OH)4} & \ce{->} & \ce{SiO2 + 2H2O}\label{eq:TEOS-reaction-2} -\end{eqnarray} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Besides -\series bold - -\backslash -ce -\series default - the -\series bold -mhchem -\series default - package provides the command -\series bold - -\backslash -cf -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! C ! -\backslash -cf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - that has to be used for special cases. - For more information about -\series bold - -\backslash -cf -\series default - and more examples have a look at the documentation of -\series bold -mhchem -\series default -, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "mhchem" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Diagrams -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX supports two types of commutative diagrams: -\series bold -amscd -\series default - and -\series bold -xymatrix -\series default - that are explained in the following. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Amscd Diagrams -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Diagrams ! amscd -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Diagrams of this type visualize relations by vertical and horizontal lines - or arrows: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\begin{CD}A@>>>B@>>>C\\ -@AAA@.@VVV\\ -F@<<>> -\series default - a right arrow and -\series bold -@= -\series default - a long equal sign -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\series bold -@AAA -\series default - creates an up arrow, -\series bold -@VVV -\series default - a down arrow and -\series bold -@| -\series default - a vertical equal sign -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\series bold -@. - -\series default - is a placeholder for non-existent relations -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -All arrows can be labeled as follows: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -If text inserted between the first and second < or >, resp., it is placed - above the arrow. - When it is inserted between the second and third one, it appears under - the arrow. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -When text for vertical arrows is inserted between the first and second A - or V, resp., it is placed left beside the arrow. - When it is inserted between the second and third one, it appears right - beside the arrow. - If the text contains an A or V, these letters must be set into a TeX-brace. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As example a diagram with all possible relations: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\begin{CD}A@>j>>B@>>k>C@=F\\ -@AmAA@.@VV{V}V@|\\ -D@<k>>F@=C -\end{CD} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The command for this is: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -CD -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A@>j>>B@>>k>C@=F Ctrl+Return -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -CD -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -@AmAA@.@VV -\backslash -{V -\series default - -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\series bold -V@| Ctrl+Return -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -CD -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -D@<k>>F@=C -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Xymatrix Diagrams -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Diagrams ! xymatrix -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To be able to use xymatrices, the LaTeX-package -\series bold -xypic -\series default - must be installed. - A xymatrix is created by inserting the command -\series bold - -\backslash -xymatrix -\series default - in a formula. - Then you are able to add new matrix columns and rows like for normal matrices, - see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Matrices" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In contrary to amscd diagrams, xymatrices supports diagonal and curved arrows, - and much more. - All possibilities to create commutative diagrams and decorations are explained - in detail in the -\emph on -XY-pic manual -\emph default - that you find in the menu -\family sans -Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Specific -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Manuals -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection - -\noun on -Feynman -\noun default - Diagrams -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Diagrams ! Feynman -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To be able to use -\noun on -Feynman -\noun default --diagrams, the LaTeX-package -\series bold -feyn -\series default - must be installed. - A -\noun on -Feynman -\noun default --diagram is created by inserting the command -\series bold - -\backslash -Diagram -\series default - in a formula. - Then you are able to add new matrix columns and rows like for normal matrices, - see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Matrices" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Examples how to create -\noun on -Feynman- -\noun default -diagrams in LyX is given in the -\emph on -Feynman-diagram manual -\emph default - that you find in the menu -\family sans -Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Specific -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Manuals -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -User-defined Commands -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -User-defined commands -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - The names of user-defined commands and macros may only consist of Latin - letters. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -The Command -\backslash -newcommand -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:The-Command-newcommand" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -User-defined commands ! -\backslash -newcommand -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! N ! -\backslash -newcommand -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Many LaTeX-commands are too long to be used frequently. - But it is possible to define with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand -\series default - new shorter commands. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The command scheme of -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand -\series default - is: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{new command name}[number of arguments][optional -\series default - -\series bold -value] -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -{command definition} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Assure that the name of the new command is not already used in your document - or by LaTeX-packages that you use. - When you for example define the command -\series bold - -\backslash -le -\series default - for -\series bold - -\backslash -Leftarrow -\series default -, you get an error message because -\series bold - -\backslash -le -\series default - is already defined as command for -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\le$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The number of arguments is an integer in the range 0 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -9 and specifies how many arguments the new command should have. - With the optional value a value for an optional argument can be predefined. - When this is done, the -\emph on -first -\emph default - -\emph on -a -\emph default -rgument of the new command is automatically an optional one. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here are some examples: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -To define the command -\series bold - -\backslash -gr -\series default - for -\series bold - -\backslash -Longrightarrow -\series default -, the LaTeX-preamble line is: -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -gr}{ -\backslash -Longrightarrow} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -To define the command -\series bold - -\backslash -us -\series default - for -\series bold - -\backslash -underline -\series default -, the argument (that should be underlined) must be taken into account. - For this the preamble line is: -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -us}[1]{ -\backslash -underline{#1}} -\series default - -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -The character -\series bold -# -\series default - acts as argument placeholder, the -\series bold -1 -\series default - behind it denotes that it is the placeholder for the first argument. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -For -\series bold - -\backslash -framebox -\series default - one can e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -define the command -\series bold - -\backslash -fb -\series default -: -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -fb}[3]{ -\backslash -framebox#1#2{$#3$}} -\series default - -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -The two Dollar signs creates the extra formula needed for -\series bold - -\backslash -framebox -\series default -, see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Boxes-with-Frame" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -To create a new command for -\series bold - -\backslash -fcolorbox -\series default - where the color for the box need not be specified, the argument for the - color is defined optional: -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -cb}[3][white]{ -\backslash -fcolorbox{#2}{#1}{$#3$}} -\series default - -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -When the color is not specified when using -\series bold - -\backslash -cb -\series default -, the predefined color -\series bold -white -\series default - will be used. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A test of the new defined commands: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A -\backslash -gr -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $A\gr B$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -us{ABcd -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\us{ABcd}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -fb{[2cm] -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -{ -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -{ -\backslash -int -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\fb{[2cm]}{}{\int A=B}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -cb{red -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -{ -\backslash -int -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\cb{red}{\int A=B}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -cb[green] -\backslash -{red -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -{ -\backslash -int -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\cb[green]{red}{\int A=B}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Math Macros -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -User-defined commands! Math macros -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Macros -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -User-defined commands are especially convenient for complex expressions. - When you are for example dealing with a document that has quadratic equations, - the same solution type occurs several times. - The general form of a quadratic equation is -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q -\] - -\end_inset - -The general form of the solution is -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To define a command for the solution formula where only the three parameters - -\begin_inset Formula $\lambda$ -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Formula $p$ -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Formula $q$ -\end_inset - - need to be specified and the index of -\begin_inset Formula $\lambda$ -\end_inset - - can be given optionally, the LaTeX-preamble line is -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -qG}[4][1, -\backslash -,2]{#2_{#1}=- -\backslash -frac{#3}{2} -\backslash -pm -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\backslash -sqrt{ -\backslash -frac{#3^{2}}{4}-#4}} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To create with this the solution formula, the command -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -qG{ -\backslash -lambda -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -{p -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -{q -\series default - is inserted to a formula -\series bold -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The definition of the new command is unintuitive because one has to know - the schemes of all used LaTeX commands, e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -that a fraction is inserted in LaTeX as -\series bold - -\backslash -frac{numerator}{denominator} -\series default -. - Furthermore one can easily forget a brace in the definition and cannot - see in LyX what the new command is doing. - To avoid these problems LyX offers the possibility to use math macros instead - of the command -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A math macro is created by using the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Macro -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. - The math macro toolbar appears together with the following box where the - macro is defined: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hspace*{\fill} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/macrobox.png - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hspace*{\fill} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset FormulaMacro -\newcommand{\qG}[4][1,\,2]{#2_{#1}=-\frac{#3}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#3^{2}}{4}-#4}} -\end_inset - - -\backslash -newmacroname is the default name of the macro that should be changed to - something sensible. - The wanted formula is inserted in the first blue box. - An argument placeholder is inserted with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -#argumentnumber -\series default -, e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -#1 -\series default - or by using the macro toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math-macro-add-param.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. - Argument placeholders are displayed red. - A maximum of 9 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -arguments are possible. - Optional arguments are created with the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math-macro-add-optional-param.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. - The first non-optional argument can be transformed to an optional one with - the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math-macro-make-optional.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. - In the second blue box the appearance of the macro in LyX can be defined. - Normally you want to see it as it is defined, so the box is kept empty. - But when you have created a macro that needs lot of space on the screen, - you can insert in the box for example -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -qG: -\backslash -#1 -\series default - -\series bold -, -\series default - -\series bold - -\backslash -#2 -\series default - -\series bold -, -\series default - -\series bold - -\backslash -#3, -\backslash -#4 -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series default -For the macro only the arguments with the macro name in front of them will - then be displayed in LyX, leading to a better overview. - The formula appears in the output as defined in the first box. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -The appearance of macros in formulas can furthermore be changed for single - macros by setting the cursor in the macro and using the menu -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -(Un)fold -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Macro -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To use a macro, the macro name is inserted as command to a formula, in our - case -\series bold - -\backslash -qG -\series default -. - Our macro looks in LyX like this: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hspace*{\fill} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/macrouse.png - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hspace*{\fill} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Here is our macro example with the arguments -\begin_inset Formula $x$ -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$ -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Formula $B$ -\end_inset - -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\qG x{\ln(x)}B -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX offers in the menu -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Control -\family default - different styles to edit macros. - To find the style that suits you the most, choose a style and set the cursor - in a macro formula to see the difference. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A math macro is transformed internally to a -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand -\series default - command when exporting the document. - The created -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand -\series default - command is not placed in the LaTeX-preamble, therefore macros can only - be used in formulas that are in the document below the macro definition - box. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Math macros can also be directly created from a -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand -\series default - command. - When writing for example the command -\series bold - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -larrow}[2]{ -\backslash -xleftarrow[#2]{#1}} -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series default -in LyX as normal text, highlighting it completely and using then the shortcut - -\family sans -Ctrl+M -\family default -, the command will be transformed to a math macro. - Using this method you need to be careful that the -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand -\series default - command is typed correctly, otherwise you get a faulty macro leading to - LaTeX errors. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Math macros currently have the problem that further formulas in macro definition -s are handled wrongly. - Therefore the example -\series bold - -\backslash -fb -\series default - from -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:The-Command-newcommand" - -\end_inset - - cannot be created as macro. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When the cursor is in a macro definition box, you will see the macro toolbar - in LyX: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/MacroToolbar.png - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Macros ! Toolbar -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The macro toolbar contains from left to right the following buttons: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math-macro-remove-param.png - rotateOrigin center - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Macro -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Remove Last Argument -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math-macro-add-param.png - rotateOrigin center - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Macro -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Append Argument -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math-macro-make-optional.png - rotateOrigin center - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Macro -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Make First Non-Optional into -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Macro -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Optional Argument -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math-macro-make-nonoptional.png - rotateOrigin center - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Macro -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Make Last Optional into -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Macro -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Non-Optional Argument -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math-macro-remove-optional-param.png - rotateOrigin center - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Macro -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Remove Optional Argument -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math-macro-add-optional-param.png - rotateOrigin center - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Macro -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Insert Optional Argument -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math-macro-remove-greedy-param.png - rotateOrigin center - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Macro -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Remove Last Argument -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Macro -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Spitting Out To The Right -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math-macro-append-greedy-param.png - rotateOrigin center - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Macro -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Append Argument -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Macro -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Eating From The Right -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/math-macro-add-greedy-optional-param.png - rotateOrigin center - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Macro -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Append Optional Argument -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Macro -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Eating From The Right -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Computer Algebra Systems -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX offers the exchange between mathematical expressions written in LyX's - math editor and external applications or user defined scripts. - Currently supported applications are -\family sans -Maple -\family default -, -\family sans -Mathematica -\family default -, -\family sans -Maxima -\family default - and -\family sans -Octave -\family default -. - Note that the set of supported mathematical constructs is limited only - to very simple cases. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Usage -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Write some expression in a formula, go to the -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Use Computer Algebra System -\family default - menu and choose the application you have installed on the computer. - After that the result of computation should show on the right side of the - expression together with the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -= -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - operator. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here are few simple examples (with results from -\family typewriter -Maxima -\family default -) to show what kind of computations can be performed: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_inset Formula $\frac{37}{3}*2-\sum_{i=1}^{3}i^{i}=-\frac{22}{3}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_inset Formula $\frac{37.0}{3}=12.33333333333333$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_inset Formula $\int_{1}^{2}\sin(x)dx=\cos1-\cos2$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_inset Formula $\det\left[\begin{array}{ccc} -1 & 6 & 7\\ -2 & 5 & 8\\ -3 & 4 & 17 -\end{array}\right]=-56$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}\left(\frac{\sin(x)}{x}\right)=1$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Keyboard shortcut -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Currently there is no keyboard shortcut for calling the algebra applications. - One can easily bind a shortcut to the -\family sans -math-extern -\family default - LyX function (see the -\family sans -\emph on -LyX Functions -\family default -\emph default - manual). - One could e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -bind the -\family sans -Return -\family default - key inside the math editor. - To bind it to -\family typewriter -Maxima -\family default - one would use this shortcut definition command: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -command-alternatives break-paragraph;math-extern maxima -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Miscellaneous -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Miscellaneous -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Negative Numbers -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Numbers ! negative -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Negative numbers often look ugly in formulas because the minus sign before - the number is set with the same length as the minus operator sign. - When writing the negative number in normal text, the minus sign appears - correctly. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Thus, the problem disappears when converting the minus sign to mathematical - text. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An example to visualize the problem: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -normal text: -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -x = -2 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -formula: -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $x=-2$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -solution: -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $x=\textrm{-}2$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Comma as decimal Separator -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Comma -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In LaTeX a comma inside a formula is used, according to the English convention, - as number group separator. - So there will be space added behind all commas in formulas. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To avoid this, the comma is highlighted and changed to mathematical text - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-mode" -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To use all formula commas in the document as decimal separator, the file - -\series bold -icomma.sty -\series default - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -icomma -\series default - is part of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -was -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! was -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -vspace{4mm} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! icomma -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is loaded with the LaTeX-preamble line -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage{icomma} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Physical Vectors -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Physical-Vectors" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Vectors ! physical -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Predefined vectors are offered by the LaTeX-package -\series bold -braket -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! braket -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - that is loaded with the LaTeX-preamble line -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage{braket} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -ifbraket -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The following table will only be displayed when the LaTeX-package -\series bold -braket -\series default - is installed. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The following commands are defined: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Bra{ -\backslash -psi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Bra{\psi}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Ket{ -\backslash -psi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Ket{\psi}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Braket{ -\backslash -psi| -\backslash -phi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\Braket{\psi|\phi}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The command -\series bold - -\backslash -Braket -\series default - assures that all vertical bars are set in the size of the surrounding brackets: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\Braket{\phi|J=\frac{3}{2}\,,\, M_{J}} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -else -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The following will be displayed when the LaTeX-package -\series bold -braket -\series default - is not installed: -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You need to install the LaTeX-package -\series bold -braket -\series default - to see the rest of this subsection in the output. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The effect of -\series bold - -\backslash -Braket -\series default - can also be achieved using the command -\series bold - -\backslash -middle -\series default -, that is described in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Automatic-Bracket-Size" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Self-defined Fractions -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Self-defined-Fractions" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Fractions ! self-defined -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To define custom commands for fractions, the command -\series bold - -\backslash -genfrac -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! G ! -\backslash -genfrac -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -vspace{4mm} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is used in the following scheme: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -genfrac{left -\series default - -\series bold -bracket}{right -\series default - -\series bold -bracket}{fraction bar thickness}{style} -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -genfrac -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -{numerator}{denominator} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The style is a number in the range of 0 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -3. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Number -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Style (Size) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -0 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -display style formula -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -inline formula -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -2 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -small -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -3 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -tiny -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When no style is given, the size is adjusted to the surrounding environment - like for the command -\series bold - -\backslash -frac -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When no fraction bar thickness is given, the predefined value of 0.4 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt will be used. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -For example, the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -dfrac -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -tbinom -\series default - from -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Fractions" - -\end_inset - - are defined with the commands -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -dfrac}[2]{ -\backslash -genfrac{}{}{}{0}{#1}{#2}} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -and -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -tbinom}[2]{ -\backslash -genfrac{(}{)}{0pt}{1}{#1}{#2}} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -To define a fraction where the fraction bar thickness can be given as optional - argument, the following line is inserted to the LaTeX-preamble: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -fracS}[3][]{ -\backslash -genfrac{}{}{#1}{}{#2}{#3}} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A test: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{align*} -\text{Command} & & \mathrm{\backslash fracS[1mm]\backslash\{A\to\backslash\{B} & & \mathrm{\backslash fracS[5mm]\backslash\{A\to\backslash\{B}\\ -\text{Result} & & \fracS[1mm]{A}{B} & & \fracS[5mm]{A}{B} -\end{align*} - -\end_inset - -As one can see, the distance of the numerator and the denominator to the - fraction bar is round about three times the bar thickness. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Canceled Formulas -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! canceled -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To cancel formulas or formula parts, the LaTeX-package -\series bold -cancel -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! cancel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - has to be loaded with the LaTeX-preamble line -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage{cancel} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -ifcancel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The following table will only be displayed when the LaTeX-package -\series bold -cancel -\series default - is installed. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are four ways to cancel formulas: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Result -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The space and -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - are used here as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -cancel{ -\backslash -int -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\cancel{\int A=B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -bcancel{ -\backslash -int -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\bcancel{\int A=B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -xcancel{ -\backslash -int -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\xcancel{\int A=B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -cancelto{1 -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -{ -\backslash -int -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A=B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7mm}{}\cancelto{1}{\int A=B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}\hspace{3mm}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -cancelto -\series default - is especially suitable to visualize the reduction of fractions within formulas: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\frac{\left(x_{0}+bB\right)^{2}}{\left(1+b^{2}\right)^{\cancelto{2}{3}}}=\frac{x_{0}^{2}+B^{2}-r_{g}^{2}}{\cancel{1+b^{2}}} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To change the size of -\series bold - -\backslash -cancelto -\series default -'s -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -subscript -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - value one can load the package -\series bold -cancel -\series default - with either the option -\series bold -samesize -\series default - which leads to the same size as for the canceled value or with the option - -\series bold -Smaller -\series default - which makes is it a bit smaller than the size one gets without using a - package option. - In this document -\series bold -cancel -\series default - was loaded with this line: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage[samesize]{cancel} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To color the cancellation bar one adds this command as TeX code: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -CancelColor}{ -\backslash -color{red}} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -red -\series default - can be replaced by a color of your choice. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -CancelColor}{ -\backslash -color{red}} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\frac{\left(x_{0}+bB\right)^{2}}{\left(1+b^{2}\right)^{\cancelto{2}{3}}}=\frac{x_{0}^{2}+B^{2}-r_{g}^{2}}{\cancel{1+b^{2}}} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -CancelColor}{ -\backslash -color{black}} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -reset the color -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For further customizations, see the documentation of the package -\series bold -cancel -\series default -, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "cancel" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -else -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The following will be displayed when the LaTeX-package -\series bold -cancel -\series default - is not installed: -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You need to install the LaTeX-package -\series bold -cancel -\series default - to see the rest of this subsection in the output. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Formulas in Section Headings -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Formulas-in-Section" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! in section headings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When formulas are used in section headings, the following has to be taken - into account: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -When -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! hyperref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - support is enabled in the document settings dialog under -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Properties -\family default -, PDF-bookmarks are created for every section heading in the table of contents. - If a section heading contains formulas, they are incorrectly displayed - in the bookmark text, because formulas in bookmarks infringe the PDF convention -s. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Both problems can be solved by inserting at the end of the section heading - a short title with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Short -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Title -\family default -. - Short titles are used as alternative for multiline section headings to - keep the table of contents clearly arranged. - Only the short title appears in the table of contents and therefore also - in the PDF-bookmark. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When formulas should be used in the table of contents but -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - is used, one can use the following command in TeX-mode: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -texorpdfstring{part}{alternative} -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! T ! -\backslash -texorpdfstring -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Part is the part of the heading that shouldn't appear in the PDF-bookmark. - This can be characters, formulas, footnotes, but also cross-references. - The alternative is used instead of the part for the bookmark. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here are two example headings: -\begin_inset VSpace -3mm -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -boldmath -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Heading without formula in table of contents -\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{-1}=\mathrm{i}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Heading without formula in table of contents -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Heading with formula in table of contents -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -texorpdfstring{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{-1}=\mathrm{i}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -}{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -unboldmath -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -In the first heading a short title was used, in the second one -\series bold - -\backslash -texorpdfstring -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To get the same formatting as for the other headings, the complete heading - was set into a -\series bold -boldmath -\series default - environment -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Bold-Formulas" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Formulas in multi-column Text -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! in multi-column text -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Formulas in multi-column text are often too wide to fit into a column and - thus need to be set over the whole page width. - This is done by using the LaTeX-package -\series bold -multicol -\series default - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -multicol -\series default - is part of every LaTeX standard installation. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! multicol -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, that is loaded with the LaTeX-preamble line -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage{multicol} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Note that in this case the setting -\family sans -Two-column -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -document -\family default - in the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - under -\family sans -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Layout -\family default -\emph on - -\emph default -must -\emph on -not -\emph default - be selected. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Before the multi-column text the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -begin{multicols}{column number} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -is written in TeX-mode. - The column number is a number in the range of 2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -10. - Before the formula the multi-column text is ended by inserting the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -end{multicols} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -in TeX-mode. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Due to the command some space is automatically added before the formula. - To revert this, -6 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mm vertical space is inserted before the formula. - When the formula style -\series bold -Indented -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -formula styles see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formula-Styles" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default - is used, -9 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mm space is inserted instead. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As example a multi-column text with a displayed formula: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\lang german -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -begin{multicols}{2} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Das Spektrum wird fouriertransformiert. - Die Fouriertransformation wird verwendet, um die überlagerten Signale (Netzwerk -, Lösungsmittel) zu trennen. - Nachdem wir die Phasenverschiebung bestimmen konnten, interessiert uns - nun das Aussehen des Ausgangssignals. - Im Experiment haben wir es mit sehr vielen Teilchen zu tun, so dass man - über alle Phasen integrieren muss. - Sei nun -\begin_inset Formula $S$ -\end_inset - - unser normiertes Ausgangssignal und -\begin_inset Formula $P$ -\end_inset - - die Phasenverteilungsfunktion, so ergibt sich die Beziehung -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -end{multicols} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset VSpace -6mm -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -S(t)=S_{0}(t)\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}P(\phi,t)\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}\phi}\,\mathrm{d}\phi -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -begin{multicols}{2} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -wobei -\begin_inset Formula $S_{0}$ -\end_inset - - das Signal ohne Gradient ist und die Normierungsbedingung -\begin_inset Formula $\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}P(\phi,t)\,\mathrm{d}\phi=1$ -\end_inset - - gilt. - Nun dürfen wir aber nicht den Relaxationsprozess außer Acht lassen. - Direkt nach dem -\begin_inset Formula $\nicefrac{\pi}{2}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - --rf-Puls beginnt sich die Magnetisierung zu entfokussieren, wodurch sich - das Signal zusätzlich abschwächt. - Diese Abschwächung verläuft exponentiell in Abhängigkeit der so genannten - -\begin_inset Formula $T_{2}$ -\end_inset - --Zeit. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\lang german -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -end{multicols} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Formulas with Description of Variables -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formula ! with description of variables -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To describe variables within a formula, like in formula -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:within" - -\end_inset - -, a 2 -\series bold -× -\series default - -\begin_inset Formula $n$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -matrix is used with left aligned columns for the -\begin_inset Formula $n$ -\end_inset - - used variables. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -matrices see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Matrices" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - To set the description in a smaller size, before the matrix e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -the command -\series bold - -\backslash -footnotesize -\series default - is inserted. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -font sizes see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Font-Sizes" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When the formula style -\series bold -Indented -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -formula styles see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formula-Styles" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default - is used, a -\series bold - -\backslash -hfill -\series default - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -hfill -\series default - only works in formulas with the style -\series bold -Indented -\series default -, see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Variable-Space" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is inserted before and after the matrix to have the same separation of - the matrix from the equation and the side margin. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When the formula style -\series bold -Centered -\series default - is used, the method described in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Flalign-Environment" - -\end_inset - - is used to indent formulas. - Formula -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:within" - -\end_inset - - consists of five columns where in the first two columns contain the equation, - the third the matrix and the last one an empty TeX-brace. -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{flalign} -\hspace{30pt}F_{A} & =\rho·V·g & \footnotesize\begin{array}{ll} -\rho & \textrm{density}\\ -V & \textrm{volume}\\ -g & \textrm{gravitational acceleration} -\end{array} & & {}\label{eq:within} -\end{flalign} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Upright small Greek Letters -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Upright-small-Greek" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Greek letters ! upright -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Most of the math fonts only provide italic small Greek letters. - But for symbols of elementary particles like pions and neutrinos, upright - Greek letters are needed. - The file -\series bold -upgreek.sty -\series default - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -upgreek -\series default - is part of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -was -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! was -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -vspace{4mm} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! upgreek -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - that is loaded with the LaTeX-preamble line -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage{upgreek} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -provides them. - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -ifupgreek -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The following table will only be displayed when the LaTeX-package -\series bold -upgreek -\series default - is installed: -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - They are created when the command for a small Greek letter is started with - -\series bold -up -\series default -. - For example the command -\series bold - -\backslash -uptau -\series default - creates this: -\begin_inset Formula $\uptau$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With these commands reactions of elementary particles can be typeset: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\uppi^{+}\to\upmu^{+}+\upnu_{\upmu} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The upright letters are more bold and wider than the italic ones. - They should therefore not be used for units like -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -µm -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -else -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The following will be displayed when the LaTeX-package -\series bold -upgreek -\series default - is not installed: -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You need to install the LaTeX-package -\series bold -upgreek -\series default - to see the rest of this subsection in the output. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Text Characters in Formulas -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Text-Characters-in" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Text ! in formulas -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In some cases you might want to insert text characters directly into formulas. - When for example the centered dot · is often used in formulas like -\begin_inset Formula $\nu=5·10^{5}\,\mathrm{Hz}$ -\end_inset - -, one would have to insert the command -\series bold - -\backslash -cdot -\series default - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Binary-Operators" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - all the time, because this character is defined in all encodings as text - character. - But the encoding can be changed by this LaTeX-preamble line: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -Declare Inputtext{183}{ -\backslash -ifmmode -\backslash -cdot -\backslash -else -\backslash -textperiodcentered -\backslash -f\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} -i} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The character encoding (menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Language -\family default -) specifies what character appears when a keyboard key is pressed. - When the key for the character '·' is pressed, internally the command -\series bold - -\backslash -textperiodcentered -\series default - is used. - But this command is not available in a formula so that you would get LaTeX-erro -rs. - With the changed encoding the right command is chosen automatically, depending - on if the character was inserted into a formula or not. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The encoding of several characters is saved in definition files. - For example the encoding -\series bold -latin9 -\series default - is defined in the file -\series bold -latin9.def -\series default - which is in the installation folder of LaTeX. - Encodings should only be changed via the LaTeX-preamble and not in the - definition files. - Otherwise documents could not be edited by other LyX users working on other - computers. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -Besides the centered dot, in this document the degree sign ° is defined - with the following LaTeX-preamble line so that it can be directly inserted - into a formula: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -DeclareInputtext{176}{ -\backslash -ifmmode^ -\backslash -circ -\backslash -else -\backslash -textdegree -\backslash -f\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} -i} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -\start_of_appendix -Typographic Advice -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Typographic advice -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This section is a summary of the most important typographic rules, listed - in ISO norms. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This collection was partly taken from the German semi-official dictionary - called -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Duden -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "Duden" - -\end_inset - - that lists some of the ISO rules. - More rules are listed in -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "Checklist" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Physical units are -\emph on -always -\emph default - set upright -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -done with font styles, see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Font-Styles" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, no matter if they appear in italic text: 30 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -km/h -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Between the value and the unit is the smallest space, see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Predefined-Space" - -\end_inset - -. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -This convention is automatically fulfilled when the command -\series bold - -\backslash -unittwo -\series default - is used. - When it is entered to a formula, two boxes appear. - In the first one the value is inserted, in the second one the unit, and - one gets as above: -\begin_inset Formula $\unit[30]{km/h}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -. - Note that -\series bold - -\backslash -unittwo -\series default - is not a real LaTeX command but the command -\series bold - -\backslash -unit[value]{unit} -\series default -, therefore you cannot use it in TeX code. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Percent and perthousand signs are set like physical units: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -1.2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -‰ alcohol in blood -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -The degree sign follows directly on the value: 15°, but not when it is used - in units: 15 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -°C -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -In numbers with more than four digits the smallest space is inserted before - every third digit to group them: -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -18 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -473 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -588 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -For dimensions like 120×90×40 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cm the multiplication sign -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -× -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - is used. - It is available either via the command -\series bold - -\backslash -times -\series default - or via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Symbols -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Functions with names consisting of several letters are set upright to avoid - confusions, see -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Predefined-Functions" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Indices consisting of several letters, are set upright: -\begin_inset Formula $E_{\mathrm{kin}}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Components of matrices are set italic: -\begin_inset Formula $\hat{H}_{kl}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -The differentiation/integration operator 'd', the Euler's number 'e' and - the imaginary unit 'i' should be set upright, to avoid mixing them up with - other variables. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -The character that denotes a -\noun on -Fourier -\noun default - transformation is inserted either by the command -\series bold - -\backslash -mathscr -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -F -\series default - or via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Symbols\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Letterlike -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Symbols -\family default -: -\begin_inset Formula $\mathscr{F}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Synonyms -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Synonyms -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Some characters and symbols can be created with several commands. - Here is a list of the synonym commands: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -equivalent to -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -raisebox -\series default - is only used as spacer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ast -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -raisebox{-1.2mm}{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -* -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -choose -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -binom -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -geq -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ge -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -lbrace -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -lbracket -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -[ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -leftarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -gets -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -leq -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -le -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -lor -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -vee -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -neq -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -not= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -slash -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -/ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -vert -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -| -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -equivalent to -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -backslash -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash - -\backslash - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -dasharrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -dashrightarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -land -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -wedge -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -rbrace -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -rbracket -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -] -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -rightarrow -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -to -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -lnot -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -neg -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ne -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -not= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -owns -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -ni -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -square -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Box -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -Vert -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -| -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "TLC2" - -\end_inset - - -\shape smallcaps -Mittelbach, F. - ; Goossens, M. -\shape default -: -\shape italic -The LaTeX Companion -\shape default -. - Addison Wesley, 2004 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Mathmode" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Description" -target "ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/math/voss/mathmode/Mathmode.pdf" - -\end_inset - - of LaTeX's math abilities -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "AMS" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Description" -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/amslatex/math/amsldoc.pdf" - -\end_inset - - of -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -AmS -\end_layout - -\end_inset - --LaTeX -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Symbols" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "List" -target "ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf" - -\end_inset - - of all symbols available with LaTeX-packages -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "cancel" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Documentation" -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/cancel/cancel.pdf" - -\end_inset - - of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -cancel -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! cancel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "hyperref" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Documentation" -target "http://www.tug.org/applications/hyperref/ftp/doc/manual.pdf" - -\end_inset - - of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! hyperref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "mhchem" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Documentation" -target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mhchem/mhchem.pdf" - -\end_inset - - of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -mhchem -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Packages ! mhchem -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Mathclap" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Description" -target "http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb22-4/tb72perlS.pdf" - -\end_inset - - of the command -\series bold - -\backslash -mathclap -\series default -, described in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Operator-Limits" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Commands ! M ! -\backslash -mathclap -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Duden" - -\end_inset - - -\emph on -Duden Band 1 -\emph default -. - 22. - Auflage, Duden 2001 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Checklist" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Check list" -target "http://physics.nist.gov/Document/checklist.pdf" - -\end_inset - - for reviewing manuscripts -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset CommandInset index_print -LatexCommand printindex -type "idx" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_body -\end_document +#LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 474 +\begin_document +\begin_header +\textclass scrartcl +\begin_preamble +% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!! +% +% This preamble is designed to ensure that the file prints +% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble, +% parts of this document may not print out as expected. If you +% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact +% the documentation team +% email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org + +% if pdflatex is used +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + +% set fonts for nicer pdf view +\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty} + {\usepackage{lmodern}}{} + +\fi % end if pdflatex is used + +% solves the following problem: +% If the dection number consits of too many numerals the section heading +% will be printed in the TOC without a space between it and the section number. +% As solution more space between the number and the heading is inserted: +\renewcommand{\l@subsection}{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.8em}} +\renewcommand{\l@subsubsection}{\@dottedtocline{3}{4.3em}{3.6em}} + +% To be able to enter the character ° and · directly in LyX, +% see sec. 22.11 +\DeclareInputText{176}{\ifmmode^\circ\else\textdegree\fi} +\DeclareInputText{183}{\ifmmode\cdot\else\textperiodcentered\fi} + +% increase link area for cross-references and autoname them, +\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand{\ref}[1]{\mbox{\autoref{#1}}}} +\@ifundefined{extrasenglish}{\usepackage[english]{babel}}{} +\addto\extrasenglish{% + \renewcommand*{\equationautorefname}[1]{}% + \renewcommand{\sectionautorefname}{sec.\negthinspace}% + \renewcommand{\subsectionautorefname}{sec.\negthinspace}% + \renewcommand{\subsubsectionautorefname}{sec.\negthinspace}% +} + +% don't load packages twice +% see first footnote in sec. 9.3 +\@ifundefined{textcolor}{\usepackage{color}}{} + +% the pages of the TOC are numbered roman +% and a PDF-bookmark for the TOC is added +\pagenumbering{roman} +\let\myTOC\tableofcontents +\renewcommand{\tableofcontents}{% + \vspace{1cm} + \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{} + \myTOC + \cleardoublepage + \pagenumbering{arabic}} + +% insert additional vertical space of 1.5 mm between footnotes, +\let\myFoot\footnote +\renewcommand{\footnote}[1]{\myFoot{#1\vspace{1.5mm}}} + +% provides caption formatting +\setkomafont{captionlabel}{\bfseries} + +% used in sec. 24.5 +\usepackage[samesize]{cancel} + +% enables calculation of values +\usepackage{calc} + +% for multiple columns used in sec. 24.7 +\usepackage{multicol} + +% needed in sec. 19.4 +\usepackage{remreset} + +% for the Fourier transformation symbol +\usepackage{mathrsfs} + +% define a color, used in sec.9.3 +\definecolor{darkgreen}{cmyk}{0.5, 0, 1, 0.5} + +% declare operators (see sec. 10.4 and sec. 15.2) +\DeclareMathOperator*{\Lozenge}{\blacklozenge} +\DeclareMathOperator{\sgn}{sgn} + +\newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace} + +% example definitions for sec. 20.1 +\newcommand{\gr}{\Longrightarrow} +\newcommand{\us}[1]{\underline{#1}} +\newcommand{\fb}[3]{\framebox#1#2{$#3$}} +\newcommand{\cb}[3][white]{\fcolorbox{#2}{#1}{$#3$}} +\newcommand{\fracS}[3][]{\genfrac{}{}{#1}{}{#2}{#3}} + +% example macro from sec. 19.4 +%\def\tagform@#1{\maketag@@@{|#1|}} + +% macro from sec. 10.2 +\def\clap#1{\hbox to 0pt{\hss #1\hss}} +\def\mathclap {\mathpalette \mathclapinternal} +\def\mathclapinternal #1#2{\clap{$\mathsurround =0pt #1{#2}$}} + + +% ------------------------------------ +% used to check for needed LaTeX packages +\usepackage{ifthen} + +% check for package eurosym +% used for the Euro symbol +\newboolean{eurosym} +\IfFileExists{eurosym.sty} + {\usepackage[gennarrow]{eurosym} + \setboolean{eurosym}{true}} + {\setboolean{eurosym}{false}} + +% check for package braket +% used for physical vectors +\newboolean{braket} +\IfFileExists{braket.sty} + {\usepackage{braket} + \setboolean{braket}{true}} + {\setboolean{braket}{false}} + +% check for package cancel +\newboolean{cancel} +\IfFileExists{cancel.sty} + {\usepackage{cancel} + \setboolean{cancel}{true}} + {\setboolean{cancel}{false}} + +% check for package upgreek +\newboolean{upgreek} +\IfFileExists{upgreek.sty} + {\usepackage{upgreek} + \setboolean{upgreek}{true}} + {\setboolean{upgreek}{false}} +\end_preamble +\options bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading +\use_default_options false +\maintain_unincluded_children false +\language english +\language_package default +\inputencoding auto +\fontencoding global +\font_roman default +\font_sans default +\font_typewriter default +\font_math auto +\font_default_family default +\use_non_tex_fonts false +\font_sc false +\font_osf false +\font_sf_scale 100 +\font_tt_scale 100 +\graphics default +\default_output_format default +\output_sync 0 +\bibtex_command default +\index_command default +\paperfontsize 12 +\spacing single +\use_hyperref true +\pdf_title "LyX's Math Manual" +\pdf_author "LyX Team, Uwe Stöhr" +\pdf_subject "LyX-documentation about math" +\pdf_keywords "LyX, Mathed" +\pdf_bookmarks true +\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true +\pdf_bookmarksopen true +\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1 +\pdf_breaklinks false +\pdf_pdfborder false +\pdf_colorlinks true +\pdf_backref false +\pdf_pdfusetitle false +\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false" +\papersize a4paper +\use_geometry false +\use_package amsmath 2 +\use_package amssymb 2 +\use_package cancel 0 +\use_package esint 1 +\use_package mathdots 1 +\use_package mathtools 0 +\use_package mhchem 1 +\use_package stackrel 0 +\use_package stmaryrd 0 +\use_package undertilde 0 +\cite_engine basic +\cite_engine_type default +\biblio_style plain +\use_bibtopic false +\use_indices false +\paperorientation portrait +\suppress_date false +\justification true +\use_refstyle 0 +\notefontcolor #0000ff +\index Index +\shortcut idx +\color #008000 +\end_index +\secnumdepth 4 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation skip +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 2 +\paperpagestyle plain +\bullet 1 0 6 -1 +\bullet 2 2 35 -1 +\bullet 3 2 7 -1 +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes false +\html_math_output 0 +\html_css_as_file 0 +\html_be_strict false +\end_header + +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title +LyX's detailed Math manual +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author +by the LyX Team +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\noindent +If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta +tion mailing list: +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org" +target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's Math manual" +type "mailto:" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +author: Uwe Stöhr +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Version 2.0.x +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset CommandInset toc +LatexCommand tableofcontents + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +To export this document to PDF, PS or DVI the LaTeX-packages +\series bold +braket, cancel, eurosym, mathdots, mhchem +\series default + and +\series bold +was +\series default + should be installed. + If they are not installed the document can be exported anyway but the sections + where the packages are required will not appear in the output. + An exception is +\series bold +mhchem +\series default +; if it is not installed, this file cannot be exported. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#Math +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Introduction +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This document explains LyX's math features and is furthermore a collection + of LaTeX-commands used for mathematical characters and constructs. + The explanations are designed for the usage of commands. + It is therefore required that you have read the section +\family typewriter +Mathematical +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formulas +\family default + of the User's Guide. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Most of the characters and many constructs explained in this manual are + also accessible via the menu +\family sans +Insert +\series bold +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\series default +Math +\family default + or the +\family sans +math +\family default +\series bold + +\family sans +\series default +toolbar +\family default +. + But everybody who has to write lots of formulas will notice that it is + much faster to use commands instead of the math toolbar. + Therefore this manual is focused on commands but also mentions the correspondin +g toolbar buttons when available. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If not specially mentioned the commands are only available within formulas. + To be able to use all commands explained in this document, the option +\family sans +Use AMS math package +\family default + must be checked in the document settings (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Options +\family default +). +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The option +\family sans +Use AMS math package automatically +\family default + only uses +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +AmS +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +-math when math constructs are found that are supported by LyX. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This document doesn't list all +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +AmS +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +-math commands +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A list with all +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +AmS +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +-math commands is in the file +\family sans + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "amsguide.ps" +target "ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amstex/amsguide.pdf" + +\end_inset + + +\family default +, which is part of every LaTeX standard installation. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + for lucidity reasons. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +General Instructions +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To create an inline formula +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! inline +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + that is embedded into a text line, use one of the shortcuts +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "math-mode" +\end_inset + + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math-mode.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +To create a display style formula +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! display style +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + which will appear bigger, has a different format, and will be in a separate + paragraph, use one of these shortcuts: +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "math-display" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To change a display style formula to an inline formula, set the cursor into + the formula and use one of the shortcuts +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "math-mode" +\end_inset + + or the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Change formula type +\family default +. + The same way is used to change an inline formula to a display style formula. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To display parts of an inline formula in the size of a display style formula, + enter the command +\series bold + +\backslash +displaystyle +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! D ! +\backslash +displaystyle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + to a formula. + Then a new blue box appears in which the desired formula part is inserted. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Only inline formulas are allowed inside tables. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +math toolbar +\family default + can be turned on in the menu +\family sans +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Toolbars +\family default +. + When you click there on +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Math +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + the toolbar will be shown permanently at the bottom; this state is visualized + in the +\family sans +Toolbars +\family default + menu with a checkmark. + When you click in this state again on +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Math +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in the +\family sans +Toolbars +\family default + menu, the +\family sans +math toolbar +\family default + is only shown when the cursor is within a formula; this state is visualized + by the renaming of the menu entry from +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Math +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(auto) +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The TeX-mode +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +T@TeX-mode +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is invoked by pressing the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/ert-insert.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + or by using the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Te +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X Code +\family default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "ert-insert" +\end_inset + +). +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +In LyX there are three +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +proper names +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + that appear in the output with sub- and superscript letters: TeX, LaTeX + and LyX +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +To avoid that these names are recognized as proper names, a TeX-brace pair + is inserted. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To change the LaTeX-preamble +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +L@LaTeX-preamble +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, use the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\family default + +\family sans +Preamble +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To edit matrices, case differentiations and multiline formulas subsequently, + use the menus +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math +\family default + and +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Rows +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +Columns, +\family default + or the +\family sans +table toolbar +\family default +. + When lines and columns are swapped via the menu, the column or line where + the cursor is in is exchanged with the column to the right or the line + below, respectively. + Is the cursor in the last column or row, the exchange is done with the + column to the left or the line above. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To write text in formulas +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +For multiline formulas the command +\series bold + +\backslash +intertext +\series default + is used, see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Text-in-multiline" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\emph on +mathematical text +\emph default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Text ! in formulas +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Mathematical text +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is used. + This mode is invoked with the shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-default" +\end_inset + + or by the insertion of the command +\series bold + +\backslash +text +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! T ! +\backslash +text +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + The text appears black in LyX and can therefore be distinguished from the + other formula parts which appear blue. + In the output mathematical text is set upright, in contrary to other formula + parts. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* +Command Scheme +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Most of the LaTeX-commands for math constructs have the following scheme: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +commandname[optional +\series default + +\series bold +argument]{required +\series default + +\series bold +argument} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A command always starts with a backslash +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash + +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + To omit optional arguments, also omit the associated brackets. + The braces around the required arguments are named in this document as + TeX-braces +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +T@TeX-braces +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + If you add in a formula a left brace to a command name, LyX automatically + creates a TeX-brace. + In all other cases TeX-braces are created in formulas with the command + +\series bold + +\backslash +{ +\series default +. + TeX-braces appear red in LyX, in contrary to normal braces which appear + blue. + In TeX-mode no command is needed to get TeX-braces. + TeX-braces don't appear in the output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When commands without arguments, like commands for symbols are entered in + TeX-mode, a space character must +\emph on +always +\emph default + be behind the command to end it. + This space doesn't appear in the output. + When the space should appear in the output, the space must be followed + by a protected space in normal text. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A protected space is inserted with +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + +Syntax Explanation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +The symbol +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This visible space character can be created with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +textvisiblespace +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! T ! +\backslash +textvisiblespace +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, inserted in TeX-mode. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +denotes a space character to be input. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +An arrow like +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + denotes the usage of the corresponding arrow key on the keyboard. + The +\family sans +Tab +\family default + key can often be used instead of +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +, and +\family sans +Shift+Tab +\family default + instead of +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* +Available units +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Float table +placement H +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Caption Standard + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "tab:Available-units" + +\end_inset + +Available units +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Unit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Name / Description +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Millimeter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +cm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Centimeter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +in +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Inch (1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +in = 2,54 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +pt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Point (72.27 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt = 1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +in) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +pc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Pica (1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pc = 12 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +sp +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +scaled point (65536 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +sp = 1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +bp +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +big point (72 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +bp = 1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +in) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +dd +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Didot (1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +dd +\begin_inset Formula $\approx$ +\end_inset + + 0.376 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mm) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +cc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Cicero (1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cc = 12 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +dd) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +ex +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Height of letter +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +x +\emph default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in the current font +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +width of letter +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\emph on +M +\emph default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in the current font +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mu +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +math unit (1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mu = +\begin_inset Formula $\nicefrac{1}{18}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Basic Functions +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Exponents +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Exponents +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and Indices +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Indices +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Superscripts|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Exponents +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Subscripts|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Indices +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Indices are created with an underscore +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +_ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or via the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math-subscript.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +, exponents with a caret +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +^ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or via the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math-superscript.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +B_V +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $B_{V}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +B^V +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}B^{V}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +B^ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}B^{A}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As the caret is in some languages an accent, vowels will be accentuated + in this case and not set as exponents +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Depending on the used keyboard settings this can also happen for characters + other than vowels. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + To get exponents in this case, press +\family sans +Space +\family default + after the caret as in the last example. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Fractions +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Fractions" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Fractions +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fractions are generated with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +frac +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! F ! +\backslash +frac +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + or via the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/frac.png + scale 50 + +\end_inset + +. + The font size is adjusted automatically, depending on whether the fraction + is in an inline or display style formula. + With the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/frac-square.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + you can select different fraction types. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With the command +\series bold + +\backslash +dfrac +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! D ! +\backslash +dfrac +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + a fraction can be created that always has the size of a display style formula. + With +\series bold + +\backslash +tfrac +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! T ! +\backslash +tfrac +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + the fraction appears always with the size of an inline formula. + An example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A line with the fraction +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ +\end_inset + + that was created with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +frac +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A line with the fraction +\begin_inset Formula $\dfrac{1}{2}$ +\end_inset + + that was created with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +dfrac +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +frac +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\frac{A}{B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +dfrac +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7mm}{}\dfrac{A}{B}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +dfrac +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +e^ +\backslash +frac +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +1 +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +2 +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +3 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{8mm}{}\dfrac{e^{\frac{1}{2}}}{3}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + +For nested fractions the command +\series bold + +\backslash +cfrac +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! C ! +\backslash +cfrac +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + can be used. + Here is an example: +\begin_inset VSpace -3mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{align*} +\textrm{created with \textbf{\textbackslash frac}} & & \textrm{created with \textbf{\textbackslash cfrac}}\\ +\frac{A}{B+\frac{C+\frac{E}{F}}{D}} & & \cfrac{A}{B+\cfrac{C+\cfrac{E}{F}}{D}} +\end{align*} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The command for the example above is: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +cfrac +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +B+ +\backslash +cfrac +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +C+ +\backslash +cfrac +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +E +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +F +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +D +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +cfrac +\series default + sets the fraction always in the size of a displayed formula, also when + it is part of another fraction. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +It is possible to specify the alignment of the numerator. + The command +\series bold + +\backslash +cfracleft +\series default + is used to left align it, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +cfracright +\series default + to right-align it. + +\series bold + +\backslash +cfrac +\series default + centers the numerator. + These fractions demonstrate the different alignments: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\cfrac[l]{A}{B+C}\,,\,\cfrac{A}{B+C}\,,\,\cfrac[r]{A}{B+C} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + +\series bold + +\backslash +cfracleft +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +cfracright +\series default + are no real LaTeX commands but represent the command +\series bold + +\backslash +cfrac[alignment]{numerator}{denominator} +\series default + . + Therefore you cannot use them in TeX code. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +It is often advantageous to combine +\series bold + +\backslash +cfrac +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +frac +\series default +: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\cfrac{A}{B+\cfrac{C+\frac{E}{F}}{D}} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For inline fractions with a sloped fraction stroke you can use the command + +\series bold + +\backslash +nicefrac +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! N ! +\backslash +nicefrac +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Formula $\nicefrac{5}{31}$ +\end_inset + + or +\series bold + +\backslash +unitfrac +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! U ! +\backslash +unitfrac +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Formula $\unitfrac{5}{31}$ +\end_inset + + There is furthermore the command +\series bold + +\backslash +unitfracthree +\series default + that offers to write a fraction in combination with a number: +\begin_inset Formula $\unitfrac[2]{1}{3}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + +\series bold + +\backslash +unitfracthree +\series default + is not a real LaTeX command but the command +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +unitfrac[number]{numerator}{denominator} +\series default + . + Therefore you cannot use it in TeX code. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +How to define own fractions where the fraction stroke can be changed, is + explained in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Self-defined-Fractions" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Roots +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Roots +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Square roots are created with +\series bold + +\backslash +sqrt +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! S ! +\backslash +sqrt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + or the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/sqrt.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +, all other roots with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +root +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! R ! +\backslash +root +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + or with the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/root.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sqrt +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A-B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\sqrt{A-B}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +root +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +3 +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +A-B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\sqrt[3]{A-B}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A square root can also be created with +\series bold + +\backslash +root +\series default + when the root index field is left empty. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With certain indices the distance to the root is too small, like in this + formula: +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[\beta]{B}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +The +\begin_inset Formula $\beta$ +\end_inset + + touches the root. + To avoid this, the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +leftroot +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! L ! +\backslash +leftroot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and +\series bold + +\backslash +uproot +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! U ! +\backslash +uproot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + are used with the following scheme: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +leftroot{distance} +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +uproot{distance} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Distance is the number of Big Points (unit bp; +\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{72\, bp=1\, inch}$ +\end_inset + +), that the index should be moved to the left or top, resp.. + The commands are written to the index. + This way the command +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +root +\backslash +leftroot{-1 +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +uproot{2 +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +beta +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + +B +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series default +produces a correct typeset formula: +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[\leftroot{-1}\uproot{2}\beta]{B}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Binomial Coefficients +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Binomial coefficients +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Binomial coefficients are inserted with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +binom +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! B ! +\backslash +binom +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + or with the submenu of the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/frac-square.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. + As with fractions ( +\series bold + +\backslash +frac +\series default +) in addition to +\series bold + +\backslash +binom +\series default + there are the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +dbinom +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! D ! +\backslash +dbinom +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and +\series bold + +\backslash +tbinom +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! T ! +\backslash +tbinom +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + For other brackets around binomial coeficients there are the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +brace +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! B ! +\backslash +brace +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and +\series bold + +\backslash +brack +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! B ! +\backslash +brack +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +binom +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\binom{A}{B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +dbinom +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\dbinom{A}{B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +tbinom +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\tbinom{A}{B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +brack +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}{A \brack B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +brace +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}{A \brace B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Case Differentiations +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Case differentiations +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +cases +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + +B>0 +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! C ! +\backslash +cases +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\begin{cases} +A & B>0\end{cases}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +cases +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\begin{cases} +A & \textrm{for }x>0\\ +B & \textrm{for }x=0 +\end{cases}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +After inserting +\series bold + +\backslash +cases +\series default + or pressing the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/cases.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + you can create new lines with the shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + + or the table toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/tabular-feature_append-row.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The command +\series bold + +\backslash +cases +\series default + is also available via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Cases-Environment +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Negations +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Negations +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +By inserting +\series bold + +\backslash +not +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! N ! +\backslash +not +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + every character can be displayed canceled. + The characters are quasi accentuated by a slash. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +not= +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\not=$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +not +\backslash +le +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\not\le$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +not +\backslash +parallel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\not\parallel$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The last example shows that not all negations look good. + Therefore there are special commands for some negations (see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Mathematical-Symbols" + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Relations" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Placeholders +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Placeholders" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Placeholders +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Chemical characters ! Isotopes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Isotopes|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Chemical characters +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When displaying e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +isotopes +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typesetting isotopes and chemical symbols is described in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Chemical-Symbols-and" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + the following problem occurs: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Indices created with sub- and superscripts: +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $_{9}^{19}\mathrm{F}\raisebox{-3mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +correct indices: +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $_{\phantom{1}9}^{19}\mathrm{F}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The shorter index is by default placed below or above the first character + of the longer index. + To avoid this there is the command +\series bold + +\backslash +phantom +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! P ! +\backslash +phantom +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + or the math toolbar button +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +can be found in the submenu of the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/space.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/phantom.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + that creates one or more phantom characters. + When inserting +\series bold + +\backslash +phantom +\series default + a small blue box appears that is superposed with two red arrows. + The arrows indicate that the complete width and height of the box content + will be created as placeholder. + Phantom characters are accordingly placeholders with the size of the characters. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +^19 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +_ +\backslash +phantom +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +1 +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + +9 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +F +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}{}_{\phantom{1}9}^{19}\mathrm{F}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +^235 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +_ +\backslash +phantom +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +23 +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + +9 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +F +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}{}_{\phantom{23}9}^{235}\mathrm{F}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Lambda^ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +phantom +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +ii +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + +t +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +_MMt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\Lambda_{MMt}^{\phantom{ii}t}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Furthermore there are the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +vphantom +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! V ! +\backslash +vphantom +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + (toolbar button +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/vphantom.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +) and +\series bold + +\backslash +hphantom +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! H ! +\backslash +hphantom +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + (toolbar button +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/hphantom.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +). + +\series bold + +\backslash +hphantom +\series default + creates only space for the maximal height of the characters in the box + but not for its width. + +\series bold + +\backslash +vphantom +\series default + creates only space for the width of the box content. + Therefore the boxes of both commands have only one red arrow. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For example the command +\series bold + +\backslash +vphantom +\series default + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series bold +a +\backslash +int +\series default + creates space for the height of the integral sign, +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The command +\series bold + +\backslash +int +\series default + creates an integral sign, see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Big-Operators" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + because this is the larger character. + An example application is in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Multiline-Brackets" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Placeholders can also be used for text when they are inserted via the menu + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Phantom +\family default +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This is a sentence. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Phantom Phantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is a sentence. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Lines +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lines +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! underlined +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +overline +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A+B +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! O ! +\backslash +overline +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\overline{A+B}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +underline +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A+B +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! U ! +\backslash +underline +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\underline{A+B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +overline +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +underline +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A+B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\overline{\underline{A+B}}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the last example it doesn't matter if first +\series bold + +\backslash +overline +\series default + or +\series bold + +\backslash +underline +\series default + is inserted. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To double underline use +\series bold + +\backslash +underline +\series default + twice. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +It is possible to place up to 6 lines above or below characters. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +Custom lines can be created using the command +\series bold + +\backslash +rule +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! R ! +\backslash +rule +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + which has the following scheme: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +rule[vertical offset]{length}{thickness} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The optional vertical offset shifts the line upwards (or downwards, when + the value is negative). + The units listed in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "tab:Available-units" + +\end_inset + + can be used for the values. + Here are two example lines created with the commands +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +rule[-2ex]{3cm}{2pt} +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +rule{2cm}{1pt} +\series default +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This is a sentence +\begin_inset Formula $\rule[-2ex]{3cm}{2pt}\rule{2cm}{1pt}$ +\end_inset + + with two lines. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +rule +\series default + can also be used for text when a line is inserted via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Horizontal +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Line +\family default +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This is a sentence +\begin_inset CommandInset line +LatexCommand rule +offset "0.5ex" +width "3cm" +height "1pt" + +\end_inset + + with one line. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Ellipses +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Ellipses" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Ellipses +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are different types of ellipses available. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +In the math toolbar in the submenu of the button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/ldots.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + For listings dots at the baseline are used ( +\series bold + +\backslash +ldots +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! L ! +\backslash +ldots +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +), while for operations dots are needed that are on the same height as the + operators ( +\series bold + +\backslash +cdots +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! C ! +\backslash +cdots +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +). + When using the command +\series bold + +\backslash +dots +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! D ! +\backslash +dots +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, LaTeX decides on the basis of the next character what type is used. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A_1 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, +\backslash +dots +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +,A_n +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A_{1},\dots,A_{n}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A_1 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + ++ +\backslash +dots +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + ++A_n +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A_{1}+\dots+A_{n}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A_1 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, +\backslash +ldots +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +,A_n +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A_{1},\ldots,A_{n}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A_1 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + ++ +\backslash +cdots +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + ++A_n +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A_{1}+\cdots+A_{n}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +vdots +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\vdots$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ddots +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\ddots$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +iddots +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\iddots$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +3×3 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +matrix with the different dots +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{ccc} +A_{11} & \cdots & A_{1m}\\ +\vdots & \ddots & \vdots\\ +A_{n1} & \cdots & A_{nm} +\end{array}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The ellipses available in menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Special +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Character +\family default + are +\series bold + +\backslash +ldots +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +To use +\series bold + +\backslash +iddots +\series default +, one of the options +\family sans +Use mathdots package (automatically) +\family default + must be set in the document settings under +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Options +\family default +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Using the option +\family sans +Use mathdots package +\family default + will improve the appearance of all dots in the documents if their font + style or size is not the default. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +Specially for matrices there are ellipses that span over several columns. + They are created with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +hdotsfor +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! H ! +\backslash +hdotsfor +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, that has the following scheme: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +hdotsfor[distance]{number of columns} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The number of columns specifies how many columns should be spanned. + Distance is a factor for the distance between the dots. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the following matrix the command +\series bold + +\backslash +hdotsfor[2]{4} +\series default + was inserted in the first box of the second line, to get an ellipsis with + a dot distance twice as long as with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +dots +\series default +: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\left(\begin{array}{cccc} +A & B & C & D\\ +\hdotsfor[2]{4}\\ +q & w & e & r +\end{array}\right) +\] + +\end_inset + +Note that the matrix fields that should be spanned must be empty, otherwise + you get LaTeX-errors. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +Furthermore you can fill with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +dotfill +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! D ! +\backslash +dotfill +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + the rest of a line with dots. + The effect of these commands is the same as with +\series bold + +\backslash +hfill +\series default +, see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Variable-Space" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For example the command +\series bold +A +\backslash +dotfill +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +B +\series default + produces +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Formula $A\dotfill B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Similar to +\series bold + +\backslash +dotfill +\series default + there is for a line the command +\series bold + +\backslash +hrulefill +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! H ! +\backslash +hrulefill +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Formula $A\hrulefill B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To use the commands for text, they have to be inserted in TeX-mode. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Matrices +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Matrices" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Matrices +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Matrices can be inserted via the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/dialog-show_mathmatrix.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + or the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Matrix +\family default +. + In the matrix dialog you can specify the number of columns and rows, the + alignment and the decoration. + The vertical alignment is only of importance for matrices in inline formulas: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The first matrix is top +\begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}[t]{cccc} +A & D & G & J\\ +B & E & H & K\\ +C & F & I & L +\end{array}$ +\end_inset + +, the second middle +\begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{cccc} +A & D & G & J\\ +B & E & H & K\\ +C & F & I & L +\end{array}$ +\end_inset + + and the third bottom +\begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}[b]{cccc} +A & D & G & J\\ +B & E & H & K\\ +C & F & I & L +\end{array}$ +\end_inset + + aligned. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The horizontal alignment specifies how the column entries should be aligned. + It is set by entering a letter for every column. + +\emph on +l +\emph default + denotes left aligned, +\emph on +c +\emph default + centered and +\emph on +r +\emph default + right aligned. + To create for example a 4 +\series bold +× +\series default +4 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +matrix where the first column is left aligned, the second and third are + centered and the last one is right aligned, one enters for the horizontal + alignment +\series bold +lccr +\series default +. + Normally in a matrix all columns are centered, therefore the default for + every column is a +\series bold +c +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Horizontal alignment: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +lll +\series default + : +\begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{lll} +10000 & D & G\\ +B & 10000 & H\\ +C & F & 10000 +\end{array}$ +\end_inset + + , +\series bold +ccc +\series default + : +\begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{ccc} +10000 & D & G\\ +B & 10000 & H\\ +C & F & 10000 +\end{array}$ +\end_inset + + , +\series bold +rrr +\series default + : +\begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{rrr} +10000 & D & G\\ +B & 10000 & H\\ +C & F & 10000 +\end{array}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To add or delete rows and columns subsequently, the math toolbar buttons + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/tabular-feature_append-row.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/tabular-feature_delete-row.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +, etc. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +, or the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Rows & Columns +\family default + can be used. + New rows can also be created with +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +The +\family sans +Decoration +\family default + adds parentheses in the selected style around the matrix. + Alternatively, parentheses can can either be created with the commands + +\series bold + +\backslash +left +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! L ! +\backslash +left +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and +\series bold + +\backslash +right +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! R ! +\backslash +right +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + (shortcut +\family sans +Alt+M +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Parenthesis +\family default +), see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Automatic-Bracket-Size" + +\end_inset + +, or by using the following commands: +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bmatrix +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +2 +\series bold +× +\series default +2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +matrix +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7.5mm}{}\begin{bmatrix}\begin{array}{cc} +0 & \textrm{-}\mathrm{i}\\ +\mathrm{i} & 0 +\end{array}\end{bmatrix}\raisebox{-5.3mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Bmatrix +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +2 +\series bold +× +\series default +2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +matrix +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7.5mm}{}\begin{Bmatrix}\begin{array}{cc} +0 & \textrm{-}\mathrm{i}\\ +\mathrm{i} & 0 +\end{array}\end{Bmatrix}\raisebox{-5.3mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +pmatrix +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +2 +\series bold +× +\series default +2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +matrix +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7.5mm}{}\begin{pmatrix}\begin{array}{cc} +0 & \textrm{-}\mathrm{i}\\ +\mathrm{i} & 0 +\end{array}\end{pmatrix}\raisebox{-5.3mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +vmatrix +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +2 +\series bold +× +\series default +2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +matrix +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7.5mm}{}\begin{vmatrix}\begin{array}{cc} +0 & \textrm{-}\mathrm{i}\\ +\mathrm{i} & 0 +\end{array}\end{vmatrix}\raisebox{-5.3mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Vmatrix +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +2 +\series bold +× +\series default +2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +matrix +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7.5mm}{}\begin{Vmatrix}\begin{array}{cc} +0 & \textrm{-}\mathrm{i}\\ +\mathrm{i} & 0 +\end{array}\end{Vmatrix}\raisebox{-5.3mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +matrix +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +2 +\series bold +× +\series default +2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +matrix +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7.5mm}{}\begin{matrix}\begin{array}{cc} +0 & \textrm{-}\mathrm{i}\\ +\mathrm{i} & 0 +\end{array}\end{matrix}\raisebox{-5.3mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +When e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +vmatrix +\series default + is inserted, a blue box appears between two vertical lines where the matrix + is inserted. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Note that decorated matrices ignore the vertical alignment. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +As all multiline formulas are matrices, the length +\series bold + +\backslash +arraycolsep +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! A ! +\backslash +arraycolsep +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + that is described in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Column-Separation" + +\end_inset + + can also be used to change the column separation of matrices. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To change the row separation, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +arraystretch +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! A ! +\backslash +arraystretch +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is used. + It is used as follows: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +arraystretch}{stretch factor} +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! R ! +\backslash +renewcommand +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The command +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand +\series default + assigns the stretch factor to the predefined command +\series bold + +\backslash +arraystretch +\series default +. + To double e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +the row separation, use the factor 2. + This is then used for all following matrices. + To go back to the original separation, assign the factor 1 to +\series bold + +\backslash +arraystretch +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To set matrices into a text line, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +smallmatrix +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! S ! +\backslash +smallmatrix +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is used. + When it is inserted a blue box with two dashed lines appears. + In this box the matrix is inserted. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This is a matrix +\begin_inset Formula $\left(\begin{smallmatrix}A & B\\ +C & D +\end{smallmatrix}\right)$ +\end_inset + + in a text line. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Brackets and Delimiters +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Brackets +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Delimiters +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Vertical Brackets and Delimiters +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Brackets ! vertical +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +( +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $($ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\{$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +[ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $[$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +langle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\langle$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +lceil +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\lceil$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +lfloor +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\lfloor$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +/ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $/$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +| +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $|$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $)$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +] +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $]$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +rangle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\rangle$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +rceil +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\rceil$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +rfloor +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\rfloor$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\backslash$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +| +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\|$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series medium +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + In TeX-mode the command +\series bold + +\backslash +textbackslash +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! T ! +\backslash +textbackslash +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + must be used for the backslash, because the command +\series bold + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\series default + produces a line break there. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For all characters listed above the size can be adjusted with the commands + described in the following two subsections. + When using these commands, the characters < and > can directly be used + instead of the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +langle +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +rangle +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Manual Bracket Size +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Manual-Bracket-Size" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bracket size ! manual +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The bracket size can be specified manually by the LaTeX-commands +\series bold + +\backslash +big +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! B ! +\backslash +big +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, +\series bold + +\backslash +Big +\series default +, +\series bold + +\backslash +bigg +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +Bigg +\series default +. + +\series bold + +\backslash +big +\series default + denotes the smallest and +\series bold + +\backslash +Bigg +\series default + the largest bracket size. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +These commands are used to emphasize levels of brackets: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +all brackets in the same size: +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $((A+B)(A-B))^{C}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +this looks better: +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Big((A+B)(A-B)\Big)^{C}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For the second formula the command +\series bold + +\backslash +Big((A+B)(A-B) +\backslash +Big)^ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +C +\series default + has been used. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here is an overview about all bracket sizes: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\backslash +Bigg( +\backslash +exp +\backslash +bigg< +\backslash +Big[ +\backslash +big{ +\backslash +ln(3x) +\backslash +big}^2 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +sin(x) +\backslash +Big]^ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +bigg> +\backslash +Bigg)^0,5 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Formula $\Bigg(\exp\bigg<\Big[\big\{\ln(3x)\big\}^{2}\sin(x)\Big]^{A}\bigg>\Bigg)^{0,5}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Besides the +\series bold + +\backslash +big +\series default +-commands there is the variant +\series bold + +\backslash +bigm +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! B ! +\backslash +bigm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + that adds a bit more space between the bracket and its content, and the + variant +\series bold + +\backslash +bigl +\series default +- +\series bold + +\backslash +bigr +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! B ! +\backslash +bigl - +\backslash +bigr +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, that don't add additional space. + The +\emph on +l +\emph default + at the end of the command +\series bold + +\backslash +bigl +\series default + is for a left bracket; for a right bracket this will be replaced by an + +\emph on +r +\emph default +. + A left or right bracket can each be an opening or closing bracket. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the following table is a comparison of the variants: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Bigm( +\backslash +bigm( +\backslash +ln(3x) +\backslash +bigm)^2 +\series bold + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default + +\backslash +Bigm) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5.5mm}{}\Bigm(\bigm(\ln(3x)\bigm)^{2}\Bigm)\raisebox{-3.25mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Big( +\backslash +big( +\backslash +ln(3x) +\backslash +big)^2 +\series bold + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default + +\backslash +Big) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5.5mm}{}\Big(\big(\ln(3x)\big)^{2}\Big)\raisebox{-3.25mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Bigl( +\backslash +bigl( +\backslash +ln(3x) +\backslash +bigr)^2 +\series bold + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default + +\backslash +Bigr) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5.5mm}{}\Bigl(\bigl(\ln(3x)\bigr)^{2}\Bigr)\raisebox{-3.25mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bigl) +\backslash +ln(3x) +\backslash +bigr( +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\bigl)\ln(3x)\bigr(\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Automatic Bracket Size +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Automatic-Bracket-Size" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bracket size ! automatic +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Brackets with variable size can be inserted with the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +left +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! L ! +\backslash +left +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and +\series bold + +\backslash +right +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! R ! +\backslash +right +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + or via the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/dialog-show_mathdelimiter.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. + Directly behind +\series bold + +\backslash +left +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +right +\series default + the wanted bracket must be inserted. + The bracket size will then automatically be calculated for the output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +normal bracket: The command +\series bold + +\backslash +ln( +\backslash +frac +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +C +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +) +\series default + creates +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\ln(\frac{A}{C}) +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +multiline bracket: The command +\series bold + +\backslash +ln +\backslash +left( +\backslash +frac +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +C +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +right) +\series default + creates +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\ln\left(\frac{A}{C}\right) +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Instead of +\series bold + +\backslash +left +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +right +\series default + the shortcut +\family sans +Alt+M +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Bracket +\family default + can be used. + This has the advantage that you can see in LyX immediately the real bracket + size and that the matching right bracket will be created too. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +The command for the last example would then be: +\series bold + +\backslash +ln Alt+M +\series default + +\series bold +( +\backslash +frac +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +C +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To omit a left or right bracket, a dot is inserted for the omitted bracket. + For example the command +\series bold + +\backslash +left. +\backslash +frac +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +B +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +right} +\series default + creates: +\series bold + +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\left.\frac{A}{B}\right\} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\series default +The commands +\series bold + +\backslash +left +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +right +\series default + will be converted by LyX to brackets in the right size when the document + is reloaded and an omitted bracket will appear as dashed line. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +Because all popular LaTeX-Distributions use eTeX, an extension to LaTeX, + the command +\series bold + +\backslash +middle +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! M ! +\backslash +middle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is additionally available for all brackets and limits. + With this command the height of the following character is adapted to the + one of the surrounding brackets, what is e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +needed for physical vectors: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\left\langle \phi\:\middle|\: J=\frac{3}{2}\,,\, M_{J}\right\rangle +\] + +\end_inset + +For physical vectors there is a special LaTeX-package, described in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Physical-Vectors" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Horizontal Brackets +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Brackets ! horizontal +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +raisebox{2.3mm}{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +overbrace +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A+B +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +^ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +3 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! O ! +\backslash +overbrace +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\overbrace{A+B}^{3}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +raisebox{-2.2mm}{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +underbrace +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A+B +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +_5 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! U ! +\backslash +underbrace +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\underbrace{A+B}_{5}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +overbrace +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +underbrace +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A+B_w +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +_7 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +^ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +C +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\overbrace{\underbrace{A+B_{w}}_{7}}^{C}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the last example it doesn't matter if +\series bold + +\backslash +overbrace +\series default + or +\series bold + +\backslash +underbrace +\series default + is inserted at first. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +When brackets are needed that overlap each other, multiline formulas, as + described in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Multiline-Formulas" + +\end_inset + +, must be used: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray*} +A & = & \underbrace{gggg+bbqq}_{r}+\: dddd\\ + & & \hphantom{gggg+\:}\underbrace{\hphantom{bbqq+dddd}}_{s} +\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + +In the first row the formula is inserted together with the first brace. + It is hereby important that the space command +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Space commands are explained in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Predefined-Space" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +: +\series default + is inserted before the first +\begin_inset Formula $d$ +\end_inset + +, because the brace that ends behind the +\begin_inset Formula $q$ +\end_inset + + prevents that the following +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + ++ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is surrounded by space. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +because a bracket is not handled as a character, see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Binary-Operators" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + In the second row the second brace is inserted. + As it should begin before the +\begin_inset Formula $b$ +\end_inset + +, first the command +\series bold + +\backslash +hphantom{gggg+ +\backslash +:} +\series default + is inserted. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +more about +\series bold + +\backslash +hphantom +\series default + see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Placeholders" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + This space is needed because the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + ++ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is also surrounded by space in the formula. + The brace is placed under the command +\series bold + +\backslash +hphantom{bbqq+dddd} +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +It gets more complicated when brackets overlap each other, like in the following + example: +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +jot}{-6pt} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray*} + & & \hphantom{gggg+\:}\overbrace{\hphantom{bbqq+dddd}}^{s}\\ +A & = & \underbrace{gggg+bbqq}_{r}+\: dddd +\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +jot}{3pt} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +The first formula row is the same as the second row of the previous example, + with the difference that the brace is above. + The second row contains the formula together with the second brace. + To avoid that there is space between the upper brace in the first row and + the formula, the row spacing needs to be reduced. + This is not easily possible due to a bug in LyX +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "LyX-bug #1505" +target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/ticket/1505" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + As a solution for the problem, the global formula row separation +\series bold + +\backslash +jot +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! J ! +\backslash +jot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + must be changed to -6 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt before the formula with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +jot}{-6pt} +\series default + in TeX-mode. + +\series bold + +\backslash +jot +\series default + is set back after the formula to the standard value of 3 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt using the same command. + More about the row separation in formulas is explained in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Line-Separation" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Arrows +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Arrows +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Arrows can be inserted via the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/leftarrow.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + or the commands listed in the following subsections. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Horizontal Arrows +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Arrows ! horizontal +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +gets +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Leftarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Leftarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +longleftarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\longleftarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Longleftarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Longleftarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +leftharpoonup +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\leftharpoonup$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +leftharpoondown +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\leftharpoondown$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +hookleftarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\hookleftarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +to +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Rightarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +longrightarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\longrightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Longrightarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Longrightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +rightharpoonup +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\rightharpoonup$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +rightharpoondown +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\rightharpoondown$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +hookrightarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\hookrightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +leftrightarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\leftrightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Leftrightarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Leftrightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +longleftrightarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\longleftrightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Longleftrightarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Longleftrightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +rightleftharpoons +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\rightleftharpoons$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hspace{} +\length 25pt +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +mapsto +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mapsto$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +longmapsto +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\longmapsto$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +leadsto +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\leadsto$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +dasharrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\dasharrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +Arrows used as accents like e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +vector arrows are listed in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Accents" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +Furthermore there are the labeled arrows +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Arrows ! labeled +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +xleftarrow +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! X ! +\backslash +xleftarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and +\series bold + +\backslash +xrightarrow +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! X ! +\backslash +xrightarrow +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +vspace{4mm} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + When inserting one of these commands in a formula, an arrow with two blue + boxes appear where the label can be inserted. + The length of the arrow adapts to the label width. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +F(a) +\backslash +xleftarrow +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +x=a +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +x>0 +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + +F(x) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}F(a)\xleftarrow[x>0]{x=a}F(x)\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +F(x) +\backslash +xrightarrow +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +x=a +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +x>0 +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + +F(a) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}F(x)\xrightarrow[x>0]{x=a}F(a)\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Vertical and diagonal Arrows +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Arrows ! diagonal +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Arrows ! vertical +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +uparrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Uparrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Uparrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +updownarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\updownarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Updownarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Updownarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Downarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Downarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +downarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +nearrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\nearrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +searrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\searrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +swarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\swarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +nwarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\nwarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +Vertical arrows can be used also as delimiters together with the commands + described in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Manual-Bracket-Size" + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Automatic-Bracket-Size" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Accents +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Accents" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Accents +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Accents can be inserted via the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/hat.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + or the commands listed in the following subsections. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Accents for one Character +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +texorpdfstring{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +accents in text see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Accents-in-Text" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +}{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +texorpdfstring +\series default + is used to avoid that the footnote appears in the PDF-bookmark. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +More about +\series bold + +\backslash +texorpdfstring +\series default + is in section +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Formulas-in-Section" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Accents-for-one" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Accents ! for one character +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +dot +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\dot{A}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ddot +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\ddot{A}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +dddot +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\dddot{A}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ddddot +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\ddddot{A}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +vec +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Vectors +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\vec{A}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bar +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\bar{A}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +mathring +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\mathring{A}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +tilde +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\tilde{A}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +hat +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\hat{A}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +check +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\check{A}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +acute +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\acute{A}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +grave +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\grave{A}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +breve +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\breve{A}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can directly insert accents like é to formulas. + LyX will transform them to the corresponding accent command. + For umlauts +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Umlauts +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + it is better to insert a quotation mark before the vowel. + These two characters are then treated by LaTeX as +\emph on +one +\emph default + character when the formula part with the umlaut is marked as German. + In contrary to +\series bold + +\backslash +ddot +\series default +, with this method +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +real +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + umlauts are created as demonstrated in the following example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace -2mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + and the 0 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt space are only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\lang ngerman +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +i +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset space \hspace{} +\length 0pt +\end_inset + + +\lang ngerman + +\begin_inset Formula $"i$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ddot +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +i +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\ddot{i}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Another advantage to +\series bold + +\backslash +ddot +\series default + is that umlauts can directly be converted to mathematical text because + the accent commands above are +\emph on +not allowed +\emph default + +\emph on +in mathematical text +\emph default +. + To convert an accented character to mathematical text, only the character + under the accent may be converted. + This applies also for all other conversions, e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +to italic or bold. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In mathematical text, umlauts and other accented characters can directly + be inserted. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Accents for several Characters +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Accents ! for several characters +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +overleftarrow +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\overleftarrow{A=B}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +underleftarrow +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\underleftarrow{A=B}\raisebox{-3mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +overleftrightarrow +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\overleftrightarrow{A=B}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +underleftrightarrow +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\underleftrightarrow{A=B}\raisebox{-3mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +overrightarrow +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\overrightarrow{A=B}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +underrightarrow +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\underrightarrow{A=B}\raisebox{-3mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +widetilde +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\widetilde{A=B}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +widehat +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\widehat{A=B}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +With these commands as many characters as you like can be accented. + But the accents +\series bold + +\backslash +widetilde +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +widehat +\series default + will only be set in the output with a length of three characters, as shown + in the following example: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\widetilde{A+B=C-D} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +overset +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! O ! +\backslash +overset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and +\series bold + +\backslash +underset +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! U ! +\backslash +underset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + described in the previous subsection it is also possible to accent several + characters. + The command +\series bold + +\backslash +underset +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +*** +\series default + creates: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\underset{***}{A=B} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Space +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Space" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Space ! horizontal +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Predefined Space +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Predefined-Space" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Space ! horizontal ! predefined +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sometimes it is necessary to insert horizontal space into a formula. + This is done by inserting a protected space (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space" +\end_inset + +). + A +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\color blue + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\color inherit + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + appears and by pressing +\family sans +Space +\family default + several times one can select one of eight different space sizes. + The spaces can also be inserted using the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/space.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + or special commands. + Independent from the inserted command, one can select the size again by + pressing +\family sans +Space +\family default + afterwards. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +\align center +\begin_inset VSpace -5mm +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +, +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +: +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +; +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +quad +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +qquad +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +! +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Number of +\family sans +Space +\family default + keystrokes after inserting the protected space +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +0 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +2 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +3 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +4 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +5 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A\, B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A\: B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A\; B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A\quad B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A\qquad B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A\! B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The last size seem to produce no space. + It is displayed red in LyX contrary to the other sizes, because it is a + negative space. + There are two more negative spaces: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +negmedspace +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +negthickspace +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Number of +\family sans +Space +\family default + keystrokes after inserting the protected space +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +6 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +7 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A\negmedspace B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A\negthickspace B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Negative spaces can lead to characters overlapping each other. + Thus they can be used to enforce ligatures, which are e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +useful for summation operators: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sum +\backslash +sum +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +f_kl +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\sum\sum f_{kl}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sum +\backslash +negmedspace +\backslash +sum +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +f_kl +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\sum\negmedspace\sum f_{kl}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Relations like for example equal signs, are always surrounded by space. + To suppress this, the equal sign is placed into a TeX-brace. + The following example demonstrates this: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +normal equation +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A=B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + +equation without space +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A{=}B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +The command for the last formula is: +\series bold +A +\backslash +{= +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + +B +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +Spaces are needed for physical units, because the space between the value + and the unit is the smallest one and not a normal space. + For units in text, the smallest space is inserted via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Thin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space +\family default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "space-insert thin" +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An example to visualize the difference: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +24 kW +\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ +\end_inset + +h +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +space between value and unit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +24 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +kW +\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ +\end_inset + +h +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +smallest space between value and unit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Variable Space +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +texorpdfstring{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +for vertical space in formulas see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Line-Separation" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +}{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +texorpdfstring is used to avoid that the footnote appears in the PDF-bookmark. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +More about +\backslash +texorpdfstring is in section +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Formulas-in-Section" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Variable-Space" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Space ! horizontal ! variable +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Space with a defined length can be inserted with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +hspace +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! H ! +\backslash +hspace +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + Then a long +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\color blue + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\color inherit + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + appears. + The length can be specified by left-clicking on the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\color blue + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\color inherit + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The length may also be negative. + To insert as much space as is available, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +hfill +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! H ! +\backslash +hfill +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is used. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace -1mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command ( +\backslash +hspace length) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A=B +\backslash +hspace +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + +A +\backslash +not=C (3 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A=B\hspace{3cm}A\not=C$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A +\backslash +hspace +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + +A +\backslash +not=A (-1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mm) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A\hspace{-1mm}A\not=A$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A=A +\backslash +hfill +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +B=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A=A\hfill B=B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the last example the available space is given by the longest column entry + of the table. + In an inline formula the space depends on the length of the line in which + +\series bold + +\backslash +hfill +\series default + is inserted. + Thus, when the line uses the full width, no space will be created. + +\series bold + +\backslash +hfill +\series default + only has an effect on displayed formulas when the formula style +\series bold +Indented +\series default + is used. + (Formula styles are explained in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Formula-Styles" + +\end_inset + +.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Besides +\series bold + +\backslash +hfill +\series default +, there are the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +dotfill +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +hrulefill +\series default + that fill the space with a pattern, see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Ellipses" + +\end_inset + + for an example. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For text, variable space can be inserted via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Horizontal +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space +\family default +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This is a line with +\begin_inset space \hspace{} +\length 2cm +\end_inset + +2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm space. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This is a line with +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +maximum space. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Space besides inline Formulas +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Space ! besides inline formulas +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The space that surrounds inline formulas can be adjusted with the length + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathsurround +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! M ! +\backslash +mathsurround +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + The value of a length is set with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +setlength +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! S ! +\backslash +setlength +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + which has the following scheme: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +setlength{length name}{value} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To set +\series bold + +\backslash +mathsurround +\series default + to the value 5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mm, the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +mathsurround}{5mm} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +is inserted in TeX-mode. + 5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mm space will now be set around all inline formulas: +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +mathsurround}{5mm} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This is a line with an inline formula +\begin_inset Formula $A=B$ +\end_inset + + with 5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mm surrounding space. +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +mathsurround}{0pt} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To return to the predefined value, +\series bold + +\backslash +mathsurround +\series default + is set to the value 0 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Boxes and Frames +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Boxes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Frames | see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Boxes +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Boxes for text are described in chapter +\family typewriter +Boxes +\family default + in the +\family typewriter +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\family default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Boxes with Frame +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Boxes-with-Frame" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Boxes ! with frame +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +It is possible to frame a formula or part of one with the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +fbox +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! F ! +\backslash +fbox +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and +\series bold + +\backslash +boxed +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! B ! +\backslash +boxed +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When one of these commands is inserted in a formula, a blue box appears + within a frame to enter formula parts. + For +\series bold + +\backslash +fbox +\series default + an additional formula has to be created by +\family sans +Ctrl+M +\family default + within this box, because the box content will otherwise be treated as mathemati +cal text. + When +\series bold + +\backslash +boxed +\series default + is used, a new formula is automatically created inside the frame. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The command +\series bold + +\backslash +fbox +\series default + is not suitable to frame displayed formulas because the formula will always + be set in the size of the text. + +\series bold + +\backslash +boxed +\series default + is in contrary not suitable to frame inline formulas, because the formula + will always be set in the size of a displayed formula. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An extension to +\series bold + +\backslash +fbox +\series default + is the command +\series bold + +\backslash +framebox +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! F ! +\backslash +framebox +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + where additionally the frame width and the alignment can be specified. + +\series bold + +\backslash +framebox +\series default + is used in the following scheme: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +framebox[frame width][position]{box content} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The position can either be +\emph on +l +\emph default + or +\emph on +r +\emph default +. + +\emph on +l +\emph default + left aligns, +\emph on +r +\emph default + right aligns the formula in the box. + When no position is given, the formula will be centered. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +If no width is given, also no position can be given. + In this case the frame width is adjusted to the box content like for +\series bold + +\backslash +fbox +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When the command +\series bold + +\backslash +framebox +\series default + is inserted, a box appears containing three blue boxes. + The first two boxes are surrounded by brackets and denote the two optional + arguments. + The third box is for formula parts like for +\series bold + +\backslash +fbox +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +fbox +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Ctrl+M +\family default + +\backslash +int +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\fbox{\ensuremath{\int A=B}}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +boxed +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +int +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{8.5mm}{}\boxed{\int A=B}\raisebox{-6.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A+ +\backslash +fbox +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}A+\fbox{B}\raisebox{-3mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +framebox +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +20mm +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Ctrl+M +\family default + +\backslash +frac +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\framebox[20mm][]{\ensuremath{\frac{A}{B}}}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The frame thickness can also be adjusted. + To do this the following commands have to be inserted in TeX-mode before + the formula +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +fboxrule +\series default + +\series bold + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +thickness +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\series default + +\series bold + +\backslash +fboxsep +\series default + +\series bold + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +distance +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +distance +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + specifies the minimal distance between the frame and the first character + in the box. + An example for this is the following framed formula: +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fboxrule 2mm +\backslash +fboxsep 3mm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\boxed{A+B=C} +\] + +\end_inset + +Before this formula the commands +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +fboxrule +\series default + +\series bold +2mm +\series default + +\series bold + +\backslash +fboxsep +\series default + +\series bold +3mm +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +were inserted in TeX-mode. + The given values are used for all following boxes. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To return to the standard frame size, the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +fboxrule +\series default + +\series bold +0.4pt +\series default + +\series bold + +\backslash +fboxsep +\series default + +\series bold +3pt +\series default + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fboxrule 0.4pt +\backslash +fboxsep 3pt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +is inserted in TeX-mode before the next formula. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Boxes without Frame +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Boxes-without-Frame" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Boxes ! without frame +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For boxes without a frame there are the following box commands: +\series bold + +\backslash +mbox +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! M ! +\backslash +mbox +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, +\series bold + +\backslash +makebox +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! M ! +\backslash +makebox +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! R ! +\backslash +raisebox +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + a box can be super- or subscripted. + But in contrary to normal super- and subscripting, the characters in the + box keep their font size. + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is used in the following scheme: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox{height}{box content} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When the box should contain a formula, an extra formula is needed like for + +\series bold + +\backslash +fbox +\series default +. + +\series medium + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + For +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + this extra formula is created by pressing +\family sans +Ctrl+M +\family default + twice instead of once because LyX doesn't yet support +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + directly. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +H +\backslash +raisebox{2mm +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +{al +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + lo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $H\raisebox{2mm}{al}lo$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +H +\backslash +raisebox{-2mm +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +{al +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + +lo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $H\raisebox{-2mm}{al}lo$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A= +\backslash +raisebox{-2mm +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +{ +\family sans +Ctrl+M +\family default + +\family sans +Ctrl+M +\family default + +\backslash +sqrt +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A=\raisebox{-2mm}{\mbox{\ensuremath{\sqrt{B}}}}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The command +\series bold + +\backslash +mbox +\series default + is equivalent to +\series bold + +\backslash +fbox +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +makebox +\series default + is equivalent to +\series bold + +\backslash +framebox +\series default +, with the difference that there is no frame. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Colored Boxes +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Colored-Boxes" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Boxes ! colored +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To be able to use all commands explained in this section, the LaTeX-package + +\series bold +color +\series default + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The LaTeX-package +\series bold +color +\series default + is part of every LaTeX standard installation. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! color +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + has to be loaded in the LaTeX-preamble with the line +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +When text is colored somewhere in the document with a predefined color, + LyX loads the LaTeX-package +\series bold +color +\series default + automatically. + Thus it is possible that the package is loaded twice, but this does not + cause problems. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +To avoid that the package is loaded twice, a macro was inserted to the LaTeX-pre +amble. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage{color} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +To color boxes, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +colorbox +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! C ! +\backslash +colorbox +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is used in the following scheme: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +colorbox{color}{box content} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The box content can also be a box and a +\series bold + +\backslash +colorbox +\series default + can also be part of another box (see the 2nd and 3rd example). + When the box should contain a formula, an extra formula has to be created, + the same way as for +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default +. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This also applies for the command +\series bold + +\backslash +fcolorbox +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +One of the following predefined colors can be chosen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +black +\series default +, +\series bold +blue +\series default +, +\series bold +cyan +\series default +, +\series bold +green +\series default +, +\series bold +magenta +\series default +, +\series bold +red +\series default +, +\series bold +white +\series default + and +\series bold +yellow +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +colorbox{yellow +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +{A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\colorbox{yellow}{A=B}\raisebox{-3mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +colorbox{green +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +{ +\backslash +fbox +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\colorbox{green}{\fbox{A=B}}\raisebox{-3mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +fbox +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +colorbox{green +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +{ +\family sans +Ctrl+M +\family default + +\family sans +Ctrl+M +\family default + +\backslash +int +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +C=D +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7mm}{}\fbox{\colorbox{green}{\mbox{\ensuremath{\int C=D}}}}\raisebox{-5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +colorbox +\series default + only colors the box but not the characters in the box. + To color all characters, the whole formula is highlighted and the desired + color is chosen in the +\family sans +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Style +\family default + dialog. + The dialog can be called with the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + or the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Customized +\family default +. + The formula number then has the same color as the formula. + When the formula number should get another color than the formula characters, + the color must be changed within the formula. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\color red +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +\int A=B\label{eq:red} +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\color green + +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +\textcolor{red}{\int A=B}\label{eq:redgreen} +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Formula +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:red" + +\end_inset + + is completely colored red. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Formula +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:redgreen" + +\end_inset + + was first completely colored green to set the color for the formula number. + Subsequently the formula characters were colored red. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +To color the frame different than the rest of the box, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +fcolorbox +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! F ! +\backslash +fcolorbox +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is used in the following scheme: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +fcolorbox{frame color}{color}{box content} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +So +\series bold + +\backslash +fcolorbox +\series default + is an extension of the command +\series bold + +\backslash +colorbox +\series default +. + The frame width is set, like for +\series bold + +\backslash +framebox +\series default +, with +\series bold + +\backslash +fboxrule +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +fboxsep +\series default +. + An example: +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fboxrule 1mm +\backslash +fboxsep 1mm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{A=B} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fboxrule 0.4pt +\backslash +fboxsep 3pt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This formula was created with the command +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +fcolorbox{cyan +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +{magenta +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +{A=B +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +To use other colors than the predefined ones, they have to be defined first. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +One can for example define the color +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +darkgreen +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + with the LaTeX-preamble line: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +definecolor{darkgreen}{cmyk}{0.5, +\series default + +\series bold +0, +\series default + +\series bold +1, +\series default + +\series bold +0.5} +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! D ! +\backslash +definecolor +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +cmyk +\series default + is the color space that denotes the colors +\series bold +cyan +\series default +, +\series bold +magenta +\series default +, +\series bold +yellow +\series default + and +\series bold +black +\series default +. + The four comma separated numbers are the portion factor for the corresponding + colors of the color space. + The factors can be in the range of 0 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +1. + Instead of +\series bold +cmyk +\series default + also the color space +\series bold +rgb +\series default + can be used for definitions. + +\series bold +rgb +\series default + denotes +\series bold +red +\series default +, +\series bold +green +\series default + and +\series bold +blue +\series default +, so that there are in this case three portion factors for the corresponding + colors. + Furthermore there is the color space +\series bold +gray +\series default + with one portion factor for the gray value. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As example a framed box with the new defined color +\series bold +darkgreen +\series default + where the characters have been colored +\series bold +yellow +\series default +: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +\colorbox{darkgreen}{\color{yellow}\boxed{\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=\frac{\sqrt[5]{B}}{\ln\left(\frac{1}{3}\right)}}} +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Self-defined colors can also be used for text with the help of the command + +\series bold + +\backslash +textcolor +\series default +: +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Text ! colored +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +textcolor{darkgreen}{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +This sentence is +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +darkgreen +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +textcolor +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! T ! +\backslash +textcolor +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is used in the scheme +\series bold + +\backslash +textcolor{color}{characters to color} +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Paragraph Boxes +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Paragraph-Boxes" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Boxes ! as paragraph +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A box that can contain several lines and paragraphs, a so-called paragraph + box (parbox), can be created with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Box +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/box-insert.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The following example shows a framed parbox in a line: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +This is a line +\begin_inset Box Boxed +position "c" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "t" +use_parbox 1 +use_makebox 0 +width "5cm" +special "none" +height "1in" +height_special "totalheight" +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This is a paragraph box. + It is exactly 5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm long and can also contain formulas: +\begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}s=C$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + with a parbox. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Such a box is created by right-clicking on the gray box inset. + A dialog pops up showing the box properties. + In our case set: +\emph on +Decoration +\emph default +: Rectangular box, +\emph on +Inner Box +\emph default +: Parbox, +\emph on +Width +\emph default +: 5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm, +\emph on +Vertical Box Alignment +\emph default +: Middle +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +In LaTeX a parbox is created with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +parbox +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! P ! +\backslash +parbox +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + which has the following scheme: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +parbox[position]{width}{box content} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The positions +\emph on +b +\emph default + and +\emph on +t +\emph default + are possible. + +\emph on +b +\emph default + for +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +bottom +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + means that the box is aligned within the surrounding text with its last + line. + With +\emph on +t +\emph default + for +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +top +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + this is done with the first line. + When no position is given, the box will be vertically centered, see section + +\emph on +Boxes +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual for examples. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +To frame formulas completely, including the formula number, the formula + must be set into a parbox. + To do this, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +fbox{ +\backslash +parbox{ +\backslash +linewidth-2 +\backslash +fboxsep-2 +\backslash +fboxrule}{ +\series default + is inserted in TeX-mode before the formula. + +\series bold + +\backslash +linewidth +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! L ! +\backslash +linewidth +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is hereby the line width set for the document. + Because the frame is outside the parbox, 2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +times the frame separation and the frame thickness must be subtracted from + the line width. + As this is not automatically done by LyX due to a bug +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "LyX-bug #4483" +target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/ticket/4483" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, TeX-mode has to be used. + To be able to multiply and subtract in arguments, the LaTeX-package +\series bold +calc +\series default + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +calc +\series default + is part of every LaTeX standard installation. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! calc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + must be loaded in the LaTeX-preamble with the line +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage{calc} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Behind the formula both boxes are closed by entering +\series bold +}} +\series default + in TeX-mode. + Here is an example: +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fboxsep 5mm +\backslash +fboxrule 5mm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fbox{ +\backslash +parbox{ +\backslash +linewidth-2 +\backslash +fboxsep-2 +\backslash +fboxrule}{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=\frac{\sqrt[5]{B}}{\ln\left(\frac{1}{3}\right)} +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +}} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fboxrule 0.4pt +\backslash +fboxsep 3pt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +As a parbox is used as the argument of +\series bold + +\backslash +fbox +\series default +, there is in this case no difference between +\series bold + +\backslash +fbox +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +boxed +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +Paragraph boxes are very useful to comment formulas directly. + To do this, +\series bold + +\backslash +parbox +\series default + is used in combination with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +tag +\series default +. + (more about +\series bold + +\backslash +tag +\series default + see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:User-defined-Numbering" + +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An example of a formula commented with +\series bold + +\backslash +parbox +\series default +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +[5x-7b=3b +\backslash +tag*{ +\backslash +parbox{5cm}{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +This is a description. + It is distinctly separated from the formula and multiline. +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +}} +\backslash +] +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Such a formula must be inserted completely in TeX-mode because LyX does + not yet support the command +\series bold + +\backslash +parbox +\series default + in formulas. + The formula is created with the following command sequence: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The command +\series bold + +\backslash +[5x-7b=3b +\backslash +tag* +\backslash +{ +\backslash +parbox{5cm}{ +\series default + is inserted in TeX-mode. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +When the formula style +\series bold +Indented +\series default + is used, +\series bold + +\backslash +tag* +\backslash +{ +\series default + can also be replaced by +\series bold + +\backslash +hfill +\series default +. + (formula styles see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Formula-Styles" + +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Then the description follows as normal text and finally +\series bold +}} +\backslash +] +\series default + is inserted in TeX-mode. + The commands +\series bold + +\backslash +[ +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +] +\series default + hereby create a displayed formula. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The advantages of +\series bold + +\backslash +parbox +\series default + can be seen in this example that was +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +commented +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + using the mathematical textmode: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +5x-7b=3b\textrm{This is a description. It is not separated from the formula ...} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Operators +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Operators +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Big Operators +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Big-Operators" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Operators ! big +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sums +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Integrals +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To be able to use all integral operators listed here, the option +\family sans +Use esint package automatically +\family default + must be set in the document settings under +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Options +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +int +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! I ! +\backslash +int +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\int$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +oint +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\oint$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ointctrclockwise +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\ointctrclockwise$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ointclockwise +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\ointclockwise$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sqint +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\sqint$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +fint +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\begin_inset Formula $\fint$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +landupint +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\begin_inset Formula $\landupint$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +landdownint +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\begin_inset Formula $\landdownint$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bigcap +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bigcap$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bigcup +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bigcup$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sum +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! S ! +\backslash +sum +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\sum$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +prod +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! P ! +\backslash +prod +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +vspace{4mm} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\prod$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +coprod +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\coprod$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bigodot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bigodot$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bigotimes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bigotimes$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bigoplus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bigoplus$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bigwedge +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bigwedge$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bigvee +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bigvee$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bigsqcup +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bigsqcup$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +biguplus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\biguplus$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +All big operators can also be inserted via the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/intop.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The operators are called big because they are bigger than the sometimes + equal looking binary operators. + All big operators can have limits as described in the next subsection. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For all integral operators there is a second version available, ending in + +\series bold +op +\series default +: +\series bold + +\backslash +intop +\series default +, +\series bold + +\backslash +ointop +\series default + etc.. + These operators are different from +\series bold + +\backslash +int +\series default + etc. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +in the style the operator limits are displayed, see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Operator-Limits" + +\end_inset + +. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection* +Advice for Integrals +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The letter +\emph on +d +\emph default + in an integral is an operator, that therefore has to be set upright. + This is done by highlighting the +\emph on +d +\emph default + and using the keyboard shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-roman" +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Font styles +\series bold + +\series default +see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Font-Styles" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + Finally the smallest space is inserted before the +\emph on +d +\emph default +, as this is usual for operators. + An example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +incorrect: +\begin_inset Formula $\int A(x)dx$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +in +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +correct: +\begin_inset Formula $\int A(x)\,\mathrm{d}x$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For multiple integrals there are the following commands: +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +iint +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\iint\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +oiint +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\oiint\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sqiint +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\sqiint\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +iiint +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\iiint\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +iiiint +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\iiiint\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +dotsint +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\dotsint\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Operator Limits +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Operator-Limits" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Operators ! Limits +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Limits are created by super- and subscripts: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +prod^ +\backslash +infty +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + +_0 +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + +A(x) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\prod_{0}^{\infty}A(x)\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Limits of inline formulas are set right beside the operator. + Limits in displayed formulas are set above or below the operator, except + for integral limits. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To force that the limits are set beside the operator, the cursor is set + directly behind the operator and the limits type is changed with the menu + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Change Limits Type +\family default + to +\family sans +\series bold +Inline +\family default +\series default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-limits" +\end_inset + +). + An example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The default limits type is this: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\sum_{x=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{x^{2}} +\] + +\end_inset + +This is how it looks when the limits type was changed to +\family sans +\series bold +Inline +\family default +\series default +: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\sum\nolimits _{x=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{x^{2}} +\] + +\end_inset + +For integrals, except those ending with +\series bold +op +\series default + like +\series bold + +\backslash +intop +\series default +, +\series bold + +\backslash +ointop +\series default + etc., the limits are by default set beside the operator. + But for multiple integrals the limits are often set below the operator. + In the following example the limits type was therefore set to +\series bold +Display +\series default + and so set below the integrals: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +\iiint\limits _{V}X\,\mathrm{d}V=U\label{eq:VolInt} +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +To specify conditions for limits, the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +subarray +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! S ! +\backslash +subarray +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and +\series bold + +\backslash +substack +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! S ! +\backslash +substack +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + are used. + To create for example this expression +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c} +0 + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout ++ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $+$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +- +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $-$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +pm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\pm$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +mp +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mp$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +cdot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +times +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\times$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +div +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\div$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +raisebox{-1.2mm}{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +* +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $*$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +star +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\star$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +circ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\circ$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +diamond +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\diamond$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bullet +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bullet$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +nabla +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\nabla$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bigtriangledown +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bigtriangledown$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bigtriangleup +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bigtriangleup$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Box +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Box$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +cap +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\cap$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +cup +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\cup$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +dagger +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\dagger$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ddagger +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\ddagger$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +wr +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\wr$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bigcirc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bigcirc$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +wedge +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\wedge$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +vee +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\vee$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +oplus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\oplus$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ominus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\ominus$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +otimes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\otimes$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +oslash +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\oslash$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +odot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\odot$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +amalg +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\amalg$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +uplus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\uplus$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +setminus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\setminus$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sqcap +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\sqcap$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sqcup +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\sqcup$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +triangleleft +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\triangleleft$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +triangleright +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\triangleright$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +All binary operators can also be inserted via the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/pm.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To typeset the Laplace operator also +\series bold + +\backslash +Delta +\series default + or +\series bold + +\backslash +nabla +\series default +^ +\series bold +2 +\series default + ( +\begin_inset Formula $\nabla^{2}$ +\end_inset + +) can be used instead of +\series bold + +\backslash +bigtriangleup +\series default + . +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The character +\family sans +Menu Separator +\family default + from the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Special Character +\family default + is the operator +\series bold + +\backslash +triangleright +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Self-defined Operators +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Self-defined-Operators" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Operators ! self-defined +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With the help of the command +\series bold + +\backslash +DeclareMathOperator +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! D ! +\backslash +dbinom@ +\backslash +DeclareMathOperator +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + custom operators can be defined in the LaTeX-preamble. + Its command scheme is: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +DeclareMathOperator{new command}{display} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Display can be characters or symbols that define how the operator looks + in the output. + To define a big operator a * is set behind the command. + All self-defined big operators can have limits as described in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Operator-Limits" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For example the LaTeX-preamble line +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +DeclareMathOperator*{ +\backslash +Lozenge}{ +\backslash +blacklozenge} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +defines the command +\series bold + +\backslash +Lozenge +\series default +, that inserts a big operator consisting of the lozenge symbol from +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Miscellaneous-Symbols" + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\Lozenge_{n=1}^{\infty} +\] + +\end_inset + +The command for this formula is: +\series bold + +\backslash +Lozenge +\series default +^ +\series bold + +\backslash +infty +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + +_n=1 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +When self-defined operators are not used several times in the document, + they can also be defined with the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +mathop +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! M ! +\backslash +mathop +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and +\series bold + +\backslash +mathbin +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! M ! +\backslash +mathbin +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, which have the following scheme: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathop{display} +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +mathbin{display} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathop +\series default + defines big operators, +\series bold + +\backslash +mathbin +\series default + binary operators. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathop +\series default + can e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +be used to use one limit for several operators: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\mathop{\sum\negmedspace\sum}_{i,j=1}^{N} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The command for the formula above is: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathop{ +\backslash +sum +\backslash +negmedspace +\backslash +sum +\series default + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + +^N +\series default + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series bold +_i,j=1 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Fonts +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Fonts +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Font Styles +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Font-Styles" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Font ! style +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Latin letters in formulas can be set in one of the following font styles: +\begin_inset VSpace -2mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +shortcut +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +mathbb +\series bold + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default +ABC +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{ABC}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-noun" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +mathbf +\series bold + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default +AbC +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{AbC}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-bold" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +boldsymbol +\series bold + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default +AbC +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\boldsymbol{AbC}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-boldsymbol" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +mathcal +\series bold + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default +ABC +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{ABC}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-emph" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +mathfrak +\series bold + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default +AbC +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{AbC}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +- +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +mathscr +\series bold + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default +AbC +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathscr{AbC}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +- +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +shortcut +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +mathit +\series bold + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default +AbC +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{AbC}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +- +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +mathrm +\series bold + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default +AbC +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{AbC}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-roman" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +mathsf +\series bold + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default +AbC +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{AbC}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-sans" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +mathtt +\series bold + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default +AbC +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{AbC}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-typewriter" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + The styles +\series bold + +\backslash +mathbb +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +mathcal +\series default + can only be used for big letters. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Predefined is the style +\series bold + +\backslash +mathnormal +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The style commands work also for letters in mathematical constructs: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\mathfrak{A=\frac{b}{C}} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Characters in mathematical text don't appear in a math font style but in + the text font style +\series bold + +\backslash +textrm +\series default +. + That their style can't be set correctly via the text style dialog is a + bug in LyX. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "LyX-bug #4629" +target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/ticket/4629" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Instead of the style commands the dialog +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text Style +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/font.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + can be used. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Bold Formulas +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Bold-Formulas" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! bold +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To make a complete formula bold, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +mathbf +\series default + from the previous subsection cannot be used, because it doesn't work for + small Greek letters. + Furthermore it prints Latin letters always upright, like in the following + equation: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\mathbf{\int_{n}^{2}f(\theta)=\Gamma}\qquad\textrm{equation with \textbackslash mathbf} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To display the formula correctly, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +boldsymbol +\series default + is used: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\boldsymbol{\int_{n}^{2}f(\theta)=\Gamma\qquad\textrm{equation with \textbackslash boldsymbol}} +\] + +\end_inset + +It is also possible to set the formula in a +\series bold +boldmath environment +\series default +. + This environment is created by inserting the command +\series bold + +\backslash +boldmath +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! B ! +\backslash +boldmath +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + in TeX-mode. + To end the environment, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +unboldmath +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! U ! +\backslash +unboldmath +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is inserted in TeX-mode. +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +boldmath +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\int_{n}^{2}f(\theta)=\Gamma\qquad\textrm{equation in a boldmath environment} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +unboldmath +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Colored Formulas +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! colored +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Formulas can be colored like normal text: Highlight a formula or a formula + part and use the +\family sans +Text Style +\family default + dialog. + Here is a formula in magenta: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +{\color{magenta}\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=\frac{\sqrt[5]{B}}{\ln\left(\frac{1}{3}\right)}} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can also define your own colors as described in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Colored-Boxes" + +\end_inset + +. + They can be used with the TeX code command +\series bold + +\backslash +textcolor +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! T ! +\backslash +textcolor +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + in the scheme +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +textcolor{color}{characters or formula} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The following example was colored completely dark green and partly red: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +textcolor{darkgreen}{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=\frac{{\color{red}\sqrt[5]{B}}}{\ln\left(\frac{1}{3}\right)} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Due to a bug in LyX only complete formulas can be colored with self-defined + colors. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "LyX-bug #5269" +target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/ticket/5269" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Font Sizes +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Font-Sizes" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Font ! size +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For characters in formulas there are, analog to characters in text, the + following size commands: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +Huge +\series default +, +\series bold + +\backslash +huge +\series default +, +\series bold + +\backslash +LARGE +\series default +, +\series bold + +\backslash +Large +\series default +, +\series bold + +\backslash +large +\series default +, +\series bold + +\backslash +normalsize +\series default +, +\series bold + +\backslash +small +\series default +, +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +footnotesize +\series default +, +\series bold + +\backslash +scriptsize +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +tiny +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The size produced by the commands depends on the document font size, which + corresponds to the command +\series bold + +\backslash +normalsize +\series default +. + The other commands produce smaller or larger sizes than +\series bold + +\backslash +normalsize +\series default +. + The font size can however not exceed a certain value. + Is for example the document font size 12 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +Huge +\series default + switches to the same size as +\series bold + +\backslash +huge +\series default +. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A size command is inserted in TeX-mode before the formula and sets the size + for all following formula and text characters. + To switch back to the initial size, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +normalsize +\series default + is inserted behind the formula in TeX-mode. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Within a formula the size can be changed using the following size commands: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +displaystyle +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! D ! +\backslash +displaystyle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6.5mm}{}{\displaystyle E_{\mathrm{pot_{1}}}=\frac{K}{l+\frac{m}{n_{2}}}}\raisebox{-5.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +textstyle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}{\textstyle E_{\mathrm{pot_{1}}}=\frac{K}{l+\frac{m}{n_{2}}}}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +scriptstyle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}{\scriptstyle E_{\mathrm{pot_{1}}}=\frac{K}{l+\frac{m}{n_{2}}}}\raisebox{-3.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +scriptscriptstyle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}{\scriptscriptstyle E_{\mathrm{pot_{1}}}=\frac{K}{l+\frac{m}{n_{2}}}}\raisebox{-3.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +After entering these commands, a blue box appears in which the formula parts + are inserted. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There is a further method to change the font size, that though only works + for symbols or letters in mathematical text. + To use it, one of the above text size commands is inserted in mathematical + text. + All following characters until the end of the mathematical text or until + another size command will have the selected size. + Two examples: +\begin_inset VSpace -2mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +huge +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +A=\frac{B}{c}\cdot\maltese +\] + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\maltese A\textrm{\Large\maltese\textit{A}}\textrm{\tiny\maltese\textit{A}} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +normalsize +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +Before both formulas the command +\series bold + +\backslash +huge +\series default + was inserted. + The command for the second formula is: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +maltese +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A Alt+M M +\backslash +Large +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +maltese +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +textit +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} +\length 1cm +\end_inset + +Alt+M +\series default + +\series bold +M +\backslash +tiny +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +maltese +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +textit +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If a symbol cannot be displayed in different sizes, it will always be displayed + in the default size. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Greek Letters +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Greek letters +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Greek letters can also be inserted via the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/alpha.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. + All international typesetting norms purport that Greek letters in math + have to be typeset italic/slanted. + In some languages, like French or Russian, they are nevertheless sometimes + typeset upright. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Small Letters +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Greek letters ! small +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +alpha +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +beta +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\beta$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +gamma +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +delta +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\delta$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +epsilon +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +varepsilon +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\varepsilon$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +zeta +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\zeta$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +eta +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\eta$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +theta +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\theta$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +vartheta +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\vartheta$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +iota +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\iota$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +kappa +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\kappa$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +varkappa +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\varkappa$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +lambda +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\lambda$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +mu +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mu$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +nu +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\nu$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +xi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\xi$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +o +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $o$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +pi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\pi$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +varpi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\varpi$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +rho +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\rho$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +varrho +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\varrho$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sigma +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +varsigma +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\varsigma$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +tau +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\tau$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +upsilon +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\upsilon$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +phi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\phi$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +varphi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\varphi$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +chi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\chi$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +psi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\psi$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +omega +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\omega$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +How to create special upright Greek letters is explained in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Upright-small-Greek" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Big Letters +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Greek letters ! big +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Gamma +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Gamma$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Delta +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Delta$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Theta +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Theta$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Lambda +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Lambda$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Xi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Xi$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Pi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Pi$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Sigma +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Sigma$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Upsilon +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Phi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Phi$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Psi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Psi$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Omega +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Omega$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +That the big Greek letters appear upright is caused by a design bug when + TeX was developed. + To get correct italic big letters, begin every command with +\series bold +var +\series default +. + For example the command +\series bold + +\backslash +varGamma +\series default + produces +\begin_inset Formula $\varGamma$ +\end_inset + +. + Another way is to load the package +\series bold +fixmath +\series default + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +fixmath +\series default + is part of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +was +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! was +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +vspace{4mm} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! fixmath +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + with the LaTeX-preamble line +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage{fixmath} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Then all big Greek letters in a document will automatically be typeset italic. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Bold Letters +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Greek letters ! bold +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Greek letters cannot be set with different font styles like Latin letters. + They can only be made bold with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +boldsymbol +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! B ! +\backslash +boldsymbol +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Upsilon +\backslash +boldsymbol +\backslash +Upsilon +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon\boldsymbol{\Upsilon}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +theta +\backslash +boldsymbol +\backslash +theta +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\theta\boldsymbol{\theta}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Symbols +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +texorpdfstring{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A list with all symbols of most of the LaTeX-packages can be found in +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Symbols" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +}{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +texorpdfstring is used to avoid that the footnote appears in the PDF-bookmark. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +More about +\backslash +texorpdfstring is in section +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Formulas-in-Section" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Symbols +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Many of the symbols listed in this section can also be inserted via the + toolbar buttons +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/nabla.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/digamma.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Mathematical Symbols +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Mathematical-Symbols" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Symbols ! mathematical +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +neg +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\neg$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Im +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Im$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Re +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Re$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +aleph +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\aleph$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +partial +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\partial$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +infty +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\infty$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +wp +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\wp$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +imath +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\imath$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +jmath +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\jmath$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +forall +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\forall$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +exists +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\exists$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +nexists +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\nexists$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +emptyset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\emptyset$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +varnothing +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\varnothing$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +dag +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\dag$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ddag +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\ddag$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +complement +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +raisebox{-0.8mm}{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\complement$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Bbbk +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Bbbk$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +prime +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\prime$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +backprime +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\backprime$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +mho +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mho$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +triangle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\triangle$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +angle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\angle$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +measuredangle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\measuredangle$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sphericalangle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\sphericalangle$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +top +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\top$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bot$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Miscellaneous Symbols +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Miscellaneous-Symbols" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Symbols ! miscellaneous +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +flat +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\flat$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +natural +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\natural$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sharp +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\sharp$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +surd +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\surd$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +checkmark +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\checkmark$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +yen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\yen$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +pounds +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\pounds$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +$ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\$$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +§ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $§$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +hbar +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\hbar$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +hslash +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\hslash$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +clubsuit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\clubsuit$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +spadesuit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\spadesuit$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bigstar +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bigstar$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +blacklozenge +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\blacklozenge$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +blacktriangle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\blacktriangle$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +blacktiangledown +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\blacktriangledown$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bullet +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bullet$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +diamondsuit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\diamondsuit$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Diamond +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Diamond$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +heartsuit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +P +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\P$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +copyright +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\copyright$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +circledR +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\circledR$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +maltese +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\maltese$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +diagup +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\diagup$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +diagdown +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\diagdown$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +More symbols are listed in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Miscellaneous-special-Characters" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Some symbols can be displayed in different sizes, see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Font-Sizes" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +The Euro-Symbol € +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Symbols ! Euro-symbol +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +@ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +officialeuro +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To use the Euro symbol in formulas, the LaTeX-package +\series bold +eurosym +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! eurosym +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + must be installed and loaded with the LaTeX-preamble line +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage[gennarrow]{eurosym} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The Euro symbol can now be inserted with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +euro +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! E ! +\backslash +euro +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The Euro symbol can directly be inserted with the € key in mathematical + text, without having +\series bold +eurosym +\series default + installed. + When +\series bold +eurosym +\series default + is installed, +\series bold + +\backslash +euro +\series default + can also be inserted in TeX-mode. + The official currency symbol can then be inserted with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +officialeuro +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! O ! +\backslash +officialeuro +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, that is only available in TeX-mode. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +ifeurosym +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The following table will only be displayed when the LaTeX-package +\series bold +eurosym +\series default + is installed. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An overview about the different Euro symbols: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +formula +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +euro +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\euro$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mathematical text +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +€ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mbox{€}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +TeX-mode +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +officialeuro +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +officialeuro +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +else +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The following will be displayed when the LaTeX-package +\series bold +eurosym +\series default + is not installed: +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You need to install the LaTeX-package +\series bold +eurosym +\series default + to see the rest of this subsection in the output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Relations +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Relations" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Relations +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Comparisons|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Relations +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +All relations can also be inserted via the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/leq.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +< +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $<$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +le +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\le$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ll +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\ll$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +prec +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\prec$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +preceq +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\preceq$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +subset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\subset$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +subseteq +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\subseteq$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sqsubseteq +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\sqsubseteq$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +in +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\in$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +vdash +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\vdash$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +smile +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\smile$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +lhd +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\lhd$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +unlhd +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\unlhd$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +gtrless +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\gtrless$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +mid +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mid$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +nmid +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\nmid$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout += +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $=$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +not= +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\not=$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +equiv +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\equiv$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sim +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\sim$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +simeq +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\simeq$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +approx +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\approx$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +cong +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\cong$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bowtie +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bowtie$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +notin +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\notin$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +perp +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\perp$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +propto +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\propto$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +asymp +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\asymp$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +doteq +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\doteq$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +circeq +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\circeq$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +models +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\models$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +widehat= +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\widehat{=}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +> +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $>$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ge +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\ge$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +gg +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\gg$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +succ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\succ$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +succeq +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\succeq$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +supset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\supset$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +supseteq +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\supseteq$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sqsupseteq +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\sqsupseteq$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ni +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\ni$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +dashv +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\dashv$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +frown +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\frown$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +rhd +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\rhd$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +unrhd +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\unrhd$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +lessgtr +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\lessgtr$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +parallel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\parallel$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +nparallel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\nparallel$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +The characters +\series bold + +\backslash +lhd +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +rhd +\series default + are bigger than the equal looking operators +\series bold + +\backslash +triangleleft +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +triangleright +\series default +, respectively. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Relations are, in contrary to symbols, always surrounded by space. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Relations with labels can be created with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +stackrel +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! S ! +\backslash +stackrel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A(r) +\backslash +stackrel +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +r +\backslash +to +\backslash +infty +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +approx +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}A(r)\stackrel{r\to\infty}{\approx}B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Functions +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Predefined Functions +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Predefined-Functions" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Functions ! predefined +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In general, variables are set +\emph on +italic +\emph default + in mathematical expressions, but not function names, because +\begin_inset Formula $sin$ +\end_inset + + could be misunderstood as +\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$ +\end_inset + +. + Therefore there are predefined functionswhich are additionally a bit separated + from prefactors. + They are inserted as commands starting with a backslash before their name. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Asin(x)+B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $Asin(x)+B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A +\backslash +sin(x)+B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A\sin(x)+B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The following functions are predefined: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace -2mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sin +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sinh +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +arcsin +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sup +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +cos +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +cosh +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +arccos +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +inf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +tan +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +tanh +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +arctan +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +lim +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +cot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +coth +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +arg +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +liminf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +sec +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +min +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +deg +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +limsup +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +csc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +max +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +det +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Pr +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ln +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +exp +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +dim +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +hom +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +lg +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +log +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ker +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +gcd +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +They can also be inserted with the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/functions.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Self-defined Functions +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Functions ! self-defined +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To use a function that is not predefined, like for example the sign function + sgn(x), there are two possibilities: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Define the function by inserting the following line to the LaTeX-preamble +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +For more about +\series bold + +\backslash +DeclareMathOperator +\series default + see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Self-defined-Operators" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset VSpace -3mm +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +DeclareMathOperator{ +\backslash +sgn}{sgn} +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! D ! +\backslash +dbinom@ +\backslash +DeclareMathOperator +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset VSpace -2mm +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Now the new defined function can be called with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +sgn +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Write the formula as usual, mark the formula name, in our example the letters + +\emph on +sgn +\emph default +, and change it to mathematical text. + Finally, a space is inserted between prefactor and function. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The result is the same with both methods as with a predefined function +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +In LyX self-defined functions are displayed red, predefined ones black. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A +\backslash +sgn(x)+B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A\sgn(x)+B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A +\backslash +, +\begin_inset Formula $\underbrace{\textrm{sgn}}_{\textrm{Alt+M}\,\textrm{M}}$ +\end_inset + +(x)+B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A\,\textrm{sgn}(x)+B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The first method is more suitable when the self-defined function should + be used several times. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Limits +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Limits +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For limits, in addition to the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +lim +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! L ! +\backslash +lim +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, +\series bold + +\backslash +liminf +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +limsup +\series default + the following functions are defined: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +varliminf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\varliminf$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +varlimsup +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\varlimsup$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +varprojlim +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\varprojlim$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +varinjlim +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\varinjlim$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +The limit is created by inserting a subscript. + It is set right beside the function in an inline formula: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset space \hspace{} +\length 1cm +\end_inset + +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The space and +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + are used here as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +lim_x +\backslash +to +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +x=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\hspace{1cm}\raisebox{5mm}{}\lim_{x\to A}x=B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In a displayed formula the limit is set below the formula, as usual: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\lim_{x\to A}x=B +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Modulo-Functions +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Functions ! modulo- +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The modulo-function is special, because it exists in four variants. + The variants in a displayed formula are: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{align*} +\underline{\textrm{Command}\raisebox{-0.9mm}{}} & & \underline{\textrm{Result}}\\ +\mathrm{a\backslash mod\textrm{\spce}b} & & a\mod b\\ +\mathrm{a\backslash pmod\textrm{\spce}b} & & a\pmod b\\ +\mathrm{a\backslash bmod\textrm{\spce}b} & & a\bmod b\\ +\mathrm{a\backslash pod\textrm{\spce}b} & & a\pod b +\end{align*} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In an inline formula less space is set before the function names for all + variants. + By default the modulo-functions take only the first following character + into account. + To use more than one character, one has to put them into TeX-braces: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{align*} +\underline{\textrm{Command}\raisebox{-0.9mm}{}} & & \underline{\textrm{Result}}\\ +\mathrm{a\backslash pod\textrm{\spce}bcd} & & a\pod bcd\\ +\mathrm{a\backslash pod\backslash\{bc\to d} & & a\pod{bc}d +\end{align*} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Special Characters +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Special characters +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Special Characters in Mathematical Text +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The following commands can only be used in mathematical text or in TeX-mode: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +oe +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{œ}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +OE +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{Œ}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ae +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{æ}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +AE +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{Æ}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +aa +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{\aa}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +AA +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +@ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +textrm{ +\backslash +AA} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{Å}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +i +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{ı}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +command +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The space of 0 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mm is used for separation, because otherwise the output will be ¡ and ¿ + respectively. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +o +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{ø}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +O +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{Ø}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +l +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{ł}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +L +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{Ł}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +! +\begin_inset space \hspace{} +\length 0mm +\end_inset + +` +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{!`}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +? +\begin_inset space \hspace{} +\length 0mm +\end_inset + +` +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{?`}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +j +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{ȷ}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The characters +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{\textrm{Å}}$ +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{\textrm{Ø}}$ +\end_inset + + can also be inserted via the math toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math/digamma.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An exception are the commands +\series bold +! +\begin_inset space \hspace{} +\length 0mm +\end_inset + +` +\series default + and +\series bold +? +\begin_inset space \hspace{} +\length 0mm +\end_inset + +` +\series default +, because they can be inserted in LyX directly to text. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Accents in Text +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Accents-in-Text" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Accents ! in text +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With the following commands all letters can be accented. + The commands must be inserted in TeX-mode. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +"e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +`e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +`e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +^ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +^e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +=e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +=e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +u +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +u e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +b +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +b e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +t +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +ee +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +t ee +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +H +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +H e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +'e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +'e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +~e +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tilde +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +~e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +.e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +.e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +v +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +v e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +d +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +d e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +c +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +c e +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +With the command +\series bold + +\backslash +t +\series default + also two different characters can be accented. + The command +\series bold + +\backslash +t +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +sz +\series default + creates: +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +t sz +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The accents +\series bold +` +\series default + , +\series bold +' +\series default + and +\series bold +^ +\series default + can in combination with vowels directly be inserted with the keyboard without + using TeX-mode. + The same applies for the tilde +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This only applies for keyboards where the tilde is defined as accent. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series bold +~ +\series default + in combination with +\emph on +a +\emph default + , +\emph on +n +\emph default + , or +\emph on +o +\emph default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The commands +\series bold + +\backslash +b +\series default + , +\series bold + +\backslash +c +\series default + , +\series bold + +\backslash +d +\series default + , +\series bold + +\backslash +H +\series default + , +\series bold + +\backslash +t +\series default + , +\series bold + +\backslash +u +\series default + , +\series bold + +\backslash +v +\series default + and accents that are inserted directly with the keyboard are also available + in mathematical text. + For the other accents there are special math commands to be used in formulas, + see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Accents-for-one" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +Furthermore, with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +textcircled +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! T ! +\backslash +textcircled +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + all numbers and letters can be set into a circle, quasi accented with a + circle, similar to the copyright symbol. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +textcircled{w} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +textcircled{w} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Large +\backslash +textcircled{ +\backslash +normalsize +\backslash +protect +\backslash +raisebox{-1.5pt}{W}} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +Large +\backslash +textcircled{ +\backslash +normalsize +\backslash +protect +\backslash +raisebox{-1.5pt}W} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +One has to take care that the character fits in the circle. + +\series bold + +\backslash +Large +\series default + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Font-Sizes" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + specifies thereby the size of the circle. + With the help of +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Boxes-without-Frame" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + the character can be centered. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Old-style Figures +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Old-style Figures +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Old-style figures (also known as old-style numerals) are created with the + command +\series bold + +\backslash +oldstylenums +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! O ! +\backslash +oldstylenums +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + The command can be used in formulas and in TeX-mode. + The command scheme is: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +oldstylenums{number} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The command +\series bold + +\backslash +oldstylenums{0123456789 +\series default + produces: +\begin_inset Formula $\oldstylenums{0123456789}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Miscellaneous special Characters +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Miscellaneous-special-Characters" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Special characters ! miscellaneous +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The following characters can only be inserted to formulas by using commands: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +^ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathcircumflex$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +_ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\_$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +^ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +circ +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +@° +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $^{\circ}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The degree sign ° can nevertheless be directly inserted if the LaTeX-preamble + contains the following line +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +More about this is described in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Text-Characters-in" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +DeclareInputtext{176}{ +\backslash +ifmmode^ +\backslash +circ +\backslash +else +\backslash +textdegree +\backslash +fi} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Formula Styles +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Formula-Styles" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! styles +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +There are two different alignment styles: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description +Centered is the predefined standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Indented for this the option +\series bold +fleqn +\series default + must be inserted in the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + under +\family sans +Document +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Class +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When +\series bold +Indented +\series default + is used, the indentation can be adjusted with the length +\series bold + +\backslash +mathindent +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! M ! +\backslash +mathindent +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + Should the distance be 15 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mm, the following command line is inserted in the LaTeX-preamble +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +mathindent}{15mm} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When no length is specified, the predefined value of 30 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt will be used. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +And two different numbering styles: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description +Right is the predefined standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Left for this the option +\series bold +leqno +\series default + must be inserted in the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + under +\family sans +Document +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Class +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +fleqn +\series default + and +\series bold +leqno +\series default + can also be used together. + In this case both options are inserted, separated by a comma. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The chosen styles are used for all displayed formulas of the document. + When both, centered and indented formulas should be created in a document, + the style +\series bold +Centered +\series default + is used. + The indented formulas are then set in a flalign environment, see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Flalign-Environment" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Multiline Formulas +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Multiline-Formulas" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! multiline +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In LyX multiline formulas are created by pressing +\series bold + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + + +\series default + inside a formula. + This creates either an +\series bold +eqnarray environment +\series default + that is described in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Eqnarray-Environment" + +\end_inset + + or, when the option +\family sans +Use AMS math package +\family default + in the document settings is selected, an +\series bold +align environment +\series default + that is described in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Standard-align-Environment" + +\end_inset + +. + The align environment is recommended because it provides in any case a + typographically correct output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are other multiline formula environments that can be created via the + menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math +\family default +. + These environments are described in the following sections. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In all multiline formula environments a new line is created by pressing + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + +. + To add or delete lines, the math toolbar buttons +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/tabular-feature_append-row.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/tabular-feature_delete-row.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +, respectively, or the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Rows & Columns +\family default + can be used. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Line Separation +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Line-Separation" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! multiline ! Line separation +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There is sometimes not enough space in multiline formulas between the lines: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray*} +B^{2}(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2})+4x_{0}^{2}x^{2}+4x_{0}xD & = & \textrm{-}4x^{2}B^{2}+4x_{0}xB^{2}\\ +4x^{2}\left(B^{2}+x_{0}^{2}\right)+4x_{0}x\left(D-B^{2}\right)+B^{2}\left(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2}\right) & = & 0 +\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In LaTeX additional line space is specified as optional argument of the + new line command. + This is not yet possible in LyX +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +see +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "LyX-bug #1505" +target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/ticket/1505" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, therefore the whole formula must be inserted in TeX-mode. + To add in our example space, the command +\series bold + +\backslash + +\backslash +[3mm] +\series default + is inserted at the end of the first line. + One gets: +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +begin{eqnarray*} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +B^{2}(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2})+4x_{0}^{2}x^{2}+4x_{0}xD & + = & +\backslash +textrm{-}4x^{2}B^{2}+4x_{0}xB^{2} +\backslash + +\backslash +[3mm] +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +4x^{2} +\backslash +left(B^{2}+x_{0}^{2} +\backslash +right)+4x_{0}x +\backslash +left(D-B^{2} +\backslash +right)+B^{2} +\backslash +left(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2} +\backslash +right) & = & 0 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +end{eqnarray*} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +To set the line separation for all lines in a formula, the length +\series bold + +\backslash +jot +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! J ! +\backslash +jot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is changed. + The definition is: +\begin_inset Formula $\mbox{line separation}=\mathrm{6\, pt+\backslash jot}$ +\end_inset + +. + Predefined for +\series bold + +\backslash +jot +\series default + is the value 3 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt. + To create 3 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mm additional line separation as in the previous example, the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +jot}{3mm+3pt} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +is inserted in TeX-mode before the formula. + This requires that the LaTeX-package +\series bold +calc +\series default + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +calc +\series default + is part of every LaTeX standard installation. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! calc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + was loaded in LaTeX-preamble with the line +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage{calc} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +One gets: +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +jot}{3mm+3pt} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray*} +B^{2}(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2})+4x_{0}^{2}x^{2}+4x_{0}xD & = & \textrm{-}4x^{2}B^{2}+4x_{0}xB^{2}\\ +4x^{2}\left(B^{2}+x_{0}^{2}\right)+4x_{0}x\left(D-B^{2}\right)+B^{2}\left(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2}\right) & = & 0 +\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +jot}{3pt} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + To get back to the predefined distance, +\series bold + +\backslash +jot +\series default + is set to the value 3 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Column Separation +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Column-Separation" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! multiline ! Column separation +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Multiline formulas form a matrix. + A formula in the eqnarray environment is for example a matrix with three + columns. + By changing the column separation in this environment, the space beside + the relation sign can be changed. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The column separation is specified with the length +\series bold + +\backslash +arraycolsep +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! A ! +\backslash +arraycolsep +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + according to: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +column separation = 2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +arraycolsep +\series default + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Thus, the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +arraycolsep}{1cm} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +inserted in TeX-mode, sets for all following formulas a column separation + of 2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm. + To get back to the predefined distance, +\series bold + +\backslash +arraycolsep +\series default + is set to 5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A formula with 2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm column separation: +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +arraycolsep}{1cm} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray*} +A & = & B\\ +C & \ne & A +\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + +A formula with the predefined column separation for matrices of 10 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt: +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +arraycolsep}{5pt} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray*} +A & = & B\\ +C & \ne & A +\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Long Formulas +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! long +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Long formulas can be typeset using these methods: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +When one side of the equation is much shorter than the line width, this + one is chosen for the left side and the right side is typeset over two + lines: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray} +H & = & W_{SB}+W_{mv}+W_{D}-\frac{\hbar^{2}}{2m_{0}}\Delta-\frac{\hbar^{2}}{2m_{1}}\Delta_{1}-\frac{\hbar^{2}}{2m_{2}}\Delta_{2}-\frac{e^{2}}{4\pi\varepsilon_{0}|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{R}_{1}|}\nonumber \\ + & & -\hspace{3pt}\frac{e^{2}}{4\pi\varepsilon_{0}|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{R}_{2}|}+\frac{e^{2}}{4\pi\varepsilon_{0}|\mathbf{R}_{1}-\mathbf{R}_{2}|}\label{eq:shortlong} +\end{eqnarray} + +\end_inset + +The minus sign at the beginning of the second line does normally not appear + as an operator because it is the first character of the line. + Thus it would not be surrounded by space and could not be distinguished + from the fraction bar. + To avoid this, 3 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt space was inserted behind the minus sign with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +hspace +\series default +. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +for more about +\series bold + +\backslash +hspace +\series default + see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Variable-Space" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! H ! +\backslash +hspace +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +When both sides of the equation are too long, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +lefteqn +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! L ! +\backslash +lefteqn +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is used. + It is inserted in the first column of the first line and causes all further + insertions to overwrite the following columns: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray} +\lefteqn{4x^{2}\left(B^{2}+x_{0}^{2}\right)+4x_{0}x\left(D-B^{2}\right)+B^{2}\left(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2}\right)+D^{2}}\nonumber \\ + & & -\hspace{3pt}B^{2}-2B\sqrt{r_{g}^{2}-x^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}}+r_{g}^{2}-x^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}\nonumber \\ + & & =B^{2}+2\left(r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}-r_{k}^{2}\right)+\frac{\left(r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}-r_{k}^{2}\right)^{2}}{B^{2}}\label{eq:lefteqn} +\end{eqnarray} + +\end_inset + +After the insertion of +\series bold + +\backslash +lefteqn +\series default +, the cursor is in a purple box that is a bit shifted to the left from the + blue one. + In this the formula is inserted. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +The content of the further lines is inserted to the second or another formula + column. + The greater the column number where it was inserted, the larger the indentation. +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Note the following when using +\series bold + +\backslash +lefteqn +\series default +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +The formula doesn't use the full page width. + When e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +the term +\begin_inset Formula $-B^{2}$ +\end_inset + + is added to the first line in the above example, it would have been outside + the page margin. + To better use the width, negative space can be inserted at the beginning + of the first line. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Due to a bug in LyX the cursor cannot be set with the mouse into the first + line. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "LyX-bug #1429" +target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/ticket/1429" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + One can only set the cursor at the beginning of the line and move it with + the arrow keys. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Other methods to set long formulas are offered by the environments described + in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Multline-Environment" + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Multiline-Formula-Parts" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Multiline Brackets +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Multiline-Brackets" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Brackets ! for multiline expressions +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For brackets spanning multiple lines the following problem occurs: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray*} +A & = & \sin(x)\left[\prod_{R=1}^{\infty}\frac{1}{R}+\cdots\right.\\ + & & \left.\cdots+B-D\right] +\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The closing bracket is smaller than the opening bracket because brackets + with variable size may not span multiple lines. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To set the bracket size for the second line correctly, the first line is + ended with +\series bold + +\backslash +right. +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! R ! +\backslash +right +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and the second line with +\series bold + +\backslash +left. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +for more about +\series bold + +\backslash +left +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +right +\series default + see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Automatic-Bracket-Size" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! L ! +\backslash +left +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + After +\series bold + +\backslash +left. + +\series default + the command +\series bold + +\backslash +vphantom +\series default + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +prod +\series default +^ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +infty +\series default + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +_R=1} +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! V ! +\backslash +vphantom +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is inserted, because the multiplication operator with its limits is the + largest symbol in the first line and this should be the size for the bracket + in the second line. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The result is this: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray*} +A & = & \sin(x)\left[\prod_{R=1}^{\infty}\frac{1}{R}+\cdots\right.\\ + & & \left.\vphantom{\prod_{R=1}^{\infty}}\cdots+B-D\right] +\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Align Environments +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Align environments can be used for every kind of multiline formulas. + They are especially useful to set several formulas side by side. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Align environments consist of columns. + The odd columns are right aligned, the even ones left aligned. + Every line in an Align environment can be numbered. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Align environments are created via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math +\family default +. + With the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Change Formula Type +\family default + already existing formulas can be converted to Align environments. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To add or delete columns, the math toolbar buttons +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/tabular-feature_append-column.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/tabular-feature_delete-column.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +, respectively, or the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Rows & Columns +\family default + can be used. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Standard align Environment +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Standard-align-Environment" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! multiline ! align environment +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This Align environment is created by pressing +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + + in a formula or by the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +AMS align Environment +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An example for two formulas set side by side, that are created with a four + column align environment: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{align*} +A & =\sin(B) & C & =D\\ +C & \ne A & B & \ne D +\end{align*} + +\end_inset + +As it can be seen, the formulas in this environment are placed so as if + there would be a +\series bold + +\backslash +hfill +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +more about +\series bold + +\backslash +hfill +\series default + see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Variable-Space" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default + before the first and after every even column. + When the formula style +\series bold +Indented +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +formula styles see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Formula-Styles" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default + is used, the formula is set without the +\series bold + +\backslash +hfill +\series default + before the first column. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Alignat Environment +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! multiline ! alignat environment +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The alignat environment has no predefined column separation. + It can be inserted manually with the spaces that are described +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Space" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The above example in the alignat environment where 1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm space was inserted at the beginning of the second formula: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{alignat*}{2} +A & =\sin(B) & \hspace{1cm}C & =D\\ +C & \ne A & B & \ne D +\end{alignat*} + +\end_inset + +Because the column separation can be set separately for every column, this + environment is especially suitable to set three and more formulas side + by side. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Flalign Environment +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Flalign-Environment" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! multiline ! flalign environment +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In this environment the first two columns are always set as much as possible + to the left and the last two ones to the right. + An example: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{flalign*} +A & =1 & B & =2 & C & =3\\ +X & =\textrm{-}1 & Y & =\textrm{-}2 & Z & =4 +\end{flalign*} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +By creating a flalign environment with an odd number of columns where an + empty TeX-brace is inserted to the last column, several formulas in a document + can be set to the left, although the formula style +\series bold +Centered +\series default + is used. + As example the indented formula +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:VolInt" + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{flalign} +\hspace{30pt}\iiint\limits _{V}X\,\mathrm{d}V & =U & {} +\end{flalign} + +\end_inset + +The first two columns contain the formula. + To indent it as with the formula style +\series bold +Indented +\series default +, 30 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt space was inserted at the beginning of the first column. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Eqnarray Environment +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Eqnarray-Environment" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! multiline ! eqnarray environment +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When this environment has been created, three blue boxes appear. + The content of the first box is right aligned, the content of the last + one left aligned. + The content of the middle box appears centered and a bit smaller, because + it is designed to insert there only relation characters. +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray*} +\frac{ABC}{D} & \frac{ABC}{D} & \frac{ABC}{D}\\ +AB & AB & AB\\ +A & = & A +\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Gather Environment +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! multiline ! gather environment +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This environment consists of only one centered column. + Every line can be numbered. +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{gather} +A=1\\ +X=\textrm{-}1 +\end{gather} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Multline Environment +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Multline-Environment" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! multiline ! multline environment +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The multline environment consists, like the gather environment, of only + one column. + But the first line is left aligned, the last one right aligned. + All other lines are centered. + Therefore this environment is suitable for long formulas. + As example formula +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:lefteqn" + +\end_inset + + in the multline environment: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{multline} +4x^{2}\left(B^{2}+x_{0}^{2}\right)+4x_{0}x\left(D-B^{2}\right)+B^{2}\left(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2}\right)+D^{2}\\ +-B^{2}-2B\sqrt{r_{g}^{2}-x^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}}+r_{g}^{2}-x^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}\\ +=B^{2}+2\left(r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}-r_{k}^{2}\right)+\frac{\left(r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}-r_{k}^{2}\right)^{2}}{B^{2}} +\end{multline} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the output only the last (first) line of a multline environment appears + numbered when the document numbering is right (left). +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +numbering styles see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Formula-Styles" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +shoveright +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! S ! +\backslash +shoveright +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and +\series bold + +\backslash +shoveleft +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! S ! +\backslash +shoveleft +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + a centered line can be right or left aligned, respectively. + The commands are used as follows: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +shoveright{line content} +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +shoveleft{line content} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +The length +\series bold + +\backslash +multlinegap +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! M ! +\backslash +multlinegap +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + specifies the distance of the first line from the left page margin. + Predefined is the length 0 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As example the above formula where the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +multlinegap}{2cm} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +was inserted in TeX-mode before: +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +multlinegap}{2cm} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{multline} +4x^{2}\left(B^{2}+x_{0}^{2}\right)+4x_{0}x\left(D-B^{2}\right)+B^{2}\left(B^{2}-2r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}^{2}-2r_{k}^{2}\right)+D^{2}\\ +\shoveleft{-B^{2}-2B\sqrt{r_{g}^{2}-x^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}}+r_{g}^{2}-x^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}}\\ +=B^{2}+2\left(r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}-r_{k}^{2}\right)+\frac{\left(r_{g}^{2}+2x_{0}x-x_{0}^{2}-r_{k}^{2}\right)^{2}}{B^{2}} +\end{multline} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +multlinegap}{0pt} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +The second line was left aligned using +\series bold + +\backslash +shoveleft +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Multiline Formula Parts +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Multiline-Formula-Parts" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! multiline ! formula parts +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To display only parts of a formula with multiple lines, one of the following + environments is used: +\series bold +aligned +\series default +, +\series bold +alignedat +\series default +, +\series bold +gathered +\series default + or +\series bold +split +\series default +. + They can be inserted via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math +\family default + or by using the commands described in this section. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The first three have the same properties as the corresponding multiline + formula environments, but it is possible to set further formula parts beside + them. + An example: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\left.\begin{aligned}\Delta x\Delta p & \ge\frac{\hbar}{2}\\ +\Delta E\Delta t & \ge\frac{\hbar}{2} +\end{aligned} +\right\} \textrm{Uncertainty relations} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To get this formula, a displayed formula is created where the command +\series bold + +\backslash +aligned +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! A ! +\backslash +aligned +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is inserted. + A purple box appears around the blue formula box where now columns and + lines can be added. + Outside the multiline environment other formula parts can be set, like + the brace. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The aligned environment is also suitable for long formulas whose lines are + horizontally aligned. + Using aligned in a displayed formula has the advantage that the formula + number is vertically centered behind the lines. + As example formula +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:shortlong" + +\end_inset + + in the aligned environment: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +\begin{aligned}H=\; & W_{SB}+W_{mv}+W_{D}-\frac{\hbar^{2}}{2m_{0}}\Delta-\frac{\hbar^{2}}{2m_{1}}\Delta_{1}-\frac{\hbar^{2}}{2m_{2}}\Delta_{2}-\frac{e^{2}}{4\pi\varepsilon_{0}|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{R}_{1}|}\\ + & -\hspace{3pt}\frac{e^{2}}{4\pi\varepsilon_{0}|\mathbf{r}-\mathbf{R}_{2}|}+\frac{e^{2}}{4\pi\varepsilon_{0}|\mathbf{R}_{1}-\mathbf{R}_{2}|} +\end{aligned} +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To use the environments +\series bold +alignedat +\series default +, +\series bold +gathered +\series default +, or +\series bold +split +\series default +, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +alignedat +\series default +, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! A ! +\backslash +alignedat +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +gathered +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! G ! +\backslash +gathered +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, or +\series bold + +\backslash +split +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! S ! +\backslash +split +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + are inserted, respectively. + The split environment has the same properties as the aligned environment + but it can only have two columns. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Text in multiline Formulas +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Text-in-multiline" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Text ! in formulas +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! multiline ! text +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the Align environments, and the multline and gather environment, text + can be inserted that will appear in a separate line and doesn't affect + the column alignment. + To do this, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +intertext +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! I ! +\backslash +intertext +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is used in the following scheme: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +intertext{text} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The text should not be longer than a line because it cannot be hyphenated. + As LyX doesn't yet support +\series bold + +\backslash +intertext +\series default + directly, the text is written as mathematical text. + +\series bold + +\backslash +intertext +\series default + must hereby be at the beginning of a line and appears in the output above + this line. + An example where the text was inserted at the beginning of the second line: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{align} +I & =a\sqrt{2}\int_{0}^{2\pi}\sqrt{1+\cos(\phi)}\;\mathrm{d}\phi\\ +\intertext{\text{integrand is symmetric to \ensuremath{\phi=\pi}, therefore}} & =2a\sqrt{2}\int_{0}^{\pi}\sqrt{1+\cos(\phi)}\;\mathrm{d}\phi +\end{align} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Formula Numbering +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula numbering +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! numbering|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Formula numbering +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Numbered formulas can be created with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Numbered +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formula +\family default + (shortcut +\family sans +Ctrl+Alt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +N +\family default +). + Existing formulas can be numbered with the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Toggle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Numbering +\family default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-number-toggle" +\end_inset + +). + The formula number is displayed in LyX behind the formula as a number sign + in parentheses. + The number sign is replaced in the output by the formula number. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When numbering is turned on in multiline formulas, all lines will be numbered. + But the numbering can be controlled with the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Toggle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Numbering +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Line +\family default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-number-line-toggle" +\end_inset + +) for every line. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Except for inline formulas, all formulas can be numbered with two different + styles, see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Formula-Styles" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Cross-References +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Cross-references ! to formulas +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +All labeled formulas can be cross-referenced. + A label is added by the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Label +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/label-insert.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. + The cursor must hereby be inside a displayed formula. + Alternatively you can right-click on the formula and choose +\family sans +Equation Label +\family default +. + A dialog pops up displaying the prefix +\series bold +eq: +\series default + in a text field. + The label is inserted there behind the prefix. + The predefined prefix means +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +equation +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and makes it easier to find labels in large documents because it marks + it as formula label to divide it from e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +section labels. + To change a label, the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Label +\family default + is used again or you right-click on a formula and then on +\family sans +Equation Label +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The name of the label is displayed in LyX within two parentheses behind + formula. + A formula with a label is always numbered. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Cross-references are inserted via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Cross-Reference +\family default + or with the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. + A formula cross-reference appears in the output as formula number. + When in the cross-reference dialog window the format +\series bold +() +\series default + is chosen, the cross-reference appears in the output as formula number + in parentheses. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +By right-clicking on a cross-reference in LyX, one jumps to the formula + that is referenced. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here are as examples cross-references to formulas of the following subsections: +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Note the different cross-reference types. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The equations +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:tag" + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:c" + +\end_inset + + are equivalent. + In ( +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "eq:Lat" + +\end_inset + +) big Latin letters are used for the numbering in contrary to ( +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "eq:Rom" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +When the argument of +\series bold + +\backslash +tag +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +tag +\series default + is described in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:User-defined-Numbering" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default + contains a box like in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Paragraph-Boxes" + +\end_inset + +, the formula cannot be referenced. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Subnumbering +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula numbering ! subnumbering +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With the help of the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +begin{subequations} +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +end{subequations} +\series default + formulas can be subnumbered. + Both commands are inserted in TeX-mode. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An example: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +A=C-B\label{eq:a} +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +addtocounter{equation}{-1} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +begin{subequations} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset VSpace -5mm +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +B=C-A\label{eq:b} +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +C=A+B\label{eq:c} +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +end{subequations} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To create the example, the following is done: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +first formula is inserted +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\series bold + +\backslash +addtocounter{equation}{-1} +\backslash +begin{subequations} +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! A ! +\backslash +addtocounter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series default +is inserted after the first formula +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +second formula is inserted +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +third formula is inserted +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\series bold + +\backslash +end{subequations} +\series default + is inserted after the third formula +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Every formula between the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +begin +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +end +\series default + is subnumbered as a, b, +\begin_inset Newline linebreak +\end_inset + +c, \SpecialChar \ldots{} + For multiline formulas every line will be subnumbered. + All subnumbered formulas are treated as +\emph on +one +\emph default + numbered formula. + But as every numbered formula increases the counter +\series bold +equation +\series default + by one, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +addtocounter +\series default + is needed to decrease it. + Otherwise the formulas +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:a" + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:b" + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:c" + +\end_inset + + would be numbered as +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:a" + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:d" + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:f" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +By inserting the commands in TeX-mode, a space is created between the first + two formulas. + To revert this -5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mm vertical space is inserted after the command +\series bold + +\backslash +begin{subequations} +\series default +. + When the formula style +\series bold +Indented +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +formula styles see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Formula-Styles" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default + is used, -7 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mm space is inserted instead. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here is an example for a multiline formula where the numbering was turned + off for the second line: +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +begin{subequations} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray} +A & = & (B-Z)^{2}=(B-Z)(B-Z)\label{eq:d}\\ + & = & B^{2}-ZB-BZ+Z^{2}\nonumber \\ + & = & B^{2}-2BZ+Z^{2}\label{eq:f} +\end{eqnarray} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +end{subequations} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +User-defined Numbering +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:User-defined-Numbering" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula numbering ! user-defined +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula numbering ! self-defined delimiters +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +With the standard numbering parentheses are set around the formula number. + To replace the parentheses for example by vertical bars, the following + line is added to the LaTeX-preamble: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +def +\backslash +tagform@#1{ +\backslash +maketag@@@{|#1|}} +\series default + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This macro is already declared in the LaTeX-preamble for testing. + To activate it, remove the percent sign at the beginning. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To use other characters, the vertical bars besides the +\series bold +#1 +\series default + are replaced by one ore more characters. + To get only the formula number the vertical bars are omitted. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +When there should be an expression of your choice instead of the consecutive + formula number in parentheses behind the formula, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +tag +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! T ! +\backslash +tag +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is used: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +A+B=C\tag{something}\label{eq:tag} +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + +In this example the command +\series bold + +\backslash +tag +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +something +\series default + was inserted in the formula. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When the command +\series bold + +\backslash +tag* +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +something +\series default + is inserted instead, the star prevents the parentheses around the expression: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +A+B=C\tag*{something} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +To restart the formula numbering with new document parts or sections, the + following command is used: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +@addtoreset{equation}{part} +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +" +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +@ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +" +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + ! +\backslash + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +" +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +@ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +" +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +addtoreset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +resp. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +@addtoreset{equation}{section} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To be able to use these commands in TeX-mode, the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +@ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + character has to be made +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +active +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + for LaTeX using the command +\series bold + +\backslash +makeatletter. + +\series default + The command +\series bold + +\backslash +makeatother +\series default + reverts this. + So the command sequence in TeX-mode is: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +makeatletter +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\backslash +@addtoreset{equation}{section} +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\backslash +makeatother +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the LaTeX-preamble +\series bold + +\backslash +makeatletter +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +makeatother +\series default + can be omitted as they are automatically internally inserted by LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To revert +\series bold + +\backslash +@addtoreset +\series default +, the file +\series bold +remreset.sty +\series default + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +remreset +\series default + is part of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +carlisle +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! carlisle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + that is part of every LaTeX standard installation. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! remreset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + has to be loaded in the LaTeX-preamble with the line +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage{remreset} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Then the command +\series bold + +\backslash +@removefromreset +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +" +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +@ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +" +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + ! +\backslash + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +" +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +@ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +" +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +removefromreset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + can be used with the same scheme as +\series bold + +\backslash +@addtoreset +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +Sometimes formulas should be numbered in the following form: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family typewriter +(section number.formula number) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The formula number should start with every section with +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +1 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For this case there is the command +\series bold + +\backslash +numberwithin +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! N ! +\backslash +numberwithin +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, which is used with the following scheme: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +numberwithin{counter}{sectioning} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Counter denotes what kind of numbering is affected, sectioning denotes what + number is before the dot. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Thus in our case the following LaTeX-preamble or TeX code line is used: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +numberwithin{equation}{section} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This is the result: +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +numberwithin{equation}{section} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +A+B=C +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To number e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +tables so that the number of the part is the sectioning, +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +numberwithin{table}{part} +\series default + is used. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To go back to the standard numbering or to prevent this kind of numbering + when it is defined by the document class, the following command is inserted + as TeX code or to the LaTeX-preamble: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +theequation}{ +\backslash +arabic{equation}} +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! A ! +\backslash +arabic +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +theequation}{ +\backslash +arabic{equation}} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series default +or +\series bold + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +thetable}{ +\backslash +arabic{table}} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +numberwithin +\series default + uses internally the command +\series bold + +\backslash +@addtoreset +\series default +, described above, that also needs to be reverted. +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +makeatletter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +@removefromreset{equation}{section} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +makeatother +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Numbering with Roman Numbers and Letters +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula numbering ! with letters +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula numbering ! with Roman numbers +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Formulas can also be numbered with Roman numbers and Latin letters. + To number for example with small Roman numbers, the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +theequation}{ +\backslash +roman{equation}} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +is inserted before the formula in TeX-mode. + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! R ! +\backslash +renewcommand +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + redefines the predefined command +\series bold + +\backslash +theequation +\series default + to the command +\series bold + +\backslash +roman{equation} +\series default +. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The command +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand +\series default + has the same scheme like the command +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand +\series default + that is described in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:The-Command-newcommand" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series bold +equation +\series default + is the formula counter. + When the command +\series bold + +\backslash +the +\series default + is used as prefix for a counter, the value of the counter is output as + Arabic number. + When a formula is numbered, LaTeX sets internally the command +\series bold + +\backslash +theequation +\series default + behind the formula. + +\series bold + +\backslash +roman{equation} +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! R ! +\backslash +roman +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default + outputs the counter as small Roman number. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +All formulas behind the command +\series bold + +\backslash +renew +\series default +c +\series bold +ommand +\series default + are now numbered Roman. + To switch to numbering with big Roman numbers, the command is inserted + again, but +\series bold + +\backslash +roman +\series default + is replaced by +\series bold + +\backslash +Roman +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! R ! +\backslash +roman@ +\backslash +Roman +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + To +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +number +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + with small Latin letters there is the command +\series bold + +\backslash +alph +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! A ! +\backslash +alph +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, for big ones there is the command +\series bold + +\backslash +Alph +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! A ! +\backslash +alph@ +\backslash +Alph +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +\color none +Note: +\series default + Only maximal 26 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +formulas can be numbered with Latin letters in one document. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +theequation}{ +\backslash +roman{equation}} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +A=\textrm{small roman} +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +theequation}{ +\backslash +Roman{equation}} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +B=\textrm{big Roman}\label{eq:Rom} +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +theequation}{ +\backslash +alph{equation}} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +C=\textrm{small Latin} +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +theequation}{ +\backslash +Alph{equation}} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +D=\textrm{big Latin}\label{eq:Lat} +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To switch back to the default numbering, insert the command: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +theequation}{ +\backslash +arabic{equation}} +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! A ! +\backslash +arabic +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +theequation}{ +\backslash +arabic{equation}} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +E=\textrm{Arabic} +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +As you see, formulas are numbered serially independent from the numbering + style. + When then numbering should start with +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +1 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + when the style is changed, new equation counters have to be defined. + A description about this can be found in the file +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Formula-numbering.lyx" +target "run:Formula-numbering.lyx" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Chemical Symbols and Equations +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Chemical-Symbols-and" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Chemical characters ! Symbols +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Chemical equations +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Symbols ! chemical +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An example text from chemistry: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +The +\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{SO_{4}^{2-}}$ +\end_inset + +-ion reacts with two +\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Na^{+}}$ +\end_inset + +-ions to sodium sulfate +\begin_inset Formula $\left(\mathrm{Na_{2}SO_{4}}\right)$ +\end_inset + +. + The chemical equation for this is: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +\mathrm{2\, Na^{+}+SO_{4}^{2-}\longrightarrow Na_{2}SO_{4}}\label{eq:chem-reaction} +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This chemical equation can directly be created as formula. + To avoid that the symbols appear italic, everything is highlighted and + changed by the shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-roman" +\end_inset + + to the upright font style. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +font styles +\series bold + +\series default +see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Font-Styles" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A more convenient way to typeset chemical formulas is to use the command + +\series bold + +\backslash +ce +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! C ! +\backslash +ce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + that is available when the LaTeX-package +\series bold +mhchem +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! mhchem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is installed. + After inserting +\series bold + +\backslash +ce +\series default + to a formula a new blue box appears where chemical formulas can be inserted + in an intuitive way. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ce +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +H2CO3 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\ce{H2CO3}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ce +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +SO4^2- +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\ce{SO4^{2-}}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ce +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +(NH4)2S +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\ce{(NH4)2S}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ce +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +KCr(SO4)2.12H2O +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\ce{KCr(SO4)2.12H2O}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ce +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A-B +\backslash +dbond +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +C +\backslash +tbond +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +D +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\ce{A-B\dbond C\tbond D}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ce +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +^227 +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +_90 +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + +Th+ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\ce{_{90}^{227}Th+}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ce +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +CO2 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + ++ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +C +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +<=> +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +2CO +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\ce{CO2 + C <=> 2CO}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ce +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +CO2 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + ++ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +C +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +->[ +\backslash +alpha][ +\backslash +beta] +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +2CO} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{5mm}{}\ce{CO2 + C ->[\alpha][\beta] 2CO}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +\color none +Note: +\series default + Inserting a formula to a +\series bold + +\backslash +ce +\series default + box will lead to LaTeX errors due to a LyX bug. +\color inherit + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "LyX-bug #8566" +target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/ticket/8566" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\color none + In this case TeX code has to be used like for +\series bold + +\backslash +ce{$ +\backslash +mu +\backslash +hyphen$Cl} +\series default +: +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +ce{$ +\backslash +mu +\backslash +hyphen$Cl} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +\color none +Note: +\series default + It is not possible in LyX to use the character ^ to get an up-arrow as + described in the +\series bold +mhchem +\series default + manual. + One instead uses a negative thin space followed by the command +\series bold + +\backslash +uparrow +\series default +: +\begin_inset Formula $\ce{Fe + 2H+ -> Fe^{2+} + H2\negthinspace\uparrow}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Using +\series bold + +\backslash +ce +\series default + the command for equation +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:chem-reaction" + +\end_inset + + is: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +ce +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +2Na+ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + ++ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +SO4^2- +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +-> +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Na2SO4 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To create multiline chemical equations first a multiline formula is created + as described in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Multiline-Formulas" + +\end_inset + +. + Afterwards the command +\series bold + +\backslash +ce +\series default + is used in every small blue box of the formula. + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:TEOS-reaction-1" + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:TEOS-reaction-2" + +\end_inset + + are an example of a multi-stage chemical reaction where every equation + has its own number. +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray} +\ce{TEOS + 4O} & \ce{->} & \ce{Si(OH)4 + 4C2H4O}\label{eq:TEOS-reaction-1}\\ +\ce{Si(OH)4} & \ce{->} & \ce{SiO2 + 2H2O}\label{eq:TEOS-reaction-2} +\end{eqnarray} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Besides +\series bold + +\backslash +ce +\series default + the +\series bold +mhchem +\series default + package provides the command +\series bold + +\backslash +cf +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! C ! +\backslash +cf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + that has to be used for special cases. + For more information about +\series bold + +\backslash +cf +\series default + and more examples have a look at the documentation of +\series bold +mhchem +\series default +, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "mhchem" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Diagrams +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX supports two types of commutative diagrams: +\series bold +amscd +\series default + and +\series bold +xymatrix +\series default + that are explained in the following. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Amscd Diagrams +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Diagrams ! amscd +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Diagrams of this type visualize relations by vertical and horizontal lines + or arrows: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\begin{CD}A@>>>B@>>>C\\ +@AAA@.@VVV\\ +F@<<>> +\series default + a right arrow and +\series bold +@= +\series default + a long equal sign +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\series bold +@AAA +\series default + creates an up arrow, +\series bold +@VVV +\series default + a down arrow and +\series bold +@| +\series default + a vertical equal sign +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\series bold +@. + +\series default + is a placeholder for non-existent relations +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +All arrows can be labeled as follows: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +If text inserted between the first and second < or >, resp., it is placed + above the arrow. + When it is inserted between the second and third one, it appears under + the arrow. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +When text for vertical arrows is inserted between the first and second A + or V, resp., it is placed left beside the arrow. + When it is inserted between the second and third one, it appears right + beside the arrow. + If the text contains an A or V, these letters must be set into a TeX-brace. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As example a diagram with all possible relations: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\begin{CD}A@>j>>B@>>k>C@=F\\ +@AmAA@.@VV{V}V@|\\ +D@<k>>F@=C +\end{CD} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The command for this is: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +CD +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A@>j>>B@>>k>C@=F Ctrl+Return +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +CD +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +@AmAA@.@VV +\backslash +{V +\series default + +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\series bold +V@| Ctrl+Return +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +CD +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +D@<k>>F@=C +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Xymatrix Diagrams +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Diagrams ! xymatrix +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To be able to use xymatrices, the LaTeX-package +\series bold +xypic +\series default + must be installed. + A xymatrix is created by inserting the command +\series bold + +\backslash +xymatrix +\series default + in a formula. + Then you are able to add new matrix columns and rows like for normal matrices, + see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Matrices" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In contrary to amscd diagrams, xymatrices supports diagonal and curved arrows, + and much more. + All possibilities to create commutative diagrams and decorations are explained + in detail in the +\emph on +XY-pic manual +\emph default + that you find in the menu +\family sans +Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Specific +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Manuals +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection + +\noun on +Feynman +\noun default + Diagrams +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Diagrams ! Feynman +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To be able to use +\noun on +Feynman +\noun default +-diagrams, the LaTeX-package +\series bold +feyn +\series default + must be installed. + A +\noun on +Feynman +\noun default +-diagram is created by inserting the command +\series bold + +\backslash +Diagram +\series default + in a formula. + Then you are able to add new matrix columns and rows like for normal matrices, + see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Matrices" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Examples how to create +\noun on +Feynman- +\noun default +diagrams in LyX is given in the +\emph on +Feynman-diagram manual +\emph default + that you find in the menu +\family sans +Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Specific +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Manuals +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +User-defined Commands +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +User-defined commands +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + The names of user-defined commands and macros may only consist of Latin + letters. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +The Command +\backslash +newcommand +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:The-Command-newcommand" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +User-defined commands ! +\backslash +newcommand +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! N ! +\backslash +newcommand +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Many LaTeX-commands are too long to be used frequently. + But it is possible to define with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand +\series default + new shorter commands. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The command scheme of +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand +\series default + is: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{new command name}[number of arguments][optional +\series default + +\series bold +value] +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +{command definition} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Assure that the name of the new command is not already used in your document + or by LaTeX-packages that you use. + When you for example define the command +\series bold + +\backslash +le +\series default + for +\series bold + +\backslash +Leftarrow +\series default +, you get an error message because +\series bold + +\backslash +le +\series default + is already defined as command for +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\le$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The number of arguments is an integer in the range 0 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +9 and specifies how many arguments the new command should have. + With the optional value a value for an optional argument can be predefined. + When this is done, the +\emph on +first +\emph default + +\emph on +a +\emph default +rgument of the new command is automatically an optional one. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here are some examples: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +To define the command +\series bold + +\backslash +gr +\series default + for +\series bold + +\backslash +Longrightarrow +\series default +, the LaTeX-preamble line is: +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +gr}{ +\backslash +Longrightarrow} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +To define the command +\series bold + +\backslash +us +\series default + for +\series bold + +\backslash +underline +\series default +, the argument (that should be underlined) must be taken into account. + For this the preamble line is: +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +us}[1]{ +\backslash +underline{#1}} +\series default + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +The character +\series bold +# +\series default + acts as argument placeholder, the +\series bold +1 +\series default + behind it denotes that it is the placeholder for the first argument. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +For +\series bold + +\backslash +framebox +\series default + one can e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +define the command +\series bold + +\backslash +fb +\series default +: +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +fb}[3]{ +\backslash +framebox#1#2{$#3$}} +\series default + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +The two Dollar signs creates the extra formula needed for +\series bold + +\backslash +framebox +\series default +, see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Boxes-with-Frame" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +To create a new command for +\series bold + +\backslash +fcolorbox +\series default + where the color for the box need not be specified, the argument for the + color is defined optional: +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +cb}[3][white]{ +\backslash +fcolorbox{#2}{#1}{$#3$}} +\series default + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +When the color is not specified when using +\series bold + +\backslash +cb +\series default +, the predefined color +\series bold +white +\series default + will be used. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A test of the new defined commands: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A +\backslash +gr +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $A\gr B$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +us{ABcd +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\us{ABcd}\raisebox{-2mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +fb{[2cm] +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +{ +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +{ +\backslash +int +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\fb{[2cm]}{}{\int A=B}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +cb{red +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +{ +\backslash +int +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\cb{red}{\int A=B}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +cb[green] +\backslash +{red +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +{ +\backslash +int +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{6mm}{}\cb[green]{red}{\int A=B}\raisebox{-4mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Math Macros +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +User-defined commands! Math macros +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Macros +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +User-defined commands are especially convenient for complex expressions. + When you are for example dealing with a document that has quadratic equations, + the same solution type occurs several times. + The general form of a quadratic equation is +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q +\] + +\end_inset + +The general form of the solution is +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To define a command for the solution formula where only the three parameters + +\begin_inset Formula $\lambda$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $p$ +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Formula $q$ +\end_inset + + need to be specified and the index of +\begin_inset Formula $\lambda$ +\end_inset + + can be given optionally, the LaTeX-preamble line is +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +qG}[4][1, +\backslash +,2]{#2_{#1}=- +\backslash +frac{#3}{2} +\backslash +pm +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\backslash +sqrt{ +\backslash +frac{#3^{2}}{4}-#4}} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To create with this the solution formula, the command +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +qG{ +\backslash +lambda +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +{p +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +{q +\series default + is inserted to a formula +\series bold +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The definition of the new command is unintuitive because one has to know + the schemes of all used LaTeX commands, e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +that a fraction is inserted in LaTeX as +\series bold + +\backslash +frac{numerator}{denominator} +\series default +. + Furthermore one can easily forget a brace in the definition and cannot + see in LyX what the new command is doing. + To avoid these problems LyX offers the possibility to use math macros instead + of the command +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A math macro is created by using the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Macro +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. + The math macro toolbar appears together with the following box where the + macro is defined: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hspace*{\fill} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/macrobox.png + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hspace*{\fill} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\newcommand{\qG}[4][1,\,2]{#2_{#1}=-\frac{#3}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#3^{2}}{4}-#4}} +\end_inset + + +\backslash +newmacroname is the default name of the macro that should be changed to + something sensible. + The wanted formula is inserted in the first blue box. + An argument placeholder is inserted with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +#argumentnumber +\series default +, e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +#1 +\series default + or by using the macro toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math-macro-add-param.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. + Argument placeholders are displayed red. + A maximum of 9 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +arguments are possible. + Optional arguments are created with the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math-macro-add-optional-param.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. + The first non-optional argument can be transformed to an optional one with + the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math-macro-make-optional.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + +. + In the second blue box the appearance of the macro in LyX can be defined. + Normally you want to see it as it is defined, so the box is kept empty. + But when you have created a macro that needs lot of space on the screen, + you can insert in the box for example +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +qG: +\backslash +#1 +\series default + +\series bold +, +\series default + +\series bold + +\backslash +#2 +\series default + +\series bold +, +\series default + +\series bold + +\backslash +#3, +\backslash +#4 +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series default +For the macro only the arguments with the macro name in front of them will + then be displayed in LyX, leading to a better overview. + The formula appears in the output as defined in the first box. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +The appearance of macros in formulas can furthermore be changed for single + macros by setting the cursor in the macro and using the menu +\family sans +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +(Un)fold +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Macro +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To use a macro, the macro name is inserted as command to a formula, in our + case +\series bold + +\backslash +qG +\series default +. + Our macro looks in LyX like this: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hspace*{\fill} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/macrouse.png + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hspace*{\fill} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Here is our macro example with the arguments +\begin_inset Formula $x$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$ +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Formula $B$ +\end_inset + +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\qG x{\ln(x)}B +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX offers in the menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Control +\family default + different styles to edit macros. + To find the style that suits you the most, choose a style and set the cursor + in a macro formula to see the difference. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A math macro is transformed internally to a +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand +\series default + command when exporting the document. + The created +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand +\series default + command is not placed in the LaTeX-preamble, therefore macros can only + be used in formulas that are in the document below the macro definition + box. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Math macros can also be directly created from a +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand +\series default + command. + When writing for example the command +\series bold + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +larrow}[2]{ +\backslash +xleftarrow[#2]{#1}} +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series default +in LyX as normal text, highlighting it completely and using then the shortcut + +\family sans +Ctrl+M +\family default +, the command will be transformed to a math macro. + Using this method you need to be careful that the +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand +\series default + command is typed correctly, otherwise you get a faulty macro leading to + LaTeX errors. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Math macros currently have the problem that further formulas in macro definition +s are handled wrongly. + Therefore the example +\series bold + +\backslash +fb +\series default + from +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:The-Command-newcommand" + +\end_inset + + cannot be created as macro. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When the cursor is in a macro definition box, you will see the macro toolbar + in LyX: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/MacroToolbar.png + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Macros ! Toolbar +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The macro toolbar contains from left to right the following buttons: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math-macro-remove-param.png + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Macro +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Remove Last Argument +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math-macro-add-param.png + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Macro +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Append Argument +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math-macro-make-optional.png + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Macro +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Make First Non-Optional into +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Macro +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Optional Argument +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math-macro-make-nonoptional.png + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Macro +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Make Last Optional into +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Macro +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Non-Optional Argument +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math-macro-remove-optional-param.png + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Macro +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Remove Optional Argument +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math-macro-add-optional-param.png + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Macro +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Insert Optional Argument +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math-macro-remove-greedy-param.png + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Macro +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Remove Last Argument +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Macro +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Spitting Out To The Right +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math-macro-append-greedy-param.png + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Macro +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Append Argument +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Macro +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Eating From The Right +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/math-macro-add-greedy-optional-param.png + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Macro +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Append Optional Argument +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Macro +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Definition\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Eating From The Right +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Computer Algebra Systems +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX offers the exchange between mathematical expressions written in LyX's + math editor and external applications or user defined scripts. + Currently supported applications are +\family sans +Maple +\family default +, +\family sans +Mathematica +\family default +, +\family sans +Maxima +\family default + and +\family sans +Octave +\family default +. + Note that the set of supported mathematical constructs is limited only + to very simple cases. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Usage +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Write some expression in a formula, go to the +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Use Computer Algebra System +\family default + menu and choose the application you have installed on the computer. + After that the result of computation should show on the right side of the + expression together with the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + += +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + operator. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here are few simple examples (with results from +\family typewriter +Maxima +\family default +) to show what kind of computations can be performed: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{37}{3}*2-\sum_{i=1}^{3}i^{i}=-\frac{22}{3}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{37.0}{3}=12.33333333333333$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_inset Formula $\int_{1}^{2}\sin(x)dx=\cos1-\cos2$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_inset Formula $\det\left[\begin{array}{ccc} +1 & 6 & 7\\ +2 & 5 & 8\\ +3 & 4 & 17 +\end{array}\right]=-56$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}\left(\frac{\sin(x)}{x}\right)=1$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Keyboard shortcut +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Currently there is no keyboard shortcut for calling the algebra applications. + One can easily bind a shortcut to the +\family sans +math-extern +\family default + LyX function (see the +\family sans +\emph on +LyX Functions +\family default +\emph default + manual). + One could e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +bind the +\family sans +Return +\family default + key inside the math editor. + To bind it to +\family typewriter +Maxima +\family default + one would use this shortcut definition command: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +command-alternatives break-paragraph;math-extern maxima +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Miscellaneous +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Miscellaneous +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Negative Numbers +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Numbers ! negative +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Negative numbers often look ugly in formulas because the minus sign before + the number is set with the same length as the minus operator sign. + When writing the negative number in normal text, the minus sign appears + correctly. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Thus, the problem disappears when converting the minus sign to mathematical + text. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An example to visualize the problem: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +normal text: +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +x = -2 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +formula: +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $x=-2$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +solution: +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $x=\textrm{-}2$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Comma as decimal Separator +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Comma +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In LaTeX a comma inside a formula is used, according to the English convention, + as number group separator. + So there will be space added behind all commas in formulas. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To avoid this, the comma is highlighted and changed to mathematical text + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-mode" +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To use all formula commas in the document as decimal separator, the file + +\series bold +icomma.sty +\series default + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +icomma +\series default + is part of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +was +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! was +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +vspace{4mm} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! icomma +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is loaded with the LaTeX-preamble line +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage{icomma} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Physical Vectors +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Physical-Vectors" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Vectors ! physical +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Predefined vectors are offered by the LaTeX-package +\series bold +braket +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! braket +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + that is loaded with the LaTeX-preamble line +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage{braket} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +ifbraket +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The following table will only be displayed when the LaTeX-package +\series bold +braket +\series default + is installed. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The following commands are defined: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Bra{ +\backslash +psi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Bra{\psi}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Ket{ +\backslash +psi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Ket{\psi}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Braket{ +\backslash +psi| +\backslash +phi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\Braket{\psi|\phi}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The command +\series bold + +\backslash +Braket +\series default + assures that all vertical bars are set in the size of the surrounding brackets: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\Braket{\phi|J=\frac{3}{2}\,,\, M_{J}} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +else +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The following will be displayed when the LaTeX-package +\series bold +braket +\series default + is not installed: +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You need to install the LaTeX-package +\series bold +braket +\series default + to see the rest of this subsection in the output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The effect of +\series bold + +\backslash +Braket +\series default + can also be achieved using the command +\series bold + +\backslash +middle +\series default +, that is described in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Automatic-Bracket-Size" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Self-defined Fractions +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Self-defined-Fractions" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Fractions ! self-defined +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To define custom commands for fractions, the command +\series bold + +\backslash +genfrac +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! G ! +\backslash +genfrac +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +vspace{4mm} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is used in the following scheme: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +genfrac{left +\series default + +\series bold +bracket}{right +\series default + +\series bold +bracket}{fraction bar thickness}{style} +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +genfrac +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +{numerator}{denominator} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The style is a number in the range of 0 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +3. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Number +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Style (Size) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +0 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +display style formula +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +inline formula +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +2 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +small +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +3 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +tiny +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When no style is given, the size is adjusted to the surrounding environment + like for the command +\series bold + +\backslash +frac +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When no fraction bar thickness is given, the predefined value of 0.4 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt will be used. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +For example, the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +dfrac +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +tbinom +\series default + from +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Fractions" + +\end_inset + + are defined with the commands +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +dfrac}[2]{ +\backslash +genfrac{}{}{}{0}{#1}{#2}} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +and +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +tbinom}[2]{ +\backslash +genfrac{(}{)}{0pt}{1}{#1}{#2}} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +To define a fraction where the fraction bar thickness can be given as optional + argument, the following line is inserted to the LaTeX-preamble: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +fracS}[3][]{ +\backslash +genfrac{}{}{#1}{}{#2}{#3}} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A test: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{align*} +\text{Command} & & \mathrm{\backslash fracS[1mm]\backslash\{A\to\backslash\{B} & & \mathrm{\backslash fracS[5mm]\backslash\{A\to\backslash\{B}\\ +\text{Result} & & \fracS[1mm]{A}{B} & & \fracS[5mm]{A}{B} +\end{align*} + +\end_inset + +As one can see, the distance of the numerator and the denominator to the + fraction bar is round about three times the bar thickness. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Canceled Formulas +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! canceled +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To cancel formulas or formula parts, the LaTeX-package +\series bold +cancel +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! cancel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + has to be loaded with the LaTeX-preamble line +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage{cancel} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +ifcancel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The following table will only be displayed when the LaTeX-package +\series bold +cancel +\series default + is installed. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are four ways to cancel formulas: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Result +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The space and +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + are used here as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +cancel{ +\backslash +int +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\cancel{\int A=B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +bcancel{ +\backslash +int +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\bcancel{\int A=B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +xcancel{ +\backslash +int +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{4.5mm}{}\xcancel{\int A=B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +cancelto{1 +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +{ +\backslash +int +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A=B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\raisebox{7mm}{}\cancelto{1}{\int A=B}\raisebox{-2.5mm}{}\hspace{3mm}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +cancelto +\series default + is especially suitable to visualize the reduction of fractions within formulas: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\frac{\left(x_{0}+bB\right)^{2}}{\left(1+b^{2}\right)^{\cancelto{2}{3}}}=\frac{x_{0}^{2}+B^{2}-r_{g}^{2}}{\cancel{1+b^{2}}} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To change the size of +\series bold + +\backslash +cancelto +\series default +'s +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +subscript +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + value one can load the package +\series bold +cancel +\series default + with either the option +\series bold +samesize +\series default + which leads to the same size as for the canceled value or with the option + +\series bold +Smaller +\series default + which makes is it a bit smaller than the size one gets without using a + package option. + In this document +\series bold +cancel +\series default + was loaded with this line: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage[samesize]{cancel} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To color the cancellation bar one adds this command as TeX code: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +CancelColor}{ +\backslash +color{red}} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +red +\series default + can be replaced by a color of your choice. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +CancelColor}{ +\backslash +color{red}} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\frac{\left(x_{0}+bB\right)^{2}}{\left(1+b^{2}\right)^{\cancelto{2}{3}}}=\frac{x_{0}^{2}+B^{2}-r_{g}^{2}}{\cancel{1+b^{2}}} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +CancelColor}{ +\backslash +color{black}} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +reset the color +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For further customizations, see the documentation of the package +\series bold +cancel +\series default +, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "cancel" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +else +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The following will be displayed when the LaTeX-package +\series bold +cancel +\series default + is not installed: +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You need to install the LaTeX-package +\series bold +cancel +\series default + to see the rest of this subsection in the output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Formulas in Section Headings +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Formulas-in-Section" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! in section headings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When formulas are used in section headings, the following has to be taken + into account: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +When +\series bold +hyperref +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! hyperref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + support is enabled in the document settings dialog under +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Properties +\family default +, PDF-bookmarks are created for every section heading in the table of contents. + If a section heading contains formulas, they are incorrectly displayed + in the bookmark text, because formulas in bookmarks infringe the PDF convention +s. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Both problems can be solved by inserting at the end of the section heading + a short title with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Short +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Title +\family default +. + Short titles are used as alternative for multiline section headings to + keep the table of contents clearly arranged. + Only the short title appears in the table of contents and therefore also + in the PDF-bookmark. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When formulas should be used in the table of contents but +\series bold +hyperref +\series default + is used, one can use the following command in TeX-mode: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +texorpdfstring{part}{alternative} +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! T ! +\backslash +texorpdfstring +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Part is the part of the heading that shouldn't appear in the PDF-bookmark. + This can be characters, formulas, footnotes, but also cross-references. + The alternative is used instead of the part for the bookmark. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here are two example headings: +\begin_inset VSpace -3mm +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +boldmath +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Heading without formula in table of contents +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{-1}=\mathrm{i}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Heading without formula in table of contents +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Heading with formula in table of contents +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +texorpdfstring{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{-1}=\mathrm{i}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +}{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +unboldmath +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +In the first heading a short title was used, in the second one +\series bold + +\backslash +texorpdfstring +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To get the same formatting as for the other headings, the complete heading + was set into a +\series bold +boldmath +\series default + environment +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Bold-Formulas" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Formulas in multi-column Text +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! in multi-column text +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Formulas in multi-column text are often too wide to fit into a column and + thus need to be set over the whole page width. + This is done by using the LaTeX-package +\series bold +multicol +\series default + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +multicol +\series default + is part of every LaTeX standard installation. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! multicol +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, that is loaded with the LaTeX-preamble line +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage{multicol} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Note that in this case the setting +\family sans +Two-column +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +document +\family default + in the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + under +\family sans +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Layout +\family default +\emph on + +\emph default +must +\emph on +not +\emph default + be selected. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Before the multi-column text the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{column number} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +is written in TeX-mode. + The column number is a number in the range of 2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +10. + Before the formula the multi-column text is ended by inserting the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +in TeX-mode. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Due to the command some space is automatically added before the formula. + To revert this, -6 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mm vertical space is inserted before the formula. + When the formula style +\series bold +Indented +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +formula styles see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Formula-Styles" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default + is used, -9 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mm space is inserted instead. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As example a multi-column text with a displayed formula: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang german +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Das Spektrum wird fouriertransformiert. + Die Fouriertransformation wird verwendet, um die überlagerten Signale (Netzwerk +, Lösungsmittel) zu trennen. + Nachdem wir die Phasenverschiebung bestimmen konnten, interessiert uns + nun das Aussehen des Ausgangssignals. + Im Experiment haben wir es mit sehr vielen Teilchen zu tun, so dass man + über alle Phasen integrieren muss. + Sei nun +\begin_inset Formula $S$ +\end_inset + + unser normiertes Ausgangssignal und +\begin_inset Formula $P$ +\end_inset + + die Phasenverteilungsfunktion, so ergibt sich die Beziehung +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset VSpace -6mm +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +S(t)=S_{0}(t)\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}P(\phi,t)\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}\phi}\,\mathrm{d}\phi +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +wobei +\begin_inset Formula $S_{0}$ +\end_inset + + das Signal ohne Gradient ist und die Normierungsbedingung +\begin_inset Formula $\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}P(\phi,t)\,\mathrm{d}\phi=1$ +\end_inset + + gilt. + Nun dürfen wir aber nicht den Relaxationsprozess außer Acht lassen. + Direkt nach dem +\begin_inset Formula $\nicefrac{\pi}{2}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +-rf-Puls beginnt sich die Magnetisierung zu entfokussieren, wodurch sich + das Signal zusätzlich abschwächt. + Diese Abschwächung verläuft exponentiell in Abhängigkeit der so genannten + +\begin_inset Formula $T_{2}$ +\end_inset + +-Zeit. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang german +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Formulas with Description of Variables +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula ! with description of variables +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To describe variables within a formula, like in formula +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:within" + +\end_inset + +, a 2 +\series bold +× +\series default + +\begin_inset Formula $n$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +matrix is used with left aligned columns for the +\begin_inset Formula $n$ +\end_inset + + used variables. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +matrices see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Matrices" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + To set the description in a smaller size, before the matrix e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +the command +\series bold + +\backslash +footnotesize +\series default + is inserted. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +font sizes see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Font-Sizes" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When the formula style +\series bold +Indented +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +formula styles see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Formula-Styles" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default + is used, a +\series bold + +\backslash +hfill +\series default + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +hfill +\series default + only works in formulas with the style +\series bold +Indented +\series default +, see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Variable-Space" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is inserted before and after the matrix to have the same separation of + the matrix from the equation and the side margin. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When the formula style +\series bold +Centered +\series default + is used, the method described in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Flalign-Environment" + +\end_inset + + is used to indent formulas. + Formula +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:within" + +\end_inset + + consists of five columns where in the first two columns contain the equation, + the third the matrix and the last one an empty TeX-brace. +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{flalign} +\hspace{30pt}F_{A} & =\rho·V·g & \footnotesize\begin{array}{ll} +\rho & \textrm{density}\\ +V & \textrm{volume}\\ +g & \textrm{gravitational acceleration} +\end{array} & & {}\label{eq:within} +\end{flalign} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Upright small Greek Letters +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Upright-small-Greek" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Greek letters ! upright +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Most of the math fonts only provide italic small Greek letters. + But for symbols of elementary particles like pions and neutrinos, upright + Greek letters are needed. + The file +\series bold +upgreek.sty +\series default + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +upgreek +\series default + is part of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +was +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! was +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +vspace{4mm} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! upgreek +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + that is loaded with the LaTeX-preamble line +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage{upgreek} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +provides them. + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +ifupgreek +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The following table will only be displayed when the LaTeX-package +\series bold +upgreek +\series default + is installed: +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + They are created when the command for a small Greek letter is started with + +\series bold +up +\series default +. + For example the command +\series bold + +\backslash +uptau +\series default + creates this: +\begin_inset Formula $\uptau$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With these commands reactions of elementary particles can be typeset: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\uppi^{+}\to\upmu^{+}+\upnu_{\upmu} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The upright letters are more bold and wider than the italic ones. + They should therefore not be used for units like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +µm +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +else +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The following will be displayed when the LaTeX-package +\series bold +upgreek +\series default + is not installed: +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You need to install the LaTeX-package +\series bold +upgreek +\series default + to see the rest of this subsection in the output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Text Characters in Formulas +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Text-Characters-in" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Text ! in formulas +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In some cases you might want to insert text characters directly into formulas. + When for example the centered dot · is often used in formulas like +\begin_inset Formula $\nu=5·10^{5}\,\mathrm{Hz}$ +\end_inset + +, one would have to insert the command +\series bold + +\backslash +cdot +\series default + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Binary-Operators" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + all the time, because this character is defined in all encodings as text + character. + But the encoding can be changed by this LaTeX-preamble line: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +Declare Inputtext{183}{ +\backslash +ifmmode +\backslash +cdot +\backslash +else +\backslash +textperiodcentered +\backslash +f\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +i} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The character encoding (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Language +\family default +) specifies what character appears when a keyboard key is pressed. + When the key for the character '·' is pressed, internally the command +\series bold + +\backslash +textperiodcentered +\series default + is used. + But this command is not available in a formula so that you would get LaTeX-erro +rs. + With the changed encoding the right command is chosen automatically, depending + on if the character was inserted into a formula or not. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The encoding of several characters is saved in definition files. + For example the encoding +\series bold +latin9 +\series default + is defined in the file +\series bold +latin9.def +\series default + which is in the installation folder of LaTeX. + Encodings should only be changed via the LaTeX-preamble and not in the + definition files. + Otherwise documents could not be edited by other LyX users working on other + computers. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +Besides the centered dot, in this document the degree sign ° is defined + with the following LaTeX-preamble line so that it can be directly inserted + into a formula: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +DeclareInputtext{176}{ +\backslash +ifmmode^ +\backslash +circ +\backslash +else +\backslash +textdegree +\backslash +f\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +i} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +\start_of_appendix +Typographic Advice +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typographic advice +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This section is a summary of the most important typographic rules, listed + in ISO norms. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This collection was partly taken from the German semi-official dictionary + called +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Duden +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Duden" + +\end_inset + + that lists some of the ISO rules. + More rules are listed in +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Checklist" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Physical units are +\emph on +always +\emph default + set upright +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +done with font styles, see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Font-Styles" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, no matter if they appear in italic text: 30 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +km/h +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Between the value and the unit is the smallest space, see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Predefined-Space" + +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +This convention is automatically fulfilled when the command +\series bold + +\backslash +unittwo +\series default + is used. + When it is entered to a formula, two boxes appear. + In the first one the value is inserted, in the second one the unit, and + one gets as above: +\begin_inset Formula $\unit[30]{km/h}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +. + Note that +\series bold + +\backslash +unittwo +\series default + is not a real LaTeX command but the command +\series bold + +\backslash +unit[value]{unit} +\series default +, therefore you cannot use it in TeX code. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Percent and perthousand signs are set like physical units: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +1.2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +‰ alcohol in blood +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +The degree sign follows directly on the value: 15°, but not when it is used + in units: 15 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +°C +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +In numbers with more than four digits the smallest space is inserted before + every third digit to group them: +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +18 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +473 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +588 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +For dimensions like 120×90×40 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm the multiplication sign +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +× +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is used. + It is available either via the command +\series bold + +\backslash +times +\series default + or via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Symbols +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Functions with names consisting of several letters are set upright to avoid + confusions, see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Predefined-Functions" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Indices consisting of several letters, are set upright: +\begin_inset Formula $E_{\mathrm{kin}}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Components of matrices are set italic: +\begin_inset Formula $\hat{H}_{kl}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +The differentiation/integration operator 'd', the Euler's number 'e' and + the imaginary unit 'i' should be set upright, to avoid mixing them up with + other variables. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +The character that denotes a +\noun on +Fourier +\noun default + transformation is inserted either by the command +\series bold + +\backslash +mathscr +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +F +\series default + or via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Symbols\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Letterlike +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Symbols +\family default +: +\begin_inset Formula $\mathscr{F}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Synonyms +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Synonyms +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Some characters and symbols can be created with several commands. + Here is a list of the synonym commands: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +equivalent to +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +raisebox +\series default + is only used as spacer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ast +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +raisebox{-1.2mm}{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +* +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +choose +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +binom +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +geq +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ge +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +lbrace +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +lbracket +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +[ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +leftarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +gets +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +leq +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +le +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +lor +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +vee +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +neq +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +not= +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +slash +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +/ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +vert +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +| +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +equivalent to +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +backslash +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +dasharrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +dashrightarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +land +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +wedge +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +rbrace +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +rbracket +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +] +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +rightarrow +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +to +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +lnot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +neg +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ne +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +not= +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +owns +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +ni +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +square +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Box +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +Vert +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\backslash +| +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "TLC2" + +\end_inset + + +\shape smallcaps +Mittelbach, F. + ; Goossens, M. +\shape default +: +\shape italic +The LaTeX Companion +\shape default +. + Addison Wesley, 2004 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Mathmode" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Description" +target "ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/math/voss/mathmode/Mathmode.pdf" + +\end_inset + + of LaTeX's math abilities +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "AMS" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Description" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/amslatex/math/amsldoc.pdf" + +\end_inset + + of +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +AmS +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +-LaTeX +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Symbols" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "List" +target "ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf" + +\end_inset + + of all symbols available with LaTeX-packages +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "cancel" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Documentation" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/cancel/cancel.pdf" + +\end_inset + + of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +cancel +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! cancel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "hyperref" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Documentation" +target "http://www.tug.org/applications/hyperref/ftp/doc/manual.pdf" + +\end_inset + + of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +hyperref +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! hyperref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "mhchem" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Documentation" +target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mhchem/mhchem.pdf" + +\end_inset + + of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +mhchem +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Packages ! mhchem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Mathclap" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Description" +target "http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb22-4/tb72perlS.pdf" + +\end_inset + + of the command +\series bold + +\backslash +mathclap +\series default +, described in +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Operator-Limits" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Commands ! M ! +\backslash +mathclap +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Duden" + +\end_inset + + +\emph on +Duden Band 1 +\emph default +. + 22. + Auflage, Duden 2001 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Checklist" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Check list" +target "http://physics.nist.gov/Document/checklist.pdf" + +\end_inset + + for reviewing manuscripts +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset CommandInset index_print +LatexCommand printindex +type "idx" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx index f3252509ef..c3d7ac9ed2 100644 --- a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx @@ -1,46350 +1,46350 @@ -#LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 474 -\begin_document -\begin_header -\textclass scrbook -\begin_preamble -% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!! -% -% This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints -% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble, -% parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you -% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact -% the documentation team -% email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org - -\usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle -\ifpdf % if pdflatex is used - - % set fonts for nicer pdf view - \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{} - -\fi % end if pdflatex is used - -% for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float -\usepackage[figure]{hypcap} - -% the pages of the TOC is numbered roman -% and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added -\let\myTOC\tableofcontents -\renewcommand\tableofcontents{% - \frontmatter - \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{} - \myTOC - \mainmatter } - -% define a short command for \textvisiblespace -\newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace} - -% macro for italic page numbers in the index -\newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}} - -% for customized page headers/footers -% only needed because they are only used in one section of the document -\usepackage{fancyhdr} -% change header rule width -\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt} - -% workaround for a makeindex bug, -% see sec. "Index Entry Order" -% only uncomment this when you are using makindex -%\let\OrgIndex\index -%\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}} -\end_preamble -\options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading -\use_default_options false -\begin_modules -customHeadersFooters -enumitem -\end_modules -\maintain_unincluded_children false -\language english -\language_package default -\inputencoding auto -\fontencoding global -\font_roman default -\font_sans default -\font_typewriter default -\font_math auto -\font_default_family default -\use_non_tex_fonts false -\font_sc false -\font_osf false -\font_sf_scale 100 -\font_tt_scale 100 -\graphics default -\default_output_format default -\output_sync 0 -\bibtex_command bibtex -\index_command default -\paperfontsize 12 -\spacing single -\use_hyperref true -\pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide" -\pdf_author "LyX Team" -\pdf_subject "LyX" -\pdf_keywords "LyX" -\pdf_bookmarks true -\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true -\pdf_bookmarksopen false -\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1 -\pdf_breaklinks false -\pdf_pdfborder false -\pdf_colorlinks true -\pdf_backref false -\pdf_pdfusetitle false -\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false" -\papersize default -\use_geometry false -\use_package amsmath 1 -\use_package amssymb 1 -\use_package cancel 0 -\use_package esint 1 -\use_package mathdots 1 -\use_package mathtools 0 -\use_package mhchem 1 -\use_package stackrel 0 -\use_package stmaryrd 0 -\use_package undertilde 0 -\cite_engine basic -\cite_engine_type default -\biblio_style plain -\use_bibtopic false -\use_indices false -\paperorientation portrait -\suppress_date false -\justification true -\use_refstyle 0 -\notefontcolor #0000ff -\branch Question -\selected 1 -\filename_suffix 0 -\color #00ff00 -\end_branch -\branch Answer -\selected 0 -\filename_suffix 0 -\color #aa55ff -\end_branch -\index Index -\shortcut idx -\color #008000 -\end_index -\secnumdepth 3 -\tocdepth 2 -\paragraph_separation indent -\paragraph_indentation default -\quotes_language english -\papercolumns 1 -\papersides 2 -\paperpagestyle default -\tracking_changes false -\output_changes false -\html_math_output 0 -\html_css_as_file 0 -\html_be_strict true -\end_header - -\begin_body - -\begin_layout Title -The LyX User's Guide -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Author -by the LyX Team -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\noindent -If you have comments on or error corrections to this documentation, please - send them to the LyX Documentation mailing list: -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org" -type "mailto:" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Version 2.0.x -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset CommandInset toc -LatexCommand tableofcontents - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -Getting Started -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -What is LyX? -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX is a document preparation system. - It is a tool for producing beautiful manu\SpecialChar \- -scripts, publishable books, business - letters and proposals, and even poetry. - It is unlike most other -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -word processors -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core - editing style. - That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Section -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, not as -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Bold, 17 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt type, left justified, 5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mm space below -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - LyX takes care of the typesetting for you; so you deal only with concepts, - not with mechanics. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the -\emph on -Introduction -\emph default -manual. - If you haven't read it yet, you need to. - Yes, we mean now. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\emph on -Introduction -\emph default - manual describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most important -ly, the format of all of the manuals. - If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual. - You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead - of this one. - The -\emph on -Introduction -\emph default - manual describes that, too. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -How LyX Looks -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of - its window. - Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons. - There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing - documents. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar. - This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional. - When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the - next line. - Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for - only a vertical scrollbar. - There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar. - The first case is large images. - To avoid them being displayed larger than your screen, left click on the - image and use the option -\family sans -Scale on Screen -\family default - in the tab -\family sans -LaTeX and LyX options -\family default -. - The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than - the LyX window. - You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but - this doesn't work for equations yet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look - at Appendix -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:The-User-Interface" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -HELP -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The help system consists of the LyX manuals. - You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX. - Just select the manual you want to read from the -\family sans -Help -\family default - menu. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Basic LyX Setup -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences -\family default -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Preferences -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document - classes and LaTeX packages are available. - It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences - settings. - Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed - on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX. - To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Reconfigure -\family default -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Reconfiguration of LyX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -LaTeX Setup -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:LaTeX-Setup" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will - not be able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it - installed. - However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the “backend” that can produce - PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain - text or as XHTML. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes - or packages. - Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required - files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file - you can view from the menu -\family sans -Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Configuration -\family default -. - If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then - reconfigure LyX (menu -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Reconfigure -\family default -). -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -LaTeX -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - from being printed with sub- and superscript letters. - More about TeX Code is described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:TeX-Code" - -\end_inset - -, the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Reconfiguration of LyX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - See section 5.1 of the -\emph on -Customization -\emph default - manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -How to work with LyX -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Basic File Operations -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -File Operations -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Under the -\family sans -File -\family default - menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor - in addition to some more advanced operations: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -New -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "buffer-new" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -New -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -from -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Template -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Open -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "file-open" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Close -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Save -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "buffer-write" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Save -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -As -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Revert -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -to -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -saved -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Version -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Control -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Import -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Export -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Print -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show print" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Exit -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with - a few minor differences. - The -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -New -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -from -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Template -\family default - command lists the available templates. - Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for - the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually. - They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters - (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Document-Classes" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - There is no -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -default file -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - or document named -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Untitled -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - or -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -scratch. -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank - space is just that — a big, blank space. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Revert -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -to -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -saved -\family default - and -\family sans -Version -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Control -\family default - are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature - in LyX also. - Read Additional Features\SpecialChar \@. - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Revert -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -to -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -saved -\family default - will reload the document from disk. - You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document - and want to restore it to the last save. - With -\family sans - Version -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Control -\family default -you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify - them as your changes. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Basic Editing Features -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Editing -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations - on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can - delete whole words as well as individual characters. - The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to - access them. - We will start with cut and paste. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As you might expect, the -\family sans -Edit -\family default - menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with - various other editing features. - Some of these are special and covered in later sections. - The basic ones are: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Cut -\family default - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "cut" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Copy -\family default - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "copy" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Paste -\family default - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "paste" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Paste -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Recent -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Paste -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Special -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Find -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Replace -\family default - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show findreplace" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The first three are self-explanatory. - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paste -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste. - The submenu of -\family sans -Paste -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Recent -\family default - shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Paste -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Plain -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Text, -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -Join -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Lines -\family default - will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted - as one paragraph. - A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file. - Without -\family sans -Join -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Lines -\family default -, the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text - will start a new paragraph. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Replace -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Find -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -The -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Find -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Replace -\family default - item opens the -\family sans -Find -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -and -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Replace -\family default - dialog. - Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it. - Hitting the -\family sans -Replace -\family default - button replaces the selected text with the contents of the -\family sans -Replace -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -with -\family default - field. - You can click the -\family sans -Find -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Next -\family default - button to skip the current word. - Hit -\family sans -Replace -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -All -\family default - to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically. - The -\family sans -Case -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -sensitive -\family default - option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search - word. - If the toggle is set, searching for -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -Test -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - will not match the word -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -test -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - The -\family sans -Match whole words only -\family default - option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g., searching for -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -star -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - will not match -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -starlet -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - LyX offers also an advanced -\family sans -Find -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Replace -\family default - feature that is described in sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Things like notes, floats, etc. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(the so called -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -insets -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -) can be dissolved. - This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal - text. - Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an - inset and pressing -\family sans -Backspace -\family default - or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing -\family sans -Delete -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "inset-select-all" -\end_inset - -, the shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select" -\end_inset - - selects the whole document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Undo and Redo -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Redo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Undo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Undo-and-Redo" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it. - LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer. - Select -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Undo -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "undo" -\end_inset - - to undo some mistake. - If you accidentally undo too much, use -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Redo -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "redo" -\end_inset - - to -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -undo the undo. -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -steps to minimize memory overhead. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive at the document as it - was last saved, the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -changed -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - status of the document is unfortunately not reset. - This is a consequence of the 100 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -step undo limit mentioned above. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Undo -\family default - and -\family sans -Redo -\family default - work on almost everything in LyX. - But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks - of text. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Mouse Operations -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Mouse Operations -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -These are the most basic mouse operations. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Motion -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Click the -\emph on -left mouse button -\emph default - once anywhere in the edit window. - The cursor moves to the text under the mouse. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Selecting Text -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Hold down the -\emph on -left mouse button -\emph default - and drag the mouse. - LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions. - Use -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Copy -\family default - to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Paste -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.) -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Right-click on them to set their properties. - Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Section -Navigating -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Navigating" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Navigating -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -The -\family sans -Navigate -\family default - menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can - click to jump to the corresponding document part. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -The “Outline”, which is accessed either by the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Outline -\family default - or by the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-toggle toc" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -You can set bookmarks in your document under -\family sans -Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Bookmarks -\family default - and use the same menu to return to them. - Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "bookmark-goto 0" -\end_inset - - (also -\family sans -Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Navigate -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Back -\family default -) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. - This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled - to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to - your last editing position. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -By pressing the -\family sans -F5 -\family default - key the cursor will be vertically centered in LyX's main window. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -The Outliner -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:The-Outliner" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between - several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists - of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen -ces (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Cross-References" - -\end_inset - -), or notes, or citations (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Bibliography" - -\end_inset - -). - Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your - document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context - menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements. - For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation - dialog and to modify the citation. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The “Filter” field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear - in the Outline. - For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and - wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -sub: -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow - you further to control the display. - The -\family sans -Sort -\family default - option sorts the current list alphabetically. - Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the - document. - The -\family sans -Keep -\family default - option keeps it in the current view state. - Keeping means that when you have, for example, the subsections of sections -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -2 and 4 displayed and click on section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -3, the subsections of sections -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -2 and 4 will still be displayed. - Without the -\family sans -Keep -\family default - option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -3. - Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -depth -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/reload.png - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary). - Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections - in your document. - The -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/down.png - scale 85 - groupId toolbarbuttons - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/up.png - scale 85 - groupId toolbarbuttons - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - buttons move sections up and down in the document. - So, for example, you can move section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -2.5 before section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -2.4 or after section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -2.6. - LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order. - With the buttons -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/promote.png - scale 85 - groupId toolbarbuttons - -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/demote.png - scale 85 - groupId toolbarbuttons - -\end_inset - - (or the corresponding key bindings -\family sans -Tab -\family default - and -\family sans -Shift-Tab -\family default -) you can change the level of sections. - So you can for example make section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -2.5 chapter -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -3 or subsection -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -2.4.1. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Input/Word Completion -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Input-Completion" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Input completion -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Word completion|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Input completion -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently - opened. - Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that - is used to propose completions. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences -\family default -) in the section -\family sans -Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Input Completion -\family default -. - With the option -\family sans -Automatic -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -inline -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -completion -\family default - the proposed completion is shown directly after the cursor. - With the option -\family sans -Automatic -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -popup -\family default - the completions are always shown in a popup. - The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option - -\family sans -Cursor -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -indicator -\family default -. - With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and - popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX displays a small triangle after the cursor as an indicator that there - are completions available. - Press the -\family sans -Tab -\family default - key to accept a proposed completion. - If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them. - You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys, - and accept the chosen completion by pressing -\family sans -Return -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond -ing options for text. - The special math option -\family sans -Autocorrection -\family default - enables characters to be composed. - If, for example, you want to insert the character -\begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$ -\end_inset - -, you can then input the characters -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\series bold -=> -\series default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to a formula to get it. - So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use - of the math toolbar. - A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file -\family typewriter -autocorrect -\family default - that is in LyX's installation folder. - Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation - mark key “!”. - Pressing -\family sans -Space -\family default - turns it off. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Basic Key Bindings -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Key Bindings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bindings|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Key Bindings -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Shortcuts|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Key Bindings -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are at least two different primary binding maps: -\family typewriter -cua -\family default - and -\family typewriter -emacs -\family default -. - LyX's default is -\family typewriter -cua -\family default -, which can be changed in the LyX preferences under -\family sans -Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Shortcuts -\family default -. - (You can list or change any key bindings as explained in sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts" - -\end_inset - -.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Some keys, like -\family sans -Page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Up -\family default -, -\family sans -Page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Down -\family default -, -\family sans -Left -\family default -, -\family sans -Right -\family default -, -\family sans -Up -\family default - and -\family sans -Down -\family default -, do exactly what you expect them to do. - Other keys don't: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Tab -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -symbol "Tab" -description "Tabulator key" - -\end_inset - - -\family default - There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX. - If you do not understand this, go read sections -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Par-indent-intro" - -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" - -\end_inset - -, especially section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Lists" - -\end_inset - -, right now. - Yes, right now. - If you are still confused, look in the -\emph on -Tutorial -\emph default -. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -In LyX the -\family sans -Tab -\family default - key is only used to accept proposed input completions, to move the cursor - in tables or math matrices or to change the nesting level in Itemize or - Enumerate. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Esc -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -symbol "Esc" -description "Escape key" - -\end_inset - - -\family default - This is the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -cancel key. -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - It is used, generically, to cancel operations. - Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Home -\family default - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -and -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\family sans -End -\family default - These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line, - unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning - or end of the file. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are three modifier keys: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Control -\family default - (Denoted by -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Ctrl -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -symbol "Ctrl" -description "Control key" - -\end_inset - - in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending - on which keys it is used in combination with: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Backspace -\family default - or -\family sans -Delete -\family default -, it deletes an entire word instead of a single character. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Left -\family default - and -\family sans -Right -\family default -, it moves by words instead of characters. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Home -\family default - and -\family sans -End -\family default -, it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Shift -\family default - (Denoted by -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Shift -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -symbol "Shift" -description "Shift key" - -\end_inset - - in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select - the text between the old and new cursor positions. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Alt -\family default - (Denoted by -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Alt -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -symbol "Alt" -description "Alt or Meta key" - -\end_inset - - in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless - your keyboard has a distinct Meta key. - If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs - the -\family sans -Alt+ -\family default - function. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -This key does many different things, but it also activates the -\emph on -menu accelerator keys -\emph default -. - If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a - menu or menu item, it selects that menu item. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -For example, the sequence -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Alt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -e -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -s -\family default - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\family sans -c -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - brings up the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Text Style -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - dialog. - Typing -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Alt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -f -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - opens the -\family sans -File -\family default - menu. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\emph on -Shortcuts -\emph default - manual lists all other things bound to the -\family sans -Alt -\family default - key. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use - LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar - at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action - you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action. - The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings. - The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used - in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding - it. - However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Alt+P Shift+A -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - means -\family sans -Alt+P -\family default - followed by a capital -\family sans -A -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -LyX Basics -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LyX ! Basics -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Document Types -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Types -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Introduction -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you - need to decide what type of document you want to edit. - Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings, - numbering schemes, and so on. - Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments, - and format the title of your document differently. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A -\emph on -document class -\emph default - describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents. - By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties, - making it easier to create the type of document you want. - If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default. - So it is up to you to change the class of your document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Document Classes -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Classes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Document-Classes" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can select a class using the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Document Class -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - dialog. - Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options - you may need. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Overview -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are four standard document classes in LyX. - They are: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Article for basic articles -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Report for basic reports -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Book for writing a book -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Letter for US-style letters -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have - installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions - will include many of these. - Here are some of the classes. - The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter -\emph on -Special Document Classes -\emph default - in the -\emph on -Additional Features -\emph default - manual: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry - Society -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical - Union -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American - Mathematical Society (AMS). - There are three article layouts available. - The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that - prepends the section number to the number of the result. - All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced - together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence. - The -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -sequential numbering -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers - them throughout the article in a single sequence. - Each type of result gets its own sequence. - There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Beamer Layout for presentations -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Broadway Layout for writing plays. - It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed - with LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Chess Layout to write about chess games -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Curriculum -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -vitae classes to create curriculum vitae -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Foils Used to make transparencies -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry. - It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed - with LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical - and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features - like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc. - (Is used by this document.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Memoir another replacement for the standard classes -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Powerdot Layout for presentations -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -REVTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical - Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society - of America (OSA). - This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Slides Used to make transparencies -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -SPIE -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society - for Optical Engineering (SPIE) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes - here. - You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the - -\emph on -Additional Features -\emph default - manual. - Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all - of the document classes. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Availability -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Document Class -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default -are marked as -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Unavailable -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning - saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are - not installed. - So it may seem that something is wrong. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Nothing is wrong. - LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use, - and some of them, like -\family sans -IOP -\family default -, are highly specialized. - LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, - and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing - number. - No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed - by some document class. - There are just too many of them. - That is why some of the document classes are unavailable. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -Unavailable -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, you just need to install the appropriate package files. - The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that - document class for a new file. - LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files. - See section -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Installing new LaTeX files -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in of the -\emph on -Customization -\emph default - manual for information on how to install them. -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it - does not include support for every document class people might want to - use. - For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for - dissertations submitted to those universities. - The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these. - There are too many. - Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have - done so. - Chapter -\emph on -Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Customization -\emph default - manual contains information on how to create layout files. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Modules -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Modules" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Modules -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the - chosen document class. - For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document. - This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond -ing module in the -\family sans -Modules -\family default - section of the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - dialog. - Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what - it does. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not - always installed by default. - LyX will warn you if you do not have a required package or converter, and - it will tell you what exactly you are missing. - You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not - be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be - able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites. - If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to - install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting - -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Reconfigure -\family default -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Reconfiguration of LyX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - See section -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Installing new LaTeX files -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - of the -\emph on -Customization -\emph default - manual for more information on installing required packages. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible. - LyX will advise you about these things. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Local Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Local-Layout" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Local Layout -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be - used in a variety of different documents. - If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different - documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose. - Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you - need a specific inset or character style only that one time. - You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble. - What you want is LyX's -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Local Layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - See section -\emph on -Local Layout -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Customization -\emph default - manual for information on how to use it. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Properties -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Each class has a default set of options. - Here's a quick table describing them: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Page style -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Sides -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Columns -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Max. - sectioning level -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -article -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Plain -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -One -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -One -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Section -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -report -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Plain -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -One -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -One -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Chapter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -book -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Headings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Two -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -One -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Chapter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -letter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Plain -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -One -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -One -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -none -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You're probably also wondering what -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Max. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -sectioning level -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - means. - There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings. - Different document classes allow different types of section headings. - Only two use the -\family sans -Chapter -\family default - heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the -\family sans -Section -\family default - heading. - Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section - headings. - In addition to -\family sans -Chapter -\family default - and -\family sans -Section -\family default - headings, there are also -\family sans -Subsection -\family default - headings, -\family sans -Subsubsection -\family default - headings, and so on. - We will describe these headings fully in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Headings" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Document Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Document-Layout" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Layout -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family sans - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default -. - There in the -\family sans -Class -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -options -\family default - field under -\family sans -Documents -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Class -\family default -, you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated - list. - This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want - to use for your document. - To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have - to read its manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The drop box -\family sans -Headings -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -style -\family default - in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - dialog under -\family sans -Page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Layout -\family default - controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page. - You can choose between the following five options: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Default -\family default - Use default page style of current class. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -empty -\family default - No page numbers or headings. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -plain -\family default - Page numbers only. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -headings -\family default - Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number. - Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on - the maximum sectioning level of the class. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -fancy -\family default - This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you - have the LaTeX-package -\series bold -fancyhdr -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - installed. - How they are defined is explained in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The separation of paragraphs is described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Paper Size and Orientation -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Paper size -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can find the following options in the menu -\family sans -Page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Layout -\family default - of the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - dialog: -\family sans - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Paper -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Format -\family default - What size paper to print on. - The choices are -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Default -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -A0 - A6 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -B0 - B6 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -C0 - C6 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -US letter, US legal, US executive -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -JIS B0 - JIS B6 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Custom -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Orientation -\family default - To choose whether to output as -\family sans -Landscape -\family default - or as -\family sans -Portrait -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Two-sided -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -document -\family default - Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper. - That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Margins -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Margins" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Margins -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Margins -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Paper margins are set in the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings - because KOMA-Script calculates the print space automatically by taking - the paper format and the font size into account. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Important Note -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you change a document class, LyX has to convert -\emph on -everything -\emph default - into the new class. - That includes the paragraph environments. - Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document - classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments. - If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the - paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -unknown -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to - the old class. - But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you - will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph -s manually to a style present in your new document class. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Paragraph Indentation and Separation -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph ! Indentation -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Introduction -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Par-indent-intro" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to - say a word or two about paragraph indentation. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs. - Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph. - Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs. - If you choose indentation for paragraphs the -\emph on -first -\emph default - paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list, - etc., is -\emph on -not -\emph default - indented. - Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented. - Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document - language than English. - LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the language - used. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings - and text — in fact, all the spacing for just about everything —is pre-coded - into LyX. - As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what. - LyX takes care of that. - In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a - range. - That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure - figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom - of a page, and so on. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them. - LyX gives you the ability globally to change -\emph on -all -\emph default - these pre-coded spacings. - We will explain more later. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Paragraph Separation -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Paragraph-Separation" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph ! Separation -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Select -\family sans -Indentation -\family default - or -\family sans -Vertical -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -space -\family default - in the submenu -\family sans -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Layout -\family default - of the dialog -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - to indent paragraphs or to add extra space between paragraphs, respectively. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Fine-Tuning -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph. - Open the -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Paragraph -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Settings -\family default - dialog and toggle the -\family sans -Indent -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Paragraph -\family default - option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle" -\end_inset - -). - If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this - button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling - this). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph - if you need to do some fine-tuning. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Line Spacing -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph ! Line spacing -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\noun on - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default -\noun default - dialog you can set the line spacing for the whole document in the submenu - -\family sans -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Layout -\family default -. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -You need to have the LaTeX-package -\series bold -setspace -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! setspace -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - installed to use this feature. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - You can set it for a single paragraph in the -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Paragraph -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Settings -\family default - dialog but this should be used very exceptionally because vertical spacing - is normally defined in the environment's style. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Paragraph Environments -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Paragraph-Environments" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph ! Environments -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph environments|( -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Overview -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Paragraph environments correspond to the -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -begin{ -\emph on -environment -\emph default -} ... - -\backslash -end{ -\emph on -environment -\emph default -} -\series default - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -command sequence in LaTeX files. - If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally - alien to you, we urge you to read the -\emph on -Tutorial -\emph default -. - The -\emph on -Tutorial -\emph default - also contains many more examples than this section does. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A paragraph environment is simply a -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -container -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties. - This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering - scheme, labels, and so on. - Additionally, you can -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -nest -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment - to inherit some of the properties of another. - The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy - tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hangovers from the days - of typewriters. - There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular - document type. - We will only be covering the most common ones here. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png - scale 70 - clip - -\end_inset - - at the left end of the toolbar. - LyX will change the environment of the -\emph on -entire -\emph default - paragraph in which the cursor sits. - You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if - you select them before choosing the new environment. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Note that entering -\family sans -Return -\family default - will -\emph on -typically -\emph default - create a new paragraph using the -\family sans -Standard -\family default - paragraph environment. - We say -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -typically -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - because if you are in one of these environments: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Quote -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Quotation -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Verse -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Itemize -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Enumerate -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Description -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -List -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you enter -\family sans -Return -\family default -, rather than resetting it to -\family sans -Standard -\family default -. - Also the nesting depth is preserved (for more on nesting see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Nesting" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Standard -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The default paragraph environment is -\family sans -Standard -\family default - for most classes. - It creates a plain paragraph. - If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses. - In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in - this manual) are in the -\family sans -Standard -\family default - environment. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can nest a paragraph using the -\family sans -Standard -\family default - environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything - in a -\family sans -Standard -\family default - environment. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Document Title -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Title -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the - author(s) and a -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -footnote -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - for thanks or contact information. - For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate - page along with today's date. - For other types of documents, the title -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -page -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - goes at the top of the first page of the document. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph - environments -\family sans -Title -\family default -, -\family sans -Author -\family default -, and -\family sans -Date -\family default -. - Here's how you use them: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Put the title of your document in the -\family sans -Title -\family default - environment. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Put the author name in the -\family sans -Author -\family default - environment. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date, - or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in - the -\family sans -Date -\family default - environment. - Note that using this environment is optional. - If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date. - If you don't want a date, use the option -\family sans -Suppress default date on front page -\family default - in the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Document -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -class -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can use footnotes to insert -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -thanks -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - or contact information. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Headings -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Section headings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Headings" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings. - LyX takes care of the numbering for you. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Numbered Headings -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Section headings ! Numbered -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are 7 numbered types of section headings. - They are: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Part -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Chapter -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Section -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Subsection -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Subsubsection -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Paragraph -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Subparagraph -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods. - The numbers describe where in the document you are. - Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text. - For example, suppose you're writing a book. - You group the book into chapters. - LyX does a similar grouping: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Part -\family default - is divided into either -\family sans -Chapter -\family default -s or -\family sans -Section -\family default -s -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Chapter -\family default -s are divided into -\family sans -Section -\family default -s -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Section -\family default -s are divided into -\family sans -Subsection -\family default -s -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Subsection -\family default -s are divided into -\family sans -Subsubsection -\family default -s -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Subsubsection -\family default -s are divided into -\family sans -Paragraph -\family default -s -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Paragraph -\family default -s are divided into -\family sans -Subparagraph -\family default -s -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Not all document types use the -\family sans -Chapter -\family default - heading as the maximum sectioning level. - In that case the -\family sans -Section -\family default - is the top-level heading. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -So, if you use the -\family sans -Subsubsection -\family default - environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number, - along with the number of the subsection, section and, if applicable, chapter - that it's in. - For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the - label -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -2.5 -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Unnumbered Headings -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Section headings ! Unnumbered -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The unnumbered section headings have a -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -* -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - at the end of their name. - They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in - the table of contents, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:toc" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Changing the Numbering -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Numbering-depth" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear - in the Table of Contents. - Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document - class. - Just as certain classes start with -\family sans -Chapter -\family default - and go down to the -\family sans -Subparagraph -\family default - level. - Others start at -\family sans -Section -\family default -. - Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels. - Most don't number -\family sans -Paragraph -\family default - or -\family sans -Subparagraph -\family default -. - This is something you can change. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Open the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - dialog. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Under -\family sans -Numbering -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -TOC -\family default - you will see two counters. - The one named -\family sans -Numbering -\family default - controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section - heading. - The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table - of contents. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Short Titles of Headings -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Section headings ! Short titles -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Short Titles -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Short-Titles" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long. - This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space. - For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section - title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings. - This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents, - avoiding the problem mentioned. - To specify a short title, use the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Short -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Title -\family default -. - This will insert a box labeled -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -opt -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (stands for -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -optional -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -) which you can use to enter the short title text. - This also works for captions inside floats. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The title of this section is a good example of using this feature. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Special Information -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The following information applies to all section headings: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -You cannot do any nesting with these environments. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -You can only use inline math in these environments. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Quotes and Poetry line spacing -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations. - They are -\family sans -Quote -\family default -, -\family sans -Quotation -\family default -, and -\family sans -Verse -\family default -. - Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins. - These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in. - They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below - the text they contain. - They also allow nesting, so you can put a -\family sans -Verse -\family default - in a -\family sans -Quotation -\family default -, as well as in some other paragraph environments. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do - -\emph on -not -\emph default - reset to -\family sans -Standard -\family default - when you start a new paragraph. - So, you can type in that poem and merrily enter -\family sans -Return -\family default - without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you. - Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you - have to change back to the -\family sans -Standard -\family default - environment yourself. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Quote -\family default - and -\family sans -Quotation -\family default - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Quote" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Quotation -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's - time for the differences. - -\family sans -Quote -\family default - and -\family sans -Quotation -\family default - are identical except for one difference: -\family sans -Quote -\family default - uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line. - -\family sans -Quotation -\family default - -\emph on -always -\emph default - indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here's an example of the -\family sans -Quote -\family default - environment: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quote -This is in the -\family sans -Quote -\family default - environment. - I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it - wraps. - See – no indentation! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quote -Here's the second paragraph of this quote. - Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and - the other paragraph. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here's another example, this time in the -\family sans -Quotation -\family default - environment: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quotation -This is in the -\family sans -Quotation -\family default - environment. - If I keep writing, you will see the indentation. - If your country uses a writing style that indicates new paragraphs by indenting - the first line, then -\family sans -Quotation -\family default - is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it -\emph on -if -\emph default - you were quoting other text. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quotation -Here's a new paragraph. - I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time. - If I did that, though, you'd get bored. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As the examples show, -\family sans -Quote -\family default - is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs. - They should put quotes in the -\family sans -Quote -\family default - environment. - Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the -\family sans -Quotation -\family default - paragraph environment for quoted text. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Verse -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph ! Verse -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family sans - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Poetry -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Verse" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Verse -\family default - is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on. - Here's an example: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Verse -This is in Verse -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Which I did not rehearse! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Verse -It could be much worse. - This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps - around. - It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are - indented a bit more than the first. - Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore. - So sue me. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Verse -To break a line -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -And make things look fine -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Use -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As you can see, -\family sans -Verse -\family default - does not indent both margins. - Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph. - To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the -\family typewriter -break-line -\family default - function -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Lists -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Lists" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds - of lists. - In the -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - and -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively. - In the -\family sans -Description -\family default - and -\family sans -List -\family default - environments, LyX lets you provide your own label. - We will present the individual details of each type of list next after - describing some general features of all four of them. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -General Features -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments - in several ways. - First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item. - Hitting -\family sans -Return -\family default - does -\emph on -not -\emph default - reset the environment to -\family sans -Standard -\family default - but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item. - The nesting depth is thereby kept. - If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting - depth, you can use -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - -. - If you do this at the top level of a list, it returns you to the -\family sans -Standard -\family default - environment. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can nest lists of any type inside one another. - In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it - is nested. - If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest - you read all of section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Nesting" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Itemize -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Itemize" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The first type of list we will describe in detail is the -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - paragraph environment. - It has the following properties: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -The items can have any length. - LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item. - The offset is always relative to whatever environment the -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - list may be in. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -If you nest an -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - environment inside another -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - environment, the label changes to a new symbol. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -LyX always shows the same symbol on screen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -See section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Nesting" - -\end_inset - - for a full explanation of nesting. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Of course, that explanation was also an example of an -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - list. - The -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -We said that different levels use different symbols as their label. - Here's an example of all four possible symbols. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -The label for the first level -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - is a large black dot, or bullet. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -The label for the second level is a dash. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -The label for the third is an asterisk. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -The label for the fourth is a centered dot. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Back out to the third level. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Back to the second level. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Back to the outermost level. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -These are the default labels for an -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - list. - You can customize how these labels are displayed in the output in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - dialog in the submenu -\family sans -Bullets -\family default -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - These customizations are not displayed in LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth. - We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths - in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Nesting" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Enumerate -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Enumerate" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines. - It has these properties: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Each item has a numeral as its label. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -The label type depends on the nesting depth. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Each new -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environment resets the counter to one. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Like the -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - environment, the -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environment: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Offsets the items relative to the left margin. - Items can have any length. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Allows up to a four-fold nesting. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Unlike the -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - environment, -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - shows the different labels for each item in LyX. - Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -The first level of an -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - uses Arabic numerals followed by a period. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth - increases. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Back to the third level -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Back to the second level. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Back to the outermost level. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can customize the type of numbering used in the -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environment, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Customized-Lists" - -\end_inset - -. - Such customization only shows up in the printed version, not in LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There is more to nesting -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environments than we've stated here. - You should read section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Nesting" - -\end_inset - - to learn more about nesting. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Description -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Description -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Unlike the previous two environments, the -\family sans -Description -\family default - list has no fixed label. - Instead, LyX uses the first -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -word -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - of the first line as the label. - Here's an example: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Example: This is an example of the -\family sans -Description -\family default - environment. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the - rest of the line. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With the first -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -word -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - it is meant that the first usage of the -\family sans -Space -\family default - key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an - item. - If you need to use more than one word in a label use a -\family sans -Protected Space -\family default -. - (Use either -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space" -\end_inset - - or the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Protected -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Space -\family default -; see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Protected-Space" - -\end_inset - - for more information.) Here is an example: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Second -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Example: This one shows how to use a -\family sans -Protected -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Space -\family default - in the label of a -\family sans -Description -\family default - list item. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Usage: You should use the -\family sans -Description -\family default - environment for things like definitions and theorems. - Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text - that describes it. - It's not a good idea to use a -\family sans -Description -\family default - environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe. - You're better off using -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - or -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - and nesting several -\family sans -Standard -\family default - paragraphs into them. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Nesting: You can nest -\family sans -Description -\family default - environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and - so on. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting - them from the first line. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Labeling -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Labeling -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Labeling -\family default - environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Like the -\family sans -Description -\family default - list the -\family sans -Labeling -\family default - list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional - features. - Here are its properties: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -item -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -labels LyX uses the first -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -word -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - of each line as the item label. - The first -\family sans -Space -\family default - after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label. - If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected - space as described above. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and - the body of the item text. - The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default - label width plus a little extra space. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -label -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is - larger. - If the label width is larger, the label -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -extends -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - into the first line. - In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left - margin of the rest of the item text. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -default -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all - items in a -\family sans -Labeling -\family default - environment has the same left margin. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -To change the default width, select all items in the list. - Now open the -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Paragraph -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Settings -\family default - dialog (toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout-paragraph" -\end_inset - -). - The text in the box -\family sans -Longest -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -label -\family default - determines the default label width. - You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the - letter -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -M -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - multiple times instead. - M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX. - By using -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -M -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of -\family sans -Longest -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -label -\family default - every time you alter a label in a -\family sans -List -\family default - environment. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -The predefined default width is the length of -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -00.00.0000 -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (equal to 6 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -M). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You should use the -\family sans -Labeling -\family default - list the same way as the -\family sans -Description -\family default - list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes - it. - The -\family sans -Labeling -\family default - environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall - layout. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can nest -\family sans -Labeling -\family default - lists inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on. - They work just like the other list paragraph environments. - Read section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Nesting" - -\end_inset - - to learn about nesting. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There is yet another feature of the -\family sans -Labeling -\family default - list: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels - by default. - You can use additional -\family sans -HFills -\family default - to change how LyX justifies the item label. - -\family sans -Hfills -\family default - are documented in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" - -\end_inset - -. - Here are some examples: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -Left The default for -\family sans -Labeling -\family default - item labels. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -Right One -\family sans -HFill -\family default - at the beginning of the label right justifies it. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -Center -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - One -\family sans -HFill -\family default - at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Customized Lists -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Customized-Lists" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Customized -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The features described in this section require that the module -\family sans -Customisable Lists (enumitem) -\family default - is loaded in the document settings. - The module uses the LaTeX-package -\series bold -enumitem -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! enumitem -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Custom Enumerate Lists -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional - argument (menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Short Title -\family default -) to the first item of each level in the list. - There you add the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -label= -\backslash -roman{enumi} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -in TeX Code (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "ert-insert" -\end_inset - -). -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -For more about TeX Code, look at section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:TeX-Code" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\emph on - enumi -\emph default - is hereby the first level counter of the enumeration. - The command -\series bold - -\backslash -roman -\series default - outputs the counter as a small Roman numeral. - For capital Roman numerals replace -\series bold - -\backslash -roman -\series default - with -\series bold - -\backslash -Roman -\series default - in the command above. - For Arabic numerals use -\series bold - -\backslash -arabic -\series default -. - To -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -number -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - items with capital or small Latin letters use -\series bold - -\backslash -Alph -\series default - or -\series bold - -\backslash -alph -\series default -, respectively. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - You can only number 26 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command - by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here is a list with custom numbering: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -label= -\backslash -# -\backslash -Alph{enumi} -\backslash -# -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Level 1 -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -label= -\backslash -Alph{enumi}. -\backslash -arabic{enumii} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Level 2 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Level 2 -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -label= -\backslash -bf{ -\backslash -arabic{enumiii}} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Level 3 -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -label= -\backslash -emph{ -\backslash -roman{enumiv})} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Level 4 -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -For this list these commands were used: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent - -\series bold -label= -\backslash -# -\backslash -Alph{enumi} -\backslash -# -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -label= -\backslash -Alph{enumi}. -\backslash -arabic{enumii} -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -label= -\backslash -bf{ -\backslash -arabic{enumiii}} -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -label= -\backslash -emph{ -\backslash -roman{enumiv})} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -where the command -\series bold - -\backslash -emph{} -\series default - makes the label emphasized and -\series bold - -\backslash -bf{} -\series default - makes it bold. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - When you change the label of a list level, it will be used for all following - lists until you change the definition. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Resumed Enumeration -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -label= -\backslash -arabic{enumi}. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -first -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -goes back to default numbering -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -second -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -regular text -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate-Resume -resumed -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To resume an enumeration, use the style -\family sans -Enumerate-Resume -\family default -. - Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed - list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number from the - next one. - Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number. - This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item - of a normal enumeration. - There, insert the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -start=number -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -where -\emph on -number -\emph default - is the number with which you want to resume the list. - An example: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -first item -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -second item -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Enumeration starting at a given value: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -start=4 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -This enumeration starts at 4 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -List Spacing -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Spacing -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items - of a list. - For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -A bullet list -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -with standard spacing -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item - of the list. - Add there the command -\series bold -nolistsep -\series default - to get no additional list space like in this example: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -nolistsep -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -A bullet list -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -without additional -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -vertical space -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package - -\series bold -enumitem -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! enumitem -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - For more information see its documentation, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "enumitem" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing - and indentation. - Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs - in the document and the label separation was set to 2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cm so that the number is in the page margin: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -labelindent= -\backslash -parindent, labelsep=2cm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -An enumeration -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -with negative indentation -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Further Customization -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Customization -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can also change the style of description lists. - The command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -font=definition -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -changes the description label font, the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -style=definition -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -sets the list style. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An example where the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -font= -\backslash -itshape, style=nextline -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -is used: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Ionizing -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -radiation: -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font= -\backslash -itshape, style=nextline -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are - energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore - ionizing them. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Reference -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing - the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an - object, block of memory, disk space or other resource. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package - -\series bold -enumitem -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! enumitem -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - For more information see its documentation -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "enumitem" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Letters -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Letters -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Address -\family default - and -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Address -\family default -: An Overview -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph - environments called -\family sans -Address -\family default - and -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Address -\family default -. - To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments - in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document. - In contrast, you can use the -\family sans -Address -\family default - and -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Address -\family default - paragraph environments anywhere with no problem. - You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest - anything in them. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Of course, you're not limited to using -\family sans -Address -\family default - and -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Address -\family default - for letters only. - -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Address -\family default -, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in - some European academic papers. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Usage -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Address-Usage" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Address -\family default - environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used - for the opening and signature in some countries. - Similarly, the -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Address -\family default - environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which - is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries. - Here's an example of each: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Right Address -Right Address -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Who I am -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Where I am -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -When is it? What is today? -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -That was -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Address -\family default -. - Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to - fit the largest block of text on a single line. - Here's an example of the -\family sans -Address -\family default - environment: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Address -Who are you -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Where do I send this -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Your post office and country -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As you can see, both -\family sans -Address -\family default - and -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Address -\family default - add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph. - If you enter -\family sans -Return -\family default - in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets - the environment to -\family sans -Standard -\family default -. - This makes sense, since -\family sans -Return -\family default - is the -\family typewriter -break-paragraph -\family default - function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs. - Thus, you have to use -\family typewriter -break-line -\family default - ( -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - - or -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ragged -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Line -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Break -\family default -) to start a new line in an -\family sans -Address -\family default - or -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Address -\family default - environment. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Academic Writing -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography - or list of references. - LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Abstract -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Abstracts -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - environment is used for the abstract of an article. - Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should - only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title. - Also, don't bother trying to nest -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - in anything else or -\emph on -vice versa -\emph default -. - It will not work. - The -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - environment is only useful in the article and report document classes. - The book document classes ignores the -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - completely, and it's utterly silly to use -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - in a letter document class. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - environment does several things for you. - First, it puts the centered label -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Abstract -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - above the text. - The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical - space. - Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect. - Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and - the subsequent text. - Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen. - The actual appearance in the output depends on the document class you are - using. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Starting a new paragraph by entering -\family sans -Return -\family default - does not reset the paragraph environment. - The new paragraph will still be in the -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - environment. - So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you - finish entering the abstract of your document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float figure -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/Abstract.pdf - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption Standard - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "fig:Paragraph-in-the" - -\end_inset - -Paragraph in the -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - environment -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -We would love to demonstrate the -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - environment, but since this document is in the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -book -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - class, we can't do this. - We inserted it therefore as figure -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the" - -\end_inset - -. - If you have never heard of an -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -abstract -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - before, you can safely ignore this environment. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bibliography -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Biblio_environment" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default - environment is used to list references. - Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should - only use it at the end of the document. - Nesting -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default - in anything else or -\emph on -vice versa -\emph default - will not work. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When you first open a -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default - environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Bibliography -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - or -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -References, -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - depending on the document class. - The heading is in a large boldface font. - Each paragraph of the -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default - environment is a bibliography entry. - Thus, entering -\family sans -Return -\family default - does not reset the paragraph environment. - Each new paragraph is still in the -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default - environment. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There is another, usually better way to include references in your document - by using a BibTeX database. - For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra -phy handling, have a look at section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Bibliography" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -LyX -\family sans --Code -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph ! LyX code -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:LyX-Code" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default - environment is another LyX extension. - It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font. - It also treats the -\family sans -Space -\family default - key as a fixed whitespace; -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -In the -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default - environment, the -\family sans -Space -\family default - key is treated as a -\family sans -Protected -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Blank -\family default - instead of an end-of-word marker. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX. - If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - - (the -\family typewriter -break-line -\family default - function). - -\family sans -Return -\family default - breaks paragraphs. - Note, however, that -\family sans -Return -\family default - does not reset the paragraph environment. - So, when you finish using the -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default - environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself. - Also, you can nest the -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default - environment inside of others. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are a few quirks with this environment: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -You cannot use -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - - at the beginning of a new paragraph (i. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -e. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -you can't follow -\family sans -Return -\family default - with a -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -You can't follow a -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - - with a -\family sans -Space -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Use a -\family sans -Return -\family default - to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a -\family sans -Space -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Or: use -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space" -\end_inset - - instead. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line. - You must put at least one -\family sans -Space -\family default - in any line you want blank. - Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing -\family sans -" -\family default - since that will insert -\emph on -real -\emph default - quotes. - You get the typewriter double quotes with -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "self-insert \"" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here is an example: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code -#include -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code -int main(void) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code -{ -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code - printf("Hello World! -\backslash -n"); -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code - return 0; -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code -} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This is just the standard -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Hello world! -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - program. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default - has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts, - rc-files, and so on. - Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text - as if you used a typewriter. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph environments|) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described - in the chapter -\emph on -Program Code Listings -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Nesting Environments -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nesting ! Environments -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Nesting" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Introduction -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific - properties. - This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of - another block. - For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also - has two subpoints. - In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner - list -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -attached -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to item #2: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -one -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -two -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -sublist – item #1 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -sublist – item #2 -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -three -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other. - Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Increase -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -List -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Depth -\family default - or -\family sans -Decrease -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -List -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Depth -\family default - to change the nesting depth (the status bar will tell you how far you are - nested). - Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "depth-decrement" -\end_inset - - or the key bindings -\family sans -Tab -\family default - and -\family sans -Shift+Tab -\family default - or -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-decrement" -\end_inset - -. - The change will work on the current selection, if you have made one (allowing - you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current - paragraph. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can. - If it is invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth. - Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the - depth of every paragraph nested inside of it. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Nesting isn't limited to lists. - In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're - about to find out. - This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -What You Can and Can't Nest -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell - you a little bit more about how nesting works. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The question of nesting a paragraph environment is a bit more complicated - than a simple yes or no. - There are three types of paragraph environments: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Completely unnestable -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other - things inside them. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest - anything into them. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph - environments have them: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Unnestable Can't nest them. - Can't nest into them. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Bibliography -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Abstract -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Title -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Author -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Date -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Description -Fully -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Nestable You can nest them. - You can nest other things into them. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Verse -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Quote -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Quotation -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Itemize -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Enumerate -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Description -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -List -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -LyX-Code -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Description -Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things. - You can't nest anything into them. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Standard -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Part -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Chapter -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Section -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Subsection -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Subsubsection -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Paragraph -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Subparagraph -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Part* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Chapter* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Section* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Subsection* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Subsubsection* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Address -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Address -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Although it is possible, for example, to nest numbered section headings - like -\family sans -Chapter -\family default -, -\family sans -Section -\family default -, etc. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -into lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to - create well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas - nested section headings violate this. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nesting ! Tables etc. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are - affected by nesting anyhow. - They are: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -equations -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -tables -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -figures -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -( -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Figures and tables in -\family sans -Floats -\family default - are not affected by this. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Have a look at section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Floats" - -\end_inset - - for more information about -\family sans -Floats -\family default -.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph. - If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph - it is in goes. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -paragraph -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - of its own, it behaves just like a -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -nestable-inside -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - paragraph environment. - You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything - into it. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here's an example with a table: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Item One -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is (a) and it's nested. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -a -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -b -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -c -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -d -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is (b). - The table is actually nested inside (a). -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Back out again. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Item One -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is (a) and it's nested. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -a -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -b -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -c -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -d -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is (b). - The table is -\emph on -not -\emph default - nested inside (a). - In fact, it's not nested at all. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Back out again. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first - item of a new list! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going - deep enough. - LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Item One -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is (a) and it's nested. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -a -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -b -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -c -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -d -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is (b). - The table is actually nested inside Item One, but -\emph on -not -\emph default - inside (a). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Back out again. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a - new list -\emph on -inside -\emph default - item 1. - The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation. - So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right - depth! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Usage and General Features -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting. - In other words, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -level #6 -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - is the innermost possible depth. - Here's an example to illustrate what we mean: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -level #1 – outermost -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -level #2 -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -level #3 -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -level #4 -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -level #5 -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -level #6 -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see - both of them in the example. - Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold - nesting with the -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - and -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - environments. - For example, if we tried to nest another -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - list inside item -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -A. -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, we would get errors. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Some Examples -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nesting ! Examples -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration. - We have several examples of nested environments. - In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce - them. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#1-a This is the outermost level. - It's a -\family sans -List -\family default - environment. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#2-a This is level #2. - We created it by using -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - - followed by -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#3-a This is level #3. - This time, we just enter -\family sans -Return -\family default -, then used -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset - - twice in a row. - We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level, - by entering -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - - followed by -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -This is actually a -\family sans -Standard -\family default - environment, nested inside of -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -#3-a -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - So, it's at level #4. - We did this by entering -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - -, then -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset - -, then changing the paragraph environment to -\family sans -Standard -\family default -. - Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works - for the -\family sans -Description -\family default -, -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default -, and -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - environments! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here's another -\family sans -Standard -\family default - paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#4-a This is level #4. - We enter -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - - and changed the paragraph environment back to -\family sans -List -\family default -. - Remember — we can't nest anything inside a -\family sans -Standard -\family default - environment, which is why we're still at level #4. - However, we -\emph on -can -\emph default - keep nesting things inside -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -#3-a -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{} - -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{} -and this is level #6. - By now, you should know how we made these two. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#5-b Back to level #5. - Just enter -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - - followed by a -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-decrement" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#4-b After another -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - - followed by a -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-decrement" -\end_inset - -, we're back at level #4. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#3-b Back to level #3. - By now it should be obvious how we did this. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#2-b Back to level #2. - -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1. - After this sentence, we will enter -\family sans -Return -\family default - and change the paragraph environment back to -\family sans -Standard -\family default - to end the list. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -We could have also used the -\family sans -Description -\family default -, -\family sans -Quote -\family default -, -\family sans -Quotation -\family default -, or even the -\family sans -Verse -\family default - environment in place of the -\family sans -List -\family default - environment. - The example would have worked exactly the same. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Example 2: Inheritance -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code -This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code -level. - Now we will enter -\family sans -Return -\family default -, then -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset - -, after -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -which, we will change to the -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environment. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is the -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environment, at level #2. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Notice how the nested -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - not only inherits its margins from its parent environment ( -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default -), but also inherits its font and spacing! -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -We ended this example by entering -\family sans -Return -\family default -. - After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to -\family sans -Standard -\family default - and reset the nesting depth by using -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-decrement" -\end_inset - - once. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - and -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - Environments -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is level #1, in an -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - paragraph environment. - We're actually going to nest a bunch of these. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is level #2. - We used -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - - followed by -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset - -. - Now, what happens if we nest an -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its - label be? An asterisk? -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -No! It's a bullet. - This is the -\emph on -first -\emph default - -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - environment, even though it's at level #3. - So, its label is a bullet. - (We got here by using -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - -, then -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset - -, then changing the environment to -\family sans -Itemize -\family default -.) -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Here's level #4, produced using -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - -, then -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset - -. - We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{} - -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -\SpecialChar \ldots{} -to get to level #5. - This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default -. - Notice the type of numbering, it is -\emph on -lowercase Roman -\emph default -, because we are in the -\emph on -thirdfold -\emph default - -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environment (that is, it is an -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - inside an -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - inside an -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -What happens if we -\emph on -don't -\emph default - change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What - type of numbering does LyX use? -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - - to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Let's use -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-decrement" -\end_inset - - to decrease the depth after the next -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is level #4. - Look what type of label LyX is using! -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is level #3. - Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman - numeral as the label.Why? -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is -\emph on -still -\emph default - a thirdfold -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environment. - Notice, however, that LyX -\emph on -did -\emph default - reset the counter for the label. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Another -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-decrement" -\end_inset - - sequence, and we're back to level #2. - This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back - into the twofold-nested -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environment. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -The same thing happens if we do another -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-decrement" -\end_inset - - sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Lastly, we reset the environment to -\family sans -Standard -\family default -. - As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling - LyX uses for the -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - and -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - environments. - The number of other -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for - an -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - item. - The same rule applies for the -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - environment, as well. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Example 4: Going Bonkers -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -We're going to go totally nuts now. - We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into - the same detail with how we did it. - (level #1: -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -( -\family sans -Return, -\family default - -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset - - -\family sans -, Standard -\family default -: level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created - the example in parentheses someplace. - For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth. - The environment name is the name of the current environment. - Either before or after this, we will put in the level. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -( -\family sans -Return, Enumerate -\family default -: level #1) This is the next item in the list. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Verse -Now we will add verse. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -It will get much worse. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -( -\family sans -Return, -\family default - -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset - - -\family sans -, Verse -\family default -: level #2) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Verse -Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Bippitey boppitey boo! -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -( -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - - -\family sans -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Verse -Here comes a table: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -one-fish -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -two-fish -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -red-fish -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -blue-fish -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Verse -( -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - - -\family sans -, Table, -\family default - -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset - - 3 times, -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - - -\family sans -, Verse, -\family default - -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-decrement" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -( -\family sans -Return, Enumerate -\family default -: level #1) This is another item. - Note that selecting a -\family sans -Table -\family default - resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth - 3 times to put the table inside the -\family sans -Verse -\family default - environment. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quotation -We're now ending the -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - list and changing to -\family sans -Quotation -\family default -. - We're still at level #1. - We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments. - The next set of paragraphs is a -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -quoted letter. -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - We will nest both the -\family sans -Address -\family default - and -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Address -\family default - environments inside of this one, then use another nested -\family sans -Quotation -\family default - for the letter body. - We will use -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset - - to preserve the depth. - Remember that you need to use -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - - to create multiple lines inside the -\family sans -Address -\family default - and -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Address -\family default - environments. - Here it goes: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Right Address -1234 Nowhere Rd. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Moosegroin, MT 00100 -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -9-6-96 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Address -Dear Mr. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Fizlewitz: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quotation -We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control. - Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating - a backlog in our orders for methane. - We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order - as soon as possible. - In the meantime, we thank you for your patience. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quotation -We do, however, now have a special on beef. - If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form - with your order, along with payment. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quotation -We thank you again for your patience. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Address -Sincerely, -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Bill Hick -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Quotation -That ends that example! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with - just a few keystrokes. - We could have easily nested an -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - list inside of a -\family sans -Quotation -\family default - or -\family sans -Quote -\family default -, or put a -\family sans -Quote -\family default - inside of an -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - list. - You have a huge variety of options at your disposal. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Spacing, pagination and line breaks -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime - you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers - you more spaces: spaces of different widths and spaces which can or cannot - be broken at the end of a line. - The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are - useful. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Protected Space -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Protected-Space" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spaces ! Protected -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the - line at that point. - This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quote -Further documentation is given in section -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Bibliography" - -\end_inset - -. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -section -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Bibliography" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - A protected space is set with -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Protected -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Space -\family default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space" -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Horizontal Space -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Horizontal-Space" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing ! Horizontal -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Horizontal Space -\family default -. - The length units are listed in Appendix -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:Units-available-in" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Inter-word Space -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Inter-word-Space" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spaces ! Inter-word -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With the introduction of typewriters, it became conventional in some countries - to type two spaces after a period to mimic the wider spaces used by typesetters - at the ends of sentences. - There is no need to do this as LyX automatically takes care about this. - However, you do not want an end of sentence space after an abbreviation - followed by a period; see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Abbreviations" - -\end_inset - - for examples. - To insert a normal space, select -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Interword -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Space -\family default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "space-insert normal" -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Thin Space -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Thin-Space" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spaces ! Thin -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -thin space -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -protected -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -). - The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of - thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance, - inside abbreviations: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quote -D. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -E. - Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -or between values and units. - Compare for example this: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -10 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -kg (thin space) -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -10 kg (normal space -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can insert thin spaces with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Thin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Space -\family default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "space-insert thin" -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -More Spaces -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can also insert the following space types: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Negative -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -thin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -space A line with a -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \negthinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ -\end_inset - - negative thin space between the arrows. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Enspace -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(0.5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) A line with an -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \enskip{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ -\end_inset - - enspace -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(0.5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) space between the arrows. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Quad -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) A line with a -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \quad{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ -\end_inset - - Quad -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) space between the arrows. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -QQuad -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) A line with a -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \qquad{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ -\end_inset - - QQuad -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) space between the arrows. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Custom -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -space A line with -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hspace{} -\length 2cm -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ -\end_inset - - 2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cm space between the arrows. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Table -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "tab:Width-of-the" - -\end_inset - - lists the different space sizes. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float table -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "tab:Width-of-the" - -\end_inset - -Width of the different horizontal spaces. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Space -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Width -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Normal -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1/3 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Protected -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1/3 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Thin -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1/6 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Negative thin -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout --1/6 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Enspace (0.5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -0.5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Quad (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -QQuad (2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Horizontal Fills -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing ! Fills -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space - in a uniform fashion. - An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals - the remaining space between the left and right margins. - If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space - equally between themselves. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here are a few examples of what you can do with them: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quote -\noindent -This is on the left side -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -This is on the right -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quote -\noindent -Left -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -Middle -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -Right -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quote -\noindent -Left -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -1/3 Left -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -Right -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -That was an example in the -\family sans -Quote -\family default - environment. - Here -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ -\end_inset - -is one in a standard paragraph. - It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it -\emph on -is -\emph default - sitting in-between the two arrows. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the -\family sans -Fill -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Pattern -\family default -s in the space dialog: The following patterns are available: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dots: -\begin_inset space \dotfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Rule: -\begin_inset space \hrulefill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Left arrow: -\begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Right arrow: -\begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Up brace: -\begin_inset space \downbracefill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Down brace: -\begin_inset space \upbracefill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and -\emph on -not -\emph default - in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it. - This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line. - If you need space in this case anyway, set the -\family sans -Protect -\family default - option in the space dialog. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Phantom Space -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Phantom-Space" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing ! Phantom -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase. - For example, you want to create the following multiple choice question: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -What is correct English?: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Mr. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Edge would have been jumps the gun. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Mr. - Edge -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -has to be jumped -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Mr. - Edge -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -jumps -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -so that the choices appear exactly after the phrase -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Mr. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Edge -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Phantom -\family default -. - In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two - lines and insert -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Mr. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Edge -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - into the phantom inset (note the space after -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Edge -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -). - A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder). - That is why it is named -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -phantom -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space, - while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding - dimension. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Vertical Space -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Vertical-Space" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing ! Vertical -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Vertical -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Space -\family default - dialog. - There you find the following sizes: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -SmallSkip -\family default -, -\family sans -MedSkip -\family default - and -\family sans -BigSkip -\family default - are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document. - -\family sans -DefSkip -\family default - is the skip adjusted in the dialog -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Layout -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - for the paragraph separation. - If you use indentation to separate paragraphs -\family sans -DefSkip -\family default - is equal to -\family sans -MedSkip -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -VFill -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing ! Fills -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page. - An example: you have only two short paragraphs on one page with a -\family sans -Vfill -\family default - between them. - Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second - one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal. - -\family sans -VFill -\family default -s work like -\family sans -HFill -\family default -s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -HFill -\family default -s are described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - If there are several -\family sans -VFill -\family default -s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves. - You can therefore use -\family sans -VFill -\family default -s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Custom -\family default - are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:Units-available-in" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - -\series medium -If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of - a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option -\family sans -Protect -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Paragraph Alignment -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph ! Alignment -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can change the paragraph alignment with the -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Paragraph Settings -\family default - dialog (toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout-paragraph" -\end_inset - -). - There are five possibilities: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Justified -\family default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "paragraph-params \\align block" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Left -\family default - ( -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "paragraph-params \\align left" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Right -\family default - ( -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "paragraph-params \\align right" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Center -\family default - ( -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "paragraph-params \\align center" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Default -\family default - ( -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "paragraph-params \\align default" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word - spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between - the left and right margins. - The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align right -This paragraph is right aligned, -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -this one is centered, -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align left -this one is left aligned. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Forced Page Breaks -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Page breaks ! Forced -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you - can force a page break where you want one. - Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking. - Only if you use a lot of -\family sans -Floats -\family default -, LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -We recommend you not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished - and you have checked in the preview to see if you -\emph on -really -\emph default - have to change the page breaking. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special - action. - This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -New -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Page -\family default -. - The second type, that is inserted via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Break -\family default -, ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out - the complete page. - This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page - on which only the last few lines are absent. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears - at the top of a page. - This is, of course, the wrong way to do it. - LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables - appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without - having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table. - See chapter -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes" - -\end_inset - - to learn more about -\family sans -Floats -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Clear Page Breaks -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Page breaks ! Clear -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed - directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them. - That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including - unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed after - it, if necessary by adding pages. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can insert a clear page break with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Clear -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Page -\family default -. - When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Clear -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Double -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Page -\family default - to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand - page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Forced Line Breaks -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Line breaks -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: one simply breaks - the line. - You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ragged -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Line -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Break -\family default - or with -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - -. - Another type that is inserted via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Justified -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Line -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Break -\family default - or with -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert linebreak" -\end_inset - - breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between - the page margins. - This is useful to avoid -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -fringes -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as - LaTeX is very good at line breaking. - There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessaryactively - to set a line break, for example, in a poem or for an address (see sections -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Quote" - -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Verse" - -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Address-Usage" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Horizontal Lines -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Horizontal-Lines" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Horizontal lines -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\begin_inset CommandInset line -LatexCommand rule -offset "0.5ex" -width "100line%" -height "1pt" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -In the dialog -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Horizontal -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Line -\family default - you can insert horizontal lines. - The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline - of the current text line or the paragraph. - The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\begin_inset CommandInset line -LatexCommand rule -offset "0.5ex" -width "100line%" -height "1pt" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Characters and Symbols -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard. - You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter, for example, - characters needed for French with an English keyboard. - See section -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping" - -\end_inset - - for information on how this is done. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you - can use the -\family sans -Symbols -\family default - dialog via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Symbols -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed - when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences. - But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Fonts and Text Styles -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Fonts-and-Text" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Font Types -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Font ! Types -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are two types of fonts: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Vector -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -fonts -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Fonts ! Vector- -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - are built from outlines of the single glyphs (e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. - characters) in the font. - This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are - well suited for scaling to any requested size. - This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the - curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph. - This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes. - Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed - to provide a good image might it be hard to provide a good rendering. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them. - But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes. - That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font - sizes than at small ones. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -The font types -\family typewriter -TrueType -\family default -, -\family typewriter -OpenType -\family default -, and -\family typewriter -Type -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1 -\family default - are vector fonts. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Bitmap -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -fonts -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Fonts ! Bitmap- -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start; so they - will look good at all the sizes they are meant for. - However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each - pixel is enlarged into several pixels. - It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in an - image manipulation program. - In order to mitigate this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in - several fixed sizes typically from around 8 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -pixels high up to 34 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -pixels or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful. - The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary - to display each glyph; so bitmap fonts display therefore more quickly than - scalable fonts. - The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have - to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Bitmap fonts are named -\family typewriter -Type -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -3 -\family default - in PostScript- and PDF-documents. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are - designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes. - So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts. - That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs - use scalable fonts. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To see which fonts are used in a PDF-document, look at its document properties. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards - specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font. - For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current - font to emphasize text, you use an -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -emphasized style -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - instead. - This concept fits in perfectly with LyX. - In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting - details. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -LaTeX font support -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:LaTeX-font-support" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Traditionally, LaTeX used its own fonts. - That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your - operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX - distribution. - The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts, - which have to be provided by additional files and packages. - The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited compared - to a word processor. - On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts - are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable - across different machines. - Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX has increased a - lot in the meantime; so you can find packages for many free and commercial - fonts. - In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface - (see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Document-Font" - -\end_inset - - for details). - However, all the others are available if you enter the relevant LaTeX code - in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired - font). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able directly - to access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely XeTeX - and LuaTeX. - Both engines are supported by LyX. - By using them, you can theoretically use any OpenType or TrueType font - that is installed on your system. - The next section describes how to use these fonts. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci -es; so you might have to experiment. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature - as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Document Font and Font size -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Document-Font" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Font ! Size -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Font -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can set the document fonts in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - dialog. - In the -\family sans -Fonts -\family default - section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the - three different font shapes — roman (serif), -\family sans -sans -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -serif -\family default - and -\family typewriter -typewriter -\family default - (monospaced) — and you can specify the base font size and scaling factors - for (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit - with the roman font. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you select -\family sans -Use non-T -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX fonts -\family default -, you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system. - This requires that you use -\family sans -PDF (XeT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX) -\family default -, -\family sans -PDF (LuaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX) -\family default - or -\family sans -DVI (LuaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX) -\family default - as the output format, i. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -e. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support" - -\end_inset - -). - You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts. - Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists - (roman, sans -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family. - Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due - to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{} -or font failures. - LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the - font include -\family sans -Default -\family default - and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution. - If you select -\family sans -Default, -\family default - the font that is preset by the current document class is used. - In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -Computer -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Modern -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - ( -\family typewriter -cm -\family default -) or -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -European Computer Modern -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - ( -\family typewriter -ec -\family default -), but some classes preset different default fonts. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As -\family typewriter -cm -\family default - and -\family typewriter -ec -\family default - are bitmap fonts, they often look pixelated in PDF output, especially when - you read the PDF in a zoomed size. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in -\family typewriter -Adobe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Reader -\family default - version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font - renderer. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font. - Depending on how your document should look, you can either: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -select the -\family sans -Latin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Modern -\family default - fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of - -\family typewriter -cm -\family default -/ -\family typewriter -ec -\family default -. - -\family sans -Latin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Modern -\family default - was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace -\family typewriter -cm -\family default - as the default font. - It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes. - Except for some details, where the appearance was improved, -\family sans -Latin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Modern -\family default - looks identical to -\family typewriter -cm -\family default -. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -One difference is improved kerning. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -or select the -\family sans -AE -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(Almost -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -European) -\family default - fonts in (the rare) case that -\family sans -Latin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Modern -\family default - is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate - the look of -\family typewriter -cm -\family default -/ -\family typewriter -ec -\family default -. - -\family typewriter -AE -\family default - is a virtual font. - Virtual means that it -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -steals -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - outline -\family typewriter -cm -\family default --glyphs from other fonts. - This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French - guillemets ( -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -« -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -» -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Loading the LaTeX-package -\series bold -aeguill -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! aeguill -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - with the document preamble line -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage[ec]{aeguill} -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series default -will fix the guillemet problem. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and that accented characters are not -\emph on -one -\emph default - glyph, but built of -\emph on -two -\emph default - characters, the accent and the letter. - Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents - using the -\family typewriter -AE -\family default - fonts. - If you search for example for the French word -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -rève -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches - for the glyph -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - è -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and not for the glyph -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - e + -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - ̀ -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -If you do not like the look of -\family typewriter -cm -\family default -/ -\family typewriter -ec -\family default -, you can of course select one of the other vector fonts provided, e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -Times -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Roman -\family default - or -\family typewriter - Palatino -\family default -. - Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -serif and typewriter fonts, -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g., -\family sans -Times -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Roman -\family default - selects -\family sans -Helvetica -\family default - for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -e. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -a real font -\emph on -family -\emph default - (e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -in case of -\family sans -Latin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Modern -\family default - oder -\family sans -Computer -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Modern -\family default -). -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - but you can also select your own. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -The differences between roman, -\family sans -sans -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -serif -\family default - and -\family typewriter -typewriter -\family default - fonts are explained in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" - -\end_inset - -. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -The font -\family sans -Times -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Roman -\family default - was originally designed for newspapers. - Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit - into the small newspaper columns. - Therefore -\family sans -Times -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Roman -\family default - is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For the font size there are generally four possible values: -\family sans -Default, 10 -\family default -, -\family sans -11 -\family default - and -\family sans -12 -\family default -. - Some classes provide additional sizes. - The size of -\family sans -Default -\family default - depends on the class you are using. - In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Note that the font size is the -\emph on -base size -\emph default -. - That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those - used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value. - You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the -\family sans -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Style -\family default - dialog if needed. - The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Default -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Family -\family default - selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should - be roman, sans -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -serif or typewriter. - The -\family sans -Default -\family default - selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override - this. - In most cases, -\family sans -Default -\family default - is equal to -\family sans -roman -\family default -, but some classes (such as presentation classes) use other defaults. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family typewriter - -\family sans -LaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X font encoding -\family default - selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to - the LaTeX-package -\series bold -fontenc -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! fontenc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - (see also sec. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-settings" - -\end_inset - -). - Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this. - Unless you have specific reasons, use -\family sans -Default -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With some fonts, the checkboxes -\family sans -Use Old Style Figures -\family default - and -\family sans -Use True Small Caps -\family default - are available. - These are extra features some fonts provide. - If -\family sans -Use Old Style Figures -\family default - is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures) - are used. - Old style figures are the numerals (0 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - --- -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lowercase - letters. - -\family sans -Use True Small Caps -\family default - determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made - of scaled capitals. - Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look - better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The field -\family sans -CJK -\family default - allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify - a font to display the script characters. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -CJK -\series default -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! CJK -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - So this has no effect for the document language -\family sans -Japanese -\family default - that does not use -\series bold -CJK -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does -\emph on -not -\emph default - change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output; - this is part of the WYSIWYM concept. - LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences -\family default - dialog, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Screen-Fonts" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Using Different Character Styles -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Character Styles -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Text Style -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for - certain paragraph environments. - LyX supports two character styles, -\family sans -Emphasized -\family default - and -\family sans -Noun -\family default -. - You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the - toolbar. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To activate the -\family sans -Noun -\family default - style, do one of the following: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -click on the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "font-noun" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -use the key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-noun" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -These commands are all toggles. - That is, if -\family sans -Noun -\family default - style is already active, they deactivate it. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -One typically uses the -\family sans -Noun -\family default - style for proper names. - For example: -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\noun on -Matthias Ettrich -\noun default - is the original author of LyX. -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A more widely used character style is the -\family sans -Emphasized -\family default - style. - You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the -\family sans -Emphasized -\family default - style by: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -clicking on the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "font-emph" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -using the keybindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-emph" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Normally the -\family sans -Emphasized -\family default - style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag -es use a different font. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -We've been using the -\family sans -Emphasized -\family default - style all over the place in this document. - Here's one more example: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quotation - -\emph on -Do not overuse character styles! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -It's also a warning in addition to an example. - One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation. - Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid - the common tendency to overuse character styles. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can always reset to the default font using the key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-default" -\end_inset - - or the dialog -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Customized -\family default - ( -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show character" -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Fine-Tuning with the -\family sans -Text Style -\family default - dialog -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Text Style -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning; so - LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style. - For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet - requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations. - Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts - from ordinary dialog. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a - warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles! -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not easy to read and - tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To use custom character styles, open the -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Customized -\family default - dialog or press the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show character" -\end_inset - -. - There are several boxes in this dialog, each corresponding to a different - font property that you can choose. - You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select -\family sans -No -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -change -\family default -, which keeps the current state of that property. - The item -\family sans -Reset -\family default - will reset the property to whatever is the default. - You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph - environments all at once. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The font properties, and their options (in addition to -\family sans -No -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -change -\family default - and -\family sans -Reset -\family default -) are: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Family -\family default - The -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -overall look -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - of the font. - The possible options are: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Roman -\family default - This is the Roman font family. - Normally a serif font. - It's also the default family. - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-roman" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Sans -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Serif -\family default - -\family sans -This is the Sans Serif font family. - -\family default - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-sans" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Typewriter -\family default - -\family typewriter -This is the Typewriter font family. - -\family default - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-typewriter" -\end_inset - - -\family sans -) -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Series -\family default - This corresponds to the print weight. - Options are: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Medium -\family default - This is the Medium font series. - It's also the default series. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Bold -\family default - -\series bold -This is the Bold font series. - -\series default - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-bold" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Shape -\family default - As the name implies. - Options are: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Upright -\family default - This is the Upright font shape. - It's also the default shape. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Italic -\family default - -\shape italic -This -\shape default - -\family sans -\shape italic -i -\family default -s the Italic font shape -\shape default -\emph on -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Slanted -\family default - -\shape slanted -This is the Slanted font shape -\shape default - (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Small -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Caps -\family default - -\shape smallcaps -This is the Small caps font shape -\shape default -\noun on -. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Color -\family default - Alters the text color. - Note that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors. - Besides -\family sans -No -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -color -\family default -, which means that the document default color set in -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Color -\family default - for -\family sans -Main -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -text -\family default - is used, you can choose between -\family sans -Black -\family default -, -\family sans -White -\family default -, -\family sans -Red -\family default -, -\family sans -Green -\family default -, -\family sans -Blue -\family default -, -\family sans -Cyan -\family default -, -\family sans -Magenta -\family default - and -\family sans -Yellow -\family default - text. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Color ! Text -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Language -\family default - This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from - the language of the document. - Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change - (only within LyX). -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -If you have for example, an extract of German text in a non-German document, - LaTeX respects the German hyphenation rules automatically. - When using the spell checking (see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Spellchecking" - -\end_inset - -) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Size -\family default - Alters the size of the font. - You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually - proportional to the document font size. - Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of - what you want to do. - The options are: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Tiny -\family default - -\size tiny -This is the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Tiny -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - font size. - -\size default - (key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-size tiny" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Smallest -\family default - -\size scriptsize -This is the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Smallest -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - font size -\size default -. - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-size scriptsize" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Smaller -\family default - -\size footnotesize -This is the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Smaller -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - font size. - -\size default - (key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-size footnotesize" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Small -\family default - -\size small -This is the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Small -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - font size. - -\size default - (key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-size small" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Normal -\family default - This is the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Normal -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - font size. - It's also the default size. - (key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-size normal" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Large -\family default - -\size large -This is the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Large -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - font size. - -\size default - (key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-size large" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Larger -\family default - -\size larger -This is the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Larger -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - font size. - -\size default - (key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-size larger" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Largest -\family default - -\size largest -This is the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Largest -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - font size. - -\size default - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-size largest" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Huge -\family default - -\size huge -This is the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Huge -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - font size. - -\size default - (key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-size huge" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Huger -\family default - -\size giant -This is the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Huger -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - font size. - -\size default - (key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-size giant" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Increase -\family default - This increases the size by one step (for instance, from -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Largest -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Huge -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -). - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-size increase" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Decrease -\family default - This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Normal -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Small -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -). - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-size decrease" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -We warn you -\emph on -yet again -\emph default -: don't go crazy with this feature. - You should almost never need to change the font size. - LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments - — use those instead. - This is here for fine-tuning only! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Misc -\family default - Here you can change a few other things at the character level. - Options are: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Emph -\family default - -\emph on -This is text with emphasize on -\emph default -. - This might seem like the same as -\shape italic -Italic -\shape default -, but it is actually a bit different. - Emphasized is a -\emph on -logical -\emph default - attribute. - That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized - text. - Normally this font is equal to italic. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Underbar -\family default - -\bar under -This is text with Underbar on. - -\bar default - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-underline" -\end_inset - - -\family sans -) -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\family default -Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days, - when you could not change fonts. - One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters. - This is only possible in LyX because some people -\emph on -may -\emph default - need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Double -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -underbar -\family default - -\uuline on -This is text with Double underbar on. - -\uuline default - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-underunderline" -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think - about double underbar. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Wavy -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -underbar -\family default - -\uwave on -This is text with Wavy underbar on. - -\uwave default - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-underwave" -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it. - Keep antinausea pills handy. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Strikeout -\family default - -\strikeout on -This is text with Strikeout on. - -\strikeout default - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-strikeout" -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been - changed in the meantime. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Noun -\family default - -\noun on -This is text with Noun on. - -\noun default - Like -\family sans -Emph -\family default -, this is a logical attribute. - Normally it's equivalent to -\family sans -Small -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Caps -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from. - Once you have chosen a new character style via the -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Customized -\family default - ( -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show character" -\end_inset - -) dialog, the settings are saved. - You can activate them by using the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "textstyle-apply" -\end_inset - -. - The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog - isn't visible. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To completely reset the character style to the default, use -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-default" -\end_inset - -. - If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed - (suppose you just set the shape to -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -slanted -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and the series to -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -bold -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -), set the -\family sans -Toggle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -all -\family default - switch and press -\family sans -Apply -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You should also know something about the differences between the three main - font types -\family sans -serif -\family default -, -\family sans -sans -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -serif -\family default -, and -\family sans -typewriter -\family default -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Typewriter -\family default - is a so called -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -monospaced -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - font, which means every character has the same width; the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -i -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - is as wide as the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -m -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - Here is an example -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -no -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -typewriter text -\family default - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -For more on phantoms see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Phantom-Space" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -no typewriter text -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Serif -\family default - fonts use characters with serifs. - These are the small -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -appendices -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - at the ends of the strokes that form the character. - The following example shows the difference: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -text with serifs -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\family sans -text without serifs -\family default - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading. - These fonts are therefore used as default (named -\family sans -roman -\family default -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Sans serif -\family default - is not recommended for use as a base type. - This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts. - We use it in this document to highlight menu names. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Toggling -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - refers to applying or removing font properties. - When a property is marked for toggling in the -\family sans -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Style -\family default - dialog, applying the style to text that already has the property will cause - the property to be removed. - If you, for example, apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that - currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle - and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and - G. - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Never toggled -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -always toggled -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - mean that you do not control the toggling behavior. - For the properties on the left side of the dialog ( -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Family -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - etc.), toggling behavior is up to you. - If -\family sans -Toggle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -all -\family default - is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none - of them are. - Finally, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Reset -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - is never toggled. - If you, for example, set -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Series -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Reset -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and select -\family sans -Toggle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -all -\family default -, then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default - series ( -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Medium -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -), no matter how many times you apply the style. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts! - They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Printing and Previewing -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Overview -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation - using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece. - Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what - goes on behind-the-scenes. - We cover this information in much greater detail in the -\emph on -Additional Features -\emph default - manual as well. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend. - LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent - confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX. - LyX is what you use to do your actual writing. - Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output. - This happens in two stages: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX, - generating a file with the extension, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.tex -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the -\family typewriter -.tex -\family default - file to produce printable output. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Output file formats -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Output-file-formats" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Simple text (ASCII) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats ! ASCII -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This file type has the extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.txt -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -American Standard Code for Information Interchange -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (ASCII). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can export your document to ASCII with the menu -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Plain -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -text -\family default -. - However, this will not export any externally generated material such as - a BibTeX bibliography (section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Bibliography-databases" - -\end_inset - -). - If your document includes such material, use -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator -More -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Formats -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Options -\family default - and then select -\family sans -Plain -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ps2ascii) -\family default -. - This will first internally export your document to PostScript (generating - thereby the external material) and then do the conversion to ASCII. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -LaTeX -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats ! LaTeX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This file type has the extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.tex -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process - your document. - If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process - it manually with console commands. - The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever - you view or export your document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\family default -. - The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Export" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -DVI -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats ! DVI -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This file type has the extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.dvi -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - It is called -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -device-independent -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine - to another without needing to do any sort of conversion. - DVIs are used for quick previews and as a pre-stage for other output formats, - like PostScript. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them. - So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs. - Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make - them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer - when you view the DVI. - So we recommend using PDF for files with many images. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can export your document to DVI by the menus -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator -DVI -\family default - or -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator -DVI -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(LuaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X). - -\family default - The latter option uses the program -\family typewriter -LuaTeX -\family default -. - -\family typewriter -LuaTeX -\family default - is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct - font access (see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support" - -\end_inset - -). - LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next - standard TeX processor. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -PostScript -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats ! PostScript -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This file type has the extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.ps -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - PostScript was developed by the company -\family typewriter -Adobe -\family default - as a printer language. - The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the - file. - PostScript can be seen as a -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -programming language -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -If you are interested in learning more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-pack -age -\series bold -pstricks -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! pstricks -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - As a result of this, the files are often bigger than PDFs. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -PostScript can only contain images in the format -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Encapsulated PostScript -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (EPS, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.eps -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -). - As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has - to convert them in the background to EPS. - If, for example, you have 50 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -images in your document, LyX has to do 50 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -conversions when you view or export your document the first time. - This might slow down your workflow with LyX. - So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as - EPS to avoid this problem. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can export to PostScript using the menu -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator -PostScript -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -PDF -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats ! PDF -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -PDF -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This file type has the extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.pdf -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - The -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Portable Document Format -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (PDF) developed by -\family typewriter -Adobe -\family default - was derived from PostScript. - It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript. - As the name -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -portable -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - implies, it can be processed on any computer system and the printed output - looks exactly the same. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Joint Photographic Experts Group -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (JPG, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.jpg -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - or -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.jpeg -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -) and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Portable Network Graphics -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (PNG, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.png -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -). - You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the - background to one of these formats. - But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion - will slow down your workflow. - So we recommend using images in one of the three formats mentioned above. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can export your document to PDF via the menu -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export -\family default - in different ways: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(pdflatex) This uses the program -\family typewriter -pdftex -\family default - which converts your file directly to PDF. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(LuaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X) This uses the program -\family typewriter -LuaTeX -\family default - which converts your file directly to PDF. - -\family typewriter -LuaTeX -\family default - is a new engine, derived from -\family typewriter -pdflatex -\family default -, that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font - access (see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support" - -\end_inset - -). - LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next - standard TeX processor. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(XeTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X) This uses the program -\family typewriter -XeTeX -\family default - that converts your file directly to PDF. - -\family typewriter -XeTeX -\family default - is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct - font access (see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support" - -\end_inset - -). - It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example, - vertically written Japanese. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(dvipdfm) This uses the program -\family typewriter -dvipdfm -\family default - that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to - PDF. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ps2pdf) This uses the program -\family typewriter -ps2pdf -\family default - that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file. - The PostScript-version is produced by the program -\family typewriter -dvips -\family default - which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step. - So this export variant consists of three conversions. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -We recommend using -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(pdflatex) -\family default - because -\family typewriter -pdftex -\family default - supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and - works without problems. - If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{} -or specific OpenType fonts, you might - want to try out -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(XeTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X) -\family default - or -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(LuaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X) -\family default - instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature - as -\family typewriter -pdflatex -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -XHTML -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -FileFormats ! XHTML -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -HTML -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This file type has the extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.xhtml -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers. - It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them. - When LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats - suitable for the purpose. - For the math output you can choose in the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Output -\family default - between different formats, which are described in section -\emph on -Math Output in XHTML -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Additional -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Features -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -XHTML output remains -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -under development -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, and not all LyX features are supported yet. - See the chapter -\emph on -LyX and the World Wide Web -\emph default -, in the -\emph on -Additional Features -\emph default - manual, for more information. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LyXHTML -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Previewing -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Preview -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page - breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu - -\family sans -View -\family default - and choose -\family sans -View -\family default - or use the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "buffer-view" -\end_inset - -. - A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default - output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:File-Formats" - -\end_inset - -) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings - (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Doc-Output" - -\end_inset - -). - Further output formats can be selected via -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -View (Other Formats) -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/view-others.png - scale 85 - groupId toolbarbuttons - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same - viewer window using the menu -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Update -\family default - or -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Update (Other Formats) -\family default -, respectively. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary - directory. - To have a real output, export your document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Printing the File from within LyX -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Printing-the-File" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print - it directly from within LyX. - To print a file, select the menu -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Print -\family default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "dialog-show print" -\end_inset - -) or click on the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show print" -\end_inset - -. - LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI. - This file is then processed by the program -\family typewriter -dvips -\family default - to a PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program -\family typewriter -Ghostscript -\family default -. - Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can set the following print parameters in the -\family sans -Print -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Destination -\family default - box: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Printer -\family default - This is the name of the printer to print to. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Note that this printer name is for the program -\family typewriter -dvips -\family default -. - That means -\family typewriter -dvips -\family default - has to be configured for this printer name. - The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Printer" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - The printer should understand PostScript. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -File -\family default - The name of a file to print to. - The output will be a PostScript file. - It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full - path. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can choose to print only a range of pages, only even-numbered or only - odd-numbered pages or to print the pages in reverse — the latter options - are useful for printing on two sides with a printer without a duplexer: - you re-insert the pages after printing one set to print on the other side. - Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down. - By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack - of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -A few Words about Typography -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Typography -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Hyphens -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dashes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In LyX, the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -- -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - character comes in four lengths: the -\emph on -hyphen -\emph default -, the -\emph on -en dash -\emph default -, the -\emph on -em dash -\emph default -, and the minus sign: -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -name -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -output -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -inserted with -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -hyphen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -- -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -- -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in text -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -en dash -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -– -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Special -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Symbols -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -em dash -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -— -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Special -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Symbols -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -minus sign -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $-$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -- -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in math mode -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -- -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - character multiple times in a row. - They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in - the final output, but not in LyX. - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - gives a en dash, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - a em dash. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in - math mode and has a length of its own. - Here are some examples: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -line- and page-breaks -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -( -\emph on -hyphen -\emph default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -From A–Z -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -( -\emph on -en dash -\emph default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Oh — there's a dash. -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -( -\emph on -em dash -\emph default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -( -\emph on -minus sign -\emph default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Hyphenation -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Hyphenation -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Hyphenation" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output. - Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package -\series bold -babel -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! babel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - following the rules of the document language. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly; it only has problems with text in the - -\family sans -typewriter -\family default - font and with unusual constructs, like -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -h3knix/m0n0wall -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points - manually. - This is done with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hyphenation -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Point -\family default -. - These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX. - If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated. - Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document - in the form -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -A-b c -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - LaTeX would then see the hyphen -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - as a hyphenation possibility. - Hyphenating at this point would look ugly. - To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox - as described in section -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Prevent Hyphenation -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Punctuation Marks -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Punctuation marks -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Abbreviations and End of Sentence -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Abbreviations" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX - automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations. - LaTeX then adds the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -appropriate amount of space. -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and - the next word. - Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word - gets after another word. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does - not work in all cases. - If a -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -. -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's - at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here are some examples of -\emph on -correct -\emph default - abbreviations and of the end of a sentence: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -M. - Butterfly -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Don't worry. - Be happy. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. - this is too much space! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -This is I. - It's okay. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To fix this problem, use one of the following: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Use an -\family sans -Inter-word -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Space -\family default - after lowercase abbreviations (see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Inter-word-Space" - -\end_inset - -). -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spaces ! inter-word -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Use a -\family sans -Thin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Space -\family default - between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Thin-Space" - -\end_inset - -). -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spaces ! thin -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Use an -\family sans -End -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -of -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -sentence -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -period -\family default - found under the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Special -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Character -\family default - menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing. - This function is also bound to -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence" -\end_inset - - for easy access. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -this is too much space! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -This is I\SpecialChar \@. - It's okay. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences. - If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX - will take care of this. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors: - Check out the -\family sans -Check -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -TeX -\family default - feature described in the section -\emph on -Checking TeX -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Additional Features -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Quotes -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Typography ! Quotes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Quotes | see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Typography -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX usually sets quotes correctly. - Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text, - and use a closing quote at the end. - For example, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -open close -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - The keyboard character, -\family sans -" -\family default -, generates this automatically. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can specify what character the -\family sans -" -\family default - key produces using the submenu -\family sans -Language -\family default - of the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - dialog in the box -\family sans -Quote Style -\family default -. - There are six choices: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Text -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\family default - Use quotes like -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -this -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset - -Text -\begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset - - -\family default - Use quotes like -\begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset - -this -\begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Text -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\family default - Use quotes like -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -this -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset - -Text -\begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset - - -\family default - Use quotes like -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset - -this -\begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset - -Text -\begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset - - -\family default - Use quotes like -\begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset - -this -\begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset - -Text -\begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset - - -\family default - Use quotes like -\begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset - -this -\begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For single quotes you have to use the shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "quote-insert single" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Ligatures -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Typography ! Ligatures -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ligatures | see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Typography -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Ligatures" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and - print them as single characters. - These groups are known as -\emph on -ligatures -\emph default -. - Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too - in the output. - Here are the standard ligatures: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -ff -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -fi -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -fl -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -ffi -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -ffl -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word. - While a ligature may be okay in the word, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -graffiti, -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - it looks really weird in compound words, such as -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -cufflink -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - or the German -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Dorffest. -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - To break a ligature, use -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ligature -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Break. - -\family default - This changes -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -cufflinks -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} -links -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Dorffest -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} -fest -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -LyX's Proper Names -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LyX ! Proper names -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with - characters in different sizes and heights. - LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized - as a proper name when you type it in LyX as -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -command -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section. - To create proper names omit the TeX Code. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Note the order of the upper- and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the - following proper names: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -LyX The name of the game, write -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -L -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -yX -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to produce it. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -TeX The program used by LaTeX, write -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -T -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to produce it. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -LaTeX The program used by LyX, write -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to produce it. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX2e -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to produce it. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -2 -\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - It is an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers. - For example the version number of TeX converges to the number -\begin_inset Formula $\pi$ -\end_inset - -: The actual version is -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -TeX-3.141592 -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, the previous one was -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -TeX-3.14159 -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you don't want to use proper names, for example, in section headings, - you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the word. - In LyX this will look like -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/LaTeX.png - scale 80 - -\end_inset - -. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -For more about TeX Code, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:TeX-Code" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Units -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Typography ! Units -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal - space between two words. - As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is - smaller. - To get such a -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -half space -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - for units use the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Thin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Space -\family default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "space-insert thin" -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here is an example to show the differences: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -24 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -kW -\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ -\end_inset - -h -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -space between number and unit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -24 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -kW -\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ -\end_inset - -h -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -half space between number and unit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Widows and Orphans -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Typography ! Widows and orphans -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page - happened to end. - There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text. - You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading - for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line - of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line - of a paragraph at the top of a new page. - These bits of text became known as -\emph on -widows -\emph default - and -\emph on -orphans -\emph default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading. - That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments. - But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line - of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules - built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there - specifically to prevent widows and orphans. - This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -We cannot go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page, or how you can - tweak that behavior. - Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexcompanion" - -\end_inset - - or -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexguide" - -\end_inset - -) may have more information. - You will almost never need to worry about this, however. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -Notes, Graphics, Tables and Floats -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "chap:Floats-and-Notes" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. - There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Notes -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Notes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Notes" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -LyX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as - a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(xxx) -\family default -. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Comment -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Greyed -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can - set in the document settings under -\family sans -Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Greyed-out -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -notes -\family default -. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This is the text -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This is an example footnote within a greyed out note. - In this document the color of this note type is set to blue. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - of a comment that appears in the output. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -As you can see in the example, greyed out notes can have footnotes. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Notes are inserted with the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "note-insert" -\end_inset - - or the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Note -\family default -. - Right-click on the note box that appears to select the note type. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Footnotes -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Footnotes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Footnotes" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the - menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Footnote -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "footnote-insert" -\end_inset - -, -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no -you will see -\family default -\series default -\bar default - a box like this: -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png - scale 80 - -\end_inset - - -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no - This box is LyX's representation of your footnote. - If you -\family default -\series default -\bar default - left-click on -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no -the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -foot -\family roman - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\family default -\series default -\bar default - -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no -label, the box will -\family default -\series default -\bar default - be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it. - Clicking on the box label again will close -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no -the -\family default -\series default -\bar default - box -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no -. - If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it - and click on the footnote -\family default -\series default -\bar default - toolbar -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no -button -\family default -\series default -\bar default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here is an example footnote: -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text - position where the footnote box is placed. - The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page. - The footnote number is calculated by LyX according to the document class. - LyX does not yet support a particular numbering scheme, but you can get - other schemes using special LaTeX-commands. - T -\family roman -h -\family default -ey are described in the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Marginal Notes -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Marginal notes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Marginal-Notes" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX. - When you insert a margin note via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Marginal -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Note -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "marginalnote-insert" -\end_inset - -, you will see -\family roman -\series medium -a -\family default -\series default - -\family roman -\series medium -box with the -\family default -\series default - -\family roman -\series medium -label -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -margin -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - appearing within your text. - This box is LyX's representation of your margin -\family default -\series default -al -\family roman -\series medium -note. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note. -\family roman -\series medium - -\begin_inset Marginal -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align left -This is a marginal note. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents. - In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even - pages, right on odd pages. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For further information about marginal notes see the section -\emph on -Margin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Notes -\emph default - in the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Graphics and Images -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Images -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Graphics -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Graphics" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position - you want and click on the toolbar icon -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" -\end_inset - - or select -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Graphics -\family default - from the menu. - Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters. - The -\family sans -Graphics -\family default - tab allows you to choose your image file. - The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling - factor. - The scaling units are explained in Appendix -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:Units-available-in" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the tab -\family sans -Clipping -\family default - it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width - of the image in the output. - The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button - -\family sans -Get -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -from -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -file -\family default -. - The option -\family sans -Clip -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -to -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -bounding -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -box -\family default - will only print the image region within the given coordinates. - Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore - the tab -\family sans -Clipping -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the -\family sans -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -and -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X options -\family default - tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options. - In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX. - The option -\family sans -Draft -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -mode -\family default - has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame - with the image size is printed. - The option -\family sans -Don't -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -unzip -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -on -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -export -\family default - is explained in the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual in section -\emph on -Graphics Dialog -\emph default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image. - Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are - in the text. - This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/mobius.eps - scale 70 - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put - the image into a float, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Figure-Floats" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Image Formats -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Images ! Formats -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Image-Formats" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can insert images in any known file format. - But as we explained in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Output-file-formats" - -\end_inset - -, every output document format allows only a few image formats. - LyX therefore uses the program -\family typewriter -ImageMagick -\family default - in the background to convert the images to the right format. - To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background, - use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Output-file-formats" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Bitmap -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form. - They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms. - Well-known bitmap image formats are -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Graphics Interchange Format -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (GIF, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.gif -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -GIF|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Image formats -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Portable Network Graphics -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (PNG, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.png -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -PNG|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Image formats -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Joint Photographic Experts Group -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (JPG, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.jpg -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - or -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.jpeg -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -JPG|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Image formats -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Scalable -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without - data loss. - The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because - presentations are always scaled by the beamer. - Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Scalable image formats can be -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Scalable Vector Graphics -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (SVG, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.svg -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -SVG|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Image formats -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Encapsulated PostScript -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (EPS, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.eps -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -EPS|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Image formats -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Portable Document Format -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (PDF, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.pdf -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -PDF -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - We say -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -can be -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the - result will not be scalable. - In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original - image. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only -\emph on -vice versa -\emph default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Grouping of Image Settings -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Images ! Settings grouping -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing - group. - Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image - of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in - the same way. - So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the - need to manually change each of them. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A new group can be set by pressing the button -\family sans -Open -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -new -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -group -\family default - in the -\family sans - Graphics -\family default - dialog in the -\family sans -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -and -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X options -\family default - tab. - Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image - and checking the name of the desired group. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Tables -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tables -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Tables" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can insert a table using either the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "tabular-insert" -\end_inset - - or the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table -\family default -. - A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns. - The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated - from the rest of the table. - This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row - have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above - them. - Here is an example table: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -1 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -2 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -3 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\size normal -\noun off -\color none - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -C -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -The Table dialog -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and - then choosing -\family sans -More\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default -. - This brings up the table dialog. - Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the - cursor is placed currently. - Most of the dialog options also work on selections. - This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is - done on all of your selection. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In addition to the table dialog, the -\family sans -table -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -toolbar -\family default - helps you in setting table properties. - It appears if the cursor is inside a table. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the tab -\family sans -Table -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Settings -\family default - of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row. - If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the - current cell respectively. - The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width - is given. - A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs - of text, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Table-Cells" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell - using the check box -\family sans -Multicolumn -\family default - or -\family sans -Multirow -\family default -. - This will merge the cells to -\emph on -one -\emph default - cell, spread over more than one column/row. - Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width, - and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell. - Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one - in the last row without the upper border: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -abc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -def ghi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -jkl -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -C -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -D -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -2 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -3 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -4 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table. - They are necessary for special table formatting, such as the multirow cells, - explained in the chapter -\emph on -Tables -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. - You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -degrees counterclockwise. - These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Most DVI-viewers are -\emph on -not -\emph default - able to display rotations. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Borders -\family default - tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column. - The button -\family sans -Default -\family default - adds lines for all cell borders. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Longtables -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tables ! Longtables -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Longtables -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option -\family sans -Use -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -long -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -table -\family default - in the tab -\family sans -Longtable -\family default - of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages. - Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -Header -\family default -: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options - defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable. - except for the first page, if -\family sans -First -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -header -\family default - is defined. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -First -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -header -\family default -: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options - defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -Footer -\family default -: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options - defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable, - except for the last page, if -\family sans -Last -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -footer -\family default - is defined. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -Last -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -footer -\family default -: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options - defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Caption: The first row is reset as a single column. - You can now insert there the table caption via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Caption -\family default -. - More about longtable captions can be found in the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can also specify a row where the table is split. - If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware - that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as - -\emph on -empty -\emph default -. - In this context, first means first in this order: -\family sans -Footer, Last -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -footer, -\family default - -\family sans -Header, -\family default - -\family sans -First -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -header -\family default -; see the following longtable to see how it works: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Example Phone List (ignore the names) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -NAME -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -TEL. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Example Phone List -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -NAME -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -TEL. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -continue ... -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Annovi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Silvia -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Bertoli -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Stefano -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Bozzi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Walter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Cachia -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Maria -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Cachia -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Maurizio -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Cinquemani -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Giusi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Colin -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bernard -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Concli -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gianfranco -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Dal Bosco -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Carolina -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Dalpiaz -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Annamaria -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Feliciello -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Domenico -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Focarelli -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paola -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Galletti -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Oreste -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Gasparini -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Franca -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Rizzardi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paola -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Lassini -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Giancarlo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Malfatti -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Luciano -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Malfatti -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Valeriano -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Meneguzzo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Roberto -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Mezzadra -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Roberto -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Pirpamer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Erich -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Pochiesa -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paolo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111, 222 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Radina -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Claudio -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Stuffer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Oskar -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Tacchelli -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ugo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Tezzele -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Margit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Unterkalmsteiner -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Frieda -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Vieider -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Hilde -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Vigna -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Jürgen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Weber -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Maurizio -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Winkler -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Franz -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Annovi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Silvia -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Bertoli -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Stefano -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Bozzi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Walter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Cachia -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Maria -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Cachia -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Maurizio -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Cinquemani -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Giusi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Colin -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bernard -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Concli -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gianfranco -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Dal Bosco -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Carolina -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Dalpiaz -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Annamaria -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Feliciello -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Domenico -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Focarelli -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paola -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Galletti -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Oreste -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Gasparini -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Franca -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Rizzardi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paola -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Lassini -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Giancarlo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Malfatti -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Luciano -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Malfatti -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Valeriano -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Meneguzzo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Roberto -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Mezzadra -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Roberto -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Pirpamer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Erich -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Pochiesa -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paolo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555, 222 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Radina -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Claudio -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Stuffer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Oskar -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Tacchelli -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ugo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Tezzele -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Margit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Unterkalmsteiner -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Frieda -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Vieider -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Hilde -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Vigna -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Jürgen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -999 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Weber -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Maurizio -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Winkler -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Franz -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -End -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Table Cells -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tables ! Cells -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Table-Cells" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table. - All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell. - Font sizes and shapes can also be altered. - But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like -\family sans -Section* -\family default -, etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width - for the column in the table dialog. - Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell - is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width. - An example: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -1 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -2 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -3 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -4 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -This is a multi-line entry in a table. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -5 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -6 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -This is longer now. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -7 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -8 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -This is a multi-line entry in a table. - This is longer now. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -9 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well. - You can even cut and paste more than one row. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Note that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not - be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3. - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Selection with the mouse or with -\family sans -Shift -\family default - plus the arrow keys works as usual. - You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting - the selection from outside the table. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Floats -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Floats" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Introduction -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't - have a fixed location. - It can -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -float -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best. - -\family sans -Footnotes -\family default - and -\family sans -Margin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Notes -\family default - are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are - too many notes on the current page. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout. - Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace - and pages without text. - As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and - the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text. - Floats are therefore numbered. - Referencing is described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Cross-References" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To insert a float, use the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Float -\family default -. - A box with a caption will be inserted into your document. - The label will automatically be translated to the document language in - the output. - After the label you can insert the caption text. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats ! Captions -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate - paragraph within the float. - To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box - by left-clicking on the box label. - A closed float box looks like this: -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/floatQt4.png - scale 80 - -\end_inset - - – a gray button with a red label. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You should insert floats in a separate paragraph to avoid possible LaTeX-errors - that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Examples -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Figure Floats -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Figure-Floats" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats ! Figure floats -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Figure -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "fig:Platypus-distorted" - -\end_inset - - was created using the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Figure -\family default - (toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "float-insert figure" -\end_inset - -). - The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and - using the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Graphics -\family default - (toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" -\end_inset - -). - The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor - to the left or right of the image and using the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Paragraph -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Settings -\family default - (toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout-paragraph" -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float figure -wide false -sideways false -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/platypus.eps - lyxscale 50 - width 50col% - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption Standard - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "fig:Platypus-distorted" - -\end_inset - -A severely distorted platypus in a float. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference - to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Label -\family default - (toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "label-insert" -\end_inset - -) and refer to it using the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cross-Reference -\family default - (toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" -\end_inset - -). - It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using - vague references like -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -the figure above -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it - might not be -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -above -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - at all. - For more about cross-references, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Cross-References" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you - might want to use two images with separate subcaptions. - This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats. - Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures - as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:List-of-Figures" - -\end_inset - -. - Figure -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" - -\end_inset - - is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side. - You can also set the images one below the other. - Figure -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "fig:Undefinable" - -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "fig:Platypus" - -\end_inset - - are the subfigures. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float figure -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Float figure -wide false -sideways false -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption Standard - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "fig:Undefinable" - -\end_inset - -Undefinable -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps - width 45col% - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Float figure -wide false -sideways false -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption Standard - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "fig:Platypus" - -\end_inset - -Platypus -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/platypus.eps - lyxscale 60 - width 45col% - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption Standard - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "fig:Two-distorted-images" - -\end_inset - -Two distorted images. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Table Floats -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats ! Table floats -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Table floats can be inserted using the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "float-insert table" -\end_inset - -. - They have the same properties as figure floats except that the table in - the float is normally placed below the caption and not above like for figures - and that the label begins with “tab:”. - Table -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "tab:Table-float" - -\end_inset - - is a table float. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float table -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption Standard - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "tab:Table-float" - -\end_inset - -A table float. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -1 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -2 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -3 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Joe -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Mary -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Ted -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} -a & b\\ -c & d -\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -More Information -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats ! Details -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats. - It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the - float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float - caption. - All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter - -\emph on -Floats -\emph default - in the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Minipages -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Minipages -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LaTeX provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page, - called a minipage. - Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -apply. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Box -\family default -. - Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage - and its alignment within the page. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Box Frameless -position "t" -hor_pos "c" -has_inner_box 1 -inner_pos "t" -use_parbox 0 -use_makebox 0 -width "30col%" -special "none" -height "1pt" -height_special "totalheight" -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\shape italic -This is a minipage. - The text is set in an italic style. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\shape italic -Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs - another formatting. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use -\family sans -Horizontal Fills -\family default - as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Box Frameless -position "t" -hor_pos "c" -has_inner_box 1 -inner_pos "t" -use_parbox 0 -use_makebox 0 -width "1.5in" -special "none" -height "1pt" -height_special "totalheight" -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text. - This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Box Frameless -position "t" -hor_pos "c" -has_inner_box 1 -inner_pos "t" -use_parbox 0 -use_makebox 0 -width "1.5in" -special "none" -height "1pt" -height_special "totalheight" -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text. - This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another - box type. - All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter -\emph on -Boxes -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -Mathematical Formulas -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formulas | see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Math -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the -\emph on -Math -\emph default - manual. - There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Basic Math Editing -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Basics -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-mode on" -\end_inset - - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-mode" -\end_inset - -). - That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its - corners. - That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate - what level of nesting within the formula you are at. - You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math -\family default - menu. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done - with the -\family sans -math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -toolbar -\family default -, that appears if the cursor is in a formula. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas. - Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This is a line with an inline formula -\begin_inset Formula $A=B$ -\end_inset - - in it. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate - paragraph, like this one: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -A=B -\] - -\end_inset - -You can only number and reference displayed formulas. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX also supports many LaTeX math commands. - For example, typing -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -alpha -\series default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter -\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset - -. - Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Panel -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Navigating in Formulas -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Navigating -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is - achieved with the arrow keys. - LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted. - The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula. - Pressing -\family sans -Space -\family default - will leave a formula construct (a square root -\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ -\end_inset - -, or parentheses -\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ -\end_inset - -, or a matrix -\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} -1 & 2\\ -3 & 4 -\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset - -). - Pressing -\family sans -Escape -\family default - will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula. - -\family sans -Tab -\family default - can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the - cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Space -\family default -, printed in this document as -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting - the space character (visible space). -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between - characters, but it does exit a nested structure. - For this reason, you have to be careful about using -\family sans -Space -\family default -. - For example, if you want -\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ -\end_inset - -, type -\series bold - -\backslash -sqrt -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -2x+1 -\series default - and not -\series bold - -\backslash -sqrt -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -2x -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -+1 -\series default -, since in the latter case only the -\family typewriter - -\begin_inset Formula $2x$ -\end_inset - - -\family default - will be under the square root sign: -\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled - in, such as: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\left(\begin{array}{ccc} -\lambda_{1}\\ - & \ddots\\ - & & \lambda_{n} -\end{array}\right) -\] - -\end_inset - -If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing - in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Selecting Text -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can select text within a formula in two different ways. - Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press -\family sans -Shift -\family default - and a cursor movement key to select text. - It will be highlighted as with regular text selection. - Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way. - That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula, - but not in a normal text region in LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Exponents and Subscripts -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Exponents -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Subscripts -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-superscript" -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-subscript" -\end_inset - -), but it is often much easier to use a command. - To get -\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ -\end_inset - -, type in a formula -\series bold -x^2 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default -. - The final -\family sans -Space -\family default - puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression. - If you type -\series bold -x^2y -\series default -, you will get -\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ -\end_inset - -, to get -\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ -\end_inset - -, type -\series bold -x^2 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -y -\series default -. - If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the - circumflex -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -^ -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, you have to use an extra -\family sans -Space -\family default - to separate the circumflex and the character. - For example, if you want -\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$ -\end_inset - -, type -\series bold -x^ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -a -\series default -. - Subscripts are similar: To get -\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ -\end_inset - -, type -\series bold -a_1 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Fractions -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Fractions -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Create a fraction either with the command -\series bold - -\backslash -frac -\series default - or by using the icon -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\frac" -\end_inset - - in the -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Panel -\family default -. - You will be presented with an empty fraction. - The cursor is above the fraction line. - To move it to the bottom, simply press -\family sans -Down -\family default -. - To move back up, press -\family sans -Up -\family default -. - Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc} -2 & 3\\ -4 & 5 -\end{array}\right)}\right] -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Roots -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Roots -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Roots can be created using the -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Panel -\family default - buttons -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\sqrt" -\end_inset - - or -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\root" -\end_inset - - or the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -sqrt -\series default - or -\series bold - -\backslash -root -\series default -. - With the command -\series bold - -\backslash -root -\series default - you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while -\series bold - -\backslash -sqrt -\series default - always produces a square root. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Operators with Limits -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Sums -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Integrals -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Operators-with-Limits" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sum ( -\begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset - -) and integral ( -\begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset - -) operators are very often decorated with limits. - These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter - a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol. - The sum operator will automatically place its -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -limits -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and to the side in inline - formulas, as in -\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ -\end_inset - -, versus -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e -\] - -\end_inset - -Integral signs, however, will place the limits to the side in both formula - types. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in - display mode. - The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly - behind the operator and using the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Change -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Limits -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Type -\family default - or entering -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-limits" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Certain other mathematical expressions also have this -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -moving limits -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - feature, such as -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Limits -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x), -\] - -\end_inset - -which will place the -\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ -\end_inset - - underneath the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -lim -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in display mode. - In inline formulas it looks like this: -\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro -\series bold - -\backslash -lim -\series default -. - Have a look at section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Functions" - -\end_inset - - for an explanation of function macros. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Math Symbols -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Symbols -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Most math symbols can be found in the -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Panel -\family default - under one of several categories; including -\family sans -Greek -\family default -, -\family sans -Operators -\family default -, -\family sans -Relations -\family default -, -\family sans -Arrows -\family default -. - There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical - Society (AMS). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, - you don't have to use the -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Panel -\family default -; you can type the command directly into the formula. - LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Altering Spacing -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Spaces -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that - LaTeX provides. - To do this, press -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space" -\end_inset - - or use the -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Panel -\family default - button -\family sans - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\space" -\end_inset - - -\family default -. - This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen. - For example, the sequence -\series bold -a Ctrl+Space b -\series default -: -\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ -\end_inset - - appears in LyX as -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png - -\end_inset - -. - You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind - the space marker and enter space again several times. - With every space enter the size will be changed. - Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative - spaces. - Here are two examples: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -a Ctrl+Space b -\series default - and 3× -\family sans -Space -\family default -: -\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -a Ctrl+Space b -\series default - and 5× -\family sans -Space -\family default -: -\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Functions -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Functions -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Functions" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Panel -\family default - contains under the button -\family sans - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\functions" -\end_inset - - -\family default - a number of function macros, such as -\begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset - -, -\emph on -etc -\emph default -. - (you can also insert them in a formula by typing -\series bold - -\backslash -sin -\series default - etc.). - Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to - avoid confusions, because -\begin_inset Formula $sin$ -\end_inset - - does normally mean -\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$ -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function: - -\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$ -\end_inset - - is different from -\begin_inset Formula $asinx$ -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For some mathematical objects, like limits, the macro changes where subscripts - are placed, as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Accents -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Accents -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text - mode. - This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use. - You can also use LaTeX commands, for example, to enter -\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset - - even if your keyboard doesn't have the circumflex enabled. - Our example is entered by typing -\series bold - -\backslash -hat -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -a -\series default - in a formula. - Table -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "tab:Accent-names-and" - -\end_inset - - shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float table -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption Standard - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "tab:Accent-names-and" - -\end_inset - -Accent names and the corresponding commands. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Name -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -E -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -xample -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -circumflex -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -hat -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -grave -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -grave -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -acute -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -acute -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -umlaut -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -ddot -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -tilde -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -tilde -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -dot -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -dot -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -breve -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -breve -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -caron -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -check -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -macron -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -bar -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -vector -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -vec -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the -\family sans -Frame -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -decorations -\family default - symbol set button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\hat" -\end_inset - - in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within - a formula too. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Brackets and Delimiters -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Brackets -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Delimiters -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are several brackets available through LyX. - For some purposes, using just the keys -\family typewriter -[]{}()|<> -\family default - should suffice. - But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction, - or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math - toolbar delimiter icon -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" -\end_inset - -. - For example, if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\left[\begin{array}{cc} -1 & 2\\ -3 & 4 -\end{array}\right] -\] - -\end_inset - -it makes it easier to see the layers of parentheses. - Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" -\end_inset - - and the expression on the right was entered using the -\family typewriter -() -\family default - keys. - -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from - that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is - inside. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the - left side and right side. - If you use the option -\family sans -Keep -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -matched -\family default -, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. - The selection will be shown as TeX code. - If you want one side not to have a bracket, use -\family sans -(none) -\family default -. - It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, like a square - root, you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that - is to go inside the brackets. - Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on -\family sans -Insert -\family default -. - The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and - braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts. - For example, to insert a pair of parentheses, select the structure and - enter -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-delim ( )" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Arrays and Multi-line Equations -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Arrays -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Matrices -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Multi-line Equations -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Matrices are entered in LyX using the -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Panel -\family default - matrix button -\family sans - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show mathmatrix" -\end_inset - - -\family default -. - It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns. - Here is an example: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\left(\begin{array}{ccc} -1 & 2 & 3\\ -4 & 5 & 6\\ -7 & 8 & 9 -\end{array}\right) -\] - -\end_inset - -The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters" - -\end_inset - -. - When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries - will be left-, right-, or center-justified. - This alignment is set in the box -\family sans -Horizontal -\family default - with the letters -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -l -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -r -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -c -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - LyX proposes a -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -c -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - for every column as default. - For example, the sequence -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -lcr -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be - centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter - corresponds to the relevant column. - The result will look like this: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\begin{array}{lcr} -this & this\, column & this\, column\\ -column & has & has\, right\\ -has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment -\end{array}. -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can add more rows to an existing matrix by entering -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - - while the cursor is in the matrix. - Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math -\family default - or the math toolbar. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases. - It can be created with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cases -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Environment -\family default - or the command -\series bold - -\backslash -cases -\series default -. - Here is an example: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -f(x)=\begin{cases} --1 & x<0\\ -0 & x=0\\ -1 & x>0 -\end{cases} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -Multi-line formulas are created when you press -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - - within a formula. - In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each - column. - When you press -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - - in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -= -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign - is in the second column, and the rest in the third column. - A new row is created by every further entry of -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - -. - Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas. - Here is an example: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray} -a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\ -a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared} -\end{eqnarray} - -\end_inset - -Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures - in this column will be printed in a smaller size: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray*} -\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} -\end{eqnarray*} - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The multi-line formula type described here is called -\family typewriter -\series medium -eqnarray -\family default -\series default -. - There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations, - for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:asquared" - -\end_inset - -. - The other types are described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Formula Numbering and Referencing -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Formula numbering -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Referencing formulas -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Number -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Whole -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Formula -\family default - or the shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-number-toggle" -\end_inset - -. - The formula number appears in LyX within parentheses. - The number shown is temporary and may be different when the output is generated. - The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on - the document class. - In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number, - separated by a dot: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -1+1=2 -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - -Using -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-number-toggle" -\end_inset - - in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering. - You can only number displayed formulas. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Number -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -This -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Line -\family default - or the shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-number-line-toggle" -\end_inset - - will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray} -1 & = & 3-2\\ -2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\ -4 & \leq & 7 -\end{eqnarray} - -\end_inset - -To number all lines use the shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-number-toggle" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label. - A label is inserted with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Label -\family default - (toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "label-insert" -\end_inset - -) when the cursor is in the formula. - This opens a dialog to enter the label. - It is recommended that you use the suggested -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -eq: -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the - label type when you have many labels in your document. - We inserted in the following example the label -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -eq:tanhExp -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in the second line: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray} -\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\ - & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp} -\end{eqnarray} - -\end_inset - -Every labeled line is automatically numbered. - Therefore the label is shown behind the formula number. - You can reference a labeled formula using the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cross -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Reference -\family default - (toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" -\end_inset - -). - A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to. - The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output - as the formula number: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This is a cross-reference to equation ( -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "eq:tanhExp" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Cross-References" - -\end_inset - -. - To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and - press -\family sans -Del -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -User defined math macros -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Macros -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you - have equations of the same form in a document several times. - Math macros are explained in section -\emph on -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Macros -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Math -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Fine-Tuning -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Typefaces -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Typefaces -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman. - To set a font in a formula, use the -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Panel -\family default - button -\family sans - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\font" -\end_inset - - -\family default -, or enter its command, listed in table -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the" - -\end_inset - -, directly. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float table -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption Standard - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "tab:Typefaces-and-the" - -\end_inset - -Typefaces and the corresponding commands. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Font -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Command -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\shape up -\size normal -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathrm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathbf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\shape up -\size normal -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathtt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathbb -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathfrak -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\shape up -\size normal -\emph on -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathcal -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathsf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - You can only print capital letters in the typefaces -\family sans -Blackboard -\family default - and -\family sans -Calligraphic -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula. - Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface. - Pressing -\family sans -Space -\family default - within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected - space when you need a space in the box. - Here is an example where -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -N -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in -\family sans -Blackboard -\family default - denotes the set of numbers: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion. - You can, for example, put a character in -\family sans -Fraktur -\family default - in a box for -\family sans -Typewriter -\family default -: -\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -So it is better not to use this feature. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters: -\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -You can only print them emboldened using the command -\series bold - -\backslash -boldsymbol -\series default -, which works like the other typeface commands: -\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -boldsymbol -\series default - works for all symbols, letters, and numbers. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Style -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Math Text -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Text -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but - not for text. - For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using - the entry -\family sans -Normal -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -mode -\family default - of the -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Panel -\family default - button -\family sans - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\font" -\end_inset - - -\family default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-default" -\end_inset - -). - Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue. - You can use spaces and accents in math text as in normal text. - Here is an example: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -f(x)=\begin{cases} -x & \mbox{if I say so}\\ --x & \mbox{under Umständen} -\end{cases} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Font Sizes -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Font sizes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are - automatically chosen in most situations. - These are called -\family sans -textstyle -\family default -, -\family sans -displaystyle -\family default -, -\family sans -scriptstyle -\family default -, and -\family sans -scriptscriptstyle -\family default -. - For most characters, -\family sans -textstyle -\family default - and -\family sans -displaystyle -\family default - are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts, - and certain other structures, are set larger in -\family sans -displaystyle -\family default -. - Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various - situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat -e. - These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button -\family sans - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\style" -\end_inset - - -\family default -. - A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure. - For example, you can set -\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset - -, which is normally in -\family sans -textstyle -\family default -, larger in -\family sans -displaystyle -\family default -: -\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ -\end_inset - -. - The four styles are used in the following example: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$ -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset - is set in a particular size with the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Style -\family default -, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size. - Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts - will be adjusted to correspond. - As an example here is a formula in the font size -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -largest -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family roman -\size largest -\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -AMS-LaTeX -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -AMS math -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! AMS -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society - (AMS) that are in common use. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Enabling AMS-Support -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in - the document by selecting the checkbox -\family sans -Use -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -AMS -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -package -\family default - in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - dialog under -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Options -\family default -. - AMS is needed for many math-constructs; so when you get LaTeX-errors in - formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -AMS-Formula Types -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Multi-line Equations -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types. - LyX allows you to choose between -\family typewriter -align -\family default -, -\family typewriter -alignat -\family default -, -\family typewriter -flalign -\family default -, -\family typewriter -gather -\family default -, and -\family typewriter -multline -\family default -. - We refer you to the AMS-documentation, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "AMS" - -\end_inset - -, for an explanation of these formula types. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -More Tools -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Cross-References -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Cross references -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Cross-References" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -One of LyX's strengths is cross-references. - You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in - the document. - To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it. - The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference. - We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -First item -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "enu:Second-item" - -\end_inset - -Second item -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Third item -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -First we insert a label into the second item with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Label -\family default - or by pressing the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "label-insert" -\end_inset - -. - A gray label box like this: -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/labelQt4.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text. - LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case - the text -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -enu:Second-item -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - The prefix -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -enu: -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - stands for -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -enumerate -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted; for - example, if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix - will be -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -sec: -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cross-Reference -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" -\end_inset - -. - A gray cross-reference box like this: -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/referenceQt4.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels - in the document. - We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -enu:Second-item -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear - in the output. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As an alternative to -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cross-Reference -\family default -, you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select -\family sans -Copy as Reference -\family default -. - The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted - to the actual cursor position via the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Paste -\family default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "paste" -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here is our cross-reference: Item -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "enu:Second-item" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -It is recommended to use a protected space -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Protected-Space" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly - line breaks between them. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are six formats of cross-references: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -: prints the number, this is the default: -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -(): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style - normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Equation -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - is omitted: -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:tanhExp" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -: prints the page number: Page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand pageref -reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -on -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -: prints the text “on page” and the page number: -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vpageref -reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -If the label is on the same page, it prints “on this page”; if the label - is on a facing page in a two-sided document, it prints “on the facing page”; - if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page, it prints “on - the previous page”; if it is on the next page which is not a facing page, - it prints “on the next page”. - The wording of the printed text also depends on the used document class. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -on -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -: prints the number, the text “on page” and the page number: -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -If the label is on the same page, this format behaves like -\family sans -\series bold - -\family default -\series default -; otherwise it behaves like -\family sans -\series bold -on -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\family default -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Formatted -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package -\series bold -prettyref -\series default - or -\series bold -refstyle -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! prettyref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! refstyle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - installed. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting - the option -\family sans -Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references -\family default - in the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Document Class -\family default -. - The package -\series bold -refstyle -\series default - is the default and preferred because -\series bold -prettyref -\series default - supports only English documents. - The format is specified by using the command -\series bold - -\backslash -newrefformat -\series default - (prettyref) or -\series bold - -\backslash -newref -\series default - (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document. - For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label - shortcut -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -fig -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -) can be done with this command -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page -\backslash -pageref{#1}}} -\series default - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations -, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "prettyref,refstyle" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Textual -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference: -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand nameref -reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output - is automatically calculated by LaTeX. - The varieties are adjusted in the field -\family sans -Format -\family default - of the cross-reference window, that appears when you click on the cross-referen -ce. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can only use the style -\family sans - -\family default - to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style -\family sans - -\family default - is always possible. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading; - for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in - it. - Referencing formulas is explained in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu. - The entry -\family sans -Go -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -to -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Label -\family default - sets the cursor before the referenced label. - This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to -\family sans -Go -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Back -\family default - so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference. - You can also go back with the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "bookmark-goto 0" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can change labels at any time. - References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you - do not need to think about this. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see in LyX - “BROKEN” in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output - instead of the reference. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -References are described in detail in the section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Referencing Floats -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Table of Contents and other Listings -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Table of contents -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Outline -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:toc" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Table of Contents -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Table-of-Contents" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -of -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Contents -\family default -. - It is displayed in LyX as a gray box. - If you click on it, the -\family sans -Outline -\family default - window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you - to move and rearrange sections in your documents. - So this operation is an alternative to the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Outline -\family default - that is described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:The-Outliner" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically. - If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described - in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Short-Titles" - -\end_inset - -, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading. - Section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Numbering-depth" - -\end_inset - - describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are - listed in the TOC. - Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:List-of-Figures" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents. - You can insert them via the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -List/TOC -\family default - submenus. - The list entries are the float captions and the float number. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -URLs and Hyperlinks -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -URLs -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Hyperlinks -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -URLs -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:URLs" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -URL -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage: -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://www.lyx.org -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be - in the style -\family typewriter -Typewriter -\family default -. - To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next - subsection. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Hyperlinks -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Hyperlinks" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hyperlink -\family default - or with the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "href-insert" -\end_inset - -. - The appearing dialog has two fields: -\family sans -Target -\family default - and -\family sans -Name -\family default -. - The name is the printed text for the hyperlink. - The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this: -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "LyX's homepage" -target "http://www.lyx.org" - -\end_inset - -, an Email address like this: -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "lyx-docs mailing list" -target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation" -type "mailto:" - -\end_inset - -, or a link to a file. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by - adding the prefix -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -run: -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to the link target. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output, - and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output. - To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use - the text style dialog. - This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text: -\family sans -\series bold - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "LyX's homepage" -target "http://www.lyx.org" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The link text color can be changed, when the option -\family sans -Color links -\family default - is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -PDF Properties -\family default -). - The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the - option -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -urlcolor=blue -\series default - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -to the field -\family sans -Additional options -\family default - in the PDF Properties dialog. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Appendices -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Appendix -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Appendices" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Appendices are created with the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Start -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Appendix -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Here -\family default -. - This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end - as the appendix part of the book. - This part is marked with a red borderline. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Every chapter (or section) within the appendix part is treated as an appendix, - numbered with a capital Latin letter. - The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot - and the subsection number. - All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections, - here two examples: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Appendix -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:Credits" - -\end_inset - -; Appendix -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Export" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Bibliography -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bibliography -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Bibliography" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document. - You can include a bibliography database, -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Known under the name -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -BibTeX-database -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography - manually, using the paragraph environment -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default -, which was described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Biblio_environment" - -\end_inset - -. - If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in - this document, like author-year citations, then you must -\emph on - -\emph default -use a bibliography database. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -The Bibliography Environment -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Within the -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default - environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled - with a number. - If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a -\family sans -Key -\family default - and a -\family sans -Label -\family default -. - The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography - entry. - For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX - and we used -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -latexcompanion -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, a short form of its title, as the key. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can cross-reference a bibliography entry using the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Citation -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation" -\end_inset - -. - A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear - containing the available citations. - Select one or more keys from the list and -\family sans -Add -\family default - them. - Then press -\family sans -OK -\family default -. - The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key(s). - If you click on the box, the citation window will appear and you can change - the reference. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography - entry with surrounding brackets. - If you set a -\family sans -Label -\family default - for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number. - Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Credits -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Have a look at the -\family sans -LaTeX Companion Second Edition -\family default -: -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexcompanion" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits: -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "lyxcredit" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest - label via the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Paragraph -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Settings -\family default - (toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout-paragraph" -\end_inset - -). - All entries are then indented in the output by the width of the given label. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Bibliography databases (BibTeX) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bibliography ! Databases -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bibliography ! BibTeX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Bibliography-databases" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different - documents. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning - them. - Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations - and reviews along with bibliographical information. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography - entries. - You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of - your working field in a database. - This database can be used for different documents, and by default only - the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography - list for that document. - This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books - you have cited. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The database is a text file with the file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -.bib -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, containing the bibliography in a special format. - The format is explained in -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "BibTeX-2" - -\end_inset - - and in the LaTeX books ( -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport" - -\end_inset - -). - The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a - special program to create and edit the entries in the database. - A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To use a database, use the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -List -\family default -/ -\family sans -TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator -BibT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Bibliography -\family default -. - A gray box will be inserted and a window appears. - In this window you can add one or more databases and select a -\family sans -style -\family default - file. - The option -\family sans -Add bibliography to TOC -\family default - adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography. - In the -\family sans -Content -\family default - drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database - in the document or just the cited references. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The style file is a text file with the file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -.bst -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - that controls how the bibliography entries will appear. - Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers - provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the - layout. - It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something - for experts. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -For information on how this is done, have a look at -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX. - You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the -\family sans -Processor -\family default - either in -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Bibliography -\family default - or in -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\family default -. - The following variants are possible: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, but does not work - with other bibliography packages (e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\series bold -natbib -\series default -), only with the package -\series bold -biblatex -\series default -; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin - letters -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries - that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works - with all bibliography packages, except -\series bold -biblatex -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding, - larger memory than -\family sans -bibtex -\family default -, works with all bibliography packages -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification - of the variants. - Before adding options, it is strongly recommended that you read the manual - of -\family sans -BibTeX -\family default - -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "BibTeX" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When you select the option -\family sans -Sectioned bibliography -\family default - in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Bibliography -\family default - dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies. - This and other options are explained in detail in section -\emph on -Customizing Bibliographies -\emph default - -\emph on -with BibTeX -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Additional Features -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between - the two methods of creating them. - As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists - only the database entries that are referenced in the document. - We used the style file -\family sans -alphadin.bst -\family default - to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Bibliography layout -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bibliography ! Layout -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format. - For this feature you need to enable the option -\family sans -Natbib -\family default - in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - dialog under -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default -. - Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default. - For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained - in the previous section. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in - the citation reference window. - Here is an example where the text -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Chapter -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -3 -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - appears after the reference: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Have a look at -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -after "Chapter 3" -key "latexcompanion" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Index -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Index generation -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Index" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An index entry is created if you use the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Index -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Entry -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "index-insert" -\end_inset - -. - A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index. - The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed - by LyX as the index entry. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The index list is inserted in the document with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Index -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -List -\family default -. - A light blue box labeled -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Index -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - will show the place where the index is printed in the output. - The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections. - For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one - of the LaTeX books -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Grouping Index Entries -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Grouping -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the - index. - We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated - lists under the entry -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Lists -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - First we create the entry -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Lists -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Lists" - -\end_inset - -. - In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Itemize" - -\end_inset - -, we insert the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -Lists ! Itemize -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -and the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -Lists ! Enumerate -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -for the enumerated list in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Enumerate" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The exclamation mark -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -! -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - marks the grouping levels. - You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more. - An index entry for the higher levels is not required. - If we don't have an index entry for -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Lists -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Page Ranges -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Page ranges -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed - section. - But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry. - For example, if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create - an index entry in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" - -\end_inset - - with the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -Paragraph environments|( -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -and another entry at the end of section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LyX-Code" - -\end_inset - - with the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -Paragraph environments|) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The commands -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\series bold -|( -\series default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\series bold -|) -\series default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - respectively start and end the index range. - You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document. - They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of - the pages of the indexed document parts. - An example is the index entry -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Document ! Settings -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Cross referencing -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Cross referencing -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -It is also possible to refer to another index entry. - We referred for example in the index entry -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -GIF -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Image-Formats" - -\end_inset - -) to the index entry -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Image formats -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in the same section using the entry -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -GIF|see{Image formats} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code. - The text within the braces is the referenced entry. - The reference will appear in the output without a page number. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Index Entry Order -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Entry order -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not - follow the rules for the index order. - The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see - section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Index-Program" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - does not know how to sort accents in different languages. - We have created as an example the three dummy index entries -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -maison -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -maïs -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -maître -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! maïs -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! maître -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! maïs@maison -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order - maïs, maison, maître. - To achieve this, we use the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -previous entry@current entry -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In our case we want to have -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -maison -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - after -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -maïs -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and write therefore for the index entry of maison: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -maïs@maison -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The previous entry need not be a real existing entry. - You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order. - See the next subsection for an example. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the - program -\family sans -makeindex -\family default -to generate the index (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Index-Program" - -\end_inset - -). - -\family sans -makeindex -\family default - would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in - sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Document-Font" - -\end_inset - - after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these - index commands start with -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\series bold -LaTeX-packages ! -\series default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote. - To fix this -\family sans -makeindex -\family default - bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -let -\backslash -OrgIndex -\backslash -index -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand*{ -\backslash -index}[1]{ -\backslash -OrgIndex{#1}} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Index Entry Layout -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Entry layout -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog. -\begin_inset Index idx -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! -\shape italic -This is an italic dummy entry -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - You can also format the page number using the character -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -| -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash. - We can write for example -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -italic page number:|textit -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -to get the page number in italic. -\begin_inset Index idx -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special - case -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\series bold -|command -\series default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - means -\series bold - -\backslash -command{page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -number} -\series default -. - Have a look at section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" - -\end_inset - - to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program -\family sans -makeindex -\family default -to generate the index, see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Index-Program" - -\end_inset - -. - If you use -\family sans -xindy -\family default -, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text. - This is because -\family sans -xindy -\family default - requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -after "p. 678 ff." -key "latexcompanion" - -\end_inset - - for details. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown - above. - Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that. - Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of - the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions. - If so, put the following in the preamble -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -IndexDef}[1]{ -\backslash -textit{#1}} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -and write -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -my entry|IndexDef -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -in the index entry. -\begin_inset Index idx -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher - insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to - change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can also change the layout for the whole index. - For example, we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get - a bold font for all index entries. - For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called -\emph on -Index Style File -\emph default -, see the -\family sans -makeindex -\family default - or -\family sans -xindy -\family default - documentation for details, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "makeindex,xindy" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Index Program -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Program -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Index-Program" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If the index generation program -\family sans -xindy -\family default - is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program -\family sans -makeindex -\family default -, the program that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Makeindex -\family default - is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably - that it was developed with only the English language in mind. - So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly. - We have shown above how to fix this sorting. - However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider - to use -\family sans -xindy -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences - dialog, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-settings" - -\end_inset - -. - The available options are listed and explained in -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "makeindex,xindy" - -\end_inset - -. - In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate - the index. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a - given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{} -or the options in -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Indexes -\family default -. - This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options - to the index program or if you need a specific layout style. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Multiple Indexes -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In many fields it is common to have more than one index. - For instance, you might need to set up a separate -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Index of Names -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - next to the standard index. - LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages - that add this feature. - LyX uses the -\series bold -splitidx -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! splitidx -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - package to generate multiple indexes. - The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "TeXCatalogue" - -\end_inset - -. - Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also - includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well. - Please consult the package's manual for details. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Indexes -\family default - and select the option -\family sans -Use multiple Indexes -\family default -. - Note that the list -\family sans -Available Indexes -\family default - already contains the standard index -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Index -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should - also appear as a heading) to the -\family sans -New -\family default - input field and press the -\family sans -Add -\family default - button. - The new index now also appears in the list. - If you like, you can attribute an alternative LyX label color to the new - index. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index - list in -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -List/TOC -\family default - and the -\family sans -Insert -\family default - menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes. - The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there - are additional features: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking - on the entry's label will open a dialog where you can do that. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type. - Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Subindex. -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level. - For example, if you use a book class, where the standard index heading - is defined as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can - thus be nested to the non-subindexes. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Nomenclature/Glossary -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Glossary|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Nomenclature -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Nomenclature" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sometimes you need to provide a list of technical terms or symbols that - are mentioned in your document with a brief explanation of them – a so - called nomenclature or glossary. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To be able to create nomenclatures or glossaries, you need the LaTeX package - -\series bold -nomencl -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! nomencl -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - installed. - You find it in the TeX-catalogue, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "TeXCatalogue" - -\end_inset - - or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry - and then use the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family default -N -\family sans -omenclature -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Entry -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "nomencl-insert" -\end_inset - -. - A gray box labeled -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Nom -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries. - The first is the term or -\family sans -Symbol -\family default - that you wish to define. - The second is the -\family sans -Description -\family default - of the term or symbol. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Nomenclature Definition and Layout -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature ! Layout -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the -\family sans -Symbol -\family default - field as LaTeX-formulas. - For example to get -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, insert this: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -$ -\backslash -sigma$ -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series default -The -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -$ -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - character starts/ends the formula. - The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning - with a backslash -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\backslash - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter, - like -\series bold - -\backslash -Sigma -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" - -\end_inset - -.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You cannot use the -\family sans -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Style -\family default - dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands. - For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in this document is: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -dummy entry for the character -\backslash -textsf{sigma} -\series default - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -The command -\series bold - -\backslash -textsf -\series default - sets the fonts to -\family sans -sans -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -serif -\family default -. - To get -\series bold -bold -\series default - font use the command -\series bold - -\backslash -textbf -\series default -, for -\family typewriter -typewriter -\family default - use -\series bold - -\backslash -texttt -\series default -, for -\emph on -emphasized -\emph default - use -\series bold - -\backslash -emph -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If the characters | -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -! -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -, @ and -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -" -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -should appear in nomenclature entries they need to be escaped by adding - a quote character in front of them. -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\"" -description "The quote sign is output by writing ‘ \"\"\"\" '" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature ! Sort order -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of - the symbol definition. - This leads to undesired results when you, for example, have symbols in - formulas. - Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols -\emph on -a -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -symbol "a" -description "dummy entry for the character \"a\"" - -\end_inset - - -\emph default - and -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -prefix "sigma" -symbol "$\\sigma$" -description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}" - -\end_inset - -. - They will be sorted by -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -a -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -$ -\backslash -sigma$ -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - – the -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset - - will be sorted before the -\emph on -a -\emph default - since the character -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -$ -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - is considered in sorting. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To control the sort order, you can edit the -\family sans -Sort -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -as -\family default - field of the nomenclature dialog. - Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol - definition. - For the example given, you can insert -\family typewriter -sigma -\family default - in this field for the -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset - -, then -\emph on -a -\emph default - will be located before -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the -\series bold -nomencl -\series default - documentation, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "nomencl" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Nomenclature Options -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature ! Options -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\series bold -nomencl -\series default - package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature. - Here are some of its options; for more have a look at its documentation: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -refeq Appends the phrase -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -, see equation ( -\emph on -eq -\emph default -) -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to every nomenclature entry, where -\family sans -\emph on -eq -\family default -\emph default - is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -refpage Appends the phrase -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -, page ( -\emph on -page -\emph default -) -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to every nomenclature entry, where -\family sans -\emph on -page -\family default -\emph default - is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document - class options list in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - dialog. - In this document the options -\series bold -refpage, intoc -\series default - are used. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature - entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the - -\family sans -Description -\family default - field in the nomenclature dialog: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -nomrefeq Like the -\series bold -refeq -\series default - option -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -nomrefpage Like the -\series bold -refpage -\series default - option -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -nomrefeqpage Short notation of -\series bold - -\backslash -nomrefeq -\backslash -nomrefpage -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -nomnorefeq, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -nomnorefpage, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Words like -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -page -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - are automatically translated for some document languages. - If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent - -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation -\backslash -nobreakspace(#1)} -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -pagedeclaration}[1]{, page -\backslash -nobreakspace{}#1} -\series default - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -and replace -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -see equation -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -page -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - by their translation. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Printing the Nomenclature -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature ! Printing -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To print the nomenclature, use the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Lists/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nomenclature -\family default -. - A box labeled -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Nomenclature -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output. - By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered. - You can choose between these settings: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Default a space of 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cm is used -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Longest -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -label -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Custom custom space -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Nomenclature -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the - command -\series bold - -\backslash -nomname -\series default - in the preamble. - For example, in order to change the name to -\emph on -List of Symbols -\emph default -, add the following line to the preamble: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family roman -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -nomname}{List of Symbols} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Nomenclature Program -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature ! Program -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Nomenclature-Program" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX uses the program -\family sans -makeindex -\family default -, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature. - LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control - -\family sans -makeindex -\family default - by adding options, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-settings" - -\end_inset - -. - The available options are listed and explained in -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "nomencl,makeindex" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Branches -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Branches -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Branches -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Branches" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output. - For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the - pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same - document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches. - The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated. - To create a branch, either select the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Insert New Branch -\family default - (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - dialog to -\family sans -Branches -\family default -, where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation - state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not), - its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should - be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active - (see below for an example). - Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch - to the name of the other) and to add -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -unknown branches -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (i. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -e. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents -, without having been defined) to the document's branch list. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes. - These boxes are inserted via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Branch -\family default - where you can choose a branch. - You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking - on them. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch - is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Branch Question -status open - -\begin_layout Standard -Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner? -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Branch Answer -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Standard -Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you activate -\family sans -Filename Suffix -\family default - in -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Branches -\family default -, the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export. - Consider for example a file -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Exam.lyx -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - which has the above branches. - If -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Filename Suffix -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - is active, the PDF export file would be called -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Exam.pdf -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - if both the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Question -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Answer -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - branch were inactive, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Exam-Question.pdf -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - if only the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Question -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - branch was active, likewise -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Exam-Answer.pdf -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - if only the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Answer -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - branch was active, and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Exam-Question-Answer.pdf -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - if both branches were active. - This helps you to export different versions of your document easily. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets, - like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each - branch. - For example you can define for the question branch -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -question}[1]{#1} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -answer}[1]{} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -and for the answer branch -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -question}[1]{} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -answer}[1]{#1} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Branch Question -status open - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -question}[1]{#1} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -answer}[1]{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Branch Answer -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -question}[1]{} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -answer}[1]{#1} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Now it is possible to use the -\series bold - -\backslash -question{\SpecialChar \ldots{} -} -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{} -} -\series default - commands to obtain conditional output. - Here is an example formula where only the -\series bold - -\backslash -question -\series default - part appears: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}. -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the - -\emph on -Math -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout - files (e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own LaTeX commands.). - For this advanced usage, see the -\emph on -Customization -\emph default - manual, section -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Flex insets and InsetLayout -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -PDF Properties -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:PDF-Properties" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -PDF properties -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -PDF Properties -\family default - dialog allows you to set up special options for the PDF output of your - document. - All these options are provided by the LaTeX-package -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! hyperref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - which will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output. - This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a - table of contents entry or on a reference to move to the cross-referenced - part of the document. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The header information in the dialog tab -\family sans -General -\family default - is saved together with the PDF as file properties. - Many programs are able to extract this information, for example, automatically - to recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about. - This is very useful to sort, classify or use PDFs for bibliography issues. - When the option -\family sans -Automatically -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -fill -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -header -\family default - is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document - title and author entries. - The option -\family sans -Load -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -in -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -fullscreen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -mode -\family default - will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can specify in the dialog tab -\family sans -Hyperlinks -\family default - how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences - are created. - The -\family sans -Break -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -links -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -over -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -lines -\family default - option allows long links to be split; -\family sans -No -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -frames -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -around -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -links -\family default - and -\family sans -Color -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -links -\family default - both turn off the default behavior of enclosing all links in frames; -\family sans -Color -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -links -\family default - colors the different links. - The default colors are: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\color magenta -magenta -\color inherit - for hyperlinks and URLs -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\color red -red -\color inherit - for links -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\color green -green -\color inherit - for citations -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -but you can change these in the field -\family sans -Additional options -\family default -. - For example, in this document they were changed with the additional options: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If the option -\family sans -Backreferences -\family default - is set, the hyperlinks will appear in the bibliography after the different - entries, showing, depending on the option selected, the number of the section, - slide or page where the entry is referenced. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the dialog tab -\family sans -Bookmarks -\family default - you can specify if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of - your document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document. - You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections - or not. - With the -\family sans -Open bookmarks -\family default - -\family sans -Level -\family default - you can specify what sectioning level should be displayed in the bookmarks - when opening the PDF. - For example level -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -2 will display all sections and subsections, while level -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1 will only display the sections. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -PDF properties are also used in this document. - When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional - -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - options are used. - For an explanation of all them we refer you to the hyperref manual -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "hyperref" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:TeX-Code" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -TeX Code Boxes -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -TeX Code -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and - constructs, but not all. - LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands. - All the time packages are being updated and new ones added. - This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there - is a LaTeX-package for every problem, though LyX cannot support all packages - and their commands. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the - TeX Code box. - A TeX Code box is created by the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Te -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Code -\family default - or by the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "ert-insert" -\end_inset - - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "ert-insert" -\end_inset - -). - The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on - it and selecting -\family sans -Close Inset -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code. - Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text. - For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore - using the LaTeX-command -\series bold - -\backslash -fbox -\series default -, you can write the command part -\series bold - -\backslash -fbox{ -\series default - in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace -\series bold -} -\series default - in a second TeX Code box behind the word. - The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in - the following example: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/ERT.png - scale 89 - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -gives -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This is a line with a -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fbox{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -framed -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - word. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space - to let LaTeX know that the command is finished. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -A Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The LaTeX Syntax -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX Syntax -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something - about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background. - Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -program -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - your text. - This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at - any time if you know the right commands. - For example, imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline - is the end of the day. - Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have - all caption labels bold. - But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels - in your manual. - Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one - day. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Now LaTeX comes into play. - As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package. - First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package - database, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "Catalogue" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As result you find that the package -\series bold -caption -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! caption -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is what you need. - To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Preamble -\family default -) with the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage[options]{package name} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within - two braces and the options are set within two brackets. - Note that not all commands have an argument and options. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In your case the package name is -\series bold -caption -\series default -. - After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option - -\series bold -labelfont=bf -\series default - will change the font of all caption labels to bold. - So you add the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -to the preamble and the problem is solved. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -For more commands provided by the -\series bold -caption -\series default - package, have a look at its documentation, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "caption" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems - like your case. - For example if you use a -\family sans -KOMA-Script -\family default - class, you don't need the package -\series bold -caption -\series default -, you can instead write -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -setkomafont{captionlabel}{ -\backslash -bfseries} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -in the preamble and the problem is solved. - So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the - documentation of the document class you want to use. - ( -\series bold - -\backslash -setkomafont -\series default - is an example of a command with more than one argument.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the - text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command - argument. - To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in - the previous section. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the - LaTeX-books -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexcompanion,latexguide" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -pagestyle{fancy} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Left Header -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -rightmark -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -defines the header line as described below -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Center Header -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Right Header -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -leftmark -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Left Footer -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -thepage -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Center Footer -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series bold -\color red -LyX's user guide -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Magic code: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Right Footer -\begin_inset Argument 1 -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -Roman{page} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Customized Page Headers and Footers -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Header/Footer line -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Header/Footer line -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need - to set the -\family sans -Page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -style -\family default - to -\family sans -Fancy -\family default - in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - dialog under -\family sans -Page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Layout -\family default -. - As a second step add in the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Modules -\family default - the module -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Custom Header/Footerlines -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - This module offers the following 6 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -styles: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Left -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Header, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Center -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Header, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Header -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Left -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Footer, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Center -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Footer, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Footer -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -for the different positions in the header/footer. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Normally, headers and footers are set up at the beginning of the document. - But you can change them anywhere you want to. - Figure -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "fig:Page-layout" - -\end_inset - - shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float figure -placement h -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\noindent -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Left Header -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Center Header -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Right Header -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The normal text on the page goes here. - The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including - footnotes). - Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of - the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Left Footer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Center Footer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Right Footer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption Standard - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "fig:Page-layout" - -\end_inset - -Page layout with custom header and footer line. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note -\series default -: some document classes implement their own customized page headers and - footers if -\family sans -Page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -style -\family default - is set to “Default”. - Check what these are before you specify your own customized page headers - and footers. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Definition -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To define your header line, add all three header styles. - The things you add to the styles appear on odd numbered pages, the things - in the optional arguments on even numbered pages. - For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and - can be omitted. - If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output. - Defining the footer line works similarly. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted - as TeX code (menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Te -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Code -\family default -): -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -thepage prints the current page number -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -leftmark prints the current section number and title. - If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and - title instead. - It is called -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -leftmark -\begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset - - because it usually goes in a left header. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -rightmark prints the current subsection number and title. - If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and - title instead. - It is normally used in the right header. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Default header/footer -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The custom header/footer is not empty by default. - The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center - footer has the page number. - In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the - relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank. - So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank -\family sans -Center -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Footer -\family default - style. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Appearance -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The header and footer will appear on normal pages. - Some pages are different. - The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts - a new part or chapter in your book. - Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal. - There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on - the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Header and footer decoration line -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -By default, you get a 0.4 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt thick line below the header and no footer line. - This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -headrulewidth -\series default - and -\series bold - -\backslash -footrulewidth -\series default - in the following way: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -headrulewidth}{thickness} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -where thickness is a size in standard units like -\family sans -pt -\family default - or -\family sans -mm -\family default -. - If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX. - If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -4.4 of the book -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "Mittelbach" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Several header/footer lines -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do - this by adding a normal line break in the style definition. - However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one - text line. - To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length -\series bold - -\backslash -headheight -\series default - or -\series bold - -\backslash -footheight -\series default - in this entry in -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Lat -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Preamble -\family default -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -headheight}{height} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -where height is a size in standard units. - If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define - your header/footer and preview your document as a PDF. - Then open the LaTeX logfile with the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -La -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -TeX Log -\family default - and use the button -\family sans -Next -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Warning -\family default - to see if you can find a warning about the package -\series bold -fancyhdr -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least - for your header/footer. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -This example -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers. - Don't use it for your document as it is just an example. - This example consists of the following definition: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Left -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Header -\series bold - -\backslash -rightmark -\series default -, empty optional argument -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Center -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Header empty, empty optional argument -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Header empty, -\series bold - -\backslash -leftmark -\series default - in the optional argument -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Left -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Footer empty, -\series bold - -\backslash -thepage -\series default - in the optional argument -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Center -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Footer -\family sans -\series bold -\color red -LyX's user guide -\family default -\series default -\color inherit -, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Magic code: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in the optional argument -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Footer -\series bold - -\backslash -Roman{page} -\series default -, empty optional argument -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -headrulewidth set to 2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats. - For more specialized features, for example, thumb-indexes, see the manual - of the -\series bold -fancyhdr -\series default - package, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "fancyhdr" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage clearpage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -pagestyle{headings} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -switches back to page style with the default headings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Previewing Snippets of your Document -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Instant preview -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Preview -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the - fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having - to break your train of thought with viewing the output. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Prerequisites -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package -\series bold -preview-latex -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - (on some systems named simply -\series bold -preview -\series default -) installed. - If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue, - -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "TeXCatalogue" - -\end_inset - - or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system. - You obtain prettier results if you install the program -\family typewriter -pnmcrop -\family default - from the -\family typewriter -netpbm -\family default - package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are - automatically installed together with LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Enabling previews -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by - LaTeX, activate the option -\family sans -Display -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Graphics -\family default - in the -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences -\family default -dialog under -\family sans -Look -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -and -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Display -\family default -. - Then set -\family sans -Instant -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Preview -\family default - to -\family sans -On -\family default -. - The -\family sans -Preview -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Size -\family default - is the multiplication factor for the size. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you would like to see everything but your math formulas typeset by LaTeX, - set -\family sans -Instant -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Preview -\family default - to -\family sans -No -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -math -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish - editing an inset. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately - generated by activating the option -\family sans -Display -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Graphics -\family default -. - Reopening the document will fix such problems. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Selected document parts -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview, - for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things - that are not yet supported by LyX. - To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preview -\family default -. - Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset. - The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset. - If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command -\series bold - -\backslash -rotatebox -\series default - which is not yet supported by LyX. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -rotatebox -\series default - is explained in section -\emph on -Rotated and Scaled Boxes -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated - boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding - text. - Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated - boxes into it. - Here is the result: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Preview - -\begin_layout Standard -This is a line -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Box Doublebox -position "c" -hor_pos "c" -has_inner_box 0 -inner_pos "c" -use_parbox 0 -use_makebox 0 -width "1in" -special "width" -height "1in" -height_special "totalheight" -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -with rotated -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - framed text -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and a formula. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Previewing works also for colors. - In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX - command -\series bold - -\backslash -fcolorbox -\series default -: -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -fcolorbox -\series default - is explained in section -\emph on -Colored Boxes -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Preview - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fboxrule 1mm -\backslash -fboxsep 1mm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -This is text within a colored, framed box. -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described - above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and - that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required - by the TeX Code. - If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able - to view your document due to LaTeX errors. - So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the - preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the - whole document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -LaTeX source code -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it. - Use the menu -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -View -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Source -\family default - and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code. - The window shows the source of the whole paragraph in which the cursor - currently sits. - You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this - selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code. - To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in - the source view window. - If you check -\family sans -Automatic update -\family default -, you can see the changes as you make them in LyX; but note that if you - have several documents open, this will slow things down as LyX updates - them all, not just the one which is open at the time. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Advanced Find and Replace -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Advanced-Find-and" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Replace -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Find -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Introduction -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex, - format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents. - It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature. - The key-features are: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the - latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire - mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex - formulas -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in - any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics -), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with - a section heading will only be found within section headings -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Search may be widened to a specific -\emph on -scope -\emph default -, i. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -e. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited, - all the open files, or all the manuals available from the -\family sans -Help -\family default - menu -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text - capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -e. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -all lowercase, all uppercase, first letter uppercase followed by lowercase) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Basic usage -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Find & Replace -\noun on - ( -\noun default -Advanced -\noun on -) -\family default -\noun default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv" -\end_inset - -) or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv" -\end_inset - -. - This opens the -\family sans -Advanced Find and Replace -\family default - dialog. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Searching for text -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Enter into the -\family sans -Find -\family default - LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking - on the -\family sans -Find -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Next -\family default - button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph" -\end_inset - - key). - The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized -, bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text. - Pressing -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph" -\end_inset - - repeatedly keeps searching forward while pressing -\family sans -Shift+Return -\family default - searches backwards. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Case -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -sensitive -\family default - option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the - -\family sans -Find -\family default - editor. - The -\family sans -Whole -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -words -\family default - option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Searching for mathematics -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mathematical formulas, such as -\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ -\end_inset - - or something more complex like -\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$ -\end_inset - -, may be searched for by typing them in the -\family sans -Find -\family default - editor. - When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when - it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas. - For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like -\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Style-aware search -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -It is also possible to search for text with specific styles. - This is done by switching to the -\family sans -Settings -\family default - tab of the dialog and unchecking the -\family sans -Ignore format -\family default - option. - This way, entering in the -\family sans -Find -\family default - editor -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -a normal word and searching for it would not find instances of the word - occurring in emphasized or boldface. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective - instances with the same face only, and within the same text style only. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -a normal word in a section heading, and searching for it, would find occurrences - of it only within section headings. - Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition - to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same - style. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also - displayed formulas (and not inline formulas). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Replace -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The entries made in the -\family sans -Find -\family default - editor can be replaced with entries made in the -\family sans -Replace -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -with -\family default - editor. - In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the -\family sans -Replace -\family default - button or alternatively press -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph" -\end_inset - - or -\family sans -Shift+Return -\family default - while the cursor is in the -\family sans -Replace -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -with -\family default - editor. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can replace with fully-featured formatted LyX entries. - Typical scenarios in which to use this capability might be (just to mention - two): -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the - same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -func() -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - with its typewriter version -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -func() -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing - occurrences of -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $R$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - with -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (you may want to enable the -\family sans -Whole -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -words -\family default - and -\family sans -Case -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -sensitive -\family default - options and disable the -\family sans -Ignore format -\family default - option in the -\family sans -Settings -\family default - tab, in order to avoid replacing all -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -R -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of -\begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$ -\end_inset - - with -\begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$ -\end_inset - -, or occurrences of -\begin_inset Formula $x[k]$ -\end_inset - - with -\begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$ -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Advanced usage -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry: - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - You can search for a regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into - the -\family sans -Find -\family default - editor. - This is done with the context menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Insert Regular Expression -\family default - while the cursor is in the -\family sans -Find -\family default - editor. - Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular - expression matching rules -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX - segment, i. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -e. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed - to match expressions. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the - same text in the document. - You can cut and paste regexp-mode insets. - Examples of using such a feature may be: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering - in the -\family sans -Find -\family default - editor the fraction -\begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$ -\end_inset - - (where the -\begin_inset Formula $.*$ -\end_inset - - on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all - fractions with the given denominator. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking - the -\family sans -Ignore format -\family default - option from the -\family sans -Settings -\family default - tab, entering a -\series bold - -\begin_inset Formula $.*$ -\end_inset - - -\series default - regular expression and giving it an emphasized or bold face, finds all - emphasized or bold face text respectively. - Also, by inserting a -\begin_inset Formula $.*$ -\end_inset - - regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading, - you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual: - Enclosing parts of the expression within round braces -\begin_inset Formula $()$ -\end_inset - -, and referring back to them through -\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$ -\end_inset - -, etc.. - For example, try searching with the regexp -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -[[:space:]]([[:alpha:]]+)[[:space:]] -\backslash -1[[:space:]] -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -in order to find word repetitions, if there are any. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The usage of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) implemented. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, and when - occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of back-referenced - sub-expressions is absolute. - That is, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ -\end_inset - - always refers to the first occurrence of -\begin_inset Formula $()$ -\end_inset - - in all entered regexps. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Spell Checking -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Spellchecking" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spell checking -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX has a built-in spell checker. - The menu -\family sans - Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Spellchecker -\family default -, the -\family sans -F7 -\family default - key or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show spellchecker" -\end_inset - - start the spell checking from either the current cursor position or the - beginning of the currently selected text. - A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing - you to edit and replace it in a second line. - Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text - scrolled so that it is visible. - In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio -n, if any could be found. - Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the -\family sans -Replacement -\family default - field, double-clicking directly invokes the replacement. - Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language - that is set in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - dialog. - You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing - a different one at the top of the dialog. - LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages. - This works if you have set the language of the text parts using the -\family sans -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Style -\family default - dialog ( -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show character" -\end_inset - -) and have the spell checker dictionaries installed. - LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -All spell-checker dictionaries supported by LyX can be downloaded from here: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/hunspell/ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -There are 2 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -files for each language. - To install a dictionary on Windows, copy the 2 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -files into LyX's installation subfolder -\family sans -~ -\backslash -Resources -\backslash -dicts -\family default - and restart LyX. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -With Linux one needs to install the packages for the desired language. - The number of these packages vary depending on the Linux distribution, - but in most cases these are -\family typewriter -aspell-xx -\family default -, -\family typewriter -hunspell-xx -\family default -, -\family typewriter - myspell-xx -\family default -, etc., where -\family sans -xx -\family default - is the language code. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Further Settings -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the menu -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Language -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Spellchecker -\family default - you can set the following things: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Spellchecker -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking. - Depending on your platform, -\family typewriter -aspell -\family default -, -\family typewriter -hunspell -\family default - or -\family typewriter -enchant -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends. - Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - are available. - On Windows only -\family typewriter -hunspell -\family default - is available. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Alternative -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language - for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Escape -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker - should escape, e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -German umlauts. - This should normally not be needed. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Accept -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -compound -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -words Prevents the spell checker from complaining about compounded words - like -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -passthrough -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Spellcheck -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -continuously Checks the spelling of your document as you type it. - Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line. - By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker - appear in a context menu. - Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested - word. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Spellcheck -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -notes -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -and -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document content is checked - as well. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Thesaurus -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Thesaurus -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Thesaurus" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus. - It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox - (namely the -\family typewriter -MyThes -\family default - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - thesaurus library, which is included in LyX). - Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which - are available for many languages. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for - the use with LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Setting up the thesaurus -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family typewriter -MyThes -\family default -\emph on -/ -\emph default -OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix - -\emph on -*.dat -\emph default - containing the data and an index file with the suffix -\emph on -*.idx -\emph default -. - The standardized file names include the language code for the given language - (e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\family sans -en_US -\family default - for US English). - For instance, the US English files are named: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -th_en_EN_v2.idx -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -th_en_EN_v2.dat -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed on a Linux - system, these files should be already on your system. - On Windows you can choose in LyX's installer wich dictionaries should be - installed. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -All thesaurus dictionaries supported by LyX can be downloaded from here: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/thesaurus/ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -To install a dictionary, copy the 2 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -files into LyX's installation subfolder -\family sans -~ -\backslash -Resources -\backslash -thes -\family default - and restart LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Using the thesaurus -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To start the thesaurus, use the menu -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Thesaurus -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "thesaurus-entry" -\end_inset - - while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is - selected. - A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as - a replacement. - The suggestions are grouped into categories. - Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not - only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as - -\emph on -organism -\emph default - for -\emph on -plant -\emph default -), related terms (such as -\emph on -political -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -theory -\emph default - for -\emph on -anarchistic -\emph default -), compounds (such as -\emph on -tree -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -diagram -\emph default -, if you look for -\emph on -tree -\emph default -) and opposites (antonyms) (such as -\emph on -girl -\emph default - for -\emph on -boy -\emph default -). - Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but - you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look - up directly there. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in - the dictionary, such as the above -\emph on -tree diagram -\emph default -), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -e. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person - singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs). - For example, looking up the word form -\emph on -reporting -\emph default - yields no results, while results are shown for the word form -\emph on -report -\emph default -. - Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant part of such a word (e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\emph on -report -\emph default - in -\emph on -report -\emph default -s); then you will get suggestions without needing to adjust the query in - the dialog, and also the replacement will probably be correct (as only - the highlighted part will be replaced; thus the ending remains). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Change Tracking -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Change Tracking -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Change Tracking -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Change-Tracking" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be - able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document. - You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not. - This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Change -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Track -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Changes -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors: - -\bar under -\color blue -underlined text -\bar default -\color inherit - is an addition, -\strikeout on -\color blue -canceled text -\strikeout default -\color inherit - is a deletion. - The color depends on the author that made the change. - You can change the color in -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Look -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -feel -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Colors -\family default -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Color ! Change tracking -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when - the cursor is in changed text. - The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "changes-merge" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX: -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Toolbar ! Review -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png - scale 90 - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The review toolbar as shown above contains the following buttons: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "changes-track" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Change -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Track -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Changes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "changes-output" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Change -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Show -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Changes -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -in -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Output -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "change-next" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Jumps to the next change -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "change-accept" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Change -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Accept -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Change -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "change-reject" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Change -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Reject -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Change -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "changes-merge" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Change -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Merge -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Changes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "all-changes-accept" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Change -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Accept -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -All -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Changes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "all-changes-reject" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Change -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Reject -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -All -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Changes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "note-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Note -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "note-next" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Next -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Note -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Not all changes are (yet) visualized, especially no format changes like - from -\emph on -normal -\emph default - to -\emph on -bold -\emph default - font or -\emph on -Standard -\emph default - to -\emph on -Description -\emph default - paragraph. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight - the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons. - When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about - the next change after the current cursor position. - So you don't need to highlight a certain change. - Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and - step to the next change. - This way you can jump through all the changes in the document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important - to describe a change. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To show the changes made in the output you need the LaTeX package -\series bold -dvipost -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! dvipost -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - installed. - You will find it in the TeX Catalogue, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "TeXCatalogue" - -\end_inset - - or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Comparison of Documents -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Comparison-of-Documents" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Comparison of documents -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can compare two different LyX files via the menu -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Compare -\family default -. - The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing - the differences. - In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should - take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option - -\family sans -Copy -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Document -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Settings -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -from -\family default -. - The option -\family sans -Enable -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -change -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -tracking -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -features -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -in -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -the -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -output -\family default - enables the change tracking option -\family sans -Show -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Changes -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -in -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Output -\family default - to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -International Support -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -International support -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want. - For some languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain how to set - up LyX to use them: -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew,Latvian,Lithuanian,Mongolian,Vietnamese" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Special-Character" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Language Options -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Language ! Options -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Language -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Language -\family default - dialog lets you set -\family roman -the language, the quote style and character encoding -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Under -\family sans -Encoding -\family default - you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export. - The option -\family sans -Language -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Default -\family default - is the preferred choice and works well in most cases. - For details about the different encoding options see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Language-encodings" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Keyboard mapping configuration -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Keyboard-mapping" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you have for example a U. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you - can use an alternate keymap. - For example, if you want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to - use an Italian keymap. - The -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Keyboard/Mouse -\family default - dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Keyboard-Map" - -\end_inset - -. - You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select - which one you want to use. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely - different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance). - You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -S.-style keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German. - In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing - one to support the characters you want. - This and many other customizations are explained in the -\emph on -Customization -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -\start_of_appendix -The User Interface -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "chap:The-User-Interface" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality. - It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special - topic inside the user's guide. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -The File Menu -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Menu ! File -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Under the -\family sans -File -\family default - menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -New -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Creates a new document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -New from Template -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This menu entry prompts you for a template to use. - Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for - the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Open -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Opens a document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Open Recent -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files. - Click there on a file to open it. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Close -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Closes the current document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Close All -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Closes all opened documents. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Save -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Saves the actual document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Save As -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Save All -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Saves all opened documents. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Revert to saved -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Reloads the actual document from disk. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Version Control -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when - one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes. - It is described in the section -\emph on -Version Control in LyX -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Additional Features -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Import -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files, - NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files - (CSV). - The files will be imported as a new LyX-document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When using the menu entry -\family sans -Plain -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -text -\family default -, line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu - entry -\family sans -Plain -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Text, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Join -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Lines -\family default -, consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph. - A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Export -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Export" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can export your document to various file formats. - The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file. - The menu entries are not the same on all installations. - They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail - in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Output-file-formats" - -\end_inset - -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -CJK -\family default - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -L -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -yX format of the special LyX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK) -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support has been fully integrated into LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup - language -\family typewriter -DocBook -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -DocBook -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup - language -\family typewriter -DocBook -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format. - This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in - files paths or file names in your document. - LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to -\family sans -DVI -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces - in files paths or file names -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -DVI -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(LuaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX) DVI-format using the program -\family typewriter -LuaTeX -\family default -; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts; -\series bold - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Graphviz -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Dot text file with code in the programming language -\family typewriter -Dot -\family default - which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program -\family typewriter -Graphviz -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not - work in all cases) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -HTML -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(MS -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to -\family sans -MS Word -\family default -; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and - not in the format -\family sans -MathML -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -( -\family default -LuaT -\family sans - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default -eX -\family sans -) -\family default -text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program -\family typewriter -LuaTeX -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(pdflatex) -\family default - text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document - will be converted to a format that is readable by the -\family typewriter -pdflatex -\family default - program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(plain) -\family default - text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the - document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable - by the -\family typewriter -latex -\family default - program -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -( -\family default -XeT -\family sans - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default -eX -\family sans -) -\family default -text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program -\family typewriter -XeTeX -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -LilyPond -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -book -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(La -\family sans - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default -TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the - music notation software -\family typewriter -LilyPond -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -L -\family sans - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default -yX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Archive -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon - your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary - to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -L -\family sans - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default -yX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x ( -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -z -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -y -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - represent the version number) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -L -\family sans - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default -yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language -\family typewriter - NoWeb -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with -\family sans -LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword -\family default -, etc. - (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in - all cases) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(dvipdfm) -\family default - PDF-format using the program -\family typewriter -dvipdfm -\family default -, produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(LuaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX) -\family default - PDF-format using the program -\family typewriter -LuaTeX -\family default -, produces PDF-files directly -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(pdflatex) -\family default - PDF-format using the program -\family typewriter -pdflatex -\family default -, produces PDF-files directly -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ps2pdf) -\family default - PDF-format using the program -\family typewriter -ps2pdf -\family default -, produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(XeT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX) -\family default - PDF-format using the program -\family typewriter -XeTeX -\family default -, produces PDF-files directly -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -Plain -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -text -\family default - text format -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -Plain -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ps2ascii) -\family default - text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format - and then exported as text using the program -\family sans -ps2ascii -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -Postscript -\family default - PostScript format using the program -\family typewriter -dvips -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical - programming language -\family typewriter -R -\family default -. - Using the -\family typewriter -R -\family default --function -\family typewriter -Sweave -\family default - it is possible to use -\family typewriter -R -\family default --commands in LaTeX -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If one of the menu entries -\family sans -DVI -\family default -, -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(pdflatex) -\family default - or -\family sans -Postscript -\family default - is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation. - After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" - -\end_inset - -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Reconfiguration of LyX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Print -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript - format or send it to a printer. - The printer will also use the document in PostScript format. - The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the - program -\family typewriter -dvips -\family default -. - For more information have a look at section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Printing-the-File" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Fax -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on - Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH - prefix, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Paths" - -\end_inset - -). - With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like -\family typewriter -hylapex -\family default - or -\family typewriter -kdeprintfax -\family default -. - The default format of the sent file is PostScript. - The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Converters" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -New and Close Window -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Opens or closes a new instance of LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Exit -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -The Edit Menu -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Menu ! Edit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Undo and Redo -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Select Whole Inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Selects the content of the inset in which the cursor currently is. - If the cursor is outside an inset, the whole document will be selected. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Select All -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Selects the whole document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Find & Replace (Quick) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Find & Replace (Advanced) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Move Paragraph Up/Down -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This shifts the paragraph in which the cursor currently is one paragraph - up or down. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Text Style -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Paragraph Settings -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width. - These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently - in. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you - have chosen to separate paragraphs with -\family sans -Indentation -\family default - in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Layout -\family default - dialog. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Table -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This menu only appears if the cursor is inside a table. - It allows you to create multicolumn and multirow cells, add or remove borders - of a cell and to set the vertical alignment of the cell.Table Settings and - Math -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or - a formula. - Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas. - The properties of tables are described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Tables" - -\end_inset - -, the properties of formulas in chapter -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Increase/Decrease List Depth -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that - can be nested. - They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Nesting" - -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Numbering-depth" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -The View Menu -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Menu ! View -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -At the bottom of the -\family sans -View -\family default - menu the opened documents are listed. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Open/Close all Insets -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Opens/closes all insets in your document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Unfold/Fold Math Macros -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Unfolds/folds the current math macro. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Math macros are described in the -\emph on -Math -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -View Source -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described - in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -View Messages -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Opens a window showing console messages. - This is useful for debugging LyX (i. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background - while LaTeX is processing the document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -View -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -[] -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as - default output format for the document (menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Default -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Output -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Format -\family default -; see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Doc-Output" - -\end_inset - -) or in the LyX preferences (menu -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator -File -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator -File -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Default -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Output -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Format -\family default -; see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:File-Formats" - -\end_inset - -) and opens it in an appropriate viewer. - The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator -File -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator -File -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Viewer -\family default -; see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:File-Formats" - -\end_inset - -). - The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured. - The default output format is -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(pdflatex) -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -View (Other Formats) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With this menu you can view your document in alternative output formats. - The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the - actual document with an external program. - The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on - the LaTeX programs that are found when LyX was configured. - All possible formats are listed in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Export" - -\end_inset - -. - You should at least see the menu entry -\family sans -DVI -\family default -. - If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation. - After updating you have to reconfigure LyX (see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" - -\end_inset - -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Reconfiguration of LyX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Invoking a view menu will start a viewer program. - The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator -File -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator -File -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Viewer -\family default -; see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:File-Formats" - -\end_inset - -). - The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Update -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -[] -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in - the default output format) without opening a new viewer window. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Update (Other Formats) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With this menu you can update the view of alternative output formats of - your document without opening a new viewer window. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -View Master Document -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document, - which is then its -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -master -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (see section -\emph on -Child Documents -\emph default - in the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual for more information on this topic). - This item allows you to view the master document from within its child. - That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a - book, -\family sans -View -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Master -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Document -\family default - generates the output of the whole book, while -\family sans -View -\family default - will just output the chapter alone. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The format used by this function is the default output format as specified - in the document settings (menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Default -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Output -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Format -\family default -; see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Doc-Output" - -\end_inset - -) or in the preferences (menu -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator -File -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator -File -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Default -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Output -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Format -\family default -; see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:File-Formats" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Update Master Document -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document, - which is then its -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -master -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (see section -\emph on -Child Documents -\emph default - in the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual for more information on this topic). - This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within - its child without the need to switch to the master document itself. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The format used by this function is the default output format as specified - in the document settings (menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Default -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Output -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Format -\family default -; see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Doc-Output" - -\end_inset - -) or in the preferences (menu -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator -File -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator -File -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Default -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Output -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Format -\family default -; see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:File-Formats" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Split View -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Split -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -View -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -into -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Left -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -and -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Half -\family default - will split LyX's main window vertically while -\family sans -Split -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -View -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -into -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Upper -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -and -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Lower -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Half -\family default - will split it horizontally. - This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or - to view the same document, but at different positions. - You can even split the main window several times to view, for example, - three or more documents at the same time. - To close a split view, use the menu -\family sans -Close -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Current -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -View -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Close Current View -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Closes a split view. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Fullscreen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars - so that you will see nothing but your text. - It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen. - To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click - and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Toolbars -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Toolbars" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Toolbar -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars. - All toolbars and the -\family sans -Command -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Buffer -\family default - can be turned on and off. - The -\emph on -on -\emph default - state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark. - The -\family sans -Table -\family default -, -\family sans -Math, -\family default - -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Macros, -\family default - -\family sans -Review -\family default - and -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Panels -\family default - toolbars can additionally be set to the state -\emph on -automatic -\emph default -, denoted in the menu with the suffix -\family sans -(auto) -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the -\emph on -on -\emph default - state the toolbar is permanently shown; in the -\emph on -automatic -\emph default - state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment - or when a certain feature is enabled. - That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking - is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor - is inside a formula or table respectively. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Toolbars" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -The Insert Menu -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Menu ! Insert -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Math -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas" - -\end_inset - - and the -\emph on -Math -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Special Character -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Special-Character" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you can insert the following characters: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Symbols Opens the -\family sans -Symbols -\family default - dialog which allows you to insert any character that can be output by your - LaTeX system. - By default groups of characters are displayed in character categories; - the available characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed. - You can get a complete display by checking -\family sans -Display -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -all -\family default -. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Not all characters will be visible in the -\family sans -Symbols -\family default - dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences - dialog (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Screen-Fonts" - -\end_inset - -) can display every character. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{} - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -End -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -of -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Sentence Inserts an end of sentence period as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Abbreviations" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Ordinary -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote style you selected in - the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Language -\family default - dialog. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Single -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Quote Inserts a single quote in the quotation marks style selected in the - -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Language -\family default - dialog. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Protected -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash- - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Breakable -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Slash Inserts a slash where a line break can also occur: \SpecialChar \slash{} - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Menu -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Phonetic -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Symbols -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Phonetic symbols -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Language ! Phonetic symbols -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Inserts a box where you can insert symbols from the International Phonetic - Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which provides a large set of these - symbols. - To use this feature you must have the LaTeX-package -\series bold -tipa -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! tipa -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - installed. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -More information about this feature can be found in the -\emph on -Linguistics -\emph default - manual ( -\family sans -Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Specific Manuals -\family default -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Formatting -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Opens a submenu with the following options: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Superscript Inserts a superscript: test -\begin_inset script superscript - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -a, b -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Subscript Inserts a subscript: test -\begin_inset script subscript - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -3x -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Protected -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Space Inserts a protected space as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Protected-Space" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Inter-word -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Space Inserts an inter-word space as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Inter-word-Space" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Thin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Space Inserts a thin space as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Thin-Space" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Horizontal -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Space Inserts horizontal space as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Horizontal -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Line Inserts a horizontal line as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Vertical -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Space Inserts vertical space as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Vertical-Space" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Phantom Inserts a Phantom space as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Phantom-Space" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Hyphenation -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Point Inserts a hyphenation point as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Hyphenation" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Ligature -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Break Inserts a ligature break as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Ligatures" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Ragged -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Line -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Break Inserts a forced line break as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Justified -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Break Inserts a forced line break that right justifies the remaining text - as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -New -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Page Inserts a forced page break as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Break Inserts a forced page break that shares the extra space among paragraph - breaks instead of leaving it at the bottom of the page, as described in - section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Clear -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Page Inserts a clear page break as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Clear -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Double -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Page Inserts a clear doublepage break as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -List/TOC -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry. - The -\family sans -Table -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -of Contents -\family default -, the -\family sans -List of Algorithms -\family default -, -\family sans -List of Figures -\family default - and -\family sans -List of Tables -\family default - are described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:toc" - -\end_inset - -. - The -\family sans -Index List -\family default - is described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Index" - -\end_inset - -, the -\family sans -Nomenclature -\family default - is described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Nomenclature" - -\end_inset - - and the -\family sans -BibTeX Bibliography -\family default - is described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Bibliography-databases" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Float -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To insert floats, as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Floats" - -\end_inset - - and in detail the chapter -\emph on -Floats -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Note -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To insert notes, described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Notes" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Branch -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a - new branch. - Branches are described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Branches" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Custom Insets -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts document class-specific insets. - Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain - document class. - An example is the document class -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -article (Elsevier) -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - with three custom insets. - The section -\emph on -Flex insets and InsetLayout -\emph default - in -\emph on -Installing New Document Classes, The Layout file format -\emph default -of the -\emph on -Customization -\emph default - manual explains how custom insets are defined. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -File -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -External Material -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files - in your document. - For more information see chapter -\emph on -External Document Parts -\emph default - of the Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Box -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Boxes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts a box in a certain style. - Boxes are described in detail in the chapter -\emph on -Boxes -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Citation -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Opens the -\family sans -Citation -\family default - dialog as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Bibliography" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Cross-Reference -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts a -\family sans -cross-reference -\family default - as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Cross-References" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Label -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts a -\family sans -label -\family default - as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Cross-References" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Caption -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Captions -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Longtables ! Caption -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts a caption in a float or longtable. - Floats are described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Floats" - -\end_inset - -; captions in longtables are described in the section -\emph on -Longtable Captions -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Index Entry -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts an index entry as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Index" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Nomenclature Entry -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Nomenclature" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Table -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Opens a dialog allowing you to specify the rows and columns of the table. - Tables are described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Tables" - -\end_inset - - and in detail in the chapter -\emph on -Tables -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Graphics -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Opens the -\family sans -Graphics -\family default - dialog. - Graphics are described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Graphics" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -URL -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts a URL as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:URLs" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Hyperlinks -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts a hyperlink as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Hyperlinks" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Footnote -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts a footnote as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Footnotes" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Marginal Note -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts a marginal note as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Marginal-Notes" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Short Title -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts a short title as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Short-Titles" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -TeX Code -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts a TeX Code box as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Program Listing -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Program listings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts a program listings box. - Program listings are explained in the chapter -\emph on -Program Code Listings -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Date -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts the actual date. - The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for - LyX's menus. - LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared - in the section -\emph on -External Material -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Preview -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Inserts a preview inset as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -The Navigate Menu -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Menu ! Navigate -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -of the current document. - This allows you to navigate easily through your document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Bookmarks -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks. - This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have - to jump, for example, between section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -2.5 and 6.3. - To create bookmarks for this example, go to section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -2.5 and use the submenu -\family sans -Save -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Bookmark -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1 -\family default -. - Then go to section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -6.3 and use -\family sans -Save -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Bookmark -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\family default -2. - Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by - the key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "bookmark-goto 1" -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "bookmark-goto 2" -\end_inset - -.You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed. - The submenu -\family sans -Clear -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Bookmarks -\family default - allows you to clear bookmarks while the submenu -\family sans -Navigate -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Back -\family default - jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Next Note, Change, Cross-reference -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference after the current cursor - position. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Go to Label -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference. - Sets the cursor before the referenced label. - (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use - -\family sans -Go -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -to -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Label) -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Forward Search -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Allows you to jump directly to the corresponding text part in the output, - see section -\emph on -Forward -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -search -\emph default - in the -\emph on -Additional -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Features -\emph default - manual for a detailed description. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -The Document Menu -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Menu ! Document -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Change Tracking -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Change Tracking is described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Change-Tracking" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX Log -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be - enabled. - It shows the logfile of the LaTeX-program used. - You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something - to the clipboard or update the view. - With the help of the logfile experts can find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Outline -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Opens the Outline window as described in sections -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Navigating" - -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Table-of-Contents" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Start Appendix Here -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sets the start of the appendices of the document at the current cursor position - as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Appendices" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Compressed -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Un/compresses the current document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Settings -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The document settings are described in appendix -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:The-Document-Settings" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -The Tools Menu -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Menu ! Tools -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Spellchecker -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Spell checking is explained in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Spellchecking" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Thesaurus -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The thesaurus is described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Thesaurus" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Statistics -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Word count -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Character count -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Returns the number of the words and characters in the actual document or - the highlighted document part. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Check T -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -ChkTeX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Generates with the help of the program -\family typewriter -ChkTeX -\family default - a log of possible LaTeX-errors and displays it in a dialog. - This feature is not available on Windows. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -T -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX Information -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -TeX Information -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst -em. - Use the option -\family sans -Show -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -path -\family default - to see the full filename paths. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Compare -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Compare -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Opens a dialog to compare LyX files as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Comparison-of-Documents" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Reconfigure -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LyX ! Reconfigure|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Reconfiguration of LyX -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Reconfiguration of LyX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and programs it - needs; see also section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Preferences -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Opens the -\family sans -Preferences -\family default - dialog as described in detail in appendix -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -The Help Menu -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Menu ! Help -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's - menus. - If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be - listed. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The menu -\family sans -LaTeX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Configuration -\family default - shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes - found by LyX (see also section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The menu -\family sans -About -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X -\family default - gives information about the copyright, the credits and the LyX version - you are using. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Toolbars -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Toolbars" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Toolbars" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -It is also possible to define custom toolbars. - This is described in the -\emph on -Additional Features -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Standard Toolbar -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Toolbar ! Standard -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png - width 100col% - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following - buttons: -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -LTleft}{0pt} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This is necessary to left align the following longtables. - See the -\emph on -Embedded Objects -\emph default - manual for more information. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png - clip - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -pull-down box for the environments -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace -10mm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align left -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "buffer-new" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -New -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "file-open" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Open -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "buffer-write" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Save -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show print" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Print -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show spellchecker" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Spellchecker -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "undo" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Undo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "redo" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Redo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "cut" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cut -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "copy" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Copy -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "paste" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Paste -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show findreplace" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Find -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -Replace -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -(Quick) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Find -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -Replace -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -(Advanced) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "bookmark-goto 0" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Navigate Back -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "font-emph" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Emphasize text, function of the -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Customized -\family default - dialog -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "font-noun" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Set text to noun style, function of the -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Customized -\family default - dialog -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "textstyle-apply" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Format text using the current settings in the -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Customized -\family default - dialog -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-mode" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Inline -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Formula -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Graphics -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "tabular-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-toggle toc" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Toggle outline window on/off, -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Outline -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "toolbar-toggle math" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Toggle math toolbar on/off -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "toolbar-toggle table" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Toggle table toolbar on/off -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Extra Toolbar -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Toolbar ! Extra -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png - width 100col% - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following - buttons: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Default -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout Enumerate" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Numbered list -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout Itemize" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Itemized list -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout List" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -List -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout Description" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Description list -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Increase -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -List -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Depth -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "depth-decrement" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Decrease -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -List -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Depth -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "float-insert figure" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Figure -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "float-insert table" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "label-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Label -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cross-Reference -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Citation -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "index-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Index -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Entry -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "nomencl-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nomenclature -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Entry -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "footnote-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Footnote -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "marginalnote-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Marginal -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Note -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "note-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator -L -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -yX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Note -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "box-insert Frameless" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Box -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "href-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hyperlink -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "ert-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -T -\family default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family sans -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Code -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Macro -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset include" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Child -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Document -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show character" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Customized -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout-paragraph" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Paragraph -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "thesaurus-entry" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Thesaurus -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -View/Update Toolbar -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Toolbar ! View / Update -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The view/update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following - buttons: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "buffer-view" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -View -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "buffer-update" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Update -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "master-buffer-view" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Master -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Document -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "master-buffer-update" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Update -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Master -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Document -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Synchronize with Output -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/view-others.png - scale 85 - groupId toolbarbuttons - -\end_inset - - -\family sans -* -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -View (Other Formats) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/update-others.png - scale 85 - groupId toolbarbuttons - -\end_inset - -* -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Update (Other Formats) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -* These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default - icon set. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Other Toolbars -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The change tracking toolbar is explained in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Change-Tracking" - -\end_inset - -, the table toolbar -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Toolbar ! Table -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - in the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual and the math macro toolbar -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Toolbar ! Macro -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - in the -\emph on -Math -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -The Document Settings -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "chap:The-Document-Settings" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Document -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Setting -\family default -s dialog contains submenus to set properties for the whole document and - is called with the menu -\family sans - Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default -. - You can save your document settings as default with the -\family sans - Save as Document Defaults -\family default - button in any dialog. - This will create a template named -\family typewriter -defaults.lyx -\family default - which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without - using a template. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The button -\family sans -Use Class Defaults -\family default - resets the document settings to the default of the document class. - This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Document Class -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a - master document. - Document classes are described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Document-Classes" - -\end_inset - -. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With the button -\family sans -Local -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Layout -\family default - you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's -\emph on -layouts -\emph default - folder and thus not recognized by LyX as a layout for a document class. - For more about layout-files, see the chapter -\emph on -Installing New Document Classes, Types of Layout Files -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Customization -\emph default - Handbook. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Some classes use special class options by default. - If this is the case, they are listed in the field -\family sans -Predefined -\family default - and you can decide to use them or not. - If you do not know exactly what the default class options are for, it is - recommended you leave them untouched. - The -\family sans -Graphics driver -\family default - is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages. - If using -\family sans -Default -\family default -, the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used. - It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are - doing. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -When you want to use one of the following drivers -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\family sans -dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln -\family default - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section - -\emph on -Driver support -\emph default - in -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Specifying a -\family sans -Master -\family default - document is necessary if the current document is a child or subdocument. - The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child - document is opened without its master. - This way child documents are always compilable. - More about master and child documents is explained in the section -\emph on -Child Documents -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package - -\series bold -refstyle -\series default - instead of -\series bold -prettyref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! prettyref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! refstyle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - for cross-references, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Cross-References" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Child Documents -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents. - Please refer to the section -\emph on -Child -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Documents -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual for details. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Modules -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Modules are explained in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Modules" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Local Layout -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -See section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Local-Layout" - -\end_inset - - for a description. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Fonts -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The document font settings are described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Text Layout -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by -\family sans -Indentation -\family default - or by -\family sans -Vertical space -\family default -. - The -\family sans -Line -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -spacing -\family default - and whether it should be a -\family sans -Two-column -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -document -\family default - can also be specified here. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Note that LyX will not show two columns or the specified line spacing on - screen. - That would be impractical, often unreadable, and is not part of the WYSIWYM - concept. - However, it will be as you specified in the output. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Page Layout -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This dialog is described in sections -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation" - -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Document-Layout" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Page Margins -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you can adjust the page margins as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Margins" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Language -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Language-encodings" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Language ! Encoding -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The document language and quote styles are set here. - The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the - LyX file is always encoded in utf8). - All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will - be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not - known for a particular character). -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The known commands are defined in a text file ( -\emph on -unicodesymbols -\emph default -). - You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the - -\emph on -Customization -\emph default - manual for details. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you use the option -\family sans -Language Default -\family default -, LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text. - If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more - than one encoding in the LaTeX file. - If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use - exactly one encoding. - Checking this option is the preferred setting. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need - lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively. - If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode), - choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below. - Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete, - so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine - with -\family sans -Language Default -\family default - (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with - a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used, - because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8). - The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative - engines to standard LaTeX. - Both engines support Unicode natively. - LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(XeTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X) -\family default -, -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(LuaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X) -\family default - and -\family sans -DVI -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(LuaTeX) -\family default -, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Output-file-formats" - -\end_inset - -). - So if you are using many special or accented characters and -\family sans -Language Default -\family default - fails, you might try out one of these new engines. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Language -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -package -\family default - determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation - of strings like -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Part -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - The possible settings are: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Default uses the language package that is selected in -\family sans - Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Language Settings -\family default - (see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Prefs-Language" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export - format you will use. - In many cases this will be -\series bold -babel -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! babel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - If the newer package -\series bold -polyglossia -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts), - this package will be used instead of -\series bold -babel -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Always -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Babel uses -\series bold -babel -\series default - even if -\series bold -polyglossia -\series default - would be more appropriate. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice. - For example if you want to use a language-specific package like -\series bold -ngerman -\series default - (for German texts), type in -\series bold - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\backslash -usepackage{ngerman} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -None will not use a language package. - This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here is a list with the important encodings: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Language -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Default -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(no -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -inputenc) Same as -\family sans -Language Default -\family default -, but the LaTeX-package -\series bold -inputenc -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! inputenc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is not used. - When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually - in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign - languages in TeX code. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII). - LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result - in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Arabic -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CP -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Arabic -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Armenian -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ArmSCII8) for Armenian -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Baltic -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CP -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same - as the ISO-8859-13 encoding -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Baltic -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4 - encoding -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Baltic -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the - ISO-8859-13 encoding -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Central -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -European -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CP -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1250) MS Windows code page for ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-2 (latin2) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Central -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -European -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, - Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Chinese -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(simplified) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001 - this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 - is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CJK) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(utf8) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Chinese -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(simplified) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936 - except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially - replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX - you should try to use the encoding Unicode -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CJK) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(utf8) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Chinese -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(traditional) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Cyrillic -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CP -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Cyrillic -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Cyrillic -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Cyrillic -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Cyrillic -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(pt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -154) Cyrillic for Kazakh -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Greek -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-7) for Greek -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Hebrew -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CP -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Hebrew -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-8) for Hebrew -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Japanese -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CJK) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package -\series bold -CJK -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! CJK -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, when using this, set the document language to -\family sans -Japanese (CJK) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Japanese -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CJK) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package -\series bold -CJK -\series default -, when using this, set the document language to -\family sans -Japanese -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CJK) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Japanese -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(non-CJK) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package -\series bold -japanese -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! japanese -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, when using this, set the document language to -\family sans -Japanese -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Japanese -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(non-CJK) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package -\series bold -japanese -\series default -, when using this, set the document language to -\family sans -Japanese -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Japanese -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(non-CJK) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package -\series bold -japanese -\series default -, when using this, set the document language to -\family sans -Japanese -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Korean -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(EUC-KR) for Korean -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Southern -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -European -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -South-Eastern -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -European -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German, - Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed - to cover many languages and characters with diacritics -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Thai -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(TIS -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -620-0) for Thai -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Turkish -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the - Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Unicode -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CJK) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package -\series bold -CJK -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! CJK -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Unicode -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(XeTeX) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with -\family sans -XeTeX -\family default - and -\family sans -LuaTeX -\family default -, which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -inputenc -\series default -. - LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX - or LuaTeX. - Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Unicode -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ucs-extended) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package -\series bold -ucs -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! ucs -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Unicode -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package -\series bold -inputenc -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! inputenc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts) - is supported. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Western -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -European -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CP -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1252) MS Windows code page for ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-1 (latin1) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Western -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -European -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch, - English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish, - Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15 - encoding instead -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Western -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -European -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency - sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Colors -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Color ! main text -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Color ! background -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Color ! Shaded boxes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Color ! Greyed-out notes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you can alter the font color for the -\family sans -Main text -\family default - (default: black), for -\family sans -Greyed -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -out notes -\family default - (default: light grey)for the background color for the -\family sans -Page -\family default - (default: white) and for -\family sans -Shaded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -boxes -\family default - (default: red). - The button -\family sans -Reset -\family default - sets the color back to the default. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Clicking any button showing -\family sans -Default -\family default - or -\family sans -Change -\family default - opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from - a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values. - In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them - later more quickly. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output. - (This Greyed -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -out note appears blue in the output.) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Note, if you change the -\family sans -Main -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -text -\family default - font color and use the option -\family sans -Color -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -links -\family default - in the document settings under -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -properties -\family default -, you probably also need to change the link font color as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:PDF-Properties" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can adapt the -\family sans -Main -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -text -\family default - font color and the -\family sans -Page -\family default - background for every page in your document if you use these commands as - TeX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Code after a forced page break: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -For the page color: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -pagecolor{color name} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -For the text color: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -color{color name} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You are restricted to one of -\series bold -black -\series default -, -\series bold -blue -\series default -, -\series bold -cyan -\series default -, -\series bold -green -\series default -, -\series bold -magenta -\series default -, -\series bold -red -\series default -, -\series bold -white -\series default - or -\series bold -yellow -\series default - for the -\series bold -color name -\series default - unless you have defined your own color (see the -\emph on -Colored Tables -\emph default - section of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - Manual). -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -If you have changed a text or background color, you can use the following - names to refer to them: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -For the -\family sans -Page -\family default - background color: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -page_backgroundcolor -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -For the -\family sans -Main -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -text -\family default - color: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -document_fontcolor -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -For the -\family sans -Shaded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -boxes -\family default - background color: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -shadecolor -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -For the -\family sans -Greyed -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -out notes -\family default - text color: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -note_fontcolor -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To see how to define and use custom colors, see section Colored -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Cells of the Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Numbering & TOC -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you can adjust the -\family sans -Numbering -\family default - depth of section headings and the section depth in the -\family sans -Table of Contents -\family default - as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Numbering-depth" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Bibliography -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you can specify if a citation style using the LaTeX packages -\series bold -natbib -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! natbib -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - or -\series bold -jurabib -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! jurabib -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - should be used. - You can enable a -\family sans -Sectioned bibliography -\family default - using the LaTeX package -\series bold -bibtopic -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - and you can select a -\family sans -Processor -\family default - for the generation of the bibliography. - For a further description see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Bibliography" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Indexes -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you can define the -\family sans -Processor -\family default - that will generate your index and you can define additional indexes (see - section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Index" - -\end_inset - - for details). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -PDF Properties -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The PDF properties are explained in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:PDF-Properties" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Math Options -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages -\series bold -amsmath -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! amsmath -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\series bold -esint -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! esint -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\series bold -mathdots -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! mathdots -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und -\series bold -mhchem -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! mhchem -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - or to use them automatically when they are needed. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas, - ensure that you have enabled -\family sans -AMS -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -math -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -esint is used for special integral characters, see section -\emph on -Big -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Operators -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Math -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section -\emph on -Ellipses -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Math -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section -\emph on -Chemical Symbols and Equations -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Math -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Float Placement -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The float placement options are described in the section -\emph on -Float -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Placement -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Listings -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The listings settings are explained in the chapter -\emph on -Program Code Listings -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Bullets -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you can adjust the characters used for the itemize -\family sans -Level -\family default -s, specify the -\family sans -Font -\family default - set to be used and set the -\family sans -Size -\family default - of the bullets. - The itemize environment is described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Itemize" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can furthermore specify a -\family sans -Custom -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Bullet -\family default - by inserting in this field the LaTeX command of the desired character. - For example to use the € sign, you have to insert the command -\series bold - -\backslash -texteuro -\series default -. - For math symbols you additionally need to enclose the command with $ signs. - To use e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -the symbol -\begin_inset Formula $\circlearrowright$ -\end_inset - - you need to enter -\series bold -$ -\backslash -circlearrowright$ -\series default -. - To find the command for a math symbol, create a formula and hover the mouse - over the desired symbol in the math toolbar. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Some characters require to load special LaTeX-packages in the preamble - (menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaTeX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Preamble -\family default -). - For example for the € sign one needs to add the line -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage{textcomp} -\series default - to the preamble. - For most math symbols it is sufficient to add the line -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage{amssymb} -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Branches -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Branches are described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Branches" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Output -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Doc-Output" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you can define some output specifics for the current document: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Default -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Output -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Format: The format that is used when you enter -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -View -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Update -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -View Master Document -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Update Master Document -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in the -\family sans -View -\family default - menu or the toolbar. - The default is set in -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator -File -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator -File Formats -\family default -, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:File-Formats" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Synchronize -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -with -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Output settings for the menu -\family sans -Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Forward -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -search -\family default -. - For a detailed description see section -\emph on -Reverse DVI/PDF search -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Additional -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Features -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -XHTML -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Output -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Options offers settings for the export format -\family sans -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -XHTML -\family default -. - -\family sans -Strict XHTML -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1.1 -\family default - will assure that the output follows exactly version -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1.1 of the XHTML standard. - The different -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -output -\family default - settings are described in detail in section -\emph on -Math Output in XHTML -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Additional -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Features -\emph default - manual. - -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -image -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -scaling -\family default - is used for the size of equations in the output. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX Preamble -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages - or to define LaTeX-commands. - The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts. - You should not enter commands here until you know exactly what you are - doing. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX Preamble -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages - or to define LaTeX-commands. - The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts. - You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are - doing. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -The -\family sans -Preferences -\family default - Dialog -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Preferences -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The preferences dialog is called with the menu -\family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences -\family default -. - It has the following submenus. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Look and Feel -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -User Interface -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -User Interface File -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Customization ! of toolbars -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Customization ! of menus -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user - interface (ui) file. - A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed. - The file -\emph on -default.ui -\emph default - loads three files: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -stdmenus.inc -\shape italic - -\emph on -specifies the menu entries for the standard menus -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -stdcontext.inc -\shape italic -\emph on -specifies -\shape default -\emph default - the menu entries in popup context menus -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -stdtoolbars.inc -\shape italic - -\emph on -specifies the toolbar buttons -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these files - and edit the entries. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: the -\family sans -Menubar -\family default -, -\family sans -Menu -\family default - and -\family sans -Toolbar -\family default - entries must be finished with an explicit -\family sans -End -\family default -. - They may contain -\family sans -Submenu -\family default -, -\family sans -Item -\family default -, -\family sans -OptItem -\family default -, -\family sans -Separator -\family default -, -\family sans -Icon, -\family default - and in the case of the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -file_lastfiles -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - menu a -\family sans -Lastfiles -\family default - entry. - The syntax for the entries is: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace smallskip* -\end_inset - - -\series bold -Item -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -menu -\series default -or -\series bold - button name -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -LyX-function -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\begin_inset VSpace smallskip* -\end_inset - -All the LyX-functions are listed in the menu -\family sans -Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Functions -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For example, assuming you use the menu -\family sans -Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Bookmarks -\family default - quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the - line -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace smallskip* -\end_inset - - -\series bold -Item -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Save Bookmark 6 -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -bookmark-save 6 -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\begin_inset VSpace smallskip* -\end_inset - -to the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -navigate_bookmarks -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - menu in -\emph on -stdmenus.inc -\emph default - to have the sixth bookmark. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Icon -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Set -\family default - allows you to change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons. - The currently available icon sets are compared in -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "this image" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Automatic help -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The option -\family sans -Enable tool tips in main work area -\family default - enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries - or footnotes. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Session -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With the option -\family sans -Restore window layouts and geometries -\family default - LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used - in the last LyX session. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The option -\family sans -Restore cursor positions -\family default - sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of - the last session. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The option -\family sans -Load opened files from last session -\family default - opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The button -\family sans -Clear all session information -\family default - deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names - of last opened documents, etc.). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Documents -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Backup documents" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Backup ! Documents -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Backup original documents when saving -\family default - creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when - it was saved the last time. - It is stored in the -\family sans -Backup -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -directory -\family default - (see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Paths" - -\end_inset - -) or in the same folder as your document if no -\family sans -Backup -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -directory -\family default - is specified. - The backup file has the file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -.lyx~ -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With the option -\family sans -Backup documents, every -\family default -, you can specify the time between backup saves. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Save documents compressed by default -\family default - always saves files in a compressed format. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Maximum last files -\family default - is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu - -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Open -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Recent -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If the option -\family sans -Open documents in tabs -\family default - is not checked, every file will be opened in its own new instance of LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The option -\family sans -Single instance -\family default - is only active if a LyXServer pipe -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -See sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Paths" - -\end_inset - - for information about LyXServer pipes. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - is specified. - If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance - of LyX. - Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If the option -\family sans -Single close-tab button -\family default - is checked, there will only be one close button ( -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../images/closetab.png - scale 75 - -\end_inset - - -\family default -) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs. - Otherwise every document tab has its own close button. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Screen Fonts -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Font ! Screen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Screen-Fonts" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -These fonts are used to display your documents within LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - This section only deals with the fonts -\emph on -inside -\emph default - the LyX window. - The fonts that appear in the output are independent of these fonts, and - set in the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Fonts -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -By default, LyX uses -\family typewriter -Times -\family default - as its -\family sans -Roman -\family default - (serif) font, -\family typewriter -Arial -\family default - or -\family typewriter -Helvetica -\family default - (depends on the system) as its -\family sans -Sans -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Serif -\family default - font and -\family typewriter -Courier -\family default - as its -\family typewriter -Typewriter -\family default - font. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can change the font size with the -\family sans -Zoom -\family default - setting. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Font Sizes -\family default - are calculated as letter height in units of points. - 72.27 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -points have the size of 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -inch, see Appendix -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:Units-available-in" - -\end_inset - -. - The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt were used. - The sizes are explained in detail in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Document-Font" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -With the option -\family sans -Use pixmap cache to speed up font rendering -\family default - enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often. - This results in better performance, especially on slow systems. - On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen. - So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over - aesthetics. - Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -OS and Windows. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Colors -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Color ! LyX screen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Color -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you can change the screen colors used by LyX by choosing an item in - the list and selecting the -\family sans -Alter -\family default - button. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -By checking the option -\family sans -Use system colors -\family default - the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used. - The colors -\family sans -cursor, selection, table line, text, URL -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -label and URL -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -text -\family default - are then not customizable and thus not listed. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Display -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Display -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you can specify if graphics are displayed inside LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Instant Preview -\family default - enables previewing snippets of your document. - This feature is described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Checking the option -\family sans -Mark -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -end -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -of -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -paragraphs -\family default - displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Editing -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Editing -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Control -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Editing -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The option -\family sans -Cursor follows scrollbar -\family default - sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when - scrolling. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can adjust the width of the cursor. - If you set the value to zero, the thickness of the cursor scales relative - to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Scroll below end of document -\family default - is self-explanatory. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing -\family sans -Ctrl+arrow key -\family default -. - With the option -\family sans - Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words -\family default - the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word. - Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The option -\family sans -Sort environments alphabetically -\family default - sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The option -\family sans -Group environments by their category -\family default - groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Edit math macros -\family default - options determine the editing style for math macros, see the section -\emph on -Math Macros -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Math -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Fullscreen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode. - With the option -\family sans -Limit text width -\family default - you can specify the width of the text in fullscreen mode. - This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then - appears centered. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Shortcuts -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Key Bindings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Shortcuts -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Bind File -\family default - specifies the file to be used to bind a LyX-function to a key. - Several binding files are available, among them: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -cua.bind a typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -(x)emacs.bind a set of bindings similar to those used in the editor programs - -\family sans -Emacs -\family default - ( -\family sans -XEmacs -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -mac.bind a set of bindings for -\family sans -Mac -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -OS -\family default - systems. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are also binding files designed for special document classes, like - -\shape italic -broadway.bind -\shape default -, and binding files for special languages. - The names of language binding files begin with a language code, e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -pt -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - for Portuguese. - If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate - binding file. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Some binding files, like -\shape italic -math.bind -\shape default -, only have a limited scope. - When looking at the end of the file -\shape italic -cua.bind -\shape default -, you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The field -\family sans -Show -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -key-bindings -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -containing -\family default - allows you to search for the shortcut provided for a particular function - in the selected key binding file. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Editing Shortcuts -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Key Bindings ! Editing -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use - the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts. - To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog - provides the field -\family sans -Show key-bindings containing -\family default -. - In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit. - Insert there for example as keyword -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -paste -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and you get the four different existing shortcuts for the three different - functions that contain -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -paste -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - in their name. - As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut. - All LyX-functions are also listed in the file -\family sans -LyX Functions -\family default - that you will find in the -\family sans -Help -\family default - menu. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For example, to add the shortcut -\family sans -Alt+Q -\family default - for the function -\family sans -textstyle-apply -\family default -, select the function and press the -\family sans -Modify -\family default - button. - A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it. - So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way. - You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by starting the LyX - Function definition with “command alternatives” and following it with the - different function names as a semicolon separated list. - LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document - part. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you don't like a particular shortcut, you can remove it. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying binding files with - a text editor. - The syntax of the entries is: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -bind -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -key combination -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -LyX-function -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Keyboard/Mouse -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Keyboard-Map" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Keyboard Map -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Keyboard Map -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Normally keyboard settings are made in a menu of your operating system. - For the case thatWhere this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps. - If, for example, you have a Czech keyboard but want to use it as if it - is a Romanian one, you can enable -\family sans -Use -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -keyboard -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -map -\family default - and select the keyboard map file named -\shape italic -romanian.kmap -\shape default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can specify a -\family sans -First -\family default - and a -\family sans -Second -\family default - keyboard map and, if you use the -\emph on -cua -\emph default - bindings, you can select the first and second with -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "keymap-primary" -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "keymap-secondary" -\end_inset - - respectively or toggle between them with -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "keymap-toggle" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Keyboard maps can only provide a makeshift solution and don't work on all - systems. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can also specify the mouse -\family sans -Wheel scrolling speed -\family default -. - The standard value is 1.0; higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones - slow it down. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you -\family sans -Enable -\family default - -\family sans -Scroll -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -wheel -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -zoom, -\family default - you can select a key for zooming. - When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Input Completion -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Input completion is described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Input-Completion" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Paths -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Paths" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paths -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Paths -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The paths to the various resources used by LyX are normally determined during - the installation. - But there may be reasons why you might want to modify them. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Working -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -directory This is LyX's working directory. - It is the default when you -\family sans -Open -\family default -, -\family sans -Save -\family default - or -\family sans -Save -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -As -\family default - files. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Document -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -New -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -from -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Template -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Example -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -files This directory will be opened when you use the button -\family sans -Examples -\family default - in the -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Open -\family default - dialog. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - The -\family sans -Examples -\family default - button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Backup -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -directory -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Backup ! Directory -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Backup copies will be saved to this directory. - If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Backup documents" - -\end_inset - -, the -\family sans -Working directory -\family default - will be used to save the backups. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Backup files have the ending -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -.lyx~ -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -XServer -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe. - This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -Example: -\series default - You add a BibTeX-database -\emph on -test.bib -\emph default - to your document. - You can edit this file with the program -\family typewriter -JabRef -\family default -. - In -\family typewriter -JabRef -\family default - you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under -\family sans -External -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -programs -\family default -. - If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in - -\family typewriter -JabRef -\family default - and click on the LyX-symbol. - The entry will now be inserted as a citation at the current cursor position - in your LyX file. - Of course, -\family typewriter -JabRef -\family default - and LyX need to be running the same time. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -The pipe is also used for the -\family sans -Single instance -\family default - feature, see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Backup documents" - -\end_inset - -. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash - -\backslash -. -\backslash -pipe -\backslash -lyxpipe -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Temporary -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Thesaurus -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located. - You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does not work or if you want - to use custom/alternative dictionaries. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Hunspell -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program - -\family typewriter -Hunspell -\family default - are located. - You only need to specify it if you are using -\family typewriter -Hunspell -\family default - and spell checking does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative - dictionaries. - For LyX on Windows -\family typewriter -Hunspell -\family default - is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying - a directory. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PATH -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs. - When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list to see - where to find it on the system. - The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX - is configured; so you normally don't have to modify it. - On Unix -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -/ -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external - programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -TEXINPUTS -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows you to use external files - which are included in a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the - document preamble. - This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by - a single dot '.'). - The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator - of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows). - If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be - scanned for the input files. - Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered - to be relative to the directory of your LyX file. - It is recommended that you always include ‘.' as one of the paths; otherwise - compilation may fail for some documents. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Identity -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you can insert your -\family sans -Name -\family default - and -\family sans -E-mail -\family default - address. - These will be used when you have enabled change tracking, as described - in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Change-Tracking" - -\end_inset - -, to mark changes you make as yours. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Language Settings -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Language ! Settings -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Language -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Language -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Prefs-Language" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -User -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -interface -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -language Here you can select the language for LyX's menus. - You can find its actual translation status here: -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Language -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language - issues. - Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation - as well as localization of dates and text strings such as -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Chapter -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Table -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - The most widespread language package is -\series bold -babel -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! babel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -; it is the default language package in classic LaTeX. - More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the - alternative language package -\series bold -polyglossia -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - that is more suited to the multi-script support of these engines. - Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not - covered by -\series bold -babel -\series default -. - The available selections are described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Language-encodings" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Command -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document - language, you can here specify the command to start the package. - An example is the start command -\family sans - -\backslash -begin{arabtext} -\family default - that is needed to write Arabic using the package -\series bold -ArabTeX -\series default -, see -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "Arabic" - -\end_inset - -. - The default is the -\series bold -babel -\series default - command -\family sans - -\backslash -selectlanguage{$$lang} -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Command -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -end Counterpart to -\family sans -Command start -\family default -. - Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start - command toggles the package on and off. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Default -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Decimal -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Point Define the default decimal point for use in tables (decimal point - alignment). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Set -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -languages -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will - be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be - used by all LaTeX-packages. - Otherwise they will only be used as options for the -\series bold -babel -\series default - package. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Auto -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document - language. - When this option is not set, the -\family sans -Command -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -start -\family default - is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output. - This assures that the correct language is used when you use another -\family sans -Command -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -start -\family default - than the default. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Auto -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -end Counterpart to -\family sans -Auto -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -begin -\family default -. - When it is not set, the -\family sans -Command -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -end -\family default - is set to the end of the document. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Mark -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -foreign -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document - language will be underlined in blue. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Enable -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -RTL -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL), - like Arabic, Hebrew or Farsi. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Cursor -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys - move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically. - Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right - arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Spellchecker -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The spellchecker settings are explained in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Spellchecking" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Outputs -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -General -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Output -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -line -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using - the menu -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Plain -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -text -\family default -. - Setting the line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless line. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Date -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -format -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Date Format -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Date format -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -For example the format -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -%d/%m/%y -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -prints the date as day/month/year. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Overwrite -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -on -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Forward -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -search Commands that will be used for the menu -\family sans -Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Forward -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -search -\family default -. - For a detailed description see section -\emph on -Reverse DVI/PDF search -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Additional -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Features -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Printer -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Printer" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Printer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Printer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Default -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -printer Here you can specify the name of your -\family sans -Default printer -\family default -. - The name will be used when the -\family sans -Printer command -\family default - is executed. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Printer -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -command is the command LyX -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -/ -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -LaTeX uses for printing. - The default is -\family sans -dvips -\family default - on most systems. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Printer -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Command -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Options Here you can specify printer options. - A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation - of the program that provides the -\family sans -Printer command -\family default - you are using. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Adapt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -output -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -to -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -printer This option works only for the -\family sans -Printer command -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -dvips -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - It activates a configuration file for dvips. - This is an option only for dvips experts. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:LaTeX-settings" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! LaTeX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Use -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -LaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -font -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -encoding This is the default encoding of the document font. - -\family sans -T1 -\family default - is the default and covers western languages and symbols. - -\family sans -T2A -\family default -, -\family sans -T2B -\family default -, -\family sans -T2C -\family default -, -\family sans -LCY -\family default - and -\family sans -X2 -\family default - are used for Cyrillic. - Combinations of the encodings are possible, like -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -T1, T2B -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages - LyX sets up in the background. - So there is no need to change the default encoding. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Default -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -paper -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -size This is the paper size that is used for new documents. - The -\family sans -Default -\family default - value depends on your LaTeX-system setup. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -DVI -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -viewer -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -paper -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -size -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -options They only have an effect when the program -\family sans -xdvi -\family default - is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors. - But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the - manuals of the applications. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Bibliography -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Bibliography-databases" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Index -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Index-Program" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Nomenclature -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -CheckTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -command Command for the program -\family sans -CheckTeX -\family default - that is described in the section -\emph on -Checking TeX -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Additional Features -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are additionally the following options: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Use -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Windows-style -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -paths -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -in -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -LaTeX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\backslash - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - is used instead of -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -/ -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to separate folders. - This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paths -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Paths -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Reset -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -class -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -options -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -when -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -document -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -class -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -changes Removes all manually set -\family sans -Class options -\family default - in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Document -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Class -\family default - dialog when changing the document class. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -File -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Handling -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -File handling -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Converters -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Converters" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Converters -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material - from one format to another. - You can modify converters or create new ones. - To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the -\family sans -Converter -\family default - and/or -\family sans -Extra -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -flag -\family default - field and press the -\family sans -Modify -\family default - button. - To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format - in the -\family sans -To -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -format -\family default - drop-down list, modify the -\family sans -Converter -\family default - field and press the -\family sans -Add -\family default - button. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If the -\family sans -Converter File Cache -\family default - is -\family sans -Enabled -\family default -, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field -\family sans -Maximum Age (in days -\family default -). - This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen - a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter - definition, is described in the section -\emph on -Converters -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Customization -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -File Formats -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:File-Formats" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Copiers -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle. - You can modify the -\family sans -Editor -\family default - and -\family sans -Viewer -\family default - programs that should be used for certain formats. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can also define the -\family sans -Default output format -\family default - that is used when you use -\family sans -View, Update, View Master Document -\family default - or -\family sans -Update Master Document -\family default - in the -\family sans -View -\family default - menu or the toolbar. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -More about formats and their options is described in the section -\emph on -Formats -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Customization -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary - directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it - to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed. - This is done by specifying a -\family sans -Copier -\family default -. - More about this is described in the section -\emph on -Copiers -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Customization -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -Units available in LyX -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Units -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "chap:Units-available-in" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Table -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "tab:Units" - -\end_inset - - explains all the units available in LyX and used in this documentation. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float table -placement h -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption Standard - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "tab:Units" - -\end_inset - -Units -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -unit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -name/description -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -mm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -millimeter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -cm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -centimeter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -in -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -inch -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -pt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -point (72.27 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt = 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -in) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -pc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -pica (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pc = 12 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -sp -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -scaled point (65536 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -sp = 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -bp -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -big point (72 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -bp = 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -in) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -dd -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -didot (72 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -dd -\begin_inset Formula $\approx$ -\end_inset - - 37.6 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mm) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -cc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -cicero (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cc = 12 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -dd) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Scale% -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -% of original image width -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -text% -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -% of text width -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -col% -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -% of column width -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -page% -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -% of paper width -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -line% -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -% of line width -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -theight% -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -% of text height -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -pheight% -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -% of paper height -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -ex -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -height of letter -\emph on -x -\emph default - in current font -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -width of letter -\emph on -M -\emph default - in current font -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -mu -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -math unit (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mu = 1/18 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -Credits -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "chap:Credits" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people - (and we would encourage people to contribute!). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -Alejandro Aguilar Sierra -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -Amir Karger -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -David Johnson -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -Hartmut Haase -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -Ignacio García -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -Ivan Schreter -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -John Raithel -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -John Weiss -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -Matthias Ettrich -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -Matthias Zenker -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -Rich Fields -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -Pascal André -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -Paul Evans -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -Paul Russel -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -Robin Socha -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\noun on -Uwe Stöhr -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -The LyX Team: -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "lyxcredit" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - -The bibliography on the following page was created with the -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default - environment. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -label "Credits" -key "lyxcredit" - -\end_inset - -The LyX Team: -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Credits" -target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits" - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://www.lyx.org/Credits -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "latexcompanion" - -\end_inset - -Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens: -\emph on -The LaTeX Companion Second Edition. - -\emph default - Addison-Wesley, 2004 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "latexguide" - -\end_inset - -Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. - Daly: -\emph on -A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition. - -\emph default - Addison-Wesley, 2003 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "latexbook" - -\end_inset - -Leslie Lamport: -\emph on -LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. - -\emph default - Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "texbook" - -\end_inset - -Donald E. - Knuth. - -\emph on -The TeXbook. - -\emph default - Addison-Wesley, 1984 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "TeXCatalogue" - -\end_inset - -The TeX Catalogue: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://mirrors.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "LaTeXFAQ" - -\end_inset - -The LaTeX FAQ: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "BibTeX" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Documentation" -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf" - -\end_inset - - of the program -\family sans -BibTeX -\family default -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "BibTeX-2" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Documentation" -target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf" - -\end_inset - - how to use the program -\family sans -BibTeX -\family default -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "makeindex" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Documentation" -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf" - -\end_inset - - of the program -\family sans -makeindex -\family default -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "xindy" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Documentation" -target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html" - -\end_inset - - of the program -\family sans -xindy -\family default -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "AMS" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Documentation" -target "http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex" - -\end_inset - - of the AMS LaTeX-packages: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "caption" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Documentation" -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf" - -\end_inset - - of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -caption -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! caption -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "enumitem" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Documentation" -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf" - -\end_inset - - of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -enumitem -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! enumitem -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "fancyhdr" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Documentation" -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf" - -\end_inset - - of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -fancyhdr -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "hyperref" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Documentation" -target "http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref" - -\end_inset - - of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! hyperref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "nomencl" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Documentation" -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf" - -\end_inset - - of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -nomencl -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! nomencl -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "prettyref" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Documentation" -target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf" - -\end_inset - - of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -prettyref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! prettyref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "refstyle" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Documentation" -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf" - -\end_inset - - of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -refstyle -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! refstyle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Arabic" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-page" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic" - -\end_inset - - how to set up LyX for Arabic: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Armenian" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-page" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian" - -\end_inset - - how to set up LyX for Armenian: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Cyrillic" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-page" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic" - -\end_inset - - how to set up LyX for Cyrillic languages: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Farsi" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-page" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi" - -\end_inset - - how to set up LyX for Farsi: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Hebrew" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-page" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew" - -\end_inset - - how to set up LyX for Hebrew: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Japanese" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-page" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese" - -\end_inset - - how to set up LyX for Japanese: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Latvian" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-page" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian" - -\end_inset - - how to set up LyX for Latvian: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Lithuanian" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-page" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian" - -\end_inset - - how to set up LyX for Lithuanian: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Mongolian" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-page" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian" - -\end_inset - - how to set up LyX for Mongolian: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Vietnamese" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-page" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese" - -\end_inset - - how to set up LyX for Vietnamese: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "NewInLyX20" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-page" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20" - -\end_inset - - about new features in -\family sans -LyX 2.0 -\family default -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -let -\backslash -mybibname -\backslash -bibname -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -bibname}{ -\backslash -mybibname -\backslash -; 2} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The command -\series bold - -\backslash -bibname -\series default - is the name of the bibliography in the current document language. - It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following - bibliography is the second one: -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset CommandInset bibtex -LatexCommand bibtex -bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs" -options "biblio/alphadin" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print -LatexCommand printnomenclature -set_width "auto" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset index_print -LatexCommand printindex -type "idx" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_body -\end_document +#LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 474 +\begin_document +\begin_header +\textclass scrbook +\begin_preamble +% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!! +% +% This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints +% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble, +% parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you +% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact +% the documentation team +% email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org + +\usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle +\ifpdf % if pdflatex is used + + % set fonts for nicer pdf view + \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{} + +\fi % end if pdflatex is used + +% for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float +\usepackage[figure]{hypcap} + +% the pages of the TOC is numbered roman +% and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added +\let\myTOC\tableofcontents +\renewcommand\tableofcontents{% + \frontmatter + \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{} + \myTOC + \mainmatter } + +% define a short command for \textvisiblespace +\newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace} + +% macro for italic page numbers in the index +\newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}} + +% for customized page headers/footers +% only needed because they are only used in one section of the document +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +% change header rule width +\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt} + +% workaround for a makeindex bug, +% see sec. "Index Entry Order" +% only uncomment this when you are using makindex +%\let\OrgIndex\index +%\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}} +\end_preamble +\options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading +\use_default_options false +\begin_modules +customHeadersFooters +enumitem +\end_modules +\maintain_unincluded_children false +\language english +\language_package default +\inputencoding auto +\fontencoding global +\font_roman default +\font_sans default +\font_typewriter default +\font_math auto +\font_default_family default +\use_non_tex_fonts false +\font_sc false +\font_osf false +\font_sf_scale 100 +\font_tt_scale 100 +\graphics default +\default_output_format default +\output_sync 0 +\bibtex_command bibtex +\index_command default +\paperfontsize 12 +\spacing single +\use_hyperref true +\pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide" +\pdf_author "LyX Team" +\pdf_subject "LyX" +\pdf_keywords "LyX" +\pdf_bookmarks true +\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true +\pdf_bookmarksopen false +\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1 +\pdf_breaklinks false +\pdf_pdfborder false +\pdf_colorlinks true +\pdf_backref false +\pdf_pdfusetitle false +\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false" +\papersize default +\use_geometry false +\use_package amsmath 1 +\use_package amssymb 1 +\use_package cancel 0 +\use_package esint 1 +\use_package mathdots 1 +\use_package mathtools 0 +\use_package mhchem 1 +\use_package stackrel 0 +\use_package stmaryrd 0 +\use_package undertilde 0 +\cite_engine basic +\cite_engine_type default +\biblio_style plain +\use_bibtopic false +\use_indices false +\paperorientation portrait +\suppress_date false +\justification true +\use_refstyle 0 +\notefontcolor #0000ff +\branch Question +\selected 1 +\filename_suffix 0 +\color #00ff00 +\end_branch +\branch Answer +\selected 0 +\filename_suffix 0 +\color #aa55ff +\end_branch +\index Index +\shortcut idx +\color #008000 +\end_index +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 2 +\paragraph_separation indent +\paragraph_indentation default +\quotes_language english +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 2 +\paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes false +\html_math_output 0 +\html_css_as_file 0 +\html_be_strict true +\end_header + +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title +The LyX User's Guide +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author +by the LyX Team +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\noindent +If you have comments on or error corrections to this documentation, please + send them to the LyX Documentation mailing list: +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org" +type "mailto:" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Version 2.0.x +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset CommandInset toc +LatexCommand tableofcontents + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +Getting Started +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +What is LyX? +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX is a document preparation system. + It is a tool for producing beautiful manu\SpecialChar \- +scripts, publishable books, business + letters and proposals, and even poetry. + It is unlike most other +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +word processors +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core + editing style. + That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Section +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, not as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Bold, 17 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt type, left justified, 5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mm space below +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + LyX takes care of the typesetting for you; so you deal only with concepts, + not with mechanics. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the +\emph on +Introduction +\emph default +manual. + If you haven't read it yet, you need to. + Yes, we mean now. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\emph on +Introduction +\emph default + manual describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most important +ly, the format of all of the manuals. + If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual. + You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead + of this one. + The +\emph on +Introduction +\emph default + manual describes that, too. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +How LyX Looks +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of + its window. + Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons. + There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing + documents. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar. + This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional. + When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the + next line. + Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for + only a vertical scrollbar. + There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar. + The first case is large images. + To avoid them being displayed larger than your screen, left click on the + image and use the option +\family sans +Scale on Screen +\family default + in the tab +\family sans +LaTeX and LyX options +\family default +. + The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than + the LyX window. + You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but + this doesn't work for equations yet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look + at Appendix +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:The-User-Interface" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +HELP +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The help system consists of the LyX manuals. + You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX. + Just select the manual you want to read from the +\family sans +Help +\family default + menu. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Basic LyX Setup +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences +\family default +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Preferences +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document + classes and LaTeX packages are available. + It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences + settings. + Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed + on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX. + To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Reconfigure +\family default +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Reconfiguration of LyX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +LaTeX Setup +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:LaTeX-Setup" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will + not be able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it + installed. + However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the “backend” that can produce + PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain + text or as XHTML. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes + or packages. + Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required + files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file + you can view from the menu +\family sans +Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Configuration +\family default +. + If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then + reconfigure LyX (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Reconfigure +\family default +). +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +LaTeX +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + from being printed with sub- and superscript letters. + More about TeX Code is described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:TeX-Code" + +\end_inset + +, the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Reconfiguration of LyX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + See section 5.1 of the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +How to work with LyX +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Basic File Operations +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +File Operations +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Under the +\family sans +File +\family default + menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor + in addition to some more advanced operations: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +New +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "buffer-new" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +New +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +from +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Template +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Open +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "file-open" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Close +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Save +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "buffer-write" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Save +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +As +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Revert +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +to +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +saved +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Version +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Control +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Import +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Export +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Print +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show print" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Exit +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with + a few minor differences. + The +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +New +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +from +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Template +\family default + command lists the available templates. + Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for + the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually. + They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters + (see sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Document-Classes" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + There is no +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +default file +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or document named +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Untitled +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +scratch. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank + space is just that — a big, blank space. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Revert +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +to +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +saved +\family default + and +\family sans +Version +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Control +\family default + are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature + in LyX also. + Read Additional Features\SpecialChar \@. + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Revert +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +to +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +saved +\family default + will reload the document from disk. + You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document + and want to restore it to the last save. + With +\family sans + Version +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Control +\family default +you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify + them as your changes. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Basic Editing Features +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Editing +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations + on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can + delete whole words as well as individual characters. + The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to + access them. + We will start with cut and paste. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As you might expect, the +\family sans +Edit +\family default + menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with + various other editing features. + Some of these are special and covered in later sections. + The basic ones are: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Cut +\family default + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "cut" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Copy +\family default + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "copy" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Paste +\family default + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "paste" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Paste +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Recent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Paste +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Special +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Find +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Replace +\family default + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show findreplace" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The first three are self-explanatory. + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paste +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste. + The submenu of +\family sans +Paste +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Recent +\family default + shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Paste +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Plain +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Text, +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +Join +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Lines +\family default + will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted + as one paragraph. + A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file. + Without +\family sans +Join +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Lines +\family default +, the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text + will start a new paragraph. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Replace +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Find +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +The +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Find +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Replace +\family default + item opens the +\family sans +Find +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Replace +\family default + dialog. + Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it. + Hitting the +\family sans +Replace +\family default + button replaces the selected text with the contents of the +\family sans +Replace +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +with +\family default + field. + You can click the +\family sans +Find +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Next +\family default + button to skip the current word. + Hit +\family sans +Replace +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +All +\family default + to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically. + The +\family sans +Case +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +sensitive +\family default + option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search + word. + If the toggle is set, searching for +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Test +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + will not match the word +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +test +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The +\family sans +Match whole words only +\family default + option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g., searching for +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +star +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + will not match +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +starlet +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + LyX offers also an advanced +\family sans +Find +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Replace +\family default + feature that is described in sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Things like notes, floats, etc. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(the so called +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +insets +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) can be dissolved. + This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal + text. + Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an + inset and pressing +\family sans +Backspace +\family default + or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing +\family sans +Delete +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "inset-select-all" +\end_inset + +, the shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select" +\end_inset + + selects the whole document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Undo and Redo +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Redo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Undo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Undo-and-Redo" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it. + LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer. + Select +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Undo +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "undo" +\end_inset + + to undo some mistake. + If you accidentally undo too much, use +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Redo +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "redo" +\end_inset + + to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +undo the undo. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +steps to minimize memory overhead. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive at the document as it + was last saved, the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +changed +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + status of the document is unfortunately not reset. + This is a consequence of the 100 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +step undo limit mentioned above. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Undo +\family default + and +\family sans +Redo +\family default + work on almost everything in LyX. + But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks + of text. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Mouse Operations +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Mouse Operations +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +These are the most basic mouse operations. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Motion +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Click the +\emph on +left mouse button +\emph default + once anywhere in the edit window. + The cursor moves to the text under the mouse. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Selecting Text +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Hold down the +\emph on +left mouse button +\emph default + and drag the mouse. + LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions. + Use +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Copy +\family default + to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Paste +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.) +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +Right-click on them to set their properties. + Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Section +Navigating +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Navigating" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Navigating +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +The +\family sans +Navigate +\family default + menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can + click to jump to the corresponding document part. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +The “Outline”, which is accessed either by the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Outline +\family default + or by the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-toggle toc" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +You can set bookmarks in your document under +\family sans +Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Bookmarks +\family default + and use the same menu to return to them. + Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "bookmark-goto 0" +\end_inset + + (also +\family sans +Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Navigate +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Back +\family default +) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. + This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled + to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to + your last editing position. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +By pressing the +\family sans +F5 +\family default + key the cursor will be vertically centered in LyX's main window. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +The Outliner +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:The-Outliner" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between + several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists + of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen +ces (see sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Cross-References" + +\end_inset + +), or notes, or citations (see sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Bibliography" + +\end_inset + +). + Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your + document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context + menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements. + For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation + dialog and to modify the citation. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The “Filter” field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear + in the Outline. + For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and + wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +sub: +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow + you further to control the display. + The +\family sans +Sort +\family default + option sorts the current list alphabetically. + Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the + document. + The +\family sans +Keep +\family default + option keeps it in the current view state. + Keeping means that when you have, for example, the subsections of sections +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2 and 4 displayed and click on section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +3, the subsections of sections +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2 and 4 will still be displayed. + Without the +\family sans +Keep +\family default + option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +3. + Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +depth +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/reload.png + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary). + Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections + in your document. + The +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/down.png + scale 85 + groupId toolbarbuttons + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/up.png + scale 85 + groupId toolbarbuttons + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + buttons move sections up and down in the document. + So, for example, you can move section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2.5 before section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2.4 or after section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2.6. + LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order. + With the buttons +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/promote.png + scale 85 + groupId toolbarbuttons + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/demote.png + scale 85 + groupId toolbarbuttons + +\end_inset + + (or the corresponding key bindings +\family sans +Tab +\family default + and +\family sans +Shift-Tab +\family default +) you can change the level of sections. + So you can for example make section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2.5 chapter +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +3 or subsection +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2.4.1. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Input/Word Completion +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Input-Completion" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Input completion +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Word completion|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Input completion +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently + opened. + Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that + is used to propose completions. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences +\family default +) in the section +\family sans +Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Input Completion +\family default +. + With the option +\family sans +Automatic +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +inline +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +completion +\family default + the proposed completion is shown directly after the cursor. + With the option +\family sans +Automatic +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +popup +\family default + the completions are always shown in a popup. + The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option + +\family sans +Cursor +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +indicator +\family default +. + With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and + popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX displays a small triangle after the cursor as an indicator that there + are completions available. + Press the +\family sans +Tab +\family default + key to accept a proposed completion. + If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them. + You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys, + and accept the chosen completion by pressing +\family sans +Return +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond +ing options for text. + The special math option +\family sans +Autocorrection +\family default + enables characters to be composed. + If, for example, you want to insert the character +\begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +, you can then input the characters +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +=> +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to a formula to get it. + So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use + of the math toolbar. + A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file +\family typewriter +autocorrect +\family default + that is in LyX's installation folder. + Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation + mark key “!”. + Pressing +\family sans +Space +\family default + turns it off. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Basic Key Bindings +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Key Bindings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bindings|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Key Bindings +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Shortcuts|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Key Bindings +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are at least two different primary binding maps: +\family typewriter +cua +\family default + and +\family typewriter +emacs +\family default +. + LyX's default is +\family typewriter +cua +\family default +, which can be changed in the LyX preferences under +\family sans +Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Shortcuts +\family default +. + (You can list or change any key bindings as explained in sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts" + +\end_inset + +.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Some keys, like +\family sans +Page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Up +\family default +, +\family sans +Page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Down +\family default +, +\family sans +Left +\family default +, +\family sans +Right +\family default +, +\family sans +Up +\family default + and +\family sans +Down +\family default +, do exactly what you expect them to do. + Other keys don't: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Tab +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "Tab" +description "Tabulator key" + +\end_inset + + +\family default + There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX. + If you do not understand this, go read sections +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Par-indent-intro" + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" + +\end_inset + +, especially section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Lists" + +\end_inset + +, right now. + Yes, right now. + If you are still confused, look in the +\emph on +Tutorial +\emph default +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +In LyX the +\family sans +Tab +\family default + key is only used to accept proposed input completions, to move the cursor + in tables or math matrices or to change the nesting level in Itemize or + Enumerate. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Esc +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "Esc" +description "Escape key" + +\end_inset + + +\family default + This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +cancel key. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + It is used, generically, to cancel operations. + Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Home +\family default + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\family sans +End +\family default + These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line, + unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning + or end of the file. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are three modifier keys: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Control +\family default + (Denoted by +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Ctrl +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "Ctrl" +description "Control key" + +\end_inset + + in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending + on which keys it is used in combination with: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Backspace +\family default + or +\family sans +Delete +\family default +, it deletes an entire word instead of a single character. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Left +\family default + and +\family sans +Right +\family default +, it moves by words instead of characters. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Home +\family default + and +\family sans +End +\family default +, it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Shift +\family default + (Denoted by +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Shift +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "Shift" +description "Shift key" + +\end_inset + + in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select + the text between the old and new cursor positions. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Alt +\family default + (Denoted by +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Alt +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "Alt" +description "Alt or Meta key" + +\end_inset + + in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless + your keyboard has a distinct Meta key. + If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs + the +\family sans +Alt+ +\family default + function. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +This key does many different things, but it also activates the +\emph on +menu accelerator keys +\emph default +. + If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a + menu or menu item, it selects that menu item. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +For example, the sequence +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Alt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +e +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +s +\family default + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\family sans +c +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + brings up the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Text Style +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + dialog. + Typing +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Alt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +f +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + opens the +\family sans +File +\family default + menu. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\emph on +Shortcuts +\emph default + manual lists all other things bound to the +\family sans +Alt +\family default + key. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use + LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar + at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action + you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action. + The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings. + The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used + in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding + it. + However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Alt+P Shift+A +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + means +\family sans +Alt+P +\family default + followed by a capital +\family sans +A +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +LyX Basics +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LyX ! Basics +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Document Types +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Types +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Introduction +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you + need to decide what type of document you want to edit. + Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings, + numbering schemes, and so on. + Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments, + and format the title of your document differently. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A +\emph on +document class +\emph default + describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents. + By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties, + making it easier to create the type of document you want. + If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default. + So it is up to you to change the class of your document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Document Classes +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Classes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Document-Classes" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can select a class using the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document Class +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + dialog. + Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options + you may need. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Overview +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are four standard document classes in LyX. + They are: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Article for basic articles +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Report for basic reports +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Book for writing a book +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Letter for US-style letters +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have + installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions + will include many of these. + Here are some of the classes. + The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter +\emph on +Special Document Classes +\emph default + in the +\emph on +Additional Features +\emph default + manual: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry + Society +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical + Union +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American + Mathematical Society (AMS). + There are three article layouts available. + The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that + prepends the section number to the number of the result. + All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced + together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence. + The +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +sequential numbering +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers + them throughout the article in a single sequence. + Each type of result gets its own sequence. + There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Beamer Layout for presentations +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Broadway Layout for writing plays. + It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed + with LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Chess Layout to write about chess games +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Curriculum +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +vitae classes to create curriculum vitae +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Foils Used to make transparencies +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry. + It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed + with LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical + and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features + like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc. + (Is used by this document.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Memoir another replacement for the standard classes +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Powerdot Layout for presentations +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +REVTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical + Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society + of America (OSA). + This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Slides Used to make transparencies +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +SPIE +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society + for Optical Engineering (SPIE) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes + here. + You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the + +\emph on +Additional Features +\emph default + manual. + Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all + of the document classes. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Availability +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document Class +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default +are marked as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Unavailable +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning + saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are + not installed. + So it may seem that something is wrong. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Nothing is wrong. + LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use, + and some of them, like +\family sans +IOP +\family default +, are highly specialized. + LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, + and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing + number. + No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed + by some document class. + There are just too many of them. + That is why some of the document classes are unavailable. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +Unavailable +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, you just need to install the appropriate package files. + The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that + document class for a new file. + LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files. + See section +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Installing new LaTeX files +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in of the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual for information on how to install them. +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it + does not include support for every document class people might want to + use. + For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for + dissertations submitted to those universities. + The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these. + There are too many. + Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have + done so. + Chapter +\emph on +Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual contains information on how to create layout files. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Modules +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Modules" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Modules +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the + chosen document class. + For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document. + This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond +ing module in the +\family sans +Modules +\family default + section of the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + dialog. + Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what + it does. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not + always installed by default. + LyX will warn you if you do not have a required package or converter, and + it will tell you what exactly you are missing. + You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not + be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be + able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites. + If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to + install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting + +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Reconfigure +\family default +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Reconfiguration of LyX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + See section +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Installing new LaTeX files +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual for more information on installing required packages. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible. + LyX will advise you about these things. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Local Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Local-Layout" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Local Layout +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be + used in a variety of different documents. + If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different + documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose. + Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you + need a specific inset or character style only that one time. + You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble. + What you want is LyX's +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Local Layout +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + See section +\emph on +Local Layout +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual for information on how to use it. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Properties +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Each class has a default set of options. + Here's a quick table describing them: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Page style +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Sides +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Columns +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Max. + sectioning level +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +article +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Plain +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Section +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +report +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Plain +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Chapter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +book +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Headings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Two +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Chapter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +letter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Plain +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +none +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You're probably also wondering what +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Max. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +sectioning level +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + means. + There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings. + Different document classes allow different types of section headings. + Only two use the +\family sans +Chapter +\family default + heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the +\family sans +Section +\family default + heading. + Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section + headings. + In addition to +\family sans +Chapter +\family default + and +\family sans +Section +\family default + headings, there are also +\family sans +Subsection +\family default + headings, +\family sans +Subsubsection +\family default + headings, and so on. + We will describe these headings fully in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Headings" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Document Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Document-Layout" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Layout +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default +. + There in the +\family sans +Class +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +options +\family default + field under +\family sans +Documents +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Class +\family default +, you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated + list. + This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want + to use for your document. + To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have + to read its manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The drop box +\family sans +Headings +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +style +\family default + in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + dialog under +\family sans +Page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Layout +\family default + controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page. + You can choose between the following five options: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Default +\family default + Use default page style of current class. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +empty +\family default + No page numbers or headings. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +plain +\family default + Page numbers only. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +headings +\family default + Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number. + Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on + the maximum sectioning level of the class. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +fancy +\family default + This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you + have the LaTeX-package +\series bold +fancyhdr +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + installed. + How they are defined is explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The separation of paragraphs is described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Paper Size and Orientation +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Paper size +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can find the following options in the menu +\family sans +Page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Layout +\family default + of the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + dialog: +\family sans + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Paper +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default + What size paper to print on. + The choices are +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Default +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +A0 - A6 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +B0 - B6 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +C0 - C6 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +US letter, US legal, US executive +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +JIS B0 - JIS B6 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Custom +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Orientation +\family default + To choose whether to output as +\family sans +Landscape +\family default + or as +\family sans +Portrait +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Two-sided +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +document +\family default + Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper. + That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Margins +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Margins" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Margins +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Margins +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Paper margins are set in the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings + because KOMA-Script calculates the print space automatically by taking + the paper format and the font size into account. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Important Note +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you change a document class, LyX has to convert +\emph on +everything +\emph default + into the new class. + That includes the paragraph environments. + Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document + classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments. + If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the + paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +unknown +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to + the old class. + But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you + will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph +s manually to a style present in your new document class. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paragraph ! Indentation +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Introduction +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Par-indent-intro" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to + say a word or two about paragraph indentation. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs. + Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph. + Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs. + If you choose indentation for paragraphs the +\emph on +first +\emph default + paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list, + etc., is +\emph on +not +\emph default + indented. + Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented. + Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document + language than English. + LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the language + used. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings + and text — in fact, all the spacing for just about everything —is pre-coded + into LyX. + As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what. + LyX takes care of that. + In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a + range. + That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure + figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom + of a page, and so on. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them. + LyX gives you the ability globally to change +\emph on +all +\emph default + these pre-coded spacings. + We will explain more later. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Paragraph Separation +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Paragraph-Separation" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paragraph ! Separation +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Select +\family sans +Indentation +\family default + or +\family sans +Vertical +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +space +\family default + in the submenu +\family sans +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Layout +\family default + of the dialog +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + to indent paragraphs or to add extra space between paragraphs, respectively. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Fine-Tuning +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph. + Open the +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Paragraph +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Settings +\family default + dialog and toggle the +\family sans +Indent +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Paragraph +\family default + option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle" +\end_inset + +). + If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this + button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling + this). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph + if you need to do some fine-tuning. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Line Spacing +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paragraph ! Line spacing +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\noun on + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default +\noun default + dialog you can set the line spacing for the whole document in the submenu + +\family sans +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Layout +\family default +. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +You need to have the LaTeX-package +\series bold +setspace +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! setspace +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + installed to use this feature. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + You can set it for a single paragraph in the +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Paragraph +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Settings +\family default + dialog but this should be used very exceptionally because vertical spacing + is normally defined in the environment's style. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Paragraph Environments +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Paragraph-Environments" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paragraph ! Environments +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paragraph environments|( +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Overview +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Paragraph environments correspond to the +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +begin{ +\emph on +environment +\emph default +} ... + +\backslash +end{ +\emph on +environment +\emph default +} +\series default + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +command sequence in LaTeX files. + If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally + alien to you, we urge you to read the +\emph on +Tutorial +\emph default +. + The +\emph on +Tutorial +\emph default + also contains many more examples than this section does. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A paragraph environment is simply a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +container +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties. + This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering + scheme, labels, and so on. + Additionally, you can +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +nest +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment + to inherit some of the properties of another. + The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy + tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hangovers from the days + of typewriters. + There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular + document type. + We will only be covering the most common ones here. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png + scale 70 + clip + +\end_inset + + at the left end of the toolbar. + LyX will change the environment of the +\emph on +entire +\emph default + paragraph in which the cursor sits. + You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if + you select them before choosing the new environment. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Note that entering +\family sans +Return +\family default + will +\emph on +typically +\emph default + create a new paragraph using the +\family sans +Standard +\family default + paragraph environment. + We say +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +typically +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + because if you are in one of these environments: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you enter +\family sans +Return +\family default +, rather than resetting it to +\family sans +Standard +\family default +. + Also the nesting depth is preserved (for more on nesting see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Nesting" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The default paragraph environment is +\family sans +Standard +\family default + for most classes. + It creates a plain paragraph. + If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses. + In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in + this manual) are in the +\family sans +Standard +\family default + environment. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can nest a paragraph using the +\family sans +Standard +\family default + environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything + in a +\family sans +Standard +\family default + environment. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Document Title +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Title +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the + author(s) and a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +footnote +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + for thanks or contact information. + For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate + page along with today's date. + For other types of documents, the title +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +page +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + goes at the top of the first page of the document. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph + environments +\family sans +Title +\family default +, +\family sans +Author +\family default +, and +\family sans +Date +\family default +. + Here's how you use them: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Put the title of your document in the +\family sans +Title +\family default + environment. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Put the author name in the +\family sans +Author +\family default + environment. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date, + or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in + the +\family sans +Date +\family default + environment. + Note that using this environment is optional. + If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date. + If you don't want a date, use the option +\family sans +Suppress default date on front page +\family default + in the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +class +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can use footnotes to insert +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +thanks +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or contact information. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Headings +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Section headings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Headings" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings. + LyX takes care of the numbering for you. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Numbered Headings +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Section headings ! Numbered +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are 7 numbered types of section headings. + They are: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\family sans +Part +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\family sans +Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\family sans +Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\family sans +Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\family sans +Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\family sans +Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\family sans +Subparagraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods. + The numbers describe where in the document you are. + Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text. + For example, suppose you're writing a book. + You group the book into chapters. + LyX does a similar grouping: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Part +\family default + is divided into either +\family sans +Chapter +\family default +s or +\family sans +Section +\family default +s +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Chapter +\family default +s are divided into +\family sans +Section +\family default +s +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Section +\family default +s are divided into +\family sans +Subsection +\family default +s +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Subsection +\family default +s are divided into +\family sans +Subsubsection +\family default +s +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Subsubsection +\family default +s are divided into +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default +s +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default +s are divided into +\family sans +Subparagraph +\family default +s +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Not all document types use the +\family sans +Chapter +\family default + heading as the maximum sectioning level. + In that case the +\family sans +Section +\family default + is the top-level heading. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +So, if you use the +\family sans +Subsubsection +\family default + environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number, + along with the number of the subsection, section and, if applicable, chapter + that it's in. + For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the + label +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +2.5 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Unnumbered Headings +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Section headings ! Unnumbered +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The unnumbered section headings have a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +* +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + at the end of their name. + They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in + the table of contents, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:toc" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Changing the Numbering +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Numbering-depth" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear + in the Table of Contents. + Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document + class. + Just as certain classes start with +\family sans +Chapter +\family default + and go down to the +\family sans +Subparagraph +\family default + level. + Others start at +\family sans +Section +\family default +. + Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels. + Most don't number +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default + or +\family sans +Subparagraph +\family default +. + This is something you can change. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Open the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + dialog. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Under +\family sans +Numbering +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +TOC +\family default + you will see two counters. + The one named +\family sans +Numbering +\family default + controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section + heading. + The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table + of contents. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Short Titles of Headings +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Section headings ! Short titles +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Short Titles +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Short-Titles" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long. + This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space. + For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section + title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings. + This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents, + avoiding the problem mentioned. + To specify a short title, use the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Short +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Title +\family default +. + This will insert a box labeled +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +opt +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (stands for +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +optional +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) which you can use to enter the short title text. + This also works for captions inside floats. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The title of this section is a good example of using this feature. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Special Information +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The following information applies to all section headings: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +You cannot do any nesting with these environments. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +You can only use inline math in these environments. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Quotes and Poetry line spacing +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations. + They are +\family sans +Quote +\family default +, +\family sans +Quotation +\family default +, and +\family sans +Verse +\family default +. + Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins. + These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in. + They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below + the text they contain. + They also allow nesting, so you can put a +\family sans +Verse +\family default + in a +\family sans +Quotation +\family default +, as well as in some other paragraph environments. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do + +\emph on +not +\emph default + reset to +\family sans +Standard +\family default + when you start a new paragraph. + So, you can type in that poem and merrily enter +\family sans +Return +\family default + without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you. + Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you + have to change back to the +\family sans +Standard +\family default + environment yourself. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Quote" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Quotation +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's + time for the differences. + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + are identical except for one difference: +\family sans +Quote +\family default + uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line. + +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + +\emph on +always +\emph default + indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here's an example of the +\family sans +Quote +\family default + environment: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +This is in the +\family sans +Quote +\family default + environment. + I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it + wraps. + See – no indentation! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +Here's the second paragraph of this quote. + Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and + the other paragraph. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here's another example, this time in the +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + environment: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation +This is in the +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + environment. + If I keep writing, you will see the indentation. + If your country uses a writing style that indicates new paragraphs by indenting + the first line, then +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it +\emph on +if +\emph default + you were quoting other text. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation +Here's a new paragraph. + I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time. + If I did that, though, you'd get bored. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As the examples show, +\family sans +Quote +\family default + is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs. + They should put quotes in the +\family sans +Quote +\family default + environment. + Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + paragraph environment for quoted text. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Verse +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paragraph ! Verse +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Poetry +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Verse" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Verse +\family default + is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on. + Here's an example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse +This is in Verse +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Which I did not rehearse! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse +It could be much worse. + This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps + around. + It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are + indented a bit more than the first. + Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore. + So sue me. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse +To break a line +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +And make things look fine +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Use +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As you can see, +\family sans +Verse +\family default + does not indent both margins. + Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph. + To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the +\family typewriter +break-line +\family default + function +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Lists +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lists +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Lists" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds + of lists. + In the +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + and +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively. + In the +\family sans +Description +\family default + and +\family sans +List +\family default + environments, LyX lets you provide your own label. + We will present the individual details of each type of list next after + describing some general features of all four of them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +General Features +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments + in several ways. + First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item. + Hitting +\family sans +Return +\family default + does +\emph on +not +\emph default + reset the environment to +\family sans +Standard +\family default + but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item. + The nesting depth is thereby kept. + If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting + depth, you can use +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + +. + If you do this at the top level of a list, it returns you to the +\family sans +Standard +\family default + environment. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can nest lists of any type inside one another. + In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it + is nested. + If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest + you read all of section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Nesting" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lists ! Itemize +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Itemize" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The first type of list we will describe in detail is the +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + paragraph environment. + It has the following properties: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +The items can have any length. + LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item. + The offset is always relative to whatever environment the +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + list may be in. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +If you nest an +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment inside another +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment, the label changes to a new symbol. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +LyX always shows the same symbol on screen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +See section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Nesting" + +\end_inset + + for a full explanation of nesting. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +Of course, that explanation was also an example of an +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + list. + The +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +We said that different levels use different symbols as their label. + Here's an example of all four possible symbols. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +The label for the first level +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + is a large black dot, or bullet. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +The label for the second level is a dash. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +The label for the third is an asterisk. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +The label for the fourth is a centered dot. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Back out to the third level. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Back to the second level. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Back to the outermost level. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +These are the default labels for an +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + list. + You can customize how these labels are displayed in the output in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + dialog in the submenu +\family sans +Bullets +\family default +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + These customizations are not displayed in LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth. + We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths + in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Nesting" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lists ! Enumerate +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Enumerate" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines. + It has these properties: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Each item has a numeral as its label. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +The label type depends on the nesting depth. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Each new +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment resets the counter to one. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Like the +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment, the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Offsets the items relative to the left margin. + Items can have any length. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Allows up to a four-fold nesting. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +Unlike the +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment, +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + shows the different labels for each item in LyX. + Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +The first level of an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + uses Arabic numerals followed by a period. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth + increases. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Back to the third level +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Back to the second level. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Back to the outermost level. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can customize the type of numbering used in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Customized-Lists" + +\end_inset + +. + Such customization only shows up in the printed version, not in LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There is more to nesting +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environments than we've stated here. + You should read section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Nesting" + +\end_inset + + to learn more about nesting. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Description +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lists ! Description +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Unlike the previous two environments, the +\family sans +Description +\family default + list has no fixed label. + Instead, LyX uses the first +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +word +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the first line as the label. + Here's an example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Example: This is an example of the +\family sans +Description +\family default + environment. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the + rest of the line. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With the first +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +word +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + it is meant that the first usage of the +\family sans +Space +\family default + key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an + item. + If you need to use more than one word in a label use a +\family sans +Protected Space +\family default +. + (Use either +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space" +\end_inset + + or the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Protected +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Protected-Space" + +\end_inset + + for more information.) Here is an example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Second +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Example: This one shows how to use a +\family sans +Protected +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space +\family default + in the label of a +\family sans +Description +\family default + list item. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Usage: You should use the +\family sans +Description +\family default + environment for things like definitions and theorems. + Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text + that describes it. + It's not a good idea to use a +\family sans +Description +\family default + environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe. + You're better off using +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + or +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and nesting several +\family sans +Standard +\family default + paragraphs into them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Nesting: You can nest +\family sans +Description +\family default + environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and + so on. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting + them from the first line. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Labeling +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lists ! Labeling +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Labeling +\family default + environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Like the +\family sans +Description +\family default + list the +\family sans +Labeling +\family default + list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional + features. + Here are its properties: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +item +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +labels LyX uses the first +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +word +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of each line as the item label. + The first +\family sans +Space +\family default + after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label. + If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected + space as described above. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and + the body of the item text. + The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default + label width plus a little extra space. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +label +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is + larger. + If the label width is larger, the label +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +extends +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + into the first line. + In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left + margin of the rest of the item text. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all + items in a +\family sans +Labeling +\family default + environment has the same left margin. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +To change the default width, select all items in the list. + Now open the +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Paragraph +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Settings +\family default + dialog (toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout-paragraph" +\end_inset + +). + The text in the box +\family sans +Longest +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +label +\family default + determines the default label width. + You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the + letter +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +M +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + multiple times instead. + M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX. + By using +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +M +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of +\family sans +Longest +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +label +\family default + every time you alter a label in a +\family sans +List +\family default + environment. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +The predefined default width is the length of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +00.00.0000 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (equal to 6 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +M). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You should use the +\family sans +Labeling +\family default + list the same way as the +\family sans +Description +\family default + list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes + it. + The +\family sans +Labeling +\family default + environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall + layout. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can nest +\family sans +Labeling +\family default + lists inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on. + They work just like the other list paragraph environments. + Read section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Nesting" + +\end_inset + + to learn about nesting. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There is yet another feature of the +\family sans +Labeling +\family default + list: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels + by default. + You can use additional +\family sans +HFills +\family default + to change how LyX justifies the item label. + +\family sans +Hfills +\family default + are documented in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" + +\end_inset + +. + Here are some examples: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +Left The default for +\family sans +Labeling +\family default + item labels. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +Right One +\family sans +HFill +\family default + at the beginning of the label right justifies it. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +Center +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + One +\family sans +HFill +\family default + at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Customized Lists +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Customized-Lists" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lists ! Customized +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The features described in this section require that the module +\family sans +Customisable Lists (enumitem) +\family default + is loaded in the document settings. + The module uses the LaTeX-package +\series bold +enumitem +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! enumitem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Custom Enumerate Lists +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional + argument (menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Short Title +\family default +) to the first item of each level in the list. + There you add the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +label= +\backslash +roman{enumi} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +in TeX Code (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "ert-insert" +\end_inset + +). +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +For more about TeX Code, look at section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:TeX-Code" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\emph on + enumi +\emph default + is hereby the first level counter of the enumeration. + The command +\series bold + +\backslash +roman +\series default + outputs the counter as a small Roman numeral. + For capital Roman numerals replace +\series bold + +\backslash +roman +\series default + with +\series bold + +\backslash +Roman +\series default + in the command above. + For Arabic numerals use +\series bold + +\backslash +arabic +\series default +. + To +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +number +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + items with capital or small Latin letters use +\series bold + +\backslash +Alph +\series default + or +\series bold + +\backslash +alph +\series default +, respectively. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + You can only number 26 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command + by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here is a list with custom numbering: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +label= +\backslash +# +\backslash +Alph{enumi} +\backslash +# +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Level 1 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +label= +\backslash +Alph{enumi}. +\backslash +arabic{enumii} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Level 2 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Level 2 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +label= +\backslash +bf{ +\backslash +arabic{enumiii}} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Level 3 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +label= +\backslash +emph{ +\backslash +roman{enumiv})} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Level 4 +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +For this list these commands were used: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent + +\series bold +label= +\backslash +# +\backslash +Alph{enumi} +\backslash +# +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +label= +\backslash +Alph{enumi}. +\backslash +arabic{enumii} +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +label= +\backslash +bf{ +\backslash +arabic{enumiii}} +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +label= +\backslash +emph{ +\backslash +roman{enumiv})} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +where the command +\series bold + +\backslash +emph{} +\series default + makes the label emphasized and +\series bold + +\backslash +bf{} +\series default + makes it bold. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + When you change the label of a list level, it will be used for all following + lists until you change the definition. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Resumed Enumeration +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +label= +\backslash +arabic{enumi}. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +first +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +goes back to default numbering +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +second +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +regular text +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate-Resume +resumed +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To resume an enumeration, use the style +\family sans +Enumerate-Resume +\family default +. + Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed + list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number from the + next one. + Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number. + This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item + of a normal enumeration. + There, insert the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +start=number +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +where +\emph on +number +\emph default + is the number with which you want to resume the list. + An example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +first item +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +second item +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Enumeration starting at a given value: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +start=4 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +This enumeration starts at 4 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +List Spacing +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lists ! Spacing +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items + of a list. + For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +A bullet list +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +with standard spacing +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item + of the list. + Add there the command +\series bold +nolistsep +\series default + to get no additional list space like in this example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +nolistsep +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +A bullet list +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +without additional +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +vertical space +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package + +\series bold +enumitem +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! enumitem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + For more information see its documentation, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "enumitem" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing + and indentation. + Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs + in the document and the label separation was set to 2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm so that the number is in the page margin: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +labelindent= +\backslash +parindent, labelsep=2cm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +An enumeration +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +with negative indentation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Further Customization +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lists ! Customization +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can also change the style of description lists. + The command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +font=definition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +changes the description label font, the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +style=definition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +sets the list style. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An example where the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +font= +\backslash +itshape, style=nextline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +is used: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Ionizing +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +radiation: +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font= +\backslash +itshape, style=nextline +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are + energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore + ionizing them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Reference +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing + the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an + object, block of memory, disk space or other resource. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package + +\series bold +enumitem +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! enumitem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + For more information see its documentation +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "enumitem" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Letters +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Letters +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Address +\family default +: An Overview +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph + environments called +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Address +\family default +. + To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments + in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document. + In contrast, you can use the +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Address +\family default + paragraph environments anywhere with no problem. + You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest + anything in them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Of course, you're not limited to using +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Address +\family default + for letters only. + +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Address +\family default +, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in + some European academic papers. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Usage +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Address-Usage" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Address +\family default + environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used + for the opening and signature in some countries. + Similarly, the +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Address +\family default + environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which + is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries. + Here's an example of each: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Right Address +Right Address +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Who I am +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Where I am +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +When is it? What is today? +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +That was +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Address +\family default +. + Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to + fit the largest block of text on a single line. + Here's an example of the +\family sans +Address +\family default + environment: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address +Who are you +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Where do I send this +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Your post office and country +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As you can see, both +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Address +\family default + add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph. + If you enter +\family sans +Return +\family default + in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets + the environment to +\family sans +Standard +\family default +. + This makes sense, since +\family sans +Return +\family default + is the +\family typewriter +break-paragraph +\family default + function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs. + Thus, you have to use +\family typewriter +break-line +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + + or +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ragged +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Line +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Break +\family default +) to start a new line in an +\family sans +Address +\family default + or +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Address +\family default + environment. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Academic Writing +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography + or list of references. + LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Abstract +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Abstracts +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environment is used for the abstract of an article. + Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should + only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title. + Also, don't bother trying to nest +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + in anything else or +\emph on +vice versa +\emph default +. + It will not work. + The +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environment is only useful in the article and report document classes. + The book document classes ignores the +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + completely, and it's utterly silly to use +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + in a letter document class. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environment does several things for you. + First, it puts the centered label +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Abstract +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + above the text. + The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical + space. + Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect. + Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and + the subsequent text. + Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen. + The actual appearance in the output depends on the document class you are + using. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Starting a new paragraph by entering +\family sans +Return +\family default + does not reset the paragraph environment. + The new paragraph will still be in the +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environment. + So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you + finish entering the abstract of your document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/Abstract.pdf + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption Standard + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Paragraph-in-the" + +\end_inset + +Paragraph in the +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environment +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +We would love to demonstrate the +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environment, but since this document is in the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +book +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + class, we can't do this. + We inserted it therefore as figure +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the" + +\end_inset + +. + If you have never heard of an +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +abstract +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + before, you can safely ignore this environment. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bibliography +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Biblio_environment" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + environment is used to list references. + Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should + only use it at the end of the document. + Nesting +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + in anything else or +\emph on +vice versa +\emph default + will not work. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When you first open a +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Bibliography +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +References, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + depending on the document class. + The heading is in a large boldface font. + Each paragraph of the +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + environment is a bibliography entry. + Thus, entering +\family sans +Return +\family default + does not reset the paragraph environment. + Each new paragraph is still in the +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + environment. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There is another, usually better way to include references in your document + by using a BibTeX database. + For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra +phy handling, have a look at section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Bibliography" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +LyX +\family sans +-Code +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paragraph ! LyX code +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:LyX-Code" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + environment is another LyX extension. + It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font. + It also treats the +\family sans +Space +\family default + key as a fixed whitespace; +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +In the +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + environment, the +\family sans +Space +\family default + key is treated as a +\family sans +Protected +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Blank +\family default + instead of an end-of-word marker. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX. + If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + + (the +\family typewriter +break-line +\family default + function). + +\family sans +Return +\family default + breaks paragraphs. + Note, however, that +\family sans +Return +\family default + does not reset the paragraph environment. + So, when you finish using the +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself. + Also, you can nest the +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + environment inside of others. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are a few quirks with this environment: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +You cannot use +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + + at the beginning of a new paragraph (i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +e. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +you can't follow +\family sans +Return +\family default + with a +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +You can't follow a +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + + with a +\family sans +Space +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Use a +\family sans +Return +\family default + to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a +\family sans +Space +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Or: use +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space" +\end_inset + + instead. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line. + You must put at least one +\family sans +Space +\family default + in any line you want blank. + Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing +\family sans +" +\family default + since that will insert +\emph on +real +\emph default + quotes. + You get the typewriter double quotes with +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "self-insert \"" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here is an example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code +#include +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code +int main(void) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code +{ +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + printf("Hello World! +\backslash +n"); +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + return 0; +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code +} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This is just the standard +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Hello world! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + program. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts, + rc-files, and so on. + Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text + as if you used a typewriter. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paragraph environments|) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described + in the chapter +\emph on +Program Code Listings +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Nesting Environments +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nesting ! Environments +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Nesting" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Introduction +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific + properties. + This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of + another block. + For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also + has two subpoints. + In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner + list +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +attached +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to item #2: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +one +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +two +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +sublist – item #1 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +sublist – item #2 +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +three +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other. + Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Increase +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +List +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Depth +\family default + or +\family sans +Decrease +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +List +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Depth +\family default + to change the nesting depth (the status bar will tell you how far you are + nested). + Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + + or the key bindings +\family sans +Tab +\family default + and +\family sans +Shift+Tab +\family default + or +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + +. + The change will work on the current selection, if you have made one (allowing + you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current + paragraph. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can. + If it is invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth. + Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the + depth of every paragraph nested inside of it. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Nesting isn't limited to lists. + In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're + about to find out. + This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +What You Can and Can't Nest +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell + you a little bit more about how nesting works. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The question of nesting a paragraph environment is a bit more complicated + than a simple yes or no. + There are three types of paragraph environments: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Completely unnestable +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other + things inside them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest + anything into them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph + environments have them: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Unnestable Can't nest them. + Can't nest into them. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Title +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Date +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description +Fully +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Nestable You can nest them. + You can nest other things into them. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description +Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things. + You can't nest anything into them. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Part +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Subparagraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Part* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Chapter* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Subsubsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Address +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Although it is possible, for example, to nest numbered section headings + like +\family sans +Chapter +\family default +, +\family sans +Section +\family default +, etc. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to + create well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas + nested section headings violate this. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nesting ! Tables etc. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are + affected by nesting anyhow. + They are: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +equations +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +tables +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +figures +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +( +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Figures and tables in +\family sans +Floats +\family default + are not affected by this. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Have a look at section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Floats" + +\end_inset + + for more information about +\family sans +Floats +\family default +.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph. + If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph + it is in goes. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +paragraph +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of its own, it behaves just like a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +nestable-inside +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + paragraph environment. + You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything + into it. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here's an example with a table: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Item One +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is (a) and it's nested. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +a +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +b +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +c +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +d +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is (b). + The table is actually nested inside (a). +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Back out again. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Item One +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is (a) and it's nested. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +a +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +b +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +c +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +d +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is (b). + The table is +\emph on +not +\emph default + nested inside (a). + In fact, it's not nested at all. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Back out again. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first + item of a new list! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going + deep enough. + LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Item One +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is (a) and it's nested. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +a +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +b +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +c +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +d +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is (b). + The table is actually nested inside Item One, but +\emph on +not +\emph default + inside (a). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Back out again. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a + new list +\emph on +inside +\emph default + item 1. + The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation. + So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right + depth! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Usage and General Features +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting. + In other words, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +level #6 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is the innermost possible depth. + Here's an example to illustrate what we mean: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +level #1 – outermost +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +level #2 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +level #3 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +level #4 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +level #5 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +level #6 +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see + both of them in the example. + Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold + nesting with the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environments. + For example, if we tried to nest another +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + list inside item +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +A. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, we would get errors. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Some Examples +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nesting ! Examples +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration. + We have several examples of nested environments. + In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce + them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#1-a This is the outermost level. + It's a +\family sans +List +\family default + environment. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#2-a This is level #2. + We created it by using +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + followed by +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#3-a This is level #3. + This time, we just enter +\family sans +Return +\family default +, then used +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + + twice in a row. + We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level, + by entering +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + followed by +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +This is actually a +\family sans +Standard +\family default + environment, nested inside of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +#3-a +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + So, it's at level #4. + We did this by entering +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + +, then +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + +, then changing the paragraph environment to +\family sans +Standard +\family default +. + Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works + for the +\family sans +Description +\family default +, +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default +, and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environments! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here's another +\family sans +Standard +\family default + paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#4-a This is level #4. + We enter +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + and changed the paragraph environment back to +\family sans +List +\family default +. + Remember — we can't nest anything inside a +\family sans +Standard +\family default + environment, which is why we're still at level #4. + However, we +\emph on +can +\emph default + keep nesting things inside +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +#3-a +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{} +and this is level #6. + By now, you should know how we made these two. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#5-b Back to level #5. + Just enter +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + followed by a +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#4-b After another +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + followed by a +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + +, we're back at level #4. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#3-b Back to level #3. + By now it should be obvious how we did this. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#2-b Back to level #2. + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1. + After this sentence, we will enter +\family sans +Return +\family default + and change the paragraph environment back to +\family sans +Standard +\family default + to end the list. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +We could have also used the +\family sans +Description +\family default +, +\family sans +Quote +\family default +, +\family sans +Quotation +\family default +, or even the +\family sans +Verse +\family default + environment in place of the +\family sans +List +\family default + environment. + The example would have worked exactly the same. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Example 2: Inheritance +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code +This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code +level. + Now we will enter +\family sans +Return +\family default +, then +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + +, after +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +which, we will change to the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment, at level #2. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Notice how the nested +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + not only inherits its margins from its parent environment ( +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default +), but also inherits its font and spacing! +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +We ended this example by entering +\family sans +Return +\family default +. + After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to +\family sans +Standard +\family default + and reset the nesting depth by using +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + + once. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + Environments +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is level #1, in an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + paragraph environment. + We're actually going to nest a bunch of these. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is level #2. + We used +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + followed by +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + +. + Now, what happens if we nest an +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its + label be? An asterisk? +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +No! It's a bullet. + This is the +\emph on +first +\emph default + +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment, even though it's at level #3. + So, its label is a bullet. + (We got here by using +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + +, then +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + +, then changing the environment to +\family sans +Itemize +\family default +.) +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Here's level #4, produced using +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + +, then +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + +. + We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +to get to level #5. + This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default +. + Notice the type of numbering, it is +\emph on +lowercase Roman +\emph default +, because we are in the +\emph on +thirdfold +\emph default + +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment (that is, it is an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + inside an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + inside an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +What happens if we +\emph on +don't +\emph default + change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What + type of numbering does LyX use? +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Let's use +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + + to decrease the depth after the next +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is level #4. + Look what type of label LyX is using! +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is level #3. + Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman + numeral as the label.Why? +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is +\emph on +still +\emph default + a thirdfold +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment. + Notice, however, that LyX +\emph on +did +\emph default + reset the counter for the label. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Another +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + + sequence, and we're back to level #2. + This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back + into the twofold-nested +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +The same thing happens if we do another +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + + sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Lastly, we reset the environment to +\family sans +Standard +\family default +. + As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling + LyX uses for the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environments. + The number of other +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for + an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + item. + The same rule applies for the +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment, as well. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Example 4: Going Bonkers +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +We're going to go totally nuts now. + We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into + the same detail with how we did it. + (level #1: +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +( +\family sans +Return, +\family default + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + + +\family sans +, Standard +\family default +: level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created + the example in parentheses someplace. + For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth. + The environment name is the name of the current environment. + Either before or after this, we will put in the level. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +( +\family sans +Return, Enumerate +\family default +: level #1) This is the next item in the list. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Verse +Now we will add verse. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +It will get much worse. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +( +\family sans +Return, +\family default + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + + +\family sans +, Verse +\family default +: level #2) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse +Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Bippitey boppitey boo! +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +( +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + +\family sans +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse +Here comes a table: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +one-fish +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +two-fish +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +red-fish +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +blue-fish +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Verse +( +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + +\family sans +, Table, +\family default + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + + 3 times, +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + +\family sans +, Verse, +\family default + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +( +\family sans +Return, Enumerate +\family default +: level #1) This is another item. + Note that selecting a +\family sans +Table +\family default + resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth + 3 times to put the table inside the +\family sans +Verse +\family default + environment. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation +We're now ending the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + list and changing to +\family sans +Quotation +\family default +. + We're still at level #1. + We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments. + The next set of paragraphs is a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +quoted letter. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + We will nest both the +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Address +\family default + environments inside of this one, then use another nested +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + for the letter body. + We will use +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + to preserve the depth. + Remember that you need to use +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + + to create multiple lines inside the +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Address +\family default + environments. + Here it goes: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Right Address +1234 Nowhere Rd. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Moosegroin, MT 00100 +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +9-6-96 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address +Dear Mr. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Fizlewitz: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation +We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control. + Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating + a backlog in our orders for methane. + We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order + as soon as possible. + In the meantime, we thank you for your patience. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation +We do, however, now have a special on beef. + If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form + with your order, along with payment. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation +We thank you again for your patience. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address +Sincerely, +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Bill Hick +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Quotation +That ends that example! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with + just a few keystrokes. + We could have easily nested an +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + list inside of a +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + or +\family sans +Quote +\family default +, or put a +\family sans +Quote +\family default + inside of an +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + list. + You have a huge variety of options at your disposal. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spacing +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime + you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers + you more spaces: spaces of different widths and spaces which can or cannot + be broken at the end of a line. + The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are + useful. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Protected Space +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Protected-Space" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spaces ! Protected +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the + line at that point. + This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +Further documentation is given in section +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Bibliography" + +\end_inset + +. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +section +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Bibliography" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + A protected space is set with +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Protected +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space +\family default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space" +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Horizontal Space +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Horizontal-Space" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spacing ! Horizontal +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Horizontal Space +\family default +. + The length units are listed in Appendix +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:Units-available-in" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Inter-word Space +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Inter-word-Space" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spaces ! Inter-word +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With the introduction of typewriters, it became conventional in some countries + to type two spaces after a period to mimic the wider spaces used by typesetters + at the ends of sentences. + There is no need to do this as LyX automatically takes care about this. + However, you do not want an end of sentence space after an abbreviation + followed by a period; see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Abbreviations" + +\end_inset + + for examples. + To insert a normal space, select +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Interword +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space +\family default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "space-insert normal" +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Thin Space +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Thin-Space" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spaces ! Thin +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +thin space +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +protected +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +). + The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of + thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance, + inside abbreviations: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +D. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +E. + Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +or between values and units. + Compare for example this: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +10 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +kg (thin space) +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +10 kg (normal space +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can insert thin spaces with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Thin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space +\family default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "space-insert thin" +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +More Spaces +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can also insert the following space types: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Negative +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +thin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +space A line with a +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \negthinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + negative thin space between the arrows. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Enspace +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(0.5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) A line with an +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \enskip{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + enspace +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(0.5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) space between the arrows. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Quad +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) A line with a +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \quad{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + Quad +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) space between the arrows. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +QQuad +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) A line with a +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \qquad{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + QQuad +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) space between the arrows. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Custom +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +space A line with +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hspace{} +\length 2cm +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + 2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm space between the arrows. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Table +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "tab:Width-of-the" + +\end_inset + + lists the different space sizes. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float table +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Caption + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "tab:Width-of-the" + +\end_inset + +Width of the different horizontal spaces. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Space +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Width +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Normal +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1/3 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Protected +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1/3 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Thin +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1/6 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Negative thin +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +-1/6 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Enspace (0.5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +0.5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Quad (1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +QQuad (2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Horizontal Fills +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spacing ! Fills +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space + in a uniform fashion. + An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals + the remaining space between the left and right margins. + If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space + equally between themselves. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here are a few examples of what you can do with them: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent +This is on the left side +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +This is on the right +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent +Left +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +Middle +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +Right +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent +Left +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +1/3 Left +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +Right +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +That was an example in the +\family sans +Quote +\family default + environment. + Here +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + +is one in a standard paragraph. + It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it +\emph on +is +\emph default + sitting in-between the two arrows. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the +\family sans +Fill +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Pattern +\family default +s in the space dialog: The following patterns are available: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dots: +\begin_inset space \dotfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Rule: +\begin_inset space \hrulefill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Left arrow: +\begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Right arrow: +\begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Up brace: +\begin_inset space \downbracefill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Down brace: +\begin_inset space \upbracefill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and +\emph on +not +\emph default + in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it. + This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line. + If you need space in this case anyway, set the +\family sans +Protect +\family default + option in the space dialog. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Phantom Space +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Phantom-Space" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spacing ! Phantom +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase. + For example, you want to create the following multiple choice question: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +What is correct English?: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Mr. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Edge would have been jumps the gun. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Mr. + Edge +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +has to be jumped +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Mr. + Edge +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +jumps +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +so that the choices appear exactly after the phrase +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Mr. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Edge +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Phantom +\family default +. + In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two + lines and insert +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Mr. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Edge +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + into the phantom inset (note the space after +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Edge +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +). + A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder). + That is why it is named +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +phantom +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space, + while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding + dimension. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Vertical Space +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Vertical-Space" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spacing ! Vertical +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Vertical +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space +\family default + dialog. + There you find the following sizes: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +SmallSkip +\family default +, +\family sans +MedSkip +\family default + and +\family sans +BigSkip +\family default + are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document. + +\family sans +DefSkip +\family default + is the skip adjusted in the dialog +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Layout +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + for the paragraph separation. + If you use indentation to separate paragraphs +\family sans +DefSkip +\family default + is equal to +\family sans +MedSkip +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +VFill +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spacing ! Fills +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page. + An example: you have only two short paragraphs on one page with a +\family sans +Vfill +\family default + between them. + Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second + one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal. + +\family sans +VFill +\family default +s work like +\family sans +HFill +\family default +s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +HFill +\family default +s are described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + If there are several +\family sans +VFill +\family default +s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves. + You can therefore use +\family sans +VFill +\family default +s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Custom +\family default + are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:Units-available-in" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + +\series medium +If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of + a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option +\family sans +Protect +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Paragraph Alignment +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paragraph ! Alignment +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can change the paragraph alignment with the +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Paragraph Settings +\family default + dialog (toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout-paragraph" +\end_inset + +). + There are five possibilities: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Justified +\family default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "paragraph-params \\align block" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Left +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "paragraph-params \\align left" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Right +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "paragraph-params \\align right" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Center +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "paragraph-params \\align center" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Default +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "paragraph-params \\align default" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word + spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between + the left and right margins. + The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align right +This paragraph is right aligned, +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +this one is centered, +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align left +this one is left aligned. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Forced Page Breaks +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Page breaks ! Forced +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you + can force a page break where you want one. + Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking. + Only if you use a lot of +\family sans +Floats +\family default +, LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +We recommend you not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished + and you have checked in the preview to see if you +\emph on +really +\emph default + have to change the page breaking. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special + action. + This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +New +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Page +\family default +. + The second type, that is inserted via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Break +\family default +, ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out + the complete page. + This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page + on which only the last few lines are absent. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears + at the top of a page. + This is, of course, the wrong way to do it. + LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables + appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without + having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table. + See chapter +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes" + +\end_inset + + to learn more about +\family sans +Floats +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Clear Page Breaks +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Page breaks ! Clear +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed + directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them. + That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including + unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed after + it, if necessary by adding pages. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can insert a clear page break with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Clear +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Page +\family default +. + When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Clear +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Double +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Page +\family default + to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand + page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Forced Line Breaks +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Line breaks +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: one simply breaks + the line. + You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ragged +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Line +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Break +\family default + or with +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + +. + Another type that is inserted via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Justified +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Line +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Break +\family default + or with +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert linebreak" +\end_inset + + breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between + the page margins. + This is useful to avoid +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +fringes +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as + LaTeX is very good at line breaking. + There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessaryactively + to set a line break, for example, in a poem or for an address (see sections +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Quote" + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Verse" + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Address-Usage" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Horizontal Lines +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Horizontal-Lines" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Horizontal lines +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +\begin_inset CommandInset line +LatexCommand rule +offset "0.5ex" +width "100line%" +height "1pt" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +In the dialog +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Horizontal +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Line +\family default + you can insert horizontal lines. + The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline + of the current text line or the paragraph. + The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +\begin_inset CommandInset line +LatexCommand rule +offset "0.5ex" +width "100line%" +height "1pt" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Characters and Symbols +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard. + You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter, for example, + characters needed for French with an English keyboard. + See section +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping" + +\end_inset + + for information on how this is done. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you + can use the +\family sans +Symbols +\family default + dialog via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Symbols +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed + when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences. + But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Fonts and Text Styles +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Fonts-and-Text" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Font Types +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Font ! Types +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are two types of fonts: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Vector +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +fonts +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Fonts ! Vector- +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + are built from outlines of the single glyphs (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. + characters) in the font. + This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are + well suited for scaling to any requested size. + This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the + curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph. + This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes. + Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed + to provide a good image might it be hard to provide a good rendering. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them. + But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes. + That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font + sizes than at small ones. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +The font types +\family typewriter +TrueType +\family default +, +\family typewriter +OpenType +\family default +, and +\family typewriter +Type +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1 +\family default + are vector fonts. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Bitmap +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +fonts +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Fonts ! Bitmap- +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start; so they + will look good at all the sizes they are meant for. + However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each + pixel is enlarged into several pixels. + It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in an + image manipulation program. + In order to mitigate this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in + several fixed sizes typically from around 8 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +pixels high up to 34 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +pixels or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful. + The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary + to display each glyph; so bitmap fonts display therefore more quickly than + scalable fonts. + The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have + to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Bitmap fonts are named +\family typewriter +Type +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +3 +\family default + in PostScript- and PDF-documents. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are + designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes. + So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts. + That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs + use scalable fonts. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To see which fonts are used in a PDF-document, look at its document properties. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards + specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font. + For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current + font to emphasize text, you use an +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +emphasized style +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + instead. + This concept fits in perfectly with LyX. + In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting + details. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +LaTeX font support +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:LaTeX-font-support" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Traditionally, LaTeX used its own fonts. + That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your + operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX + distribution. + The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts, + which have to be provided by additional files and packages. + The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited compared + to a word processor. + On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts + are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable + across different machines. + Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX has increased a + lot in the meantime; so you can find packages for many free and commercial + fonts. + In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface + (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Document-Font" + +\end_inset + + for details). + However, all the others are available if you enter the relevant LaTeX code + in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired + font). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able directly + to access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely XeTeX + and LuaTeX. + Both engines are supported by LyX. + By using them, you can theoretically use any OpenType or TrueType font + that is installed on your system. + The next section describes how to use these fonts. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci +es; so you might have to experiment. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature + as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Document Font and Font size +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Document-Font" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Font ! Size +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Font +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can set the document fonts in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + dialog. + In the +\family sans +Fonts +\family default + section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the + three different font shapes — roman (serif), +\family sans +sans +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +serif +\family default + and +\family typewriter +typewriter +\family default + (monospaced) — and you can specify the base font size and scaling factors + for (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit + with the roman font. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you select +\family sans +Use non-T +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX fonts +\family default +, you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system. + This requires that you use +\family sans +PDF (XeT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX) +\family default +, +\family sans +PDF (LuaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX) +\family default + or +\family sans +DVI (LuaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX) +\family default + as the output format, i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +e. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support" + +\end_inset + +). + You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts. + Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists + (roman, sans +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family. + Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due + to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{} +or font failures. + LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the + font include +\family sans +Default +\family default + and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution. + If you select +\family sans +Default, +\family default + the font that is preset by the current document class is used. + In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Computer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ( +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +) or +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +European Computer Modern +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ( +\family typewriter +ec +\family default +), but some classes preset different default fonts. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As +\family typewriter +cm +\family default + and +\family typewriter +ec +\family default + are bitmap fonts, they often look pixelated in PDF output, especially when + you read the PDF in a zoomed size. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in +\family typewriter +Adobe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Reader +\family default + version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font + renderer. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font. + Depending on how your document should look, you can either: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +select the +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of + +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +/ +\family typewriter +ec +\family default +. + +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace +\family typewriter +cm +\family default + as the default font. + It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes. + Except for some details, where the appearance was improved, +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + looks identical to +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +One difference is improved kerning. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +or select the +\family sans +AE +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(Almost +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +European) +\family default + fonts in (the rare) case that +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate + the look of +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +/ +\family typewriter +ec +\family default +. + +\family typewriter +AE +\family default + is a virtual font. + Virtual means that it +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +steals +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + outline +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +-glyphs from other fonts. + This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French + guillemets ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +« +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +» +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Loading the LaTeX-package +\series bold +aeguill +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! aeguill +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + with the document preamble line +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage[ec]{aeguill} +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series default +will fix the guillemet problem. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and that accented characters are not +\emph on +one +\emph default + glyph, but built of +\emph on +two +\emph default + characters, the accent and the letter. + Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents + using the +\family typewriter +AE +\family default + fonts. + If you search for example for the French word +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +rève +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches + for the glyph +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + è +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and not for the glyph +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + e + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + ̀ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +If you do not like the look of +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +/ +\family typewriter +ec +\family default +, you can of course select one of the other vector fonts provided, e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman +\family default + or +\family typewriter + Palatino +\family default +. + Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +serif and typewriter fonts, +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g., +\family sans +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman +\family default + selects +\family sans +Helvetica +\family default + for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +e. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +a real font +\emph on +family +\emph default + (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +in case of +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + oder +\family sans +Computer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default +). +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + but you can also select your own. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +The differences between roman, +\family sans +sans +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +serif +\family default + and +\family typewriter +typewriter +\family default + fonts are explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" + +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +The font +\family sans +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman +\family default + was originally designed for newspapers. + Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit + into the small newspaper columns. + Therefore +\family sans +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman +\family default + is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For the font size there are generally four possible values: +\family sans +Default, 10 +\family default +, +\family sans +11 +\family default + and +\family sans +12 +\family default +. + Some classes provide additional sizes. + The size of +\family sans +Default +\family default + depends on the class you are using. + In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Note that the font size is the +\emph on +base size +\emph default +. + That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those + used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value. + You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the +\family sans +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Style +\family default + dialog if needed. + The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Family +\family default + selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should + be roman, sans +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +serif or typewriter. + The +\family sans +Default +\family default + selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override + this. + In most cases, +\family sans +Default +\family default + is equal to +\family sans +roman +\family default +, but some classes (such as presentation classes) use other defaults. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family typewriter + +\family sans +LaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X font encoding +\family default + selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to + the LaTeX-package +\series bold +fontenc +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! fontenc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + (see also sec. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-settings" + +\end_inset + +). + Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this. + Unless you have specific reasons, use +\family sans +Default +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With some fonts, the checkboxes +\family sans +Use Old Style Figures +\family default + and +\family sans +Use True Small Caps +\family default + are available. + These are extra features some fonts provide. + If +\family sans +Use Old Style Figures +\family default + is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures) + are used. + Old style figures are the numerals (0 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +-- +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lowercase + letters. + +\family sans +Use True Small Caps +\family default + determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made + of scaled capitals. + Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look + better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The field +\family sans +CJK +\family default + allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify + a font to display the script characters. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +CJK +\series default +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! CJK +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + So this has no effect for the document language +\family sans +Japanese +\family default + that does not use +\series bold +CJK +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does +\emph on +not +\emph default + change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output; + this is part of the WYSIWYM concept. + LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences +\family default + dialog, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Screen-Fonts" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Using Different Character Styles +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Character Styles +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Text Style +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for + certain paragraph environments. + LyX supports two character styles, +\family sans +Emphasized +\family default + and +\family sans +Noun +\family default +. + You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the + toolbar. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To activate the +\family sans +Noun +\family default + style, do one of the following: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +click on the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "font-noun" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +use the key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-noun" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +These commands are all toggles. + That is, if +\family sans +Noun +\family default + style is already active, they deactivate it. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +One typically uses the +\family sans +Noun +\family default + style for proper names. + For example: +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\noun on +Matthias Ettrich +\noun default + is the original author of LyX. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A more widely used character style is the +\family sans +Emphasized +\family default + style. + You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the +\family sans +Emphasized +\family default + style by: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +clicking on the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "font-emph" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +using the keybindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-emph" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Normally the +\family sans +Emphasized +\family default + style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag +es use a different font. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +We've been using the +\family sans +Emphasized +\family default + style all over the place in this document. + Here's one more example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation + +\emph on +Do not overuse character styles! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +It's also a warning in addition to an example. + One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation. + Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid + the common tendency to overuse character styles. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can always reset to the default font using the key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-default" +\end_inset + + or the dialog +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Customized +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show character" +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Fine-Tuning with the +\family sans +Text Style +\family default + dialog +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Text Style +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning; so + LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style. + For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet + requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations. + Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts + from ordinary dialog. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a + warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles! +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not easy to read and + tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To use custom character styles, open the +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Customized +\family default + dialog or press the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show character" +\end_inset + +. + There are several boxes in this dialog, each corresponding to a different + font property that you can choose. + You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select +\family sans +No +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +change +\family default +, which keeps the current state of that property. + The item +\family sans +Reset +\family default + will reset the property to whatever is the default. + You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph + environments all at once. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The font properties, and their options (in addition to +\family sans +No +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +change +\family default + and +\family sans +Reset +\family default +) are: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Family +\family default + The +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +overall look +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the font. + The possible options are: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Roman +\family default + This is the Roman font family. + Normally a serif font. + It's also the default family. + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-roman" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Sans +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Serif +\family default + +\family sans +This is the Sans Serif font family. + +\family default + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-sans" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Typewriter +\family default + +\family typewriter +This is the Typewriter font family. + +\family default + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-typewriter" +\end_inset + + +\family sans +) +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Series +\family default + This corresponds to the print weight. + Options are: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Medium +\family default + This is the Medium font series. + It's also the default series. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Bold +\family default + +\series bold +This is the Bold font series. + +\series default + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-bold" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Shape +\family default + As the name implies. + Options are: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Upright +\family default + This is the Upright font shape. + It's also the default shape. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Italic +\family default + +\shape italic +This +\shape default + +\family sans +\shape italic +i +\family default +s the Italic font shape +\shape default +\emph on +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Slanted +\family default + +\shape slanted +This is the Slanted font shape +\shape default + (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Small +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Caps +\family default + +\shape smallcaps +This is the Small caps font shape +\shape default +\noun on +. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Color +\family default + Alters the text color. + Note that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors. + Besides +\family sans +No +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +color +\family default +, which means that the document default color set in +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Color +\family default + for +\family sans +Main +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\family default + is used, you can choose between +\family sans +Black +\family default +, +\family sans +White +\family default +, +\family sans +Red +\family default +, +\family sans +Green +\family default +, +\family sans +Blue +\family default +, +\family sans +Cyan +\family default +, +\family sans +Magenta +\family default + and +\family sans +Yellow +\family default + text. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Color ! Text +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Language +\family default + This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from + the language of the document. + Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change + (only within LyX). +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +If you have for example, an extract of German text in a non-German document, + LaTeX respects the German hyphenation rules automatically. + When using the spell checking (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Spellchecking" + +\end_inset + +) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Size +\family default + Alters the size of the font. + You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually + proportional to the document font size. + Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of + what you want to do. + The options are: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Tiny +\family default + +\size tiny +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Tiny +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. + +\size default + (key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-size tiny" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Smallest +\family default + +\size scriptsize +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Smallest +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size +\size default +. + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-size scriptsize" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Smaller +\family default + +\size footnotesize +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Smaller +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. + +\size default + (key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-size footnotesize" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Small +\family default + +\size small +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Small +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. + +\size default + (key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-size small" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Normal +\family default + This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Normal +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. + It's also the default size. + (key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-size normal" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Large +\family default + +\size large +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Large +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. + +\size default + (key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-size large" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Larger +\family default + +\size larger +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Larger +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. + +\size default + (key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-size larger" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Largest +\family default + +\size largest +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Largest +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. + +\size default + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-size largest" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Huge +\family default + +\size huge +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Huge +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. + +\size default + (key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-size huge" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Huger +\family default + +\size giant +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Huger +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. + +\size default + (key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-size giant" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Increase +\family default + This increases the size by one step (for instance, from +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Largest +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Huge +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +). + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-size increase" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Decrease +\family default + This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Normal +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Small +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +). + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-size decrease" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +We warn you +\emph on +yet again +\emph default +: don't go crazy with this feature. + You should almost never need to change the font size. + LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments + — use those instead. + This is here for fine-tuning only! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Misc +\family default + Here you can change a few other things at the character level. + Options are: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Emph +\family default + +\emph on +This is text with emphasize on +\emph default +. + This might seem like the same as +\shape italic +Italic +\shape default +, but it is actually a bit different. + Emphasized is a +\emph on +logical +\emph default + attribute. + That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized + text. + Normally this font is equal to italic. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Underbar +\family default + +\bar under +This is text with Underbar on. + +\bar default + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-underline" +\end_inset + + +\family sans +) +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\family default +Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days, + when you could not change fonts. + One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters. + This is only possible in LyX because some people +\emph on +may +\emph default + need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Double +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +underbar +\family default + +\uuline on +This is text with Double underbar on. + +\uuline default + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-underunderline" +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think + about double underbar. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Wavy +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +underbar +\family default + +\uwave on +This is text with Wavy underbar on. + +\uwave default + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-underwave" +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it. + Keep antinausea pills handy. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Strikeout +\family default + +\strikeout on +This is text with Strikeout on. + +\strikeout default + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-strikeout" +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been + changed in the meantime. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Noun +\family default + +\noun on +This is text with Noun on. + +\noun default + Like +\family sans +Emph +\family default +, this is a logical attribute. + Normally it's equivalent to +\family sans +Small +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Caps +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from. + Once you have chosen a new character style via the +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Customized +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show character" +\end_inset + +) dialog, the settings are saved. + You can activate them by using the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "textstyle-apply" +\end_inset + +. + The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog + isn't visible. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To completely reset the character style to the default, use +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-default" +\end_inset + +. + If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed + (suppose you just set the shape to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +slanted +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and the series to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +bold +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +), set the +\family sans +Toggle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +all +\family default + switch and press +\family sans +Apply +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You should also know something about the differences between the three main + font types +\family sans +serif +\family default +, +\family sans +sans +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +serif +\family default +, and +\family sans +typewriter +\family default +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Typewriter +\family default + is a so called +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +monospaced +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font, which means every character has the same width; the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +i +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is as wide as the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +m +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + Here is an example +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +no +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +typewriter text +\family default + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +For more on phantoms see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Phantom-Space" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +no typewriter text +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Serif +\family default + fonts use characters with serifs. + These are the small +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +appendices +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + at the ends of the strokes that form the character. + The following example shows the difference: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +text with serifs +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\family sans +text without serifs +\family default + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading. + These fonts are therefore used as default (named +\family sans +roman +\family default +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Sans serif +\family default + is not recommended for use as a base type. + This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts. + We use it in this document to highlight menu names. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Toggling +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + refers to applying or removing font properties. + When a property is marked for toggling in the +\family sans +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Style +\family default + dialog, applying the style to text that already has the property will cause + the property to be removed. + If you, for example, apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that + currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle + and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and + G. + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Never toggled +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +always toggled +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + mean that you do not control the toggling behavior. + For the properties on the left side of the dialog ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Family +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + etc.), toggling behavior is up to you. + If +\family sans +Toggle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +all +\family default + is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none + of them are. + Finally, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Reset +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is never toggled. + If you, for example, set +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Series +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Reset +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and select +\family sans +Toggle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +all +\family default +, then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default + series ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Medium +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +), no matter how many times you apply the style. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts! + They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Printing and Previewing +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Overview +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation + using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece. + Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what + goes on behind-the-scenes. + We cover this information in much greater detail in the +\emph on +Additional Features +\emph default + manual as well. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend. + LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent + confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX. + LyX is what you use to do your actual writing. + Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output. + This happens in two stages: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX, + generating a file with the extension, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file to produce printable output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Output file formats +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +File formats +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Output-file-formats" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Simple text (ASCII) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +File formats ! ASCII +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This file type has the extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.txt +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +American Standard Code for Information Interchange +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (ASCII). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can export your document to ASCII with the menu +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Plain +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\family default +. + However, this will not export any externally generated material such as + a BibTeX bibliography (section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Bibliography-databases" + +\end_inset + +). + If your document includes such material, use +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator +More +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Options +\family default + and then select +\family sans +Plain +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ps2ascii) +\family default +. + This will first internally export your document to PostScript (generating + thereby the external material) and then do the conversion to ASCII. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +LaTeX +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +File formats ! LaTeX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This file type has the extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process + your document. + If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process + it manually with console commands. + The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever + you view or export your document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\family default +. + The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Export" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +DVI +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +File formats ! DVI +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This file type has the extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + It is called +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +device-independent +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine + to another without needing to do any sort of conversion. + DVIs are used for quick previews and as a pre-stage for other output formats, + like PostScript. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them. + So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs. + Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make + them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer + when you view the DVI. + So we recommend using PDF for files with many images. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can export your document to DVI by the menus +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator +DVI +\family default + or +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator +DVI +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(LuaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X). + +\family default + The latter option uses the program +\family typewriter +LuaTeX +\family default +. + +\family typewriter +LuaTeX +\family default + is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct + font access (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support" + +\end_inset + +). + LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next + standard TeX processor. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +PostScript +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +File formats ! PostScript +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This file type has the extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.ps +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + PostScript was developed by the company +\family typewriter +Adobe +\family default + as a printer language. + The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the + file. + PostScript can be seen as a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +programming language +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +If you are interested in learning more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-pack +age +\series bold +pstricks +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! pstricks +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + As a result of this, the files are often bigger than PDFs. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +PostScript can only contain images in the format +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Encapsulated PostScript +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (EPS, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.eps +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +). + As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has + to convert them in the background to EPS. + If, for example, you have 50 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +images in your document, LyX has to do 50 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +conversions when you view or export your document the first time. + This might slow down your workflow with LyX. + So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as + EPS to avoid this problem. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can export to PostScript using the menu +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator +PostScript +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +PDF +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +File formats ! PDF +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +PDF +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This file type has the extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.pdf +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Portable Document Format +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (PDF) developed by +\family typewriter +Adobe +\family default + was derived from PostScript. + It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript. + As the name +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +portable +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + implies, it can be processed on any computer system and the printed output + looks exactly the same. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Joint Photographic Experts Group +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (JPG, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.jpg +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.jpeg +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Portable Network Graphics +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (PNG, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.png +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +). + You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the + background to one of these formats. + But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion + will slow down your workflow. + So we recommend using images in one of the three formats mentioned above. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can export your document to PDF via the menu +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export +\family default + in different ways: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(pdflatex) This uses the program +\family typewriter +pdftex +\family default + which converts your file directly to PDF. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(LuaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X) This uses the program +\family typewriter +LuaTeX +\family default + which converts your file directly to PDF. + +\family typewriter +LuaTeX +\family default + is a new engine, derived from +\family typewriter +pdflatex +\family default +, that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font + access (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support" + +\end_inset + +). + LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next + standard TeX processor. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(XeTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X) This uses the program +\family typewriter +XeTeX +\family default + that converts your file directly to PDF. + +\family typewriter +XeTeX +\family default + is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct + font access (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support" + +\end_inset + +). + It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example, + vertically written Japanese. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(dvipdfm) This uses the program +\family typewriter +dvipdfm +\family default + that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to + PDF. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ps2pdf) This uses the program +\family typewriter +ps2pdf +\family default + that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file. + The PostScript-version is produced by the program +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step. + So this export variant consists of three conversions. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +We recommend using +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(pdflatex) +\family default + because +\family typewriter +pdftex +\family default + supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and + works without problems. + If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{} +or specific OpenType fonts, you might + want to try out +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(XeTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X) +\family default + or +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(LuaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X) +\family default + instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature + as +\family typewriter +pdflatex +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +XHTML +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +FileFormats ! XHTML +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +HTML +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This file type has the extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.xhtml +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers. + It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them. + When LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats + suitable for the purpose. + For the math output you can choose in the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output +\family default + between different formats, which are described in section +\emph on +Math Output in XHTML +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Additional +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Features +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +XHTML output remains +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +under development +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, and not all LyX features are supported yet. + See the chapter +\emph on +LyX and the World Wide Web +\emph default +, in the +\emph on +Additional Features +\emph default + manual, for more information. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LyXHTML +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Previewing +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Preview +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page + breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu + +\family sans +View +\family default + and choose +\family sans +View +\family default + or use the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "buffer-view" +\end_inset + +. + A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default + output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:File-Formats" + +\end_inset + +) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings + (see sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Doc-Output" + +\end_inset + +). + Further output formats can be selected via +\family sans +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +View (Other Formats) +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/view-others.png + scale 85 + groupId toolbarbuttons + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same + viewer window using the menu +\family sans +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Update +\family default + or +\family sans +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Update (Other Formats) +\family default +, respectively. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary + directory. + To have a real output, export your document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Printing the File from within LyX +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Printing-the-File" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print + it directly from within LyX. + To print a file, select the menu +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Print +\family default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "dialog-show print" +\end_inset + +) or click on the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show print" +\end_inset + +. + LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI. + This file is then processed by the program +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + to a PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program +\family typewriter +Ghostscript +\family default +. + Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can set the following print parameters in the +\family sans +Print +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Destination +\family default + box: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Printer +\family default + This is the name of the printer to print to. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Note that this printer name is for the program +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +. + That means +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + has to be configured for this printer name. + The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Printer" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + The printer should understand PostScript. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +File +\family default + The name of a file to print to. + The output will be a PostScript file. + It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full + path. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can choose to print only a range of pages, only even-numbered or only + odd-numbered pages or to print the pages in reverse — the latter options + are useful for printing on two sides with a printer without a duplexer: + you re-insert the pages after printing one set to print on the other side. + Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down. + By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack + of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +A few Words about Typography +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typography +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Hyphens +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dashes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In LyX, the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + character comes in four lengths: the +\emph on +hyphen +\emph default +, the +\emph on +en dash +\emph default +, the +\emph on +em dash +\emph default +, and the minus sign: +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +name +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +output +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +inserted with +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +hyphen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +- +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in text +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +en dash +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +– +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Special +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Symbols +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +em dash +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +— +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Special +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Symbols +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +minus sign +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $-$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in math mode +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + character multiple times in a row. + They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in + the final output, but not in LyX. + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + gives a en dash, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + a em dash. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in + math mode and has a length of its own. + Here are some examples: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +line- and page-breaks +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +( +\emph on +hyphen +\emph default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +From A–Z +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +( +\emph on +en dash +\emph default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Oh — there's a dash. +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +( +\emph on +em dash +\emph default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +( +\emph on +minus sign +\emph default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Hyphenation +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Hyphenation +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Hyphenation" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output. + Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package +\series bold +babel +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! babel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + following the rules of the document language. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly; it only has problems with text in the + +\family sans +typewriter +\family default + font and with unusual constructs, like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +h3knix/m0n0wall +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points + manually. + This is done with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hyphenation +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Point +\family default +. + These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX. + If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated. + Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document + in the form +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +A-b c +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + LaTeX would then see the hyphen +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + as a hyphenation possibility. + Hyphenating at this point would look ugly. + To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox + as described in section +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Prevent Hyphenation +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Punctuation Marks +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Punctuation marks +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Abbreviations and End of Sentence +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Abbreviations" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX + automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations. + LaTeX then adds the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +appropriate amount of space. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and + the next word. + Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word + gets after another word. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does + not work in all cases. + If a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +. +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's + at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here are some examples of +\emph on +correct +\emph default + abbreviations and of the end of a sentence: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +M. + Butterfly +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Don't worry. + Be happy. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. + this is too much space! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +This is I. + It's okay. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To fix this problem, use one of the following: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Use an +\family sans +Inter-word +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space +\family default + after lowercase abbreviations (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Inter-word-Space" + +\end_inset + +). +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spaces ! inter-word +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Use a +\family sans +Thin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space +\family default + between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Thin-Space" + +\end_inset + +). +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spaces ! thin +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Use an +\family sans +End +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +sentence +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +period +\family default + found under the +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Special +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Character +\family default + menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing. + This function is also bound to +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence" +\end_inset + + for easy access. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +this is too much space! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +This is I\SpecialChar \@. + It's okay. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences. + If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX + will take care of this. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors: + Check out the +\family sans +Check +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +TeX +\family default + feature described in the section +\emph on +Checking TeX +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Additional Features +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Quotes +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typography ! Quotes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Quotes | see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Typography +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX usually sets quotes correctly. + Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text, + and use a closing quote at the end. + For example, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +open close +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The keyboard character, +\family sans +" +\family default +, generates this automatically. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can specify what character the +\family sans +" +\family default + key produces using the submenu +\family sans +Language +\family default + of the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + dialog in the box +\family sans +Quote Style +\family default +. + There are six choices: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family default + Use quotes like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +this +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\begin_inset Quotes sld +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes srd +\end_inset + + +\family default + Use quotes like +\begin_inset Quotes sld +\end_inset + +this +\begin_inset Quotes srd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family default + Use quotes like +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +this +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + + +\family default + Use quotes like +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +this +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + Use quotes like +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +this +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\begin_inset Quotes ald +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes ard +\end_inset + + +\family default + Use quotes like +\begin_inset Quotes ald +\end_inset + +this +\begin_inset Quotes ard +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For single quotes you have to use the shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "quote-insert single" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Ligatures +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typography ! Ligatures +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Ligatures | see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Typography +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Ligatures" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and + print them as single characters. + These groups are known as +\emph on +ligatures +\emph default +. + Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too + in the output. + Here are the standard ligatures: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +ff +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +fi +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +fl +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +ffi +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +ffl +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word. + While a ligature may be okay in the word, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +graffiti, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + it looks really weird in compound words, such as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +cufflink +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or the German +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Dorffest. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + To break a ligature, use +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ligature +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Break. + +\family default + This changes +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +cufflinks +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +links +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Dorffest +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +fest +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +LyX's Proper Names +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LyX ! Proper names +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with + characters in different sizes and heights. + LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized + as a proper name when you type it in LyX as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +command +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section. + To create proper names omit the TeX Code. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Note the order of the upper- and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the + following proper names: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +LyX The name of the game, write +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +L +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +yX +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to produce it. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +TeX The program used by LaTeX, write +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +T +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to produce it. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +LaTeX The program used by LyX, write +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to produce it. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX2e +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to produce it. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +2 +\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + It is an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers. + For example the version number of TeX converges to the number +\begin_inset Formula $\pi$ +\end_inset + +: The actual version is +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +TeX-3.141592 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, the previous one was +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +TeX-3.14159 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you don't want to use proper names, for example, in section headings, + you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the word. + In LyX this will look like +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/LaTeX.png + scale 80 + +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +For more about TeX Code, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:TeX-Code" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Units +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typography ! Units +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal + space between two words. + As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is + smaller. + To get such a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +half space +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + for units use the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Thin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space +\family default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "space-insert thin" +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here is an example to show the differences: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +24 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +kW +\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ +\end_inset + +h +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +space between number and unit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +24 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +kW +\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ +\end_inset + +h +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +half space between number and unit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Widows and Orphans +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typography ! Widows and orphans +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page + happened to end. + There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text. + You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading + for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line + of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line + of a paragraph at the top of a new page. + These bits of text became known as +\emph on +widows +\emph default + and +\emph on +orphans +\emph default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading. + That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments. + But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line + of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules + built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there + specifically to prevent widows and orphans. + This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +We cannot go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page, or how you can + tweak that behavior. + Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexcompanion" + +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexguide" + +\end_inset + +) may have more information. + You will almost never need to worry about this, however. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +Notes, Graphics, Tables and Floats +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "chap:Floats-and-Notes" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. + There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Notes +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Notes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Notes" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +LyX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as + a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(xxx) +\family default +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Comment +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Greyed +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can + set in the document settings under +\family sans +Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Greyed-out +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +notes +\family default +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This is the text +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This is an example footnote within a greyed out note. + In this document the color of this note type is set to blue. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + of a comment that appears in the output. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +As you can see in the example, greyed out notes can have footnotes. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Notes are inserted with the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "note-insert" +\end_inset + + or the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Note +\family default +. + Right-click on the note box that appears to select the note type. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Footnotes +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Footnotes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Footnotes" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the + menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Footnote +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "footnote-insert" +\end_inset + +, +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no +you will see +\family default +\series default +\bar default + a box like this: +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png + scale 80 + +\end_inset + + +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no + This box is LyX's representation of your footnote. + If you +\family default +\series default +\bar default + left-click on +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no +the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +foot +\family roman + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family default +\series default +\bar default + +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no +label, the box will +\family default +\series default +\bar default + be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it. + Clicking on the box label again will close +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no +the +\family default +\series default +\bar default + box +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no +. + If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it + and click on the footnote +\family default +\series default +\bar default + toolbar +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no +button +\family default +\series default +\bar default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here is an example footnote: +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text + position where the footnote box is placed. + The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page. + The footnote number is calculated by LyX according to the document class. + LyX does not yet support a particular numbering scheme, but you can get + other schemes using special LaTeX-commands. + T +\family roman +h +\family default +ey are described in the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Marginal Notes +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Marginal notes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Marginal-Notes" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX. + When you insert a margin note via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Marginal +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Note +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "marginalnote-insert" +\end_inset + +, you will see +\family roman +\series medium +a +\family default +\series default + +\family roman +\series medium +box with the +\family default +\series default + +\family roman +\series medium +label +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +margin +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + appearing within your text. + This box is LyX's representation of your margin +\family default +\series default +al +\family roman +\series medium +note. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note. +\family roman +\series medium + +\begin_inset Marginal +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align left +This is a marginal note. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents. + In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even + pages, right on odd pages. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For further information about marginal notes see the section +\emph on +Margin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Notes +\emph default + in the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Graphics and Images +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Images +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Graphics +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Graphics" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position + you want and click on the toolbar icon +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" +\end_inset + + or select +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Graphics +\family default + from the menu. + Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters. + The +\family sans +Graphics +\family default + tab allows you to choose your image file. + The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling + factor. + The scaling units are explained in Appendix +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:Units-available-in" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the tab +\family sans +Clipping +\family default + it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width + of the image in the output. + The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button + +\family sans +Get +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +from +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +file +\family default +. + The option +\family sans +Clip +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +to +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +bounding +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +box +\family default + will only print the image region within the given coordinates. + Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore + the tab +\family sans +Clipping +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the +\family sans +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X options +\family default + tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options. + In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX. + The option +\family sans +Draft +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +mode +\family default + has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame + with the image size is printed. + The option +\family sans +Don't +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +unzip +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +on +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +export +\family default + is explained in the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual in section +\emph on +Graphics Dialog +\emph default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image. + Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are + in the text. + This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/mobius.eps + scale 70 + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put + the image into a float, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Figure-Floats" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Image Formats +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Images ! Formats +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Image-Formats" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can insert images in any known file format. + But as we explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Output-file-formats" + +\end_inset + +, every output document format allows only a few image formats. + LyX therefore uses the program +\family typewriter +ImageMagick +\family default + in the background to convert the images to the right format. + To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background, + use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Output-file-formats" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Bitmap +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form. + They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms. + Well-known bitmap image formats are +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Graphics Interchange Format +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (GIF, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.gif +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +GIF|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Image formats +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Portable Network Graphics +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (PNG, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.png +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +PNG|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Image formats +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Joint Photographic Experts Group +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (JPG, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.jpg +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.jpeg +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +JPG|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Image formats +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Scalable +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without + data loss. + The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because + presentations are always scaled by the beamer. + Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Scalable image formats can be +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Scalable Vector Graphics +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (SVG, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.svg +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +SVG|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Image formats +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Encapsulated PostScript +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (EPS, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.eps +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +EPS|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Image formats +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Portable Document Format +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (PDF, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.pdf +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +PDF +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + We say +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +can be +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the + result will not be scalable. + In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original + image. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only +\emph on +vice versa +\emph default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Grouping of Image Settings +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Images ! Settings grouping +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing + group. + Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image + of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in + the same way. + So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the + need to manually change each of them. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A new group can be set by pressing the button +\family sans +Open +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +new +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +group +\family default + in the +\family sans + Graphics +\family default + dialog in the +\family sans +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X options +\family default + tab. + Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image + and checking the name of the desired group. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Tables +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tables +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Tables" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can insert a table using either the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "tabular-insert" +\end_inset + + or the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Table +\family default +. + A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns. + The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated + from the rest of the table. + This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row + have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above + them. + Here is an example table: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +2 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +3 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\size normal +\noun off +\color none + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +C +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +The Table dialog +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and + then choosing +\family sans +More\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default +. + This brings up the table dialog. + Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the + cursor is placed currently. + Most of the dialog options also work on selections. + This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is + done on all of your selection. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In addition to the table dialog, the +\family sans +table +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +toolbar +\family default + helps you in setting table properties. + It appears if the cursor is inside a table. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the tab +\family sans +Table +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Settings +\family default + of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row. + If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the + current cell respectively. + The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width + is given. + A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs + of text, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Table-Cells" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell + using the check box +\family sans +Multicolumn +\family default + or +\family sans +Multirow +\family default +. + This will merge the cells to +\emph on +one +\emph default + cell, spread over more than one column/row. + Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width, + and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell. + Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one + in the last row without the upper border: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +abc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +def ghi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +jkl +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +C +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +D +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +2 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +3 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +4 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table. + They are necessary for special table formatting, such as the multirow cells, + explained in the chapter +\emph on +Tables +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. + You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +degrees counterclockwise. + These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Most DVI-viewers are +\emph on +not +\emph default + able to display rotations. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Borders +\family default + tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column. + The button +\family sans +Default +\family default + adds lines for all cell borders. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Longtables +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tables ! Longtables +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Longtables +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option +\family sans +Use +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +long +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +table +\family default + in the tab +\family sans +Longtable +\family default + of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages. + Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +Header +\family default +: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options + defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable. + except for the first page, if +\family sans +First +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +header +\family default + is defined. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +First +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +header +\family default +: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options + defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +Footer +\family default +: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options + defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable, + except for the last page, if +\family sans +Last +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +footer +\family default + is defined. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +Last +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +footer +\family default +: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options + defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Caption: The first row is reset as a single column. + You can now insert there the table caption via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Caption +\family default +. + More about longtable captions can be found in the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can also specify a row where the table is split. + If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware + that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as + +\emph on +empty +\emph default +. + In this context, first means first in this order: +\family sans +Footer, Last +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +footer, +\family default + +\family sans +Header, +\family default + +\family sans +First +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +header +\family default +; see the following longtable to see how it works: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Example Phone List (ignore the names) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +NAME +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +TEL. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Example Phone List +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +NAME +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +TEL. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +continue ... +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Annovi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Silvia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Bertoli +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Stefano +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Bozzi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Walter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Cachia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Maria +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Cachia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Maurizio +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Cinquemani +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Giusi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Colin +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bernard +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Concli +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gianfranco +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Dal Bosco +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Carolina +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Dalpiaz +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Annamaria +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Feliciello +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Domenico +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Focarelli +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paola +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Galletti +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Oreste +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Gasparini +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Franca +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Rizzardi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paola +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Lassini +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Giancarlo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Malfatti +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Luciano +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Malfatti +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Valeriano +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Meneguzzo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Roberto +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Mezzadra +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Roberto +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Pirpamer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Erich +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Pochiesa +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paolo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111, 222 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Radina +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Claudio +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Stuffer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Oskar +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Tacchelli +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Ugo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Tezzele +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Margit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Unterkalmsteiner +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Frieda +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Vieider +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Hilde +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Vigna +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Jürgen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Weber +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Maurizio +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Winkler +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Franz +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Annovi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Silvia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Bertoli +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Stefano +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Bozzi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Walter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Cachia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Maria +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Cachia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Maurizio +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Cinquemani +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Giusi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Colin +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bernard +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Concli +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gianfranco +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Dal Bosco +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Carolina +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Dalpiaz +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Annamaria +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Feliciello +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Domenico +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Focarelli +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paola +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Galletti +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Oreste +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Gasparini +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Franca +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Rizzardi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paola +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Lassini +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Giancarlo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Malfatti +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Luciano +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Malfatti +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Valeriano +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Meneguzzo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Roberto +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Mezzadra +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Roberto +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Pirpamer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Erich +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Pochiesa +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paolo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555, 222 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Radina +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Claudio +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Stuffer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Oskar +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Tacchelli +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Ugo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Tezzele +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Margit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Unterkalmsteiner +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Frieda +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Vieider +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Hilde +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Vigna +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Jürgen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +999 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Weber +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Maurizio +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Winkler +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Franz +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +End +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Table Cells +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tables ! Cells +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Table-Cells" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table. + All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell. + Font sizes and shapes can also be altered. + But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like +\family sans +Section* +\family default +, etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width + for the column in the table dialog. + Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell + is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width. + An example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +2 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +4 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +This is a multi-line entry in a table. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +5 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +6 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +This is longer now. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +7 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +8 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +This is a multi-line entry in a table. + This is longer now. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +9 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well. + You can even cut and paste more than one row. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Note that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not + be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3. + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Selection with the mouse or with +\family sans +Shift +\family default + plus the arrow keys works as usual. + You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting + the selection from outside the table. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Floats +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Floats +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Floats" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Introduction +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't + have a fixed location. + It can +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best. + +\family sans +Footnotes +\family default + and +\family sans +Margin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Notes +\family default + are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are + too many notes on the current page. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout. + Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace + and pages without text. + As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and + the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text. + Floats are therefore numbered. + Referencing is described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Cross-References" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To insert a float, use the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Float +\family default +. + A box with a caption will be inserted into your document. + The label will automatically be translated to the document language in + the output. + After the label you can insert the caption text. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Floats ! Captions +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate + paragraph within the float. + To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box + by left-clicking on the box label. + A closed float box looks like this: +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/floatQt4.png + scale 80 + +\end_inset + + – a gray button with a red label. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You should insert floats in a separate paragraph to avoid possible LaTeX-errors + that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Examples +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Figure Floats +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Figure-Floats" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Floats ! Figure floats +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Figure +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Platypus-distorted" + +\end_inset + + was created using the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Figure +\family default + (toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "float-insert figure" +\end_inset + +). + The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and + using the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Graphics +\family default + (toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" +\end_inset + +). + The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor + to the left or right of the image and using the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Paragraph +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Settings +\family default + (toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout-paragraph" +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/platypus.eps + lyxscale 50 + width 50col% + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption Standard + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Platypus-distorted" + +\end_inset + +A severely distorted platypus in a float. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference + to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Label +\family default + (toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "label-insert" +\end_inset + +) and refer to it using the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Cross-Reference +\family default + (toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" +\end_inset + +). + It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using + vague references like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +the figure above +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it + might not be +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +above +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + at all. + For more about cross-references, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Cross-References" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you + might want to use two images with separate subcaptions. + This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats. + Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures + as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:List-of-Figures" + +\end_inset + +. + Figure +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" + +\end_inset + + is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side. + You can also set the images one below the other. + Figure +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Undefinable" + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Platypus" + +\end_inset + + are the subfigures. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption Standard + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Undefinable" + +\end_inset + +Undefinable +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps + width 45col% + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption Standard + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Platypus" + +\end_inset + +Platypus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/platypus.eps + lyxscale 60 + width 45col% + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption Standard + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Two-distorted-images" + +\end_inset + +Two distorted images. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Table Floats +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Floats ! Table floats +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Table floats can be inserted using the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Table +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "float-insert table" +\end_inset + +. + They have the same properties as figure floats except that the table in + the float is normally placed below the caption and not above like for figures + and that the label begins with “tab:”. + Table +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "tab:Table-float" + +\end_inset + + is a table float. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float table +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption Standard + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "tab:Table-float" + +\end_inset + +A table float. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +2 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Joe +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Mary +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ted +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} +a & b\\ +c & d +\end{array}\right]$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +More Information +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Floats ! Details +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats. + It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the + float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float + caption. + All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter + +\emph on +Floats +\emph default + in the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Minipages +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Minipages +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LaTeX provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page, + called a minipage. + Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +apply. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Box +\family default +. + Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage + and its alignment within the page. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "t" +use_parbox 0 +use_makebox 0 +width "30col%" +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\shape italic +This is a minipage. + The text is set in an italic style. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\shape italic +Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs + another formatting. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use +\family sans +Horizontal Fills +\family default + as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "t" +use_parbox 0 +use_makebox 0 +width "1.5in" +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text. + This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "t" +use_parbox 0 +use_makebox 0 +width "1.5in" +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text. + This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another + box type. + All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter +\emph on +Boxes +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +Mathematical Formulas +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formulas | see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Math +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the +\emph on +Math +\emph default + manual. + There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Basic Math Editing +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Basics +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-mode on" +\end_inset + + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-mode" +\end_inset + +). + That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its + corners. + That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate + what level of nesting within the formula you are at. + You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math +\family default + menu. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done + with the +\family sans +math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +toolbar +\family default +, that appears if the cursor is in a formula. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas. + Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This is a line with an inline formula +\begin_inset Formula $A=B$ +\end_inset + + in it. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate + paragraph, like this one: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +A=B +\] + +\end_inset + +You can only number and reference displayed formulas. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX also supports many LaTeX math commands. + For example, typing +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +alpha +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + +. + Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Panel +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Navigating in Formulas +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Navigating +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is + achieved with the arrow keys. + LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted. + The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula. + Pressing +\family sans +Space +\family default + will leave a formula construct (a square root +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ +\end_inset + +, or parentheses +\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ +\end_inset + +, or a matrix +\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} +1 & 2\\ +3 & 4 +\end{array}\right]$ +\end_inset + +). + Pressing +\family sans +Escape +\family default + will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula. + +\family sans +Tab +\family default + can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the + cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Space +\family default +, printed in this document as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting + the space character (visible space). +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between + characters, but it does exit a nested structure. + For this reason, you have to be careful about using +\family sans +Space +\family default +. + For example, if you want +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ +\end_inset + +, type +\series bold + +\backslash +sqrt +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +2x+1 +\series default + and not +\series bold + +\backslash +sqrt +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +2x +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + ++1 +\series default +, since in the latter case only the +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Formula $2x$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + will be under the square root sign: +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled + in, such as: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\left(\begin{array}{ccc} +\lambda_{1}\\ + & \ddots\\ + & & \lambda_{n} +\end{array}\right) +\] + +\end_inset + +If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing + in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Selecting Text +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can select text within a formula in two different ways. + Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press +\family sans +Shift +\family default + and a cursor movement key to select text. + It will be highlighted as with regular text selection. + Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way. + That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula, + but not in a normal text region in LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Exponents and Subscripts +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Exponents +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Subscripts +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-superscript" +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-subscript" +\end_inset + +), but it is often much easier to use a command. + To get +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ +\end_inset + +, type in a formula +\series bold +x^2 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default +. + The final +\family sans +Space +\family default + puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression. + If you type +\series bold +x^2y +\series default +, you will get +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ +\end_inset + +, to get +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ +\end_inset + +, type +\series bold +x^2 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +y +\series default +. + If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the + circumflex +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +^ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, you have to use an extra +\family sans +Space +\family default + to separate the circumflex and the character. + For example, if you want +\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$ +\end_inset + +, type +\series bold +x^ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +a +\series default +. + Subscripts are similar: To get +\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ +\end_inset + +, type +\series bold +a_1 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Fractions +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Fractions +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Create a fraction either with the command +\series bold + +\backslash +frac +\series default + or by using the icon +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\frac" +\end_inset + + in the +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Panel +\family default +. + You will be presented with an empty fraction. + The cursor is above the fraction line. + To move it to the bottom, simply press +\family sans +Down +\family default +. + To move back up, press +\family sans +Up +\family default +. + Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc} +2 & 3\\ +4 & 5 +\end{array}\right)}\right] +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Roots +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Roots +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Roots can be created using the +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Panel +\family default + buttons +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\sqrt" +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\root" +\end_inset + + or the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +sqrt +\series default + or +\series bold + +\backslash +root +\series default +. + With the command +\series bold + +\backslash +root +\series default + you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while +\series bold + +\backslash +sqrt +\series default + always produces a square root. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Operators with Limits +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Sums +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Integrals +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Operators-with-Limits" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sum ( +\begin_inset Formula $\sum$ +\end_inset + +) and integral ( +\begin_inset Formula $\int$ +\end_inset + +) operators are very often decorated with limits. + These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter + a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol. + The sum operator will automatically place its +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +limits +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and to the side in inline + formulas, as in +\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ +\end_inset + +, versus +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e +\] + +\end_inset + +Integral signs, however, will place the limits to the side in both formula + types. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in + display mode. + The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly + behind the operator and using the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Change +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Limits +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Type +\family default + or entering +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-limits" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Certain other mathematical expressions also have this +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +moving limits +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + feature, such as +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Limits +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x), +\] + +\end_inset + +which will place the +\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ +\end_inset + + underneath the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +lim +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in display mode. + In inline formulas it looks like this: +\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro +\series bold + +\backslash +lim +\series default +. + Have a look at section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Functions" + +\end_inset + + for an explanation of function macros. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Math Symbols +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Symbols +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Most math symbols can be found in the +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Panel +\family default + under one of several categories; including +\family sans +Greek +\family default +, +\family sans +Operators +\family default +, +\family sans +Relations +\family default +, +\family sans +Arrows +\family default +. + There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical + Society (AMS). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, + you don't have to use the +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Panel +\family default +; you can type the command directly into the formula. + LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Altering Spacing +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Spaces +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that + LaTeX provides. + To do this, press +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space" +\end_inset + + or use the +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Panel +\family default + button +\family sans + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\space" +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen. + For example, the sequence +\series bold +a Ctrl+Space b +\series default +: +\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ +\end_inset + + appears in LyX as +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png + +\end_inset + +. + You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind + the space marker and enter space again several times. + With every space enter the size will be changed. + Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative + spaces. + Here are two examples: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +a Ctrl+Space b +\series default + and 3× +\family sans +Space +\family default +: +\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +a Ctrl+Space b +\series default + and 5× +\family sans +Space +\family default +: +\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Functions +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Functions +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Functions" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Panel +\family default + contains under the button +\family sans + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\functions" +\end_inset + + +\family default + a number of function macros, such as +\begin_inset Formula $\sin$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $\lim$ +\end_inset + +, +\emph on +etc +\emph default +. + (you can also insert them in a formula by typing +\series bold + +\backslash +sin +\series default + etc.). + Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to + avoid confusions, because +\begin_inset Formula $sin$ +\end_inset + + does normally mean +\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$ +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function: + +\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$ +\end_inset + + is different from +\begin_inset Formula $asinx$ +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For some mathematical objects, like limits, the macro changes where subscripts + are placed, as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Accents +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Accents +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text + mode. + This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use. + You can also use LaTeX commands, for example, to enter +\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ +\end_inset + + even if your keyboard doesn't have the circumflex enabled. + Our example is entered by typing +\series bold + +\backslash +hat +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +a +\series default + in a formula. + Table +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "tab:Accent-names-and" + +\end_inset + + shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float table +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption Standard + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "tab:Accent-names-and" + +\end_inset + +Accent names and the corresponding commands. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Name +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +E +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +xample +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +circumflex +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +hat +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +grave +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +grave +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +acute +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +acute +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +umlaut +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +ddot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +tilde +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +tilde +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +dot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +dot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +breve +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +breve +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +caron +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +check +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +macron +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +bar +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +vector +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +vec +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the +\family sans +Frame +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +decorations +\family default + symbol set button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\hat" +\end_inset + + in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within + a formula too. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Brackets and Delimiters +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Brackets +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Delimiters +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are several brackets available through LyX. + For some purposes, using just the keys +\family typewriter +[]{}()|<> +\family default + should suffice. + But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction, + or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math + toolbar delimiter icon +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" +\end_inset + +. + For example, if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\left[\begin{array}{cc} +1 & 2\\ +3 & 4 +\end{array}\right] +\] + +\end_inset + +it makes it easier to see the layers of parentheses. + Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" +\end_inset + + and the expression on the right was entered using the +\family typewriter +() +\family default + keys. + +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from + that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is + inside. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the + left side and right side. + If you use the option +\family sans +Keep +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +matched +\family default +, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. + The selection will be shown as TeX code. + If you want one side not to have a bracket, use +\family sans +(none) +\family default +. + It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, like a square + root, you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that + is to go inside the brackets. + Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on +\family sans +Insert +\family default +. + The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and + braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts. + For example, to insert a pair of parentheses, select the structure and + enter +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-delim ( )" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Arrays and Multi-line Equations +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Arrays +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Matrices +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Multi-line Equations +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Matrices are entered in LyX using the +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Panel +\family default + matrix button +\family sans + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show mathmatrix" +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns. + Here is an example: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\left(\begin{array}{ccc} +1 & 2 & 3\\ +4 & 5 & 6\\ +7 & 8 & 9 +\end{array}\right) +\] + +\end_inset + +The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters" + +\end_inset + +. + When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries + will be left-, right-, or center-justified. + This alignment is set in the box +\family sans +Horizontal +\family default + with the letters +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +l +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +r +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +c +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + LyX proposes a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +c +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + for every column as default. + For example, the sequence +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +lcr +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be + centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter + corresponds to the relevant column. + The result will look like this: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\begin{array}{lcr} +this & this\, column & this\, column\\ +column & has & has\, right\\ +has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment +\end{array}. +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can add more rows to an existing matrix by entering +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + + while the cursor is in the matrix. + Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math +\family default + or the math toolbar. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases. + It can be created with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Cases +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Environment +\family default + or the command +\series bold + +\backslash +cases +\series default +. + Here is an example: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +f(x)=\begin{cases} +-1 & x<0\\ +0 & x=0\\ +1 & x>0 +\end{cases} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +Multi-line formulas are created when you press +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + + within a formula. + In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each + column. + When you press +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + + in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + += +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign + is in the second column, and the rest in the third column. + A new row is created by every further entry of +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + +. + Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas. + Here is an example: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray} +a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\ +a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared} +\end{eqnarray} + +\end_inset + +Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures + in this column will be printed in a smaller size: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray*} +\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} +\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The multi-line formula type described here is called +\family typewriter +\series medium +eqnarray +\family default +\series default +. + There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations, + for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:asquared" + +\end_inset + +. + The other types are described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Formula Numbering and Referencing +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Formula numbering +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Referencing formulas +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Number +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Whole +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formula +\family default + or the shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-number-toggle" +\end_inset + +. + The formula number appears in LyX within parentheses. + The number shown is temporary and may be different when the output is generated. + The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on + the document class. + In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number, + separated by a dot: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +1+1=2 +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + +Using +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-number-toggle" +\end_inset + + in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering. + You can only number displayed formulas. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Number +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +This +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Line +\family default + or the shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-number-line-toggle" +\end_inset + + will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray} +1 & = & 3-2\\ +2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\ +4 & \leq & 7 +\end{eqnarray} + +\end_inset + +To number all lines use the shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-number-toggle" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label. + A label is inserted with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Label +\family default + (toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "label-insert" +\end_inset + +) when the cursor is in the formula. + This opens a dialog to enter the label. + It is recommended that you use the suggested +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +eq: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the + label type when you have many labels in your document. + We inserted in the following example the label +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +eq:tanhExp +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in the second line: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray} +\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\ + & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp} +\end{eqnarray} + +\end_inset + +Every labeled line is automatically numbered. + Therefore the label is shown behind the formula number. + You can reference a labeled formula using the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Cross +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Reference +\family default + (toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" +\end_inset + +). + A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to. + The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output + as the formula number: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This is a cross-reference to equation ( +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "eq:tanhExp" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Cross-References" + +\end_inset + +. + To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and + press +\family sans +Del +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +User defined math macros +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Macros +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you + have equations of the same form in a document several times. + Math macros are explained in section +\emph on +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Macros +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Math +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Fine-Tuning +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Typefaces +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Typefaces +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman. + To set a font in a formula, use the +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Panel +\family default + button +\family sans + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\font" +\end_inset + + +\family default +, or enter its command, listed in table +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the" + +\end_inset + +, directly. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float table +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption Standard + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "tab:Typefaces-and-the" + +\end_inset + +Typefaces and the corresponding commands. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Font +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\shape up +\size normal +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathrm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathbf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\shape up +\size normal +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathtt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathbb +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathfrak +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\shape up +\size normal +\emph on +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathcal +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathsf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + You can only print capital letters in the typefaces +\family sans +Blackboard +\family default + and +\family sans +Calligraphic +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula. + Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface. + Pressing +\family sans +Space +\family default + within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected + space when you need a space in the box. + Here is an example where +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +N +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in +\family sans +Blackboard +\family default + denotes the set of numbers: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion. + You can, for example, put a character in +\family sans +Fraktur +\family default + in a box for +\family sans +Typewriter +\family default +: +\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +So it is better not to use this feature. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters: +\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +You can only print them emboldened using the command +\series bold + +\backslash +boldsymbol +\series default +, which works like the other typeface commands: +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +boldsymbol +\series default + works for all symbols, letters, and numbers. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Style +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Math Text +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Text +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but + not for text. + For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using + the entry +\family sans +Normal +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +mode +\family default + of the +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Panel +\family default + button +\family sans + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\font" +\end_inset + + +\family default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-default" +\end_inset + +). + Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue. + You can use spaces and accents in math text as in normal text. + Here is an example: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +f(x)=\begin{cases} +x & \mbox{if I say so}\\ +-x & \mbox{under Umständen} +\end{cases} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Font Sizes +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Font sizes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are + automatically chosen in most situations. + These are called +\family sans +textstyle +\family default +, +\family sans +displaystyle +\family default +, +\family sans +scriptstyle +\family default +, and +\family sans +scriptscriptstyle +\family default +. + For most characters, +\family sans +textstyle +\family default + and +\family sans +displaystyle +\family default + are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts, + and certain other structures, are set larger in +\family sans +displaystyle +\family default +. + Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various + situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat +e. + These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button +\family sans + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\style" +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure. + For example, you can set +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ +\end_inset + +, which is normally in +\family sans +textstyle +\family default +, larger in +\family sans +displaystyle +\family default +: +\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ +\end_inset + +. + The four styles are used in the following example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset + is set in a particular size with the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Style +\family default +, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size. + Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts + will be adjusted to correspond. + As an example here is a formula in the font size +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +largest +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family roman +\size largest +\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +AMS-LaTeX +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +AMS math +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! AMS +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society + (AMS) that are in common use. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Enabling AMS-Support +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in + the document by selecting the checkbox +\family sans +Use +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +AMS +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +package +\family default + in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + dialog under +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Options +\family default +. + AMS is needed for many math-constructs; so when you get LaTeX-errors in + formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +AMS-Formula Types +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Multi-line Equations +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types. + LyX allows you to choose between +\family typewriter +align +\family default +, +\family typewriter +alignat +\family default +, +\family typewriter +flalign +\family default +, +\family typewriter +gather +\family default +, and +\family typewriter +multline +\family default +. + We refer you to the AMS-documentation, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "AMS" + +\end_inset + +, for an explanation of these formula types. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +More Tools +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Cross-References +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Cross references +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Cross-References" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +One of LyX's strengths is cross-references. + You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in + the document. + To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it. + The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference. + We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +First item +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "enu:Second-item" + +\end_inset + +Second item +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Third item +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +First we insert a label into the second item with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Label +\family default + or by pressing the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "label-insert" +\end_inset + +. + A gray label box like this: +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/labelQt4.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text. + LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case + the text +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +enu:Second-item +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The prefix +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +enu: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + stands for +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +enumerate +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted; for + example, if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix + will be +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +sec: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Cross-Reference +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" +\end_inset + +. + A gray cross-reference box like this: +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/referenceQt4.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels + in the document. + We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +enu:Second-item +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear + in the output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As an alternative to +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Cross-Reference +\family default +, you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select +\family sans +Copy as Reference +\family default +. + The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted + to the actual cursor position via the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Paste +\family default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "paste" +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here is our cross-reference: Item +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "enu:Second-item" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +It is recommended to use a protected space +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Protected-Space" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly + line breaks between them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are six formats of cross-references: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +: prints the number, this is the default: +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +(): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style + normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Equation +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is omitted: +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:tanhExp" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +: prints the page number: Page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand pageref +reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +on +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +: prints the text “on page” and the page number: +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vpageref +reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +If the label is on the same page, it prints “on this page”; if the label + is on a facing page in a two-sided document, it prints “on the facing page”; + if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page, it prints “on + the previous page”; if it is on the next page which is not a facing page, + it prints “on the next page”. + The wording of the printed text also depends on the used document class. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +on +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +: prints the number, the text “on page” and the page number: +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vref +reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +If the label is on the same page, this format behaves like +\family sans +\series bold + +\family default +\series default +; otherwise it behaves like +\family sans +\series bold +on +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\family default +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Formatted +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package +\series bold +prettyref +\series default + or +\series bold +refstyle +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! prettyref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! refstyle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + installed. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting + the option +\family sans +Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references +\family default + in the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document Class +\family default +. + The package +\series bold +refstyle +\series default + is the default and preferred because +\series bold +prettyref +\series default + supports only English documents. + The format is specified by using the command +\series bold + +\backslash +newrefformat +\series default + (prettyref) or +\series bold + +\backslash +newref +\series default + (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document. + For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label + shortcut +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +fig +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) can be done with this command +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page +\backslash +pageref{#1}}} +\series default + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations +, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "prettyref,refstyle" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Textual +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference: +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand nameref +reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output + is automatically calculated by LaTeX. + The varieties are adjusted in the field +\family sans +Format +\family default + of the cross-reference window, that appears when you click on the cross-referen +ce. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can only use the style +\family sans + +\family default + to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style +\family sans + +\family default + is always possible. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading; + for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in + it. + Referencing formulas is explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu. + The entry +\family sans +Go +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +to +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Label +\family default + sets the cursor before the referenced label. + This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to +\family sans +Go +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Back +\family default + so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference. + You can also go back with the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "bookmark-goto 0" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can change labels at any time. + References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you + do not need to think about this. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see in LyX + “BROKEN” in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output + instead of the reference. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +References are described in detail in the section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Referencing Floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Table of Contents and other Listings +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Table of contents +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Outline +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:toc" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Table of Contents +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Table-of-Contents" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Table +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Contents +\family default +. + It is displayed in LyX as a gray box. + If you click on it, the +\family sans +Outline +\family default + window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you + to move and rearrange sections in your documents. + So this operation is an alternative to the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Outline +\family default + that is described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:The-Outliner" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically. + If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described + in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Short-Titles" + +\end_inset + +, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading. + Section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Numbering-depth" + +\end_inset + + describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are + listed in the TOC. + Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:List-of-Figures" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents. + You can insert them via the +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +List/TOC +\family default + submenus. + The list entries are the float captions and the float number. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +URLs and Hyperlinks +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +URLs +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Hyperlinks +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +URLs +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:URLs" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +URL +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage: +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://www.lyx.org +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be + in the style +\family typewriter +Typewriter +\family default +. + To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next + subsection. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Hyperlinks +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Hyperlinks" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hyperlink +\family default + or with the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "href-insert" +\end_inset + +. + The appearing dialog has two fields: +\family sans +Target +\family default + and +\family sans +Name +\family default +. + The name is the printed text for the hyperlink. + The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this: +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "LyX's homepage" +target "http://www.lyx.org" + +\end_inset + +, an Email address like this: +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "lyx-docs mailing list" +target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation" +type "mailto:" + +\end_inset + +, or a link to a file. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by + adding the prefix +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +run: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to the link target. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output, + and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output. + To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use + the text style dialog. + This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text: +\family sans +\series bold + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "LyX's homepage" +target "http://www.lyx.org" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The link text color can be changed, when the option +\family sans +Color links +\family default + is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +PDF Properties +\family default +). + The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the + option +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +urlcolor=blue +\series default + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +to the field +\family sans +Additional options +\family default + in the PDF Properties dialog. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Appendices +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Appendix +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Appendices" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Appendices are created with the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Start +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Appendix +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Here +\family default +. + This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end + as the appendix part of the book. + This part is marked with a red borderline. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Every chapter (or section) within the appendix part is treated as an appendix, + numbered with a capital Latin letter. + The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot + and the subsection number. + All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections, + here two examples: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Appendix +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:Credits" + +\end_inset + +; Appendix +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Export" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Bibliography +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bibliography +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Bibliography" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document. + You can include a bibliography database, +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Known under the name +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +BibTeX-database +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography + manually, using the paragraph environment +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default +, which was described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Biblio_environment" + +\end_inset + +. + If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in + this document, like author-year citations, then you must +\emph on + +\emph default +use a bibliography database. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +The Bibliography Environment +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Within the +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled + with a number. + If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a +\family sans +Key +\family default + and a +\family sans +Label +\family default +. + The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography + entry. + For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX + and we used +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +latexcompanion +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, a short form of its title, as the key. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can cross-reference a bibliography entry using the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Citation +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation" +\end_inset + +. + A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear + containing the available citations. + Select one or more keys from the list and +\family sans +Add +\family default + them. + Then press +\family sans +OK +\family default +. + The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key(s). + If you click on the box, the citation window will appear and you can change + the reference. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography + entry with surrounding brackets. + If you set a +\family sans +Label +\family default + for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number. + Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Credits +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Have a look at the +\family sans +LaTeX Companion Second Edition +\family default +: +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexcompanion" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits: +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "lyxcredit" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest + label via the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Paragraph +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Settings +\family default + (toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout-paragraph" +\end_inset + +). + All entries are then indented in the output by the width of the given label. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Bibliography databases (BibTeX) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bibliography ! Databases +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bibliography ! BibTeX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Bibliography-databases" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different + documents. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning + them. + Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations + and reviews along with bibliographical information. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography + entries. + You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of + your working field in a database. + This database can be used for different documents, and by default only + the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography + list for that document. + This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books + you have cited. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The database is a text file with the file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +.bib +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, containing the bibliography in a special format. + The format is explained in +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "BibTeX-2" + +\end_inset + + and in the LaTeX books ( +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport" + +\end_inset + +). + The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a + special program to create and edit the entries in the database. + A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To use a database, use the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +List +\family default +/ +\family sans +TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator +BibT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Bibliography +\family default +. + A gray box will be inserted and a window appears. + In this window you can add one or more databases and select a +\family sans +style +\family default + file. + The option +\family sans +Add bibliography to TOC +\family default + adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography. + In the +\family sans +Content +\family default + drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database + in the document or just the cited references. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The style file is a text file with the file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +.bst +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + that controls how the bibliography entries will appear. + Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers + provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the + layout. + It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something + for experts. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +For information on how this is done, have a look at +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX. + You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the +\family sans +Processor +\family default + either in +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Bibliography +\family default + or in +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\family default +. + The following variants are possible: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, but does not work + with other bibliography packages (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\series bold +natbib +\series default +), only with the package +\series bold +biblatex +\series default +; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin + letters +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries + that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works + with all bibliography packages, except +\series bold +biblatex +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding, + larger memory than +\family sans +bibtex +\family default +, works with all bibliography packages +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification + of the variants. + Before adding options, it is strongly recommended that you read the manual + of +\family sans +BibTeX +\family default + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "BibTeX" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When you select the option +\family sans +Sectioned bibliography +\family default + in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Bibliography +\family default + dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies. + This and other options are explained in detail in section +\emph on +Customizing Bibliographies +\emph default + +\emph on +with BibTeX +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Additional Features +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between + the two methods of creating them. + As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists + only the database entries that are referenced in the document. + We used the style file +\family sans +alphadin.bst +\family default + to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Bibliography layout +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bibliography ! Layout +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format. + For this feature you need to enable the option +\family sans +Natbib +\family default + in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + dialog under +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default +. + Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default. + For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained + in the previous section. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in + the citation reference window. + Here is an example where the text +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Chapter +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +3 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + appears after the reference: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Have a look at +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +after "Chapter 3" +key "latexcompanion" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Index +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Index generation +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Index" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An index entry is created if you use the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Index +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Entry +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "index-insert" +\end_inset + +. + A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index. + The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed + by LyX as the index entry. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The index list is inserted in the document with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Index +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +List +\family default +. + A light blue box labeled +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Index +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + will show the place where the index is printed in the output. + The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections. + For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one + of the LaTeX books +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Grouping Index Entries +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Index ! Grouping +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the + index. + We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated + lists under the entry +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Lists +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + First we create the entry +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Lists +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Lists" + +\end_inset + +. + In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Itemize" + +\end_inset + +, we insert the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +Lists ! Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +and the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +Lists ! Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +for the enumerated list in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Enumerate" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The exclamation mark +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + marks the grouping levels. + You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more. + An index entry for the higher levels is not required. + If we don't have an index entry for +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Lists +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Page Ranges +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Index ! Page ranges +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed + section. + But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry. + For example, if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create + an index entry in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" + +\end_inset + + with the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +Paragraph environments|( +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +and another entry at the end of section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LyX-Code" + +\end_inset + + with the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +Paragraph environments|) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The commands +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +|( +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +|) +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + respectively start and end the index range. + You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document. + They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of + the pages of the indexed document parts. + An example is the index entry +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Document ! Settings +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Cross referencing +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Index ! Cross referencing +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +It is also possible to refer to another index entry. + We referred for example in the index entry +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +GIF +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Image-Formats" + +\end_inset + +) to the index entry +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Image formats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in the same section using the entry +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +GIF|see{Image formats} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code. + The text within the braces is the referenced entry. + The reference will appear in the output without a page number. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Index Entry Order +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Index ! Entry order +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not + follow the rules for the index order. + The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see + section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Index-Program" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + does not know how to sort accents in different languages. + We have created as an example the three dummy index entries +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +maison +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +maïs +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +maître +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dummy entries ! maïs +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dummy entries ! maître +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dummy entries ! maïs@maison +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order + maïs, maison, maître. + To achieve this, we use the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +previous entry@current entry +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In our case we want to have +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +maison +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + after +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +maïs +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and write therefore for the index entry of maison: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +maïs@maison +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The previous entry need not be a real existing entry. + You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order. + See the next subsection for an example. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the + program +\family sans +makeindex +\family default +to generate the index (see sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Index-Program" + +\end_inset + +). + +\family sans +makeindex +\family default + would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in + sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Document-Font" + +\end_inset + + after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these + index commands start with +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +LaTeX-packages ! +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote. + To fix this +\family sans +makeindex +\family default + bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +let +\backslash +OrgIndex +\backslash +index +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand*{ +\backslash +index}[1]{ +\backslash +OrgIndex{#1}} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Index Entry Layout +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Index ! Entry layout +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog. +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dummy entries ! +\shape italic +This is an italic dummy entry +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + You can also format the page number using the character +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +| +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash. + We can write for example +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +italic page number:|textit +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +to get the page number in italic. +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special + case +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +|command +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + means +\series bold + +\backslash +command{page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +number} +\series default +. + Have a look at section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" + +\end_inset + + to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program +\family sans +makeindex +\family default +to generate the index, see sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Index-Program" + +\end_inset + +. + If you use +\family sans +xindy +\family default +, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text. + This is because +\family sans +xindy +\family default + requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +after "p. 678 ff." +key "latexcompanion" + +\end_inset + + for details. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown + above. + Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that. + Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of + the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions. + If so, put the following in the preamble +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +IndexDef}[1]{ +\backslash +textit{#1}} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +and write +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +my entry|IndexDef +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +in the index entry. +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher + insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to + change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can also change the layout for the whole index. + For example, we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get + a bold font for all index entries. + For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called +\emph on +Index Style File +\emph default +, see the +\family sans +makeindex +\family default + or +\family sans +xindy +\family default + documentation for details, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "makeindex,xindy" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Index Program +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Index ! Program +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Index-Program" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If the index generation program +\family sans +xindy +\family default + is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program +\family sans +makeindex +\family default +, the program that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Makeindex +\family default + is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably + that it was developed with only the English language in mind. + So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly. + We have shown above how to fix this sorting. + However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider + to use +\family sans +xindy +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences + dialog, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-settings" + +\end_inset + +. + The available options are listed and explained in +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "makeindex,xindy" + +\end_inset + +. + In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate + the index. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a + given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{} +or the options in +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Indexes +\family default +. + This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options + to the index program or if you need a specific layout style. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Multiple Indexes +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In many fields it is common to have more than one index. + For instance, you might need to set up a separate +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Index of Names +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + next to the standard index. + LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages + that add this feature. + LyX uses the +\series bold +splitidx +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! splitidx +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + package to generate multiple indexes. + The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "TeXCatalogue" + +\end_inset + +. + Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also + includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well. + Please consult the package's manual for details. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Indexes +\family default + and select the option +\family sans +Use multiple Indexes +\family default +. + Note that the list +\family sans +Available Indexes +\family default + already contains the standard index +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Index +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should + also appear as a heading) to the +\family sans +New +\family default + input field and press the +\family sans +Add +\family default + button. + The new index now also appears in the list. + If you like, you can attribute an alternative LyX label color to the new + index. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index + list in +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +List/TOC +\family default + and the +\family sans +Insert +\family default + menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes. + The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there + are additional features: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking + on the entry's label will open a dialog where you can do that. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type. + Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Subindex. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level. + For example, if you use a book class, where the standard index heading + is defined as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can + thus be nested to the non-subindexes. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Nomenclature/Glossary +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nomenclature +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Glossary|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Nomenclature +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Nomenclature" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sometimes you need to provide a list of technical terms or symbols that + are mentioned in your document with a brief explanation of them – a so + called nomenclature or glossary. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To be able to create nomenclatures or glossaries, you need the LaTeX package + +\series bold +nomencl +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! nomencl +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + installed. + You find it in the TeX-catalogue, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "TeXCatalogue" + +\end_inset + + or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry + and then use the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default +N +\family sans +omenclature +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Entry +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "nomencl-insert" +\end_inset + +. + A gray box labeled +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Nom +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries. + The first is the term or +\family sans +Symbol +\family default + that you wish to define. + The second is the +\family sans +Description +\family default + of the term or symbol. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Nomenclature Definition and Layout +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nomenclature ! Layout +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the +\family sans +Symbol +\family default + field as LaTeX-formulas. + For example to get +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, insert this: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +$ +\backslash +sigma$ +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series default +The +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +$ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + character starts/ends the formula. + The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning + with a backslash +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\backslash + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter, + like +\series bold + +\backslash +Sigma +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" + +\end_inset + +.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You cannot use the +\family sans +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Style +\family default + dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands. + For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in this document is: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +dummy entry for the character +\backslash +textsf{sigma} +\series default + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +The command +\series bold + +\backslash +textsf +\series default + sets the fonts to +\family sans +sans +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +serif +\family default +. + To get +\series bold +bold +\series default + font use the command +\series bold + +\backslash +textbf +\series default +, for +\family typewriter +typewriter +\family default + use +\series bold + +\backslash +texttt +\series default +, for +\emph on +emphasized +\emph default + use +\series bold + +\backslash +emph +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If the characters | +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +! +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +, @ and +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +" +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +should appear in nomenclature entries they need to be escaped by adding + a quote character in front of them. +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\"" +description "The quote sign is output by writing ‘ \"\"\"\" '" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nomenclature ! Sort order +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of + the symbol definition. + This leads to undesired results when you, for example, have symbols in + formulas. + Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols +\emph on +a +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "a" +description "dummy entry for the character \"a\"" + +\end_inset + + +\emph default + and +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +prefix "sigma" +symbol "$\\sigma$" +description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}" + +\end_inset + +. + They will be sorted by +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +a +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +$ +\backslash +sigma$ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + – the +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ +\end_inset + + will be sorted before the +\emph on +a +\emph default + since the character +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +$ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is considered in sorting. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To control the sort order, you can edit the +\family sans +Sort +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +as +\family default + field of the nomenclature dialog. + Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol + definition. + For the example given, you can insert +\family typewriter +sigma +\family default + in this field for the +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ +\end_inset + +, then +\emph on +a +\emph default + will be located before +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the +\series bold +nomencl +\series default + documentation, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "nomencl" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Nomenclature Options +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nomenclature ! Options +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\series bold +nomencl +\series default + package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature. + Here are some of its options; for more have a look at its documentation: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +refeq Appends the phrase +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +, see equation ( +\emph on +eq +\emph default +) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to every nomenclature entry, where +\family sans +\emph on +eq +\family default +\emph default + is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +refpage Appends the phrase +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +, page ( +\emph on +page +\emph default +) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to every nomenclature entry, where +\family sans +\emph on +page +\family default +\emph default + is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document + class options list in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + dialog. + In this document the options +\series bold +refpage, intoc +\series default + are used. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature + entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the + +\family sans +Description +\family default + field in the nomenclature dialog: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +nomrefeq Like the +\series bold +refeq +\series default + option +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +nomrefpage Like the +\series bold +refpage +\series default + option +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +nomrefeqpage Short notation of +\series bold + +\backslash +nomrefeq +\backslash +nomrefpage +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +nomnorefeq, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +nomnorefpage, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Words like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +page +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + are automatically translated for some document languages. + If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation +\backslash +nobreakspace(#1)} +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +pagedeclaration}[1]{, page +\backslash +nobreakspace{}#1} +\series default + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +and replace +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +see equation +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +page +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + by their translation. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Printing the Nomenclature +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nomenclature ! Printing +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To print the nomenclature, use the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Lists/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Nomenclature +\family default +. + A box labeled +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Nomenclature +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output. + By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered. + You can choose between these settings: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Default a space of 1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm is used +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Longest +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +label +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Custom custom space +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Nomenclature +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the + command +\series bold + +\backslash +nomname +\series default + in the preamble. + For example, in order to change the name to +\emph on +List of Symbols +\emph default +, add the following line to the preamble: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family roman +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +nomname}{List of Symbols} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Nomenclature Program +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nomenclature ! Program +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Nomenclature-Program" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX uses the program +\family sans +makeindex +\family default +, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature. + LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control + +\family sans +makeindex +\family default + by adding options, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-settings" + +\end_inset + +. + The available options are listed and explained in +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "nomencl,makeindex" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Branches +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Branches +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Branches +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Branches" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output. + For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the + pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same + document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches. + The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated. + To create a branch, either select the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Insert New Branch +\family default + (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + dialog to +\family sans +Branches +\family default +, where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation + state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not), + its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should + be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active + (see below for an example). + Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch + to the name of the other) and to add +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +unknown branches +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +e. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents +, without having been defined) to the document's branch list. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes. + These boxes are inserted via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Branch +\family default + where you can choose a branch. + You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking + on them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch + is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Branch Question +status open + +\begin_layout Standard +Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner? +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Branch Answer +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard +Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you activate +\family sans +Filename Suffix +\family default + in +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Branches +\family default +, the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export. + Consider for example a file +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Exam.lyx +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + which has the above branches. + If +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Filename Suffix +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is active, the PDF export file would be called +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Exam.pdf +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + if both the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Question +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Answer +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + branch were inactive, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Exam-Question.pdf +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + if only the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Question +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + branch was active, likewise +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Exam-Answer.pdf +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + if only the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Answer +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + branch was active, and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Exam-Question-Answer.pdf +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + if both branches were active. + This helps you to export different versions of your document easily. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets, + like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each + branch. + For example you can define for the question branch +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +question}[1]{#1} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +answer}[1]{} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +and for the answer branch +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +question}[1]{} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +answer}[1]{#1} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Branch Question +status open + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +question}[1]{#1} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +answer}[1]{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Branch Answer +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +question}[1]{} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +answer}[1]{#1} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Now it is possible to use the +\series bold + +\backslash +question{\SpecialChar \ldots{} +} +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{} +} +\series default + commands to obtain conditional output. + Here is an example formula where only the +\series bold + +\backslash +question +\series default + part appears: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}. +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the + +\emph on +Math +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout + files (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own LaTeX commands.). + For this advanced usage, see the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual, section +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Flex insets and InsetLayout +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +PDF Properties +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:PDF-Properties" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +PDF properties +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +PDF Properties +\family default + dialog allows you to set up special options for the PDF output of your + document. + All these options are provided by the LaTeX-package +\series bold +hyperref +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! hyperref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + which will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output. + This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a + table of contents entry or on a reference to move to the cross-referenced + part of the document. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The header information in the dialog tab +\family sans +General +\family default + is saved together with the PDF as file properties. + Many programs are able to extract this information, for example, automatically + to recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about. + This is very useful to sort, classify or use PDFs for bibliography issues. + When the option +\family sans +Automatically +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +fill +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +header +\family default + is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document + title and author entries. + The option +\family sans +Load +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +in +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +fullscreen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +mode +\family default + will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can specify in the dialog tab +\family sans +Hyperlinks +\family default + how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences + are created. + The +\family sans +Break +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +links +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +over +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +lines +\family default + option allows long links to be split; +\family sans +No +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +frames +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +around +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +links +\family default + and +\family sans +Color +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +links +\family default + both turn off the default behavior of enclosing all links in frames; +\family sans +Color +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +links +\family default + colors the different links. + The default colors are: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\color magenta +magenta +\color inherit + for hyperlinks and URLs +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\color red +red +\color inherit + for links +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\color green +green +\color inherit + for citations +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +but you can change these in the field +\family sans +Additional options +\family default +. + For example, in this document they were changed with the additional options: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If the option +\family sans +Backreferences +\family default + is set, the hyperlinks will appear in the bibliography after the different + entries, showing, depending on the option selected, the number of the section, + slide or page where the entry is referenced. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the dialog tab +\family sans +Bookmarks +\family default + you can specify if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of + your document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document. + You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections + or not. + With the +\family sans +Open bookmarks +\family default + +\family sans +Level +\family default + you can specify what sectioning level should be displayed in the bookmarks + when opening the PDF. + For example level +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2 will display all sections and subsections, while level +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1 will only display the sections. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +PDF properties are also used in this document. + When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional + +\series bold +hyperref +\series default + options are used. + For an explanation of all them we refer you to the hyperref manual +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "hyperref" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:TeX-Code" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +TeX Code Boxes +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +TeX Code +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and + constructs, but not all. + LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands. + All the time packages are being updated and new ones added. + This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there + is a LaTeX-package for every problem, though LyX cannot support all packages + and their commands. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the + TeX Code box. + A TeX Code box is created by the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Te +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Code +\family default + or by the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "ert-insert" +\end_inset + + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "ert-insert" +\end_inset + +). + The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on + it and selecting +\family sans +Close Inset +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code. + Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text. + For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore + using the LaTeX-command +\series bold + +\backslash +fbox +\series default +, you can write the command part +\series bold + +\backslash +fbox{ +\series default + in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace +\series bold +} +\series default + in a second TeX Code box behind the word. + The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in + the following example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/ERT.png + scale 89 + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +gives +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This is a line with a +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fbox{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +framed +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + word. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space + to let LaTeX know that the command is finished. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +A Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The LaTeX Syntax +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX Syntax +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something + about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background. + Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +program +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + your text. + This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at + any time if you know the right commands. + For example, imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline + is the end of the day. + Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have + all caption labels bold. + But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels + in your manual. + Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one + day. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Now LaTeX comes into play. + As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package. + First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package + database, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Catalogue" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As result you find that the package +\series bold +caption +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! caption +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is what you need. + To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Preamble +\family default +) with the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage[options]{package name} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within + two braces and the options are set within two brackets. + Note that not all commands have an argument and options. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In your case the package name is +\series bold +caption +\series default +. + After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option + +\series bold +labelfont=bf +\series default + will change the font of all caption labels to bold. + So you add the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +to the preamble and the problem is solved. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +For more commands provided by the +\series bold +caption +\series default + package, have a look at its documentation, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "caption" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems + like your case. + For example if you use a +\family sans +KOMA-Script +\family default + class, you don't need the package +\series bold +caption +\series default +, you can instead write +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +setkomafont{captionlabel}{ +\backslash +bfseries} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +in the preamble and the problem is solved. + So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the + documentation of the document class you want to use. + ( +\series bold + +\backslash +setkomafont +\series default + is an example of a command with more than one argument.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the + text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command + argument. + To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in + the previous section. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the + LaTeX-books +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexcompanion,latexguide" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +pagestyle{fancy} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Left Header +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +rightmark +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +defines the header line as described below +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Center Header +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Right Header +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +leftmark +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Left Footer +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +thepage +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Center Footer +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series bold +\color red +LyX's user guide +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Magic code: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Right Footer +\begin_inset Argument 1 +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +Roman{page} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Customized Page Headers and Footers +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Header/Footer line +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Header/Footer line +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need + to set the +\family sans +Page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +style +\family default + to +\family sans +Fancy +\family default + in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + dialog under +\family sans +Page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Layout +\family default +. + As a second step add in the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Modules +\family default + the module +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Custom Header/Footerlines +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + This module offers the following 6 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +styles: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Left +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Header, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Center +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Header, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Header +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Left +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Footer, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Center +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Footer, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Footer +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +for the different positions in the header/footer. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Normally, headers and footers are set up at the beginning of the document. + But you can change them anywhere you want to. + Figure +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Page-layout" + +\end_inset + + shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float figure +placement h +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\noindent +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Left Header +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Center Header +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Right Header +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The normal text on the page goes here. + The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including + footnotes). + Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of + the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Left Footer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Center Footer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Right Footer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption Standard + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Page-layout" + +\end_inset + +Page layout with custom header and footer line. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note +\series default +: some document classes implement their own customized page headers and + footers if +\family sans +Page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +style +\family default + is set to “Default”. + Check what these are before you specify your own customized page headers + and footers. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Definition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To define your header line, add all three header styles. + The things you add to the styles appear on odd numbered pages, the things + in the optional arguments on even numbered pages. + For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and + can be omitted. + If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output. + Defining the footer line works similarly. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted + as TeX code (menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Te +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Code +\family default +): +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +thepage prints the current page number +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +leftmark prints the current section number and title. + If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and + title instead. + It is called +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +leftmark +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + + because it usually goes in a left header. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +rightmark prints the current subsection number and title. + If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and + title instead. + It is normally used in the right header. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Default header/footer +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The custom header/footer is not empty by default. + The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center + footer has the page number. + In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the + relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank. + So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank +\family sans +Center +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Footer +\family default + style. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Appearance +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The header and footer will appear on normal pages. + Some pages are different. + The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts + a new part or chapter in your book. + Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal. + There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on + the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Header and footer decoration line +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +By default, you get a 0.4 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt thick line below the header and no footer line. + This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands +\series bold + +\backslash +headrulewidth +\series default + and +\series bold + +\backslash +footrulewidth +\series default + in the following way: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +headrulewidth}{thickness} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +where thickness is a size in standard units like +\family sans +pt +\family default + or +\family sans +mm +\family default +. + If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX. + If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +4.4 of the book +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Mittelbach" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Several header/footer lines +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do + this by adding a normal line break in the style definition. + However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one + text line. + To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length +\series bold + +\backslash +headheight +\series default + or +\series bold + +\backslash +footheight +\series default + in this entry in +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Lat +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Preamble +\family default +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +headheight}{height} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +where height is a size in standard units. + If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define + your header/footer and preview your document as a PDF. + Then open the LaTeX logfile with the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +La +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +TeX Log +\family default + and use the button +\family sans +Next +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Warning +\family default + to see if you can find a warning about the package +\series bold +fancyhdr +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least + for your header/footer. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +This example +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers. + Don't use it for your document as it is just an example. + This example consists of the following definition: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Left +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Header +\series bold + +\backslash +rightmark +\series default +, empty optional argument +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Center +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Header empty, empty optional argument +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Header empty, +\series bold + +\backslash +leftmark +\series default + in the optional argument +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Left +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Footer empty, +\series bold + +\backslash +thepage +\series default + in the optional argument +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Center +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Footer +\family sans +\series bold +\color red +LyX's user guide +\family default +\series default +\color inherit +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Magic code: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in the optional argument +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Footer +\series bold + +\backslash +Roman{page} +\series default +, empty optional argument +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +headrulewidth set to 2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats. + For more specialized features, for example, thumb-indexes, see the manual + of the +\series bold +fancyhdr +\series default + package, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "fancyhdr" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage clearpage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +pagestyle{headings} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +switches back to page style with the default headings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Previewing Snippets of your Document +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Instant preview +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Preview +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the + fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having + to break your train of thought with viewing the output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Prerequisites +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package +\series bold +preview-latex +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + (on some systems named simply +\series bold +preview +\series default +) installed. + If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue, + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "TeXCatalogue" + +\end_inset + + or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system. + You obtain prettier results if you install the program +\family typewriter +pnmcrop +\family default + from the +\family typewriter +netpbm +\family default + package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are + automatically installed together with LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Enabling previews +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by + LaTeX, activate the option +\family sans +Display +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Graphics +\family default + in the +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences +\family default +dialog under +\family sans +Look +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Display +\family default +. + Then set +\family sans +Instant +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Preview +\family default + to +\family sans +On +\family default +. + The +\family sans +Preview +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Size +\family default + is the multiplication factor for the size. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you would like to see everything but your math formulas typeset by LaTeX, + set +\family sans +Instant +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Preview +\family default + to +\family sans +No +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +math +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish + editing an inset. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately + generated by activating the option +\family sans +Display +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Graphics +\family default +. + Reopening the document will fix such problems. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Selected document parts +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview, + for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things + that are not yet supported by LyX. + To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preview +\family default +. + Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset. + The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset. + If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command +\series bold + +\backslash +rotatebox +\series default + which is not yet supported by LyX. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +rotatebox +\series default + is explained in section +\emph on +Rotated and Scaled Boxes +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated + boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding + text. + Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated + boxes into it. + Here is the result: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Preview + +\begin_layout Standard +This is a line +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Box Doublebox +position "c" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 0 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 +use_makebox 0 +width "1in" +special "width" +height "1in" +height_special "totalheight" +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +with rotated +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + framed text +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and a formula. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Previewing works also for colors. + In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX + command +\series bold + +\backslash +fcolorbox +\series default +: +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +fcolorbox +\series default + is explained in section +\emph on +Colored Boxes +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Preview + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fboxrule 1mm +\backslash +fboxsep 1mm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +This is text within a colored, framed box. +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described + above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and + that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required + by the TeX Code. + If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able + to view your document due to LaTeX errors. + So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the + preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the + whole document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +LaTeX source code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it. + Use the menu +\family sans +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Source +\family default + and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code. + The window shows the source of the whole paragraph in which the cursor + currently sits. + You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this + selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code. + To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in + the source view window. + If you check +\family sans +Automatic update +\family default +, you can see the changes as you make them in LyX; but note that if you + have several documents open, this will slow things down as LyX updates + them all, not just the one which is open at the time. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Advanced Find and Replace +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Advanced-Find-and" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Replace +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Find +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Introduction +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex, + format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents. + It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature. + The key-features are: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the + latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire + mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex + formulas +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in + any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics +), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with + a section heading will only be found within section headings +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Search may be widened to a specific +\emph on +scope +\emph default +, i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +e. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited, + all the open files, or all the manuals available from the +\family sans +Help +\family default + menu +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text + capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +e. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +all lowercase, all uppercase, first letter uppercase followed by lowercase) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Basic usage +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Find & Replace +\noun on + ( +\noun default +Advanced +\noun on +) +\family default +\noun default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv" +\end_inset + +) or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv" +\end_inset + +. + This opens the +\family sans +Advanced Find and Replace +\family default + dialog. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Searching for text +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Enter into the +\family sans +Find +\family default + LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking + on the +\family sans +Find +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Next +\family default + button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph" +\end_inset + + key). + The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized +, bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text. + Pressing +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph" +\end_inset + + repeatedly keeps searching forward while pressing +\family sans +Shift+Return +\family default + searches backwards. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Case +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +sensitive +\family default + option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the + +\family sans +Find +\family default + editor. + The +\family sans +Whole +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +words +\family default + option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Searching for mathematics +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mathematical formulas, such as +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ +\end_inset + + or something more complex like +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$ +\end_inset + +, may be searched for by typing them in the +\family sans +Find +\family default + editor. + When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when + it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas. + For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Style-aware search +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +It is also possible to search for text with specific styles. + This is done by switching to the +\family sans +Settings +\family default + tab of the dialog and unchecking the +\family sans +Ignore format +\family default + option. + This way, entering in the +\family sans +Find +\family default + editor +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +a normal word and searching for it would not find instances of the word + occurring in emphasized or boldface. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective + instances with the same face only, and within the same text style only. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +a normal word in a section heading, and searching for it, would find occurrences + of it only within section headings. + Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition + to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same + style. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also + displayed formulas (and not inline formulas). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Replace +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The entries made in the +\family sans +Find +\family default + editor can be replaced with entries made in the +\family sans +Replace +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +with +\family default + editor. + In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the +\family sans +Replace +\family default + button or alternatively press +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph" +\end_inset + + or +\family sans +Shift+Return +\family default + while the cursor is in the +\family sans +Replace +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +with +\family default + editor. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can replace with fully-featured formatted LyX entries. + Typical scenarios in which to use this capability might be (just to mention + two): +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the + same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +func() +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + with its typewriter version +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +func() +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing + occurrences of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $R$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + with +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (you may want to enable the +\family sans +Whole +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +words +\family default + and +\family sans +Case +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +sensitive +\family default + options and disable the +\family sans +Ignore format +\family default + option in the +\family sans +Settings +\family default + tab, in order to avoid replacing all +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +R +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of +\begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$ +\end_inset + + with +\begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$ +\end_inset + +, or occurrences of +\begin_inset Formula $x[k]$ +\end_inset + + with +\begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$ +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Advanced usage +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry: + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + You can search for a regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into + the +\family sans +Find +\family default + editor. + This is done with the context menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Insert Regular Expression +\family default + while the cursor is in the +\family sans +Find +\family default + editor. + Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular + expression matching rules +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX + segment, i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +e. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed + to match expressions. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the + same text in the document. + You can cut and paste regexp-mode insets. + Examples of using such a feature may be: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering + in the +\family sans +Find +\family default + editor the fraction +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$ +\end_inset + + (where the +\begin_inset Formula $.*$ +\end_inset + + on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all + fractions with the given denominator. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking + the +\family sans +Ignore format +\family default + option from the +\family sans +Settings +\family default + tab, entering a +\series bold + +\begin_inset Formula $.*$ +\end_inset + + +\series default + regular expression and giving it an emphasized or bold face, finds all + emphasized or bold face text respectively. + Also, by inserting a +\begin_inset Formula $.*$ +\end_inset + + regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading, + you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual: + Enclosing parts of the expression within round braces +\begin_inset Formula $()$ +\end_inset + +, and referring back to them through +\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$ +\end_inset + +, etc.. + For example, try searching with the regexp +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +[[:space:]]([[:alpha:]]+)[[:space:]] +\backslash +1[[:space:]] +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +in order to find word repetitions, if there are any. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The usage of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) implemented. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, and when + occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of back-referenced + sub-expressions is absolute. + That is, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ +\end_inset + + always refers to the first occurrence of +\begin_inset Formula $()$ +\end_inset + + in all entered regexps. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Spell Checking +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Spellchecking" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spell checking +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX has a built-in spell checker. + The menu +\family sans + Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Spellchecker +\family default +, the +\family sans +F7 +\family default + key or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show spellchecker" +\end_inset + + start the spell checking from either the current cursor position or the + beginning of the currently selected text. + A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing + you to edit and replace it in a second line. + Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text + scrolled so that it is visible. + In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio +n, if any could be found. + Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the +\family sans +Replacement +\family default + field, double-clicking directly invokes the replacement. + Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language + that is set in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + dialog. + You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing + a different one at the top of the dialog. + LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages. + This works if you have set the language of the text parts using the +\family sans +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Style +\family default + dialog ( +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show character" +\end_inset + +) and have the spell checker dictionaries installed. + LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +All spell-checker dictionaries supported by LyX can be downloaded from here: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/hunspell/ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +There are 2 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +files for each language. + To install a dictionary on Windows, copy the 2 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +files into LyX's installation subfolder +\family sans +~ +\backslash +Resources +\backslash +dicts +\family default + and restart LyX. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +With Linux one needs to install the packages for the desired language. + The number of these packages vary depending on the Linux distribution, + but in most cases these are +\family typewriter +aspell-xx +\family default +, +\family typewriter +hunspell-xx +\family default +, +\family typewriter + myspell-xx +\family default +, etc., where +\family sans +xx +\family default + is the language code. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Further Settings +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Language +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Spellchecker +\family default + you can set the following things: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Spellchecker +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking. + Depending on your platform, +\family typewriter +aspell +\family default +, +\family typewriter +hunspell +\family default + or +\family typewriter +enchant +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends. + Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default + are available. + On Windows only +\family typewriter +hunspell +\family default + is available. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Alternative +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language + for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Escape +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker + should escape, e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +German umlauts. + This should normally not be needed. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Accept +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +compound +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +words Prevents the spell checker from complaining about compounded words + like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +passthrough +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Spellcheck +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +continuously Checks the spelling of your document as you type it. + Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line. + By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker + appear in a context menu. + Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested + word. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Spellcheck +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +notes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document content is checked + as well. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Thesaurus +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Thesaurus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Thesaurus" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus. + It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox + (namely the +\family typewriter +MyThes +\family default + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + thesaurus library, which is included in LyX). + Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which + are available for many languages. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for + the use with LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Setting up the thesaurus +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family typewriter +MyThes +\family default +\emph on +/ +\emph default +OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix + +\emph on +*.dat +\emph default + containing the data and an index file with the suffix +\emph on +*.idx +\emph default +. + The standardized file names include the language code for the given language + (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\family sans +en_US +\family default + for US English). + For instance, the US English files are named: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +th_en_EN_v2.idx +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +th_en_EN_v2.dat +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed on a Linux + system, these files should be already on your system. + On Windows you can choose in LyX's installer wich dictionaries should be + installed. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +All thesaurus dictionaries supported by LyX can be downloaded from here: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/thesaurus/ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +To install a dictionary, copy the 2 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +files into LyX's installation subfolder +\family sans +~ +\backslash +Resources +\backslash +thes +\family default + and restart LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Using the thesaurus +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To start the thesaurus, use the menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Thesaurus +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "thesaurus-entry" +\end_inset + + while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is + selected. + A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as + a replacement. + The suggestions are grouped into categories. + Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not + only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as + +\emph on +organism +\emph default + for +\emph on +plant +\emph default +), related terms (such as +\emph on +political +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +theory +\emph default + for +\emph on +anarchistic +\emph default +), compounds (such as +\emph on +tree +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +diagram +\emph default +, if you look for +\emph on +tree +\emph default +) and opposites (antonyms) (such as +\emph on +girl +\emph default + for +\emph on +boy +\emph default +). + Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but + you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look + up directly there. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in + the dictionary, such as the above +\emph on +tree diagram +\emph default +), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +e. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person + singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs). + For example, looking up the word form +\emph on +reporting +\emph default + yields no results, while results are shown for the word form +\emph on +report +\emph default +. + Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant part of such a word (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\emph on +report +\emph default + in +\emph on +report +\emph default +s); then you will get suggestions without needing to adjust the query in + the dialog, and also the replacement will probably be correct (as only + the highlighted part will be replaced; thus the ending remains). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Change Tracking +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Change Tracking +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Change Tracking +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Change-Tracking" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be + able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document. + You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not. + This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Change +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Track +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Changes +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors: + +\bar under +\color blue +underlined text +\bar default +\color inherit + is an addition, +\strikeout on +\color blue +canceled text +\strikeout default +\color inherit + is a deletion. + The color depends on the author that made the change. + You can change the color in +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Look +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +feel +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Colors +\family default +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Color ! Change tracking +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when + the cursor is in changed text. + The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "changes-merge" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX: +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Toolbar ! Review +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png + scale 90 + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The review toolbar as shown above contains the following buttons: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "changes-track" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Change +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Track +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Changes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "changes-output" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Change +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Show +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Changes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +in +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "change-next" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Jumps to the next change +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "change-accept" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Change +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Accept +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Change +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "change-reject" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Change +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Reject +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Change +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "changes-merge" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Change +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Merge +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Changes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "all-changes-accept" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Change +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Accept +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +All +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Changes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "all-changes-reject" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Change +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Reject +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +All +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Changes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "note-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Note +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "note-next" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Next +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Note +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Not all changes are (yet) visualized, especially no format changes like + from +\emph on +normal +\emph default + to +\emph on +bold +\emph default + font or +\emph on +Standard +\emph default + to +\emph on +Description +\emph default + paragraph. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight + the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons. + When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about + the next change after the current cursor position. + So you don't need to highlight a certain change. + Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and + step to the next change. + This way you can jump through all the changes in the document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important + to describe a change. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To show the changes made in the output you need the LaTeX package +\series bold +dvipost +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! dvipost +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + installed. + You will find it in the TeX Catalogue, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "TeXCatalogue" + +\end_inset + + or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Comparison of Documents +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Comparison-of-Documents" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Comparison of documents +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can compare two different LyX files via the menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Compare +\family default +. + The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing + the differences. + In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should + take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option + +\family sans +Copy +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Document +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Settings +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +from +\family default +. + The option +\family sans +Enable +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +change +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +tracking +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +features +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +in +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +the +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +output +\family default + enables the change tracking option +\family sans +Show +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Changes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +in +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\family default + to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +International Support +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +International support +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want. + For some languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain how to set + up LyX to use them: +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew,Latvian,Lithuanian,Mongolian,Vietnamese" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Special-Character" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Language Options +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Language ! Options +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Language +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Language +\family default + dialog lets you set +\family roman +the language, the quote style and character encoding +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Under +\family sans +Encoding +\family default + you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export. + The option +\family sans +Language +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Default +\family default + is the preferred choice and works well in most cases. + For details about the different encoding options see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Language-encodings" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Keyboard mapping configuration +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Keyboard-mapping" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you have for example a U. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you + can use an alternate keymap. + For example, if you want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to + use an Italian keymap. + The +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Keyboard/Mouse +\family default + dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Keyboard-Map" + +\end_inset + +. + You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select + which one you want to use. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely + different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance). + You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +S.-style keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German. + In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing + one to support the characters you want. + This and many other customizations are explained in the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +\start_of_appendix +The User Interface +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "chap:The-User-Interface" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality. + It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special + topic inside the user's guide. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +The File Menu +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Menu ! File +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Under the +\family sans +File +\family default + menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +New +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Creates a new document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +New from Template +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This menu entry prompts you for a template to use. + Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for + the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Open +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Opens a document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Open Recent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files. + Click there on a file to open it. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Close +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Closes the current document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Close All +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Closes all opened documents. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Save +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Saves the actual document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Save As +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Save All +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Saves all opened documents. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Revert to saved +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Reloads the actual document from disk. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Version Control +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when + one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes. + It is described in the section +\emph on +Version Control in LyX +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Additional Features +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Import +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files, + NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files + (CSV). + The files will be imported as a new LyX-document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When using the menu entry +\family sans +Plain +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\family default +, line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu + entry +\family sans +Plain +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Text, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Join +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Lines +\family default +, consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph. + A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Export +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Export" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can export your document to various file formats. + The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file. + The menu entries are not the same on all installations. + They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail + in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Output-file-formats" + +\end_inset + +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +CJK +\family default + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +L +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +yX format of the special LyX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK) +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support has been fully integrated into LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup + language +\family typewriter +DocBook +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +DocBook +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup + language +\family typewriter +DocBook +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format. + This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in + files paths or file names in your document. + LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to +\family sans +DVI +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces + in files paths or file names +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +DVI +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(LuaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX) DVI-format using the program +\family typewriter +LuaTeX +\family default +; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts; +\series bold + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Graphviz +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Dot text file with code in the programming language +\family typewriter +Dot +\family default + which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program +\family typewriter +Graphviz +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not + work in all cases) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +HTML +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(MS +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to +\family sans +MS Word +\family default +; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and + not in the format +\family sans +MathML +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +( +\family default +LuaT +\family sans + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default +eX +\family sans +) +\family default +text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program +\family typewriter +LuaTeX +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(pdflatex) +\family default + text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document + will be converted to a format that is readable by the +\family typewriter +pdflatex +\family default + program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(plain) +\family default + text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the + document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable + by the +\family typewriter +latex +\family default + program +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +( +\family default +XeT +\family sans + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default +eX +\family sans +) +\family default +text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program +\family typewriter +XeTeX +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +LilyPond +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +book +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(La +\family sans + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default +TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the + music notation software +\family typewriter +LilyPond +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +L +\family sans + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default +yX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Archive +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon + your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary + to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +L +\family sans + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default +yX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +z +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +y +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + represent the version number) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +L +\family sans + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default +yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language +\family typewriter + NoWeb +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with +\family sans +LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword +\family default +, etc. + (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in + all cases) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(dvipdfm) +\family default + PDF-format using the program +\family typewriter +dvipdfm +\family default +, produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(LuaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX) +\family default + PDF-format using the program +\family typewriter +LuaTeX +\family default +, produces PDF-files directly +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(pdflatex) +\family default + PDF-format using the program +\family typewriter +pdflatex +\family default +, produces PDF-files directly +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ps2pdf) +\family default + PDF-format using the program +\family typewriter +ps2pdf +\family default +, produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(XeT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX) +\family default + PDF-format using the program +\family typewriter +XeTeX +\family default +, produces PDF-files directly +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +Plain +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\family default + text format +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +Plain +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ps2ascii) +\family default + text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format + and then exported as text using the program +\family sans +ps2ascii +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +Postscript +\family default + PostScript format using the program +\family typewriter +dvips +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical + programming language +\family typewriter +R +\family default +. + Using the +\family typewriter +R +\family default +-function +\family typewriter +Sweave +\family default + it is possible to use +\family typewriter +R +\family default +-commands in LaTeX +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If one of the menu entries +\family sans +DVI +\family default +, +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(pdflatex) +\family default + or +\family sans +Postscript +\family default + is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation. + After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" + +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Reconfiguration of LyX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Print +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript + format or send it to a printer. + The printer will also use the document in PostScript format. + The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the + program +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +. + For more information have a look at section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Printing-the-File" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Fax +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on + Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH + prefix, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Paths" + +\end_inset + +). + With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like +\family typewriter +hylapex +\family default + or +\family typewriter +kdeprintfax +\family default +. + The default format of the sent file is PostScript. + The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Converters" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +New and Close Window +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Opens or closes a new instance of LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Exit +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +The Edit Menu +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Menu ! Edit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Undo and Redo +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Select Whole Inset +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Selects the content of the inset in which the cursor currently is. + If the cursor is outside an inset, the whole document will be selected. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Select All +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Selects the whole document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Find & Replace (Quick) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Find & Replace (Advanced) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Move Paragraph Up/Down +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This shifts the paragraph in which the cursor currently is one paragraph + up or down. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Text Style +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Paragraph Settings +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paragraph ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width. + These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently + in. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you + have chosen to separate paragraphs with +\family sans +Indentation +\family default + in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Layout +\family default + dialog. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Table +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This menu only appears if the cursor is inside a table. + It allows you to create multicolumn and multirow cells, add or remove borders + of a cell and to set the vertical alignment of the cell.Table Settings and + Math +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or + a formula. + Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas. + The properties of tables are described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Tables" + +\end_inset + +, the properties of formulas in chapter +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Increase/Decrease List Depth +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that + can be nested. + They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Nesting" + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Numbering-depth" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +The View Menu +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Menu ! View +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +At the bottom of the +\family sans +View +\family default + menu the opened documents are listed. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Open/Close all Insets +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Opens/closes all insets in your document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Unfold/Fold Math Macros +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Unfolds/folds the current math macro. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Math macros are described in the +\emph on +Math +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +View Source +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described + in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +View Messages +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Opens a window showing console messages. + This is useful for debugging LyX (i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background + while LaTeX is processing the document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +[] +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as + default output format for the document (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Doc-Output" + +\end_inset + +) or in the LyX preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:File-Formats" + +\end_inset + +) and opens it in an appropriate viewer. + The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Viewer +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:File-Formats" + +\end_inset + +). + The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured. + The default output format is +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(pdflatex) +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +View (Other Formats) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With this menu you can view your document in alternative output formats. + The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the + actual document with an external program. + The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on + the LaTeX programs that are found when LyX was configured. + All possible formats are listed in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Export" + +\end_inset + +. + You should at least see the menu entry +\family sans +DVI +\family default +. + If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation. + After updating you have to reconfigure LyX (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" + +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Reconfiguration of LyX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Invoking a view menu will start a viewer program. + The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Viewer +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:File-Formats" + +\end_inset + +). + The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Update +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +[] +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in + the default output format) without opening a new viewer window. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Update (Other Formats) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With this menu you can update the view of alternative output formats of + your document without opening a new viewer window. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +View Master Document +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document, + which is then its +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +master +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (see section +\emph on +Child Documents +\emph default + in the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual for more information on this topic). + This item allows you to view the master document from within its child. + That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a + book, +\family sans +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Master +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Document +\family default + generates the output of the whole book, while +\family sans +View +\family default + will just output the chapter alone. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The format used by this function is the default output format as specified + in the document settings (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Doc-Output" + +\end_inset + +) or in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:File-Formats" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Update Master Document +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document, + which is then its +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +master +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (see section +\emph on +Child Documents +\emph default + in the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual for more information on this topic). + This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within + its child without the need to switch to the master document itself. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The format used by this function is the default output format as specified + in the document settings (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Doc-Output" + +\end_inset + +) or in the preferences (menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +; see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:File-Formats" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Split View +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Left +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default + will split LyX's main window vertically while +\family sans +Split +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +into +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Upper +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Lower +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Half +\family default + will split it horizontally. + This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or + to view the same document, but at different positions. + You can even split the main window several times to view, for example, + three or more documents at the same time. + To close a split view, use the menu +\family sans +Close +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Current +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +View +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Close Current View +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Closes a split view. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Fullscreen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars + so that you will see nothing but your text. + It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen. + To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click + and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Toolbars +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Toolbars" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Toolbar +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars. + All toolbars and the +\family sans +Command +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Buffer +\family default + can be turned on and off. + The +\emph on +on +\emph default + state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark. + The +\family sans +Table +\family default +, +\family sans +Math, +\family default + +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Macros, +\family default + +\family sans +Review +\family default + and +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Panels +\family default + toolbars can additionally be set to the state +\emph on +automatic +\emph default +, denoted in the menu with the suffix +\family sans +(auto) +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the +\emph on +on +\emph default + state the toolbar is permanently shown; in the +\emph on +automatic +\emph default + state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment + or when a certain feature is enabled. + That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking + is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor + is inside a formula or table respectively. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Toolbars" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +The Insert Menu +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Menu ! Insert +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Math +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas" + +\end_inset + + and the +\emph on +Math +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Special Character +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Special-Character" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you can insert the following characters: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Symbols Opens the +\family sans +Symbols +\family default + dialog which allows you to insert any character that can be output by your + LaTeX system. + By default groups of characters are displayed in character categories; + the available characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed. + You can get a complete display by checking +\family sans +Display +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +all +\family default +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Not all characters will be visible in the +\family sans +Symbols +\family default + dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences + dialog (see sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Screen-Fonts" + +\end_inset + +) can display every character. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +End +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Sentence Inserts an end of sentence period as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Abbreviations" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Ordinary +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote style you selected in + the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Language +\family default + dialog. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Single +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Quote Inserts a single quote in the quotation marks style selected in the + +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Language +\family default + dialog. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Protected +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash- + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Breakable +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Slash Inserts a slash where a line break can also occur: \SpecialChar \slash{} + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Menu +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Phonetic +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Symbols +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Phonetic symbols +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Language ! Phonetic symbols +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Inserts a box where you can insert symbols from the International Phonetic + Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which provides a large set of these + symbols. + To use this feature you must have the LaTeX-package +\series bold +tipa +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! tipa +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + installed. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +More information about this feature can be found in the +\emph on +Linguistics +\emph default + manual ( +\family sans +Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Specific Manuals +\family default +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Formatting +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Opens a submenu with the following options: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Superscript Inserts a superscript: test +\begin_inset script superscript + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +a, b +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Subscript Inserts a subscript: test +\begin_inset script subscript + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +3x +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Protected +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space Inserts a protected space as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Protected-Space" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Inter-word +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space Inserts an inter-word space as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Inter-word-Space" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Thin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space Inserts a thin space as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Thin-Space" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Horizontal +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space Inserts horizontal space as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Horizontal +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Line Inserts a horizontal line as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Vertical +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space Inserts vertical space as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Vertical-Space" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Phantom Inserts a Phantom space as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Phantom-Space" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Hyphenation +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Point Inserts a hyphenation point as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Hyphenation" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Ligature +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Break Inserts a ligature break as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Ligatures" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Ragged +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Line +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Break Inserts a forced line break as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Justified +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Break Inserts a forced line break that right justifies the remaining text + as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +New +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Page Inserts a forced page break as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Break Inserts a forced page break that shares the extra space among paragraph + breaks instead of leaving it at the bottom of the page, as described in + section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Clear +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Page Inserts a clear page break as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Clear +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Double +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Page Inserts a clear doublepage break as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +List/TOC +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry. + The +\family sans +Table +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +of Contents +\family default +, the +\family sans +List of Algorithms +\family default +, +\family sans +List of Figures +\family default + and +\family sans +List of Tables +\family default + are described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:toc" + +\end_inset + +. + The +\family sans +Index List +\family default + is described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Index" + +\end_inset + +, the +\family sans +Nomenclature +\family default + is described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Nomenclature" + +\end_inset + + and the +\family sans +BibTeX Bibliography +\family default + is described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Bibliography-databases" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Float +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To insert floats, as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Floats" + +\end_inset + + and in detail the chapter +\emph on +Floats +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Note +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To insert notes, described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Notes" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Branch +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a + new branch. + Branches are described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Branches" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Custom Insets +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts document class-specific insets. + Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain + document class. + An example is the document class +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +article (Elsevier) +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + with three custom insets. + The section +\emph on +Flex insets and InsetLayout +\emph default + in +\emph on +Installing New Document Classes, The Layout file format +\emph default +of the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual explains how custom insets are defined. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +File +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +External Material +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files + in your document. + For more information see chapter +\emph on +External Document Parts +\emph default + of the Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Box +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Boxes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts a box in a certain style. + Boxes are described in detail in the chapter +\emph on +Boxes +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Citation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Opens the +\family sans +Citation +\family default + dialog as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Bibliography" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Cross-Reference +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts a +\family sans +cross-reference +\family default + as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Cross-References" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Label +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts a +\family sans +label +\family default + as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Cross-References" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Caption +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Captions +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Longtables ! Caption +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts a caption in a float or longtable. + Floats are described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Floats" + +\end_inset + +; captions in longtables are described in the section +\emph on +Longtable Captions +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Index Entry +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts an index entry as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Index" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Nomenclature Entry +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Nomenclature" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Table +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Opens a dialog allowing you to specify the rows and columns of the table. + Tables are described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Tables" + +\end_inset + + and in detail in the chapter +\emph on +Tables +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Graphics +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Opens the +\family sans +Graphics +\family default + dialog. + Graphics are described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Graphics" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +URL +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts a URL as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:URLs" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Hyperlinks +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts a hyperlink as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Hyperlinks" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Footnote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts a footnote as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Footnotes" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Marginal Note +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts a marginal note as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Marginal-Notes" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Short Title +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts a short title as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Short-Titles" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +TeX Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts a TeX Code box as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Program Listing +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Program listings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts a program listings box. + Program listings are explained in the chapter +\emph on +Program Code Listings +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts the actual date. + The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for + LyX's menus. + LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared + in the section +\emph on +External Material +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Preview +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Inserts a preview inset as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +The Navigate Menu +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Menu ! Navigate +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +of the current document. + This allows you to navigate easily through your document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Bookmarks +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks. + This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have + to jump, for example, between section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2.5 and 6.3. + To create bookmarks for this example, go to section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2.5 and use the submenu +\family sans +Save +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Bookmark +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1 +\family default +. + Then go to section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +6.3 and use +\family sans +Save +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Bookmark +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\family default +2. + Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by + the key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "bookmark-goto 1" +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "bookmark-goto 2" +\end_inset + +.You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed. + The submenu +\family sans +Clear +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Bookmarks +\family default + allows you to clear bookmarks while the submenu +\family sans +Navigate +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Back +\family default + jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Next Note, Change, Cross-reference +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference after the current cursor + position. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Go to Label +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference. + Sets the cursor before the referenced label. + (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use + +\family sans +Go +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +to +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Label) +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Forward Search +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Allows you to jump directly to the corresponding text part in the output, + see section +\emph on +Forward +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +search +\emph default + in the +\emph on +Additional +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Features +\emph default + manual for a detailed description. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +The Document Menu +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Menu ! Document +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Change Tracking +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Change Tracking is described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Change-Tracking" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX Log +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be + enabled. + It shows the logfile of the LaTeX-program used. + You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something + to the clipboard or update the view. + With the help of the logfile experts can find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Outline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Opens the Outline window as described in sections +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Navigating" + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Table-of-Contents" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Start Appendix Here +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sets the start of the appendices of the document at the current cursor position + as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Appendices" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Compressed +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Un/compresses the current document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Settings +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The document settings are described in appendix +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:The-Document-Settings" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +The Tools Menu +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Menu ! Tools +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Spellchecker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Spell checking is explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Spellchecking" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Thesaurus +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The thesaurus is described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Thesaurus" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Statistics +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Word count +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Character count +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Returns the number of the words and characters in the actual document or + the highlighted document part. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Check T +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +ChkTeX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Generates with the help of the program +\family typewriter +ChkTeX +\family default + a log of possible LaTeX-errors and displays it in a dialog. + This feature is not available on Windows. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +T +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX Information +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +TeX Information +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst +em. + Use the option +\family sans +Show +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +path +\family default + to see the full filename paths. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Compare +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Compare +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Opens a dialog to compare LyX files as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Comparison-of-Documents" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Reconfigure +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LyX ! Reconfigure|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Reconfiguration of LyX +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Reconfiguration of LyX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and programs it + needs; see also section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Preferences +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Opens the +\family sans +Preferences +\family default + dialog as described in detail in appendix +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +The Help Menu +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Menu ! Help +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's + menus. + If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be + listed. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The menu +\family sans +LaTeX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Configuration +\family default + shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes + found by LyX (see also section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The menu +\family sans +About +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\family default + gives information about the copyright, the credits and the LyX version + you are using. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Toolbars +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Toolbars" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Toolbars" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +It is also possible to define custom toolbars. + This is described in the +\emph on +Additional Features +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Standard Toolbar +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Toolbar ! Standard +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png + width 100col% + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following + buttons: +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +LTleft}{0pt} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This is necessary to left align the following longtables. + See the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual for more information. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png + clip + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +pull-down box for the environments +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace -10mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align left +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "buffer-new" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +New +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "file-open" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Open +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "buffer-write" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Save +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show print" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Print +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show spellchecker" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Spellchecker +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "undo" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Undo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "redo" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Redo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "cut" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Cut +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "copy" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Copy +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "paste" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Paste +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show findreplace" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Find +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +Replace +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +(Quick) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Find +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +Replace +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +(Advanced) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "bookmark-goto 0" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Navigate Back +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "font-emph" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Emphasize text, function of the +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Customized +\family default + dialog +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "font-noun" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Set text to noun style, function of the +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Customized +\family default + dialog +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "textstyle-apply" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Format text using the current settings in the +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Customized +\family default + dialog +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-mode" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Inline +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formula +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Graphics +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "tabular-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Table +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-toggle toc" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Toggle outline window on/off, +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Outline +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "toolbar-toggle math" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Toggle math toolbar on/off +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "toolbar-toggle table" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Toggle table toolbar on/off +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Extra Toolbar +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Toolbar ! Extra +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png + width 100col% + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following + buttons: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Default +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout Enumerate" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Numbered list +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout Itemize" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Itemized list +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout List" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +List +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout Description" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Description list +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Increase +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +List +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Depth +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Decrease +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +List +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Depth +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "float-insert figure" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Figure +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "float-insert table" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Table +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "label-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Label +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Cross-Reference +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Citation +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "index-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Index +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Entry +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "nomencl-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Nomenclature +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Entry +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "footnote-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Footnote +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "marginalnote-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Marginal +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Note +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "note-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator +L +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +yX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Note +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "box-insert Frameless" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Box +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "href-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hyperlink +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "ert-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +T +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Code +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Macro +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset include" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Child +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Document +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show character" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Customized +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout-paragraph" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Paragraph +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "thesaurus-entry" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Thesaurus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +View/Update Toolbar +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Toolbar ! View / Update +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The view/update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following + buttons: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "buffer-view" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +View +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "buffer-update" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Update +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "master-buffer-view" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Master +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Document +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "master-buffer-update" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Update +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Master +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Document +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Synchronize with Output +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/view-others.png + scale 85 + groupId toolbarbuttons + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +* +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +View (Other Formats) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/update-others.png + scale 85 + groupId toolbarbuttons + +\end_inset + +* +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Update (Other Formats) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +* These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default + icon set. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Other Toolbars +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The change tracking toolbar is explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Change-Tracking" + +\end_inset + +, the table toolbar +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Toolbar ! Table +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + in the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual and the math macro toolbar +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Toolbar ! Macro +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + in the +\emph on +Math +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +The Document Settings +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "chap:The-Document-Settings" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Document +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Setting +\family default +s dialog contains submenus to set properties for the whole document and + is called with the menu +\family sans + Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default +. + You can save your document settings as default with the +\family sans + Save as Document Defaults +\family default + button in any dialog. + This will create a template named +\family typewriter +defaults.lyx +\family default + which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without + using a template. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The button +\family sans +Use Class Defaults +\family default + resets the document settings to the default of the document class. + This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Document Class +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a + master document. + Document classes are described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Document-Classes" + +\end_inset + +. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With the button +\family sans +Local +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Layout +\family default + you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's +\emph on +layouts +\emph default + folder and thus not recognized by LyX as a layout for a document class. + For more about layout-files, see the chapter +\emph on +Installing New Document Classes, Types of Layout Files +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + Handbook. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Some classes use special class options by default. + If this is the case, they are listed in the field +\family sans +Predefined +\family default + and you can decide to use them or not. + If you do not know exactly what the default class options are for, it is + recommended you leave them untouched. + The +\family sans +Graphics driver +\family default + is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages. + If using +\family sans +Default +\family default +, the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used. + It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are + doing. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +When you want to use one of the following drivers +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\family sans +dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln +\family default + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section + +\emph on +Driver support +\emph default + in +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Specifying a +\family sans +Master +\family default + document is necessary if the current document is a child or subdocument. + The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child + document is opened without its master. + This way child documents are always compilable. + More about master and child documents is explained in the section +\emph on +Child Documents +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package + +\series bold +refstyle +\series default + instead of +\series bold +prettyref +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! prettyref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! refstyle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + for cross-references, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Cross-References" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Child Documents +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents. + Please refer to the section +\emph on +Child +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Documents +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual for details. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Modules +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Modules are explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Modules" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Local Layout +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +See section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Local-Layout" + +\end_inset + + for a description. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Fonts +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The document font settings are described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Text Layout +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by +\family sans +Indentation +\family default + or by +\family sans +Vertical space +\family default +. + The +\family sans +Line +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +spacing +\family default + and whether it should be a +\family sans +Two-column +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +document +\family default + can also be specified here. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Note that LyX will not show two columns or the specified line spacing on + screen. + That would be impractical, often unreadable, and is not part of the WYSIWYM + concept. + However, it will be as you specified in the output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Page Layout +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This dialog is described in sections +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation" + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Document-Layout" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Page Margins +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you can adjust the page margins as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Margins" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Language +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Language-encodings" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Language ! Encoding +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The document language and quote styles are set here. + The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the + LyX file is always encoded in utf8). + All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will + be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not + known for a particular character). +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The known commands are defined in a text file ( +\emph on +unicodesymbols +\emph default +). + You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the + +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual for details. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you use the option +\family sans +Language Default +\family default +, LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text. + If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more + than one encoding in the LaTeX file. + If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use + exactly one encoding. + Checking this option is the preferred setting. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need + lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively. + If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode), + choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below. + Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete, + so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine + with +\family sans +Language Default +\family default + (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with + a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used, + because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8). + The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative + engines to standard LaTeX. + Both engines support Unicode natively. + LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(XeTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X) +\family default +, +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(LuaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X) +\family default + and +\family sans +DVI +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(LuaTeX) +\family default +, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Output-file-formats" + +\end_inset + +). + So if you are using many special or accented characters and +\family sans +Language Default +\family default + fails, you might try out one of these new engines. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Language +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +package +\family default + determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation + of strings like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Part +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The possible settings are: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Default uses the language package that is selected in +\family sans + Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Language Settings +\family default + (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Prefs-Language" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export + format you will use. + In many cases this will be +\series bold +babel +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! babel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + If the newer package +\series bold +polyglossia +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts), + this package will be used instead of +\series bold +babel +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Always +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Babel uses +\series bold +babel +\series default + even if +\series bold +polyglossia +\series default + would be more appropriate. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice. + For example if you want to use a language-specific package like +\series bold +ngerman +\series default + (for German texts), type in +\series bold + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\backslash +usepackage{ngerman} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +None will not use a language package. + This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here is a list with the important encodings: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Language +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(no +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +inputenc) Same as +\family sans +Language Default +\family default +, but the LaTeX-package +\series bold +inputenc +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! inputenc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is not used. + When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually + in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign + languages in TeX code. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII). + LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result + in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Arabic +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CP +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Arabic +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Armenian +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ArmSCII8) for Armenian +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Baltic +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CP +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same + as the ISO-8859-13 encoding +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Baltic +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4 + encoding +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Baltic +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the + ISO-8859-13 encoding +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Central +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +European +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CP +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1250) MS Windows code page for ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-2 (latin2) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Central +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +European +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, + Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Chinese +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(simplified) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001 + this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 + is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CJK) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(utf8) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Chinese +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(simplified) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936 + except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially + replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX + you should try to use the encoding Unicode +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CJK) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(utf8) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Chinese +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(traditional) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Cyrillic +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CP +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Cyrillic +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Cyrillic +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Cyrillic +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Cyrillic +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(pt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +154) Cyrillic for Kazakh +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Greek +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-7) for Greek +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Hebrew +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CP +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Hebrew +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-8) for Hebrew +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Japanese +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CJK) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package +\series bold +CJK +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! CJK +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, when using this, set the document language to +\family sans +Japanese (CJK) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Japanese +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CJK) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package +\series bold +CJK +\series default +, when using this, set the document language to +\family sans +Japanese +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CJK) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Japanese +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(non-CJK) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package +\series bold +japanese +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! japanese +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, when using this, set the document language to +\family sans +Japanese +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Japanese +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(non-CJK) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package +\series bold +japanese +\series default +, when using this, set the document language to +\family sans +Japanese +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Japanese +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(non-CJK) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package +\series bold +japanese +\series default +, when using this, set the document language to +\family sans +Japanese +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Korean +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(EUC-KR) for Korean +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Southern +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +European +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +South-Eastern +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +European +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German, + Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed + to cover many languages and characters with diacritics +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Thai +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(TIS +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +620-0) for Thai +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Turkish +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the + Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Unicode +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CJK) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package +\series bold +CJK +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! CJK +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Unicode +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(XeTeX) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with +\family sans +XeTeX +\family default + and +\family sans +LuaTeX +\family default +, which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +inputenc +\series default +. + LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX + or LuaTeX. + Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Unicode +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ucs-extended) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package +\series bold +ucs +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! ucs +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Unicode +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package +\series bold +inputenc +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! inputenc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts) + is supported. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Western +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +European +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CP +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1252) MS Windows code page for ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-1 (latin1) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Western +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +European +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch, + English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish, + Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15 + encoding instead +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Western +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +European +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency + sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Colors +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Color ! main text +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Color ! background +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Color ! Shaded boxes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Color ! Greyed-out notes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you can alter the font color for the +\family sans +Main text +\family default + (default: black), for +\family sans +Greyed +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +out notes +\family default + (default: light grey)for the background color for the +\family sans +Page +\family default + (default: white) and for +\family sans +Shaded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +boxes +\family default + (default: red). + The button +\family sans +Reset +\family default + sets the color back to the default. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Clicking any button showing +\family sans +Default +\family default + or +\family sans +Change +\family default + opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from + a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values. + In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them + later more quickly. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output. + (This Greyed +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +out note appears blue in the output.) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Note, if you change the +\family sans +Main +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\family default + font color and use the option +\family sans +Color +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +links +\family default + in the document settings under +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +properties +\family default +, you probably also need to change the link font color as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:PDF-Properties" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can adapt the +\family sans +Main +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\family default + font color and the +\family sans +Page +\family default + background for every page in your document if you use these commands as + TeX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Code after a forced page break: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +For the page color: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +pagecolor{color name} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +For the text color: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +color{color name} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You are restricted to one of +\series bold +black +\series default +, +\series bold +blue +\series default +, +\series bold +cyan +\series default +, +\series bold +green +\series default +, +\series bold +magenta +\series default +, +\series bold +red +\series default +, +\series bold +white +\series default + or +\series bold +yellow +\series default + for the +\series bold +color name +\series default + unless you have defined your own color (see the +\emph on +Colored Tables +\emph default + section of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + Manual). +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +If you have changed a text or background color, you can use the following + names to refer to them: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +For the +\family sans +Page +\family default + background color: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +page_backgroundcolor +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +For the +\family sans +Main +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\family default + color: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +document_fontcolor +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +For the +\family sans +Shaded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +boxes +\family default + background color: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +shadecolor +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +For the +\family sans +Greyed +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +out notes +\family default + text color: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +note_fontcolor +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To see how to define and use custom colors, see section Colored +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Cells of the Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Numbering & TOC +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you can adjust the +\family sans +Numbering +\family default + depth of section headings and the section depth in the +\family sans +Table of Contents +\family default + as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Numbering-depth" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you can specify if a citation style using the LaTeX packages +\series bold +natbib +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! natbib +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + or +\series bold +jurabib +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! jurabib +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + should be used. + You can enable a +\family sans +Sectioned bibliography +\family default + using the LaTeX package +\series bold +bibtopic +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + and you can select a +\family sans +Processor +\family default + for the generation of the bibliography. + For a further description see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Bibliography" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Indexes +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you can define the +\family sans +Processor +\family default + that will generate your index and you can define additional indexes (see + section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Index" + +\end_inset + + for details). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +PDF Properties +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The PDF properties are explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:PDF-Properties" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Math Options +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages +\series bold +amsmath +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! amsmath +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, +\series bold +esint +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! esint +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, +\series bold +mathdots +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! mathdots +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und +\series bold +mhchem +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! mhchem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + or to use them automatically when they are needed. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas, + ensure that you have enabled +\family sans +AMS +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +math +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +esint is used for special integral characters, see section +\emph on +Big +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Operators +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Math +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section +\emph on +Ellipses +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Math +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section +\emph on +Chemical Symbols and Equations +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Math +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Float Placement +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The float placement options are described in the section +\emph on +Float +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Placement +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Listings +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The listings settings are explained in the chapter +\emph on +Program Code Listings +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Bullets +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you can adjust the characters used for the itemize +\family sans +Level +\family default +s, specify the +\family sans +Font +\family default + set to be used and set the +\family sans +Size +\family default + of the bullets. + The itemize environment is described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Itemize" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can furthermore specify a +\family sans +Custom +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Bullet +\family default + by inserting in this field the LaTeX command of the desired character. + For example to use the € sign, you have to insert the command +\series bold + +\backslash +texteuro +\series default +. + For math symbols you additionally need to enclose the command with $ signs. + To use e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +the symbol +\begin_inset Formula $\circlearrowright$ +\end_inset + + you need to enter +\series bold +$ +\backslash +circlearrowright$ +\series default +. + To find the command for a math symbol, create a formula and hover the mouse + over the desired symbol in the math toolbar. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Some characters require to load special LaTeX-packages in the preamble + (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTeX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Preamble +\family default +). + For example for the € sign one needs to add the line +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage{textcomp} +\series default + to the preamble. + For most math symbols it is sufficient to add the line +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage{amssymb} +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Branches +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Branches are described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Branches" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Output +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Doc-Output" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you can define some output specifics for the current document: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format: The format that is used when you enter +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +View +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Update +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +View Master Document +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Update Master Document +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in the +\family sans +View +\family default + menu or the toolbar. + The default is set in +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator +File Formats +\family default +, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:File-Formats" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Synchronize +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +with +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output settings for the menu +\family sans +Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Forward +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +search +\family default +. + For a detailed description see section +\emph on +Reverse DVI/PDF search +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Additional +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Features +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +XHTML +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Options offers settings for the export format +\family sans +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +XHTML +\family default +. + +\family sans +Strict XHTML +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1.1 +\family default + will assure that the output follows exactly version +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1.1 of the XHTML standard. + The different +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +output +\family default + settings are described in detail in section +\emph on +Math Output in XHTML +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Additional +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Features +\emph default + manual. + +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +image +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +scaling +\family default + is used for the size of equations in the output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX Preamble +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages + or to define LaTeX-commands. + The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts. + You should not enter commands here until you know exactly what you are + doing. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX Preamble +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages + or to define LaTeX-commands. + The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts. + You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are + doing. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +The +\family sans +Preferences +\family default + Dialog +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Preferences +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The preferences dialog is called with the menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences +\family default +. + It has the following submenus. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Look and Feel +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +User Interface +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +User Interface File +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Customization ! of toolbars +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Customization ! of menus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user + interface (ui) file. + A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed. + The file +\emph on +default.ui +\emph default + loads three files: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +stdmenus.inc +\shape italic + +\emph on +specifies the menu entries for the standard menus +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +stdcontext.inc +\shape italic +\emph on +specifies +\shape default +\emph default + the menu entries in popup context menus +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +stdtoolbars.inc +\shape italic + +\emph on +specifies the toolbar buttons +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these files + and edit the entries. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: the +\family sans +Menubar +\family default +, +\family sans +Menu +\family default + and +\family sans +Toolbar +\family default + entries must be finished with an explicit +\family sans +End +\family default +. + They may contain +\family sans +Submenu +\family default +, +\family sans +Item +\family default +, +\family sans +OptItem +\family default +, +\family sans +Separator +\family default +, +\family sans +Icon, +\family default + and in the case of the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +file_lastfiles +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + menu a +\family sans +Lastfiles +\family default + entry. + The syntax for the entries is: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace smallskip* +\end_inset + + +\series bold +Item +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +menu +\series default +or +\series bold + button name +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +LyX-function +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +\begin_inset VSpace smallskip* +\end_inset + +All the LyX-functions are listed in the menu +\family sans +Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Functions +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For example, assuming you use the menu +\family sans +Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Bookmarks +\family default + quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the + line +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace smallskip* +\end_inset + + +\series bold +Item +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Save Bookmark 6 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +bookmark-save 6 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +\begin_inset VSpace smallskip* +\end_inset + +to the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +navigate_bookmarks +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + menu in +\emph on +stdmenus.inc +\emph default + to have the sixth bookmark. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Icon +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Set +\family default + allows you to change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons. + The currently available icon sets are compared in +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "this image" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Automatic help +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The option +\family sans +Enable tool tips in main work area +\family default + enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries + or footnotes. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Session +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With the option +\family sans +Restore window layouts and geometries +\family default + LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used + in the last LyX session. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The option +\family sans +Restore cursor positions +\family default + sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of + the last session. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The option +\family sans +Load opened files from last session +\family default + opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The button +\family sans +Clear all session information +\family default + deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names + of last opened documents, etc.). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Documents +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Backup documents" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Backup ! Documents +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Backup original documents when saving +\family default + creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when + it was saved the last time. + It is stored in the +\family sans +Backup +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +directory +\family default + (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Paths" + +\end_inset + +) or in the same folder as your document if no +\family sans +Backup +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +directory +\family default + is specified. + The backup file has the file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +.lyx~ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With the option +\family sans +Backup documents, every +\family default +, you can specify the time between backup saves. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Save documents compressed by default +\family default + always saves files in a compressed format. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Maximum last files +\family default + is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu + +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Open +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Recent +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If the option +\family sans +Open documents in tabs +\family default + is not checked, every file will be opened in its own new instance of LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The option +\family sans +Single instance +\family default + is only active if a LyXServer pipe +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +See sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Paths" + +\end_inset + + for information about LyXServer pipes. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is specified. + If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance + of LyX. + Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If the option +\family sans +Single close-tab button +\family default + is checked, there will only be one close button ( +\family sans + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../images/closetab.png + scale 75 + +\end_inset + + +\family default +) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs. + Otherwise every document tab has its own close button. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Screen Fonts +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Font ! Screen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Screen-Fonts" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +These fonts are used to display your documents within LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + This section only deals with the fonts +\emph on +inside +\emph default + the LyX window. + The fonts that appear in the output are independent of these fonts, and + set in the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Fonts +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +By default, LyX uses +\family typewriter +Times +\family default + as its +\family sans +Roman +\family default + (serif) font, +\family typewriter +Arial +\family default + or +\family typewriter +Helvetica +\family default + (depends on the system) as its +\family sans +Sans +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Serif +\family default + font and +\family typewriter +Courier +\family default + as its +\family typewriter +Typewriter +\family default + font. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can change the font size with the +\family sans +Zoom +\family default + setting. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Font Sizes +\family default + are calculated as letter height in units of points. + 72.27 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +points have the size of 1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +inch, see Appendix +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:Units-available-in" + +\end_inset + +. + The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt were used. + The sizes are explained in detail in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Document-Font" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With the option +\family sans +Use pixmap cache to speed up font rendering +\family default + enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often. + This results in better performance, especially on slow systems. + On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen. + So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over + aesthetics. + Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +OS and Windows. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Colors +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Color ! LyX screen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings ! Color +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you can change the screen colors used by LyX by choosing an item in + the list and selecting the +\family sans +Alter +\family default + button. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +By checking the option +\family sans +Use system colors +\family default + the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used. + The colors +\family sans +cursor, selection, table line, text, URL +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +label and URL +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\family default + are then not customizable and thus not listed. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Display +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings ! Display +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you can specify if graphics are displayed inside LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Instant Preview +\family default + enables previewing snippets of your document. + This feature is described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Checking the option +\family sans +Mark +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +end +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +paragraphs +\family default + displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Editing +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings ! Editing +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Control +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Editing +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The option +\family sans +Cursor follows scrollbar +\family default + sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when + scrolling. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can adjust the width of the cursor. + If you set the value to zero, the thickness of the cursor scales relative + to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Scroll below end of document +\family default + is self-explanatory. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing +\family sans +Ctrl+arrow key +\family default +. + With the option +\family sans + Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words +\family default + the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word. + Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The option +\family sans +Sort environments alphabetically +\family default + sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The option +\family sans +Group environments by their category +\family default + groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Edit math macros +\family default + options determine the editing style for math macros, see the section +\emph on +Math Macros +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Math +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Fullscreen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode. + With the option +\family sans +Limit text width +\family default + you can specify the width of the text in fullscreen mode. + This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then + appears centered. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Shortcuts +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Key Bindings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings ! Shortcuts +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Bind File +\family default + specifies the file to be used to bind a LyX-function to a key. + Several binding files are available, among them: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +cua.bind a typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +(x)emacs.bind a set of bindings similar to those used in the editor programs + +\family sans +Emacs +\family default + ( +\family sans +XEmacs +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +mac.bind a set of bindings for +\family sans +Mac +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +OS +\family default + systems. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are also binding files designed for special document classes, like + +\shape italic +broadway.bind +\shape default +, and binding files for special languages. + The names of language binding files begin with a language code, e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +pt +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + for Portuguese. + If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate + binding file. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Some binding files, like +\shape italic +math.bind +\shape default +, only have a limited scope. + When looking at the end of the file +\shape italic +cua.bind +\shape default +, you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The field +\family sans +Show +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +key-bindings +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +containing +\family default + allows you to search for the shortcut provided for a particular function + in the selected key binding file. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Editing Shortcuts +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Key Bindings ! Editing +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use + the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts. + To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog + provides the field +\family sans +Show key-bindings containing +\family default +. + In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit. + Insert there for example as keyword +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +paste +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and you get the four different existing shortcuts for the three different + functions that contain +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +paste +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in their name. + As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut. + All LyX-functions are also listed in the file +\family sans +LyX Functions +\family default + that you will find in the +\family sans +Help +\family default + menu. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For example, to add the shortcut +\family sans +Alt+Q +\family default + for the function +\family sans +textstyle-apply +\family default +, select the function and press the +\family sans +Modify +\family default + button. + A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it. + So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way. + You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by starting the LyX + Function definition with “command alternatives” and following it with the + different function names as a semicolon separated list. + LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document + part. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you don't like a particular shortcut, you can remove it. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying binding files with + a text editor. + The syntax of the entries is: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +bind +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +key combination +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +LyX-function +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Keyboard/Mouse +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Keyboard-Map" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Keyboard Map +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings ! Keyboard Map +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Normally keyboard settings are made in a menu of your operating system. + For the case thatWhere this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps. + If, for example, you have a Czech keyboard but want to use it as if it + is a Romanian one, you can enable +\family sans +Use +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +keyboard +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +map +\family default + and select the keyboard map file named +\shape italic +romanian.kmap +\shape default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can specify a +\family sans +First +\family default + and a +\family sans +Second +\family default + keyboard map and, if you use the +\emph on +cua +\emph default + bindings, you can select the first and second with +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "keymap-primary" +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "keymap-secondary" +\end_inset + + respectively or toggle between them with +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "keymap-toggle" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Keyboard maps can only provide a makeshift solution and don't work on all + systems. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can also specify the mouse +\family sans +Wheel scrolling speed +\family default +. + The standard value is 1.0; higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones + slow it down. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you +\family sans +Enable +\family default + +\family sans +Scroll +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +wheel +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +zoom, +\family default + you can select a key for zooming. + When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Input Completion +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Input completion is described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Input-Completion" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Paths +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Paths" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paths +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings ! Paths +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The paths to the various resources used by LyX are normally determined during + the installation. + But there may be reasons why you might want to modify them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Working +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +directory This is LyX's working directory. + It is the default when you +\family sans +Open +\family default +, +\family sans +Save +\family default + or +\family sans +Save +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +As +\family default + files. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Document +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +New +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +from +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Template +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Example +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +files This directory will be opened when you use the button +\family sans +Examples +\family default + in the +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Open +\family default + dialog. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + The +\family sans +Examples +\family default + button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Backup +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +directory +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Backup ! Directory +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Backup copies will be saved to this directory. + If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Backup documents" + +\end_inset + +, the +\family sans +Working directory +\family default + will be used to save the backups. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Backup files have the ending +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +.lyx~ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +XServer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe. + This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +Example: +\series default + You add a BibTeX-database +\emph on +test.bib +\emph default + to your document. + You can edit this file with the program +\family typewriter +JabRef +\family default +. + In +\family typewriter +JabRef +\family default + you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under +\family sans +External +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +programs +\family default +. + If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in + +\family typewriter +JabRef +\family default + and click on the LyX-symbol. + The entry will now be inserted as a citation at the current cursor position + in your LyX file. + Of course, +\family typewriter +JabRef +\family default + and LyX need to be running the same time. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +The pipe is also used for the +\family sans +Single instance +\family default + feature, see sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Backup documents" + +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash + +\backslash +. +\backslash +pipe +\backslash +lyxpipe +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Temporary +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Thesaurus +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located. + You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does not work or if you want + to use custom/alternative dictionaries. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Hunspell +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program + +\family typewriter +Hunspell +\family default + are located. + You only need to specify it if you are using +\family typewriter +Hunspell +\family default + and spell checking does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative + dictionaries. + For LyX on Windows +\family typewriter +Hunspell +\family default + is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying + a directory. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PATH +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs. + When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list to see + where to find it on the system. + The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX + is configured; so you normally don't have to modify it. + On Unix +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +/ +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external + programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +TEXINPUTS +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows you to use external files + which are included in a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the + document preamble. + This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by + a single dot '.'). + The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator + of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows). + If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be + scanned for the input files. + Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered + to be relative to the directory of your LyX file. + It is recommended that you always include ‘.' as one of the paths; otherwise + compilation may fail for some documents. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Identity +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you can insert your +\family sans +Name +\family default + and +\family sans +E-mail +\family default + address. + These will be used when you have enabled change tracking, as described + in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Change-Tracking" + +\end_inset + +, to mark changes you make as yours. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Language Settings +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Language ! Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings ! Language +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Language +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Prefs-Language" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +User +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +interface +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +language Here you can select the language for LyX's menus. + You can find its actual translation status here: +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Language +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language + issues. + Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation + as well as localization of dates and text strings such as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Chapter +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Table +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The most widespread language package is +\series bold +babel +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! babel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +; it is the default language package in classic LaTeX. + More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the + alternative language package +\series bold +polyglossia +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + that is more suited to the multi-script support of these engines. + Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not + covered by +\series bold +babel +\series default +. + The available selections are described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Language-encodings" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Command +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document + language, you can here specify the command to start the package. + An example is the start command +\family sans + +\backslash +begin{arabtext} +\family default + that is needed to write Arabic using the package +\series bold +ArabTeX +\series default +, see +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Arabic" + +\end_inset + +. + The default is the +\series bold +babel +\series default + command +\family sans + +\backslash +selectlanguage{$$lang} +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Command +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +end Counterpart to +\family sans +Command start +\family default +. + Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start + command toggles the package on and off. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Decimal +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Point Define the default decimal point for use in tables (decimal point + alignment). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Set +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +languages +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will + be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be + used by all LaTeX-packages. + Otherwise they will only be used as options for the +\series bold +babel +\series default + package. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Auto +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document + language. + When this option is not set, the +\family sans +Command +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +start +\family default + is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output. + This assures that the correct language is used when you use another +\family sans +Command +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +start +\family default + than the default. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Auto +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +end Counterpart to +\family sans +Auto +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +begin +\family default +. + When it is not set, the +\family sans +Command +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +end +\family default + is set to the end of the document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Mark +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +foreign +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document + language will be underlined in blue. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Enable +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +RTL +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL), + like Arabic, Hebrew or Farsi. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Cursor +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys + move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically. + Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right + arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Spellchecker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The spellchecker settings are explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Spellchecking" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Outputs +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +line +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using + the menu +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Plain +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\family default +. + Setting the line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless line. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Date +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +format +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Date Format +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings ! Date format +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +For example the format +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +%d/%m/%y +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +prints the date as day/month/year. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Overwrite +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +on +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Forward +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +search Commands that will be used for the menu +\family sans +Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Forward +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +search +\family default +. + For a detailed description see section +\emph on +Reverse DVI/PDF search +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Additional +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Features +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Printer +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Printer" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Printer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings ! Printer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +printer Here you can specify the name of your +\family sans +Default printer +\family default +. + The name will be used when the +\family sans +Printer command +\family default + is executed. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Printer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +command is the command LyX +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +/ +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +LaTeX uses for printing. + The default is +\family sans +dvips +\family default + on most systems. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Printer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Command +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Options Here you can specify printer options. + A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation + of the program that provides the +\family sans +Printer command +\family default + you are using. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Adapt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +to +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +printer This option works only for the +\family sans +Printer command +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +dvips +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + It activates a configuration file for dvips. + This is an option only for dvips experts. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:LaTeX-settings" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings ! LaTeX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Use +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +LaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +font +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +encoding This is the default encoding of the document font. + +\family sans +T1 +\family default + is the default and covers western languages and symbols. + +\family sans +T2A +\family default +, +\family sans +T2B +\family default +, +\family sans +T2C +\family default +, +\family sans +LCY +\family default + and +\family sans +X2 +\family default + are used for Cyrillic. + Combinations of the encodings are possible, like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +T1, T2B +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages + LyX sets up in the background. + So there is no need to change the default encoding. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +paper +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +size This is the paper size that is used for new documents. + The +\family sans +Default +\family default + value depends on your LaTeX-system setup. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +DVI +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +viewer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +paper +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +size +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +options They only have an effect when the program +\family sans +xdvi +\family default + is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors. + But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the + manuals of the applications. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Bibliography +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Bibliography-databases" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Index +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Index-Program" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Nomenclature +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +CheckTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +command Command for the program +\family sans +CheckTeX +\family default + that is described in the section +\emph on +Checking TeX +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Additional Features +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are additionally the following options: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Use +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Windows-style +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +paths +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +in +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +LaTeX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\backslash + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is used instead of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +/ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to separate folders. + This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paths +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings ! Paths +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Reset +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +class +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +options +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +when +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +document +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +class +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +changes Removes all manually set +\family sans +Class options +\family default + in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Class +\family default + dialog when changing the document class. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +File +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Handling +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +File handling +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Converters +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Converters" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Converters +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material + from one format to another. + You can modify converters or create new ones. + To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the +\family sans +Converter +\family default + and/or +\family sans +Extra +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +flag +\family default + field and press the +\family sans +Modify +\family default + button. + To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format + in the +\family sans +To +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +format +\family default + drop-down list, modify the +\family sans +Converter +\family default + field and press the +\family sans +Add +\family default + button. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If the +\family sans +Converter File Cache +\family default + is +\family sans +Enabled +\family default +, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field +\family sans +Maximum Age (in days +\family default +). + This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen + a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter + definition, is described in the section +\emph on +Converters +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +File Formats +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:File-Formats" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +File formats +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Copiers +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle. + You can modify the +\family sans +Editor +\family default + and +\family sans +Viewer +\family default + programs that should be used for certain formats. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can also define the +\family sans +Default output format +\family default + that is used when you use +\family sans +View, Update, View Master Document +\family default + or +\family sans +Update Master Document +\family default + in the +\family sans +View +\family default + menu or the toolbar. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +More about formats and their options is described in the section +\emph on +Formats +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary + directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it + to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed. + This is done by specifying a +\family sans +Copier +\family default +. + More about this is described in the section +\emph on +Copiers +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +Units available in LyX +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Units +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "chap:Units-available-in" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Table +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "tab:Units" + +\end_inset + + explains all the units available in LyX and used in this documentation. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float table +placement h +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption Standard + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "tab:Units" + +\end_inset + +Units +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +unit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +name/description +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +millimeter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +cm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +centimeter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +in +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +inch +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +pt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +point (72.27 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt = 1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +in) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +pc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +pica (1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pc = 12 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +sp +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +scaled point (65536 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +sp = 1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +bp +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +big point (72 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +bp = 1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +in) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +dd +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +didot (72 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +dd +\begin_inset Formula $\approx$ +\end_inset + + 37.6 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mm) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +cc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +cicero (1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cc = 12 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +dd) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Scale% +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +% of original image width +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +text% +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +% of text width +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +col% +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +% of column width +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +page% +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +% of paper width +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +line% +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +% of line width +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +theight% +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +% of text height +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +pheight% +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +% of paper height +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +ex +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +height of letter +\emph on +x +\emph default + in current font +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +width of letter +\emph on +M +\emph default + in current font +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mu +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +math unit (1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mu = 1/18 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +Credits +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "chap:Credits" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people + (and we would encourage people to contribute!). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +Alejandro Aguilar Sierra +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +Amir Karger +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +David Johnson +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +Hartmut Haase +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +Ignacio García +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +Ivan Schreter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +John Raithel +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +John Weiss +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +Lars Gullik Bjønnes +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +Matthias Ettrich +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +Matthias Zenker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +Rich Fields +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +Pascal André +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +Paul Evans +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +Paul Russel +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +Robin Socha +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\noun on +Uwe Stöhr +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +The LyX Team: +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "lyxcredit" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + +The bibliography on the following page was created with the +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + environment. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +label "Credits" +key "lyxcredit" + +\end_inset + +The LyX Team: +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Credits" +target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits" + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://www.lyx.org/Credits +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "latexcompanion" + +\end_inset + +Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens: +\emph on +The LaTeX Companion Second Edition. + +\emph default + Addison-Wesley, 2004 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "latexguide" + +\end_inset + +Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. + Daly: +\emph on +A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition. + +\emph default + Addison-Wesley, 2003 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "latexbook" + +\end_inset + +Leslie Lamport: +\emph on +LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. + +\emph default + Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "texbook" + +\end_inset + +Donald E. + Knuth. + +\emph on +The TeXbook. + +\emph default + Addison-Wesley, 1984 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "TeXCatalogue" + +\end_inset + +The TeX Catalogue: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "LaTeXFAQ" + +\end_inset + +The LaTeX FAQ: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "BibTeX" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Documentation" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf" + +\end_inset + + of the program +\family sans +BibTeX +\family default +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "BibTeX-2" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Documentation" +target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf" + +\end_inset + + how to use the program +\family sans +BibTeX +\family default +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "makeindex" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Documentation" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf" + +\end_inset + + of the program +\family sans +makeindex +\family default +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "xindy" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Documentation" +target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html" + +\end_inset + + of the program +\family sans +xindy +\family default +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "AMS" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Documentation" +target "http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex" + +\end_inset + + of the AMS LaTeX-packages: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "caption" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Documentation" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf" + +\end_inset + + of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +caption +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! caption +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "enumitem" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Documentation" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf" + +\end_inset + + of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +enumitem +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! enumitem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "fancyhdr" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Documentation" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf" + +\end_inset + + of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +fancyhdr +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "hyperref" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Documentation" +target "http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref" + +\end_inset + + of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +hyperref +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! hyperref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "nomencl" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Documentation" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf" + +\end_inset + + of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +nomencl +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! nomencl +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "prettyref" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Documentation" +target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf" + +\end_inset + + of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +prettyref +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! prettyref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "refstyle" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Documentation" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf" + +\end_inset + + of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +refstyle +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! refstyle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Arabic" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-page" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic" + +\end_inset + + how to set up LyX for Arabic: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Armenian" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-page" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian" + +\end_inset + + how to set up LyX for Armenian: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Cyrillic" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-page" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic" + +\end_inset + + how to set up LyX for Cyrillic languages: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Farsi" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-page" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi" + +\end_inset + + how to set up LyX for Farsi: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Hebrew" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-page" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew" + +\end_inset + + how to set up LyX for Hebrew: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Japanese" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-page" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese" + +\end_inset + + how to set up LyX for Japanese: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Latvian" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-page" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian" + +\end_inset + + how to set up LyX for Latvian: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Lithuanian" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-page" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian" + +\end_inset + + how to set up LyX for Lithuanian: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Mongolian" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-page" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian" + +\end_inset + + how to set up LyX for Mongolian: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Vietnamese" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-page" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese" + +\end_inset + + how to set up LyX for Vietnamese: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "NewInLyX20" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-page" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20" + +\end_inset + + about new features in +\family sans +LyX 2.0 +\family default +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +let +\backslash +mybibname +\backslash +bibname +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +bibname}{ +\backslash +mybibname +\backslash +; 2} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The command +\series bold + +\backslash +bibname +\series default + is the name of the bibliography in the current document language. + It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following + bibliography is the second one: +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset CommandInset bibtex +LatexCommand bibtex +bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs" +options "biblio/alphadin" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print +LatexCommand printnomenclature +set_width "auto" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset index_print +LatexCommand printindex +type "idx" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx index 9f4f7cc04b..9258ad4aee 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx @@ -1,46355 +1,46355 @@ -#LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 413 -\begin_document -\begin_header -\textclass scrbook -\begin_preamble -% Präambel nicht verändern!!! -% -% Die Präambel stellt sicher, dass das Benutzerhandbuch korrekt -% in die Formate pdf, ps und dvi exportiert werden kann. -% Wenn Probleme beim Exportieren auftreten, können Sie sich -% an das LyX-Dokumentationsteam wenden. -% EMail: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org - -% wenn pdflatex benutzt wird: -\usepackage{ifpdf} -\ifpdf - -% Fonts fuer huebschere PDF-Ansichten -\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{} - -\fi % Ende von: wenn pdflatex benutzt wird - -% Setzt den Link fuer Spruenge zu Gleitabbildungen -% auf den Anfang des Gelitobjekts und nicht aufs Ende -\usepackage[figure]{hypcap} - -% Ein PDF-Lesezeichen für das Inhaltsverzeichnis wird hinzugefügt -\let\myTOC\tableofcontents -\renewcommand\tableofcontents{% - \frontmatter - \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{} - \myTOC - \mainmatter } - -% Damit der Index den Namen "Stichwortverzeichnis" erhält -\addto\captionsngerman{\renewcommand{\indexname}{Stichwortverzeichnis}} - -% define a short command for \textvisiblespace -\newcommand{\leer}{\textvisiblespace} - -% macro for italic page numbers in the index -\newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}} - -% for customized page headers/footers -% only needed because they are only used in one section of the document -\usepackage{fancyhdr} -% change header rule width -\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt} - -%für deutsche Nomenlatur -\renewcommand{\eqdeclaration}[1]{, siehe Gleichung\nobreakspace(#1)} -\renewcommand{\pagedeclaration}[1]{, Seite\nobreakspace{}#1} -\renewcommand{\nomname}{Nomenklatur} - -% workaround for a makeindex bug, -% see sec. "Index Entry Order" -% only uncomment this when you are using makindex -%\let\OrgIndex\index -%\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}} -\end_preamble -\options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading -\use_default_options false -\begin_modules -customHeadersFooters -enumitem -\end_modules -\maintain_unincluded_children false -\language ngerman -\language_package default -\inputencoding auto -\fontencoding global -\font_roman default -\font_sans default -\font_typewriter default -\font_default_family default -\use_non_tex_fonts false -\font_sc false -\font_osf false -\font_sf_scale 100 -\font_tt_scale 100 - -\graphics default -\default_output_format default -\output_sync 0 -\bibtex_command bibtex -\index_command default -\paperfontsize 12 -\spacing single -\use_hyperref true -\pdf_title "Das LyX-Benutzerhandbuch" -\pdf_author "LyX Team, Übersetzung und Bearbeitung : Hartmut Haase (HHa), Uwe Stöhr" -\pdf_subject "LyX" -\pdf_keywords "LyX" -\pdf_bookmarks true -\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true -\pdf_bookmarksopen false -\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1 -\pdf_breaklinks true -\pdf_pdfborder false -\pdf_colorlinks true -\pdf_backref false -\pdf_pdfusetitle false -\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false" -\papersize default -\use_geometry false -\use_amsmath 1 -\use_esint 1 -\use_mhchem 1 -\use_mathdots 1 -\cite_engine basic -\use_bibtopic false -\use_indices false -\paperorientation portrait -\suppress_date false -\use_refstyle 0 -\notefontcolor #0000ff -\branch Frage -\selected 1 -\filename_suffix 0 -\color #00ff00 -\end_branch -\branch Antwort -\selected 0 -\filename_suffix 0 -\color #aa55ff -\end_branch -\index Stichwortverzeichnis -\shortcut idx -\color #008000 -\end_index -\secnumdepth 3 -\tocdepth 2 -\paragraph_separation indent -\paragraph_indentation default -\quotes_language german -\papercolumns 1 -\papersides 2 -\paperpagestyle default -\tracking_changes false -\output_changes false -\html_math_output 0 -\html_css_as_file 0 -\html_be_strict false -\end_header - -\begin_body - -\begin_layout Title -Das LyX-Benutzerhandbuch -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Author -vom LyX-Team -\size normal - -\begin_inset Foot -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Übersetzung und Bearbeitung : Hartmut Haase ( -\noun on -HHa -\noun default -, bis März 2010), Uwe Stöhr -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\size default - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\noindent -Wenn Sie Anmerkungen oder Korrekturvorschläge machen wollen, schreiben Sie - bitte an: -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org" -target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX-Benutzerhandbuch" -type "mailto:" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Version 2.0.x -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Die neueste PDF-Version dieses Dokuments kann von hier heruntergeladen werden: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset CommandInset toc -LatexCommand tableofcontents - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -Einleitung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Was ist LyX? -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX ist ein System zur Druckvorbereitung von Dokumenten. - Es ist ein Werkzeug, mit dem man schöne Manuskripte, verlegbare Bücher, - Geschäftsbriefe und -vorschläge und sogar Lyrik schreiben kann. - Anders als die meisten anderen -\emph on -Textverarbeitungen -\emph default - verhält es sich eher wie eine Auszeichnungssprache. - Das heißt, wenn Sie eine Abschnittsüberschrift schreiben, bezeichnen Sie - sie als -\family sans -Abschnitt -\family default -, aber nicht als -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Fett, Schriftgröße 17, linksbündig, 5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mm Leerraum darunter -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - LyX kümmert sich für Sie um die Druckaufbereitung, Sie beschäftigen sich - nur mit dem Entwurf, nicht mit der Ausführung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Diese Philosophie wird viel ausführlicher in der -\emph on -Einführung -\emph default - erläutert. - Wenn Sie sie noch nicht gelesen haben, sollten Sie das jetzt tun. - Ja, wir meinen -\emph on -jetzt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\emph on -Einführung -\emph default - beschreibt außerdem einige zusätzliche Dinge: das wichtigste ist das Format - der Handbücher. - Wenn Sie sie nicht lesen, werden Sie viel Zeit brauchen, um in diesem Handbuch - zu suchen. - Ihnen ist vielleicht auch mehr damit gedient, in andere Handbücher als - dieses zu schauen. - Die -\emph on -Einführung -\emph default - beschreibt das auch. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Wie LyX aussieht -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wie die meisten Anwendungen hat auch LyX die bekannte Menüleiste am oberen - Rand des Fensters. - Darunter befindet sich eine Werkzeugleiste mit einer Auswahlbox und verschieden -en Knöpfen. - Es gibt natürlich einen vertikalen Rollbalken und ein Hauptarbeitsbereich - um die Dokumente zu bearbeiten. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt keinen horizontalen Rollbalken. - Dies ist kein Fehler, sondern Absicht. - Wenn man ein Buch liest, erwartet man, dass die Zeilen am Rand umgebrochen - werden. - Der Text rutscht dabei automatisch auf die nächste Seite, daher ist ein - horizontaler Rollbalken nicht notwendig. - Es gibt drei Fälle, bei denen Sie dennoch einen Rollbalken erwarten. - Der erste Fall sind große Bilder. - Um zu verhindern, dass sie größer als der Bildschirm dargestellt werden, - kann man in den Bildeinstellungen die Option -\family sans -Skalierung auf Bildschirm -\family default - im Tab -\family sans -LaTeX- und LyX-Optionen -\family default - verwenden. - Der zweite und dritte Fall sind Tabellen und Gleichungen, die breiter als - LyXs Hauptarbeitsbereich sind. - Man kann die Pfeiltasten benutzen um horizontal durch Tabellen zu navigieren. - Dies funktioniert leider noch nicht für Gleichungen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Für eine detaillierte Beschreibung aller LyX Menüs und Werkzeugleistenknöpfe, - siehe Anhang -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:Die-Benutzeroberfläche" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -HILFE -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Hilfesystem besteht aus den LyX -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -"= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Handbüchern, -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -mehr über den Befehl -\series bold -"= -\series default - siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "Zusammengesetzte-Worte" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - die Sie alle direkt in LyX lesen können. - Wählen Sie einfach das gewünschte Dokument aus dem Menü -\family sans -Hilfe -\family default - aus. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -LyX-Grundeinstellungen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Grundeinstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "LyX-Grundeinstellungen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Nahezu alle Features von LyX können über das Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default - konfiguriert werden. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Grundeinstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - LyX kann Ihr System inspizieren, um zu sehen welche Programme, LaTeX-Dokumentkl -assen und LaTeX-Pakete verfügbar sind. - Diese Informationen werden verwendet, um sinnvolle Voreinstellungen für - die LyX-Grundeinstellungen festzulegen. - Die Konfiguration wird bereits bei der Installation durchgeführt. - Allerdings können später installierte Dinge wie z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B, LaTeX-Klassen nicht detektiert werden. - In diesem Fall muss LyX über das Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -konfigurieren -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Neukonfiguration von LyX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - neu konfiguriert werden. - Sie sollten dann LyX neu starten um sicherzustellen, dass die Änderungen - verwendet werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -LaTeX-Einstellung -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:LaTeX-Einstellung" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX ! -Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können Dokumente in LyX bearbeiten ohne LaTeX installiert zu haben, - aber sie können dann keine PDFs erzeugen oder drucken. - Einige LyX-Dokumente benutzen jedoch z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - DocBook als -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Backend -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - das PDFs erzeugen kann. - Des Weiteren können Sie LyX-Dokumente jederzeit als reine Textdatei oder - XHTML ausgeben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Manche Dokumentklassen benötigen spezielle LaTeX- oder DocBook-Pakete. - Wenn sie nicht installiert sind, können Sie diese Dokumentklassen trotzdem - verwenden, nur keine Ausgabe erzeugen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die LaTeX-Pakete die LyX auf Ihrem System gefunden hat, sind in einer Datei - aufgelistet, die Sie über das Menü -\family sans -Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X-Konfiguration -\family default - anschauen können. - Wenn sie Pakete vermissen, die sie benötigen, müssen Sie das fehlende Paket - installieren und LyX anschließend über das Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -konfigurieren -\family default - neu konfigurieren. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Neukonfiguration von LyX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Installation eines neuen LaTeX-Paketes -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - des -\emph on -Anpassung -\emph default - Handbuchs für mehr Informationen wie man Pakete installiert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -Mit LyX arbeiten -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Einfache Datei-Befehle -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Im Menü -\family sans -Datei -\family default - finden Sie die 10 einfachen Datei-Befehle einer jeden Textverarbeitung - und einige fortgeschrittene: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Neu (Strg+N) -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/buffer-new.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Neu von -\family default - -\family sans -Vorlage (Strg+Umschalt+N) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Öffnen (Strg+O) -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/file-open.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Schließen (Strg+W) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Speichern (Strg+S) -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/buffer-write.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Speichern -\family default - -\family sans -unter (Strg+Umschalt+S) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Alles speichern -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Speicherung wieder herstellen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Drucken (Strg+P) -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Beenden (Strg+Q) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Bis auf ein paar kleine Unterschiede machen sie dasselbe wie bei jeder anderen - Textverarbeitung. - Der Menüpunkt -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -von -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Vorlage -\family default - listet alle verfügbaren Vorlagen auf. - Mit der Auswahl einer Vorlagedatei werden automatisch verschiedene Layout-Einst -ellungen aktiviert, die Sie sonst von Hand verändern müssten. - Derartige Vorlagen können für alle möglichen Textklassen verwendet werden, - sie bieten sich aber vor allem für Briefe an (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sub:Dokumentklassen" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Hinweis: -\series default - Es gibt keine Standarddatei oder ein Dokument -\emph on -unbenannt -\emph default -, das automatisch geladen wird. - Solange Sie nicht selber eine Datei öffnen oder neu anlegen, ist der leere - Bereich auf dem Bildschirm genau das – ein großer, leerer Bereich. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Befehl -\family sans -Speicherung -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -wieder -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -herstellen -\family default - lädt das aktuelle Dokument neu von der Festplatte. - Damit können Sie einen Text, den Sie aus Versehen editiert haben, wieder - in den Originalzustand bringen, außerdem ist er hilfreich, wenn mehrere - Personen an einem Text arbeiten. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Wenn Sie das vorhaben, sollten Sie sich die Unterstützung für Versionskontrolle - im Dokument -\emph on -Handbuchergänzungen -\emph default - ansehen. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der letzte Hinweis betrifft die Menüpunkte -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Schließen -\family default - und -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Beenden -\family default -. - Wenn Sie eine bearbeitete Datei schließen oder LyX beenden wollen, werden - Sie gefragt, ob Sie vorher geänderte Dateien speichern wollen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Einfache Bearbeitungsfunktionen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Einfache-Bearbeitungsfunktionen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wie bei den meisten gängigen Textverarbeitungen können Sie auch bei LyX - Textblöcke ausschneiden und kopieren, sich zeichen-, wort- oder seitenweise - durch den Text bewegen und ganze Worte oder auch einzelne Zeichen löschen. - In den folgenden vier Abschnitten werden diese Funktionen beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wie zu erwarten, finden Sie diese Befehle im Menü -\family sans -Bearbeiten -\family default -, zusammen mit einigen weiteren Funktionen zur Textbearbeitung. - Einige von ihnen sind von besonderer Bedeutung und werden später gesondert - behandelt. - Die grundlegenden Befehle sind: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Ausschneiden -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ausschneiden -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family sans -, Strg+X -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/cut.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Kopieren -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Kopieren -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family sans -, Strg+C -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/copy.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Einfügen -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Einfugen@Einfügen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\family sans -Strg+V -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/paste.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Einfügen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(vorherige -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Auswahl) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Einfügen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(speziell) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Suchen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Ersetzen, -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Suchen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ersetzen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family sans - Strg+F -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die ersten drei sind selbsterklärend. - Unter -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einfügen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(vorherige -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Auswahl) -\family default - finden Sie eine Liste der letzten eingefügten Textstücke. - Durch anklicken können Sie eins davon an der momentanen Cursorposition - einfügen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einfügen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(speziell) -\family default -fügt ausgewählten Text mit allen Sonderzeichen, Formatierungen und Umgebungen - ( -\family sans -Einfacher -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Text -\family default -) oder ohne sie ( -\family sans -Auswahl -\family default -) ein. - Außerdem bleibt das Eingefügte im ersten Fall markiert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Tasten -\family sans -Entf -\family default - und -\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset - - arbeiten ebenfalls wie der Befehl -\family sans -Ausschneiden -\family default -. - Auch müssen Sie aufpassen, wenn Sie Textstellen markiert haben. - Wenn Sie in diesem Moment eine Taste drücken, wird der markierte Text gelöscht - und durch den neu eingegebenen Text ersetzt. - Sie müssen dann den gelöschten Text mit dem Befehl -\family sans -Rückgängig -\family default - ( -\family sans -Strg+Z -\family default -) zurückholen (siehe auch Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sec:Rückgängig-Wiederholen" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Menü -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Suchen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ersetzen -\family default - öffnet das Dialogfenster -\family sans -Suchen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -und -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Ersetzen -\family default -. - Den zu suchenden Text tragen Sie im Feld -\family sans -Suchen: -\family default - ein. - Mit der Schaltfläche -\family sans -Nächstes -\family default - -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\family sans -suchen -\family default - wird der Text gesucht. - Die Suchrichtung ist normalerweise vorwärts, es sei denn, -\family sans -Rückwärts -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -suchen -\family default - ist aktiviert. - Wurde der Suchbegriff gefunden, wird er markiert. - Wenn Sie das Fenster schließen, können Sie mit der -\family sans -F3 -\family default --Taste weiter suchen, aber nur vorwärts und ohne Unterscheidung zwischen - groß und klein. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie dann -\family sans -Ersetzen -\family default - anklicken, wird der markierte Begriff durch den Inhalt des Feldes -\family sans -Ersetzen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -durch: -\family default - ersetzt. - Dann können Sie weiter suchen. - Wenn Sie -\family sans -Alles -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -ersetzen -\family default - anklicken, werden unabhängig davon, wo der Cursor im Dokument gerade steht, - wirklich ALLE Suchbegriffe ersetzt. - Ist das Feld -\family sans -Ersetzen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -durch: -\family default - leer, wird der Suchbegriff gelöscht. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Über den Umschaltknopf -\family sans -Groß-/Kleinschreibung -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -beachten -\family default - können Sie festlegen, ob bei der Suche die Schreibweise berücksichtigt - werden soll. - Ist sie aktiv, wird zum Beispiel bei der Suche nach -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Treffen -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - das Wort -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -treffen -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - nicht gefunden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Umschaltknopf -\family sans -Nur -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -ganze -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Wörter -\family default - schaltet den Modus -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -nur ganze Worte suchen -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - ein und aus. - Dann wird beispielsweise bei der Suche nach -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Treff -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - das Wort -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Treffer -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - nicht gefunden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX bietet außerdem ein fortgeschrittenes Suchen&Ersetzen, das in Kap. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Fortgeschrittenes-Suchen" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dinge wie Notizen, Gleitobjekte, usw. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(sogenannte Einfügungen) können aufgelöst werden. - Das bedeutet, dass sie gelöscht werden, ihr Inhalt jedoch als normaler - Text erhalten bleibt. - Um etwas aufzulösen, setzt man den Cursor an den Anfang des Objekts und - drückt die -\family sans -Rücktaste -\family default - oder setzt den Cursor an das Ende und drückt die -\family sans -Entfernen -\family default --Taste der Tastatur. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Inhalt von Einfügungen wird mit dem Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Strg+Alt+A -\family default - ausgewählt, das Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Strg+A -\family default - wählt das komplette Dokument aus. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -R -\family sans -ückgängig -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ruckgangig@Rückgängig -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - machen und W -\family sans -iederholen -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Wiederholen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Rückgängig-Wiederholen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie einen Fehler machen, können Sie diesen leicht ungeschehen machen, - denn LyX verfügt über einen sehr großen Speicher für Änderungen. - Wählen Sie die Funktion -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Rückgängig -\family default - ( -\family sans -Strg+Z -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/undo.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -), um einen falschen Arbeitsschritt zurückzunehmen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie dabei versehentlich zu weit zurückgehen, können Sie mit -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Wiederho\SpecialChar \- -len -\family default - ( -\family sans -Strg+Y -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/redo.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -) das Rückgängigmachen schrittweise wieder zurücknehmen. - Derzeit ist die Anzahl der zurücknehmbaren Schritte auf 100 beschränkt, - um den Speicherverbrauch zu verringern. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Auf diese Weise lassen sich Änderungen natürlich nur bis zu dem Zeitpunkt - zurücknehmen, als Sie das Dokument geöffnet haben, ebenso funktioniert - -\family sans -Wiederholen -\family default - nur bis zur letzten gemachten Änderung. - Sonst sind die entsprechenden Menüpunkte grau unterlegt und nicht wählbar. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Bitte beachten Sie auch, dass, wenn Sie in einem Dokument alle gemachten - Änderungen zurücknehmen, trotzdem der Status des Dokumentes als -\emph on -geändert -\emph default - erhalten bleibt. - Dies ist mit der oben erwähnten Beschränkung auf 100 Änderungsschritte - verbunden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Funktionen -\family sans -Rückgängig -\family default - und -\family sans -Wiederholen -\family default - sind auf fast alle Bearbeitungsschritte anwendbar, jedoch gibt es ein paar - Eigenheiten. - So arbeiten sie beispielsweise nicht zeichenorientiert, sondern textblockweise; - das kann anfangs etwas gewöhnungsbedürftig sein. - Probieren Sie ein wenig mit diesen Funktionen herum, um ein Gefühl dafür - zu bekommen, wie viel Text in einem solchen Block enthalten ist, und Sie - werden sich hoffentlich bald daran gewöhnt haben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Außerdem funktioniert -\family sans -Wiederholen -\family default - nicht im Mathematikmodus. - Ein Tipp dazu: Wenn Sie in den Mathematikmodus wechseln, dort eine Gleichung - ändern und dann den Mathematikmodus verlassen, stellt ein -\family sans -Rückgängig -\family default - die Gleichung so wieder her, wie sie war, bevor Sie in den Mathematikmodus - gewechselt sind. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Mausfunktionen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Mausfunktionen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An dieser Stelle werden nur die grundlegenden Operationen beschrieben, die - mit der Maus durchgeführt werden können. - In anderen Abschnitten dieses Dokumentes werden Sie weitere, spezielle - Funktionen kennenlernen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Positionieren -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Einfaches Klicken mit der -\emph on -linken -\emph default - Maustaste positioniert den Textcursor unter den Mauszeiger. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Der Rollbalken funktioniert so wie in anderen Programmen, -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -das Mausrad auch -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Querverweise: Ein Klick mit der -\emph on -rechten -\emph default - Maustaste springt zu der Stelle, auf die verwiesen wird. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Text markieren -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Halten Sie die -\emph on -linke -\emph default - Maustaste gedrückt und bewegen Sie die Maus. - LyX markiert den Text zwischen der alten und der neuen Position des Mauszeigers. - Mit -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Kopieren, Strg+C -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/copy.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - übernehmen Sie den markierten Text in den internen Kopierspeicher von LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Positionieren Sie den Textcursor neu und fügen Sie die Auswahl mit -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einfügen, Strg+V -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/paste.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - in den Text ein. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Wenn Sie die Auswahl durch Klicken mit der -\emph on -mittleren -\emph default - Maustaste in den Text einzufügen, verwendet LyX anstelle des eigenen Kopierspei -chers den X-Puffer. - Der Text wird derselbe sein, jedoch gehen dabei sämtliche Formatierungen - verloren. - Dennoch ist dieser Mechanismus praktisch, wenn Sie Textabschnitte aus anderen - X-Anwendungen in ein Dokument einfügen wollen. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Fußnoten, Randnotizen, Gleitobjekte (Abbildungen und Tabellen) usw. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Ein einfaches Klicken mit der -\emph on -linken -\emph default - Maustaste öffnet oder schließt jedes dieser Objekte. - Beachten Sie außerdem die entsprechenden Abschnitte dieses Handbuches. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Section -Navigieren -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Navigieren" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Navigieren -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX bietet Ihnen verschiedene Möglichkeiten in Dokumenten zu navigieren: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Das Menü -\family sans -Navigieren -\family default - enthält alle Überschriften des Dokuments als Untermenüs, deren Anklicken - Sie zu dem entsprechenden Dokumentteil führt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Gliederung -\family default - (Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-toggle toc" -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "bookmark-goto 0" -\end_inset - - springt zu der Position im Dokument, wo zuletzt etwas geändert wurde. - Das ist z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - nützlich bei großen Dokumenten, wenn man zu einer anderen Position im Dokument - navigiert oder gescrollt hat, um etwas nachzuschauen und anschließend zur - Position zurückspringen möchte, wo man zuletzt etwas geschrieben hat. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit der -\family sans -F5 -\family default - -Taste wird der Cursor vertikal in LyXs Hauptfenster zentriert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Gliederung -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Gliederung" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hiermit schalten Sie die Gliederung an, die dann im linken Teil des LyX-Fensters - erscheint. - Ein weiterer Klick auf den Knopf lässt die Gliederung wieder verschwinden. - Das Navigieren selber erfolgt wie im Menü -\family sans -Navigieren -\family default -. - Die Gliederung zeigt zunächst das Inhaltsverzeichnis, aber Sie können durch - einen Klick auf -\family sans -Inhaltsverzeichnis -\family default - auch andere Listen auswählen, z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - Fußnoten, oder Marken und Querverweise (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Querverweise" - -\end_inset - -), oder Notizen, oder Literaturverweise (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" - -\end_inset - -). - Es hängt vom Dokumenttyp ab, welche Listen vorhanden sind. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Rechts-klicken auf Elemente in der Gliederung öffnet in vielen Fällen ein - Kontextmenü mit dem Elemente direkt verändert werden können. - Zum Beispiel erlaubt das Kontextmenü für Literaturverweise den Literaturverweis --Dialog zu öffnen um den Verweis zu bearbeiten. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Feld `Filter' erlaubt es, die angezeigten Einträge einzugrenzen. - Wenn zum Beispiel die Liste der Marken und Querverweise angezeigt ist und - Sie nur Verweise auf Unterabschnitte sehen wollen, geben Sie den Text -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -sub: -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - in den Filter ein und nur Einträge mit diesem Text werden angezeigt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Unten in der Gliederung gibt es verschiedene Knöpfe und Optionen zur Kontrolle - der Gliederung. - Die Option -\family sans -Sortieren -\family default - sortiert die aktuelle Liste alphabetisch. - Ansonsten erscheinen die Elemente in der Reihenfolge, in der sie im Dokument - erscheinen. - Die Option -\family sans -Behalten -\family default - behält die aktuelle Ansicht bei. - Behalten bedeutet, dass wenn z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - die Unterabschnitte von Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -2 und 4 angezeigt sind und man auf Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -3 klickt, die Unterabschnitte von Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -2 und 4 weiterhin angezeigt bleiben. - Ohne die Option -\family sans -Behalten -\family default - würde nur die Unterabschnitte von Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -3 angezeigt. - Des Weiteren gibt es einen Schieberegler, mit dem Sie die Anzeigetiefe - ändern können. - Außerdem sind dort fünf Knöpfe mit folgender Bedeutung: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/reload.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - : aktualisiert das Verzeichnis -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/promote.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - : schiebt das ausgewählte Gliederungs-Element um eine Stufe nach oben (zum - Beispiel von 1.2.3 nach 1.3). - Alle folgenden Gliederungs-Elemente werden angepasst. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/demote.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - : schiebt das ausgewählte Gliederungs-Element um eine Stufe nach unten - (zum Beispiel von 1.2 nach 1.2.1). - Alle folgenden Gliederungs-Elemente werden angepasst. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/down.png - scale 70 - -\end_inset - - : schiebt das ausgewählte Gliederungs-Element nach unten. - Die Gliederung wird angepasst. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/up.png - scale 70 - -\end_inset - - : schiebt das ausgewählte Gliederungs-Element nach oben. - Die Gliederung wird angepasst. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die letzten vier Knöpfe erleichtern das Verschieben von Textteilen, sofern - es sich um ganze Abschnitte und ähnliches handelt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Gliederung erhalten Sie auch, wenn Sie am Anfang des Dokuments ein Inhalts-, - Tabellen- oder Abbildungsverzeichnis angelegt haben und darauf klicken. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Eingabevervollständigung -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Eingabevervollständigung-general" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Eingabevervollständigung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX bietet eine Eingabevervollständigung an, indem alle geöffneten Dokumente - gescannt werden. - Jedes gefundene Wort wird in eine Datenbank eingetragen, die für die Vervollstä -ndigungsvorschläge verwendet wird. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Eingabevervollständigung wird in dem LyX-Grundeinstellungen (Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default -) unter -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Eingabevervollständigung -\family default - aktiviert werden. - Mit der Option -\family sans -Automatische -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Wortvervollständigung -\family default - wird der Vervollständigungsvorschlag direkt hinter dem Cursor angezeigt. - Mit der Option -\family sans -Automatisches -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Popup -\family default - werden die Vorschläge immer in einem Popup angezeigt. - Der Vervollständigungsindikator kann mit der Option -\family sans -Cursor -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Markierung -\family default - abgeschaltet werden. - Mit den allgemeinen Optionen kann die Verzögerungszeit für die Popups und - für die Vervollständigung eingestellt werden und man kann wählen, ob lange - Vervollständigungen abgekürzt werden sollen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX verwendet ein kleines Dreieck hinter dem Cursor als Indikator dass es - Vervollständigungen gibt. - Um eine Vervollständigung zu akzeptieren, drückt man die -\family sans -Tab -\family default - Taste. - Falls mehrere Vervollständigungen verfügbar sind, wird ein Popup geöffnet, - das diese anzeigt. - Man kann eine Vervollständigung im Popup mit der Maus oder den Pfeiltasten - auswählen, und akzeptieren, indem man -\family sans -Enter -\family default - drückt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Vervollständigungsoptionen für Mathe in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen bewirken - dasselbe wie die entsprechenden Optionen für Text. - Die spezielle Mathe-Option -\family sans -Automatische Korrektur -\family default - erlaubt es, Zeichen aus anderen zusammenzusetzen. - Wenn man z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - das Zeichen -\begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$ -\end_inset - - einfügen will, kann man dann die Zeichen -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\series bold -=> -\series default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - in eine Formel eingeben um es zu erhalten. - Dies ist also eine schnelle Alternative zur Eingabe von Befehlen oder der - Verwendung der Mathe-Werkzeugleiste. - Eine Liste mit allen unterstützten Zeichenkombinationen ist in der Datei - -\family typewriter -autocorrect -\family default - zu finden, die sich irgendwo in LyXs Installationsordner befindet. - Die Automatische Korrektur kann jederzeit angeschaltet werden in dem man - das Ausrufezeichen drückt '!'. - Durch Drücken der Leertaste wird sie ausgeschaltet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tastatur!-funktionen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt mindestens zwei verschiedene grundlegende Sätze von Tastenkürzeln: - -\family typewriter -cua -\family default - und -\family typewriter -emacs -\family default -. - LyXs Voreinstellung ist -\family typewriter -cua -\family default -, die in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen unter -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Tastenkürzel -\family default - geändert werden kann. - (Man kann dort auch alle Tastenkürzel auflisten oder ändern, wie es in - Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Tastenkürzel-bearbeiten" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben ist.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Einige Tasten wie -\family sans -Bild -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Hoch -\family default -, -\family sans -Bild -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Runter -\family default -, -\family sans -Links -\family default -, -\family sans -Rechts -\family default -, -\family sans -Hoch -\family default - und -\family sans -Runter -\family default - machen genau das, was man erwartet, andere nicht: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Tabulator -\family default - -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -symbol "Tab" -description "Tabulator key" - -\end_inset - -Es gibt in LyX keine Tabulatoren. - Wenn Sie das nicht verstehen, lesen Sie die Abschnitte -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Einleitung-Absatzeinrückung" - -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Absatzumgebungen" - -\end_inset - -, speziell Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Listen" - -\end_inset - -, jetzt sofort. - Ja, jetzt sofort. - Wenn Sie immer noch verwirrt sind, schauen Sie in das LyX -\emph on -Tutorium -\emph default -. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -In LyX wird die Tabulatortaste nur verwendet, um Vorschläge der Eingabevervollst -ändigung zu übernehmen, um den Cursor in Tabellen oder Matrizen zu bewegen - oder um die Schachtelungstiefe in Aufzählungen der Listen zu ändern. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Esc -\family default - -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -symbol "Esc" -description "Escape key" - -\end_inset - -Wird verwendet, um Operationen abzubrechen. - Andere Teile des Handbuchs gehen detaillierter darauf ein. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Pos1 -\family default - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -und -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Ende -\family default - Diese setzen den Cursor an den Anfang oder das Ende einer Zeile. - Verwenden Sie die Emacs-Tastenkürzel, wird der Cursor an den Anfang oder - das Ende des Dokuments gesetzt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt drei Hilfstasten: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Steuerung -\family default - (in der Dokumentation als -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Strg -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -symbol "Strg" -description "Steuerung-Taste" - -\end_inset - - bezeichnet) Diese hat verschiedene Funktionen, abhängig mit welcher Taste - es in Kombination verwendet wird: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Mit -\family sans -Rücktaste -\family default - oder -\family sans -Entf -\family default - löscht es ein ganzes Wort statt nur einem Zeichen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Mit -\family sans -Links -\family default - und -\family sans -Rechts -\family default - springt es über Wörter statt Zeichen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Mit -\family sans -Pos1 -\family default - und -\family sans -Ende -\family default - springt es Richtung Anfang bzw. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ende des Dokuments. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Umschalt -\family default - (in der Dokumentation als -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Umschalt -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -symbol "Umschalt" -description "Umschalt-Taste" - -\end_inset - - bezeichnet) Verwenden Sie diese zusammen mit den Pfeiltasten, wird der - Text zwischen der alten und neuen Cursorposition markiert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Alt -\family default - (in der Dokumentation als -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Alt -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -symbol "Alt" -description "Alt oder Meta-Taste" - -\end_inset - - bezeichnet) Dies ist auf den meisten Tastaturen die Alt Taste, es sei denn - dass die Tastatur eine spezielle -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Meta -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - Taste besitzt. - Haben Sie beide Tasten, müssen Sie herausfinden welche die Funktion der - Alt Taste hat. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Diese Taste macht verschiedene Dinge und aktiviert zudem die Menü Schnellauswahl. - Wenn man sie in Kombination mit einem unterstrichenen Buchstaben eines - Menüeintrags verwendet, wird dieses Menü ausgewählt. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Zum Beispiel öffnet die Sequenz -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Alt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -b -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -t -\family default - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\family sans -b -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - den -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Textstil -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - Dialog. - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Alt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -d -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - öffnet das -\family sans -Datei -\family default - Menü. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Handbuch -\emph on -Tastenkürzel -\emph default - listet alle Kürzel mit der -\family sans -Alt -\family default - Taste auf. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Mit der zeit werden Sie mehr und mehr Tastenkürzel von LyX lernen und verwenden, - denn meist wird das Kürzel zu einer Aktion in der Statusleiste von LyX - angezeigt. - Die LyX Menüeinträge listen zudem die entsprechenden Tastenkürzel auf. - Die Schreibweise der Kürzel ist sehr ähnlich, meist sogar dieselbe wie - in der LyX Dokumentation. - Beachten Sie, dass die -\family sans -Umschalt -\family default - Taste explizit erwähnt wird; -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Alt+A Umschalt+A -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - bedeutet -\family sans -Alt+P -\family default - gefolgt von einem großen A. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann im Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default - unter -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Tastenkürzel -\family default - alle Tastenkürzel auflisten oder ändern, wie es in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Tastenkürzel-bearbeiten" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -LyX-Grundlagen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Dokumenttypen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Einleitung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Bevor Sie anfangen, ein Dokument zu schreiben, müssen Sie entscheiden, was - für eine -\emph on -Art -\emph default - von Dokument Sie wollen. - Unterschiedliche Dokumentarten benutzen unterschiedliche Typen für Zwischenräum -e, Überschriften, Nummerierungen, usw. - Außerdem benutzen unterschiedliche Dokumente unterschiedliche Absatzumgebungen - und formatieren Dokumenttitel unterschiedlich. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Eine -\emph on -Dokumentklasse -\emph default - beschreibt eine Gruppe von Eigenschaften, die eine bestimmte Menge von - Dokumenten gemeinsam haben. - Durch die Wahl der Dokumentklasse legt man diese Eigenschaften automatisch - fest und erleichtert die Erschaffung des gewünschten Dokumentes. - Wenn Sie keine Dokumentklasse wählen, nimmt LyX die Standardklasse. - Dann aber müssen Sie eventuell die Dokumentklasse ändern. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Dokumentklassen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Dokumentklassen" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! -klassen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können eine Klasse über D -\family sans -okument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Dokumentklasse -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - auswählen. - Danach können Sie die benötigten Optionen feineinstellen. - Wenn Sie ans Ende der Auswahl gehen, sehen Sie einige Dokumentklassen, - die LyX zwar unterstützt, die aber bei Ihnen nicht installiert sind. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Übersicht -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In LyX gibt es vier Standarddokumentklassen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Article für Standardartikel -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Book für Bücher -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Letter für Briefe -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Report für Standardberichte -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt auch noch andere Klassen, die LyX aber nur benutzt, wenn LaTeX entsprech -end eingerichtet ist. - Die vollständige Liste finden Sie im Anhang der -\emph on -Handbuchergänzungen -\emph default -. - Hier sind einige: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -A&A Journal-Artikel in Stil und Format von Astronomy & Astrophysics. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -ACS Layout für Journale der American Chemistry Society -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -AGU Layout für Journale der American Geophysical Union -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -AMS Artikel im Stil und Format der AMS (American Mathematical Society). - Es gibt drei amsart-Layouts. - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Das Standardlayout benutzt das normale Nummerierungsschema für Sätze usw., - das die Abschnittsnummer voranstellt. - Alle Behauptungen (Sätze, Korollare usw.) werden gemeinsam nummeriert, aber - Definitionen, Beispiele und Ähnliches haben ihre eigene Nummerierungsreihenfolg -e. - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -sequential numbering -\series default - stellt keine Abschnittsnummer voran, sondern nummeriert alles fortlaufend. - Jeder Typ (Sätze, Definitionen usw.) erhält eine eigene Nummerierungsreihenfolge. - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -unnumbered -\series default - verzichtet vollständig auf die Nummerierung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Beamer Layout für Präsentationen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Broadway Layout zum Schreiben von Theaterstücken. - Dies ist keine LaTeX -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -"= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Dokumentklasse -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -siehe -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "Zusammengesetzte-Worte" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, sondern eine, die zusammen mit LyX ausgeliefert wird. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Chess Layout um über Schachspiele zu schreiben -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Curiculum -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -vitae für Lebensläufe -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Elsarticle Layout für Journale der Elsevier-Gruppe -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Foils um Präsentationsfolien zu erstellen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Hollywood für spezielle Filmskripte der US-Filmindustrie. - Dies ist keine LaTeX -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -"= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Dokumentklasse, sondern eine, die zusammen mit LyX ausgeliefert wird. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -IEEEtran Layout für Journale des Institute of Electrical and Electronics - Engineers (IEEE) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -IOP Layout für Journale des Institute of Physics -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Kluwer Layout für Journale der Kluwer-Gruppe -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -\series bold -KOMA-Script -\family default -\series default - ersetzt die Standardklassen und bietet viele nützliche Funktionen wie das - Formatieren von Beschriftungen, automatische Druckgrößen-Berechnung usw. - (Wird von diesem Dokument benutzt.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Memoir ein weiterer Ersatz für die Standardklassen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Powerdot Layout für Präsentationen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -REVTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X Artikel für Veröffentlichungen der APS (American Physical Society), des - AIP (American Institute of Physics) und der OSA (Optical Society of America). - Diese Klasse ist nicht mit allen LyX-Funktionen kompatibel. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Slides um Präsentationsfolien zu erstellen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -SPIE -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Proceedings Layout für Journale der International Society for Optical Engineerin -g (SPIE) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Springer Layouts für Journale der Springer-Gruppe -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wir wollen hier nicht im Einzelnen beschreiben, wie man diese verschiedenen - Dokumentklassen benutzen kann. - Einzelheiten über die Nicht-Standard-Klassen finden Sie in den -\emph on -Handbuchergänzungen -\emph default -. - Hier wollen wir uns mit Eigenschaften befassen, die allen Dokumentklassen - gemeinsam sind. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Verfügbarkeit -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Neue Benutzer sind manchmal verwundert, dass viele Dokumentklassen, die - im Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Dokumentklasse -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - gelistet sind, als -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -nicht verfügbar -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - markiert sind. - Oder sie sind überrascht wenn sie z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - die Vorlage -\family sans -iop-article -\family default - öffnen und eine Warnung erhalten, dass das Dokument Dateien benötigt, die - nicht installiert sind. - Daher könnte man meinen, dass etwas nicht stimmt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Aber alles ist in Ordnung. - LyX enthält weit mehr Dokumentklassen als man jemals benutzen wird. - Die meisten, wie z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - -\family sans -IOP -\family default -, sind sehr speziell. - LyX versucht so viele Klassen wie möglich zu unterstützen und enthält annähernd - hundert verschiedene Layout-Dateien, Tendenz steigend. - Keine LaTeX-Distribution wird standardmäßig alle Dateien installieren, - die von irgend einer Dokumentklasse benötigt werden. - Es sind einfach zu viele. - Das ist der Grund warum einige Dokumentklassen nicht verfügbar sind. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Falls es eine Dokumentklasse gibt, die Sie benutzen möchten, die aber als - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -nicht verfügbar -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - gekennzeichnet ist, müssen Sie die entsprechenden Paketdateien installieren. - Der einfachste Weg herauszufinden welche Dateien Sie installieren müssen, - ist es, die Dokumentklasse für eine neue Datei zu verwenden. - LyX wird dann einen Dialog zeigen, der die fehlenden Dateien auflistet. - In Abschnitt -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Installation eines neuen LaTeX-Paketes -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - des -\emph on -Anpassung -\emph default - Handbuchs ist beschrieben, wie man diese installiert. -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Obwohl LyX viele verschiedenen Dokumenttypen unterstützt, kann es nicht - alle unterstützen, die man vielleicht benutzen möchte. - Zum Beispiel stellen viele Universitäten LaTeX-Dokumentklassen bereit, - die man für Dissertationen verwenden muss. - Das LyX-Team kann nicht für jede davon eine Layout-Datei schreiben, da - es zu viele davon gibt, die sich auch noch oft ändern. - Glücklicherweise kann man sich aber sein eigenes Layout schreiben, und - viele LyX-Nutzer haben das schon getan. - Kapitel -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -5 des -\emph on -Anpassung -\emph default - Handbuchs enthält Informationen wie man Layout-Dateien erstellt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Module -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Module" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Module -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Module ergänzen ein Dokument um zusätzliche Funktionen, die nicht standardmäßig - zur gewählten Dokumentklasse gehören. - Wenn Sie zum Beispiel Brailleschrift benutzen wollen, gibt es das natürlich - in keiner Dokumentklasse, also müssen Sie ein entsprechendes Modul im Abschnitt - -\family sans -Dokumentklasse -\family default - von -\family sans -Dokument -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Einstellungen -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - laden. - Wenn Sie auf einen Namen klicken, erscheint im unteren Feld eine Erklärung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Einige Module benötigen LaTeX-Pakete die nicht standardmäßig installiert - sind. - LyX wird Sie warnen falls das benötigte Paket nicht installiert ist. - Sie können das Modul dann trotzdem verwenden um das Dokument zu bearbeiten, - nur keine Ausgabe erzeugen oder es als PDF ansehen, da LyX ohne das Paket - nicht kompilieren kann. - Um eine Ausgabe erzeugen zu können müssen Sie das fehlende Paket installieren - und LyX anschließend über das Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -konfigurieren -\family default - neu konfigurieren. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Neukonfiguration von LyX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Installation eines neuen LaTeX-Paketes -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - des -\emph on -Anpassung -\emph default - Handbuchs für mehr Informationen wie man Pakete installiert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung: -\series default - Einige Module benötigen andere Module und manche Module sind miteinander - inkompatibel. - LyX wird Sie darauf hinweisen. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Lokales Format -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Lokales-Format" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! lokales Format -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Module funktionieren bei LyX wie Pakete bei LaTeX: Sie sind dazu gedacht - in verschiedenem Dokumenten verwendet zu werden. - Wenn Sie oft dieselbe Sache in verschiedenen Dokumenten benötigen, sollten - Sie es in Betracht ziehen, dafür ein Modul zu schreiben. - Manchmal jedoch braucht man für ein bestimmtes Dokument ein Format, aber - nur in diesem einen Dokument. - Also so etwas wie einen dokumentspezifischen LaTeX-Vorspann: LyXs sogenanntes - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Lokales -\emph on - -\emph default -Format -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - Siehe Abschnitt -\emph on -Lokales Layout -\emph default - des -\emph on -Anpassung -\emph default - Handbuchs für Informationen wie man es benutzt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Eigenschaften -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Jede Dokumentklasse hat Standardwerte, diese Tabelle beschreibt sie: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Seitenstil -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Seiten -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Spalten -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -höchste Abschnittsstufe -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -article -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfach -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einseitig -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Eine -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Abschnitt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -report -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfach -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einseitig -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Eine -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Kapitel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -book -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -mit Überschriften -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Zweiseitig -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Eine -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Kapitel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -letter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfach -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einseitig -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Eine -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -keine -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -Sie werden sich wahrscheinlich fragen, was -\family sans -höchste -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Abschnittsstufe -\family default - bedeutet. - Es gibt mehrere Absatzumgebungen, um Abschnittsüberschriften zu erzeugen. - Unterschiedliche Dokumentklassen gestatten unterschiedliche Abschnittsüberschri -ften. - Nur zwei benutzen die -\family sans -Kapitel -\family default --Überschrift; der Rest beginnt stattdessen mit der -\family sans -Abschnitt -\family default --Überschrift. - Einige Dokumentklassen wie die für Briefe benutzen überhaupt keine Überschrifte -n. - Außer -\family sans -Kapitel -\family default -- und -\family sans -Abschnitt -\family default --Überschriften gibt es auch -\family sans -Unterabschnitt -\family default --Überschriften, -\family sans -Unterunterabschnitt -\family default --Überschriften usw.. - Wir werden diese Überschriften ausführlich in Abschnitt -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sub:Überschriften" - -\end_inset - - beschreiben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Dokumentlayout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Dokumentlayout" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Layout -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die wichtigsten Eigenschaften von Dokumentklassen werden im Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default - gesetzt. - Dort können Sie im Feld -\family sans -Klassenoptionen -\family default - unter -\family sans -Dokumentklasse -\family default - spezielle Optionen für Ihre Dokumentklasse als mit Kommas unterteilte Liste - angeben. - Dies ist nur notwendig wenn LyX spezielle Optionen nicht unterstützt, die - Sie verwenden wollen. - Um mehr über Ihre bevorzugte LaTeX-Klasse zu lernen, müssen deren Handbuch - lesen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Box -\family sans -Seiten-Stil -\family default - im -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default - Dialog unter -\family sans -Seitenlayout -\family default - legt fest welche Kopfzeilen und Seitennummern auf den Seiten erscheinen. - Man kann zwischen den folgenden fünf Optionen wählen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Standard -\family default - der Standard-Stil der aktuellen Klasse -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -leer -\family default - keine Seitennummern oder Kopfzeilen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -einfach -\family default - nur Seitennummern -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -mit -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Überschriften -\family default - Seitennummern und entweder das aktuelle Kapitel oder Abschnittstitel und - -nummer. - Ob LyX das aktuelle Kapitel oder den Abschnitt verwendet, hängt von der - maximalen Abschnittsstufe der Klasse ab. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -ausgefallen -\family default - Dies erlaubt es, eigene Kopf- und Fußzeilen zu erstellen, wenn das LaTeX-Paket - -\series bold -fancyhdr -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! fancyhdr -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - installiert ist. - Wie diese erstellt werden, ist in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Benutzerdefinierte-Kopf/Fußzeile" - -\end_inset - - erklärt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Trennung von Absätzen ist in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Globale-Absatztrennung" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Seitengröße und Orientierung -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Seitengröße-und-Orientierung" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Seitengröße -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie finden die folgenden Optionen im Menü -\family sans -Seitenlayout -\family default - des -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default - Dialogs: -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Papierformat -\family default - Auf welche Papiergröße ausgegeben werden soll. - Die Größen sind -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Standard -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -A0 - A6 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -B0 - B6 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -C0 - C6 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -US letter, US legal, US executive -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -JIS B0 - JIS B6 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Benutzerdefiniert -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Orientierung -\family default - Ob es als -\family sans -Hochformat -\family default - oder -\family sans -Querformat -\family default - ausgegeben werden soll. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Doppelseitiges -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Dokument -\family default - Verändert den Textbereich um beide Seiten des Papiers zu bedrucken. - Dies bedeutet, dass der Textbereich für gerade und ungerade Seiten verschieden - ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Seitenränder -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Seitenränder" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Seitenränder -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Seitenränder -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Seitenränder werden im Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default - eingestellt. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie eine KOMA-Script Dokumentklasse verwenden, können Sie die Standard-Ränd -er beibehalten. - Denn KOMA-Script berechnet den Textbereich automatisch unter Berücksichtigung - des Papierformats und der Schriftgröße. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Wichtiger Hinweis -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie die Dokumentklasse ändern, muss LyX -\emph on -alles -\emph default - in die neue Klasse umwandeln, einschließlich der Absatzumgebungen. - Einige Absatzumgebungen sind Standard; alle Dokumentklassen haben sie. - Einige Klassen jedoch haben besondere Absatzumgebungen. - Wenn Sie in so einem Fall die Dokumentklasse ändern, markiert LyX die Absätze, - deren Umgebungen es nicht mehr kennt, als -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -unbekannt -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - Der Name der Umgebung wird beibehalten für den Fall, dass Sie zur vorigen - Dokumentklasse zurück wechseln wollen. - Absätze mit unbekannter Umgebung werden ohne spezielle Formatierung ausgegeben, - so dass Sie entweder eine eigene Formatierung festlegen oder für den Absatz - eine bekannte Umgebung der aktuellen Dokumentklasse ändern müssen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Absatzeinrückung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Absatz!-einruckung@-einrückung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und Absatztrennung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Absatz!-trennung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Einleitung -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Einleitung-Absatzeinrückung" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Bevor wir die verschiedenen Absatzumgebungen beschreiben, wollen wir etwas - über die Absatzeinrückung sagen. - Jeder scheint eigene Vorstellungen darüber zu haben, wie Absätze zu trennen - sind. - Die meisten Amerikaner rücken die erste Zeile eines Absatzes ein. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die deutsche LyX-Version benutzt diese Konvention. - Die englische (amerikanische) Version rückt den -\emph on -ersten -\emph default - Absatz eines Abschnittes, oder nach einem Bild, einer Gleichung, einer - Liste usw. -\emph on - -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -nicht -\emph default - ein. - Nur die folgenden Absätze werden eingerückt. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Die Unterschiede erkennt man am besten, wenn man sich die Dokumentation - in den verschiedenen Sprachen ansieht. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Manch einer mag diese Konvention nicht, aber wenn Sie eingerückte Absätze - benutzen wollen, müssen Sie damit leben. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Man kann LaTeX nicht zwingen, -\emph on -alle -\emph default - Absätze einzurücken. - LyX zeigt es natürlich nicht und LaTeX wird es auch nicht so drucken. - Sie benötigen ein Spezialpaket und einen entsprechenden Befehl im LaTeX-Vorspan -n. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Andere machen das nicht, sondern fügen stattdessen einen größeren Abstand - zwischen zwei Absätzen ein. - Der Abstand zwischen zwei Absätzen, der Zeilenabstand, der Abstand zwischen - Überschrift und Text – alle Abstände zwischen irgendwelchen Objekten sind - in LyX in der Tat vordefiniert. - Wie wir sagten, Sie müssen sich nicht um Zwischenräume kümmern, LyX passt - darauf auf. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Tatsächlich sind die vordefinierten vertikalen Abstände keine feste Zahl, - sondern ein Bereich. - Auf diese Weise kann LyX den Platz zwischen Zeilen verringern oder dehnen - um sicherzustellen, dass Bilder zusammen mit Text auf eine Seite passen, - dass Abschnitte nicht am Fuß einer Seite beginnen usw. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Eigentlich macht LaTeX das, wenn LyX die Druckdatei erzeugen will. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Aber vordefiniert bedeutet nicht, dass Sie das nicht ändern können. - LyX lässt Sie -\emph on -alle -\emph default - vordefinierten Abstände global ändern. - Wir werden das später erklären. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Globale Absatztrennung -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Globale-Absatztrennung" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um eine Standardmethode für die Absatztrennung festzulegen, wählen Sie das - Menü -\family sans -Doku\SpecialChar \- -ment\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, um das Dialogfenster -\family sans -Textformat -\family default - anzuzeigen. - Dann wählen Sie bei -\family sans -Absätze -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -trennen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -durch -\family default - entweder -\family sans -Einrückung -\family default - oder -\family sans -Vertikaler -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Abstand -\family default -, um Absätze einzurücken oder einen größeren Abstand zwischen den Absätzen - einzufügen. - Außerdem können Sie verschiedene Abstände auswählen oder Ihren eigenen - festlegen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Feineinstellung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können die Art der Absatztrennung auch für einzelne Absätze festlegen. - Wählen Sie -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Absatz -\family default -- -\family sans -Einstellungen -\family default - oder klicken Sie auf -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -, um das Menü -\family sans -Absatz-Einstellun\SpecialChar \- -gen -\family default - anzuzeigen. - Dort können Sie den -\family sans -Absatz -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -einrücken -\family default --Knopf anklicken (Tastenkürzel -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle" -\end_inset - -), um die Einrückart des aktuellen Absatzes zu ändern. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Absätze standardmäßig nicht eingerückt werden, sondern durch zusätzlichen - Leerraum getrennt werden, wird dieser Knopf völlig ignoriert (das heißt - Sie können ihn auch nicht verwenden, um einen einzelnen Absatz einzurücken). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Absatztrennung werden Sie nur für die Feineinstellung eines einzelnen - Absatzes ändern müssen. - Normalerweise wählt man -\family sans -Einrückung -\family default - oder -\family sans -Vertikaler -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Abstand -\family default - für das gesamte Dokument. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Zeilenabstände ändern -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Den Zeilenabstand können Sie für das gesamte Dokument im Menü -\family sans -Doku\SpecialChar \- -ment\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - unter -\family sans -Textformat -\family default -einstellen. - Für einzelne Absätze kann er im Dialog -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Absatz -\family default -- -\family sans -Einstellungen -\family default - eingestellt werden; jedoch sollte dies nur in Ausnahmefällen geschehen, - da der Zeilenabstand normalerweise im Absatzstil definiert ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Absatzumgebungen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Absatz!-umgebungen|( -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Absatzumgebungen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Überblick -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Absatzumgebungen entsprechen in einer normalen LaTeX-Datei -\family typewriter - -\backslash -begin{ -\emph on -Umgebung -\emph default -} -\family default -\SpecialChar \ldots{} - -\family typewriter - -\backslash -end{ -\emph on -Umgebung -\emph default -} -\family default -. - Alles zwischen den beiden Befehlen ist ein Absatz. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Anmerkung -\series default -: Wie Sie in der Vorschau sehen können, wird die obige Zeile nicht richtig - umgebrochen. - LaTeX hat Probleme, Zeichenketten, die aus Worten und Sonderzeichen bestehen, - richtig umzubrechen, siehe auch -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latex-einführung" - -\end_inset - -, S. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -21 und S. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -101. - Wie man das korrigieren kann, finden Sie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Manueller-Zeilenumbruch" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Eine Absatzumgebung ist eine Art -\emph on -Behälter -\emph default - für einen Absatz, der für ihn gewisse Eigenschaften enthält. - Diese können Stil, Schriftart, Ränder, Nummerierungsart, Marken usw. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -betreffen. - Außerdem kann man die verschiedenen Umgebungen -\emph on -schachteln -\emph default -, wobei eine Umgebung Eigenschaften einer anderen erbt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die verschiedenen Absatzumgebungen machen den Gebrauch unsauberer Tabstops, - das Ausrichten von Rändern im Vorübergehen und andere unnütze Dinge aus - den Tagen der Schreibmaschine überflüssig. - Es gibt mehrere Absatzumgebungen für spezielle Dokumentarten. - Wir werden hier nur die gebräuchlichsten beschreiben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Eine Absatzumgebung wählt man mit dem -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -pull-down -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - --Menü am Anfang der Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -"= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Werkzeugleiste. - Was für Einträge Sie dort finden, hängt von der gewählten Dokumentklasse - ab. - Das Menü öffnen Sie durch einen Klick auf den beschrifteten Balken oder - das kleine Dreieck oder mit -\family sans -Alt+A+Leertaste -\family default -. - Wenn das Menü geöffnet ist, können Sie die Einträge einschränken, wenn - Sie Buchstaben eingeben, die in dem von Ihnen gesuchten Eintrag vorkommen. - Geben Sie zum Beispiel -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -abs -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - ein, werden alle Einträge angezeigt, die mit Abschnitten zu tun haben. - Mit der -\family sans -Esc -\family default --Taste wird der Filter wieder zurückgesetzt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Für einige gibt es am Anfang der Extra -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -"= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Werkzeugleiste eigene Schalter ( -\family sans -Standard -\family default - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/layout.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -, -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/layout_Enumerate.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -, -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/layout_Itemize.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -, -\family sans -Liste -\family default - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/layout_List.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -, -\family sans -Beschreibung -\family default - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/layout_Description.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -). - LyX wird die Umgebung des -\emph on -gesamten -\emph default - Absatzes, in dem der Cursor sitzt, ändern. - Eine Gruppe von Absätzen kann man ändern, indem man sie vorher markiert. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn man -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default - drückt, wird -\emph on -normalerweise -\emph default - ein neuer Absatz des Typs -\family sans -Standard -\family default - begonnen. - Wir sagen -\emph on -normalerweise -\emph default -, weil das nicht immer stimmt. - Wenn Sie in einer der folgenden Umgebungen sind: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Zitat (kurz) -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Zitat ! (kurz) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Zitat (lang) -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Zitat ! (lang) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Gedicht -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gedicht -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} -listung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Auflistung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Aufzählung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Aufzahlung@Aufzählung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Beschreibung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Beschreibung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Liste -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Liste -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -wird LyX die bisherige Absatzumgebung beibehalten, wenn Sie -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default - drücken, anstatt nach -\family sans -Standard -\family default - zurückzukehren. - Es wird außerdem die Schachtelungstiefe beibehalten (mehr über Schachtelungen - siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Standard -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Standard -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die normale Absatzumgebung ist -\family sans -Standard -\family default -. - Sie hat keine besonderen Eigenschaften. - Wenn LyX eine Absatzumgebung zurücksetzt, wird diese genommen. - Der Absatz, den Sie gerade lesen – und die meisten dieses Handbuches – - haben die -\family sans -Standard -\family default --Umgebung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können einen Absatz schachteln, indem Sie in fast jeder anderen Umgebung - die -\family sans -Standard -\family default --Umgebung wählen, aber in einer -\family sans -Standard -\family default --Umgebung können Sie so gut wie nichts schachteln. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Dokumenttitel -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument!titel@-titel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Eine LaTeX-Titelseite hat drei Teile: den Titel selber, die Autorennamen - und das Datum. - Außerdem können Sie eine -\emph on -Fußnote -\emph default - für Danksagungen oder Kontaktinformation schreiben. - Bei einigen Dokumenttypen druckt LaTeX dies alles auf einer eigenen Seite - zusammen mit dem Druckdatum. - Bei anderen Dokumenttypen wird die -\emph on -Titelseite -\emph default - zum Beginn der ersten Seite gedruckt. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX stellt mit den Absatzumgebungen -\family sans -Titel -\family default -, -\family sans -Autor -\family default - und -\family sans -Datum -\family default - eine Schnittstelle zu den Titelsei\SpecialChar \- -tenkommandos zur Verfügung. - So benutzen Sie sie: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Schreiben Sie den Titel Ihres Dokumentes mit der -\family sans -Titel -\family default --Umgebung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Titel!Umgebung@-Umgebung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Schreiben Sie den Autorennamen mit der -\family sans -Autor -\family default --Umgebung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Autor!-Umgebung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Wenn Sie wollen, dass das Datum ein bestimmtes Format hat, wenn Sie ein - festes Datum wollen oder wenn Sie einen Text anstelle des Datums wollen, - benutzen Sie die -\family sans -Datum -\family default --Umgebung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Datum-Umgebung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - Der Gebrauch dieser Umgebung ist optional. - Wenn Sie sie nicht benutzen, wird LaTeX automatisch das Druckdatum einfügen. - Wenn Sie kein Datum haben wollen, verwenden Sie die Option -\family sans -Datum af der Titelseite nicht anzeigen -\family default - im Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Dokumentklasse -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Passen Sie auf, dass Sie dies am Beginn des Dokuments machen. - Sie können auch Fußnoten benutzen, um -\emph on -Danksagungen -\emph default - oder Kontaktinformation einzufügen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Überschriften -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Uberschriften@Überschriften -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Überschriften" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt neun Absatzumgebungen für Abschnittsüberschriften. - LyX übernimmt für Sie die Nummerierung. - Sie müssen nur festlegen, wie Abschnitt x von Kapitel y heißen soll. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Nummerierte Überschriften -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt 6 nummerierte Abschnittsüberschriften: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Kapitel -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Kapitel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Abschnitt -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Abschnitt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Unterabschnitt -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Unterabschnitt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Unterunterabschn. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Unterunterabschnitt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Paragraph -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Unterparagraph -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Unterparagraph -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX markiert jede Überschrift mit einer Reihe von Zahlen, die durch Punkte - getrennt werden. - Die Zahlen beschreiben, wo im Dokument Sie sich befinden. - Die Überschriften unterteilen Ihr Dokument in unterschiedliche Textstücke. - Nehmen wir zum Beispiel an, Sie schreiben ein Buch. - Sie unterteilen das Buch in Kapitel. - LyX macht eine ähnliche Unterteilung: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Die höchste Abschnittsstufe ist entweder -\family sans -Kapitel -\family default - oder -\family sans -Abschnitt -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Kapitel -\family default - wird in -\family sans -Abschnitt -\family default -e unterteilt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Abschnitt -\family default - wird in -\family sans -Unterabschnitt -\family default -e unterteilt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Unterabschnitt -\family default - wird in -\family sans -Unterunterabschn. -\family default -e unterteilt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Unterunterabschn. - -\family default - wird in -\family sans -Paragraph -\family default -en unterteilt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Paragraph -\family default - wird in -\family sans -Unterparagraph -\family default -en unterteilt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Bemerkung -\series default -: Nicht alle Dokumenttypen benutzen -\family sans -Kapitel -\family default - als höchste Abschnittsstufe, sondern -\family sans -Abschnitt -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Also, wenn Sie die -\family sans -Unterunterabschn. -\family default --Umgebung benutzen, um einen neuen Unter-Unterabschnitt zu markieren, markiert - LyX die Überschrift mit der zugehörigen Nummer und den Nummern des Unterabschni -ttes -\family sans -, -\family default - des Abschnittes und, falls möglich, des Kapitels, in dem der Unter-Unterabschni -tt steht. - Beispiel: der fünfte Abschnitt des zweiten Kapitels dieses Handbuches hat - die Marke -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -2.5 -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Unnummerierte Überschriften -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die unnummerierten Überschriftarten haben ein -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -* -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - am Ende des Namens. - Sie funktionieren so wie ihre nummerierten Entsprechungen aber erscheinen - nicht im Inhaltsverzeichnis, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Inhaltsverzeichnis" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Ändern der Nummerierung -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Nummerierung-aendern" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können auch wählen, welche Abschnittsstufen nummeriert und welche im - Inhaltsverzeichnis aufgenommen werden sollen. - Dadurch werden ihre Stufen nicht entfernt, weil das in der Dokumentklasse - festgelegt wird. - Einige Klassen beginnen mit -\family sans -Kapitel -\family default - und gehen hinunter bis zur -\family sans -Unterparagraph -\family default --Stufe. - Andere beginnen mit -\family sans -Abschnitt -\family default -. - Auf ähnliche Weise nummerieren nicht alle Dokumentklassen alle Abschnittsstufen. - Die meisten nummerieren weder -\family sans -Paragraph -\family default - noch -\family sans -Unterparagraph -\family default -. - Das können Sie ändern: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Öffnen Sie das Dialogfenster -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Unter -\family sans -Nummerierung -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Inhaltsverzeichnis -\family default - können Sie mit den beiden Schiebereglern festlegen, wie viele Hierarchiestufen - LyX nummerieren soll und wievielte im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheinen sollen. - In der Tabelle darunter sehen Sie die Auswirkung der Reglerstellungen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Kurztitel -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Titel ! Kurztitel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - mit optionalen Argumenten definieren -\begin_inset Argument -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Kurztitel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Kurztitel" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Einige Kapitel oder Abschnittsüberschriften wie diese können sehr lang werden. - Wenn sie als Seitenüberschriften benutzt werden, können sie über den Blattrand - ragen, was sehr hässlich aussieht. - Deswegen kann man mit -\family sans -Einfügen -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Kurztitel -\family default - eine alternative Überschrift definieren, die dann benutzt wird, wenn die - lange nicht in die Zeile passt. - Dieser Kurztitel wird im Inhaltsverzeichnis und in Gleitobjekten benutzt, - wenn es nötig ist. - Im Dokument selber wird immer die lange Überschrift benutzt und nötigenfalls - umgebrochen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Spezielle Informationen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die folgenden Bemerkungen gelten für alle Überschriften: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Innerhalb dieser Umgebungen können Sie keine Randnotiz einfügen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Sie können -\emph on -eingefügte Formeln -\emph default - (siehe -\emph on -Tutorium -\emph default -) schreiben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Diese Umgebungen können Sie nicht schachteln. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Sie können Marken und Querverweise benutzen, um auf ihre Nummern zu verweisen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beispiele für diese Absatzumgebungen finden Sie überall in unseren Handbüchern. - Schauen Sie sich nur um! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Überschrift (Inhaltsverz.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn hinter einem Überschriftstyp -\family sans -(Inhaltsverz.) -\family default - steht, wird auf der gleichen Stufe die Nummerierung fortgesetzt. - Außerdem erscheinen solchermaßen gekennzeichnete Überschriften -\emph on -immer -\emph default - im Inhaltsverzeichnis. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Zitate -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Zitat -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und Lyrik -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Lyrik -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX hat drei Absatzumgebungen, um Zitate und Lyrik zu schreiben. - Es sind -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(kurz) -\family default -, -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(lang) -\family default - und -\family sans -Gedicht -\family default -. - Vergessen Sie die Zeiten, wo Sie Zeilenabstände ändern und an Rändern drehen - mussten. - Diese drei Absatzumgebungen haben dies bereits eingebaut. - Sie alle vergrößern den linken Rand und fügen ober- und unterhalb des Textes - zusätzlichen Leerraum ein. - Sie erlauben auch zu schachteln, das heißt Sie können ein -\family sans -Gedicht -\family default - in ein -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(lang) -\family default - setzen, ebenso wie in einige andere Absatzumgebungen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Diese drei Absatzumgebungen haben noch eine Eigenschaft: sie kehren -\emph on -nicht -\emph default - nach -\family sans -Standard -\family default - zurück, wenn Sie -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default - drücken. - So können Sie das Gedicht schreiben und fröhlich -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default - drücken, ohne fürchten zu müssen, dass die Absatzumgebung sich ändert. - Das bedeutet natürlich, dass Sie am Ende die -\family sans -Standard -\family default --Umgebung von Hand setzen müssen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Zitat (kurz) -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Zitat!(kurz) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und -\family sans -Zitat (lang) -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Zitat!(lang) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Zitate" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Nachdem wir die Gemeinsamkeiten dieser drei Umgebungen beschrieben haben, - ist es Zeit für die Unterschiede. - -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(kurz) -\family default - und -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(lang) -\family default - besitzen nur einen Unterschied: -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(kurz) -\family default - benutzt zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen Absätzen und rückt die erste Zeile - niemals ein. - -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(lang) -\family default - rückt die erste Zeile eines Absatzes -\emph on -immer -\emph default - ein und hat konstante Zeilenabstände. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier ist ein Beispiel für eine -\family sans -Zitat (kurz) -\family default --Umgebung: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quote -Dies ist die -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(kurz) -\family default --Umgebung. - Wenn ich schreibe, wird die Zeile immer länger, bis sie umgebrochen wird. - Sehen Sie – keine Einrückung! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quote -Hier ist der zweite Absatz dieses Zitats. - Wieder gibt es keine Einrückung, aber zwischen beiden Absätzen ist zusätzlicher - Leerraum. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Beispiel ist zu Ende. - Hier ist ein weiteres, diesmal für die -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(lang) -\family default --Umgebung: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quotation -Dies ist die -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(lang) -\family default --Umgebung. - Beim Schreiben sehen Sie die Einrückung. - Wenn es in Ihrem Land üblich ist, die erste Zeile eines neuen Absatzes - einzurücken, dann ist -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(lang) -\family default - die richtige Umgebung für Sie, das heißt Sie sollten sie benutzen, -\emph on -wenn -\emph default - Sie anderen Text zitieren würden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quotation -Hier ist ein neuer Absatz. - Ich könnte wie ein Politiker (nicht nur zur Wahlzeit) weiter schwafeln, - aber es würde Sie langweilen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das war das andere Beispiel. - Also: -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(kurz) -\family default - ist geeignet für diejenigen, die zur Absatztrennung zusätzlichen Leerraum - verwenden. - Sie sollten Zitate in einer -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(kurz) -\family default --Umgebung schreiben. - Diejenigen, die Absätze durch Einrückung trennen, sollten die -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(lang) -\family default --Absatzumgebung für zitierten Text benutzen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Gedicht -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Lyrik -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Gedicht" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Gedicht -\family default - ist eine Absatzumgebung für Lyrik. - Hier ist ein Beispiel (ich glaube, es ist von -\noun on -Wilhelm Busch -\noun default -): -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Verse -Wenn einer, der mit Mühe kaum -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -gekrochen ist auf einen Baum, -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -schon meint, dass er ein Vöglein wär' -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -so irrt sich der. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Verse -Es folgt ein viel schlechteres Beispiel. - Diese Zeile wird länger, immer länger, sehr lang, endlich bricht sie um. - Hier sieht es nicht schlecht aus, aber im gedruckten Dokument sind die - Folgezeilen ein wenig weiter eingerückt als die erste. - Nun, es ist Prosa geworden und reimt sich nicht mehr. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Verse -Um eine Zeile umzubrechen -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -und es gut aussehen zu lassen -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -benutze man -\family sans -Strg+Eingabe -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wie Sie sehen, rückt -\family sans -Gedicht -\family default - nur den linken Rand ein. - Jede Strophe ist ein eigener Absatz. - Zum Trennen der Zeilen einer Strophe benutze man die -\family typewriter -break-line -\family default --Funktion -\family sans -Strg+Eingabe -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Listen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Liste -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Listen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX hat vier verschiedene Absatzumgebungen, um unterschiedliche Listen zu - erzeugen. - In den -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default -- und -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebungen markiert LyX Ihre Listeneinträge mit Aufzählungszeichen oder - Zahlen. - In den -\family sans -Beschreibung -\family default -- und -\family sans -Liste -\family default --Umgebungen lässt LyX Sie Ihre eigenen Marken verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Allgemeine Eigenschaften -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die vier Absatzumgebungen unterscheiden sich von anderen Umgebungen in vielerlei - Hinsicht. - Zunächst einmal behandelt LyX jeden Absatz als Listenelement. - Wenn Sie -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default - drücken, wird die Umgebung -\emph on -nicht -\emph default - auf -\family sans -Standard -\family default - zurückgesetzt, sondern bleibt gleich und erzeugt ein neues Listenelement. - Die Schachtelungstiefe bleibt ebenfalls erhalten. - Wenn Sie die Absatzumgebung behalten wollen, aber die Schachtelungstiefe - zurücksetzen wollen, können Sie -\family sans -Alt+Eingabe -\family default - benutzen. - Macht man das in der höchsten Ebene einer Liste, erhält man eine -\family sans -Standard -\family default - Umgebung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können Listen jeden Typs ineinander schachteln. - LyX ändert die Aufzählungszeichen abhängig von der Schachtelung. - Wenn Sie eine der Listenumgebungen benutzen wollen, sollten Sie -\emph on -unbedingt -\emph default - den gesamten Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" - -\end_inset - -ff lesen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Auf -\family default -\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} - -\family sans -listung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Liste ! Auflistung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Auflistung" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der erste Listentyp, den wir genauer beschreiben werden, ist die -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default --Absatz\SpecialChar \- -umgebung. - Sie hat folgende Eigenschaften: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Jedes Element besitzt ein bestimmtes Aufzählungszeichen als Marke. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -LyX benutzt für alle Elemente derselben Stufe dasselbe Symbol. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Das Symbol erscheint am Anfang der Zeile. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Die Elemente können beliebig lang sein. - LyX rückt den linken Rand jedes Elements automatisch ein. - Die Einrückung ist immer relativ zu der Umgebung, in der die -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default - sich befindet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Wenn Sie -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default --Umgebungen schachteln, bekommt jede Stufe ein neues Symbol als Markierung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Es gibt vier verschiedene Symbole, um maximal vierfach schachteln zu können. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" - -\end_inset - - beschreibt die Schachtelung vollständig. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Natürlich war diese Erklärung auch ein Beispiel für eine -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default -. - Die -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default --Umgebung eignet sich am besten für Listen, bei denen die Reihenfolge keine - Rolle spielt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wir sagten, dass unterschiedliche Stufen unterschiedliche Symbole als Markierung - benutzen würden. - Hier ist ein Beispiel für alle vier Symbole. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Die Marke für die erste Stufe von -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default - ist ein schwarzer Kreis. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Die Marke für die zweite Stufe ist ein Gedankenstrich. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Die Marke für die dritte Stufe ist ein Stern. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Die Marke für die vierte Stufe ist ein zentrierter Punkt. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Zurück zu Stufe drei. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Zurück zu Stufe zwei. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Und zurück zu Stufe eins. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses sind die Standardmarken für eine -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default -. - Sie können diese Marken Ihren Wünschen anpassen, indem Sie im Dialogfenster - -\family sans -Dokument-Einstellungen -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - unter -\family sans -Auflistungszeichen -\family default - die -\family sans -Ebene -\family default - anklicken, dann eins der Felder -\family sans -Standard -\family default - bis -\family sans -Dings -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -4 -\family default - und schließlich eins der Symbole auswählen. - Das Symbol wird dann angezeigt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie -\family sans -Benutzerdef -\family default -. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Zeichen -\family default - ankreuzen, können Sie -\family sans - -\family default -rechts davon den LaTeX-Befehl für ein Zeichen Ihrer Wahl eingeben. - Außerdem können Sie die Größe des Aufzählungszeichens im Feld -\family sans -Größe -\family default - für jede Ebene festlegen. - In LyX werden (zur Zeit) nur die oben erwähnten vier Standardzeichen verwendet. - Alle Anpassungen erscheinen nur im gedruckten Dokument. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beachten Sie, wie der Abstand zwischen den Elementen mit ansteigender Schachtelu -ng abnimmt. - Wir werden Schachtelungen und alle Tricks für verschiedene Stufen in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" - -\end_inset - -ff ausführlich beschreiben. - Lesen Sie ihn auf jeden Fall! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Aufzählung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Liste ! Aufzahlung@Aufzählung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Aufzählung" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebung benutzt man, um nummerierte Listen und Aufzählungen zu erstellen. - Sie hat folgende Eigenschaften: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Jedes Element hat eine Ziffer als Marke. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Die Ziffernart hängt von der Schachtelungstiefe ab. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Wie die Ziffern gedruckt werden, hängt von der Dokumentklasse ( -\family sans -Doku\SpecialChar \- -ment\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Dokumentklasse -\family default -) ab. - Bei der hier verwendeten ( -\family sans -book -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(KOMA-Script) -\family default -) wird das (b) als b) gedruckt. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -LyX zählt die Elemente automatisch für Sie und erneuert die Marken, wenn - nötig. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Jede neue -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebung fängt mit 1 an. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Ebenso wie die -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default --Umgebung macht die -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebung folgendes: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -LyX rückt den linken Rand jedes Elements automatisch ein. - Die Elemente können beliebig lang sein. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -der Abstand zwischen den Elementen nimmt mit ansteigender Schachtelung ab. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -abhängig von der Schachtelungstiefe werden unterschiedliche Marken benutzt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -maximal vier Schachtelungsstufen sind erlaubt. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Anders als bei der -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default --Umgebung sind die verschiedenen Marken von -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default - in LyX -\emph on -zu erkennen -\emph default -. - So markiert LyX die vier Stufen von -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Die erste Stufe von -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default - benutzt arabische Ziffern, gefolgt von einem Punkt. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Die zweite Stufe benutzt Kleinbuchstaben in runden Klammern. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Die dritte Stufe benutzt kleingeschriebene römische Ziffern, gefolgt von - einem Punkt. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Die vierte Stufe benutzt Großbuchstaben, gefolgt von einem Punkt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Beachten Sie wieder, wie der Abstand zwischen den Elementen mit ansteigender - Schachtelung abnimmt. - -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Zurück zu Stufe drei. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Zurück zu Stufe zwei. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Und zurück zu Stufe eins. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Auch in der -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebung können Sie diese Marken Ihren Wünschen durch entsprechende Befehle - im LaTeX-Vorspann anpassen, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Benutzerdefinierte-Listen" - -\end_inset - -. - Solche Anpassungen erscheinen nur im gedruckten Dokument, nicht im LyX-Fenster. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Über Schachtelungen von -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebungen gibt es mehr als hier beschrieben. - Sie sollten -\emph on -wirklich -\emph default - Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" - -\end_inset - -ff lesen, um mehr darüber zu erfahren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Beschreibung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Liste ! Beschreibung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Beschreibung" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Anders als die beiden vorigen Umgebungen hat die -\family sans -Beschreibung -\family default - keine festen Marken. - Stattdessen benutzt LyX das erste -\emph on -Wort -\emph default - der ersten Zeile als Marke. - Hier ist ein Beispiel: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Beispiel: Dies ist ein Beispiel für die -\family sans -Beschreibung -\family default --Umgebung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX setzt die Marke fett und fügt zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen der Marke - und dem Rest der Zeile ein. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie mehr als ein Wort als Marke wollen oder benötigen, benutzen Sie - ein normales oder geschütztes Leerzeichen ( -\family sans -Strg+Alt+Leertaste -\family default - / -\family sans -Strg+Leer\SpecialChar \- -taste -\family default - oder -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Geschütztes -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Leerzeichen -\family default -). - Lesen Sie auch Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Variabler-horiz-Abstand" - -\end_inset - - für weitere Hinweise. - Hier ist ein Beispiel: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Zweites -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Beispiel: Hier sehen Sie, wie man ein geschütztes Leerzeichen in einer Marke - eines -\family sans -Beschreibung -\family default --Ele\SpecialChar \- -men\SpecialChar \- -tes benutzt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Gebrauch: Sie sollten die -\family sans -Beschreibung -\family default --Umgebung für Dinge wie Definitionen oder Theoreme benutzen. - Benutzen Sie sie, wenn ein beschreibendes Wort besonders hervorgehoben - werden soll. - Sie sollten die -\family sans -Beschreibung -\family default --Umgebung aber nicht benutzen, wenn Sie einen ganzen Satz hervorheben wollen. - Dann benutzt man besser -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default - oder -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default - und schachtelt mehrere -\family sans -Standard -\family default --Absätze hinein. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Schachteln: Sie können natürlich -\family sans -Beschreibung -\family default --Umgebungen ineinander oder mit anderen Typen schachteln. - Lesen Sie Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" - -\end_inset - -ff, um mehr darüber zu erfahren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beachten Sie, dass LyX auch hier ab der zweiten Zeile einrückt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Liste -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Liste ! Liste -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\family sans -Liste -\family default --Umgebung ist eine LyX-Erweiterung von LaTeX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\family sans -Liste -\family default --Umgebung hat ebenso wie die -\family sans -Beschreibung -\family default --Umgebung benutzerdefinierte Marken für jedes Listenelement. - Es gibt aber einige gravierende Unterschiede zwischen der -\family sans -Liste -\family default --Umgebung und den anderen drei: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -Marken -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Marken -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - LyX benutzt das erste -\emph on -Wort -\emph default - der ersten Zeile als Marke. - Sie wird wie bei der -\family sans -Beschreibung -\family default --Umgebung behandelt (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Beschreibung" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -Ränder -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Rander@Ränder -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Wie Sie sehen, benutzt LyX unterschiedliche Ränder für die Marke und den - Rest des Listenelementes. - Der Text hat einen größeren linken Rand, der sich aus einem Standardwert - plus ein wenig extra Leerraum ergibt. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -Breite -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -der -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Marken -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Marken!-breite -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Dafür benutzt LyX das Maximum aus wirklicher Markenbreite und einem Standardwer -t. - Ist die wirkliche Breite größer als der Standardwert, wird die Marke in - die erste Zeile -\emph on -ausgedehnt -\emph default -. - Das bedeutet, dass der linke Rand der ersten Textzeile dann nicht mit dem - Rand des Restes übereinstimmt, so wie bei diesem Element. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -Standardbreite -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Standardbreite -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Diese können Sie sehr leicht setzen und damit sicherstellen, dass die Texte - aller Elemente der -\family sans -Liste -\family default --Umgebung denselben linken Rand haben. - Um die Standardmarkenbreite zu ändern, markieren Sie die Elemente, die - Sie ändern wollen. - Wenn Sie nur die Markenbreite eines Elementes ändern wollen, bewegen Sie - den Cursor einfach in dieses Element. - Dann öffnen Sie das Menü -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Absatz -\family default -- -\family sans -Einstellungen -\family default - oder drücken -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout-paragraph" -\end_inset - -). - Der Text im Feld -\family sans -Längste -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Marke -\family default - bestimmt die Standardmarkenbreite. - Wenn Sie wollen, können Sie hier den Text Ihrer breitesten Marke eintragen - oder stattdesse den Buchstaben -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -M -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - mehrfach hintereinander verwenden. - Das M ist der breiteste Buchstabe und eine Standard-Einheit von Längen - in LaTeX. - Verwendet man -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -M -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - als Einheit der Breite, muss man die -\family sans -Längste -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Marke -\family default - nicht jedes Mal anpassen, wenn man eine Marke in einer -\family sans -Liste -\family default - ändert. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Die voreingestellte Breite ist die Länge von -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -00.00.0000 -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - (entspricht 6 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -M). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\family sans -Liste -\family default --Umgebung sollten Sie wie die -\family sans -Beschreibung -\family default --Umgebung benutzen, wenn Sie wollen, dass ein Begriff, der den Text beschreibt, - hervorgehoben wird. - Mit der -\family sans -Liste -\family default --Umgebung haben Sie eine weitere Möglichkeit, das zu tun, aber mit einem - anderen Aussehen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können -\family sans -Liste -\family default --Umgebungen ineinander oder in andere schachteln usw., wie bei den anderen - Listen-Umgebungen auch. - In Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" - -\end_inset - - erfahren Sie mehr darüber. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt noch eine weitere Funktion der -\family sans -Liste -\family default --Umgebung. - Wie Sie in den Beispielen sehen können, richtet LyX die Marken standardmäßig - linksbündig aus. - Man kann zusätzliche variable horizontale Abstände benutzen, damit LyX - die Marken anders ausrichtet. - Variable horizontale Abstände sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Variabler-horiz-Abstand" - -\end_inset - - erläutert. - Hier sind einige Beispiele: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -Links Die Standardausrichtung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -Rechts Ein variabler horizontaler Abstand am Anfang der Marke richtet sie - nach rechts aus. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -Zentriert -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - Je ein variabler horizontaler Abstand am Anfang und am Ende zentriert die - Marke. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Benutzerdefinierte Listen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Benutzerdefinierte-Listen" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Liste ! Benutzerdefiniert -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um die Features nutzen zu können, die in diesem Abschnitt vorgestellt werden, - müssen Sie das Modul -\family sans -Flexible Listen (enumitem) -\family default - in den Dokumenteinstellungen laden. - Dies lädt die Features des LaTeX-Pakets -\series bold -enumitem -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! enumitem -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Benutzerdefinierte Aufzählungen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Liste ! Aufzahlung@Aufzählung ! Benutzerdefiniert -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -Die voreingestellte Nummerierung von Aufzählungen kann geändert werden, - indem man ein optionales Argument (Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Kurztitel -\family default -) zum ersten Eintrag jeder Stufe der Liste hinzufügt. - Darin fügt man den Befehl -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -label= -\backslash -roman{enumi} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -als TeX-Code (Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Strg+L -\family default -) ein. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Für mehr über TeX-Code, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:TeX-Code" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\emph on - enumi -\emph default - ist hierbei der Zähler der Nummerierung der ersten Stufe. - Der Befehl -\series bold - -\backslash -roman -\series default - gibt den Zähler als kleine römische Zahl aus. - Für große römische Zahlen ersetzen Sie in obigem Befehl -\series bold - -\backslash -roman -\series default - durch -\series bold - -\backslash -Roman -\series default -. - Für arabische Zahlen verwenden Sie -\series bold - -\backslash -arabic -\series default -. - Um Punkte mit großen oder kleinen Buchstaben zu -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -nummerieren -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -, verwenden Sie die Befehle -\series bold - -\backslash -Alph -\series default - oder -\series bold - -\backslash -alph -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung: -\series default - Mit Buchstaben können höchstens 26 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Punkte nummeriert werden, weil nur -\emph on -ein -\emph default - Buchstabe verwendet wird. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um die Nummerierung für die anderen Stufen der Liste zu ändern, ersetzen - Sie im Befehl das 'i' jeweils durch die kleine römische Zahl der Stufe - (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Als Beispiel eine Liste mit benutzerdefinierter Nummerierung: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Argument -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -label= -\backslash -# -\backslash -Alph{enumi} -\backslash -# -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Stufe 1 -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Argument -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -label= -\backslash -Alph{enumi}. -\backslash -arabic{enumii} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Stufe 2 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Level 2 -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Argument -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -label= -\backslash -bf{ -\backslash -arabic{enumiii}} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Stufe 3 -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Argument -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -label= -\backslash -emph{ -\backslash -roman{enumiv})} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Stufe 4 -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Für diese Liste wurden diese Befehle verwendet: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent - -\series bold -label= -\backslash -# -\backslash -Alph{enumi} -\backslash -# -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -label= -\backslash -Alph{enumi}. -\backslash -arabic{enumii} -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -label= -\backslash -bf{ -\backslash -arabic{enumiii}} -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -label= -\backslash -emph{ -\backslash -roman{enumiv})} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -wobei der Befehl -\series bold - -\backslash -emph{} -\series default - die Nummerierung hervorhebt und -\series bold - -\backslash -bf{} -\series default - sie fett druckt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung: -\series default - Wenn Sie die Nummerierung einer Listenstufe geändert haben, wird sie von - allen weiteren Listen verwendet, bis Sie die Definition wieder ändern. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Unterbrochene Aufzählungen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Liste ! Aufzahlung@Aufzählung ! Unterbrochen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Aufzählungen können nach Unterbrechungen fortgesetzt werden: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Argument -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -label= -\backslash -arabic{enumi}. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Erstens -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -geht zurück auf Standard-Nummerierung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Zweitens -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Normaler Text -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate-Resume -Fortgesetzt -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um eine Aufzählung fortzusetzen, verwendet man den Stil -\family sans -Aufzählung -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -fortführen -\family default -. - Dessen Nummerierung erscheint in blau in LyX um zu zeigen, das es eine - fortgesetzte Liste ist und die Nummerierung in LyX nicht korrekt ist, aber - in der Ausgabe. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung: -\series default - Falls es keine vorhergehende Liste gibt, die fortgesetzt werden kann, bekommt - man einen LaTeX-Fehler. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Vielleicht wollen Sie die Liste mit einer anderen Nummer als die eigentlich - folgende fortsetzen. - Oder Sie wollen eine neue Aufzählung starten, die mit einer bestimmten - Nummer beginnen soll. - Dies ist möglich, indem Sie in einer neuen, normalen Liste ein optionales - Argument im ersten Listeneintrag einfügen und darin den Befehl -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -start=Nummer -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -verwenden. - Dabei ist -\emph on -Nummer -\emph default - die Nummer, mit der Sie die Liste fortsetzen wollen. - Ein Beispiel: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Erstens -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Zweitens -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Aufzählung startet bei gegebenem Wert: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Argument -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -start=4 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Diese Aufzählung startet bei 4 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Abstände in Listen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Liste ! Abstände -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In manchen Fällen wollen Sie vielleicht weniger vertikalen Abstand zwischen - den Listeneinträgen haben. - Z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - ist ihrer Meinung nach zu viel Abstand in dieser Liste: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Eine Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} -listung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -mit Standard-Abstand -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Abstand kann verkleinert werden, indem man ein optionales Argument im - ersten Listeneintrag verwendet. - Darin fügt man den Befehl -\series bold -nolistsep -\series default - ein, der den zusätzlichen Listenabstand entfernt, wie in diesem Beispiel: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_inset Argument -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -nolistsep -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Eine Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} -listung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -ohne zusätzlichen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -vertikalen Abstand -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um Abstand hinzuzufügen, können Sie verschiedene andere Befehle des LaTeX-Pakets - -\series bold -enumitem -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! enumitem -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - verwenden. - Für mehr Informationen siehe dessen Dokumentation, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "enumitem" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt zudem viele Befehle mit denen horizontale Abstände und der Einzug - eingestellt werden kann. - Hier ist ein Beispiel bei dem der Einzug auf den Einzug der Absätze des - Dokuments gesetzt wurde und der Abstand zwischen Nummer und Text auf 2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cm, so dass sich die Nummer im Seitenrand befindet: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Argument -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -labelindent= -\backslash -parindent, labelsep=2cm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Eine Aufzählung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -mit negativem Einzug -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Weitere Anpassungen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Liste ! Anpassungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können auch den Stil von Beschreibungen ändern. - Der Befehl -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -font=Definition -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -ändert den Beschreibungstitel, der Befehl -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -style=Definition -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -legt den Listenstil fest. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Ein Beispiel bei dem der Befehl -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -font= -\backslash -itshape, style=nextline -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -verwendet wird: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Ionisierende -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Strahlung: -\begin_inset Argument -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font= -\backslash -itshape, style=nextline -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Ionisierende -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Strahlung besteht aus Partikeln oder elektromagnetischen Wellen, die energiereic -h genug sind, Elektronen aus Atomen oder Molekülen zu entfernen und sie - damit zu ionisieren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Referenzzählung: In der Programmierung ist Referenzzählung eine Technik - zur Verwaltung der Anzahl der Verweise (Referenzen oder Zeiger) auf ein - bestimmtes Objekt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt viele weitere Befehle und Features des LaTeX-Pakets -\series bold -enumitem -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! enumitem -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - Für mehr Informationen siehe dessen Dokumentation, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "enumitem" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Briefe -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Briefe -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Adresse -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Adresse -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - und -\family sans -Adress -\family default -e -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -rechts -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Adresse!rechte -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: Ein Überblick -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX (LaTeX) hat Dokumentklassen für Briefe, die Sie unter -\family sans -Dokument -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Einstellungen -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Dokumentklasse -\family default - auswählen können. - Wie diese Klassen zu benutzen sind, sehen Sie zum einen in den Beispielen, - die Sie unter -\family sans -Strg+O -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Beispiele -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -de -\family default - finden, oder in der Dokumentation der jeweiligen Klasse. - Das Wichtigste dabei ist meistens, die angebotenen Absatzumgebungen in - der richtigen Reihenfolge zu benutzen, damit LaTeX damit klarkommt. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Außerdem wurden speziell für LyX zwei Absatzumgebungen -\family sans -Adresse -\family default - und -\family sans -Adress -\family default -e -\family sans - -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -rechts -\family default - geschaffen. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Anmerkung von -\noun on -Matthias -\noun default -: Ich bin ein wenig stolz auf das Aussehen der rechten Adresse. - Versuchen Sie einmal, dasselbe mit einer normalen Textverarbeitung zu erreichen. - Sie müssten einen Rahmen definieren und ihn von Hand mit der Maus oder - wie auch immer positionieren. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Sie können die -\family sans -Adresse -\family default -- und -\family sans -Adress -\family default -e -\family sans - -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -rechts -\family default --Absatzumgebungen überall problemlos benutzen. - Sie können sie sogar in anderen Umgebungen schachteln, obwohl Sie nicht - alles in ihnen schachteln können. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Natürlich können Sie -\family sans -Adresse -\family default - und -\family sans -Adress -\family default -e -\family sans - -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -rechts -\family default - nicht nur für Briefe benutzen. - -\family sans -Adresse -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -rechts -\family default - eignet sich insbesondere für Artikelüberschriften, wie sie in europäischen - wissenschaftlichen Zeitschriften benutzt werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Gebrauch -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Adresse-verwenden" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\family sans -Adresse -\family default --Umgebung formatiert Text wie eine Adresse, was in einigen Ländern auch - für die Eröffnung und die Unterschrift benutzt wird. - Entsprechend formatiert die -\family sans -Adress -\family default -e -\family sans - -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -rechts -\family default --Umgebung Text im Stile einer rechtsbündigen Adresse, was in einigen Ländern - für den Absender und das Datum benutzt wird. - Hier ist für beides ein Beispiel: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Right Address -Absender -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Straße -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -PLZ Ort -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Ort, Datum -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das war eine -\family sans -Adresse -\family default - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\family sans -rechts -\family default -. - Beachten Sie, dass alle Zeilen linksbündig sind. - LyX setzt den linken Rand so, dass der längste Text auf eine Zeile passt. - Hier ist ein Beispiel für die -\family sans -Adresse -\family default --Umgebung: -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Address -Empfänger -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Straße -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -PLZ Ort -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wie Sie sehen, ist zwischen -\family sans -Adresse -\family default - und -\family sans -Adresse -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -rechts -\family default - und dem nächsten Absatz ein größerer Abstand als normal. - Wenn Sie -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default - drücken, setzt LyX die Schachtelungstiefe zurück und kehrt zur -\family sans -Standard -\family default --Umgebung zurück. - Wollen Sie innerhalb von -\family sans -Adresse -\family default - oder -\family sans -Adresse -\family default - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\family sans -rechts -\family default - eine neue Zeile beginnen, müssen Sie -\family sans -Strg+Eingabe -\family default - oder -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Normaler Zeilenumbruch -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Zeilenumbruch -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - benutzen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Wissenschaftliche Texte -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Wissenschaftliche Texte -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die meisten wissenschaftlichen Texte beginnen mit einer kurzen Zusammenfassung - (oft als Abstract bezeichnet) und enden mit einem Literaturverzeichnis. - LyX hat dafür Absatzumgebungen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Zusammenfassung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Zusammenfassung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\family sans -Zusammenfassung -\family default --Umgebung kann man nur in den -\family sans -article -\family default -- und -\family sans -report -\family default --Dokumentklassen benutzen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\family sans -Zusammenfassung -\family default --Umgebung wird für die Zusammenfassung benutzt. - Technisch gesehen -\emph on -könnten -\emph default - Sie diese Umgebung überall benutzen, aber Sie -\emph on -sollten -\emph default - es nur am Anfang eines Dokumentes, nach dem Titel, tun. - Versuchen Sie auch nicht, die -\family sans -Zusammenfassung -\family default --Umgebung in eine andere zu schachteln oder umgekehrt. - Es geht nicht. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\family sans -Zusammenfassung -\family default --Umgebung erledigt einige Dinge für Sie. - Erstens wird die Marke -\series bold -Zusammenfassung -\series default - zentriert über den Text gesetzt (allerdings nicht bei der -\family sans -KOMA-Script -\family default --Version). - Die Marke und der Text werden durch zusätzlichen Leerraum getrennt. - Zweitens ist die Schriftart etwas kleiner, gerade so wie Sie es erwarten. - Drittens ist die Zusammenfassung ein wenig eingerückt und vom restlichen - Text durch zusätzlichen Leerraum getrennt. - So jedenfalls wird es in LyX aussehen. - Wenn Ihr Dokument die -\family sans -report -\family default --Klasse benutzt, wird die Zusammenfassung im Ausdruck auf einer eigenen - Seite erscheinen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn man -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default - drückt, wird die -\family sans -Zusammenfassung -\family default --Umgebung -\emph on -nicht -\emph default - zurückgesetzt. - Der neue Absatz wird weiterhin in der -\family sans -Zusammenfassung -\family default --Umgebung sein. - Sie müssen also am Ende der Zusammenfassung die Absatzumgebung von Hand - ändern. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wir würden Ihnen gern ein Beispiel zeigen, aber das geht nicht, weil dieses - Dokument eine Buch-Klasse benutzt. - Wenn Sie noch nie von einer Zusammenfassung gehört haben, können Sie diese - Umgebung ruhig ignorieren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Literaturverzeichnis -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Literaturverzeichnis!-Umgebung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Literaturverzeichnis-Umgebung" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\family sans -Literaturverzeichnis -\family default --Umgebung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Literaturverzeichnis -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - wird für Literaturangaben benutzt. - Technisch gesehen -\emph on -könnten -\emph default - Sie diese Umgebung überall benutzen, aber Sie -\emph on -sollten -\emph default - es nur am Ende eines Dokumentes tun. - Versuchen Sie auch nicht, die -\family sans -Literaturverzeichnis -\family default --Umgebung in eine andere zu schachteln oder umgekehrt. - Es geht nicht. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie eine -\family sans -Literaturverzeichnis -\family default --Umgebung das erste Mal öffnen, fügt LyX einen großen Leerraum ein, gefolgt - von der großen fetten Überschrift -\family sans -\series bold -Literaturverzeichnis -\family default -\series default - oder einen kleineren, gefolgt von -\emph on -Referenzen -\emph default - in Großbuchstaben, abhängig von der Dokumentklasse. - Jeder Absatz der -\family sans -Literaturverzeichnis -\family default --Umgebung ist ein Eintrag in das Literaturverzeichnis. - Das Drücken von -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default - setzt die Absatzumgebung -\emph on -nicht -\emph default - zurück. - Jeder neue Absatz bleibt in der -\family sans -Literaturverzeichnis -\family default --Umgebung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Eine ausführliche Beschreibung der -\family sans -Literaturverzeichnis -\family default --Umgebung finden Sie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" - -\end_inset - -. - Dort finden Sie auch einiges über BibTeX -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -"= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Literaturverzeichnisse. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Besondere Umgebungen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt drei Absatzumgebungen, die einfach in keine Kategorie passen, weil - sie für besondere Zwecke benutzt werden. - Wir werden das Wichtigste von ihnen und ihren Gebrauch erklären. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Legende, Legende oben, Legende unten -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\family sans -Legende -\family default --Umgebung ist die Standard-Paragraph-Umgebung für Gleitobjekt-Ab\SpecialChar \- -bil\SpecialChar \- -dungen - und -Tabellen. - In LyX sehen Sie die Marke -\emph on -Abbildung -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Nr: -\emph default - oder -\emph on -Tabelle -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Nr: -\emph default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann in die -\family sans -Legende -\family default --Umgebung nichts schachteln. - Außerdem setzt -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default - die Absatzumgebung auf -\family sans -Standard -\family default - zurück, sodass die -\family sans -Legende -\family default -nur aus einem Absatz besteht. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Außerhalb von Gleitobjekten kann man die -\family sans -Legende -\family default --Umgebung nicht benutzen. - Siehe auch die Abschnitte -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Abbildungen" - -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Tabellen" - -\end_inset - - für weitere Informationen über Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen und -Tabellen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Legende -\family default - wird in der normalen -\family sans -book -\family default --Dokumentklasse benutzt, L -\family sans -egende oben -\family default - und -\family sans -Legende unten -\family default - in der -\family sans -KOMA-Script -\family default --Version. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -L -\family default -yX-Code -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X!-Code -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:LyX-Code" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default --Umgebung ist noch eine LyX-Erweiterung von LaTeX. - Sie setzt Text in einem Schreibmaschinenschriftart. - Außerdem kann die Leertaste mehrfach hintereinander benutzt werden; -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -In der -\family sans -LyX -\family default -- -\family sans -Code -\family default --Umgebung wird die Leertaste als geschütztes Leerzeichen behandelt anstatt - als -\family typewriter -end-of-word -\family default --Markierung. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - dies ist einer der wenigen Fälle in LyX. - Für Leerzeilen muss man -\family sans -Strg+Eingabe -\family default - eingeben (die -\family typewriter -break-line -\family default --Funktion). - -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default - beendet Absätze. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beachten Sie aber, dass -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default - -\emph on -nicht -\emph default - die Absatzumgebung zurücksetzt. - Wenn man also die -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default --Umgebung verlassen will, muss man das durch Wahl einer anderen Umgebung - machen. - -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default --Umgebungen kann man auch in andere schachteln. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Diese Umgebung hat ein paar Marotten: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Am Anfang eines neuen Absatzes kann man -\family sans -Strg+Eingabe -\family default - nicht benutzen (das heißt auf -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default - kann kein -\family sans -Strg+Eingabe -\family default - folgen). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -In der Druckausgabe gibt es keine leeren Absätze und keine leeren Zeilen. - Sie müssen in jeder leeren Zeile mindestens einmal die Leertaste drücken. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Anführungszeichen erreichen Sie nicht durch Eingabe von -\family sans -", -\family default - weil das ` -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -` erzeugt. - Die Anführungszeichen erhalten Sie durch -\family sans -Strg+", -\family default -eigentlich -\family sans - Strg+Umschalt+2 -\family default - (oder -\family sans -Strg+Q -\family default -, wenn Sie die Emacs-Tastaturbelegung verwenden). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier ist ein Beispiel: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code -#include -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code -int main(void) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code -{ -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code - printf("Hallo Welt! -\backslash -n"); -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code - return 0; -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code -} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das ist das Standard- -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Hallo Welt! -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - --C-Programm. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default - hat einen Zweck: Code zu schreiben, zum Beispiel Quellprogramme, Shell-Skripte, - rc-Dateien usw. - Benutzen Sie diese Umgebung nur in diesen Spezialfällen, wenn der Text - aussehen soll, als wäre er mit einer Schreibmaschine geschrieben worden. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Absatz!-umgebungen|) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Für längeren Programmcode verwenden Sie Programmlistings, die in Kapitel - -\emph on -Programm-Code-Listen -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs erklärt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Umgebungen schachteln -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Umgebungen schachteln -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Einleitung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Während der vorangegangenen Abschnitte haben wir Ihnen empfohlen, Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" - -\end_inset - - zu lesen. - Deswegen fragen Sie sich sicher, worum es eigentlich geht. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX unterscheidet sich vom normalen Konzept der -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Textverarbeitung-als-Super\SpecialChar \- -schreib\SpecialChar \- -ma\SpecialChar \- -schine -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - sehr stark. - Mit einer Schreibmaschine ist Text bloß Tinte auf Papier. - Bei einigen Textverarbeitungen ist das auch heute noch das Hauptproblem. - LyX dagegen behandelt Text als einen zusammengehörigen Block in einem spezielle -n Kontext und mit speziellen Eigenschaften. - Aber was ist, wenn Sie möchten, dass ein Block einige Eigenschaften eines - anderen Blocks erben soll? -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Ein gutes Beispiel dafür sind Aufzählungen. - Nehmen wir an, Sie haben drei Hauptpunkte in Ihrer Aufzählung, aber Punkt - 2 hat auch noch zwei Unterpunkte. - Mit anderen Worten, Sie haben eine Liste -\emph on -innerhalb -\emph default - einer anderen, wobei die innere Liste zu Punkt 2 -\emph on -gehört -\emph default -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -eins -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -zwei -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Unterliste - Punkt 1 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Unterliste - Punkt 2 -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -drei -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Umgebungen schachteln ist einfach: Verwenden Sie das Menü -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Listentiefe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -erhöhen -\family default -oder -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Listentiefe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -verringern -\family default - um die Schachtelungstiefe zu verändern. - (In der Statusleiste ist die Schachtelungsebene angegeben.) Statt des Menüs - können Sie auch die Werkzeugleistenknöpfe -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "depth-decrement" -\end_inset - - oder die Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Tab -\family default - und -\family sans -Umschalt+Tab -\family default - oder -\family sans -Alt+Umschalt+Rechts -\family default - und -\family sans -Alt+Umschalt+Links -\family default - verwenden. - Die Änderung betrifft nur die aktuelle Auswahl, falls Sie eine haben (erlaubt - es die Schachtelungstiefe von mehreren Absätzen auf einmal zu ändern), - oder den aktuellen Absatz. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beachten Sie, dass LyX die Schachtelungstiefe nur ändert, wenn das möglich - ist, ansonsten passiert nichts. - Beachten Sie außerdem, dass wenn Sie die Schachtelungstiefe eines Absatzes - ändern, die Tiefe der darin geschachtelten Objekte ebenfalls entsprechend - angepasst wird. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Schachteln ist nicht auf Listen beschränkt. - In LyX kann man fast alles ineinander schachteln, wie Sie bald feststellen - werden. - Das ist die wirkliche Stärke des Schachtelns von Absatzumgebungen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Was Sie schachteln können und was nicht -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Bevor wir Sie mit einer Liste von Absatzumgebungen konfrontieren, müssen - wir Ihnen etwas mehr darüber sagen, wie schachteln arbeitet. - Die Frage, ob man schachteln kann oder nicht, ist nicht einfach mit ja - oder nein zu beantworten. - Die Frage ist auch noch: wie? Kann man diese Umgebung in irgendeine andere - schachteln? Kann man eine andere Umgebung in diese schachteln? Ein -\emph on -Ja -\emph default - auf die erste Frage garantiert noch kein -\emph on -Ja -\emph default - auf die zweite. - Die Absatzumgebungen in LyX können bezüglich schachteln eins von drei Dingen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Eine Umgebung kann überhaupt kein Schachteln erlauben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Es gibt Umgebungen, die vollständig schachtelbar sind. - Man kann sie in andere Dinge schachteln und auch andere Dinge in sie. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Es gibt Umgebungen, die man in andere schachteln kann, aber in sie selber - kann man nichts schachteln. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier ist eine Aufstellung der drei Schachteltypen und der zugehörigen Absatzumge -bungen: -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Seltsamerweise erlaubt LyX, -\family sans -Literaturverzeichnis -\family default - und -\family sans -Zusammenfassung -\family default - vollständig zu schachteln. - Ebenso kann man -\family sans -Titel -\family default -, -\family sans -Autor -\family default - und -\family sans -Datum -\family default - in andere Umgebungen schachteln. - Wir bitten Sie dringend, das nicht zu tun. - LaTeX könnte meckern – oder auch nicht. - Wir wissen es nicht genau. - Aber da es vom Kontext her keinen Sinn macht, diese Umgebungen in andere - zu schachteln, warum sollten Sie es dann tun? -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Nicht -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -schachtelbar -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -schachtelbar!nicht -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Man kann sie nicht schachteln. - Man kann nichts in sie hineinschachteln. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Literaturverzeichnis, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Literaturverzeichnis -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Zusammenfassung, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Zusammenfassung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Titel, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Titel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Autor, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Autor -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Datum. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Datum -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Description -Vollständig -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -schachtelbar -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -schachtelbar!vollstandig@vollständig -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Man kann sie schachteln. - Man kann andere Dinge in sie hineinschachteln. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Gedicht, Zitat -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(kurz), Zitat -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(lang), Auflistung, Aufzählung, Beschreibung, Liste, LyX-Code -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Description -Teilweise -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -schachtelbar -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -schachtelbar!teilweise -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Man kann sie in andere Dinge schachteln. - Man kann nichts in sie hineinschachteln. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Standard, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Standard -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, Teil -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Teil -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, Kapitel, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Kapitel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Abschnitt, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Abschnitt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Unterabschnitt, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Unterabschnitt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Unterunterabschn., -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Unterunterabschn. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Paragraph, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Unterparagraph, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Unterparagraph -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Teil*, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Teil* -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Kapitel*, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Kapitel* -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Abschnitt*, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Abschnitt* -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Unterabschnitt*, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Unterabschnitt* -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Unterunterabschn.*, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Unterunterabschn.* -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Adresse -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -rechts, -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Rechte Adresse -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Adresse. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Adresse -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -Anmerkung: -\series default - Obwohl es möglich ist, nummerierte Gliederungen wie -\family sans -Kapitel -\family default -, -\family sans -Abschnitt -\family default -, usw. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -in zum Beispiel Listen zu schachteln, wird dringend davon abgeraten. - Denn das Ziel ist es, gut strukturierte Dokumente zu erzeugen, die den - gängigen Normen des Schriftsatzes folgen, aber geschachtelte Gliederungen - verstoßen dagegen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Andere Dinge schachteln: Tabellen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, Mathematik -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Mathematik -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, Gleitobjekte -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gleitobjekte -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - usw. -\begin_inset Argument -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Andere Dinge schachteln -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt einige Dinge, die zwar keine Absatzumgebungen, aber trotzdem vom - schachteln betroffen sind: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Gleichungen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Tabellen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Bilder -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -Anmerkung -\series default -: Bilder und Tabellen in Gleitobjekten sind davon nicht betroffen. - Lesen Sie weiter unten oder in den Abschnitten -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Abbildungen" - -\end_inset - - oder -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Tabellen" - -\end_inset - - weitere Einzelheiten. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX kann diese drei Objekte entweder als Wort oder als Absatz behandeln. - Nun, eine Tabelle kann man nicht in eine Zeile schreiben, aber Formeln - und Bilder. - Wenn ein Bild oder eine Gleichung -\emph on -inline -\emph default - ist, folgt sie dem Absatz überall hin. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie aber eine Gleichung, ein Bild oder eine Tabelle in einem eigenen - -\emph on -Absatz -\emph default - haben, verhalten sie sich wie teilweise schachtelbare Absatzumgebungen. - Man kann sie in jede Umgebung schachteln, aber man kann natürlich nichts - in sie schachteln. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier ist ein Beispiel mit einer Tabelle: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Punkt eins -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Address -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -a -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -b -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -c -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -d -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Dies ist (b). - Die Tabelle ist in a) geschachtelt. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Wieder zurück. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn wir die Tabelle nicht geschachtelt hätten, würde die Liste wie folgt - aussehen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Punkt eins -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -a -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -b -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -c -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -d -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Dies ist (b). - Die Tabelle ist -\emph on -nicht -\emph default - in (a) geschachtelt. - Sie ist überhaupt nicht geschachtelt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Wieder zurück. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beachten Sie, dass b) nicht nur nicht mehr geschachtelt ist, sondern auch - der erste Punkt einer neuen Liste! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt noch eine Falle, in die man leicht geht: man schachtelt zwar die - Tabelle, geht aber nicht tief genug. - LyX verwandelt dann alles nach der Tabelle in eine neue (Unter)liste. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Punkt eins -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Address -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -a -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -b -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -c -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -d -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Dies ist (b). - Die Tabelle ist in 1. - geschachtelt, aber -\emph on -nicht -\emph default - in (a). -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Wieder zurück. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wie Sie sehen, wurde b) zum ersten Punkt einer neuen Liste, aber -\emph on -innerhalb -\emph default - von Punkt 1. - Dasselbe würde mit einem Bild oder einer Gleichung geschehen. - Wenn Sie also Tabellen, Bilder oder Gleichungen schachteln, passen Sie - auf die richtige Tiefe auf! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dann sind da die so genannten Gleitobjekte. - Ein Gleitobjekt ist ein Textblock, der mit einer Art Marke versehen ist, - aber keinen festen Platz hat. - Er kann eine Seite oder zwei vorwärts oder rückwärts -\emph on -gleiten -\emph default -, je nachdem, wohin er am besten passt. - -\family sans -Fußnote -\family default -n und -\family sans -Randnotiz -\family default -en sind Gleitobjekte, ebenso Gleitobjekt-Abbildung, Gleitobjekt-Tabelle - und Gleitobjekt-Algorithmus. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -In zweispaltigen Dokumenten können sich Gleitobjekte über zwei Spalten anstatt - über eine erstrecken. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Weil ein Gleitobjekt keinen festen Platz im fertigen Text hat, wirkt sich - Schachteln auf seinen momentanen Platz nicht aus, nachdem Sie es an LaTeX - weitergereicht haben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Gebrauch und allgemeine Eigenschaften -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Nachdem wir Ihnen gesagt haben, was Sie schachteln können und was nicht, - ist es an der Zeit zu erklären, -\emph on -wie -\emph default - man schachtelt. - Die Schachtelungstiefe -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schachtelungs!-tiefe -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - können Sie mit der Tastenkombination -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt+ -\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\family default - -\emph on -erhöhen -\emph default - und mit -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt+ -\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset - - -\family default - -\emph on -verringern -\emph default -. - Sie können dafür auch die Werkzeugleistenknöpfe -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-increment.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - benutzen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, Text zu schachteln. - Man kann den zu schachtelnden Text markieren oder den Cursor einfach in - den Absatz bewegen, dessen Tiefe man ändern möchte. - Mit der ersten Methode kann man mehrere Absätze auf einmal ändern. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beachten Sie, dass LyX die Schachtelungstiefe nur dann ändert, wenn es möglich - ist. - Sonst passiert nichts, wenn Sie versuchen, die Tiefe zu ändern. - Die beiden Werkzeugleistenknöpfe -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-increment.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - sind dann auch deaktiviert. - Wenn Sie die Tiefe eines Absatzes ändern, werden außerdem alle darin geschachte -lten Absätze betroffen. - Es ist schwer zu beschreiben, was LyX in diesem Fall genau tut. - Das hängt insbesondere davon ab, wie Ihr Text aussieht. - Das Beste, was Sie tun können, ist ausprobieren und sehen, was passiert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Zuletzt sollten Sie noch folgendes beachten: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Wenn Sie die Tiefe mehrmals -\emph on -verringern -\emph default - (das heißt wiederholt -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - drücken), hält LyX auf der äußersten Stufe an. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Wenn Sie die Tiefe -\emph on -zu oft -\emph default - -\emph on -erhöhen -\emph default - (das heißt wiederholt -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-increment.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - drücken), hört LyX -\emph on - -\emph default -irgendwann auf. - Es kann aber sein, dass LaTeX nicht so viele Schachtelungen erlaubt. - Sie bekommen dann bei der DVI-Ansicht eine Fehlermeldung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beachten Sie, dass die -\emph on -niedrigste Stufe -\emph default - nicht die niedrigst mögliche bedeutet. - Sie können nicht beliebig schachteln, wie Sie es bereits bei der -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebung und anderen gesehen haben, und auch LaTeX setzt eine Grenze. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX kann maximal sechsmal schachteln, ohne dass LaTeX meckert. - Hier ist ein Beispiel, das zeigt, was wir meinen: -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Wenn Sie dies in LyX lesen, erkennen Sie die Schachtelungen auch an den - roten Klammer am linken Rand. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Stufe 1 - außen -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Stufe 2 -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Stufe 3 -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Stufe 4 -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Stufe 5 -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Stufe 6 -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Noch einmal: LyX hat maximal 6 sinnvolle Stufen, unabhängig davon, welche - Absatzumgebung Sie auf einer bestimmten Stufe benutzen. - Das bedeutet, dass Sie eine sechsfach geschachtelte -\family sans -Beschreibung -\family default -- oder -\family sans -Gedicht -\family default --Umgebung usw. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -erzeugen können. - Sie können auch sechs Umgebungen mischen, wie wir später sehen werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt zwei Ausnahmen für das sechsfache Schachteln, und Sie können beide - im obigen Beispiel sehen. - Anders als die anderen vollständig schachtelbaren Umgebungen können Sie - die -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebung und die -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default --Umgebung nur vierfach schachteln. - Wenn wir zum Beispiel eine weitere -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default - innerhalb von -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -A. -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - erstellen wollten, würden wir Fehlermeldungen erhalten. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Noch einmal: LyX kümmert sich nicht um die Grenze, sondern LaTeX produziert - Fehlermeldungen, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument für den Druck aufbereiten wollen. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Einige Beispiele -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der beste Weg zu erklären, was Sie mit schachteln erreichen können, sind - Beispiele. - Wir haben mehrere mit geschachtelten Umgebungen. - Darin erklären wir, wie wir sie erzeugt haben, so dass Sie sie reproduzieren - können. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Beispiel 1: Sechsfache und gemischte Schachtelung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schachtelungs!-beispiele -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -1-a Dies ist die äußerste Stufe. - Es ist eine -\family sans -Liste -\family default --Umgebung. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -2-a Dies ist Stufe 2. - Wir haben -\family sans -Alt+Eingabe -\family default - gedrückt, gefolgt von -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-increment.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -3-a Dies ist Stufe 3. - Diesmal haben wir nur -\family sans -Ein\SpecialChar \- -gabe -\family default - gedrückt, dann -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-increment.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - zweimal nacheinander. - Wir hätten es aber auch wie bei 2-a machen können: -\family sans -Alt+Ein\SpecialChar \- -gabe -\family default - drücken, gefolgt von -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-increment.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Dies ist eine -\family sans -Standard -\family default --Umgebung, in -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -3-a -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - geschachtelt. - Also ist sie auf Stufe 4. - Wir haben dies durch -\family sans -Alt+Eingabe -\family default -, dann -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-increment.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - und schließlich durch Ändern der Umgebung auf -\family sans -Standard -\family default - erreicht. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -So erhalten Sie Listeneinträge mit mehr als einem Absatz – es funktioniert - auch mit den -\family sans -Beschreibung -\family default --, -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default -- und -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default --Umgebungen! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier ist ein weiterer -\family sans -Standard -\family default --Absatz, auch auf Stufe 4, nur mit einem -\family sans -Alt+Ein\SpecialChar \- -gabe -\family default - erzeugt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -4-a Dies ist Stufe 4. - Wir haben -\family sans -Alt+Ein\SpecialChar \- -gabe -\family default - gedrückt und die Absatz\SpecialChar \- -umgebung auf -\family sans -Liste -\family default - zurückgesetzt. - Denken Sie daran – innerhalb einer -\family sans -Standard -\family default --Umge\SpecialChar \- -bung kann man nichts schachteln, deswegen sind wir noch auf 4. - Aber wir -\emph on -können -\emph default - innerhalb von -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -3-a -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - weiterschachteln. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -5-a Dies ist Stufe 5\SpecialChar \ldots{} - -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{} -und dies ist Stufe 6. - Inzwischen sollten Sie wissen, wie wir diese beiden erzeugt haben. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -5-b Zurück zu Stufe 5. - Drü\SpecialChar \- -cken Sie nur -\family sans -Alt+Eingabe -\family default -, gefolgt von -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -4-b Nach noch einem -\family sans -Alt+Eingabe -\family default -, gefolgt von -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -, sind wir zurück auf Stufe 4. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -3-b Zurück zu Stufe 3. - Inzwischen sollte klar sein, wie wir das taten. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -2-b Zurück zu Stufe 2. - -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -1-b Und schließlich zurück zur äußersten Stufe 1. - Nach diesem Satz drücken wir -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default - und ändern die Absatzumgebung zurück nach -\family sans -Standard -\family default -, um die Liste zu beenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -Das war es! Übrigens hätten wir auch die -\family sans -Beschreibung -\family default --, -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(kurz) -\family default --, -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(lang)- -\family default - und sogar die -\family sans -Gedicht -\family default --Umgebung anstatt der -\family sans -Liste -\family default --Umgebung benutzen können. - Das Beispiel hätte sehr ähnlich ausgesehen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Beispiel 2: Vererbung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schachtelungs!-beispiele -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code -Dies ist die -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default --Umgebung auf Stufe 1, der äußersten Stufe. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code -Jetzt werden wir Eingabe drücken, dann -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-increment.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -; danach werden wir zur -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LyX-Code - -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebung wechseln. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Dies ist die -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebung auf Stufe 2. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Sehen Sie, wie die geschachtelte -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebung nicht nur die Rand\SpecialChar \- -ein\SpecialChar \- -stel\SpecialChar \- -lung der Elternumgebung ( -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default -) erbt, sondern auch Schriftart und Leerzeichen! -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Wir haben dies Beispiel beendet, indem wir -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default - gedrückt haben. - Danach mussten wir die Absatzumgebung auf -\family sans -Standard -\family default - und die Schachtelungstiefe mit einmal -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - zurücksetzen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Beispiel 3: Marken, Stufen und -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default -- und -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default --Umgebungen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schachtelungs!-beispiele -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Argument -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Beispiel 3: Marken, Stufen \SpecialChar \ldots{} - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Dies ist Stufe 1 in einer -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Absatzumgebung. - Wir wollen einige davon schachteln. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Dies ist Stufe 2. - Wir haben -\family sans -Alt+Eingabe -\family default - gedrückt, gefolgt von -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-increment.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -. - Was wird passieren, wenn wir eine -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default --Umgebung hier hinein schachteln? Sie wird auf Stufe 3 sein, aber welche - Marke wird es sein? Ein Stern? -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Nein! Es ist ein schwarzer Kreis. - Dies ist die -\emph on -erste -\emph default - -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default --Stufe, obwohl wir auf Stufe 3 sind. - Deswegen ist die Marke ein schwarzer Kreis. - (Bemerkung: wir kamen hierher durch -\family sans -Alt+Eingabe -\family default -, dann -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-increment.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -, dann der Umgebungswechsel auf -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default -.) -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Hier ist Stufe 4, produziert mit -\family sans -Alt+Eingabe -\family default -, dann -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-increment.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family sans -. - -\family default - Wir werden das noch einmal machen \SpecialChar \ldots{} - -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -\SpecialChar \ldots{} - um zu Stufe 5 zu gelangen. - Diesmal aber haben wir auch die Absatz\SpecialChar \- -umgebung auf -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default - zurückgesetzt. - Beachten Sie die Nummerierung! Sie ist jetzt eine -\emph on -kleingeschriebene römische Zahl -\emph default -, weil wir auf der -\emph on -dritten -\emph default - Stufe der -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebung sind (das heißt dies ist eine -\family sans -Aufzählung- -\family default - in einer -\family sans -Aufzählung- -\family default - in einer -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebung). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Was passiert, wenn wir die Absatzumgebung -\emph on -nicht -\emph default - ändern, sondern die Schachtelungstiefe verringern? Welche Nummerierung - wird LyX benutzen? -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Oh, als wenn Sie das nicht bereits geraten hätten. - Wir benutzen nur -\family sans -Alt+Ein\SpecialChar \- -gabe -\family default -, um die Umgebung und die Tiefe beizubehalten und einen neuen Eintrag zu - erzeugen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Wir wollen -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - benutzen, um nach dem nächsten -\family sans -Alt+Eingabe -\family default - die Tiefe zu verringern. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Dies ist Stufe 4. - Sehen Sie, was für eine Marke LyX benutzt! -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Dies ist Stufe 3. - Obwohl wir die Stufen geändert haben, benutzt LyX immer noch kleingeschriebene - römische Zahlen für die Marken. - Warum? -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Weil der Absatz trotz der Tiefenänderung -\emph on -immer noch -\emph default - die dritte Stufe der -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebung ist. - Beachten Sie aber, dass LyX den Zähler für die Marke -\emph on -zurückgesetzt -\emph default - hat. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Eine weitere Folge -\family sans -Alt+Eingabe+ -\family default - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - und wir sind zurück auf Stufe 2. - Diesmal haben wir nicht nur die Schachtelungstiefe zurückgesetzt, sondern - sind auch in der -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebung eine Stufe zurückgegangen. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Dasselbe passiert nach einer weiteren Folge -\family sans -Alt+Eingabe+ -\family default - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -. - Wir sind zurück auf Stufe 1, der äußersten Stufe. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Schließlich haben wir die Umgebung auf -\family sans -Standard -\family default - zurückgesetzt. - Wie Sie sehen, korrespondiert die Stufennummer nicht mit dem Markentyp, - den LyX für die -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default -- und -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default --Umgebungen benutzt. - Die Anzahl von -\emph on -anderen -\emph default - -\family sans -\emph on -Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebun\SpecialChar \- -gen -\emph default -, die sie umgeben, bestimmen die Marke, die LyX für einen -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default --Eintrag benutzt. - Dasselbe gilt auch für die -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default --Umgebung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Beispiel 4: Übergeschnappt -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schachtelungs!-beispiele -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Jetzt werden wir völlig verrückt. - Wir werden weder so tief wie in den anderen Beispielen schachteln noch - so ausführlich erklären, wie wir es machen. - (Stufe 1: -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -( -\family sans -Eingabe, -\family default - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-increment.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family sans -, Standard -\family default -: Stufe 2) Wir werden eine kurze Beschreibung in runden Klammern irgendwo - platzieren. - Zum Beispiel besagen die beiden Tastenkombinationen, wie wir die Tiefe - änderten. - Der Umgebungsname bezeichnet natürlich die Umgebung, in der wir uns befinden. - Entweder davor oder danach werden wir die Stufe schreiben. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -( -\family sans -Eingabe, Aufzählung -\family default -: Stufe 1) Dies ist der nächste Eintrag in der Liste. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Verse -Jetzt dichten wir. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Es wird noch schlechter. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -( -\family sans -Eingabe, -\family default - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-increment.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family sans -, Gedicht -\family default -: Stufe 2) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Verse -Wir wollen ein Bier. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Das wäre gerechter! -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -( -\family sans -Alt+Eingabe -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Verse -Hier kommt eine Tabelle: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -ein Fisch -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -zwei Fische -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -rote Fische -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -blaue Fische -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Verse - -\family sans -(Alt+Eingabe, Tabelle, -\family default - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-increment.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - 3mal, -\family sans -Alt+Eingabe, Gedicht, -\family default - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -( -\family sans -Eingabe, Aufzählung -\family default -: Stufe 1) Dies ist ein weiterer Eintrag. - Beachten Sie, dass die Wahl einer -\family sans -Tabelle -\family default - die Schachtelungstiefe auf Stufe 1 zurücksetzt, so dass wir sie dreimal - erhöhen mussten, damit die Tabelle in die -\family sans -Gedicht -\family default --Umgebung kommt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quotation -Wir beenden nun die -\family sans -Aufzählung -\family default - und wechseln nach -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(lang) -\family default -. - Wir sind immer noch auf Stufe 1. - Wir wollen Ihnen einige Dinge zeigen, die Sie mit dem Mischen von Umgebungen - machen können. - Die nächsten Absätze sind ein -\emph on -zitierter Brief -\emph default -. - Wir werden die -\family sans -Adresse -\family default -- und die -\family sans -Adresse -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -rechts -\family default - -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -"= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Umgebung hier hineinschachteln, dann ein weiteres geschachteltes -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(lang) -\family default - für den Brief selber benutzen. - Wir werden -\family sans -Alt+Eingabe -\family default - benutzen, um die Tiefe beizubehalten. - Denken Sie daran, dass Sie -\family sans -Strg+Ein\SpecialChar \- -ga\SpecialChar \- -be -\family default - benötigen, um innerhalb von -\family sans -Adresse -\family default -- und -\family sans -Adresse -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -rechts -\family default --Umgebungen mehrere Zeilen schreiben zu können. - Hier ist das Ergebnis: -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Right Address -Franz Meier -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Nirgendwostr. - 1234 -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -54321 Irgendwo -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -18. - Feb. - 1999 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Address -Sehr geehrter Herr Soundso, -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quotation -wir bedauern, Ihnen mitteilen zu müssen, dass wir Ihre Bestellung über 50 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -Liter komprimiertes Methangas wegen widriger Umstände nicht liefern können. - Unglücklicherweise sind einige unserer Kühe auf merkwürdige Weise explodiert, - so dass wir nicht mehr genügend Methan haben. - Wir werden Sie auf die Warteliste setzen und Ihre Bestellung so schnell - wie möglich liefern. - In der Zwischenzeit danken wir Ihnen für Ihre Geduld. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quotation -Wir haben aber jetzt ein Sonderangebot für Rindfleisch. - Wenn Sie interessiert sind, schicken Sie bitte das beigefügte Bestellformular - zusammen mit einem Scheck an uns zurück. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quotation -Wir danken Ihnen nochmals für Ihre Geduld. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Address -Hochachtungsvoll, -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Franz Meier -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Quotation -Ende des Beispiels! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wie Sie sehen können, erreichen Sie mit dem Schachteln von Umgebungen in - LyX eine ganze Menge mit nur wenigen Tastendrücken. - Wir hätten leicht eine -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default - innerhalb von -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(lang) -\family default - oder -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(kurz) -\family default - schachteln können oder ein -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(kurz) -\family default - innerhalb von einer -\family sans -Auflistung -\family default -. - Sie haben jede Menge Möglichkeiten zur Auswahl. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Abstände, Seiten- und Zeilenumbrüche -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Was ist ein Abstand? Während es andere Programme erleuben, mehrfach hintereinand -er Leerzeichen zu verwenden, bietet LyX stattdessen verschiedene Leerräume/Abstä -nde an: Abstände mit verschiedener Breite und Leerzeichen, die am Zeilenende - umgebrochen werden können oder davor geschützt sind. - Der folgende Abschnitt zeigt einige Beispiele wo solche Abstände nützlich - sind. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Geschütztes Leerzeichen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Geschütztes-Leerzeichen" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Leerzeichen ! geschutztes@geschütztes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es wird benutzt, um LyX (bzw. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -LaTeX) mitzuteilen, die Zeile -\emph on -nicht -\emph default - zwischen den beiden Worten umzubrechen. - Das ist manchmal nötig, um unschöne Zeilenumbrüche zu vermeiden, wie hier: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quote -Weitere Informationen finden Sie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" - -\end_inset - -. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family roman -\series medium -Offensic -\family default -\series default -htlich sollte zwischen -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Abschnitt -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - ein geschütztes Leerzeichen stehen. - Dieses wird über das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Formatierung -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Ge\SpecialChar \- -schütz\SpecialChar \- -tes -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Leer\SpecialChar \- -zei\SpecialChar \- -chen -\family default - (Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Strg+Leertaste -\family default -) eingefügt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Horizontaler Leerraum -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Horizontaler-Leerraum" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Leerraum ! horizontaler -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Alle horizontalen Leerräume können über das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Horizontaler -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Abstand -\family default - eingefügt werden. - Die Längeneinheiten sind in Anhang -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "tab:Maßeinheiten" - -\end_inset - - aufgelistet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Normales Leerzeichen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Normales-Leerzeichen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Einige Sprachen fügen nach einem Punkt einen etwas größeren Abstand ein, - und LyX befolgt diese Konvention; siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Abkürzungen-und-Satzendepunkt" - -\end_inset - - für Beispiele. - Nach Punkten in Abkürzungen folgt jedoch meist ein normaler Abstand. - Diesen können Sie mit -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Normales -\family default - -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Leerzeichen -\family default - (Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Strg+Alt+Leertaste -\family default -) einfügen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Halbes Leerzeichen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Halbes-Leerzeichen" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Leerzeichen ! halbes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Ein -\family sans -Halbes -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Leerzeichen -\family default - ist nur halb so breit wie das normale und -\emph on -geschützt -\emph default -. - Die typographischen Konventionen vieler Sprachen benutzen es dort, wo ein - normales Leerzeichen zu breit sein würde, zum Beispiel in Abkürzungen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quote - -\noun on -D. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -E -\noun default -. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\noun on -Knuth -\noun default - hat unser geliebtes Schriftsatzprogramm entwickelt, d. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -h. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -TeX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Einen halbes Leerzeichen können Sie mit -\family sans -Einfügen -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Formatierung -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Halbes -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Leerzeichen -\family default - oder -\family sans -Strg+Umschalt+Leertaste -\family default - einfügen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Weitere Leerräume -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt des Weiteren die folgenden Leerräume: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Negatives -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Halbes -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Leerzeichen Eine Zeile mit einem -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \negthinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ -\end_inset - - Negatives, halbes Leerzeichen zwischen den Pfeilen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Halbgeviert -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(0.5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) Eine Zeile mit einem -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \enskip{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ -\end_inset - - Halbgeviert -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(0.5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) zwischen den Pfeilen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Geviert -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) Eine Zeile mit einem -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \quad{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ -\end_inset - - Geviert -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) zwischen den Pfeilen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Doppelgeviert -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) Eine Zeile mit einem -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \qquad{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ -\end_inset - - Doppelgeviert -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) zwischen den Pfeilen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Benutzerdefiniert Eine Zeile mit -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hspace{} -\length 2cm -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ -\end_inset - - 2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cm Leerraum zwischen den Pfeilen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Tabelle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "tab:Breite-der-verschiedenen" - -\end_inset - - listet die verschiedenen Breiten der Lerräume auf. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float table -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "tab:Breite-der-verschiedenen" - -\end_inset - -Breite der verschiedenen horizontalen Lerräume. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Leerraum -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Breite -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Normal -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1/3 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Geschützt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1/3 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Halb -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1/6 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Negativ Halb -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout --1/6 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Halbgeviert (0.5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -0.5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Geviert (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Doppelgeviert (2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Variabler horizontaler Abstand -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Variabler-horiz-Abstand" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Ein variabler horizontaler Abstand ( -\family sans -HFill -\family default -) ist eine besondere Funktion, um zusätzlichen Leerraum gleichmäßig einzufügen. - Er ist ein Leerraum mit variabler Länge, der dem verbleibenden zwischen - dem linken und dem rechten Rand entspricht. - Gibt es in einer Zeile mehrere variable horizontale Abstände, teilen sie - sich den freien Leerraum gleichmäßig. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier sind ein paar Beispiele: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quote -\noindent -Dieser Teil ist links -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -Dieser Teil ist rechts -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quote -\noindent -Links -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -Mitte -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -Rechts -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quote -\noindent -Links -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -1/3 Links -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -Rechts -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das waren Beispiele in der -\family sans -Zitat -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(kurz) -\family default --Umgebung. - Hier -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ -\end_inset - - ist ein variabler horizontaler Abstand in einem -\family sans -Standard -\family default - Absatz. - Egal ob er im Ausdruck erscheint oder nicht, er befindet sich zwischen - den Pfeilen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -HFills können sichtbar gemacht werden, wenn Sie ein -\family sans -Füllmuster -\family default - in den Abstand-Einstellungen wählen. - Folgende Füllmuster sind verfügbar: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Punkte: -\begin_inset space \dotfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Linie: -\begin_inset space \hrulefill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Linkspfeil: -\begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Rechtspfeil: -\begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Klammer oben: -\begin_inset space \downbracefill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Klammer unten: -\begin_inset space \upbracefill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Bemerkung: -\series default - Wenn ein HFill am Beginn einer Zeile aber nicht in der ersten Zeile eines - Absatzes ist, wird er von LyX ignoriert. - Das verhindert, dass HFills aus Versehen auf die nächste Zeile gesetzt - werden. - Wenn Sie in diesem Fall trotzdem den Abstand brauchen, setzen Sie die Option - -\family sans -Schützen -\family default - in den Abstand Einstellungen. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Phantom-Leerraum -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Phantom-Leerraum" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Leerraum ! Phantom -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Manchmal benötigt man Leerraum mit exakt der Länge eines Ausdrucks. - Angenommen Sie wollen die folgende Multiple-Choice Frage stellen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -Was ist korrektes Englisch?: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\lang english -Mr. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Edge would have been jumps the gun. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\lang ngerman - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Mr. - Edge -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\lang english -has to be jumped -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\lang ngerman - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Mr. - Edge -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\lang english -jumps -\lang ngerman - -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -So dass die Antwortmöglichkeiten exakt nach dem Ausdruck -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Mr. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Edge -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - beginnen. - Dafür können Sie die Phantom-Einfügung im Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Phantom -\family default - verwenden. - In unserem Fall fügen Sie ein horizontales Phantom am Anfang der letzten - beiden Zeilen ein und schreiben -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Mr. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Edge -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - in das Phantom (beachten sie das Leerzeichen nach -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Edge -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -). - Eine Phantom-Einfügung gibt nur den Leerraum ihres Inhalts aus (so wie - ein Platzhalter). - Das ist der Grund warum es -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Phantom -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - genannt wird. - Das normale Phantom gibt die Höhe und Breite des Inhalts als Leerraum aus, - während die horizontale und vertikale Variante nur die entsprechende Dimension - ausgibt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Vertikaler Leerraum -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Vertikaler-Leerraum" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Leerraum ! vertikaler -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Zusätzlichen senkrechten Leerraum über oder unter einem Absatz fügt man - mit dem Dialog -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Vertikaler -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Abstand -\family default - hinzu. - Dort kann man aus den folgenden Größen wählen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -SmallSkip -\family default -, -\family sans -MedSkip -\family default - und -\family sans -BigSkip -\family default - sind LaTeX-Größen, die von der Schriftgröße des Dokuments abhängen. - -\family sans -DefSkip -\family default - ist der Abstand, der im Dialog -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Textformat -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - für die Absatztrennung eingestellt ist. - Wenn Sie Absätze per Einrückung voneinander trennen, ist -\family sans -DefSkip -\family default - gleich -\family sans -MedSkip -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der -\family sans -Abstand -\family default - wird dort eingefügt, wo der Cursor steht. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wir werden kein Beispiel für -\family sans -Variabel -\family default - zeigen, weil es Papierverschwendung ist. - Er arbeitet so wie die anderen Fülltypen, einschließlich variabler horizontaler - Abstand: er füllt den restlichen senkrechten Raum einer Seite mit Leerraum. - Gibt es mehrere -\family sans -VFill -\family default -s auf einer Seite, teilen sie sich den restlichen Leerraum gleichmäßig. - -\family sans -VFill -\family default -s kann man deshalb benutzen, wenn man Text auf einer Seite zentrieren will - oder ihn 2/3 oder 1/4 usw. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -nach unten platzieren will. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Bemerkung: -\series default - Falls der vertikale Leerraum in der Ausgabe am oberen/unteren Seitenrand - erscheinen würde, wird er nur hinzugefügt, wenn die Option -\family sans -Schützen -\family default - gesetzt ist. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Absatz -\family sans --Ausrichtung -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Absatz ! -ausrichtung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit dem Menü -\family sans -Absatz-Einstellungen -\family default - ( -\family sans -Bearbeiten -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Absatz-Einstellungen -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -) können Sie die Ausrichtung ändern. - Normalerweise ist -\family sans -Voreinstellung -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -des -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Absatztyps -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -(xyz) -\family default - aktiviert, meistens ist xyz Blocksatz, was bedeutet, dass der Leerraum - zwischen den Worten variabel ist und jede Zeile des Absatzes den Platz - zwischen den beiden Rändern ausfüllt. - Wenn Sie eine der vier Möglichkeiten -\family sans - Blocksatz, Links, Zentriert -\family default - und -\family sans -Rechts -\family default - aktivieren, wird die Voreinstellung deaktiviert. - Diese Ausrichtungen sind selbsterklärend und sehen wie folgt aus: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align left -Dieser Absatz ist linksbündig, -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -dieser ist zentriert, -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align right -und dieser ist rechtsbündig. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\emph on -Anmerkung -\emph default -: Bei diesen drei Absatzausrichtungen wird ober- und unterhalb ein zusätzlicher - vertikaler Abstand eingefügt. - Will man zum Beispiel mehrere kurze Zeilen zentriert setzen, sollte man - nach jeder Zeile -\family sans -Strg+Eingabe -\family default - statt -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default - benutzen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Manueller Seitenumbruch -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Seitenumbruch!manuell -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Manueller-Seitenumbruch" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Ihnen nicht gefällt, wie LaTeX die Seiten Ihres Dokumentes umbricht, - können Sie manuelle Seitenumbrüche einfügen. - Im allgemeinen ist das -\emph on -nicht -\emph default - nötig, weil LaTeX Seitenumbrüche gut gestaltet, wie bereits in Abschnitt - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Schusterjungen-und-Hurenkinder" - -\end_inset - - erwähnt. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wir empfehlen -\emph on -sehr -\emph default -, -\emph on -keine -\emph default - manuellen Seitenumbrüche einzufügen, -\emph on -bevor -\emph default - das Dokument endgültig fertig ist und Sie sich in der Druckvorschau überzeugt - haben, dass Sie die Seitenumbrüche -\emph on -wirklich -\emph default - ändern müssen. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Natürlich können Sie das auch kapitelweise tun, da ein Kapitel immer auf - einer neuen Seite beginnt. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Dann können Sie einen manuellen Seitenumbruch an der Stelle, wo der Cursor - gerade steht, mit -\family sans -Einfügen -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Formatierung -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Neue -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Seite -\family default - einfügen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Einen manuellen Seitenumbruch werden Sie vielleicht einfügen wollen, damit - eine Abbildung oder eine Tabelle auf einer neuen Seite beginnen. - Das ist natürlich der falsche Weg. - Mit LyX können Sie festlegen, dass Ihre Abbildungen und Tabellen automatisch - auf den Beginn einer neuen Seite kommen (oder ans Ende oder auf eine eigene - Seite), ohne dass Sie sich darum kümmern müssen, was vor oder nach Ihrer - Abbildung oder Tabelle steht. - In den Abschnitten -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Abbildungen" - -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Tabellen" - -\end_inset - - erfahren Sie mehr über Gleitobjekte. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Leerender Seitenumbruch -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Leerender-Seitenumbruch" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Seitenumbruch!leerend -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Enthält eine Seite auch Gleitobjekte, wird mit dem Befehl -\family sans - Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Seite -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -leeren -\family default - die Seite umgebrochen, und alle noch nicht gedruckten Gleitobjekte kommen - auf die neue Seite oder folgende. - Bei doppelseitigem Druck macht der Befehl -\family sans - Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Doppelseite -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -leeren -\family default - dasselbe, aber die neue Seite ist auf jeden Fall eine ungerade, eventuell - mit einer Leerseite dazwischen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Manueller Zeilenumbruch -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Manueller-Zeilenumbruch" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Zeilenumbruch ! manuell -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Analog zu Seitenumbrüchen gibt es zwei Typen von Zeilenumbrüchen: Einen - der einfach die Zeile umbricht. - Dieser Zeilenumbruch kann in einem Absatz mit dem Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Normaler -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Zeilenumbruch -\family default - oder mit -\family sans -Strg+Enter -\family default - erzwungen werden. - Der andere Typ, der über das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Rechtsbündiger -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Zeilenumbruch -\family default - oder mit -\family sans -Strg+Umschalt+Enter -\family default -eingefügt wird, bricht die Zeile um und dehnt sie dabei so, dass sie den - kompletten Raum zwischen den Seitenrändern einnimmt. - Dies ist nützlich um -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Fransen -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - in Blocksatz-Absätzen zu verhindern, die eventuell durch Leerraum aufgrund - eines Zeilenumbruchs entstehen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie sollten keine manuellen Zeilenumbrüche verwenden um LaTeXs Zeilenumbruchmech -anismus zu korrigieren, denn LaTeX ist sehr gut bei Zeilenumbrüchen. - Es gibt dennoch einige Situationen wo es notwendig ist, einen Zeilenumbruch - zu setzen, z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - in einem Gedicht oder einer Adresse (siehe die Abschnitte -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Zitate" - -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Gedicht" - -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Adresse-verwenden" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Horizontale Linien -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Horizontale-Linien" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -horizontale Linien -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\begin_inset CommandInset line -LatexCommand rule -offset "0.5ex" -width "100line%" -height "1pt" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -Horizontale Linien können Sie mit -\family sans -Einfügen -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Formatierung -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Horizontale -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Linie -\family default - einfügen. - Der Linienversatz ist der vertikale Abstand zwischen Linien und Grundlinie - der aktuellen Textzeile oder des Absatzes. - Die Linieneinstellungen können geändert werden, indem man mit links auf - die Linie klickt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\begin_inset CommandInset line -LatexCommand rule -offset "0.5ex" -width "100line%" -height "1pt" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Zeichen und Symbole -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Alle Zeichen Ihrer Tastatur können Sie direkt eingeben. - Sie können auch besondere Tastaturtabellen benutzen, wenn Sie zum Beispiel - französische Zeichen mit einer deutschen Tastatur eingeben wollen. - In Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sub:Tastaturtabellen" - -\end_inset - - finden Sie weitere Informationen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie Zeichen benutzen wollen, die nicht auf Ihrer Tastatur sind, gibt - es das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Sonderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Symbole -\family default -. - Hiermit öffnen Sie ein Fenster mit Symbolen, von denen Sie eins oder mehrere - auswählen können. - Außerdem können Sie auch aus anderen Kategorien als der angezeigten auswählen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -Anmerkung: -\series default - Eventuell werden nicht alle eingefügten Symbole von LyX angezeigt. - Das hängt von Ihrer Bildschirmschriftart ab, aber -\emph on -alle -\emph default - Symbole werden gedruckt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Schrift -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schriften -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und Textstile -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Text ! -stil -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Schrift-und-Textstile" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Schrifttypen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schriften ! Typen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt zwei Schrifttypen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Skalierbare -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Schriften -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schriften ! skalierbare -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - (auch Vektorschriften -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schriften ! Vektor- -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - genannt)werden aus den Umrissen der einzelnen Zeichen mit Hilfe von mathematisc -hen Funktionen erstellt. - Damit die Darstellung der Zeichen für verschiedene Größen immer gut aussieht, - werden mehrere Funktionen benutzt. - Zum Darstellen oder Drucken eines Zeichens berechnet ein Renderer, welche - Pixel in den Umriss gepackt werden müssen. - Die Vektorschriften sind für jede Zeichengröße bestens geeignet. - Nur bei sehr kleinen Zeichengrößen kann es schwer sein, die Pixel richtig - zu berechnen, damit das Zeichen noch gut aussieht. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Die Schriftarttypen -\family typewriter -TrueType -\family default -, -\family typewriter -OpenType -\family default - und -\family typewriter -Type -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1 -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -PostScript -\family default - sind Vektorschriftarten. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Bitmap-Schriften -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schriften ! Bitmap- -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - werden aus Bitmap-Bildern der einzelnen Zeichen erstellt. - Sie sehen deshalb für alle Größen gut aus, für die ein Bitmap-Bild vorhanden - ist. - Das sind meist Zeichengrößen von 8 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -34 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Pixel. - Vergrößerungen sehen deshalb nicht besonders gut aus. - Der Vorteil von Bitmap-Schriften ist, dass keine aufwendigen Berechnungen - durchgeführt werden müssen. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -In PostScript und PDF-Dokumenten sind -\family typewriter -Type -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -3 -\family default --Schriftarten Bitmap-Schriften. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Weil also skalierbare Schriften für fast alle Zeichengrößen gute Ergebnisse - liefern, werden sie von fast allen Text-Render- und Drucksatz-Programmen - benutzt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie wissen wollen, welche Schriftarten in einem PDF-Dokument benutzt - werden, sollten Sie sich dessen Eigenschaften anschauen. - Beim -\family typewriter -Adobe Reader -\family default - sind sie unter -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Dokumenteigenschaften\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Schriften -\family default - zu finden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Viele moderne Drucksetz- und Textauszeichnungs-Programme haben damit begonnen, - Schriftstile an Stelle von verschiedenen Schriftarten zu benutzen. - Anstatt zum Beispiel die Kursivform einer bestimmten Schriftart zu benutzen, - wird ein -\emph on -Hervorhebungsstil -\emph default - benutzt. - So wird das auch in LyX gemacht, wo kontextabhängig gearbeitet wird, damit - Sie sich nicht auf die Einzelheiten des Drucksatzes konzentrieren müssen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -LaTeX Schriftunterstützung -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:LaTeX-Schriftunterstützung" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Traditionell verwendet LaTeX seine eigenen Schriften. - Daher kann man die Schriften, die im Betriebssystem installiert sind nicht - verwenden, sondern muss spezielle LaTeX-Schriften benutzen. - Der Grund ist, dass LaTeX besondere Informationen von den Schriften benötigt, - die von zusätzlichen Dateien und Paketen bereit gestellt werden. - Die Schattenseite ist, dass daher die Auswahl an Schriften im Vergleich - zu anderen Textprogrammen etwas eingeschränkt ist. - Auf der anderen Seite hat man den Vorteil dass die LaTeX-Schriften generell - eine exzellente Qualität haben und auf allen Betriebssystemen exakt gleich - aussehen. - Mittlerweile gibt es eine recht große Zahl an LaTeX-Schriften, freie und - kommerzielle. - In LyX sind nur einige davon direkt über die Dokumenteinstellungen auswählbar - (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Dokumentschrift-und-Schriftgröße" - -\end_inset - - für Details). - Es sind dennoch alle verfügbar wenn man den entsprechenden LaTeX-Code in - den LaTeX-Vorspann einfügt (bitte lesen Sie dazu die Dokumentation der - gewünschten Schrift). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die neuesten Entwicklungen sind LaTeX-Interpreter, die es erlauben die Schriften -, die auf Ihrem Betriebssystem installiert sind, direkt zu verwenden. - Dies sind die Interpreter XeTeX und LuaTeX. - Beine werden von LyX unterstützt. - Damit kann man theoretisch jede installierte OpenType oder TrueType Schrift - verwenden. - Der nächste Abschnitt beschreibt wie man diese Schriften verwendet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung: -\series default - Es kann sein, dass einige Schriften aufgrund schlechter Zeichendefinitionen - ein schlechtes Ergebnis in der Ausgabe bringen; daher muss man manchmal - experimentieren. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung: -\series default - XeTeX und besonders LuaTeX sind immer noch relativ neu und daher noch nicht - ganz so stabil wie das traditionelle LaTeX oder PDFTeX. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Dokumentschrift -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Schrift@-schrift -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und Schriftgröße -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schriften ! Größe -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Dokumentschrift-und-Schriftgröße" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können die Dokumentschrift im Dialog -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Schriften -\family default - festlegen. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Dort kann eingestellt werden, welche Schriftfamilie verwendet wird — Serifensch -rift, -\family sans -Serifenlos -\family default - oder -\family typewriter -Schreibmaschine -\family default - — und wie groß die Grundschriftgröße und der Skalierungsfaktor für (einige) - Serifenlos- und Schreibmaschine-Schriften ist, damit deren Größe zur Größe - der Serifenschrift passt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie die Option -\family sans -Nicht-T -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX-Schriften verwenden -\family default - benutzen, haben Sie Zugriff auf die in Ihrem Betriebssystem installierten - Schriften. - Dies setzt voraus, dass Sie -\family sans -PDF (XeT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX) -\family default -, -\family sans -PDF (LuaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX) -\family default - oder -\family sans -DVI (LuaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX) -\family default - als Ausgabeformat verwenden. - Das bedeutet daher auch, dass entweder XeTeX oder LuaTeX installiert sein - müssen (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Schriftunterstützung" - -\end_inset - -). - Die TeX-Schriften sind dann allerdings nicht verfügbar. - Es ist zu beachten, dass LyX dann alle verfügbaren Schriften in jeder der - drei Listen (Serifenschrift, Serifenlose, und Schreibmaschine) aufführt, - da LyX die Familie nicht bestimmen kann. - Des Weiteren kann die Ausgabe mit einigen der Schriften fehlschlagen, entweder - durch inkompatible Kodierungen der Schriften oder Fehler in den Schriftdefiniti -onen. - LyX kann dies nicht im Voraus prüfen, so dass Sie eventuell experimentieren - müssen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie TeX-Schriften verwenden (dies ist die Voreinstellung), sind die - möglichen Optionen für die Schriften -\family sans -Standard -\family default - und eine Liste von in Ihrer LaTeX-Distribution verfügbaren Schriften. - -\family sans -Standard, -\family default - verwendet die Schrift, die die aktuelle Dokumentklasse als Standard hat. - In den meisten Fällen ist dies die Standard-TeX-Schrift, die als -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -Computer -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Modern -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - ( -\family typewriter -cm -\family default -) oder -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -European Computer Modern -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - ( -\family typewriter -ec -\family default -) bekannt ist. - Einige spezielle Klassen verwenden eine andere Schrift als Standard. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Weil -\family typewriter -cm -\family default - und -\family typewriter -ec -\family default - Bitmap-Schriften sind, können sie in manchen PDF-Betrachtern bei großer - Vergrößerung treppenförmig aussehen. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Der Adobe Reader ab Version 6 glättet sie mit einem speziellen Renderer - für Bitmap-Schriften. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Um das zu vermeiden, können Sie skalierbare Schriften benutzen. - Es gibt drei Möglichkeiten: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Wählen Sie die -\family sans -Latin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Modern -\family default - Schriften, was empfohlen ist, wenn Sie die das Aussehen der -\family typewriter -cm -\family default -/ -\family typewriter -ec -\family default - Schriften behalten wollen. - -\family sans -Latin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Modern -\family default - wurde für die LaTeX-Gemeinde entwickelt, um die -\family typewriter -cm -\family default --Schriften als Standard abzulösen. - Sie enthält eine riesige Anzahl an Glyphen und verschiedene Schriftschnitte. - Außer einigen Details, in denen das Aussehen verbessert wurde, schaut -\family sans -Latin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Modern -\family default - identisch zu -\family typewriter -cm -\family default - aus; -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ein Unterschied ist eine bessere Unterschneidung. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -oder wählen Sie -\family sans -AE -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(Almost -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -European) -\family default - für den (seltenen) Fall dass -\family sans -Latin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Modern -\family default - nicht verfügbar ist oder nicht funktioniert, Sie aber das Aussehen der - Schrift -\family typewriter -cm -\family default -/ -\family typewriter -ec -\family default - emulieren wollen. - -\family typewriter -AE -\family default - sind virtuelle Schriften in dem Sinne, dass sie das Aussehen der -\family typewriter -cm -\family default --Schriften von anderen Schriften -\emph on -stehlen -\emph default -. - Der Nachteil ist, dass einige Zeichen fehlen, zum Beispiel die französischen - -\emph on -Guillemets -\emph default - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -« -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -» -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Wenn Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -aeguill -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! aeguill -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - mit der Zeile -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage[ec]{aeguill} -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series default -laden, wird dieses Problem beseitigt. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und dass Zeichen mit Akzenten nicht -\emph on -ein -\emph default - Zeichen sind, sondern aus -\emph on -zwei -\emph default - bestehen, dem Buchstaben und dem Akzent. - Deswegen kann man Dokumente nicht nach Worten mit solchen Zeichen durchsuchen. - Wenn Sie zum Beispiel das französische Wort -\emph on -brève -\emph default - in einer PDF-Datei suchen, werden Sie es nicht finden, weil der PDF-Betrachter - nach -\emph on - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\emph default -è -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - sucht und nicht nach -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -e + -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - ̀ -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Wenn Sie das Aussehen von -\family typewriter -cm -\family default -/ -\family typewriter -ec -\family default - nicht mögen, können Sie natürlich eine der anderen angebotenen Vektorschriftart -en verwenden, z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Times -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Roman -\family default - oder -\family typewriter - -\family sans -Palatino -\family default -. - Die meisten Vektorschriftarten mit Serifen wählen automatisch eine passende - serifenlose und eine Schreibmaschine-Schriftart aus -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dies sind entweder einfach passende andere Schriftarten (z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - verwendet -\family sans -Times -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Roman die Schrift -\family default - -\family sans -Helvetica -\family default - für serifenlosen Text), oder verschiedene Schnitte der selben Schrift, - d. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -h. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -eine echte -\emph on -Schriftfamilie -\emph default - (z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - im Fall von -\family sans -Latin -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Modern -\family default - oder -\family sans -Computer -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Modern -\family default -). -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, aber Sie könne auch eigene explizit festlegen. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Die Unterschiede zwischen Serifenschrift, -\family sans -Serifenlos -\family default - und -\family typewriter -Schreibmaschine -\family default - werden in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Textstil-Dialog" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Die Schrift -\family sans -Times -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Roman -\family default - wurde ursprünglich für Zeitungen entwickelt. - Das bedeutet, dass ihre Zeichen kleiner als die von anderen Schriften sind, - damit sie in die schmalen Zeitungsspalten passen. - Deshalb ist diese Schrift für große Dokumente wie Bücher nicht geeignet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Für die Schriftgröße gibt es generell vier mögliche Werte: Standard, 10, - 11 und 12. - Einige Klassen bieten zusätzliche Größen an. - Die Größe von Standard hängt von der Klasse ab, die Sie benutzen. - Bei den Standard-Klassen ist sie gleich der Schriftgröße 10. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Für die -\family sans -Grundgröße -\family default - gibt es die Werte -\family sans -Standard -\family default -, -\family sans -10 -\family default -, -\family sans -11 -\family default - und -\family sans -12 -\family default -. - Einige Dokumentklassen bieten weitere Größen an. - Die -\family sans -Standard -\family default --Größe hängt von der Klasse ab, die Sie verwenden. - Bei den Standardklassen ist sie gleich -\family sans -10 -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es ist zu beachten dass die Schriftgröße eine -\emph on -Grundgröße -\emph default - ist. - Das heißt dass LyX alle anderen möglichen Schriftgrößen, zum Beispiel für - Fußnoten, hoch- und tiefgestellt usw. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -an dieser Größe ausrichtet. - Die Schriftgröße von Teilen des Texts kann im -\family sans -Textstil -\family default --Dialog geändert werden. - Die möglichen Schriftgrößen sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Textstil-Dialog" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Über die -\family sans -Standard-Familie -\family default - kann der Standard-Schriftfamilie eingestellt werden; Serifenschrift, Serifenlos - oder Schreibmaschine. - In den meisten Fällen ist -\family sans -Standard -\family default - gleichbedeutend mit -\family sans -Serifenschrift -\family default -. - Einige Dokumentklassen (wie z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B.Präsentationsklassen) verwenden jedoch einen anderen Standard. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\family typewriter - -\family sans -LaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X-Fontkodierung -\family default - ist eine Einstellung für Experten, mit der der Wert geändert kann, der - an das LaTeX-Paket -\emph on - -\series bold -\emph default -fontenc -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! fontenc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - übergeben wird (siehe auch Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Einstellungen" - -\end_inset - -). - Normalerweise müssen Sie nichts ändern (und diese Einstellung auch nicht - verstehen). - Verwenden Sie daher -\family sans -Benutzerdefiniert -\family default -, es sei denn, Sie haben Ihre Gründe. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit einigen Schriften sind die Optionen -\family sans -Mediävalziffern verwenden -\family default - und -\family sans -Echte Kapitälchen verwenden -\family default - aktiviert. - Dies sind spezielle Features, die einige Schriften anbieten. - Wenn Sie die Option -\family sans -Mediävalziffern verwenden -\family default - auswählen, werden Ziffern mit Ober- und Unterlängen (sogenannte Mediäval- - oder Minuskelziffern) verwendet, die sich besonders gut in den Fließtext - einfügen. - -\family sans -Echte Kapitälchen verwenden -\family default - bewirkt, dass echte Kapitälchen verwendet werden, und nicht Großbuchstaben, - die skaliert werden. - Echte Kapitälchen sind Teil von hochwertigen Schriften und sehen besser - aus als skalierte, müssen jedoch oft extra gekauft werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Im CJK-Feld können die Benutzer von Chinesisch, Japanisch oder Koreanisch - (CJK) eine Schrift festlegen, mit dem die Schriftzeichen dargestellt werden - sollen. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Die Schrift wird als Argument für die Befehle des LaTeX-Paketes -\series bold -CJK -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! CJK -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - verwendet. - Das wirkt sich aber nicht auf die Dokumentsprache -\family sans -Japanisch -\family default - aus, die -\series bold -CJK -\series default - nicht benutzt. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung: -\series default - Wenn Sie eine andere Schrift oder Schriftgröße verwenden, verändert LyX - -\emph on -nicht -\emph default - die Bildschirmschrift! Die Änderung ist nur in der Ausgabe sichtbar; dies - ist Teil des WYSIWYM Konzeptes. - LyXs Bildschirmschriften können im Dialog -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default - eingestellt werden, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Bildschirmschriften" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Gebrauch unterschiedlicher Buchstabenstile -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Buchstabenstile -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wie wir bereits gesehen haben, ändert LyX automatisch den -\color black -Buchstabenstil -\color inherit - für gewisse Absatzumgebungen. - Wir haben bereits den Buchstabenstil -\family sans -Hervorhebung -\family default - erwähnt. - Es gibt auch -\family sans -Eigenname -\family default - (meistens ist das -\family sans -Kapitälchen -\family default -). - Beide kann man mit Tastenkürzeln, über die Menüs oder die Werkzeugleiste - auswählen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um -\family sans -Kapitälchen -\family default - zu aktivieren, machen Sie folgendes: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Sie klicken auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "font-noun" -\end_inset - -, oder Sie drücken -\family sans -Alt+Z -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -K. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Diese Befehle sind Umschalter: ist -\family sans -Eigenname/Kapitälchen -\family default - aktiviert, so wird es durch den Befehl deaktiviert und umgekehrt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Eine typische Anwendung für -\family sans -Eigenname/Kapitälchen -\family default --Stil sind Namen, zum Beispiel -\noun on - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Matthias Ettrich -\noun default - ist der LyX-Erfinder. -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der -\family sans -Hervorhebung -\family default -sstil wird häufiger benutzt. - Man kann ihn folgendermaßen (de)ak\SpecialChar \- -ti\SpecialChar \- -vie\SpecialChar \- -ren – es sind ebenfalls Umschalter: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Sie klicken auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "font-emph" -\end_inset - -, oder Sie drücken -\family sans -Alt+Z -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -H -\family default -. - oder -\family sans -Strg+E -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Zur Zeit ist der -\family sans -Hervorhebung -\family default -sstil gleichbedeutend mit einer kursiven Schrift. - Wir wollen dem Benutzer in Zukunft ermöglichen, eine andere Zuordnung zu - treffen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Den -\family sans -Hervorhebung -\family default -sstil haben wir überall in diesem Dokument benutzt. - Hier ist noch ein Beispiel: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quotation - -\emph on -Übertreiben Sie den Gebrauch von Buchstabenstilen nicht! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Über das Beispiel hinaus ist es eine Warnung. - Man sollte in etwa so schreiben, wie man sich unterhält. - Da man sich ja nicht dauernd anschreit, sollte man vermeiden, Dinge zu - oft hervorzuheben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann den Buchstabenstil auf die Voreinstellung zurücksetzen, indem man - entweder das Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Alt+C -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Leerzeichen -\family default - oder den Dialog -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Textstil\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Benutzerdefiniert -\family default - ( -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show character" -\end_inset - -) verwendet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Feineinstellung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Feineinstellung!der Zeichen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - mit dem Textstil-Dialog -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Textstil-Dialog" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt immer Situationen, in denen man Feineinstellungen vornehmen muss. - Deshalb hat LyX Möglichkeiten, den Buchstabenstil zu verändern. - Zum Beispiel schreiben ein wissenschaftliches Journal oder eine Firma vor, - dass eine Schrift ohne Serifen in gewissen Situationen zu benutzen ist. - Schriftsteller benutzen manchmal eine andere Schrift, um die Gedanken einer - Person von einem gewöhnlichen Dialog abzuheben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Bevor wir beschreiben, wie man Buchstabenstile ändern kann, wollen wir eine - Warnung wiederholen: Übertreiben Sie den Gebrauch von Buchstabenstilen - nicht. - Viele moderne Textverarbeitungen bieten viele Schriften an, womit Sie die - Stärke der Presse besitzen. - Unglücklicherweise gibt es eine Tendenz, damit zu verschwenderisch umzugehen. - Es hat etwas von -\emph on -mit Kanonen auf Spatzen schießen -\emph default -. - Außerdem sieht ein Dokument, das sehr viele Schriften und Größen benutzt, - wirklich so aus, als hätte jemand Löcher hinein geschossen. - – Aber genug gejammert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um Schriften zu verändern, wählen Sie -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Textstil -\family default - oder klicken Sie auf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show character" -\end_inset - -, um das Dialogfenster -\family sans -Textstil -\family default - angezeigt zu bekommen. - Dieses Menü hat sieben Schaltflächen für die verschiedenen Schrifteigenschaften -, die man auswählen kann. - Klickt man auf eine Schaltfläche, kann man eine Einstellung wählen oder - mit -\family sans -Keine -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Änderung -\family default - alles beim alten lassen. - Mit -\family sans -Zurücksetzen -\family default - wird die Eigenschaft auf ihren Standardwert in der gerade benutzten Absatzumgeb -ung zurückgesetzt. - Damit kann man auf einen Schlag Attribute für verschiedene Absatzumgebungen - zurücksetzen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die sieben Schrifteigenschaften und ihre möglichen Werte (plus -\family sans -Keine -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Änderung -\family default - und -\family sans -Zurücksetzen -\family default -) sind: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Familie -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schriften ! Familie -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - Das -\emph on -allgemeine Aussehen -\emph default - der Schrift. - Es gibt folgende Möglichkeiten: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Roman -\family default - Dies ist die Schriftfamilie Roman. - Es ist auch die Standardfamilie. - (Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Alt+Z -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -R -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Serifenfrei -\family default - -\family sans -Dies ist die Schriftfamilie Sans Serif. - -\family default - (Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Alt+Z -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -S -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Schreibmaschine -\family default - -\family typewriter -Dies ist die Schriftfamilie Schreibmaschine -\family default - (Tas\SpecialChar \- -ten\SpecialChar \- -kürzel -\family sans -Alt+Z C -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Strichstärke -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Strichstärke -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - Dies ist die Druckstärke -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Druckstärke -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - mit folgenden Optionen: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Mittel -\family default - Dies ist die Druckstärke mittel. - Es ist auch die Standardstärke. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Fett -\family default - -\series bold -Dies ist die Druckstärke fett. - -\series default - Fettdruck kann man mit -\family sans -Alt+Z -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -F -\family default - oder -\family sans -Strg+B -\family default - (de)aktivieren. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Schnitt -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schnitt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - Wie der Name schon sagt mit folgenden Optionen: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Normal -\family default - Dies ist die Standardform. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Kursiv -\family default - -\shape italic -Dies -\shape default - -\family sans -\shape italic -i -\family default -st die kursive Form -\shape default -\emph on -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Geneigt -\family default - -\shape slanted -Dies ist die geneigte Form -\shape default - (obwohl man es auf dem Bildschirm vielleicht nicht sieht, ist die Form - anders als kursiv). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Kapitälchen -\family default - -\shape smallcaps -Dies ist die Kapitälchenform -\shape default -\noun on -. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Farbe -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schriften ! Farbe -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Farbe ! Text -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Hiermit können Sie eine Textfarbe auswählen. - Neben -\family sans -Keine -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Farbe -\family default -, was bedeutet, dass die Farbe verwendet wird, die im Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Farbe -\family default - für den -\family sans -Haupttext -\family default - eingestellt ist, können Sie zwischen -\family sans -Schwarz -\family default -, -\family sans -Weiß -\family default -, -\family sans -Rot -\family default -, -\family sans -Grün -\family default -, -\family sans -Blau -\family default -, -\family sans -Cyan -\family default -, -\family sans -Magenta -\family default - und -\family sans -Gelb -\family default - wählen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Sprache -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Sprache (ändern) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default -Hiermit können Sie einem markierten Textteil eine andere Sprache zuordnen. - Dieser Text wird (nur in LyX) blau unterstrichen, um die Sprachänderung - zu anzuzeigen. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Wenn Sie zum Beispiel längeren englischen Text in Ihrem Dokument haben, - berücksichtigt LaTeX für diesen Teil automatisch die englische Silbentrennung. - Wenn Sie die Rechtschreibprüfung benutzen (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Rechtschreibprüfung" - -\end_inset - -), werden dann englisch markierten Wörter nach dem englischen Wörterbuch - geprüft. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Größe -\family default - Ändert die Schriftgröße -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schriften ! Größe -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - Sie werden hier keine Zahlenwerte finden; alle möglichen Größen sind proportion -al zur Standardschriftgröße. - Noch einmal, Sie füttern LyX nicht mit Details, sondern mit einer Beschreibung - von dem, was Sie machen wollen. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Die Optionen sind: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Winzig -\family default - -\size tiny -Dies ist die -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -winzige -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - Schriftgröße. - -\size default - (Tastenkürzel: -\family sans -Alt+S -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -T -\family default - oder -\family sans -Alt+S -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1 -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Sehr -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Klein -\family default - -\size scriptsize -Dies ist die -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -sehr kleine -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - Schriftgröße. - -\size default - (Tastenkürzel: -\family sans -Alt+S -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -2 -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Fußnote -\family default - -\size footnotesize -Dies ist die -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset - -Fußnoten -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - --Schriftgröße. - -\size default - ( -\size small -Tastenkürzel -\size default -: -\family sans -Alt+S -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -3 -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Klein -\family default - -\size small -Dies ist die -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -kleine -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - Schriftgröße. - -\size default - ( -\size small -Tastenkürzel: -\size default - -\family sans -Alt+S -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Umschalt+S -\family default - oder -\family sans -Alt+S -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -4 -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Normal -\family default - Dies ist die -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -normale -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - Schriftgröße. - Dies ist auch die Standardgröße (Tastenkürzel: -\family sans -Alt+S -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -N -\family default - oder -\family sans -Alt+S 5 -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Groß -\family default - -\size large -Dies ist die -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -große -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - Schriftgröße. - -\size default - (Tastenkürzel: -\family sans -Alt+S -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -L -\family default - oder -\family sans -Alt+S -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -6 -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Größer -\family default - -\size larger -Dies ist die -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -größere -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - Schriftgröße. - -\size default -(Tastenkürzel: -\family sans -Alt+S -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Umschalt+L -\family default - oder -\family sans -Alt+S -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -7 -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Noch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Größer -\family default - -\size largest -Dies ist die -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -noch größere -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - Schriftgröße. - -\size default - (Tastenkürzel: -\family sans -Alt+S -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8 -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Riesig -\family default - -\size huge -Dies ist die -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -riesige -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - Schriftgröße. - -\size default - (Tastenkürzel: -\family sans -Alt+S -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -H -\family default - oder -\family sans -Alt+S -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -9 -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Gigantisch -\family default - -\size giant -Dies ist die -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -gigantische -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - Schriftgröße. - -\size default - (Tastenkürzel: -\family sans -Alt+S -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Umschalt+H -\family default - oder -\family sans -Alt+S -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -0 -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Vergrößern -\family default - vergrößert den markierten Text schrittweise -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Verkleinern -\family default - verkleinert den markierten Text schrittweise -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -Wir warnen Sie -\emph on -noch einmal -\emph default -: spielen Sie mit dieser Funktion nicht verrückt. - Die Schriftgröße müssen Sie so gut wie nie ändern. - LyX ändert die Schriftgröße für verschiedene Absatzumgebungen automatisch - – das sollten Sie benutzen. - Dies ist nur für Feineinstellungen! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Diverses -\family default - Hier können Sie auf Buchstabenniveau noch ein paar andere Dinge ändern: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Hervorgehoben -\family default - -\emph on -Dies ist hervorgehobener Text -\emph default -. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Dies mag wie -\shape italic -kursiv -\shape default - aussehen, aber es ist ein wenig anders. - Wenn Sie bei kursivem Text hervorheben benutzen, wird es normaler Text. - Bei zukünftigen LyX-Versionen können Sie diese -\emph on -logische -\emph default - Eigenschaft hoffentlich Ihren Wünschen entsprechend anpassen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Unterstrichen -\family default - -\bar under -Dies ist unterstrichener Text. - -\bar default - (Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Alt+Z -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -U -\family default - oder -\family sans -Strg+U -\family default -) -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Vermeiden Sie unterstrichenen Text wo immer es geht! Dies ist ein Überbleibsel - aus der Zeit der Schreibmaschine, als man Schriften nicht ändern konnte. - Man muss heutzutage Text nicht mehr durch Unterstreichung hervorheben. - Dies ist in LyX nur verfügbar, da einige Leute dies brauchen um Stilvorschrifte -n von Journalen einzuhalten. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Doppelt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -unterstrichen -\family default - -\uuline on -Dies ist doppelt unterstrichener Text. - -\uuline default - (Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Alt+Z -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -D -\family default -) -\lang english - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\lang ngerman -Da wir Sie eben vor unterstrichenem Text gewarnt haben, können Sie sich - sicher denken, was wir von doppelt unterstrichenem Text halten. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Wellig -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -unterstrichen -\family default - -\uwave on -Dies ist wellig unterstrichener Text. - -\uwave default - (Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Alt+Z -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -W -\family default -) -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Verwenden Sie dies nur wenn ein Journal unbedingt darauf besteht. - halten Sie Tabletten gegen Übelkeit parat. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Durchgestrichen -\family default -\bar under - -\bar default -\strikeout on -Dies ist durchgestrichener Text. - -\strikeout default - (Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Strg+Umschalt+O -\family default -) -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Dies wird oft verwendet um eine alte Version eines Textes zu kennzeichnen, - der inzwischen geändert wurde. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Eigenname/Kapitälchen -\family default - -\noun on -Dies ist Text mit Kapitälchen. -\noun default - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Dies ist ebenso wie -\family sans -Hervorgehoben -\family default - ein logisches Attribut. - Zur Zeit ist es -\family sans -Kapitälchen -\family default -, aber es wird eines Tages wählbar sein. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Vermeiden Sie zu unterstreichen, wenn Sie können! Es ist ein Überbleibsel - aus den Schreibmaschinentagen, als man Schriften nicht wechseln konnte. - Wir brauchen auf das Unterstreichen nicht mehr zurückzugreifen, um etwas - hervorzuheben. - Es ist nur deshalb in LyX, weil es auch in LaTeX ist und weil einige es - -\emph on -möglicherweise -\emph default - benötigen, um Stilvorschriften zu genügen. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -Sie können aus einer großen Zahl von Kombinationsmöglichkeiten wählen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Nachdem Sie mit Hilfe des Dialogs -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Textstil\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Benutzerdefiniert -\family default - ( -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show character" -\end_inset - -) einen neuen Buchstabenstil gewählt haben, -\shape italic -\emph on -können -\shape default -\emph default - Sie ihn mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "textstyle-apply" -\end_inset - - aktivieren. - (Sie können natürlich auch die Knöpfe -\family sans -Übernehmen -\family default - und -\family sans -Schließen -\family default - benutzen.) Mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf kann man auch dann umschalten, -\color black -wenn -\color inherit - das -\color black -Menü -\color inherit - -\family sans -Zeichenformat -\family default - nicht zu sehen ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um den Buchstabenstil komplett auf die Voreinstellung zurückzusetzen, drückt - man -\family sans -Alt+Z -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Leertaste -\family default -. - Will man nur die Einstellungen umschalten, die man gerade geändert hat - (angenommen man hat gerade den Schnitt auf -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -geneigt -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - und die Strichstärke auf -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -fett -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - gesetzt), verwendet man die Option -\family sans -Alle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -umschalten -\family default - und drückt -\family sans -Übernehmen -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie sollten den Unterschied zwischen den drei Hauptschrifttypen kennen -\family sans -Serifenschrift -\family default -, -\family sans -Serifenlos -\family default -, und -\family typewriter -Schreibmaschine -\family default -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family typewriter -Schreibmaschine -\family default - ist eine sogenannte -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -nichtproportionale -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - Schriftart, was bedeutet, dass jedes Zeichen dieselbe Breite hat; das -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -i -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - ist so breit wie das -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -m -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - Hier ist ein Beispiel -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -kein -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -Schreibmaschine-Text -\family default - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Für mehr über Phantom-Leerräume, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Phantom-Leerraum" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -kein Schreibmaschine-Text -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Serifenschrift -\family default - Schriftarten verwenden Zeichen mit Serifen. - Dies sind die kleinen -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Anhängsel -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - am Ende der Striche, die ein Zeichen bilden. - Das folgende Beispiel zeigt den Unterschied: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Text mit Serifen -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Text ohne Serifen -\family default - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Serifen ermöglichen ein schnelles und leichtes Lesen. - Diese Schriften werden daher als Standardschrift verwendet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Serifenlos -\family default - wird nicht als Grundtyp empfohlen. - Diese Schrift wird daher oft nur für Abschnittsüberschriften und Kurztexte - verwendet. - In diesem Dokument wird er zur Hervorhebung von Menünamen verwendet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Umschalten -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - bezieht sich auf das Setzen oder Entfernen von Schrifteigenschaften. - Wenn eine Eigenschaft fürs Umschalten im Textstil-Dialog ausgewählt ist, - wird sie vom ausgewählten Text entfernt, wenn dieser schon die Eigenschaft - besitzt. - Wenn man z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - einen Stil mit den Eigenschaften A, B und C für Text anwendet, der aktuell - die Schrifteigenschaften B, C, F und G hat, und wenn B auf umschalten, - C auf nicht umschalten gesetzt ist, wird der Text danach die Eigenschaften - A, C, F und G haben. - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Niemals Umschalten -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Immer Umschalten -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - bedeutet, dass man die Umschalt-Eigenschaft nicht kontrolliert. - Für die Eigenschaften der linken Seite des Dialogs ( -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Familie -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - usw.) entscheidet man selbst über das Umschalten. - Wenn -\family sans -Alle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -umschalten -\family default - gewählt ist, werden alle Eigenschaften der linken Dialogseite umgeschaltet; - standardmäßig werden sie nicht umgeschaltet. - Die Einstellung -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Zurücksetzen -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - wird nie umgeschaltet. - Wenn man z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B: -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Strichstärke -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - auf -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Zurücksetzen -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - setzt, -\family sans -Alle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -umschalten -\family default - wählt und dies auf fett gesetzten Text anwendet, wird auf die Voreinstellung - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Mittel -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - zurückgesetzt, egal wie oft man den Stil anwendet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es wird zum Schluss nochmal gewarnt: Übertreiben Sie den Gebrauch von -\emph on - -\emph default -Schriften nicht! Sie sind ansonsten nur ein vorgetäuschter Ersatz für gutes - Schreiben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Druckvorschau -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Druckvorschau -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und Drucken -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -drucken -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Überblick -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Nachdem wir nun einige Grundfunktionen von LyX zur Dokumentbearbeitung erläutert - haben, wollen Sie sicherlich wissen, wie Sie Ihr Meisterstück ausdrucken - können. - Vorher wollen wir Ihnen jedoch einen kurzen Überblick über das geben, was - sich im Hintergrund abspielt. - Wir werden dies ausführlicher in den -\emph on -Handbuchergänzungen -\emph default - behandeln. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX benutzt das Programm LaTeX zur Druckaufbereitung. - (Eigentlich ist LaTeX nur ein Makropaket für das Druckaufbereitungssystem - TeX, aber um Sie nicht zu verwirren, werden wir das Ganze nur LaTeX nennen.) - Sehen Sie es so: LyX benutzen Sie zum Schreiben. - Dann ruft LyX LaTeX auf, um daraus etwas Druckbares zu machen. - Das passiert in mehreren Schritten: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -LyX wandelt Ihr Dokument in eine Reihe von Textbefehlen für LaTeX um und - erzeugt eine Datei mit der Erweiterung -\family typewriter -.tex -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -LaTeX benutzt die Befehle der -\family typewriter -.tex -\family default --Datei, um eine druckbare Ausgabe zu erzeugen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Ausgabe-Dateiformate -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dateiformate -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Ausgabe-Dateiformate" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -ASCII -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dateiformate ! ASCII -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Dateiformat hat die Endung -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.txt -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - Es enthält Ihr Dokument als reinen Text bezüglich den Regeln des ASCII-Formats - (American Standard Code for Information Interchange). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können ihr Dokument nach ASCII über das Menü -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Einfacher -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Text -\family default -. - Dies exportiert jedoch nicht Material, das extern generiert wird, wie z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - BibTeX-Bibliographien (Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbanken" - -\end_inset - -). - Falls Ihr Dokument solches Material enthält, verwenden Sie das Menü -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Weitere Formate und Optionen -\family default - und wählen dann -\family sans -Einfacher -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ps2ascii) -\family default -. - Dies exportiert das Dokument intern zuerst nach PostScript (erzeugt dabei - das externe Material) und dann nach ASCII. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -LaTeX -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dateiformate ! LaTeX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Dateiformat hat die Endung -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.tex -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - und enthält alle Befehle, die von LaTeX benötigt werden um das Dokument - zu prozessieren. - Wenn die LaTeX verstehen, können Sie so die Ursache von LaTeX-Fehler ergründen - oder die Datei mittels Konsolenbefehlen bearbeiten. - Die LaTeX-Datei wird automatisch in LyXs temporärem Verzeichnis erstellt, - wann immer Sie Ihr Dokument ansehen oder exportieren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können ihr Dokument als LaTeX-Datei über das Menü -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\family default - exportieren. - Die verschiedenen LaTeX-Export-Varianten sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub: Exportieren" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -DVI -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dateiformate ! DVI -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Dateiformat hat die Endung -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.dvi -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - Diese bedeutet -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -device-independent -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - (geräteunabhängig) da dieses Format genau das ist: Man kann es auf allen - Computern ohne irgend welche Konvertierungen einsetzen. - DVIs eignen sich für schnelle Voransicht für andere Ausgabeformate wie - PostScript. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -DVI-Dateien enthalten keine Bilder, sie verlinken diese nur. - Daher darf man nicht vergessen, die Bilder zusammen mit den DVIs weiterzugeben. - Da der DVI-Betrachter die Bilder im Hintergrund konvertieren muss um sie - darstellen zu können, kann das beim Scrollen im DVI den Computer verlangsamen. - Daher wird empfohlen PDF für Dateien mit vielen Bildern zu verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können ihr Dokument als DVI über das Menü -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -DVI -\family default - oder -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -DVI -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(LuaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X) -\family default - exportieren. - Die zweite Möglichkeit verwendet das Programm -\family typewriter -LuaTeX -\family default -. - Dieses bietet direkte Unterstützung für Unicode und für die Direktwahl - von Schriften (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Schriftunterstützung" - -\end_inset - -). - LuaTeX ist noch in der Entwicklung, könnte aber der nächste Standard TeX-Prozes -sor werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -PostScript -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dateiformate ! PostScript -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Dateiformat hat die Endung -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.ps -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - PostScript wurde von der Firma -\family typewriter -Adobe -\family default - als Druckersprache entwickelt. - Das Format enthält daher Befehle, die Drucker verwenden um die Datei zu - drucken. - PostScript kann als -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Programmiersprache -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - angesehen werden; man kann damit Berechnungen durchführen und Diagramme - und Bilder zeichnen. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Falls Sie interessiert sind, mehr darüber zu erfahren, sollten Sie sich - das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -pstricks -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! pstricks -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - ansehen. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Durch diese Fähigkeit sind die Dateien oft größer als PDFs. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -PostScript kann nur Bilder im Format -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Encapsulated PostScript -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - (EPS, Dateiendung -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.eps -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -) enthalten. - Da LyX es erlaubt jedes bekannte Bildformat in Dokumente einzufügen, muss - es diese im Hintergrund in EPS konvertieren. - Wenn Sie z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - 50 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Bilder in Ihrem Dokument haben, muss LyX 50 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Konvertierungen durchführen, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument zum ersten Mal in der - Ausgabe ansehen oder exportieren. - Dies kann Ihren Arbeitsfluss mit LyX verlangsamen. - Wenn Sie also planen, PostScript für die Ausgabe zu verwenden, sollten - Sie alle Bilder direkt als EPS einfügen und das Problem zu vermeiden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können ihr Dokument als PostScript über das Menü -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -PostScript -\family default - exportieren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -PDF -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dateiformate ! PDF -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -PDF -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Dateiformat hat die Endung -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.pdf -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - Das -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Portable Document Format -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - (PDF) wurde von -\family typewriter -Adobe -\family default - von PostScript abgeleitet. - Es ist komprimierter und verwendet weniger befehle als PostScript. - Wie der Name -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -portable -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - (übertragbar) impliziert, kann es auf jedem Computersystem dargestellt - werden und der Ausdruck wird exakt gleich aussehen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -PDF kann Bilder in seinem eigenen PDF-Format sowie in den Formaten -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Joint Photographic Experts Group -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - (JPG, Dateiendung -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.jpg -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - oder -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.jpeg -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -) und -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Portable Network Graphics -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - (PNG, Dateiendung -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.png -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -) enthalten. - Sie können jedoch auch jedes andere Bildformat verwenden, denn LyX konvertiert - diese in eine der möglichen Formate. - Jedoch kann, wie im Abschnitt über PostScript beschrieben, die Bildkonvertierun -g den Arbeitsfluss verlangsamen. - Daher wird empfohlen, Bilder direkt in einem der drei erwähnten Formate - einzufügen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können ihr Dokument als PDF über das Menü -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Exportieren -\family default - in verschiedenen Arten exportieren: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(pdflatex) Diese verwendet das Programm -\family typewriter -pdftex -\family default -, das Ihr Dokument direkt in ein PDF konvertiert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(LuaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X) Diese verwendet das Programm -\family typewriter -LuaTeX -\family default -, das Ihr Dokument direkt in ein PDF konvertiert. - -\family typewriter -LuaTeX -\family default - ist ein neuer Prozessor, der aus -\family typewriter -pdflatex -\family default - weiter entwickelt wurde und direkte Unterstützung für Unicode und für die - Direktwahl von Schriften bietet (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Schriftunterstützung" - -\end_inset - -). - LuaTeX ist noch in der Entwicklung, könnte aber der nächste Standard TeX-Prozes -sor werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(XeTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X) Diese verwendet das Programm -\family typewriter -XeTeX -\family default -, das Ihr Dokument direkt in ein PDF konvertiert. - -\family typewriter -XeTeX -\family default - ist ein neuer Prozessor, der direkte Unterstützung für Unicode und für - die Direktwahl von Schriften bietet (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Schriftunterstützung" - -\end_inset - -). - Er ist besonders geeignet für die Verwendung verschiedener Schriftsysteme - (Arabisch, Lateinisch, Japanisch, usw.). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(dvipdfm) Diese verwendet das Programm -\family typewriter -dvipdfm -\family default -, das Ihr Dokument im Hintergrund erst in ein DVI und anschließend in ein - PDF konvertiert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ps2pdf) Diese verwendet das Programm -\family typewriter -ps2pdf -\family default -, das ein PDF aus einer Post\SpecialChar \- -Script-Version Ihres Dokuments erstellt. - Die PostScript-Version wird vom Programm -\family typewriter -dvips -\family default - erzeugt, das wiederum eine DVI-Version als Zwischenschritt erstellt. - Diese Art besteht also aus drei Konvertierungen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wir empfehlen -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(pdflatex) -\family default - zu verwenden, denn -\family typewriter -pdftex -\family default - unterstützt alle Funktionen von aktuellen PDF-Versionen, ist schnell, stabil - und arbeitet ohne Probleme. - Wenn Sie verschiedene Schriftsysteme und\SpecialChar \slash{} -oder spezielle OpenType Schriften - verwenden, sollten Sie stattdessen -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(XeTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X) -\family default - oder -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(LuaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X) -\family default - ausprobieren auch wenn sie noch nicht so ausentwickelt wie -\family typewriter -pdflatex -\family default - sind. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -XHTML -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dateiformate ! XHTML -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -HTML -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Dateiformat hat die Endung -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.xhtml -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - und eignet sich besonders für die Ansicht in Webbrowsern. - Es enthält keine Bilder, sondern verlinkt sie nur. - Wenn LyX XHTML erzeugt, werden Teile des Dokuments wenn nötig in Bilder - umgewandelt. - Für die Ausgabe von Mathe können Sie im Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ausgabe -\family default - zwischen verschiedenen Formaten wählen, die in Abschnitt -\emph on -Mathe-Ausgabe in XHTML -\emph default - der -\emph on -Handbuchergänzungen -\emph default - beschrieben sind. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die XHTML-Ausgabe ist noch -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -unter Entwicklung -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - so dass noch nicht alle Funktionen von LyX unterstützt werden. - Siehe das Kapitel -\emph on -LyX und das World Wide Web -\emph default - in den -\emph on -Handbuchergänzungen -\emph default - für weitere Informationen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können Ihr Dokument mit dem Menü -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LyX-HTML -\family default - als XHTML-Datei exportieren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Vorschau -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Vorschau -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um das fertige Dokument mit allen Seitenumbrüchen, Fußnoten usw. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -anzusehen, verwenden Sie das Menü -\family sans -Ansicht -\family default - und wählen -\family sans -Ansehen -\family default -oder drücken den Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "buffer-view" -\end_inset - -. - Es wird sich dann ein Betrachtungsprogramm öffnen und das Dokument im voreinges -tellten Ausgabeformat anzeigen. - Für mehr über die globale Voreinstellung siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dateiformate" - -\end_inset - - für die dokumentspezifische Einstellung siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" - -\end_inset - -. - Weitere Ausgabeformate können über -\family sans -Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Andere Formate ansehen -\family default - oder den Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/view-others.png - scale 85 - groupId toolbarbuttons - -\end_inset - - ausgewählt werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie Ihr Dokument geändert haben, können Sie die Ansicht mit dem Menü - -\family sans -Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Aktualisieren -\family default - bzw. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Andere Formate aktualisieren -\family default - aktualisieren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beim Vorschauen eines Dokuments wird die Ausgabedatei nur in LyXs temporärem - Verzeichnis erzeugt. - Für eine permanente Ausgabe muss das Dokument exportiert werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Die Datei von LyX aus ausdrucken -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Datei-ausdrucken" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Statt Ihre Dokument zu exportieren und dann zu drucken, können Sie es auch - direkt von LyX aus drucken. - Um eine Datei zu drucken, wählen Sie das Menü -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Drucken -\family default - (Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Strg+P -\family default -) oder drücken Sie den Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show print" -\end_inset - -. - LyX ruft dann intern LaTeX auf um ein DVI zu erzeugen. - Diese Datei wird dann vom Programm -\family typewriter -dvips -\family default - in eine PostScript-Datei gewandelt und anschließend mit dem Programm -\family typewriter -Ghostscript -\family default - gedruckt. - Durch diese Schritte im Hintergrund ist diese Methode nicht die schnellste. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann folgende Druckparameter in der -\family sans -Druckziel -\family default - Box festlegen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Drucker -\family default - Dies ist der Name des Druckers, auf dem ausgedruckt werden soll. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Man beachte, dass dies der Druckername für das Programm -\family typewriter -dvips -\family default - ist. - Das bedeutet, dass -\family typewriter -dvips -\family default - für diesen Druckernamen konfiguriert sein muss. - Der Standard-Drucker kann in LyXs Einstellungen-Dialog festgelegt werden, - siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Drucker" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Der Drucker sollte PostScript verarbeiten können. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Datei -\family default - Der Name einer Datei in die ausgegeben werden soll. - Die Ausgabe wird eine PostScript-Datei sein. - Sie wird in LyXs Arbeitsverzeichnis erstellt, falls kein Pfad angegeben - wird. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können wählen einen Bereich, nur gerade oder ungerade Seiten oder Seiten - in umgekehrter Reihenfolge zu drucken — Letztere sind für zweiseitigen - Druck ohne Duplexer nützlich: Man kann die Seiten nach dem einseitigen - Drucken je nach Drucker neu einlegen um anschließend die Rückseite zu bedrucken. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Ein paar Worte über Typographie -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Typographie -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Bindestriche, Gedankenstriche und Minuszeichen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bindestriche -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gedankenstriche -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In LyX hat das -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -- -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - --Zeichen vier Längen -\emph on -: -\emph default - -\emph on -Bindestrich, Gedankenstrich -\emph default -, -\emph on -langer Gedankenstrich -\emph default - und -\emph on -Minuszeichen -\emph default -: -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bindestrich -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -- -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -ein -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -- -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gedankenstrich -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -– -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -eingefügt mit -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Sonderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Symbole -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -langer Gedankenstrich -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -— -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -eingefügt mit -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Sonderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Symbole -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Minuszeichen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $-$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -ein -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -- -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - im Mathematikmodus -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Alternativ können Sie die Gedankenstriche erzeugen, indem Sie das -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -- -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - --Zeichen mehrmals hintereinander schreiben. - LyX konvertiert sie automatisch in die richtige Länge. - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - gibt einen Gedankenstrich, -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - einen langen Gedankenstrich. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die drei Strichtypen unterscheiden sich vom Minuszeichen, das im Mathematikmodus - erscheint und eine eigene Länge hat. - Hier sind einige Beispiele für den Gebrauch von -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -- -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Zeilen- und Seitenumbrüche ( -\emph on -Bindestrich -\emph default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Von A – Z ( -\emph on -Gedankenstrich -\emph default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Oh — da ist ein -\emph on -langer Gedankenstrich. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ -\end_inset - - ( -\emph on -Minuszeichen -\emph default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie dies in LyX lesen, sehen Sie keine Unterschiede, aber in der gedruckten - Version erkennen Sie es. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Silbentrennung -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Silbentrennung" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Silbentrennung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Allgemein -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In LyX gibt es keine Silbentrennung, erst in der Druckausgabe, und zwar - automatisch. - Das macht das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -babel -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! babel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, und zwar in -\emph on -einigen -\emph default - Sprachen, nach den Regeln der Dokumentsprache. - Die LaTeX-Silbentrennung ist fast perfekt, sie hat nur Probleme mit dem - Schriftstil -\family sans -Schreibmaschine -\family default -, manchmal auch bei serifenfreiem Text, bei unüblichen Begriffen wie -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -h3knix/m0n0wand -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - und zusammengesetzten Worten mit Bindestrich. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Falls LaTeX ein Wort nicht oder nicht richtig trennen kann, können Sie manuell - Trennhilfen einfügen. - Dazu wählen Sie -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Trenn\SpecialChar \- -möglichkeit -\family default - an der Stelle im Wort, an der Sie trennen möchten, oder einfach -\family sans -Strg+ -\family default - -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - --. - Beachten Sie, dass diese Trennhilfen nur Empfehlungen für LaTeX sind. - Wenn keine Silbentrennung notwendig ist, wird LaTeX die Trennhilfen ignorieren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Manchmal will man verhindern, dass etwas getrennt wird. - Dann schreibt man den Begriff am besten in eine Makebox wie in Abschnitt - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Silbentrennung unterbinden -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Bemerkung: Wenn Sie manuelle Trennhilfen innerhalb einer -\family sans -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X-Code -\family default --Umgebung benötigen, müssen Sie statt -\family sans -Strg+ -\family default - -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\backslash -- -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - oder -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -"- -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - als TeX-Code benutzen, weil LyX mit -\family sans -Strg+ -\family default - -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -- in -\family sans -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X-Code -\family default --Umgebungen (noch) nicht klarkommt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Eigenheiten der deutschen Sprache -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Paragraph -Zusammengesetzte Worte -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "Zusammengesetzte-Worte" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Im Deutschen werden zusammengesetzte Worte entweder zusammengeschrieben - wie eben oder mit einem Bindestrich zusammengefügt wie bei dem Ungetüm - Programmiersprachen-Handbücher. - In der Druckansicht werden Sie erkennen, dass dieses Wort über den Rand - gedruckt wird. - Das liegt daran, dass LaTeX solche Worte nur am Bindestrich trennen kann. - Zum Korrigieren gibt es mehrere Möglichkeiten: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Sie fügen Trennmöglichkeiten ein ( -\family sans -Strg+ -\family default - -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - --), und zwar an jeder infrage kommenden Stelle, weil Sie ja nicht wissen - können, wo genau das zusammengesetzte Wort im Laufe der Bearbeitung landen - wird: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Im Deutschen werden zusammengesetzte Worte entweder zusammengeschrieben - wie eben oder mit einem Bindestrich zusammengefügt wie bei Pro\SpecialChar \- -gram\SpecialChar \- -mier\SpecialChar \- -spra\SpecialChar \- -chen- -Hand\SpecialChar \- -bü\SpecialChar \- -cher\SpecialChar \ldots{} - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Sie benutzen statt des Bindestrichs -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -"= -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - als TeX-Code (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:TeX-Code-Kästchen" - -\end_inset - -). - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -"= -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - wird in der Druckansicht durch den Bindestrich ersetzt, und LaTeX wendet - seine Silbentrennregeln auf beide Teile an: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Im Deutschen werden zusammengesetzte Worte entweder zusammengeschrieben - wie eben oder mit einem Bindestrich zusammengefügt wie bei Programmiersprachen -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -"= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Handbücher\SpecialChar \ldots{} - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Sie benutzen den rechtsbündigen Zeilenumbruch ( -\family sans -Strg+Umschalt+Eingabe -\family default -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Paragraph -Weggelassene Wortteile -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie einen Satz wie den folgenden schreiben: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -Weil LyX LaTeX im Hintergrund benutzt, unterstützt es viele LaTeX-Befehle - und -Konstrukte, aber nicht alle. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -kann es wie hier vorkommen, dass die Zeile nach dem -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -- -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - --Zeichen umgebrochen wird, was natürlich Unsinn ist. - Dann verwendet man am besten den geschützten Trennstrich -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Trennstrich ! geschützter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - ( -\family sans -Einfügen -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Sonderzeichen -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Geschützter -\family default - -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Trennstrich -\family default - oder -\family sans -Strg+Alt+ -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -- -\family default -): -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -Weil LyX LaTeX im Hintergrund benutzt, unterstützt es viele LaTeX-Befehle - und \SpecialChar \nobreakdash- -Konstrukte, aber nicht alle. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Satzzeichen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Satzzeichen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Abkürzungen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Abkurzungen@Abkürzungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und Satzendepunkt -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Satzendepunkt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Abkürzungen-und-Satzendepunkt" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn LyX LaTeX aufruft, um die endgültige Version Ihres Dokumentes zu erzeugen, - unterscheidet LaTeX automatisch zwischen Worten, Sätzen und Abkürzungen. - LaTeX fügt dann -\emph on -geeigneten Leerraum -\emph default - ein: zwischen dem Punkt am Ende eines Satzes und dem ersten Wort des nächsten - kommt ein wenig mehr Leerraum. - Abkürzungen bekommen hinter dem Punkt genauso viel Leerraum wie normale - Worte. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Unglücklicherweise ist der Algorithmus zur Bestimmung einer Abkürzung und - eines Satzendes ein wenig dumm. - Wenn ein Punkt auf einen klein geschriebenen Buchstaben folgt, wird auf - Satzende entschieden; folgt der Punkt auf einen groß geschriebenen Buchstaben, - wird auf Abkürzung entschieden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier sind einige Beispiele von -\emph on -richtigen -\emph default - Abkürzungen und Satzenden: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -B. - Traven -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Ärgere Dich nicht. - Sei glücklich. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\SpecialChar \ldots{} - und hier sind welche, bei denen der Algorithmus falsch arbeitet: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -hier z. - B. - ist zu viel Leerraum! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Dies bin ICH. - Hier ist zu wenig. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Fehler sehen Sie erst in der gedruckten Version Ihres Dokumentes. - Um das Problem zu beheben, können Sie folgendes tun: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Benutzen Sie ein -\family sans -Normales -\bar under - -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\bar default -Leerzeichen -\family default - ( -\family sans -Strg+Alt+Leertaste -\family default -) nach klein geschriebenen Abkürzungen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Benutzen Sie einen kleinen Zwischenraum -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - ( -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latex-einführung" - -\end_inset - -, S. - 405) innerhalb von Abkürzungen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Benutzen Sie einen -\family sans -Satzendepunkt -\family default - ( -\family sans -Strg+ -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -. -\family default -), den Sie auch unter -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Son\SpecialChar \- -der\SpecialChar \- -zei\SpecialChar \- -chen -\family default - finden, um einen Leerraum wie zwischen Sätzen zu erzwingen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit den Korrekturen sehen die obigen Beispiele so aus: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -hier z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - ist zu viel Leerraum! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Dies bin ICH\SpecialChar \@. - Hier ist zu wenig. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Anführungszeichen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Typographie ! Anführungszeichen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Anfuhrungszeichen@Anführungszeichen | see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Typographie -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX setzt Anführungszeichen normalerweise richtig. - Insbesondere wird es unterschiedliche Anführungszeichen für den Beginn - und das Ende des eingeschlossenen Textes benutzen. - Zum Beispiel -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Anfang Ende -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - Das Tastaturzeichen -\family sans -" -\family default - (= -\family sans -Umschalt+2) -\family default - wird sie automatisch erzeugen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können das Verhalten der -\family sans -" -\family default --Taste im Dialogfenster -\family sans -Dokument-Einstellungen -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - unter -\family sans -Sprache\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Stil -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -der -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Anführungszeichen -\family default - einstellen. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Über -\family sans -Anführungszeichen -\family default - können Sie sechs verschiedene Anführungszeichen auswählen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Text -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\family default - benutzt die Anführungszeichen: -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -doppelt -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset - -Text -\begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset - - -\family default - benutzt die Anführungszeichen: -\begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset - -doppelt -\begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Text -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\family default - benutzt die Anführungszeichen: -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -doppelt -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset - -Text -\begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset - - -\family default - benutzt die Anführungszeichen: -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset - -doppelt -\begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset - -Text -\begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset - - -\family default - benutzt die Anführungszeichen: -\begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset - -doppelt -\begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset - -Text -\begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset - - -\family default - benutzt die Anführungszeichen: -\begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset - -doppelt -\begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um ein einfaches Anführungszeichens zu schreiben wollen, benutzen Sie -\family sans -Alt+ -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Ligaturen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Ligaturen" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Typographie ! Ligaturen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ligaturen | see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Typographie -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es ist eine Schriftsetzpraxis, gewisse Buchstaben zusammenzuziehen und sie - wie einen zu drucken. - Diese Kombinationen nennt man -\emph on -Ligaturen -\emph default -. - Da sich LaTeX mit Ligaturen auskennt, werden Ihre mit LyX geschriebenen - Dokumente sie auch haben. - Hier sind die möglichen Ligaturen: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -ff -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -fi -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -fl -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -ffi -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - -ffl -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Manchmal aber möchte man keine Ligaturen in einem Wort. - Während eine Ligatur in einem Wort wie -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset - -Graffiti -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - vielleicht in Ordnung ist, sieht es in zusammengesetzten Worten seltsam - aus, zum Beispiel -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset - -Stofflappen -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - oder -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset - -Dorffest -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - Um die Ligatur aufzuheben benutzt man den LaTeX-Befehl -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset - -| -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - zwischen den Buchstaben ( -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ligaturtrenner -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ligatur!-trenner -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - oder -\family sans -Strg+Umschalt+L -\family default -). - Dies macht aus -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset - -Stofflappen -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset - -Stoff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} -lappen -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - und aus -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset - -Dorffest -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset - -Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} -fest -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Einheiten -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Typographie ! Einheiten -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Im Allgemeinen ist der Abstand zwischen Zahl und Einheit kleiner als ein - normales Leerzeichen zwischen zwei Wörtern. - Wie man im Beispiel sehen kann, sieht es besser aus, wenn der Abstand kleiner - ist. - Um solch ein -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -halbes Leerzeichen -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - für Einheiten einzufügen, verwendet man das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Halbes -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Leerzeichen -\family default - (Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Strg+Umschalt+Leerzeichen -\family default -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier ist ein Beispiel, das den Unterschied verdeutlicht: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -24 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -kW -\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ -\end_inset - -h -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Leerzeichen zwischen Zahl und Einheit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -24 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -kW -\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ -\end_inset - -h -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -halbes Leerzeichen zwischen Zahl und Einheit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Schusterjungen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Typographie ! Schusterjungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und Hurenkinder -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Typographie ! Hurenkinder -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Schusterjungen-und-Hurenkinder" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In den frühen Tagen der Textverarbeitungen passierten Seitenumbrüche genau - dort, wo die Seiten zu Ende waren. - Es spielte keine Rolle, worum es im Text eigentlich ging. - Sie werden sich sicher erinnern, dass Sie nach dem Drucken eines Dokumentes - feststellten, dass die Überschrift eines neuen Abschnittes oder die erste - Zeile eines neuen Absatzes allein auf der letzten Zeile einer Seite standen, - oder dass die letzte Zeile eines Absatzes die erste Zeile einer neuen Seite - bildete. - Diese Dinge nennt man -\emph on -Schusterjungen -\emph default - und -\emph on -Hurenkinder -\emph default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Klar, dass LyX vermeiden kann, eine Seite direkt nach der Abschnittsüberschrift - umzubrechen. - Das ist ein Vorteil von Absatzumgebungen. - Aber was ist mit Schusterjungen und Hurenkindern? LaTeX hat Regeln, um - mit Seitenumbrüchen fertig zu werden, und einige von ihnen sind speziell - dazu da, um Schusterjungen und Hurenkinder zu verhindern. - Das ist -\emph on -ein -\emph default - Vorteil, dass LyX LaTeX im Hintergrund hat. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wir können es nicht näher erläutern, wie TeX und LaTeX Seitenumbrüche festlegen - oder wie man das Verhalten beeinflussen kann. - Einige LaTeX-Bücher im Literaturverzeichnis (zum Beispiel -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexcompanion" - -\end_inset - - oder -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexguide" - -\end_inset - -) mögen mehr darüber enthalten. - Auf jeden Fall müssen Sie sich fast nie darum kümmern. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -Notizen, Abbildungen, Tabellen und Gleitobjekte -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Notizen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Notizen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Notizen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX bietet die folgenden Typen für Notizen an: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -LyX-Notiz Dieser Notiz-Typ ist für interne Notizen gedacht, die nicht in - der Ausgabe erscheinen. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dies ist Text in einer Notiz-Box der nicht in der Ausgabe erscheint. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Kommentar Dieser Notiz-Typ erscheint ebenfalls nicht in der Ausgabe, aber - als LaTeX-Kommentar wenn man das Dokument als LaTeX über das Menü -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaTeX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(xxx) -\family default - exportiert. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Comment -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dies ist Text in einer Notiz-Box der nur als Kommentar in der LaTeX-Datei - erscheint. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Grauschrift Dieser Notiz-Typ erscheint in der Ausgabe in einer Farbe, die - man in den Dokumenteinstellungen unter -\family sans -Farben\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Grauschrift-Notizen -\family default - einstellen kann. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dies ist Text -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dies ist eine Beispiel-Fußnote in einer Grauschrift-Notiz. - In diesem Dokument ist die Farbe dieses Notiz-Typs auf blau gesetzt. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - eines Kommentars, der in der Ausgabe erscheint. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Wie man am Beispiel sehen kann, können Grauschrift-Notizen Fußnoten haben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Notizen werden mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "note-insert" -\end_inset - - oder dem Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Notiz -\family default - eingefügt. - Durch Rechts-Klicken auf die Notiz-Box kann der Typ eingestellt werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Fußnoten -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Fußnoten" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Fusnoten@Fußnoten -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX verwendet Boxen, um Fußnoten darzustellen: Wenn man eine Fußnote mit - dem Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Fußnote -\family default - oder dem Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "footnote-insert" -\end_inset - - einfügt, wird man die folgende Box sehen: -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/FussnoteQt4.png - scale 80 - -\end_inset - - Diese Box ist LyXs Darstellung einer Fußnote. - Klickt man mit links auf die Marke -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Fußnote -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -, wird die Box geöffnet und man kann den Fußnotentext hineinschreiben. - Nochmaliges Klicken auf die Marke schließt die Box. - Will man bestehenden Text als Fußnote setzen, markiert man ihn einfach - und klickt dann auf den Fußnoten-Werkzeugleistenknopf. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier ist eine Beispiel-Fußnote: -\begin_inset Foot -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Um eine Fußnote zu schließen, klickt man auf die Marke der Fußnoten-Box. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Fußnote erscheint in der Ausgabe als tiefgestellte Nummer an der Position - im Text, an der die Fußnoten-Box eingefügt wurde. - Der Fußnotentext wird an das Ende der aktuellen Seite gesetzt. - Die Fußnotennummer wird von LyX entsprechend der Dokumentklasse berechnet. - LyX unterstützt noch keine speziellen Nummerierungsschemata, aber man kann - sie mit speziellen LaTeX-Befehlen erhalten. - Diese sind im Handbuch -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Randnotizen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Randnotizen" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Randnotizen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Innerhalb von LyX erscheint und verhält sich eine Randnotiz genau wie eine - Fußnote. - Wenn Sie über das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Randnotiz -\family default - oder dem Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "marginalnote-insert" -\end_inset - - eine Randnotiz einfügen, erscheint eine Box mit der Beschriftung -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Rand -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - Diese Box repräsentiert in LyX eine Randnotiz. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -An der Seite ist eine Beispiel-Randnotiz. -\begin_inset Marginal -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dies ist eine Randnotiz. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Randnotizen erscheinen auf der rechten Seite in einseitigen Dokumenten. - In doppelseitigen Dokumenten erscheinen sie im Außenrand – links auf geraden - Seiten, rechts auf ungeraden Seiten. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Für weitere Informationen über die Formatierung von Randnotizen, siehe Abschnitt - -\emph on -Randnotizen -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Abbildungen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Abbildungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und eingebundene Grafiken -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Grafiken -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Abbildungen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um ein Bild einzufügen, setzt man den Cursor an die gewünschte Position - und klickt auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" -\end_inset - - oder verwendet das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Grafik -\family default -. - Es erscheint dann ein Dialog in dem man das zu ladende Bild auswählt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieser Dialog bietet eine Vielzahl an selbsterklärenden Parametern. - In der Karteikarte -\family sans -Grafik -\family default - wählt man die Bilddatei aus. - Das Bild kann skaliert und rotiert werden. - Die Einheiten der Skalierung sind in Anhang -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:In-LyX-verfügbare" - -\end_inset - - erklärt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In der Karteikarte -\family sans -Ausschnitt -\family default - können Bildkoordinaten angegeben werden um das Bild in der Ausgabe zuzuschneide -n. - Koordinaten können außerdem automatisch mit dem Knopf -\family sans -Lese -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -aus -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Datei -\family default - berechnet werden. - Die Option -\family sans -Auf -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Begrenzungsbox -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -zuschneiden -\family default - druckt nur die Bildregion innerhalb der angegebenen Koordinaten. - Normalerweise muss man sich nicht um Bildkoordinaten kümmern und kann die - Karteikarte -\family sans -Ausschnitt -\family default -ignorieren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In der Karteikarte -\family sans -LaTeX und LyX-Optionen -\family default - können LaTeX-Experten zusätzliche LaTeX-Optionen angeben. - Man kann zudem angeben wie das Bild innerhalb von LyX angezeigt wird. - Die Option -\family sans -Entwurfsmodus -\family default - hat den Effekt dass das Bild nicht in der Ausgabe erscheint, sondern nur - ein Rahmen in der Größe des Bildes. - Die Option -\family sans -Beim Exportieren nicht entpacken -\family default - ist im Handbuch -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - im Abschnitt -\emph on -Grafik-Dialog -\emph default - erklärt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Grafikdialog kann jederzeit durch Klicken auf ein Bild geöffnet werden. - Bilder erscheinen in der Ausgabe genau an der Stelle, an der sie sich im - Text befinden. - Dies ist ein Beispielbild in einem separaten, horizontal zentrierten Absatz: - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/mobius.eps - scale 70 - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn man Bildbeschriftungen benötigt und Bilder referenzieren will, muss - man das Bild in ein Gleitobjekt setzen, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Abbildungs-Gleitobjekte" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Grafikformate -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Grafikformate -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Grafikformate" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können Grafiken in allen bekannten Formaten einfügen, aber weil jedes - Druckausgabe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -"= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Format nur bestimmte Grafikformate zulässt, benutzt LyX das Programm -\family typewriter -ImageMagick -\family default - im Hintergrund, um die Bilder ins richtige Format zu konvertieren. - In den Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Ausgabe-Dateiformate" - -\end_inset - - ist beschrieben, welche Grafikformate Sie benutzen sollten. - Ähnlich wie bei Schriften gibt es zwei Hauptarten: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Pixelbilder -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(Bitmaps) bestehen aus einzelnen Pixeln, oft in komprimierter Form. - Bei starker Vergrößerung sind diese Pixel sichtbar – man spricht vom -\emph on -Treppeneffekt -\emph default - (oder von -\emph on -Aliasing -\emph default -). - Bekannte Formate sind -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Graphics Interchange Format -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (GIF, Dateiendung -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.gif -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -GIF|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Grafikformate -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Portable Network Graphics -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (PNG, Dateiendung -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.png -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -PNG|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Grafikformate -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, und -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Joint Photographic Experts Group -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (JPG, Dateiendung -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.jpg -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - oder -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.jpeg -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -JPG|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Grafikformate -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Skalierbare -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Grafiken -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(Vektor-) bestehen aus Vektoren, die das Bild beschreiben, und lassen sich - ohne Datenverlust beliebig vergrößern. - Das ist bei Präsentationen wichtig, weil dort die Bilder durch den Projektor - skaliert werden. - Hilfreich sind sie auch bei Online-Dokumenten, um den Benutzer in Diagramme - hineinzoomen zu lassen. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Skalierbare Grafikformate können -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Scalable Vector Graphics -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - (SVG, Dateiendung -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.svg -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -SVG|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Grafikformate -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Encapsulated PostScript -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - (EPS, Dateiendung -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.eps -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -EPS|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Grafikformate -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, und -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Portable Document Format -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - (PDF, Dateiendung -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -.pdf -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -PDF -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - sein. - Wir sagen sie können, da man jedes Pixel-Grafikformat in ein PDF oder EPS - konvertieren kann und das Ergebnis trotzdem nicht skalierbar sein wird. - In diesen Fällen wird nur ein Vorspann mit dem Bildeigenschaften zum Originalbi -ld hinzugefügt. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Im Fall von PDF wird das Originalbild zusätzlich komprimiert. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Abbildungseinstellungen gruppieren -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Abbildungen!Einstellungen gruppieren -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Jede Abbildung kann eine neue Gruppe von Abbildungseinstellungen definieren - oder zu einer vorhandenen hinzugefügt werden. - Abbildungen einer Gruppe haben dieselben Einstellungen, so dass die Änderung - der Einstellungen einer Abbildung automatisch die Einstellungen aller Abbildung -en dieser Gruppe ändert. - Das erleichtert das Bearbeiten ähnlicher Abbildungen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Eine neue Gruppe definieren Sie, indem Sie den Knopf -\family sans -Neue -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Gruppe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -eröffnen -\family default - im Grafik-Dialogfenster in der Karteikarte -\family sans -LaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X- -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -und -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X-Optionen -\family default - drücken. - Wenn Sie dann im Grafik-Dialogfenster einer anderen Abbildung denselben - Namen eintragen, gehört auch diese Abbildung zur Gruppe. - Wenn es schon Gruppennamen gibt, können Sie diese im Kontextmenü (Rechtsklick - auf die Abbildung) auswählen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Tabellen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Tabellen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann Tabellen entweder über den Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "tabular-insert" -\end_inset - - oder das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Tabelle -\family default - einfügen. - Es erscheint dann ein Dialog, der nach der Anzahl an Spalten und Zeilen - fragt. - Die voreingestellte Tabelle besitzt Linien um jede Zelle und die erste - Zeile erscheint von der restlichen Tabelle etwas abgesetzt. - Dies kommt durch eine doppelte Linie zustande: Die Zellen der ersten Zeile - haben eine untere Linie und die Zellen der zweiten Zeile eine obere Linie. - Hier ist eine Beispieltabelle: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -2 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -3 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -C -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Der Tabellendialog -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen ! -dialog -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann Tabellen verändern, indem man mit der rechten Maustaste auf sie - klickt und dann -\family sans -Mehr\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default - wählt. - Dies öffnet den Tabellendialog. - Hier kann man die Einstellungen für Zellen, Zeilen und/oder Spalten vornehmen, - in denen sich gerade der Cursor befindet. - Die meisten der Dialogoptionen funktionieren auch für Auswahlen. - Das bedeutet dass wenn mehrere Zellen, Spalten oder Zeilen ausgewählt sind, - die Aktion für alle in der Auswahl durchgeführt wird. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Zusätzlich zum Tabellendialog hilft die -\family sans -Tabellen-Werkzeugleiste -\family default - um Tabelleneigenschaften zu verändern. - Sie erscheint wenn sich der Cursor in einer Tabelle befindet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In der Karteikarte -\family sans -Tabellen-Einstellungen -\family default - des Tabellendialogs kann man die Ausrichtung der aktuellen Zeile festlegen. - Wenn man eine Zeile oder Spalte einfügt, wird diese rechts neben bzw. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -unter der aktuellen Zelle eingefügt. - Die vertikale Ausrichtung einer Spalte kann nur eingestellt werden wenn - eine Spaltenbreite angegeben ist. - Eine angegebene Spaltenbreite erlaubt es in der Zelle Zeilenumbrüche und - mehrere Absätze zu haben, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Tabellenzellen" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann mehrere Zellen einer Zeile/Spalte als Mehrfachspalten-/Mehrfachzeilenze -lle markieren, indem man die Option -\family sans -Mehrfachspalte -\family default - oder -\family sans -Mehrfachzeile -\family default - verwendet. - Dies vereint die Zellen zu -\emph on -einer -\emph default - Zelle, die sich über mehrere Zeilen/Spalten erstreckt. - Mehrfachspaltenzellen werden als eigene Zeilen behandelt, so dass die Ausrichtu -ngs-, Breiten-, und Linieneinstellungen nur die Mehrfachspaltenzelle betrifft. - Hier ist eine Beispieltabelle mit einer Mehrfachspaltenzelle in der ersten - Zeile und einer in der letzten Zeile ohne obere Linie: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -abc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -def ghi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -jkl -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -A -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -B -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -C -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -D -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -2 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -3 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -4 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Versierte Nutzer können spezielle LaTeX-Argumente für die Tabelle angeben. - Diese sind für besondere Formatierungen wie Mehrfachzellen nötig, die im - Kapitel -\emph on -Tabellen -\emph default - des Handbuchs -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - erklärt sind. - Man kann außerdem die aktuelle Zelle oder die ganze Tabelle um 90 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen. - Diese Rotationen sind in LyX nicht sichtbar, aber in der Ausgabe. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung: -\series default - Viele DVI-Betrachter können -\emph on -keine -\emph default - Rotationen darstellen. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In der Karteikarte -\family sans -Rahmenlinien -\family default - können Linien für die aktuelle Zeile/Spalte hinzugefügt und entfernt werden. - Der Knopf -\family sans -Festlegen -\family default - fügt Linien um alle Zellen ein. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Lange Tabellen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen ! lange -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn eine Tabelle zu lang ist, um auf eine Seite zu passen, können Sie im - Dialogfenster -\family sans -Tabellen-Einstellungen -\family default - auf der Karteikarte -\family sans -Lange -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Tabelle -\family default - die Option -\family sans -Lange -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Tabelle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -verwenden -\family default - aktivieren, damit die Tabelle automatisch auf mehrere Seiten verteilt wird. - Wird dies gemacht, werden folgende Optionen freigeschaltet: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Kopfzeile: Die aktuelle Zeile wird als eine Überschrifts-Zeile aller Seiten - festgelegt; mit Ausnahme der ersten, wenn -\family sans -Erste -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Kopfzeile -\family default - aktiviert ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Erste -\lang english - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\lang ngerman -Kopfzeile: Die aktuelle Zeile wird als eine Überschrifts-Zeile der ersten - Seite einer mehrseitigen Tabelle definiert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Fußzeile: Die aktuelle Zeile wird als eine Fußzeile aller Seiten festgelegt; - mit Ausnahme der letzten, wenn -\family sans -Letzte -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Fußzeile -\family default - aktiviert ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Letzte -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Fußzeile: Die aktuelle Zeile wird als eine die Fußzeile der letzten Seite - einer mehrseitigen Tabelle definiert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Legende: Die aktuelle Zeile enthält die Legende. - Sie wird als einzelne Spalte zurückgesetzt und eine Beschriftung wird über - das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Legende -\family default - eingefügt. - Mehr über Beschriftungen langer Tabellen ist im Handbuch -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - erklärt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können zudem eine Zeile angeben, an der die Tabelle gebrochen wird. - Wenn Sie mehr als eine Option für eine Tabellenzeile verwenden, sollten - Sie sich bewusst sein, dass dann nur die erste angegebene Option verwendet - wird, die anderen Optionen werden als -\emph on -leer -\emph default - definiert. - In diesem Zusammenhang bedeutet zuerst das Zuerst in dieser Reihenfolge: - -\family sans -Fußzeile, Letzte -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Fußzeile, -\family default - -\family sans -Kopfzeile, -\family default - -\family sans -Erste -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Kopfzeile -\family default -; siehe die folgende Lange Tabelle als Beispiel wie es funktioniert: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Telefonliste (ignoriere die Namen) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -NAME -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -TEL. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Telefonliste -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -NAME -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -TEL. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -wird fortgesetzt -\series default - \SpecialChar \ldots{} - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Annovi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Silvia -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Bertoli -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Stefano -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Bozzi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Walter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Cachia -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Maria -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Cachia -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Maurizio -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Cinquemani -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Giusi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Colin -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bernard -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Concli -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gianfranco -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Dal Bosco -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Carolina -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Dalpiaz -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Annamaria -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Feliciello -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Domenico -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Focarelli -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paola -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Galletti -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Oreste -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Gasparini -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Franca -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Rizzardi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paola -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Lassini -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Giancarlo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Malfatti -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Luciano -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Malfatti -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Valeriano -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Meneguzzo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Roberto -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Mezzadra -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Roberto -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Pirpamer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Erich -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Pochiesa -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paolo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111, 222 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Radina -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Claudio -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Stuffer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Oskar -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Tacchelli -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ugo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Tezzele -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Margit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Unterkalmsteiner -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Frieda -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Vieider -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Hilde -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Vigna -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Jürgen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Weber -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Maurizio -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Winkler -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Franz -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -111 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Annovi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Silvia -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Bertoli -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Stefano -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Bozzi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Walter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Cachia -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Maria -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Cachia -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Maurizio -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Cinquemani -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Giusi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Colin -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bernard -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Concli -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gianfranco -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Dal Bosco -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Carolina -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Dalpiaz -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Annamaria -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Feliciello -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Domenico -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Focarelli -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paola -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Galletti -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Oreste -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Gasparini -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Franca -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Rizzardi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paola -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Lassini -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Giancarlo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Malfatti -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Luciano -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Malfatti -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Valeriano -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Meneguzzo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Roberto -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Mezzadra -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Roberto -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Pirpamer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Erich -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Pochiesa -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paolo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555, 222 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Radina -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Claudio -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Stuffer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Oskar -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Tacchelli -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ugo -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Tezzele -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Margit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Unterkalmsteiner -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Frieda -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Vieider -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Hilde -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Vigna -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Jürgen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -999 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Weber -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Maurizio -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Winkler -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Franz -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -End -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Tabellenzellen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Tabellenzellen" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen ! zellen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Eine Tabellenzelle kann Text, eingebettete Formeln, ein Bild oder eine andere - Tabelle enthalten. - All diese Arten von Objekten können in dieselbe Zelle gepackt werden. - Schriftgrößen und -schnitte können ebenfalls eingestellt werden. - Man kann aber keine speziellen Umgebungen (wie -\family sans -Abschnitt* -\family default -, u. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -Ä.) einfügen oder Ausrichtungsoptionen für den Absatz der Zelle festlegen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um mehrzeilige Einträge in Tabellenzellen zu erstellen, muss man eine feste - Breite für die Spalte im Tabellendialog angegeben haben. - Der Text wird dann automatisch in mehrere Zeilen aufgeteilt und die Zelle - vertikal vergrößert, wenn die angegebene Breite überschritten wird. - Ein Beispiel: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -2 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -3 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -4 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dies ist ein mehrzeiliger Eintrag in einer Tabelle. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -5 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -6 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dieser ist nun länger. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -7 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -8 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dies ist ein mehrzeiliger Eintrag in einer Tabelle. - Dieser ist nun länger. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -9 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Kopieren und Ersetzen funktioniert zwischen Tabellen und Tabellenzellen - gut; man kann sogar mehrere Zeilen kopieren und einfügen. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Man beachte, dass man nicht in eine Auswahl mehrerer Zellen kopieren kann, - denn es wäre nicht klar wohin ein einzelnes Wort in einer Auswahl von 2×3 - Zellen kopiert werden soll. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Das Auswählen mit der Maus oder mit -\family sans -Umschalt -\family default - plus den Pfeiltasten funktioniert wie gewohnt. - Man kann auch ganze Tabellen kopieren indem man die Auswahl außerhalb der - Tabelle beginnt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Gleitobjekte -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Gleitobjekte" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gleitobjekte -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Einführung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Ein Gleitobjekt ist ein Teil eines Dokuments, das keinen festen Platz hat. - Es kann eine oder mehrere Seiten vorwärts oder rückwärts -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -gleiten -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -, dahin wo es am besten passt. - -\family sans -Fußnoten -\family default - und -\family sans -Randnotizen -\family default - sind ebenfalls Gleitobjekte, da sie zur nächsten Seite gleiten falls zu - viele Fußnoten/Notizen auf der aktuellen Seite sind. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Gleitobjekte ermöglichen ein qualitativ hochwertiges Layout. - Bilder und Tabellen können gleichmäßig über die Seiten verteilt werden - um Leerraum und Seiten ohne Text zu vermeiden. - Da das Gleiten oft den räumlichen Bezug zwischen dem Text und dem Bild -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -/ -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -der Tabelle zerstört, kann jedes Gleitobjekt im Text referenziert werden. - Gleitobjekte sind daher nummeriert. - Referenzierungen/Querverweise sind Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Querverweise" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um ein Gleitobjekt einzufügen, verwendet man das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Gleitobjekt -\family default -. - Eine Box mit einer Legende, die z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - die Beschriftung -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Abbildung -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -#: -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - hat (# ist die aktuelle Nummer) wird in das Dokument eingefügt. - Die Beschriftung wird automatisch in der Ausgabe in die Dokumentsprache - übersetzt. - Nach der Beschriftung kann man einen Text für die Legende eingeben. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gleitobjekte ! Legende -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Das Bild oder die Tabelle wird über oder unter der Legende in einen eigenen - Absatz innerhalb des Gleitobjekts eingefügt. - Um LyX-Dokumente lesbar zu halten, können Gleitobjekt-Boxen durch Links-klicken - auf die Box-Beschriftung geöffnet und geschlossen werden. - Eine geschlossene Gleitobjekt-Box sieht wie diese aus: -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/GleitobjektQt4.png - scale 80 - -\end_inset - - – ein grauer Knopf mit roter Beschriftung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es wird empfohlen Gleitobjekte als separaten Absatz einzufügen um mögliche - LaTeX-Fehler zu vermeiden, die auftreten können, wenn der umgebende Text - besonders formatiert ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Beispiele -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Abbildungs-Gleitobjekte -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Abbildungs-Gleitobjekte" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gleitobjekte ! Abbildung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Abbildung -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "fig:Ein-verzerrtes-Schnabeltier" - -\end_inset - - wurde mit dem Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Abbildung -\family default - oder dem Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "float-insert figure" -\end_inset - - erstellt. - Das Bild wurde eingefügt, indem der Cursor über die Beschriftung gesetzt - wurde und dann das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Grafik -\family default - oder der Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" -\end_inset - - verwendet wurde. - Das Bild wurde horizontal im Gleitobjekt zentriert, indem der Cursor vor - oder hinter das Bild gesetzt wurde und dann das Menü -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Absatz-Einstellungen -\family default - oder der Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout-paragraph" -\end_inset - - benutzt wurde. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float figure -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/platypus.eps - lyxscale 50 - width 50col% - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "fig:Ein-verzerrtes-Schnabeltier" - -\end_inset - -Ein verzerrtes Schnabeltier in einem Gleitobjekt. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Abbildungs-Gleitobjekt zeigt außerdem, wie man eine Marke einfügt - und diese referenziert: Man fügt eine Marke in die Beschriftung über das - Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Marke -\family default - oder den Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "label-insert" -\end_inset - - ein und verweist darauf mit dem Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Querverweis -\family default - oder dem Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" -\end_inset - -. - Es ist wichtig Querverweise für Abbildungs-Gleitobjekte zu verwenden, und - nicht vage Formulierungen wie -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -die obige Abbildung -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -, denn LaTeX wird die Gleitobjekte in der Ausgabe neu anordnen, so dass - sie nicht mehr -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -obig -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - sein muss. - Für mehr über Querverweise siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Querverweise" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Normalerweise wird nur ein Bild in ein Abbildungs-Gleitobjekt eingefügt - aber manchmal will man zwei Bilder mit eigenen Beschriftungen haben. - Dies wird erreicht, indem man ein Abbildungs-Gleitobjekt in ein existierendes - Abbildungs-Gleitobjekt einfügt. - Dabei ist zu beachten, dass nur die Hauptbeschriftung des Gleitobjekts - in die Liste der Abbildungen, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Verzeichnisse" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben, eingefügt wird. - Abbildung -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "fig:Zwei-verzerrte-Bilder" - -\end_inset - - ist ein Beispiel eines Abbildungs-Gleitobjekts mit zwei Bildern nebeneinander. - Man kann die Bilder auch untereinander setzen. - Abbildung -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "fig:Undefinierbar" - -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "fig:Schnabeltier" - -\end_inset - - sind die Untergleitobjekte. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float figure -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Float figure -wide false -sideways false -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "fig:Undefinierbar" - -\end_inset - -Undefinierbar -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps - width 45col% - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Float figure -wide false -sideways false -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "fig:Schnabeltier" - -\end_inset - -Schnabeltier -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/platypus.eps - lyxscale 60 - width 45col% - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "fig:Zwei-verzerrte-Bilder" - -\end_inset - -Zwei verzerrte Bilder. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Tabellen-Gleitobjekt -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gleitobjekte ! Tabelle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Tabellen-Gleitobjekte können über das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Tabelle -\family default - oder dem Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "float-insert table" -\end_inset - - eingefügt werden. - Sie haben dieselben Eigenschaften wie Abbildungs-Gleitobjekte bis auf dass - die Tabelle darin normalerweise unter die Beschriftung statt wie bei Abbildunge -n darüber gesetzt wird und dass die Marken mit -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -tab: -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - beginnen. - Tabelle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "tab:Ein-Tabellen-Gleitobjekt" - -\end_inset - - ist ein Tabellen-Gleitobjekt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float table -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "tab:Ein-Tabellen-Gleitobjekt" - -\end_inset - -Ein Tabellen-Gleitobjekt. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -2 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -3 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Joe -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Mary -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ted -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} -a & b\\ -c & d -\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Weitere Informationen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gleitobjekte ! Details -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX unterstützt weitere Gleitobjekt-Typen und auch rotierte Gleitobjekte. - Des Weiteren kann das Nummerierungsschema, die Gleitobjekt-Platzierung - und die Formatierung der Beschriftung geändert werden. - All diese Features sind im Detail in Kapitel -\emph on -Gleitobjekte -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs mit vielen Beispielen beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Minipage -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Minipage -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LaTeX bietet einen Mechanismus an, um im Prinzip eine Seite innerhalb einer - Seite zu erstellen, eine sogenannte Minipage. - Innerhalb einer Minipage gelten alle üblichen Regeln wie die des Einzugs - oder der Silbentrennung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Minipages haben in LyX ihre eigene schließbare Box, die mit dem Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Box -\family default - eingefügt wird. - Per Rechts-klicken auf die Boxmarke kann die Breite und Ausrichtung der - Minipage eingestellt werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Box Frameless -position "t" -hor_pos "c" -has_inner_box 1 -inner_pos "t" -use_parbox 0 -use_makebox 0 -width "30col%" -special "none" -height "1pt" -height_special "totalheight" -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\shape italic -Dies ist eine Minipage. - Der Text ist kursiv gesetzt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\shape italic -Minipages werden häufig für Text in einer anderen Sprache verwendet oder - für Text mit besonderen Formatierungen. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - -Wenn man zwei Minipages nebeneinander setzt, kann man -\family sans -HFills -\family default -, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Horizontaler-Leerraum" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben, verwenden: -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Box Frameless -position "t" -hor_pos "c" -has_inner_box 1 -inner_pos "t" -use_parbox 0 -use_makebox 0 -width "1.5in" -special "none" -height "1pt" -height_special "totalheight" -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\shape italic -\emph on -Dies ist eine Minipage -\shape default -\emph default - mit sinnlosem Text. - Dieser Sinnlostext wird verwendet um die Minipage zu vergrößern. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Box Frameless -position "t" -hor_pos "c" -has_inner_box 1 -inner_pos "t" -use_parbox 0 -use_makebox 0 -width "1.5in" -special "none" -height "1pt" -height_special "totalheight" -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\shape italic -\emph on -Dies ist eine Minipage -\shape default -\emph default - mit sinnlosem Text. - Dieser Sinnlostext wird verwendet um die Minipage zu vergrößern. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Klickt man mit rechts auf eine Minipage-Box, kann man die Box in einen anderen - Boxtyp umwandeln. - Alle Box-Typen und ihre Einstellungen sind im Detail in Kapitel -\emph on -Boxen -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs erklärt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -Mathematische Formeln -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -mathematische!Formeln -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "chap:Mathematische-Formeln" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Alle Themen dieses Kapitels sind im Detail im -\emph on -Mathe -\emph default - Handbuch beschrieben. - Dort finden Sie außerdem Tipps und Tricks für spezielle Fälle. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Grundlagen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um eine Formel zu erstellen, klickt man einfach auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-mode on" -\end_inset - - (Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Strg+M -\family default -). - Dies erzeugt ein kleines, blaues Rechteck mit violetten Markierungen an - den Ecken. - Das blaue Rechteck ist die Formel, die Markierungen geben an, wo in der - Formel man sich befindet. - Man kann auch direkt einen bestimmten Formeltyp über das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mathe -\family default - einfügen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Bearbeiten von Formelparametern und das Hinzufügen von Mathe-Konstrukten - kann man über die -\family sans -Mathe -\family default -Werkzeugleiste machen, die erscheint, wenn der Cursor in einer Formel ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt zwei Haupttypen von Formeln, eingebettete und abgesetzte. - Eingebettete Formeln erscheinen innerhalb einer Textzeile, so wie diese: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dies ist eine Zeile mit einer -\begin_inset Formula $A=B$ -\end_inset - - eingebetteten Formel. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Abgesetzte Formeln erscheinen außerhalb des Textes, als wären sie in einem - eigenen Absatz, so wie diese: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -A=B -\] - -\end_inset - -Nur abgesetzte Formeln können nummeriert und referenziert werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX unterstützt auch viele LaTeX-Mathebefehle. - Tippt man z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -alpha -\series default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - gefolgt von einem Leerzeichen in eine Formel ein, wird der griechische - Buchstabe -\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset - - erzeugt. - Befehle einzugeben ist oft schneller als die -\family sans -Mathe -\family default -Werkzeugleiste zu verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Wie man sich in einer Formel -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - bewegt -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können auf eine existierende Gleichung klicken und den Cursor in etwa - dort vorfinden, wo Sie geklickt haben. - In einer existierenden Formel hat man mit den Pfeiltasten die beste Kontrolle - über die Cursorposition. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Pfeiltasten können benutzt werden, um sich in einer Struktur zwischen - Textgebieten zu bewegen. - Wenn man eine Pfeiltaste am Rande einer Formel drückt, verlässt man die - Formel, wenn der Pfeil aus dem Formel-Kästchen herauszeigt. - Wenn man die -\family sans -Leertaste -\family default - drückt, verlässt man einen Teil oder eine andere Formel-Struktur (eine - Quadratwurzel -\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ -\end_inset - -, Klammern -\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ -\end_inset - - oder eine Matrix -\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} -1 & 2\\ -3 & 4 -\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset - -), und bleibt innerhalb der Formel. - Mit -\family sans -Esc -\family default - verlässt man Formeln, und der Cursor wird rechts vom Kästchen platziert. - Mit der -\family sans -Leertaste -\family default - kann man Formeln auch verlassen, aber der Cursor wird um eine Leerstelle - neben dem Kästchen gestellt (wenn keine Leerstelle dort war, wird sie erzeugt). - -\family sans -Tab -\family default - kann benutzt werden, um sich waagerecht in einer Formel-Struktur zu bewegen, - wie in den Zeilen einer Matrix oder den Stellen in einer mehrzeiligen Gleichung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\family sans -Leertaste -\family default - scheint nichts innerhalb von Formeln zu bewirken, weil sie wirklich keinen - Zwischenraum zwischen Zeichen hinzufügt, aber sie verlässt eine geschachtelte - Struktur. - Deshalb muss man mit der -\family sans -Leertaste -\family default - vorsichtig sein. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn man zum Beispiel -\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ -\end_inset - - erreichen will, muss man -\series bold - -\backslash -sqrt -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -leer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -2x+1 -\series default -eingeben und nicht -\series bold - -\backslash -sqrt -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -leer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -2x -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -leer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -+ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -leer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -1 -\series default -, weil dann nur die -\family typewriter - -\begin_inset Formula $2x$ -\end_inset - - -\family default - unter dem Wurzelzeichen stehen würden: -\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ -\end_inset - -. - Diejenigen, die es gewohnt sind, Ausdrücke auf diese Weise mit Zwischenräumen - zu versehen, müssen ein wenig umlernen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Da wir über die -\family sans -Leertaste -\family default - sprechen: es mag sein, dass Sie Leerzeichen erzeugen wollen, die über das - hinausgehen, was LaTeX normalerweise erzeugt. - Wir empfehlen das natürlich nicht, weil das WYSIWYM-Prinzip bedeutet, dass - Sie nicht über den Schriftsatz nachdenken sollen, sondern über den Inhalt. - Es mag aber Situationen geben, in denen Sie wirklich Leerzeichen hinzufügen - wollen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das kann man mit -\family sans -Strg+Leertaste -\family default - machen. - Das erzeugt einen kleinen Zwischenraum und zeigt ihn auf dem Bildschirm - wie eine auf dem Rücken liegende eckige rote Klammer an: -\begin_inset Formula $a\text{{\color{red}\leer}}b$ -\end_inset - -. - Gedruckt sieht das so aus: -\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ -\end_inset - -. - Mit dem nächstes Trick ändert man die Größe. - -\emph on -Bevor -\emph default - Sie nach -\family sans -Strg+Leertaste -\family default - den Cursor bewegen, drücken Sie die -\family sans -Leertaste -\family default - erneut ein- oder mehrere Male, das vergrößert den Zwischenraum auf unterschiedl -iche Größen: -\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ -\end_inset - -. - Als letztes gibt es den roten, negativen Zwischenraum: -\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann viele teilweise gefüllte Formel-Strukturen wie diese Matrix verlassen: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\left(\begin{array}{ccc} -\lambda_{1}\\ - & \ddots\\ - & & \lambda_{n} -\end{array}\right). -\] - -\end_inset - -Wenn Sie eine Teilstruktur, die nur teilweise gefüllt ist, verlassen oder - einen Exponenten mit nichts darin, wird das Ergebnis unvorhersehbar, aber - die meisten Objekte stört das nicht. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Text auswählen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Mathe- ! Text auswählen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Innerhalb von Formeln können Sie Text auf zwei verschiedene Arten auswählen. - Stellen Sie den Cursor an das eine Ende der Zeichenkette, die Sie auswählen - wollen, und drücken Sie -\family sans -Umschalt+Pfeil -\family default - in der Richtung, in der Sie markieren wollen. - Der markierte Text wird wie sonst auch hervorgehoben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Oder Sie machen es wie gewohnt mit der Maus, obwohl dabei manchmal alles - im purpurnen Rechteck markiert wird. - Den markierten Text können Sie dann kopieren oder ausschneiden und in eine - andere Formel einsetzen. - Auch Text, der außerhalb von LyX ausgewählt wurde, kann in eine Formel - eingesetzt werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Exponenten -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Exponenten -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und Indizes -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Indizes -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können die -\family sans -Mathe-Werkzeugleiste -\family default - benutzen um Hoch- oder Tiefstellungen zu erzeugen (Knöpfe -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-superscript" -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-subscript" -\end_inset - -), aber viel einfacher geht es mit der normalen TeX-Methode. - Um -\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ -\end_inset - - zu erhalten, geben Sie -\series bold -x^2 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -leer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default - ein. - Die -\family sans -Leertaste -\family default - bringt den Cursor zurück auf die Grundlinie des Ausdrucks. - Wenn Sie -\series bold -x^2y -\series default - eingeben, erhalten Sie -\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ -\end_inset - -; um -\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ -\end_inset - - zu erhalten, müssen Sie -\series bold -x^2 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -leer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -y -\series default - eingeben. - Wenn Sie Zeichen in der Hochstellung haben, die mit dem Zirkumflex -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -^ -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - akzentuiert werden können, müssen Sie die -\family sans -Leertaste -\family default - ein weiteres Mal drücken um den Zirkumflex vom Zeichen zu trennen. - Wenn Sie z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - -\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$ -\end_inset - - haben wollen, geben Sie -\series bold -x^ -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -leer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -a -\series default - ein. - Indizes sind ähnlich: um -\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ -\end_inset - - zu erhalten, müssen Sie in eine Formel -\series bold -a_1 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -leer -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series default - eingeben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Brüche -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bruche@Brüche -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Einen Bruch kann man mit -\series bold - -\backslash -frac -\series default - oder mit dem Bruchsymbol -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\frac" -\end_inset - -aus der -\family sans -Mathe-Werkzeugleiste -\family default - schreiben. - Sie erhalten einen leeren Bruch mit zwei blauen Formel-Kästchen über und - unter einem Bruchstrich. - Der Cursor steht im Zähler. - Mit der -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - --Taste gelangt man in den Nenner, mit der -\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset - --Taste wieder in den Zähler. - Jede mathematische Struktur kann in einen Bruch geschrieben werden, wie - dieses Beispiel zeigt: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc} -2 & 3\\ -4 & 5 -\end{array}\right)}\right] -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Wurzeln -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Wurzeln -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wurzeln erhält man, wenn man auf das Symbol -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\sqrt" -\end_inset - - oder -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\root" -\end_inset - - in der -\family sans -Mathe-Werkzeugleiste -\family default - klickt, oder die Befehle -\family typewriter - -\backslash -sqrt -\family default - oder -\family typewriter - -\backslash -root -\family default - benutzt. - Ersteres liefert nur Quadratwurzeln, letzteres beliebige. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Summen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Summen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und Integrale -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Integrale -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Summen- und Integralzeichen -\begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset - - werden sehr oft mit Grenzen versehen, die in LyX (wie in LaTeX) als Exponenten - und Indizes geschrieben werden. - Bei Summen in der Zeile werden die Grenzen automatisch neben dem Summenzeichen - platziert wie bei -\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ -\end_inset - -, bei abgesetzten Formeln hingegen über und unter dem Summenzeichen: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right). -\] - -\end_inset - -Bei Integralen werden die Grenzen immer neben dem Integralzeichen platziert - wie in -\begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$ -\end_inset - -, bei abgesetzten Formeln sieht es so aus: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi. -\] - -\end_inset - -Beide Symbole werden automatisch angepasst. - Man kann die Platzierung der Grenzen (direkt über und unter oder rechts - neben dem Zeichen) umschalten, indem man den Cursor direkt vor das Zeichen - stellt und -\family sans -Alt+M -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -L -\family default - eingibt. - Wie die Änderung genau aussieht, hängt vom Zeichen ab. - Einige andere mathematische Ausdrücke besitzen diese Automatik-Funktion - auch, wie -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x), -\] - -\end_inset - -bei dem -\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ -\end_inset - - unter dem -\emph on -lim -\emph default - bei abgesetzten Formeln platziert wird, aber in der Zeile daneben: -\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ -\end_inset - -. - Das -\begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset - --Zeichen hat eine besondere Bedeutung. - In LaTeX wird es als Sonderobjekt behandelt, damit es Indizes wie beschrieben - darstellen kann. - In LyX erhält man es mit -\series bold - -\backslash -lim -\series default - in einer Formel oder indem man es aus den -\family sans -Funktionen -\family default - im Menü -\family sans -Mathe-Werkzeugleiste -\family default - auswählt. - Andere Spezialworte sind trigonometrische Funktionen (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sub:Mathematische-Funktionen" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Mathematische Symbole -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -mathematische!Symbole -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die meisten mathematischen Symbole sind in der -\family sans -Mathe -\family default -Werkzeugleiste unter einer der verschiedenen Kategorien wie -\family sans -Griechisch -\family default -, -\family sans -Operatoren -\family default -, -\family sans -Relationen -\family default -, -\family sans -Pfeile -\family default - zu finden. - Dort gibt es außerdem zusätzliche Symbole, die von der Amerikanisch Mathematisc -hen Gesellschaft (AMS) zu Verfügung gestellt werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie den LaTeX-Befehl für ein Konstrukt oder ein Symbol kennen, müssen - Sie nicht die -\family sans -Mathe -\family default -Werkzeugleiste benutzen sondern können den Befehl direkt in die Formel eingeben. - LyX wird ihn in das entsprechnde Konstrukt oder Symbol konvertieren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Leerraum ändern -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Will man Leerraum erzeugen, der sich von LaTeXs Standard-Leerraum unterscheidet, - drückt man -\family sans -Strg+Leertaste -\family default - oder den -\family sans -Mathe -\family default - Werkzeugleistenknopf -\family sans - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\space" -\end_inset - - -\family default -. - Dies erzeugt einen kleinen Leerraum mit einer Marke zur Visualisierung. - Zum Beispiel erscheint die Sequenz -\series bold -a Strg+Leertaste b -\series default -: -\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ -\end_inset - - in LyX als -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png - -\end_inset - -. - Man kann verschiedenen Größen für den Leerraum anwählen, indem man den - Cursor hinter die Marke setzt und mehrfach die Leertaste drückt. - Mit jedem Drücken der Leertaste wird die Größe verändert. - Die Marke erscheint für einige Größen rot, da diese Größen negativen Leerraum - darstellen. - Hier sind zwei Beispiele: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -a Strg+Leertaste b -\series default - und 3× -\family sans -Leertaste -\family default -: -\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -a Strg+Leertaste b -\series default - und 5× -\family sans -Leertaste -\family default -: -\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Mathematische Funktionen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -mathematische!Funktionen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Mathematische-Funktionen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Funktionen wie -\begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset - -, usw. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -kann man entweder mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf -\family sans - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\functions" -\end_inset - - -\family default - oder mit Befehlen wie -\series bold - -\backslash -sin -\series default - usw. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -eintippen. - Standardmäßig werden Funktionen, die Namen sind wie -\begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset - -, nicht kursiv geschrieben. - Gibt man in einer Formel aber nur die Buchstaben -\begin_inset Formula $sin$ -\end_inset - - ein, sind sie natürlich kursiv. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Deshalb gibt es diese besonderen Makros. - In der Druckausgabe bewirken sie aber mehr als nur die Schriftform zu ändern. - Zum Beispiel bekommt der Ausdruck -\emph on -sint -\emph default - zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen sin und t: -\begin_inset Formula $\sin t$ -\end_inset - -. - Bei komplexeren mathematischen Objekten wie -\begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset - - bestimmt das Makro, wo die Bedingung platziert wird, ob neben das Wort - lim als Index wie hier: -\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$ -\end_inset - - oder darunter wie hier: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L. -\] - -\end_inset - - Beide Ausdrücke wurden exakt gleich eingetippt, nur die Art, wie das lim-Makro - benutzt wurde, entschied über die Darstellung (in diesem Fall wurde das - Makro für die Darstellung in der Zeile geändert, damit der Zeilenabstand - besser aussieht). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Akzente -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Akzente -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Im Mathe-Modus setzt man Akzente wie im normalen Textmodus. - Wie das gemacht wird, kann von Ihrer Tastatur und Ihrer Tastaturdatei abhängen. - Sie können aber auch die LaTeX-Äquivalente als Makros benutzen. - Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Akzente ermöglicht, können Sie zum Beispiel in - Formeln -\series bold - -\backslash -hat{a -\series default - eintippen, um -\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset - - zu erhalten. - Tabelle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "tab:Akzente" - -\end_inset - - enthält die Akzentnamen im Textmodus, in Formeln und Beispiele für die - Akzente. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Float table -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "tab:Akzente" - -\end_inset - -Akzente -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Akzente -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Name -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Befehl -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Beispiel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -circumflex -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -hat -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -grave -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -grave -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -acute -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -acute -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -umlaut -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -ddot -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -tilde -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -tilde -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -dot -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -dot -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -breve -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -breve -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -caron -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -check -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -macron -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -bar -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -vector -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -vector -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können die Akzente auch über das Untermenü -\family sans -Rahmen-Verzierungen -\family default - des Mathe-Werkzeugleistenknopfs -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\hat" -\end_inset - - auswählen. - Dies wirkt auch auf markierte Bereiche in Formeln. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Klammern -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Klammern -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und Dekorationen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dekorationen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Klammern-und-Dekos" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt in LyX mehrere Klammerarten. - Für die meisten Zwecke sollte es genügen, nur die Tasten -\family typewriter -[]{}()|<> -\family default - zu drücken. - Aber wenn Sie große Strukturen wie Matrizen oder Brüche in Klammern setzen - wollen, oder wenn Sie mehrere Klammernschichten haben, ist es besser den - Mathe-Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" -\end_inset - - zu verwenden. - So zum Beispiel wenn Sie Klammern um eine Matrix wie diese setzen: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\left[\begin{array}{cc} -1 & 2\\ -3 & 4 -\end{array}\right]. -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -macht es das einfacher, die Gliederung der Klammern zu sehen. - Der folgende linke Ausdruck wurde mit Hilfe des Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" -\end_inset - - erstellt, der rechte Ausdruck wurde mit den -\family typewriter -() -\family default --Tasten erstellt: -\lang english - -\lang ngerman - -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -Die Klammern mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf werden automatisch an die Größe - ihres Inhaltes angepasst. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um die gewünschten Klammern zu bekommen, klicken Sie auf die Klammer in - der linken und rechten Seite. - Wenn Sie die Option -\family sans -Zusammenpassend -\family default - verwenden, wird die ausgewählte Klammer für die linke und rechte Seite - verwendet. - Die Auswahl wird als TeX-Code angezeigt. - Wenn Sie auf einer Seite keine Klammer haben wollen, verwenden Sie -\family sans -(kein) -\family default -. - Dies erscheint in LyX als gestrichelte Linie, es wird aber nichts ausgegeben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um Klammern um bestehende mathematische Strukturen, wie Wurzeln, zu setzen, - markiert man zuerst die Struktur, dann wählt man die entsprechenden Klammern - aus und drückt auf -\family sans -Einfügen -\family default -. - Die häufigsten Klammern (beidseitig runde, eckige und geschweifte) können - schneller mit Tastenkürzeln eingefügt werden. - Um zum Beispiel ein Paar runde Klammern einzufügen, markiert man die Struktur - und verwendet das Kürzel -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-delim ( )" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Matrizen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Matrizen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und mehrzeilige Gleichungen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gleichungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Matrizenähnliche Gebilde kann man in LyX einfach eingeben. - Entweder wählen Sie -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Array-Umgebung -\family default -: dann bekommen Sie automatisch eine 2x2-Matrix, oder Sie klicken in der - automatischen -\family sans -Mathe-Werkzeugleiste -\family default - den Knopf -\family sans - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show mathmatrix" -\end_inset - - -\family default - an, der das Menü -\family sans -Mathe-Matrix -\family default - öffnet, in dem Sie verschiedene Optionen setzen können. - Hier ist ein Beispiel: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\left(\begin{array}{ccc} -1 & 2 & 3\\ -4 & 5 & 6\\ -7 & 8 & 9 -\end{array}\right). -\] - -\end_inset - -Die Klammern werden nicht automatisch eingefügt, sondern müssen mit dem - -\family sans -Mathe-Trenn\SpecialChar \- -zeichen -\family default --Menü hinzugefügt werden. - Das können Sie nachträglich machen (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sec:Klammern-und-Dekos" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können festlegen, ob die Spalten einer Matrix (oder Teile davon) links- - oder rechtsbündig oder zentriert ausgerichtet werden sollen. - Die Voreinstellung ist zentriert -\family sans -. - -\family default - Bei anderen und verschiedenen Ausrichtungen müssen Sie die entsprechende - Buchstabenkombinationen aus -\family typewriter -l -\family default -, -\family typewriter -c -\family default - und -\family typewriter -r -\family default - in das Feld -\family sans -Ausrichtung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Horizontal -\family default - eingeben. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family typewriter -rlc -\family default - bedeutet: Spalte 1 rechtsbündig, Spalte 2 linksbündig und Spalte 3 zentriert. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Außerdem können Sie den Inhalt der Zeilen -\family sans -Vertikal -\family default - ausrichten, voreingestellt ist -\family sans -Mitte -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn der Cursor in der Matrix steht, können Sie über -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mathe -\family default - oder die 4 rechten Knöpfe in der Mathe-Werkzeugleiste Zeilen und Spalten - hinzufügen oder löschen. - Hier ist ein anderes Beispiel mit unterschiedlichen Ausrichtungen: -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Das -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset - -ü -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - erhält man übrigens durch -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset - - -\backslash -ddot u -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - oder "u, aber "u wird in LyX -\emph on -nicht -\emph default - als ü dargestellt. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\begin{array}{lcr} -diese & diese & diese\\ -Spalte & Spalte & Spalte\\ -ist\: linksb\ddot{u}ndig & ist\: zentriert & ist\: rechtsb\ddot{u}ndig -\end{array}. -\] - -\end_inset - -Der LaTeX- -\family typewriter -Mathe-Modus -\family default - hat viele Matrizenarten, insbesondere bietet das AMS-LaTeX-Paket zum Beispiel - -\series bold - -\backslash -cases -\series default - und kommutative Diagramme. - Hier ist ein einfaches Beispiel, wie LyX Bedingungen (LaTeX -\series bold - -\backslash -cases -\series default -) darstellen kann: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray*} -f(x) & := & \begin{cases} -\frac{1}{q} & \mathrm{f}\ddot{\mathrm{u}}\mathrm{r}\, x=\frac{p}{q}\,(\mathrm{p},\,\mathrm{q}\,\,\mathrm{ganzzahlig})\\ -0 & \mathrm{falls}\, x\,\mathrm{irrational}\,\mathrm{ist} -\end{cases} -\end{eqnarray*} - -\end_inset - -Dies wurde folgendermaßen erreicht: zuerst wurde eine Gleichungs-Umgebung - gewählt ( -\family sans -Ein\SpecialChar \- -fü\SpecialChar \- -gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Eqnarray-Umgebung -\family default -), in die linken beiden Kästchen f(x) und := geschrieben. - Ins rechte Kästchen wurde eine Bedingungs-Umgebung ( -\family sans -Ein\SpecialChar \- -fü\SpecialChar \- -gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cases-Umgebung -\family default -) eingefügt und mit -\family sans -Strg+Eingabe -\family default - zwei Zeilen erzeugt. - In die beiden blauen Kästchen wurde dann alles rechts der geschweiften - Klammer geschrieben. - Wie man die Roman-Schrift bekommt, wird später erklärt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mehrzeilige Gleichungen kann man mit LyX sehr einfach schreiben ( -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Eqnarray-Umgebung -\family default -). - Dadurch wird das LaTeX-Format -\family typewriter -eqnarray -\family default - für mehrzeilige Gleichungen eingeschaltet. - Innerhalb des Kästchens tippt man -\family sans -Strg+Ein\SpecialChar \- -gabe -\family default - so oft, bis man die Zahl der gewünschten Zeilen hat, am besten als erstes. - Jede Zeile hat drei Gebiete, links, Mitte, rechts, zwischen denen Sie sich - mit den Pfeiltasten, der Maus oder der -\family sans -Tab -\family default --Taste bewegen können. - Hier ist ein Beispiel: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray*} -3 & = & 1+2\\ -4+5 & = & 9 -\end{eqnarray*} - -\end_inset - -Man kann auch eine vorhandene abgesetzte Formel in eine mehrzeilige umändern, - indem man irgendwo in der Formel -\family sans -\series medium -Strg+Eingabe -\family default -\series default - tippt. - LyX wird alles in den linken Teil der mehrzeiligen Gleichung packen, wobei - alles links vom Cursor in die erste Zeile kommt, der Rest in die zweite. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Alles rechts vom Cursor wird dann in den mittleren Teil der Gleichung gepackt - (LaTeX setzt den mittleren Teil übrigens nicht wie normale Formeln, deshalb - sollten Sie dort keine großen Ausdrücke wie Brüche schreiben). - Stellen Sie dann den Cursor dorthin, wo der rechte Teil beginnen soll, - und tippen nochmals -\family sans -Strg+Tab -\family default -. - Der -\emph on -zusätzliche -\emph default - Einfügepunkt in der Zeile verschwindet dann. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Eine ganze Zeile der Gleichung kann man löschen, indem man den Cursor in - die Zeile stellt und -\family sans -Alt+M -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -W -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -D -\family default - tippt. - Weitere Zeilen fügt man mit -\family sans -Strg+Eingabe -\family default - hinzu. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Gleichungen nummerieren -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gleichungen!nummerieren -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und markieren -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gleichungen!markieren -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Gleichungen-numerieren-markieren" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um eine Gleichung zu nummerieren, setzt man den Cursor in eine Gleichung - und verwendet das Menü -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ganze -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Formel -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -nummerieren -\family default - oder das Tastenkürzel -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-number-toggle" -\end_inset - -. - Die Nummer der Gleichung erscheint in LyX in Klammern dahinter. - Die angezeigte Nummer ist nur temporär und kann in der Ausgabe anders aussehen. - Die Position und das Format der Nummer in der Ausgabe hängt von der Dokumentkla -sse ab. - In diesem Dokument wird die Nummer zusammen mit der Kapitelnummer ausgegeben, - von der sie durch einen Punkt getrennt ist.: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -1+1=2 -\end{equation} - -\end_inset - -Die Verwendung von -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-number-toggle" -\end_inset - - in einer nummerierten Gleichung schaltet die Nummerierung aus. - Man kann nur abgesetzte Formeln nummerieren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mehrzeilige Formeln können Zeile für Zeile nummeriert werden: Das Menü -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Diese -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Zeile -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -nummerieren -\family default - oder das Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Alt+M -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Umschalt+N -\family default - nummeriert nur die Zeile, in der sich der Cursor befindet: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray} -1 & = & 3-2\\ -2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\ -4 & \leq & 7 -\end{eqnarray} - -\end_inset - -Um alle Zeilen zu nummerieren, verwendet man das Tastenkürzel -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-number-toggle" -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - -Jede abgesetzte Formel kann mit ihrer Nummer durch eine Marke referenziert - werden. - Eine Marke wird mit dem Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Marke -\family default - (Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "label-insert" -\end_inset - -) eingefügt, wenn sich der Cursor in der Gleichung befindet. - Es erscheint ein Dialog, in den man die Marke eingibt. - Es ist empfohlen, dass man das vorgeschlagene -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -eq: -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - als ersten Teil der Marke verwendet, da dies später hilft, schnell den - Typ der Marke zu finden, wenn man viele Marken im Dokument hat. - Wir haben im folgenden Beispiel die Marke -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -eq:tanhExp -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - in der zweiten Zeile eingegeben: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray} -\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\ - & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp} -\end{eqnarray} - -\end_inset - -Jede markierte Zeile wird automatisch nummeriert. - Daher wird die Marke hinter der Nummer angezeigt. - Mit dem Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Querverweis -\family default - (Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" -\end_inset - -) kann man auf eine markierte Gleichung verweisen. - Es öffnet sich ein Dialog in dem man eine Marke auswählen kann. - Der Querverweis erscheint in LyX als graue Querverweis-Box und in der Ausgabe - als Nummer: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dies ist ein Querverweis auf Gleichung ( -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "eq:tanhExp" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Eigenschaften von LyXs Querverweis-Box sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Querverweise" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. - Um eine Marke zu entfernen, setzt man den Cursor ans Ende in die Gleichung - und drückt die -\family sans -Entf -\family default --Taste. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Benutzerdefinierte Mathe-Makros -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Makros -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX erlaubt dem Benutzer, Makros zu definieren. - Dies ist von großem Nutzen wenn man in einem Dokument mehrfach denselben - Formeltyp hat. - Mathe-Makros sind im Abschnitt -\emph on -Mathe-Makro -\emph default -s des -\emph on -Mathe -\emph default --Handbuchs beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Feineinstellungen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Im folgenden wird vorausgesetzt, dass Sie sich bei der Texteingabe im -\family typewriter -Mathe-Modus -\family default - befinden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Schriftstile -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schriftstile -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können verschiedene Schriftstile benutzen, die Sie über den Knopf -\family sans - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\font" -\end_inset - - -\family default - auf der -\family sans -Mathe-Werkzeugleiste -\family default - oder Tastaturbefehle auswählen. - Nicht alle erscheinen genau WYSIWYM, und einige werden überhaupt nicht - angezeigt. - Der Standardschriftstil für Text ist kursiv, -\begin_inset Formula $text$ -\end_inset - -, aber für Zahlen ist der Standard Roman. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um Text im -\family typewriter -Mathe-Modus -\family default - Roman zu setzen, benutzen Sie -\family sans -Alt+Z -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -R -\family default -: -\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{\mathbf{\mathrm{text}}}$ -\end_inset - -. - Für Fettdruck, -\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{text}$ -\end_inset - -, ist es -\family sans -Alt+Z -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -F -\family default -. - Den kalligrafischen Schriftstil für Großbuchstaben, -\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{TEXT}$ -\end_inset - -, erhält man mit -\family sans -Alt+Z -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -I -\family default -. - Tabelle -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "tab:Mathematik-Schriftstile" - -\end_inset - - zeigt die unterstützten Schriften. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family typewriter -\begin_inset Float table -placement h -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "tab:Mathematik-Schriftstile" - -\end_inset - -Mathematik-Schriftstile -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -mathematische ! Schriftstile -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schriftstil -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Befehl -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Aufrecht}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathrm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Fett}}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathbf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Kursiv}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Schreibmaschine}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathtt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathbb -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathfrak -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\emph on -\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{KALLIGRAFISCH}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathcal -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{Serifenlos}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -mathsf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung: -\series default - Man kann nur Großbuchstaben in die Stile -\family sans -Blackboard -\family default - und -\family sans -Kalligrafisch -\family default - setzen. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -Der Tastaturbefehl, um zu einem speziellen Schriftstil zu wechseln, wird - im -\family typewriter -Mathe-Modus -\family default - wie beschrieben interpretiert. - Der -\family typewriter -Mathe-Modus -\family default - unterstützt aber nicht alle Zeichen in allen Schriftstilen, und der Kalligraphi -estil unterstützt nur Großbuchstaben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Bei all diesen Schriftstilen müssen Sie den Text sorgfältig eingeben. - Wenn es rechts vom Anfangspunkt Text gibt, wird der Schriftstil nach einem - Buchstaben in den anderen Stil geändert. - Um eine Zeichenkette mit einem speziellen Stil zu schreiben, müssen Sie - rechts vom Cursor ein geschütztes Leerzeichen eingeben. - Außerdem wird durch ein geschütztes Leerzeichen der nachfolgende Text in - den Standardstil geändert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In AMS-LaTeX ist es möglich, Zahlen und Spezialsymbole fett (aber nicht - kursiv) zu schreiben. - Um ein fettgedrucktes -\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset - - zu bekommen, müssen Sie -\series bold - -\backslash -boldsymbol -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -{ -\backslash -alpha} -\series default - eingeben: -\begin_inset Formula $\boldsymbol{\mathbb{\alpha}}$ -\end_inset - -. - Klammer-zu erscheint automatisch, nachdem Sie Klammer-auf getippt haben. - Dies funktioniert für alle Symbole und Zahlen. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Mathematischer Textmodus -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -mathematische!r Textmodus -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die verschiedenen Schriftstile sind hilfreich, um Variablennamen in einem - bestimmten Zeichensatz einzugeben, aber sicherlich nicht, um damit normalen - Text zu schreiben. - Verwenden Sie deshalb zum Schreiben von längeren Textstücken den mathematischen - Textmodus, den Sie durch -\family sans -Alt+M -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -M -\family default - aktivieren, wenn Sie sich bereits im Mathematikmodus befinden. - Der mathematische Textmodus wird am Bildschirm in Schwarz anstelle des - üblichen Blau dargestellt. - Sie können in diesem Modus allerdings nicht den Zeichensatz wechseln oder - Satzzeichen verwenden, -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Außerdem gibt der mathematische Textmodus den Text in einer -\family typewriter - -\backslash -textrm{} -\family default --Umgebung aus, obwohl eigentlich -\family typewriter - -\backslash -mbox -\family default - (oder das -\family typewriter - -\backslash -text -\family default - von AMS-LaTeX) die bessere Wahl wäre. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - doch für einfache Texte ist das ausreichend. - Hier ist ein Beispiel: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -f(x)=\begin{cases} -x & \mbox{wenn ich es sage}\\ --x & \mbox{sonst} -\end{cases} -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Schriftgrößen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schriften ! Größe -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt vier (relative) Schriftgrößen, die in den meisten Fällen automatisch - benutzt werden. - Sie heißen -\emph on -displaystyle -\emph default -, -\emph on -textstyle -\emph default -, -\emph on -scriptstyle -\emph default - und -\emph on -scriptscriptstyle -\emph default -. - Für die meisten Zeichen haben -\emph on -displaystyle -\emph default - und -\emph on -textstyle -\emph default - dieselbe Größe, aber Brüche, Exponenten, Indizes und gewisse andere Effekte - werden größer oder im -\emph on -displaystyle -\emph default - gesetzt. - Außer einigen Operatoren, die ihre Größe an die jeweilige Situation anpassen, - werden die Texte in der Größe gesetzt, die LaTeX für geeignet hält. - Diese Größe kann mit dem Knopf -\family sans - -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-insert \\style" -\end_inset - - -\family default - der -\family sans -Mathe-Werkzeugleiste -\family default - geändert werden. - Es wird dann eine Box eingefügt, in die man das Mathe-Konstrukt eingibt. - Zum Beispiel kann man -\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset - - normal schreiben ( -\family sans -textstyle -\family default -), oder man kann es vergrößern, wobei auch die Zeilenabstände vergrößert - werden, indem man -\family sans -displaystyle -\family default - benutzt: -\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ -\end_inset - -. - Hier ist Text in den verschiedenen Größen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$ -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -All diese Schriftgrößen sind relativ, das heißt sie werden relativ zu der - Größe angepasst, in die die gesamte Formel über das Menü -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Textstil -\family default - gesetzt wird. - Auf ähnliche Weise wird alles angepasst, wenn die Basisschriftgröße eines - Dokumentes geändert wird. - Als Beispiel eine Formel in der Größe -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Noch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -größer -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\size largest -\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -AMS-LaTeX -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -AMS-TeX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX unterstützt die LaTeX-Pakete der American Mathematical Society (AMS), - die oft benutzt werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -AMS verwenden -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie im Menü -\family sans -Dokument -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Einstellungen -\family default - unter -\family sans -Mathe-Optionen -\family default -die Option -\family sans - AMS-Mathe-Paket -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -verwenden -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - aktivieren, werden diese Pakete explizit in Ihrem Dokument verwendet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -AMS-Formeltypen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Unter -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mathe -\family default - können Sie die AMS-Formeltypen -\family typewriter -align -\family default -, -\family typewriter -alignat -\family default -, -\family typewriter -flalign -\family default -, -\family typewriter -gather -\family default - und -\family typewriter -multline -\family default - auswählen. - Eine ausführliche Dokumentation dieser Typen finden Sie in -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "AMS" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -Weitere Werkzeuge -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Querverweise -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Querverweis -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Querverweise" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Eine von LyXs Stärken sind Querverweise. - Sie können auf jeden Abschnitt, jedes Gleitobjekt, jede Fußnote, Formel - und Liste im Dokument referenzieren. - Für eine Referenz müssen Sie zuerst eine Marke in den zu referenzieren - Teil einfügen. - Die Marke dient als Anker und Name für die Referenz. - Angenommen Sie wollen den zweiten Eintrag der folgenden Liste referenzieren: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Erster Eintrag -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "enu:Zweiter-Eintrag" - -\end_inset - -Zweiter Eintrag -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Dritter Eintrag -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Zuerst setzen Sie eine Marke zu definieren, benutzen Sie -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Marke -\family default - oder den Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/label-insert.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -. - Ein Kästchen wie dieses: -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/Marke.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - wird eingefügt und LyX fragt nach einem Namen für die Marke. - LyX schlägt als Namen die ersten Wörter des Listeneintrags und zusätzlich - einen Präfix. - In diesem Fall -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -enu:Zweiter-Eintrag -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - Der Präfix -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -enu: -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - steht für -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -enumerate -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - (auf deutsch: -\emph on -nummeriert -\emph default -). - Der Präfix hängt vom Dokumentteil ab, in den die Marke eingefügt wurde. - Für Abschnitte ist er z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -sec: -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - (Englisch für -\emph on -section -\emph default -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um nun auf die Marke zu verweisen, wählen Sie -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Querverweis -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -. - Ein graues Querverweis-Kästchen wie dieses: -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/Querverweis.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - wird eingefügt und der Querverweis-Dialog erscheint mit einer Liste der - Marken. - Um eine Marke einzufügen, können Sie die Marken alphabetisch sortieren - und wählen dann -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -enu:Zweiter-Eintrag -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - aus. - Im Feld -\family sans -Format -\family default - können Sie einen der unten beschriebenen Verweisstile auswählen. - An der Stelle der Querverweis-Box erscheint in der Ausgabe die Nummer des - Listeneintrags. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Alternativ zu -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Querverweis -\family default - können Sie mit rechts auf die Marke klicken und im erscheinenden Kontextmenü - -\family sans -Als Querverweis kopieren -\family default - verwenden. - Der Querverweis zu dieser Marke ist nun in der Zwischenablage und kann - an der aktuellen Cursorposition mit dem Menü -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einfügen -\family default - (Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Ctrl+V -\family default -) eingefügt werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier ist unser Querverweis: Eintrag -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "enu:Zweiter-Eintrag" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es wird empfohlen, ein geschütztes Leerzeichen -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -beschrieben in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Geschütztes-Leerzeichen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - zwischen Querverweisnamen und Querverweis zu verwenden, um unschöne Zeilenumbrü -che zwischen beiden zu vermeiden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt folgende Querverweisstile: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -: druckt die Nummer, dies ist die Voreinstellung: -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "tab:Ein-Tabellen-Gleitobjekt" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -(): druckt die Nummer umgeben von zwei runden Klammern, dies - ist der Stil, wie er normalerweise für Verweise auf Formeln verwendet wird, - speziell wenn der Name -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Gleichung -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - weggelassen wird: -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "tab:Ein-Tabellen-Gleitobjekt" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -: druckt die Seitennummer: Seite -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand pageref -reference "tab:Ein-Tabellen-Gleitobjekt" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -auf -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Seite -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -: druckt den Text -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -auf Seite -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - und die Seitennummer: -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vpageref -reference "tab:Ein-Tabellen-Gleitobjekt" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Wenn sich die Marke auf derselben Seite befindet, wird stattdessen -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -auf dieser Seite -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - gedruckt; wenn sich die Marke auf der gegenüberliegenden Seite in einem - doppelseitigen Dokument befindet, wird -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -auf der gegenüberliegenden Seite -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - gedruckt; befindet sie sich auf der vorigen Seite, die keine gegenüberliegende - ist, wird -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -auf der vorherigen Seite -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - gedruckt; wenn sie sich auf der nächsten, nicht gegenüberliegenden Seite - befindet, wird -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -auf der nächsten Seite -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - gedruckt. - Der Wortlaut des gedruckten Texts hängt zudem von der verwendeten Dokumentklass -e ab. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -auf -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Seite -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -: druckt die Nummer, den Text -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -auf Seite -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -, und die Seitennummer: -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "tab:Ein-Tabellen-Gleitobjekt" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Wenn sich die Marke auf derselben Seite befindet, verhält sich der Stil - wie -\family sans -\series bold - -\family default -\series default -, ansonsten wie -\family sans -\series bold -auf -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Seite -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\family default -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Formatierter -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Querverweis: druckt ein selbst definiertes Querverweisformat -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Bemerkung: -\series default - Dies ist nur möglich, wenn das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -prettyref -\series default - oder -\series bold -refstyle -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! prettyref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! refstyle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - installiert ist. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\lang english - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\lang ngerman -Man kann mit der Option -\family sans -Verwende refstyle (statt prettyref) für Querverweise -\family default - im Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Dokumentklasse -\family default - auswählen, welches LaTeX-Paket für dieses Feature verwendet wird. - Das Paket -\series bold -refstyle -\series default - ist die Voreinstellung und bevorzugt, da -\series bold -prettyref -\series default - nur englische Dokumente unterstützt. - Das Format wird festgelegt, indem der Befehl -\series bold - -\backslash -newrefformat -\series default - (prettyref) oder -\series bold - -\backslash -newref -\series default - (refstyle) im LaTeX-Vorspann des Dokuments verwendet wird. - Um z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - alle Verweise auf Abbildungen (die den Marken-Präfix -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -fig -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - haben) umzuformatieren, verwendet man den Befehl -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -newref{fig}{refcmd={Bild auf Seite -\backslash -pageref{#1}}} -\series default - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Für weitere Informationen über das Format, siehe die Dokumentation der Pakete, - -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "prettyref,refstyle" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Textverweis: druckt die Beschriftung oder den Namen der Referenz: -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand nameref -reference "tab:Ein-Tabellen-Gleitobjekt" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Nummer und die aktuelle Seite des referenzierten Dokumentteils wird - automatisch von LaTeX berechnet. - Die Stile können im Feld -\family sans -Format -\family default - des Querverweis-Fensters eingestellt werden, das erscheint, wenn Sie auf - einen Querverweis klicken. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Stil -\family sans - -\family default - kann nur zur Referenzierung nummerierter Teile des Dokuments verwendet - werden, während der Stil -\family sans - -\family default - immer möglich ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um einen Abschnitt zu referenzieren, setzen Sie die Marke in die Abschnittsübers -chrift; bei Gleitobjekten setzen Sie die Marke in die Beschriftung; bei - Fußnoten wird die Marke in die Fußnote gesetzt. - Die Referenzierung von Formeln ist in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Gleichungen-numerieren-markieren" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Recht-klicken auf einen Querverweis öffnet ein Kontextmenü. - Der Eintrag -\family sans -Gehe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -zur -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Marke -\family default - setzt den Cursor vor die referenzierte Marke. - Dieser Eintrag wird im Kontextmenü der Marke in -\family sans -Gehe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -zurück -\family default - umbenannt, so dass man ihn benutze kann, um zum Querverweis zurückzukehren. - Man kann auch mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png - -\end_inset - - zurückkehren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Marken können jederzeit geändert werden. - Verweise auf die geänderte Marke werden automatisch aktualisiert, so dass - Sie sich nicht darum kümmern müssen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn ein Querverweis eine nicht existierende Marke referenziert, erscheint - in LyX -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -NICHT VORHANDEN -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - in der Querverweismarke und in der Ausgabe zwei Fragezeichen statt der - Referenz. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Querverweise sind detailliert im Kap. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Auf Gleitobjekte verweisen -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - im -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuch beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Inhaltsverzeichnis -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Inhaltsverzeichnis -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und andere Listen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Inhaltsverzeichnis" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Inhaltsverzeichnis -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Inhaltsverzeichnis wird über -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Liste -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -/ -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Inhaltsverzeichnis -\family default - eingefügt. - An der Einfügestelle erscheint ein graues Kästchen mit der Aufschrift Inhaltsve -rzeichnis. - Wenn Sie draufklicken, erscheint das Gliederungsfenster, siehe auch Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Gliederung" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Inhaltsverzeichnis enthält automatisch alle nummerierten Überschriften. - Wenn Sie für eine Überschrift einen Kurztitel definiert haben, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Kurztitel" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben, wird dieser statt der Überschrift verwendet. - In Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Nummerierung-aendern" - -\end_inset - - ist beschrieben, wie die Nummerierungstiefe geändert werden kann. - Unnummerierte Überschriften tauchen unter Navigieren und in der Gliederung - auf, werden aber nicht im Inhaltsverzeichnis gedruckt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Abbildungs- -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Abbildungs!-verzeichnis -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, Tabellen- -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen!verzeichnis@-verzeichnis -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und Algorithmenverzeichnisse -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Algorithmen!-verzeichnis -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Verzeichnisse" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Tabellen-, Abbildungs-, und Algorithmenverzeichnisse sind sehr ähnlich zum - Inhaltsverzeichnis. - Sie können über das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Liste -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -/ -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Inhaltsverzeichnis -\family default - eingefügt werden. - Die Verzeichniseinträge sind die Beschriftung der Gleitobjekte und deren - Nummer. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -URLs und Hyperlinks -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -URLs -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:URLs" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -URL -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Links zu Internetseiten oder Email-Adressen können Sie mit -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -URL -\family default - einfügen, wie zum Beispiel die Adresse der LyX-Homepage: -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://www.lyx.org -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Wichtiger Hinweis -\series default -: Enthält die URL eines der folgenden Zeichen: -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -% -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -# -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - oder -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -^ -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -, dann müssen diese Zeichen mit einem vorangestellten Backslash eingegeben - werden, zum Beispiel -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\backslash -# -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - -\emph on - URLs dürfen nicht mit einem Backslash enden! -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Text eines URLs wird immer im Schreibmaschinenstil gedruckt. - Um den Text zu formatieren, müssen Sie einen Hyperlink benutzen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Hyperlinks -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Hyperlinks" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Hyperlink -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hyperlinks werden mit -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hyperlink -\family default - oder einen Klick auf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "href-insert" -\end_inset - - eingefügt. - Das Hyperlink-Dialogfenster hat zwei Eingabefelder: -\family sans -Ziel -\family default - und -\family sans -Name -\family default -. - In -\family sans -Ziel -\family default - tragen Sie die Adresse wie bei einem URL ein. - In -\family sans -Name -\family default - tragen Sie den Text ein, der im gedruckten Dokument erscheinen soll. - Wenn Sie diese Feld leer lassen, wird der Text in -\family sans -Ziel -\family default - gedruckt. - Mit -\family sans -Linktyp -\family default - legen Sie fest, ob es sich um eine Internet-Adresse wie -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "LyX-Homepage" -target "http://www.lyx.org" - -\end_inset - -, eine Email-Adresse wie -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "LyX-Dokumentation" -target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX-Dokumentation" -type "mailto:" - -\end_inset - - oder einen Link auf eine Datei handelt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beim Anklicken eines Hyperlinks in der Druckvorschau startet bei Internet-Adress -en Ihr Standard-Browser, bei Email-Adressen Ihr Standard-Email-Programm - und bei Dateien Ihr Standard-Dateibetrachter. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie vor einer Internet-Adresse -\family sans -run: -\family default - einfügen, wird eine Anwendung gestartet: -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Firefox für Linux starten" -target "run:/usr/bin/firefox" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um einen Hyperlink zu formatieren, markieren Sie ihn und formatieren wie - gewohnt: -\family sans -\series bold - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "LyX-Homepage" -target "http://www.lyx.org" - -\end_inset - - -\family default -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Textfarbe kann über -\family sans -Dokument -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Einstellungen -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -PDF-Eigenschaften -\family default - im Feld -\family sans -Zusätzliche -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Optionen -\family default - mit dem Parameter -\family typewriter -urlcolor= -\family default - geändert werden. - Voreingestellt ist -\family sans -blue -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Anhang -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Anhang" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Anhang -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um einen Anhang zu erstellen, fügen Sie zunächst eine neue Überschrift des - höchsten Abschnitttyps hinzu, also -\family sans -Kapitel -\family default - oder -\family sans -Abschnitt. - -\family default - Dann stellen Sie den Cursor an den Anfang der Überschrift und wählen -\family sans -Dokument -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Anhang -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -hier -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -beginnen -\family default -. - LyX fügt eine rote Linie ein, um den Anhang vom übrigen Dokument abzugrenzen. - Die erste Nummer vor den nun folgenden Überschriften wird in einen Großbuchstab -en umgeändert. - Die weitere Nummerierung ist wie gewohnt. - Auf Anhänge kann natürlich auch verwiesen werden: siehe Anhang -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "chap:Der-Einstellungen-Dialog" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Literaturverzeichnis -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Literaturverzeichnis -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, in einem LyX-Dokument ein Literaturverzeichnis - zu erstellen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Sie können eine Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbank einfügen -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bekannt als -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -BibTeX-Datenbank -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, was in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbanken" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben wird. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Sie können ein Literaturverzeichnis von Hand einfügen. - Dafür wird die Absatzumgebung -\family sans -Literaturverzeichnis -\family default - (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sub:Literaturverzeichnis-Umgebung" - -\end_inset - -) benutzt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Die Literaturverzeichnis-Umgebung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Am -\emph on -Anfang der -\emph default - -\emph on -ersten Zeile -\emph default - eines Absatzes werden Sie ein graues Kästchen mit einem Wort und einer - Zahl in eckigen Klammern sehen. - Wenn Sie daraufklicken, erscheint ein Menü, in dem Sie einen -\family sans -Schlüssel -\family default - und eine -\family sans -Marke -\family default - einfügen können. - Der -\family sans -Schlüssel -\family default - ist der symbolische Name, mit dem Sie auf diese Literaturangabe verweisen. - Nehmen wir zum Beispiel an, Ihre erste Literaturangabe wäre ein Buch über - LaTeX. - Wir könnten dann als -\family sans -Schlüssel -\family default - -\emph on -latexbuch -\emph default - dafür nehmen. - Sie können auch eine -\family sans -Marke -\family default - benutzen, die dann in dem grauen Kästchen erscheinen würde. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das -\family sans -Marke -\family default -n-Feld ist nicht nutzlos. - Sie können auf Ihre Literaturangaben verweisen, indem Sie -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zitat -\family default - oder den Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation" -\end_inset - - benutzen. - Es öffnet sich ein Fenster in dem Sie nun einen Schlüssel aus der Liste - der verfügbaren Verweise auswählen. - Drücken Sie -\family sans -Hinzufügen -\family default - und anschließend -\family sans -OK -\family default -. - Es wurde eine Literatur-Verweisbox eingefügt, die nach dem(n) referenzierten - Schlüssel(n) benannt ist. - Klickt man auf die Box, wird wieder das Literaturverweis-Fenster angezeigt, - so dass man den Verweis ändern kann. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Literaturverweise erscheinen im der Ausgabe als Nummer des Literatureintrags - in eckigen Klammern. - Setzt man eine -\family sans -Marke -\family default - für einen Eintrag, erscheint die Marke statt der Nummer. - Hier sind zwei Beispiele, da erste ohne Marke, das zweite mit der Marke - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Credits -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Siehe den -\family sans -LaTeX Companion Second Edition -\family default -: -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexcompanion" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Mitglieder des LyX-Teams sind in den Credits aufgelistet: -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "lyxcredit" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um alle Literatureinträge auzurichten, kann man im Menü -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Absatz-Einstellungen -\family default - (Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout-paragraph" -\end_inset - -) eine längste Marke angeben. - Es werden dann alle Einträge mit der Breite der angegebenen Marke eingerückt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbanken (BibTeX) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Literaturverzeichnis ! Datenbanken -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Literaturverzeichnis ! BibTeX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -BibTeX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbanken" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbanken sind nützlich, wenn Sie dasselbe Literaturverze -ichnis in mehreren Dokumenten benutzen wollen. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Sie sind auch nützlich um eine Datenbank von Artikeln mit Notizen dazu zu - haben. - Die meisten der Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbankprogramme erlauben es, Anmerkunge -n und Rezensionen zusammen mit Literaturquellen zu speichern. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Außerdem sehen sie dann auch gleich aus. - Sie können alle Literaturangaben Ihres Arbeitsgebiets in einer Datenbank - sammeln. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Datenbank ist eine Textdatei mit der Endung -\family typewriter -.bib -\family default - und enthält das Literaturverzeichnis in einem eigenen Format. - Diese wird in LaTeX-Büchern beschrieben ( -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport" - -\end_inset - -). - Normalerweise benutzt man ein besonderes Programm, um die Datenbank anzulegen - und zu bearbeiten. - Auf -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - finden Sie eine Liste mit Programmen für Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbanken. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um eine Datenbank zu benutzen, wählen Sie -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Liste -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -/ -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar \menuseparator -BibTe -\family default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family sans -X-Literaturverzeichnis -\family default -, woraufhin das -\family sans -BibTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X-Literaturverzeichnis -\family default --Fenster geöffnet wird. - Sie können dort Datenbanken hinzufügen und auch wieder löschen. - Außerdem können Sie eine Stildatei auswählen. - Die Option -\family sans -Literaturverzeichnis -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -ins -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Inhaltsverzeichnis -\family default - fügt einen Literaturverzeichniseintrag zum Inhaltsverzeichnis hinzu. - Über -\family sans -Inhalt -\family default - können Sie festlegen, was gedruckt werden soll. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Stildatei ist eine Textdatei mit der Endung -\family typewriter -.bst -\family default -, die das Aussehen der Literatureinträge definiert. - Ihre LaTeX-Distribution sollte mehrere anbieten, und viele Verleger liefern - eigene Stildateien, so dass Sie sich um das Aussehen nicht kümmern müssen. - Sie können aber auch eine eigene Stildatei erstellen, aber das ist etwas - für Experten. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Für Informationen, wie dies gemacht wird, siehe -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Ein Querverweis auf einen Datenbankeintrag erfolgt wie oben beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX verwendet BibTeX, um ein Literaturverzeichnis aus einer Datenbank zu - erstellen. - Sie können festlegen, welche seiner Varianten von LyX als Prozessor verwendet - wird; entweder im Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Literaturverzeichnis -\family default - oder -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\family default -. - Die folgenden Varianten sind möglich: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -biber bietet volle Unterstützung von Unicode, unbergrenzter Speicher, funktionie -rt nicht mit anderen Literaturpaketen (wie z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - -\series bold -natbib -\series default -), nur mit dem Paket -\series bold -biblatex -\series default -; empfohlen für mehrsprachige Texte und für Dokumente deren Sprache keine - lateinischen Buchstaben verwendet -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -bibtex der Standard; erlaubt keine Sonderzeichen, die nicht in einer 7-Bit - Kodierung kodiert werden können, bergrenzter Speicher, funktioniert mit - allen Literaturpaketen, mit Ausnahme von -\series bold -biblatex -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -bibtex8 erlaubt alle Zeichen, die in einer 8-Bit Kodierung kodiert werden - können, größerer Speicher als -\family sans -bibtex -\family default -, funktioniert mit allen Literaturpaketen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -BibTeX kann durch Optionen gesteuert werden, die Sie unterhalb der Festlegung - der Variante eingeben können. - Bevor Sie Optionen verwenden, lesen Sie unbedingt das BibTeX-Handbuch -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "BibTeX" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie im Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Literaturverzeichnis -\family default -die Option -\family sans -Abschnittspezifisches -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Literaturverzeichnis -\family default - angekreuzt haben, können Sie mehrfache und unterteilte Literaturverzeichnisse - erstellen. - Mehr darüber finden Sie im Abschnitt -\emph on -Literaturverzeichnisse mit BibTeX -\emph default - in den -\emph on -Handbuchergänzungen -\emph default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In diesem Dokument werden zwei Literaturverzeichnisse benutzt, um die Unterschie -de zu zeigen. - Wie Sie sehen, enthält das Literaturverzeichnis, das mit einer Datenbank - erstellt wurde, nur die Einträge, auf die verwiesen wird. - Als Stildatei wurde -\family typewriter -alphadin.bst -\family default - benutzt, um das komplizierte deutsche Verweisschema automatisch zu verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Literaturverzeichnis-Gestaltung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Literaturverzeichnis ! Gestaltung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Im Literaturverweisdialog können Sie eine -\family sans -Formatierung -\family default - festlegen. - Dazu müssen Sie in -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Literaturverzeichnis -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - die Option -\family sans -Natbib -\family default - anklicken. - -\family sans - -\family default -Damit wird die Standardeinstellung überschrieben. - Globale Einstellungen müssen Sie in den BibTeX-Stildateien vornehmen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Im Dialogfenster können Sie auch Text, der vor oder nach dem Verweis erscheinen - soll, festlegen. - Hier erscheint der Text -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Kapitel -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -3 -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - nach dem Verweis: -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -after "Kapitel 3" -key "latexcompanion" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In den -\emph on -Handbuchergänzungen -\emph default - finden Sie noch ein paar weitere Dinge über Literaturverzeichnisse. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Stichwortverzeichnisse -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Stichwortverzeichnisse" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Stichwort!verzeichnis@-verzeichnis -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Ein Stichwort wird erzeugt, wenn man das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Stichwort -\family default - oder den Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "index-insert" -\end_inset - - verwendet. - Es wird dann eine Box eingefügt, die den Text des Stichworts enthält. - Das Wort in dem sich der Cursor befindet oder markierter Text wird von - LyX als Stichwort vorgeschlagen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Stichwortverzeichnis wird in das Dokument mit dem Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Liste -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -/ -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Stichwortverzeichnis -\family default - eingefügt. - Eine hellblaue Box namens -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Stichwortverzeichnis -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - zeigt die Stelle an, wo das Stichwortverzeichnis in der Ausgabe erscheinen - wird. - Die Stichwortverzeichnis-Box ist nicht wie andere LyX-Boxen anklickbar. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es folgt ein kurzer Überblick über die Stichwort-Befehle. - Für eine detaillierte Beschreibung von LaTeXs Stichwort-Mechanismus, sei - auf eines dieser LaTeX-Bücher verwiesen: -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Stichworte gruppieren -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Stichwort ! gruppieren -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Stichworte werden häufig gruppiert, um dem Leser eine schnelle Suche zu - ermöglichen. - Wenn wir zum Beispiel -\emph on -Auflistung -\emph default - und -\emph on -Aufzählung -\emph default - unter dem Stichwort -\emph on -Liste -\emph default - gruppieren wollen, erzeugen wir zunächst in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Listen" - -\end_inset - - das Stichwort -\emph on -Liste -\emph default -. - Im Textfeld für das Stichwort -\emph on - Auflistung -\emph default - in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Auflistung" - -\end_inset - - fügen wir als Stichwort -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -Liste ! Auflistung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -und -\series bold - -\series default -in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Aufzählung" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -Liste ! Aufzählung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -ein. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Ausrufezeichen -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\series bold -! -\series default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - markiert die Gruppierungsstufe, von denen es drei gibt. - Jede Stufe wird in der Druckausgabe ein wenig eingerückt. - Für eine höhere Stufe ist kein Stichwort nötig, es wird aber trotzdem gedruckt, - aber ohne Seitenzahl. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Mehrere Seiten -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Stichwort ! Mehrere Seiten -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Normalerweise erscheint ein Stichwort im Verzeichnis mit der Seitennummer - des Abschnitts, indem sich das Stichwort befindet. - Manchmal will man aber mehrere Seiten unter einem Stichwort indizieren. - Will man z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - den Abschnitt über Absatzumgebungen indizieren, erzeugt man ein Stichwort - in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Absatzumgebungen" - -\end_inset - - mit dem Befehl -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -Absatzumgebungen|( -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -und ein weiteres Stichwort am Ende des Abschnitts -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LyX-Code" - -\end_inset - - mit dem Befehl -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -Absatzumgebungen|) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Befehle -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\series bold -|( -\series default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\series bold -|) -\series default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - beginnen bzw. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -beenden den Indexbereich. - Man kann außerdem dasselbe Stichwort mehrfach an verschiedenen Stellen - des Dokuments einfügen. - Diese erscheinen im Stichwortverzeichnis als ein Stichwort mit einer nachstehen -den Liste von Seitenzahlen in denen sich das Stichwort befindet. - Ein Beispiel ist das Stichwort -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Querverweise -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Stichwort ! Querverweis -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es ist auch möglich, auf ein anderes Stichwort zu verweisen. - Wenn Sie zum Beispiel irgendwo den Begriff GIF -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -GIF|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Grafikformate -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - verwenden und ihn mit einem Stichwort versehen wollen, das auf den Abschnitt - verweist, in dem er zum ersten Mal gebraucht wurde (Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sec:Grafikformate" - -\end_inset - -), so schreiben Sie in das Stichwort-Eingabefeld -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -GIF|see{Grafikformate} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Text in den geschweiften Klammern wird dann im Stichwortverzeichnis - ohne Seitenangabe erscheinen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Stichwort-Reihenfolge -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Stichwort ! Reihenfolge -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann akzentuierte Zeichen in Stichwörtern verwenden, aber diese Zeichen - können dazu führen, dass das Stichwort im Stichwortverzeichnis nicht korrekt - sortiert wird. - Die Stichworte werden alphabetisch sortiert, aber LaTeX -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Das Stichwortverzeichnis wird im Hintergrund von einem speziellen Programm - erzeugt, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Stichwort-Programm" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - weiß nicht wie die Akzente in verschiedenen Sprachen einsortiert werden. - Als Beispiel haben wir die drei Stichworte -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -maison -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -maïs -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -maître -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Sinnloseintrag ! maïs -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Sinnloseintrag ! maître -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Sinnloseintrag ! maïs@maison -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - eingefügt. - Sie werden in der Reihenfolge maïs, maître, maison sortiert, aber wir wollen - die Reihenfolge maïs, maison, maître. - Um dies zu erreichen, verwendet man den Befehl -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -voriger Eintrag@aktueller Eintrag -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In unserem Fall wollen wir -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -maison -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - nach -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -maïs -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - haben und schreiben daher in das Stichwort von maison: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -maïs@maison -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der vorige Eintrag muss kein existierender Eintrag sein. - Man kann ein beliebiges Wort verwenden um LaTeX die Reihenfolge vorzugeben, - siehe den nächsten Unterabschnitt für ein Beispiel. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In einigen Fällen ist die Stichwort-Reihenfolge inkorrekt wenn das Programm - -\family sans -makeindex -\family default -verwendet wird um das Stichwortverzeichnis zu erzeugen (siehe Kap. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Stichwort-Programm" - -\end_inset - -). - -\family sans -makeindex -\family default - gibt zum Beispiel das Stichwort für das LaTeX-Paket aeguill in Kap. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Dokumentschrift-und-Schriftgröße" - -\end_inset - - nach den Stichworten der anderen LaTeX-Pakete aus, obwohl all diese Stichwort-B -efehle mit -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\series bold -LaTeX-Paket ! -\series default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - beginnen. - Der Grund ist, dass sich das Stichwort für aeguill in einer Fußnote befindet. - Um diesen Fehler von -\family sans -makeindex -\family default - zu umgehen, kann man diese Befehle zum LaTeX-Vorspann des Dokuments hinzufügen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -let -\backslash -OrgIndex -\backslash -index -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand*{ -\backslash -index}[1]{ -\backslash -OrgIndex{#1}} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Stichwort-Formatierung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Stichwort ! Formatierung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann das Erscheinungsbild von Stichworten über den Textstil-Dialog verändern. -\begin_inset Index idx -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Sinnloseintrag ! -\shape italic -Dies ist ein kursiver Sinnloseintrag -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Des Weiteren kann die Seitennummer mit dem Befehl -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -| -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -, gefolgt von einem LaTeX-Befehl ohne Backslash, formatiert werden . - Man kann zum Beispiel -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -kursive Seitennummer:|textit -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -schreiben, um die Seitennummer kursiv zu bekommen. -\begin_inset Index idx -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Sinnloseintrag ! kursive Seitennummer:|textit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Normalerweise beginnen alle LaTeX-Befehle mit einem Backslash, aber in - diesem speziellen Fall bedeutet -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\series bold -|Befehl -\series default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -Befehl{Seitennummer} -\series default -. - Siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" - -\end_inset - - um mehr über die LaTeX-Syntax zu erfahren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung: -\series default - Die Formatierung von einzelnen Stichworten funktioniert nur, wenn Sie das - Programm -\family sans -makeindex -\family default -verwenden um das Stichwortverzeichnis zu erzeugen, siehe Kap. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Stichwort-Programm" - -\end_inset - -. - Verwenden Sie -\family sans -xindy -\family default -, wird es mit Ausnahme von fett und kursiv nicht funktionieren, da -\family sans -xindy -\family default - semantische Elemente benötigt, die man erst definieren muss; siehe -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -after "p. 678 ff." -key "latexcompanion" - -\end_inset - - für Details. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Allgemein ist es jedoch nicht empfehlenswert die Seitennummer auf obige - Weise zu formatieren. - Stattdessen sollte man ein Makro im LaTeX-Vorspann definieren und es in - Stichworten verwenden. - Vielleicht wollen Sie alle Seitennummern von Stichworten, die auf eine - Definition verweisen, kursiv setzen, so dass die Leser schnell Definitionen - finden können. - In diesem Fall schreiben Sie Folgendes in den LaTeX-Vorspann -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -IndexDef}[1]{ -\backslash -textit{#1}} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -und schreiben -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -mein Eintrag|IndexDef -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -in das Stichwort. -\begin_inset Index idx -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Sinnloseintrag ! mein Eintrag|IndexDef -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Der Vorteil ist, dass, wenn man seine Meinung später ändert oder der Lektor - darauf besteht, dass Definitionen nicht kursiv gesetzt werden dürfen, sondern - fett gesetzt werden müssen, man nur den Befehl im Vorspann ändern muss, - nicht jedes Stichwort. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können das Aussehen für das gesamte Stichwortverzeichnis ändern. - Wenn Sie zum Beispiel den Absatz mit dem Kästchen -\family sans -Stichwortverzeichnis -\family default - am Ende des Dokumentes fett markieren, werden alle Stichworte fett gedruckt. - Weiterführende Informationen finden Sie in -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "makeindex,xindy" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie wollen, dass die Stichworte mit Stichwortverzeichnis statt Index - beginnen, sollten Sie in den LaTeX-Vorspann folgendes einfügen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -addto -\backslash -captionsngerman{ -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -indexname}{Stich -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -- -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -wort -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -- -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -ver -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -- -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -zeich -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -- -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -nis}} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Stichwort-Programm -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Stichwort-Programm" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Stichwort ! Programm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX benutzt standardmäßig das Programm -\family typewriter -xindy -\family default -, wenn es installiert ist, das aber nur für Linux verfügbar ist, ansonsten - das Programm -\family typewriter -makeindex -\family default -, welches Bestandteil jeder LaTeX-Distribution ist. - Beide Programme können durch Optionen in -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ausgaben\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaTe -\family default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family sans -X -\family default - kontrolliert werden. - Die Funktionen und Eigenschaften der Programme können Sie der Dokumentation - entnehmen, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "makeindex,xindy" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können aber auch ein anderes Stichwort-Programm benutzen, wenn Sie es - in -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ausgaben\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaTe -\family default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family sans -X -\family default - im Feld -\family sans -Befehl -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -für -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Stichwortverzeichnis -\family default -eintragen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Mehrere Stichwortverzeichnisse -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In vielen Fällen ist es üblich mehr als ein Stichwortverzeichnis zu haben. - Zum Beispiel könnten Sie ein separates Stichwortverzeichnis -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Index der Namen -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - neben dem Standard-Stichwortverzeichnis haben wollen. - Mit LaTeX ist dies nicht direkt möglich, aber es gibt Pakete, die dies - ermöglichen. - LyX verwendet das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -splitidx -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! splitidx -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - um mehrere Stichwortverzeichnisse zu erzeugen. - Dieses Paket ist in allen aktuellen LaTeX-Distributionen enthalten. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Falls Ihre Distribution es nicht anbietet, konsultieren Sie den TeX-Katalog, - -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "TeX-Katalog" - -\end_inset - -. - Beachten Sie dabei, dass das Paket nicht nur aus LaTeX-Stilen besteht sondern - auch aus speziellen Präprozessor-Programmen, die mit installiert werden - müssen. - Lesen Sie die Dokumentation des Pakets für weitere Informationen. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um LyX für mehrere Stichwortverzeichnisse einzurichten, gehen Sie ins Menü - -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Stichwortverzeichnis -\family default - und aktivieren die Option -\family sans -Mehrere Indexe verwenden -\family default -. - Wie man sieht, enthält die Liste -\family sans -Verfügbare Indexe -\family default - bereits den Standard-Index -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Stichwortverzeichnis -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - Um weitere Indexe hinzuzufügen, geben Sie den Namen des Indexes in das - Feld -\family sans -Neuer Index -\family default - ein (in der Form, in der er auch als Überschrift erscheinen soll) und drücken - -\family sans -Hinzufügen -\family default -. - Der neue Index erscheint nun auch in der Liste. - Sie können dem neuen Index auch eine alternative Farbe für dessen Einfügungen - in LyX zuweisen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sobald die Änderungen übernommen wurden, findet man den neuen Index im Menü - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Liste -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -/ -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Inhaltsverzeichnis -\family default - und das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen -\family default - hat einen eigenen Eintrag für jeden definierten Index. - Das Arbeiten mit neuen Indexen ist im Prinzip dasselbe wie mit dem Stichwortver -zeichnis aber es gibt zusätzliche Funktionen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Wenn Sie die Index-Zuweisung eines Indexeintrags ändern wollen, klicken - die mit Rechts auf die Marke des Eintrags. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Durch Rechtsklicken auf einen Index kann man dessen Typ ändern. - Man kann des weiteren einen Index als -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Unterindex -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - verwenden. - Wenn man das macht, wird die Überschrift des Indexes um eine Ebene verringert. - Das bedeutet, dass wenn man z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - eine Buch-Dokumentklasse verwendet, in der der Titel des Stichwortverzeichnisse -s als Kapitel definiert ist, der Titels des Unterindex' als Abschnitt definiert - wird und daher in Nicht-Unterindexe eingegliedert werden kann. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Nomenklatur/Glossar -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Nomenklatur/Glossar" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenklatur -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Glossar|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Nomenklatur -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Manchmal benötigen Sie vielleicht eine Liste von Symbolen oder Begriffen - mit deren Bedeutung – eine sogenannte Nomenklatur bzw. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - ein Glossar. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um dies in LyX zu erstellen, muss das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -nomencl -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! nomencl -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - installiert sein. - Sie finden es im TeX-Katalog, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "TeX-Katalog" - -\end_inset - - oder im Paketmanager Ihrer LaTeX-Distribution. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Einen Nomenklatureintrag erstellen Sie, indem Sie den Cursor hinter ein - Symbol oder einen Begriff stellen und -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nomenklatureintrag -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - wählen. - Ein graues Kästchen mit der Aufschrift -\family sans -Nom -\family default - wird eingefügt und ein Dialogfenster geöffnet. - Ein Glossar-Eintrag besteht aus zwei Hauptteilen: das -\family sans -Symbol -\family default - und dessen -\family sans -Beschreibung -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung: -\series default - Sie müssen korrekten LaTeX-Code in allen Feldern des Nomenklatur-Dialogs - eingeben. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Nomenklaturdefinition und Layout -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenklatur ! Layout -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie Symbole in Formeln haben, müssen diese im -\family sans -Symbol -\family default - Feld als LaTeX-Formel eingegeben werden. - Um z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - zu bekommen, fügt man dies ein: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -$ -\backslash -sigma$ -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series default -Das Zeichen -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -$ -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - beginnt/beendet die Formel. - Der LaTeX-Befehl für den griechischen Buchstaben ist dessen Name beginnend - mit einem umgekehrten Schrägstrich -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\backslash - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - Für große griechische Buchstaben beginnt der Befehl mit einem Großbuchstaben: - -\series bold - -\backslash -Sigma -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -(Eine kurze Einführung in die LaTeX-Syntax ist in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" - -\end_inset - - zu finden.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann den -\family sans -Textstil -\family default - Dialog nicht verwenden, um den Beschreibungstext zu formatieren, sondern - man muss LaTeX-Befehle verwenden. - Zum Beispiel lautet die Beschreibung für den Nomenklatureintrag für -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - in diesem Dokument: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -Sinnsloseintrag für das Zeichen -\backslash -textsf{sigma} -\series default - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Der Befehl -\series bold - -\backslash -textsf -\series default - setzt die Schrift auf -\family sans -serifenlos -\family default -. - Für -\series bold -fett -\series default - verwenden Sie den Befehl -\series bold - -\backslash -textbf -\series default -, für -\family typewriter -schreibmaschine -\family default - -\series bold - -\backslash -texttt -\series default -, für -\emph on -hervorgehoben -\series bold -\emph default - -\backslash -emph -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sollen die Zeichen | -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -! -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -, @ und -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -" -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -in Nomenklatureinträgen erscheinen, müssen sie geschützt werden. - indem man ein Anführungszeichen davor setzt. - Um zu verhindern, dass das Zeichen " nachfolgende Zeichen beeinflusst, - wird es mit einem leeren TeX-Klammerpaar abgeschlossen: ""{} -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\"{}" -description "Das Anführungszeichen wird mit der Sequenz ' \"\"{}\"\"{} ' ausgegeben" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Nomenklatur-Einträge sortieren -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenklatur ! sortieren -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Nehmen wir an, Sie hätten zwei Nomenklatureinträge für die Symbole -\emph on - a -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -symbol "a" -description "Sinnsloseintrag für das Zeichen ,,a``" - -\end_inset - - -\emph default - und -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -prefix "sigma" -symbol "$\\sigma$" -description "Sinnsloseintrag für das Zeichen \\textsf{sigma}" - -\end_inset - -. - Diese werden alphabetisch nach dem sortiert, was im Feld -\family sans -Symbol -\family default - steht. - Sie werden daher nach -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -a -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -$ -\backslash -sigma$ -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - sortiert – das -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset - - wird vor dem -\emph on -a -\emph default - erscheinen, denn das Befehlszeichen -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -$ -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - wird bei der Sortierung berücksichtigt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um das zu ändern, können Sie etwas ins Feld -\family sans -Einsortieren -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -als -\family default - schreiben, zum Beispiel -\family typewriter -sigma -\family default - bei -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset - - . - Dann stimmt die Sortierreihenfolge wieder. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um verschachtelte Nomenklaturen zu erstellen, lesen Sie bitte in der -\series bold -nomencl -\series default --Dokumentation nach, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "nomencl" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Nomenklatur-Optionen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenklatur ! Optionen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Paket -\series bold -nomencl -\series default - bietet einige Optionen an um das Aussehen der Nomenklatur zu verändern. - Hier sind einige seiner Optionen, für weitere siehe seine Dokumentation: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -refeq Verweis mit dem Ausdruck -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -, siehe Gleichung (#) -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -refpage Verweis mit dem Ausdruck -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -, Seite (#) -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -intoc fügt die Nomenklatur ins Inhaltsverzeichnis ein. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um eine oder mehrere Optionen benutzen zu können, fügen Sie sie, durch Kommas - getrennt, in das Feld -\family sans -Optionen -\family default - von -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Dokumentklasse -\family default - ein. - In diesem Dokument werden die Optionen -\series bold -refpage, intoc -\series default - verwendet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die ersten beiden Optionen können Sie auch nur für gewisse Nomenklatureinträge - benutzen, wenn Sie als letzten Eintrag im Feld -\family sans -Beschreibung -\family default - folgendes schreiben: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -nomrefeq wie die Option -\series bold -refeq -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\series bold - -\backslash -nomrefpage -\series default - wie die Option -\series bold -refpage -\series default - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -nomrefeqpage ist die Kurzform von -\series bold - -\backslash -nomrefeq -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -nomnorefeq, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -nomnorefpage, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\backslash -nomnorefeqpage schaltet die entsprechende Option ab -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Damit Wörter wie -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Seite -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - auch auf Deutsch und nicht in Englisch erscheinen, fügen Sie diese Zeilen - dem LaTeX-Vorspann ihres Dokuments hinzu: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent - -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -eqdeclaration}[1]{, siehe Gleichung -\backslash -nobreakspace(#1)} -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -pagedeclaration}[1]{, Seite -\backslash -nobreakspace{}#1} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Nomenklatur drucken -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenklatur ! drucken -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Liste -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -/ -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nomenklatur -\family default - können Sie ein Glossar -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -"= -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Verzeichnis einfügen. - An der Stelle erscheint ein Kästchen mit der Aufschrift -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Nomenklatur -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -, und dort wird das Verzeichnis auch gedruckt. - Mit einem Rechtsklick auf das Kästchen kann man die verfügbare Breite für - die Symbole einstellen. - Sie können dabei zwischen diesen Einstellungen wählen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Standard Breite von 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cm -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Breite -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -der -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -längsten -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Marke die Breite des breitesten Symbols aller Nomenklatureinträge wird verwendet -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Benutzerdefiniert benutzerdefinierte Breite -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In der Druckausgabe erscheint die Nomenklatur als -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Nomenclature -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - Sie können den Namen im LaTeX-Vorspann mit dieser Zeile ändern: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -nomname}{Nomenklatur} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Nomenklatur-Programm -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Nomenklatur-Programm" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenklatur ! Programm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX benutzt standardmäßig das Programm -\family typewriter -makeindex -\family default -, um die Nomenklatur zu erzeugen, weil es zu jeder LaTeX-Distribution gehört. - Im Feld -\family sans -Nomenklaturbefehl -\family default - von -\family sans -Werkzeuge -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Einstellun\SpecialChar \- -gen -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Ausgaben -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -LaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X -\family default - können Sie den Befehl modifizieren oder ein anderes Programm eintragen. - In -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "makeindex" - -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "nomencl" - -\end_inset - - sind die möglichen Optionen beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Zweige -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Zweige -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Zweige" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Manchmal wollen Sie mehrere Versionen desselben Dokuments ausgeben. - Der Extremfall ist die Ausgabe eines einzigen Dokuments in verschiedenen - Sprachen, aber als eine Datei und so, dass korrespondierende Teile aufeinander - folgen. - Dies kann man mit -\emph on -Zweigen -\emph default - erreichen. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Zuerst müssen Sie die verschiedenen Zweige definieren. - Das machen entweder indem Sie das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zweig\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neuen Zweig einfügen -\family default - verwenden (falls Sie nur einen neuen Zweig anlegen möchten), oder im Menü - -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zweige -\family default -. - Sie können jedem Zweig eine Hintergrundfarbe zuweisen, um ihn leichter - erkennen zu können. - Dann geben Sie in das Feld -\family sans -Neu -\family default - einen Namen ein und klicken auf -\family sans -Hinzufügen -\family default -. - Der Name erscheint im unteren Feld, wo Sie ihn bearbeiten können. - Dort können Sie den Zweig -\family sans -(De)aktivieren -\family default -, ihm eine -\family sans -Farbe -\family default - geben, die aber nur in LyX zu sehen ist, und ihn wieder -\family sans -Entfernen -\family default -. - Des Weiteren erlaubt es der Dialog zwei Zweige miteinander zu vereinen - (einfach einen Zweig in den Namen eines andren umbenennen) und -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -unbekannte Zweige -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - (d. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -h. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Zweige, die durch Copy/Paste von anderen Dokumenten eingefügt wurden, ohne - definiert worden zu sein) zur Zweig-Liste des Dokuments hinzuzufügen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie nun Text für einen Zweig schreiben wollen, wählen Sie ihn unter - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zweig -\family default - aus und geben ihn ein. - Sie können natürlich auch vorhandenen Text auswählen und ihn dann einem - Zweig zuweisen. - Alle deaktivierten Zweige werden automatisch geschlossen und aktivierte - geöffnet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Eine weitere mögliche Anwendung wäre eine Lehrerversion, in der die Antworten - auf Prüfungsfragen stehen würden. - In der Druckausgabe sehen Sie die Schülerversion: -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Branch Frage -status open - -\begin_layout Standard -Frage: Wer war der erste Physik-Nobelpreis-Gewinner? -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Branch Antwort -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Standard -Antwort: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie -\family sans -Dateinamensendung -\family default - im Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zweige -\family default - aktivieren, wird der Name des aktiven Zweigs beim Export des Dokuments - an den Dateinamen angehängt. - Angenommen Sie haben eine Datei namens -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Prüfung.lyx -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - mit den beiden obigen Zweigen. - Wenn -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Dateinamensendung -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - aktiv ist, wird die exportierte PDF-Datei -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Prüfung.pdf -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - heißen wenn beide Zweige -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Frage -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Antwort -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - inaktiv waren, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Prüfung-Frage.pdf -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - wenn nur der Zweig -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Frage -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - aktiv war, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Prüfung-Antwort.pdf -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - wenn nur der Zweig -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Antwort -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - aktiv war, und -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Prüfung-Frage-Answer.pdf -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - wenn beide Zweige aktiv waren. - Dies hilft um verschiedene Versionen einer Datei zu exportieren ohne den - Überblick zu verlieren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um konditionale Ausgaben zu erzeugen, wo keine Zweige angegeben werden können - wie in Formeln, können spezielle LaTeX-Definitionen für jeden Zweig angegeben - werden. - Man kann zum Beispiel für den Frage-Zweig definieren: -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Eine Einführung in die LaTeX-Syntax ist in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" - -\end_inset - - zu finden. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -Frage}[1]{#1} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -Antwort}[1]{} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -und für den Antwort-Zweig: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -Frage}[1]{} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -Antwort}[1]{#1} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Branch Frage -status open - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -Frage}[1]{#1} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -Antwort}[1]{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Branch Antwort -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -Frage}[1]{} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -Antwort}[1]{#1} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Nun ist es möglich, die Befehle -\series bold - -\backslash -Frage{\SpecialChar \ldots{} -} -\series default - und -\series bold - -\backslash -Antwort{\SpecialChar \ldots{} -} -\series default - zu verwenden, um eine konditionale Ausgabe zu erhalten. - Hier ist eine Beispielformel, in der nur der -\series bold - -\backslash -Frage -\series default --Teil erscheint: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\Frage{x_{1}}\Antwort{x_{2}}=1\Frage{+\sqrt{3}}\Antwort{-\sqrt{3}}. -\] - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Innerhalb von Formeln, kann dasselbe auch mit Hilfe von Makros geschehen, - siehe Abschnitt -\emph on -Mathe-Makro -\emph default -s des -\emph on -Mathe -\emph default - Handbuchs. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Jeder Branchtyp kann einen speziellen Stil haben, der in Layout-Dateien - definiert werden kann. - Für diese fortgeschrittene Anwendung siehe das -\emph on -Anpassung -\emph default - Handbuch, Abschnitt -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Flexible Einfügungen und InsetLayout -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -PDF-Eigenschaften -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -PDF!-Eigenschaften -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:PDF-Eigenschaften" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Im Dialogfenster -\family sans -Dokument-Einstellungen -\family default - können Sie unter -\family sans -PDF-Eigenschaften -\family default - spezielle Optionen für die PDF-Ausgabe eines Dokuments setzen. - Alle Optionen stammen vom LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! hyperref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - wird in der DVI- oder PDF-Ausgabe alle Querverweise verlinken, so dass - ein Leser, der die DVI- oder PDF-Ausgabe auf seinem PC liest, einen Querverweis - anklicken kann und so zur entsprechenden Stelle gelangt, wie es auch im - Internet passiert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\family sans -Dokument-Informationen -\family default - auf Karteikarte -\family sans -Allgemein -\family default - werden zusammen mit der PDF-Ausgabe als Datei-Eigenschaften gespeichert. - Viele PDF-Leseprogramme können diese Informationen verarbeiten. - Das ist zum Verwalten von PDF-Dateien sehr hilfreich. - Ist -\family sans -Informationen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -automatisch -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -eintragen -\family default - angekreuzt, versucht LyX, diese Informationen aus dem Titel und dem Autor - des Dokuments zu gewinnen. - Die Option -\family sans -Im -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Vollbildmodus -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -öffnen -\family default - sorgt dafür, dass die PDF-Datei automatisch so geöffnet wird, was bei Präsentat -ionen hilfreich ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Auf der Karteikarte -\family sans -Hyperlinks -\family default - können Sie festlegen, wie die Querverweise aussehen sollen, und ob bibliografis -che Rückverweise angelegt werden sollen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit die Option -\family sans -Links am Zeilenende umbrechen -\family default - können lange Links umgebrochen werden; -\family sans -Keine -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Rahmen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -um -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Links -\family default - und -\family sans -Links -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -einfärben -\family default - schalten beide die Eingenschaft aus, dass standardmäßig Rahmen um Links - gezeichnet werden; -\family sans -Links -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -einfärben -\family default - färbt die verschiedenen Links. - Die verschiedenen Farben sind: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\color magenta -magenta -\color inherit - für Hyperlinks und URLs -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\color red -rot -\color inherit - für links -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\color green -grün -\color inherit - für Zitate -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -die aber im Feld -\family sans -Zusätzliche Optionen -\family default - geändert werden können. - Dies wurde z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - in diesem Dokument mit den Optionen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -getan. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn die Option -\family sans -Rückverweise -\family default - ausgewählt ist, erscheinen die Hyperlinks im Literaturverzeichnis hinter - den Einträgen, je nach Einstellung, als Nummer des Abschnitts, der Folie - oder Seite in/auf der sie referenziert sind. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In der Karteikarte -\family sans -Lesezeichen -\family default - können Sie festlegen, ob welche erzeugt und auch nummeriert werden sollen. - Das erleichtert es Lesern, durch die PDF-Ausgabe des Dokuments zu navigieren. - Mit -\family sans -Ebene -\family default - legen Sie fest, welche Lesezeichen angezeigt werden sollen. - 2 zum Beispiel zeigt die Lesezeichen aller Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte, - während 1 nur Abschnitte berücksichtigt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Auch in diesem Handbuch werden PDF-Eigenschaften benutzt, wie Sie im Dialogfenst -er -\family sans -Dokument-Einstellungen -\family default - sehen können. - Dort sehen Sie auch, dass -\family sans -Zusätzliche -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Optionen -\family default - benutzt werden. - Genaueres dazu finden Sie im -\series bold -hyperref -\series default --Handbuch -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "hyperref" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -TeX-Code und LaTeX-Syntax -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:TeX-Code" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX!-Syntax -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -TeX-Code -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -TeX-Code-Kästchen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:TeX-Code-Kästchen" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -TeX-Code -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie gezwungen sind oder es wollen, LaTeX-Befehle in LyX zu benutzen, - geben Sie diese in TeX-Code-Kästchen ein. - Ein TeX-Code-Kästchen erhalten Sie mit -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Te -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X-Code -\family default -, -\family sans -Strg+L -\family default - oder durch Klicken auf den Knopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "ert-insert" -\end_inset - - (Tastenkürzel -\family sans -Strg+L -\family default -). - Es erscheint ein rotes Rechteck, in das Sie Ihren LaTeX-Text schreiben. - LyX wird alles, was im TeX-Code-Kästchen steht, unverändert an LaTeX übergeben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Kästchen selber kann auf zwei Arten angezeigt werden: -\family sans -Geschlossen -\family default - und -\family sans -Geöffnet -\family default -. - Im geschlossenen Zustand wird ein Teil des Textes auf grauem Hintergrund - dargestellt. - Um die Darstellung zu ändern, machen Sie einen Rechtsklick auf das Kästchen - und wählen in dem Dialogfenster aus, was Sie wollen. - Außerdem können Sie im geöffneten Zustand die Einfügung auflösen, das heißt, - der enthaltenen Text wird normal dargestellt. - Wenn das Kästchen geschlossen ist, öffnet ein Linksklick es. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In das TeX-Code-Kästchen können Sie vollständige oder unvollständige LaTeX-Befeh -le schreiben. - Unvollständig bedeutet, dass das Befehlsargument normaler Text sein kann. - Sie wollen zum Beispiel einen Rahmen um ein Wort zeichnen und verwenden - daher den LaTeX-Befehl -\series bold - -\backslash -fbox -\series default -. - Sie können den Befehlsteil -\series bold - -\backslash -fbox{ -\series default - in ein TeX-Code-Kästchen vor das Wort schreiben und die schließende geschweifte - Klammer -\series bold -} -\series default - in eine zweites TeX-Code-Kästchen hinter das Wort. - Das Wort zwischen den beiden TeX-Code-Kästchen ist dann das Argument wie - im folgenden Beispiel: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename clipart/ERT.png - scale 75 - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -ergibt -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dies ist eine Zeile mit einem -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fbox{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eingerahmten -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Wort. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das hat den Vorteil, dass Formatierungen einfach mit LyX-Mitteln durchgeführt - werden können. - Hier ist ein Beispiel, in dem formatierter -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fbox{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\series bold -Text -\series default - und ein Bild -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/ert-insert.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - eingerahmt werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Bemerkung: -\series default - Am Ende von LaTeX-Befehlen ohne Argument müssen Sie ein Leerzeichen eingeben, - damit LaTeX weiß, dass der Befehl zu Ende ist. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Kurze Einführung in die LaTeX-Syntax -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie größere Dokumente oder Bücher schreiben, müssen Sie etwas über - die LaTeX-Befehle wissen, die LyX im Hintergrund verwendet. - Da LaTeX auf Befehlen basiert, können Sie Ihren Text -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -programmieren -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - Dies hat den Vorteil, dass das Aussehen des Dokuments jederzeit geändert - werden kann, wenn man die richtigen Befehle kennt. - Stellen Sie sich zum Beispiel vor, dass Sie ein Handbuch für ein Produkt - schreiben müssen und der Abgabetermin in wenigen Stunden ist. - Ihr Chef hat Sie eben für Ihre gute Arbeit gelobt, hätte aber gern alle - Beschriftungsmarken fett gesetzt. - Nun haben Sie aber im Dokument über hundert Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftun -gen mit Marken in normaler Schrift. - Natürlich kann man sie nicht alle in so kurzer Zeit manuell ändern. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Nun kommt LaTeX ins Spiel. - Wie schon weiter oben erwähnt, gibt es für jedes Problem ein LaTeX-Paket. - Zuerst müssen Sie herausfinden welches und schauen daher in die LaTeX-Paket - Datenbank, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "Catalogue" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Als Ergebnis wissen Sie, dass das Paket -\series bold -caption -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! caption -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - das ist, das Sie brauchen. - Um ein Paket zu verwenden, muss es im LaTeX-Vorspann (Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX-Vorspann -\family default -) mit dem Befehl -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage[Optionen]{Paketname} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -geladen werden. - Alle LaTeX Befehle beginnen mit einem Backslash, das Befehls-Argument wird - in geschweifte Klammern gesetzt und die Optionen in eckige Klammern. - Nicht alle Befehle haben ein Argument und Optionen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In Ihrem Fall ist der Paketname -\series bold -caption -\series default -. - Nach einem Blick in die Dokumentation des Pakets wissen Sie, dass die Option - -\series bold -labelfont=bf -\series default - die Schrift aller Beschriftungsmarken fett setzt. - Daher fügen Sie den Befehl -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -in den LaTeX-Vorspann ein und das Problem ist gelöst. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Für weitere Befehle, die das Paket -\series bold -caption -\series default - zur Verfügung stellt, siehe seine Dokumentation, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "caption" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beachten Sie dass einige Dokumentklassen eingebaute Lösungen für häufige - Problemstellungen wie diese haben. - Verwenden Sie z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - eine -\family sans -KOMA-Script -\family default - Kasse, müssen Die das Paket -\series bold -caption -\series default - nicht verwenden. - Sie können stattdessen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -setkomafont{captionlabel}{ -\backslash -bfseries} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -in den LaTeX-Vorspann schreiben und das Problem ist gelöst. - Wenn Sie also ein größeres Dokument planen, sollten Sie einen Blick in - die Dokumentation der Dokumentklasse werfen, die Sie verwenden wollen. - ( -\series bold - -\backslash -setkomafont -\series default - ist ein Beispiel für einen Befehl mit mehr als einem Argument.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Befehle im LaTeX-Vorspann beeinflussen das gesamte Dokument, während Befehle - im Text nur den Text nach dem Befehl oder den Text, der als Befehlsargument - verwendet wird, beeinflussen. - Um einen LaTeX-Befehl im Text einzufügen, verwenden Sie die TeX-Code-Kästchen - wie im vorigen Abschnitt beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie mehr über LaTeX und seine Syntax wissen wollen, schauen Sie in - die LaTeX-Bücher -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexcompanion,latexguide" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -pagestyle{fancy} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -wechselt temporär auf den Stil mit benutzerdefinierten Kopf/Fußzeilen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Left Header -\begin_inset Argument -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -rightmark -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -definiert die Kopfzeile wie unten beschrieben -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Center Header -\begin_inset Argument -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Right Header -\begin_inset Argument -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -leftmark -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Left Footer -\begin_inset Argument -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -thepage -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Center Footer -\begin_inset Argument -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\series bold -\color red -LyXs Benutzerhandbuch -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Magischer Code: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Right Footer -\begin_inset Argument -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -Roman{page} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Benutzerdefinierte Kopf-/Fußzeilen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Benutzerdefinierte-Kopf/Fußzeile" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Kopf/Fußzeilen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Kopf/Fußzeile -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um eigene Kopf- und Fußzeilen für ein Dokument zu definieren, muss man den - Seitenstil -\family sans -ausgefallen -\family default - im -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default - Dialog unter -\family sans -Seitenlayout -\family default - einstellen. - Als zweiten Schritt fügt man im Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Module -\family default - das Modul -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Benutzerdefinierte Kopf/Fußzeilen -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - hinzu. - Dieses Modul bietet die 6 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Stile -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Kopfzeile -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -links, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Kopfzeile -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -mitte, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Kopfzeile -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -rechts -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Fußzeile -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -links, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Fußzeile -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -mitte, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Fußzeile -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -rechts -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -für die verschiedenen Positionen in der Kopf/Fußzeile an. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Normalerweise werden Kopf/Fußzeilen am Anfang eines Dokuments definiert, - aber man kann sie an jeder Stellen im Dokument ändern. - Abbildung -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "fig:Seitenlayout-mit-benutzer" - -\end_inset - - zeigt das Seitenlayout und wo die Kopf/Fußzeilen Stile erscheinen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float figure -placement h -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\noindent -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Kopfzeile links -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Kopfzeile mitte -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Kopfzeile rechts -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Der normale Text kommt hierhin. - Die Kopfzeile ist über dem Text, die Fußzeile darunter (inklusive Fußnoten). - Kopf/Fußzeilen enthalten typischer Weise Dinge wie die Seitenzahl, Titel - des Kapitels, Firmenlogo aber man kann eigentlich alles außer Gleitumgebungen - verwenden. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Fußzeile links -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Fußzeile mitte -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Fußzeile rechts -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "fig:Seitenlayout-mit-benutzer" - -\end_inset - -Seitenlayout mit benutzerdefinierter Kopf/Fußzeile. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung -\series default -: Einige Dokumentklassen definieren ihre eigenen Kopf-/Fußzeilen wenn -\family sans -Seiten-Stil -\family default - auf -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Standard -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - gesetzt ist. - Daher sollten Sie deren Stil ausprobieren bevor Sie eigenen Kopf-/Fußzeilen - definieren. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Definition -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um eine Kopfzeile zu definieren, fügt man alle 3 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Kopfzeilen-Stile ins Dokument ein. - Die Dinge die man in den Stilen verwendet, erscheinen auf ungeraden Seiten, - die Dinge in den optionalen Argumenten auf geraden Seiten. - Bei einseitigen Dokumenten werden die optionalen Argumente nicht verwendet - und können weggelassen werden. - Lässt man einen Stil oder sein optionales Argument leer, erscheint nichts - in der Ausgabe. - Die Definition der Fußzeile funktioniert analog. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Für die Definition benötigt man einige LaTeX-Befehle die als TeX-Code (Menü - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Te -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X-Code -\family default -) eingefügt werden: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -thepage druckt die aktuelle Seitennummer -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -Roman{page} druckt die aktuelle Seitennummer in kleinen römischen Ziffern -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -roman{page} druckt die aktuelle Seitennummer in großen römischen Ziffern -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -leftmark druckt die aktuelle Abschnittsnummer und dessen Titel. - Besitzt das Dokument Kapitel, druckt es stattdessen die Kapitelnummer und - dessen Name. - Es heißt -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset - -leftmark -\begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset - -, da man es üblicherweise links in der Kopfzeile verwendet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -rightmark druckt den Namen und die Nummer des aktuellen Unterabschnitts. - Besitzt das Dokument Kapitel, druckt es stattdessen die Abschnittsnummer - und dessen Name. - Es wird üblicherweise rechts in der Kopfzeile verwendet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Voreingestellte Kopf/Fußzeilen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Benutzerdefinierte Kopf/Fußzeilen sind standardmäßig nicht leer. - Die Standard-Kopfzeile enthält den Kapitel- und Abschnittstitel und die - Fußzeile hat mittig die Seitennummer. - Um ungewollte Einträge von der Kopf/Fußzeile zu entfernen, fügt man den - entsprechenden Kopf/Fußzeilen-Stil ins Dokument ein, aber lässt ihn leer. - Um z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - die Seitennummer von der Fußzeile zu entfernen, fügt man einen leeren Stil - -\family sans -Fußzeile -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -mitte -\family default - ein. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Erscheinungsbild -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Kopf/Fußzeilen erscheinen auf normalen Seiten. - Einige Seiten sind speziell. - So hat die Titelseite ihren eigenen Stil, genauso wie die Seiten, auf denen - Teile oder Kapitel eines Buches beginnen. - Diese Seiten haben keine Kopf/Fußzeilen, aber dies ist normal. - So ist es z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - unsinnig, eine Kopfzeile mit dem Kapitelnamen auf einer Seite zu haben, - auf der der Kapitelname schon in großen Buchstaben steht. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Kopf/Fußzeilen Dekorationslinie -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Standardmäßig bekommt man eine 0.4 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt dicke Linie unter der Kopfzeile und keine Linie für die Fußzeile. - Dies kann im LaTeX-Vorspann mit den Befehlen -\series bold - -\backslash -headrulewidth -\series default - und -\series bold - -\backslash -footrulewidth -\series default - in folgendem Schema geändert werden: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -headrulewidth}{Dicke} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wobei Dicke eine Größe in Standard-Einheiten wie -\family sans -pt -\family default - oder -\family sans -mm -\family default - ist. - Möchte man keine Linie, setzt man die Dicke auf 0 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Linien können auch gefärbt werden, aber die erfordert größeres Wissen - über LaTeX. - Wenn Sie dies wirklich benötigen, schauen sie im Internet oder im Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -4.4 des Buches -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "Mittelbach" - -\end_inset - - nach. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Mehrere Kopf/Fußzeilen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Für den Fall dass man mehr als eine Textzeile als Kopf/Fußzeile benötigt, - kann man einen normalen Zeilenumbruch in der Definition verwenden. - Dennoch ist die Höhe der Kopf/Fußzeile nur die einer einzigen Textzeile - Um die Höhe zu vergrößern, redefiniert man die LaTeX-Länge -\series bold - -\backslash -headheight -\series default - oder -\series bold - -\backslash -footheight -\series default - im LaTeX-Vorspann in folgendem Schema: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -headheight}{Höhe} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wobei Höhe eine Größe in Standard-Einheiten ist. - Weiß man nicht welche Höhe man benötigt, definiert man die Kopf/Fußzeilen - und schaut das Dokument als PDF an. - Anschließend öffnet man das LaTeX-Protokoll über das Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -La -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -TeX-Protokoll -\family default -und schaut mit Hilfe des Knopfes -\family sans -Nächste -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Warnung -\family default - ob man eine Warnung des Pakets -\series bold -fancyhdr -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! fancyhdr -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - findet. - Falls eine solche Warnung existiert, enthält sie die Höhe, die man mindestens - für die Kopf/Fußzeile braucht. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Dieses Beispiel -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Beispiel demonstriert was man in Kopf/Fußzeilen machen kann. - Verwenden Sie es nicht für ihr Dokument, denn es ist ein nicht sehr sinnvolles - Beispiel. - Es besteht aus der folgenden Definition: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Kopfzeile -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -links -\series bold - -\backslash -rightmark -\series default -, leeres optionales Argument -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Kopfzeile -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -mitte leer, leeres optionales Argument -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Kopfzeile -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -rechts leer, -\series bold - -\backslash -leftmark -\series default - im optionalen Argument -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Fußzeile -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -links leer, -\series bold - -\backslash -thepage -\series default - im optionalen Argument -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Fußzeile -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -mitte -\family sans -\series bold -\color red -LyXs Benutzerhandbuch -\family default -\series default -\color inherit -, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Magischer Code: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - im optionalen Argument -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Fußzeile -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -rechts -\series bold - -\backslash -Roman{page} -\series default -, leeres optionales Argument -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\backslash -headrulewidth auf 2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt gesetzt -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Im Prinzip kann man in Kopf/Fußzeilen alles verwenden, außer Gleitumgebungen. - Für weitere spezielle Dinge wie z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - Daumenregister, siehe das Handbuch des Pakets -\series bold -fancyhdr -\series default -, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "fancyhdr" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage clearpage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -pagestyle{headings} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -wechselt zurück zum Stil mit den Standard-Kopf/Fußzeilen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Dokumentteile vorschauen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Dokumentteile-vorschauen" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Sofortige Vorschau -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Vorschau -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX ermöglicht es, Teile Ihres Dokuments als Vorschau anzusehen, so dass - der Schreib- und Denkfluss nicht durch die Ansicht der Ausgabe gestört - wird. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Voraussetzung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Damit Vorschauen möglich sind, müssen Sie das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -preview-latex -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! preview-latex -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - (auf manchen System hat es den Namen -\series bold -preview -\series default -) installiert haben. - Falls es noch nicht installiert ist, finden Sie es im TeX-Katalog, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "TeX-Katalog" - -\end_inset - - oder im Paketmanager Ihres LaTeX-Systems. - Schönere Ergebnisse erzielen Sie, wenn Sie zusätzlich das Programm -\family typewriter -pnmcrop -\family default - des -\family typewriter -netpbm -\family default --Paketes installieren. - Unter LyX für Windows wird dieses und auch das LaTeX-Paket automatisch - zusammen mit LyX installiert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Vorschau aktivieren -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - alle mathematischen Formeln als Vorschau ansehen wollen, müssen Sie die - Option -\family sans -Grafiken -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -anzeigen -\family default - im Dialog -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default - unter -\family sans -Aussehen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Anzeige -\family default - aktivieren. - Dann setzen Sie -\family sans -Sofortige -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Vorschau -\family default - auf -\family sans -An -\family default -. - Die -\family sans -Vorschaugröße -\family default - ist der Multiplikationsfaktor für die Größe. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie alles außer Mathe vorschauen wollen, setzen Sie -\family sans -Sofortige -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Vorschau -\family default - auf -\family sans -Kein -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Mathe -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Vorschauen werden erzeugt, wenn Sie ein Dokument öffnen oder eine Einfügung - verlassen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Hinweis: -\series default - Von bereits geöffneten Dokumenten werden nicht in jedem Fall sofort Vorschauen - erzeugt, wenn man die Option -\family sans -Grafiken -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -anzeigen -\family default - aktiviert. - Man muss also diese Dokumente eventuell neu laden. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Ausgewählte Dokumentteile -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Neben Formeln gibt es andere Fälle, in denen man vielleicht eine Vorschau - sehen möchte. - Zum Beispiel bei Dingen die LyX nicht anzeigen kann, wie Rotationen oder - Dinge, die LyX noch nicht unterstützt. - Dazu fügt man eine Vorschau-Einfügung über das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Vorschau -\family default - ein und fügt oder kopiert die Sachen, die vorgeschaut werden sollen, hinein. - Die Vorschau wird erzeugt, wenn sich der Cursor außerhalb der Vorschau-Einfügun -g befindet. - Wenn man auf eine Vorschau klickt, kann das Vorgeschaute bearbeitet werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Ein Beispiel: Für rotierte Boxen verwenden Sie den LaTeX-Befehl -\series bold - -\backslash -rotatebox -\series default -, der noch nicht von LyX unterstützt wird. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -rotatebox -\series default - ist in Abschnitt -\emph on -Rotierte Boxen -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs erklärt. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Anstelle der TeX-Code Boxen wollen Sie in LyX die rotierten Boxen sehen, - um z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - den Rotationswinkel so einstellen zu können, dass er zum umgebenden Text - passt. - Daher fügen Sie eine Vorschau-Einfügung ein und kopieren den Text mit den - rotierten Boxen hinein. - Hier ist das Ergebnis: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Preview - -\begin_layout Standard -Dies ist eine Zeile -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Box Doublebox -position "c" -hor_pos "c" -has_inner_box 0 -inner_pos "c" -use_parbox 0 -use_makebox 0 -width "1in" -special "width" -height "1in" -height_special "totalheight" -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -mit rotiertem -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, gerahmten Text -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und einer Formel. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Vorschau funktioniert auch mit Farben. - In diesem Beispiel wurde eine spezielle gerahmte, farbige Box mit dem LaTeX-Bef -ehl -\series bold - -\backslash -fcolorbox -\series default - erzeugt: -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -fcolorbox -\series default - ist in Abschnitt -\emph on -Farbige Boxen -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs erklärt. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Preview - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fboxrule 1mm -\backslash -fboxsep 1mm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Dies ist Text in einer farbigen, gerahmten Box. -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Falls LyX keine Vorschau anzeigt, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie Vorschauen, - wie oben beschrieben, aktiviert haben, dass TeX-Code in der Vorschau-Einfügung - korrekt ist und dass Sie die LaTeX-Pakete in der Dokumentpräambel geladen - haben, die vom TeX-Code benötigt werden. - Wenn LyX keine Vorschau erzeugen kann, werden Sie in den meisten Fällen - auch keine Ausgabe Ihres Dokumentes aufgrund von LaTeX-Fehlern erzeugen - können. - Falls Sie also TeX-Code verwenden müssen und sich nicht sicher sind, ob - er korrekt ist, ist die Vorschau-Einfügung eine gute Methode ihn zu testen, - ohne das gesamte Dokument anzusehen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -LaTeX-Quellcode -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Des Weiteren kann der LaTeX-Quellcode des gesamten Dokuments oder von Teilen - davon angeschaut werden. - Das Menü -\family sans -Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Quelle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -ansehen -\family default - öffnet ein Fenster in dem der LaTeX-Quellcode angezeigt wird. - Das Fenster zeigt den Quellcode des gesamten Absatzes, indem sich der Cursor - momentan befindet. - Man kann auch Dokumentteile in LyXs Hauptfenster markieren, dann wird nur - der Code der Auswahl angezeigt (wenn es mehr als ein Absatz ist). - Um das gesamte Dokument als Quellcode anzusehen, verwendet man die entsprechend -e Option im Quellcode-Fenster. - Verwendet man die Option -\family sans -Automatische Aktualisierung -\family default -, werden die Änderungen, die man am Dokument vornimmt, sofort angezeigt; - aber beachten Sie, dass das LyX langsamer machen kann, wenn mehrere Dateien - geöffnet sind, da LyX alle geöffneten Dateien aktualisiert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Fortgeschrittenes Suchen und Ersetzen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Fortgeschrittenes-Suchen" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Suchen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ersetzen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Einleitung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das fortgeschrittene Suchen und Ersetzen von LyX erlaubt es nach komplexen - Textabschnitten und mathematischem Inhalt zu suchen. - Es ist eine Erweiterung des Standard Suchen -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -Ersetzen Dialogs. - Die Haupteigenschaften sind: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Beides, das Suchen nach Text und nach mathematischen Formeln ist möglich, - wobei Letzteres durch die normale Eingabe einer Formel in das Suchfenster - geschieht; es werden eigenständige Formeln aber auch Teile von Formeln - gefunden -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Die Suche kann formatierungsunabhängig sein, so dass Text in jedem Kontext/Stil - (Standardtext, Abschnittsüberschrift, Notizen, und sogar in Formeln) gefunden - wird, oder er ist formatierungsabhängig, so dass zum Beispiel ein Wort, - das in einer Abschnittsüberschrift eingegeben wurde, auch nur in Abschnittsüber -schriften gefunden wird -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Die Suche kann auf bestimmte -\emph on -Bereiche -\emph default - ausgeweitet werden, das heißt ein Datensatz, der entweder die Unterdokumente - des Dokuments einschließt, aus allen geöffneten Dokumenten oder allen Handbüche -rn besteht, die im Menü -\family sans -Hilfe -\family default - verfügbar sind -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Das Ersetzen kann die Großschreibung beibehalten so dass die Großschreibung - des ersetzten Texts an den gefundenen Text angepasst wird (das heißt alles - groß-, alles klein- oder erster Buchstabe groß-, die anderen kleingeschrieben) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Benutzung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das erweiterte Suchen -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -Ersetzen Feature wird über das Menü -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Suchen & Ersetzen -\noun on - ( -\noun default -ersetzen -\noun on -) -\family default -\noun default - (Tastenkürzel Ctrl+ -\family sans -Umschalt -\family default -+F oder den Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv" -\end_inset - - aktiviert. - Damit wird der Dialog -\family sans -Erweitertes Suchen und Ersetzen -\family default - geöffnet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Suche nach Text -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man gibt in das Editorfeld -\family sans -Suchen -\family default - ein unformatiertes Wort ein und sucht danach mit dem Knopf -\family sans -Nächstes suchen -\family default - unten im Dialog (oder drückt einfach die -\family sans -Entertaste -\family default -). - Das eingegebene Wort wird überall im Text in jeder beliebigen Formatierung - als auch in Formeln gefunden. - Mehrmaliges Drücken von -\family sans -Enter -\family default - sucht weiter vorwärts während -\family sans -Umschalt+Enter -\family default - rückwärts sucht. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Option -\family sans -Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachten -\family default - findet nur Dinge mit derselben Großschreibung wie im Feld -\family sans -Suchen -\family default -. - Die Option -\family sans -Ganze Wörter -\family default - findet keine Wortteile. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Suche nach Formeln -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Nach mathematischen Formeln kann gesucht werden, indem man diese im Feld - -\family sans -Suchen -\family default - eingibt, so wie -\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ -\end_inset - - oder -\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$ -\end_inset - -. - Wenn nach Formeln gesucht wird, werden diese gefunden, wenn sie allein - stehen, aber auch wenn sie Teil einer Formel sind. - Zum Beispiel werden die beiden Beispiele in dieser Formel gefunden: -\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$ -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Suche nach Textformatierung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es ist auch möglich nach Text in einer bestimmten Formatierung zu suchen. - Dies wird erreicht, indem man im Tab -\family sans -Einstellungen -\family default - des Dialogs die Option -\family sans -Ignoriere Format -\family default - ausschaltet. - Die Eingabe in das Feld -\family sans -Suchen -\family default - von -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -einem unformatierten Wort wird keine Treffer liefern, wenn das Wort im Dokument - z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - fett oder kursiv ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - einem kursiven oder fetten Wort liefert nur Treffer, wenn das Wort im Dokument - dieselbe Formatierung hat. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -einem unformatierten Wort in einer Abschnittsüberschrift führt nur zu Treffern, - wenn sich das Wort in einer Abschnittsüberschrift befindet. - Wenn das Wort zusätzlich eine Formatierung hat, wird nur gefunden, was - in einer Abschnittsüberschrift steht und ebenfalls diese Formatierung hat. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -einer abgesetzten Formel findet diese Formel nur, wenn sie im Dokument ebenfalls - eine eingebettete Formel ist (keine in einer Textzeile eingebettete Formel). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Ersetzen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dokumentsegmente, die im -\family sans -Suchen -\family default - Feld eingegeben wurden, können mit Segmenten ersetzt werden, die im -\family sans -Ersetzen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -durch -\family default -\noun on - -\noun default -Feld eingegeben werden. - Um das nächste Auftreten zu finden und dieses zu ersetzen, drückt man den - Knopf -\family sans -Ersetzen -\family default - oder drückt alternativ -\family sans -Enter -\family default - oder -\family sans -Umschalt+Enter -\family default - während der Cursor sich im Feld -\family sans -Ersetzen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -durch -\family default -\noun on - -\noun default -befindet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann mit formatierten Segmenten ersetzen. - Typische Szenarios in denen das nützlich ist (nur um einige zu nennen), - sind: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -das Ersetzen mit einer formatierten Version des selben Wortes, z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - Ersetzen des Namens -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -func() -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - mit seiner Version im Stil Schreibmaschine -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter -func() -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Änderung der mathematischen Notation, z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - um alle Vorkommen von -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $R$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - mit -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - zu ersetzen (dabei hilft es eventuell, die Optionen -\family sans -Ganze Wörter -\family default - und -\family sans -Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachten -\family default - zu verwenden und die Option -\family sans -Ignoriere Format -\family default - im Tab -\family sans -Einstellungen -\family default - zu deaktivieren, um zu verhindern, dass alle -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -R -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - im normalen Text ersetzt werden), oder -\begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$ -\end_inset - - mit -\begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$ -\end_inset - - zu ersetzen oder -\begin_inset Formula $x[k]$ -\end_inset - - mit -\begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$ -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Benutzung mit regulären Ausdrücken -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt einen Regulärer Ausdruck (Regexp)-basierten Suchmodus. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Der Wikipedia-Artikel -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -target "http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regulärer_Ausdruck" - -\end_inset - - ist eine gute Erklärung was ein Regulärer Ausdruck ist. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Man kann nach Regulären Ausdrücken suchen, indem man eine Regexp-Einfügung - in den -\family sans -Suchen -\family default --Editor einfügt. - Dies geschieht über das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Regulären Ausdruck einfügen -\family default - während sich der Cursor im -\family sans -Suchen -\family default --Editor befindet. - Zeichen in Regexp-Einfügungen werden entsprechend der Regeln für reguläre - Ausdrücke gefunden -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Mit der Bedingung, dass jeder (Unter)Ausdruck ein korrekt formatiertes LyX-Segme -nt sein muss. - Das heißt, dass z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - TeX-Code keine ungeschlossenen {}-Klammern haben darf. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - während Text außerhalb der Einfügungen nur Treffer liefert, die exakt diesem - Text entsprechen. - Das Kopieren und Ersetzen funktioniert wie gewohnt auch in Regexp-Einfügungen. - Anwendungen von Suchen mit regulären Ausdrücken sind zum Beispiel: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Suche in allen Brüchen nach einem bestimmten Nenner: zum Beispiel findet - man mit dem Bruch -\begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$ -\end_inset - - ( -\begin_inset Formula $.*$ -\end_inset - - ist der reguläre Ausdruck für einen Platzhalter), im Feld -\family sans -Suchen -\family default - alle Brüche mit diesem Nenner. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Suche nach Text in einem bestimmten Stil: ist die Option -\family sans -Ignoriere Format -\family default - im Reiter -\family sans -Einstellungen -\family default - ausgeschaltet, kann man den regulären Ausdruck -\series bold - -\begin_inset Formula $.*$ -\end_inset - - -\series default - eingeben und für ihn zum Beispiel den Textstil kursiv oder fett wählen - um alle kursiven oder fettgedruckten Textstellen im Dokument zu finden. - Der reguläre Ausdruck -\begin_inset Formula $.*$ -\end_inset - - in einer nummerierten Liste oder einer Abschnittsüberschrift findet alle - nummerierten Listen oder Abschnittsüberschriften. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Allgemein können Referenzen auf (Unter)Ausdrücke in Regexp wie üblich verwendet - werden: Gruppieren eines Teils des Ausdrucks mit runden Klammern -\begin_inset Formula $()$ -\end_inset - - und dessen Referenzierung mit -\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$ -\end_inset - -, usw.. - Versuchen Sie zum Beispiel mit dem regulären Ausdruck -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -[[:space:]]([[:alpha:]]+)[[:space:]] -\backslash -1[[:space:]] -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -zu suchen, um Wortwiederholungen zu finden, falls es welche gibt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Verwendung von Referenzen im ersetzten Text ist (noch) nicht implementiert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -\color none -Achtung: -\series default - Referenzen funktionieren innerhalb einer Regexp als auch in mehreren Regexps, - wobei die Nummerierung der referenzierten Unterausdrücke absolut ist. - Das heißt, dass -\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ -\end_inset - - immer das erste Auftreten von () in allen eingefügten Regexps referenziert. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Rechtschreibprüfung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Rechtschreibprüfung" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX besitzt eine eigene Rechtschreibprüfung. - man kann Sie mit dem Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Rechtschreibprüfung -\family default -, der Taste -\family sans -F7 -\family default - oder dem Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show spellchecker" -\end_inset - - starten. - Die Prüfung beginnt entweder an der aktuellen Cursorposition oder dem Beginn - des momentan markierten Textabschnitts. - Eine Seitenleiste erscheint und zeigt jedes falsche (oder unbekannte) gefundene - Wort an und erlaubt es diese zu korrigieren. - Wenn ein unbekanntes Wort gefunden wird, wird das Wort markiert und der - Text gescrollt damit das Wort zu sehen ist. - In der Rechtschreibprüfungs-Seitenleiste, gibt es ein Feld mit Vorschlägen - für die Korrektur. - Klickt man auf einen Vorschlag, wird er ins -\family sans -Ersetzung -\family default -s-Feld kopiert., ein Doppelklick ersetzt das Wort sofort. - Unbekannte, aber richtig geschriebene Wörter können zum persönlichen Wörterbuch - hinzugefügt werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die standardmäßig verwendete Wörterbuchdatei ist die der Dokumentsprache, - die im Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default - eingestellt ist. - Die Sprache eines Wortes kann in der Rechtschreibprüfungs-Seitenleiste - ausgewählt werden, indem man in der Dropdown-Box eine andere Sprache auswählt. - LyX kann auch Dokumente, die Text in mehreren Sprachen enthalten, korrekt - prüfen. - Dies funktioniert, wenn man die Sprache der Textstellen mit dem -\family sans -Textstil -\family default --Dialog ( -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show character" -\end_inset - -) festlegt und die Rechtschreibprüfungs-Wörterbücher installiert hat. - LyX wechselt dann automatisch die Wörterbuchdateien. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Alle von LyX unterstützten Wörterbucher können von hier heruntergeladen - werden: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/hunspell/ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Es gibt 2 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Dateien für jede Sprache. - Um ein Wörterbuch unter Windows zu installieren, kopiert man beide Dateien - in LyXs Installationsunterordner -\family sans -~ -\backslash -Resources -\backslash -dicts -\family default - und startet LyX neu. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Unter Linux muss man die Pakete für die gewünschte Sprache installieren. - Die Anzahl der Pakete schwankt je nach Linux-Distribution, aber in den - meisten fällen sind das -\family sans -aspell-xx, hunspell-xx, myspell-xx -\family default -, usw., wobei -\family sans -xx -\family default - der Code für die Sprache ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Weitere Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Im Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Spracheinstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Rechtschreibprüfung -\family default - kann man die folgenden Dinge einstellen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Programm Legt das Programm fest, das LyX für die Rechtschreibprüfung verwenden - soll. - Abhängig vom Betriebssystem, sind -\family typewriter -aspell -\family default -, -\family typewriter -hunspell -\family default - oder -\family typewriter -enchant -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Enchant selbst ist eine Hüllbibliothek mit verschiedenen konfigurierbaren - Programmen. - Lesen Sie dessen Dokumentation um mehr zu erfahren. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - verfügbar. - Bei Windows ist nur -\family typewriter -hunspell -\family default - verfügbar. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Alternative -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Sprache Wenn dieses Feld nicht leer ist, wird LyX immer die im Feld angegebene - Sprache für die Rechtschreibprüfung verwenden, egal wie die Dokumentsprache - ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Zu -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -ignorierende -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Zeichen Erlaubt es spezielle Zeichen anzugeben, die die Rechtschreibprüfung - ignorieren soll, z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - französischen Akzente. - Dieses Feature sollte aber normalerweise nicht benötigt werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Zusammengesetzte -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Wörter -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -akzeptieren Verhindert, dass zusammengesetzte Wörter wie -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Verzeichnisname -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - moniert werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Rechtschreibung -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -während -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -der -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Eingabe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -überprüfen Prüft die Rechtschreibung schon während der Eingabe. - Falsch geschriebene Wörter werden rot gestrichelt unterstrichen. - Beim Rechts-klicken auf ein unterstrichenes Wort, erscheinen die Vorschläge - der Rechtschreibprüfung im Kontext-Menü. - Wählt man einen Vorschlag aus, ersetzt er das unterstrichene Wort. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Prüfe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Notizen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -und -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Kommentare Wenn aktiviert, werden auch die nicht zu druckenden Dokumentteile - wie Notizen mit geprüft. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Thesaurus -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Thesaurus" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Thesaurus -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX bietet einen mehrsprachigen Thesaurus. - Es verwendet denselben Thesaurus wie LibreOffice, OpenOffice und Firefox - (namentlich die -\family typewriter -MyThes -\family default - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Thesaurus-Bibliothek, die in LyX enthalten ist). - Daher kann LyX direkt auf OpenOffice Thesaurus Wörterbücher zugreifen, - die für viele Sprachen verfügbar sind. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt wie neue Wörterbücher installiert und für LyX - bereitgestellt werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Einrichten des Thesaurus -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\family typewriter -MyThes -\family default -\emph on -/ -\emph default -OpenOffice Thesauri bestehen aus zwei Dateien pro Sprache: Eine Datei mit - der Endung -\emph on -*.dat -\emph default -, die die Daten enthält und eine Index-Datei mit der Endung -\emph on -*.idx -\emph default -. - Der Standardisierte Dateinamen enthält den Code der Sprache (z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - -\family sans -de_DE -\family default - für Deutsch). - So heißen die Dateien für Deutsch: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -th_de_DE_v2.idx -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -th_de_DE_v2.dat -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie LibreOffice oder OpenOffice verwenden uns dessen Thesaurus auf - einem Linux-System installiert haben, sollten sich diese Dateien bereits - auf Ihrem System befinden. - Bei Windows kann man im LyX-Installer auswählen, welche Wörterbucher installier -t werden sollen.. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Alle von LyX unterstützten Wörterbucher können von hier heruntergeladen - werden: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/thesaurus/ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Um ein Wörterbuch zu installieren, kopiert man beide Dateien in LyXs Installatio -nsunterordner -\family sans -~ -\backslash -Resources -\backslash -thes -\family default - und startet LyX neu. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Verwendung des Thesaurus -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um den Thesaurus zu starten, verwendet man das Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Thesaurus -\family default - oder den Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "thesaurus-entry" -\end_inset - - während ein Wort markiert ist oder während sich der Cursor in einem Wort - befindet. - Es öffnet sich ein Dialog und zeigt Wörter als Ersetzungsvorschläge an, - die wahrscheinlich dasselbe wie das aktuelle Wort bedeuten. - Die Vorschläge sind in Kategorien gruppiert. - Für manche Sprachen (beispielsweise Englisch) zeigt der Thesaurus nicht - nur bedeutungsähnliche Wörter (Synonyme) an, sondern auch Oberbegriffe - (wie -\emph on -organism -\emph default - für -\emph on -plant -\emph default -), sachverwandte Wörter (wie -\emph on -polical -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -theory -\emph default - für -\emph on -anarchistic -\emph default -), Zusammengesetze Wörter (wie -\emph on -tree -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -diagram -\emph default -, wenn Sie -\emph on -tree -\emph default - eingeben) und Gegenbegriffe (Antonyme) (wie -\emph on -boy -\emph default - für -\emph on -girl -\emph default -). - Das deutsche Thesauruswörterbuch zeigt momentan allerdings nur bedeutungsähnlic -he und bedeutungsverwandte Wörter an. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Sprachen wird automatisch von dem Wort übernommen, indem sich der Cursor - befindet, aber man kann sie auch im Dialog umstellen, genauso wie man dort - das Wort ändern kann. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man beachte dass der Thesaurus kann keine Phrasen handhaben kann (nur Zusammense -tzungen, die im Wörterbuch stehen, so wie das obige -\emph on - Baumdiagramm -\emph default -) und dass man die sogenannte Lemmaform verwenden muss; die Form, die auch - in Wörterbüchern verwendet wird (für die meisten Sprachen ist das: erste - Person Einzahl für Substantive, Infinitiv für Verben). - Schlägt man zum Beispiel für die Worte -\emph on -Berichte -\emph default - oder -\emph on -berichtend -\emph default - nach, bekommt man keine Vorschläge, während es mehrere für -\emph on -Bericht -\emph default - gibt. - Die beste Vorgehensweise ist es nur die relevanten Teile von Worten zu - markieren (z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - -\emph on -Bericht -\emph default - in -\emph on -Berichte -\emph default -). - Dann bekommt man sofort Vorschläge ohne das Wort im Dialog erst anpassen - zu müssen und auch der Ersetzung wird dann wahrscheinlich sofort korrekt - sein (nur der markierte Teil wird ersetzt). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Änderungsverfolgung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Anderungsverfolgung@Änderungsverfolgung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Änderungsverfolgung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Änderungsverfolgung" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn mehrere Personen ein Dokument zusammen bearbeiten, ist es sehr nützlich, - wenn die Änderungen der anderen im Dokument hervorgehoben werden. - Sie können dann entscheiden, ob Sie eine Änderung akzeptieren wollen. - Das erreichen Sie, indem Sie -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Änderungen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -verfolgen -\family default - ( -\family sans -Strg+Umschalt+E -\family default -) ankreuzen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Änderungen im Dokument werden durch Striche und Farben hervorgehoben: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\bar under -\color blue -Unterstrichener Text -\bar default -\color inherit -ist eine Einfügung, -\strikeout on -\color blue -durchgestrichener Text -\strikeout default - -\color inherit -eine Löschung. - Die Farbe hängt vom Autor der Änderung ab. - Die Farben können Sie im Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Aussehen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Farben -\family default - ändern. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Farbe ! Änderungsverfolgung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Der Autor und das Datum der Änderung werden in LyXs Statusleiste angezeigt, - wenn sich der Cursor in geändertem Text befindet. - Die selbe Information erhalten Sie, wenn Sie den Werkzeugleistenknopf -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "changes-merge" -\end_inset - - benutzen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn die Änderungsverfolgung aktiviert ist, erscheint diese Werkzeug\SpecialChar \- -leiste: -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Werkzeugleiste ! Änderungsverfolgung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/ChangesToolbar.png - scale 90 - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Diese Werkzeugleiste enthält folgende Knöpfe: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "changes-track" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Änderungen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -verfolgen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "changes-output" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -In -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -der -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Ausgabe -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -anzeigen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "change-next" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -springt zur nächsten Änderung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "change-accept" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Änderung -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -akzeptieren -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "change-reject" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Änderung -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -ablehnen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "changes-merge" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Änderungen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -zusammenfassen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "all-changes-accept" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Alle -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Änderungen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -akzeptieren -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "all-changes-reject" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Alle -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Änderungen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -ablehnen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "note-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Notiz\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X-Notiz -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "note-next" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Navigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nächste -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Notiz -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es werden (noch) nicht alle Änderungen angezeigt, insbesondere keine Formatänder -ungen wie zum Beispiel -\emph on -normal -\emph default - nach -\emph on -fett -\emph default - oder -\emph on -Standardabsatz -\emph default - nach -\emph on -Beschreibung -\emph default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Änderungsverfolgungs-Werkzeugleiste hilft Ihnen beim Bearbeiten der - Änderungen – Sie müssen nur die Änderungen auswählen und einen der Schaltknöpfe - anklicken. - Wenn Sie Änderungen zusammenfassen, erscheint ein Fenster, das Ihnen Informatio -nen über die nächste Änderung nach der momentanen Cursorposition anzeigt. - Sie brauchen dann keine bestimmte Änderung zu markieren. - In dem Fenster können Sie entscheiden, Änderungen zu akzeptieren oder abzulehne -n, und dann zur nächsten Änderung zu gehen. - So können Sie alle Änderungen durchgehen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Werkzeugleiste hat zwei Schaltknöpfe, um Notizen zu behandeln, weil - diese zur Beschreibung einer Änderung oft wichtig sind. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um Änderungen in der Druckausgabe anzeigen zu können, benötigen Sie das - LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -dvipost -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! dvipost -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - Sie finden es im TeX-Katalog, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "TeX-Katalog" - -\end_inset - -, oder im Paket-Manager Ihres LaTeX-Systems. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Vergleich von Dokumenten -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Vergleich-von-Dokumenten" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Vergleich von Dokumenten -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können zwei verschiedene LyX-Dokumente über das Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Vergleichen -\family default - miteinander vergleichen. - Das Ergebnis des Vergleichs ist eine LyX-Datei mit eingeschalteter Änderungsver -folgung um die Unterschiede anzuzeigen. - Im Vergleichen-Dialog können Sie mit der Option -\family sans -Kopiere -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Dokument-Einstellungen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -von -\family default - festlegen, von welcher Datei LyX die Dokumenteinstellungen für die Ergebnisdate -i verwenden soll. - Die Option -\family sans -Änderungsverfolgung -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -in -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -der -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Ausgabe -\family default - verwendet die Änderungsverfolgungsoption -\family sans -In -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -der -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Ausgabe -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -anzeigen -\family default - um die Unterschiede auch in der PDF-Ausgabe der Ergebnisdatei zu visualisieren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Internationale Unterstützung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Internationale Unterstutzung@Unterstützung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, wie Sie LyX mit jeder gewünschten Sprache benutzen - können. - Für einige Sprachen gibt es spezielle Wiki-Seiten, die erklären, wie man - sie verwendet: -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew,Japanese,Latvian,Lithuanian,Mongolian,Vietnamese" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Neben Sprachen unterstützt LyX auch phonetische Symbole, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Sonderzeichen" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Sprachoptionen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Sprachoptionen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Im Dialog -\family sans -Do\SpecialChar \- -ku\SpecialChar \- -ment-Ein\SpecialChar \- -stel\SpecialChar \- -lungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Sprache -\family default - können Sie die Sprache, den Stil der Anführungszeichen und die Zeichenkodierung - festlegen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Unter -\family sans -Kodierung -\family default - können Sie die Zeichenkodierung auswählen, die für die Ausgabe verwendet - werden soll. - Die Option -\family sans -Voreinstellung der gewählten Sprache -\family default - ist empfohlen und funktioniert für die meisten Fälle. - Für Details über die verschiedenen Kodierungsoptionen siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Sprache" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Tastaturtabellen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tastatur ! -tabellen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Tastaturtabellen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie zum Beispiel eine U. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -S.-Tastatur haben, aber nicht in Englisch schreiben wollen, können Sie eine - alternative Tastaturtabelle benutzen. - Z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - wollen Sie Italienisch schreiben. - Dann können Sie LyX mit einer italienischen Tastaturtabelle verwenden. - Der Dialog -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Aussehen & Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Tastatur/Maus -\family default - erlaubt es bis zu zwei Tastaturtabellen zu laden, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Tastatur-/-Maus" - -\end_inset - -. - Sie können eine primäre und sekundäre Tastatursprache wählen und dann entscheid -en, welche Sie verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Vielleicht wollen Sie aber auch nur ein paar Tastenzuordnungen ändern oder - eine komplett neue Tastaturtabelle erstellen (für Vulkanisch zum Beispiel). - Sie Schreiben z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - normalerweise Italienisch auf einer U. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -S.-Tastatur aber von Zeit zu Zeit auch deutsche Kurztexte. - Sie können in diesem Fall eine eigene Tastaturzuordnung erstellen oder - eine bestehende Tastaturtabelle ändern um spezielle Zeichen zu unterstützen.. - Diese und andere Anpassungen sind im Handbuch -\emph on -Anpassungen -\emph default - erläutert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -\start_of_appendix -Die Benutzeroberfläche -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "chap:Die-Benutzeroberfläche" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieser Anhang listet alle verfügbaren Menüs auf und beschreibt ihre Funktionalit -ät. - Er ist als schnelle Referenz angelegt, wenn man nach einem bestimmten Thema - im Benutzerhandbuch sucht. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Das Datei Menü -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Menü ! Datei -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Im Menü -\family sans -Datei -\family default - finden sich alle Grundlegenden und einige fortgeschrittene Aktionen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Neu -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Erstellt ein neues Dokument. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Neu von Vorlage -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieser Menüeintrag fragt Sie nach einer Vorlage, die Sie verwenden wollen. - Das Auswählen einer Vorlage wird automatisch bestimmte Dokumenteinstellungen - setzen, die Sie sonst selbst vornehmen müssten. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Öffnen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Öffnet ein Dokument. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Zuletzt geöffnet -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Untermenü zeigt eine Liste aller zuletzt geöffneten Dateien. - Beim Klicken auf eine Datei wird diese geöffnet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Schließen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Schließt das aktuelle Dokument. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Alle schließen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Schließt alle geöffneten Dokumente. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Speichern -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Speichert das aktuelle Dokument. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Speichern unter -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Speichert das aktuelle Dokument unter einem neuen Namen um eine Kopie zu - erstellen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Alle speichern -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Speichert alle geöffneten Dokumente. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Zum Gespeicherten zurückkehren -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Lädt das aktuelle Dokument neu von der Festplatte. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Versionskontrolle -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dies wird verwendet, wenn mehrere Personen am selben Dokument arbeiten oder - wenn eine Person ihre Änderungen archivieren möchte. - Es ist in Abschnitt -\emph on -Versionskontrolle -\emph default - der -\emph on -Handbuchergänzungen -\emph default - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Importieren -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann hier Dateien von älteren LyX-Versionen, HTML-Dateien, LaTeX-Dateien, - NoWeb-Dateien, einfache Textdateien und -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Komma-getrennte -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -, tabellenartige Textdateien (CSV) importieren. - Die Dateien werden als neues LyX-Dokument importiert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wird der Menüeintrag -\family sans -Einfacher -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Text -\family default - verwendet, führen Zeilenumbrüche im Text zu neuen Absätzen; mit dem Menüeintrag - -\family sans -Einfacher -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Text, Zeilen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -verbinden -\family default - werden aufeinanderfolgende Textzeilen als ein großer Absatz importiert. - Ein neuer Absatz wird bei einer leeren Zeile im Text angelegt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Exportieren -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub: Exportieren" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können Ihr Dokument in verschiedene Formate exportieren. - Die neuen Dateien werden im selben Ordner wie die LyX-Datei erstellt. - Die Menüeinträge sind nicht bei allen Installationen dieselben. - Sie hängen von den Programmen ab, die von LyX während der Konfiguration - gefunden wurden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier ist eine Liste aller verfügbaren Einträge; einige davon sind im Detail - in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Ausgabe-Dateiformate" - -\end_inset - - erläutert: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -CJK -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -L -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -yX Format der speziellen LyX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1.4.x Versionen für Chinesisch, Japanisch und Koreanisch (CJK) -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - Seit LyX 1.5.0 ist die Unterstützung für CJK in LyX voll integriert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -DocBook Textdatei mit Code in der Sprache SGML, die für die Auszeichnungssprache - -\family typewriter -DocBook -\family default - verwendet wird -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -DocBook -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(XML) Textdatei mit Code in der Sprache XML die für die Auszeichnungssprache - -\family typewriter -DocBook -\family default - verwendet wird -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -DraftDVI LaTeXs natives DVI-Format. - Dieses Format ist nicht geeignet, wenn Sie Sonder- oder Leerzeichen für - Dateinamen oder -pfade im Dokument verwenden. - LyX verwendet dieses Format intern als Vorstufe beim Export nach -\family sans -DVI -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -DVI DVI-Format -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -DVI -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(LuaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX) DVI-Format unter Verwendung des Programms -\family typewriter -LuaTeX -\family default -; unterstützt Unicode und die Verwendung von nicht-TeX Schriften; -\series bold - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung: -\series default - nicht alle DVI-Betrachtungsprogramme sind in der Lage dieses Format korrekt - anzuzeigen. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Graphviz -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Dot Textdatei mit Code in der Programmiersprache -\family typewriter -Dot -\family default -, die für grafische Visualisierungen über das Programm -\family typewriter -Graphviz -\family default - verwendet wird -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -HTML HTML-Format (Der HTML-Konverter ist kein Bestandteil von LyX und funktionie -rt eventuell nicht in allen Fällen.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -HTML -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(MS -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Word) spezielles HTML-Format so dass der Ergebnis nach -\family sans -MS Word -\family default - importiert werden kann; als Konsequenz davon werden Formeln als Bitmap-Schrift - eingebettet und nicht im Format -\family sans -MathML -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(LuaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX) Textdatei mit dem LaTeX-Quellcode, der mit dem Programm -\family typewriter -LuaTeX -\family default - kompilierbar ist -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(pdflatex) Textdatei mit dem LaTeX-Quellcode. - Zusätzlich werden alle Bilder des Dokuments in ein Format konvertiert, - dass vom Programm -\family typewriter -pdflatex -\family default - gelesen werden kann (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(normal) Textdatei mit dem LaTeX-Quellcode. - Zusätzlich werden alle Bilder des Dokuments in das EPS-Format konvertiert. - Nur dieses Format ist vom Programm -\family typewriter -latex -\family default - lesbar -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(XeT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX) Textdatei mit dem LaTeX-Quellcode, der mit dem Programm -\family typewriter -XeTeX -\family default - kompilierbar ist -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -LilyPond -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -book -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(La -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -TeX) Textdatei mit dem LaTeX-Quellcode und außerdem Code in der Syntax der - Musik-Notationssoftware -\family typewriter - LilyPond -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -L -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -yX-Archiv -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(zip|tar.gz) erstellt eine zip- oder-tar.gz-Archiv-Datei (abhängig von Ihrem - System) die Ihr Dokument und alle Dateien, die notwendig sind, um es zu - kompilieren, enthält (Bilder, Unterdokumente, BibTeX-Dateien, usw.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -L -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -yX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -z.y.x LyX-Dokument in einem Format, das von der LyX-Version z.y.x lesbar ist. - ( -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -z -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -y -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - repräsentieren die Versionsnummer) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -L -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -yXHTML HTML-Format, unter Verwendung von LyXs internem XHTML-Konverter -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -NoWeb Textdatei mit Code im Format der Programmiersprache -\family typewriter -NoWeb -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatierte Datei, um sie mit -\family sans -LibreOffice, OpenOffice -\family default -, -\family sans -KOffice -\family default -, -\family sans -Abiword -\family default -, usw. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -zu öffnen. - (Der OpenDocument-Konverter ist kein Bestandteil von LyX und funktioniert - eventuell nicht in allen Fällen.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(dvipdfm) PDF-Format unter Verwendung des Programms -\family typewriter -dvipdfm -\family default -, erzeugt intern eine DVI-Datei, die in eine PDF-Datei konvertiert wird -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(LuaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX) PDF-Format unter Verwendung des Programms -\family typewriter -LuaTeX -\family default -, erzeugt PDF-Dateien direkt -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(pdflatex) PDF-Format unter Verwendung des Programms -\family typewriter -pdflatex -\family default -, erzeugt PDF-Dateien direkt -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ps2pdf) PDF-Format unter Verwendung des Programms -\family typewriter -ps2pdf -\family default -, erzeugt intern eine PostScript-Datei, die in eine PDF-Datei konvertiert - wird -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(XeT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX) PDF-Format unter Verwendung des Programms -\family typewriter -XeTeX -\family default -, erzeugt PDF-Dateien direkt -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Einfacher -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Text Textformat -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Einfacher -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ps2ascii) Textformat, das Dokument wird zuerst ins PostScript Format konvertier -t und dann als Text exportiert unter Verwendung des Programms -\family sans -ps2ascii -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Postscript PostScript Format unter Verwendung des Programms -\family typewriter -dvips -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Sweave Textdatei mit dem LaTeX-Quellcode und zusätzlich Code in der statistische -n Programmiersprache -\family typewriter -R -\family default -. - Unter Verwendung der -\family typewriter -R -\family default --Funktion -\family typewriter -Sweave -\family default - ist es möglich -\family typewriter -R -\family default --Befehle in LaTeX zu benutzen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Falls einer der Menüeinträge -\family sans -DVI -\family default -, -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(pdflatex) -\family default - oder -\family sans -Postscript -\family default - fehlt, müssen Sie ihre LaTeX-Installation aktualisieren. - Anschließend müssen Sie LyX neu konfigurieren, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "LyX-Grundeinstellungen" - -\end_inset - -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Neukonfiguration von LyX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Drucken -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit diesem Menü können Sie Ihr Dokument entweder in eine Datei im PostScript-For -mat drucken, oder sie an einen Drucker schicken. - Der Drucker wird das Dokument ebenfalls im PostScript-Format erhalten. - Die Konvertierung nach PostScript wird von LyX im Hintergrund mit dem Programm - -\family typewriter -dvips -\family default - durchgeführt. - Für weitere Informationen siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Datei-ausdrucken" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Fax -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Menü erscheint nur, wenn ein Faxprogramm installiert ist (bei Windows - muss zusätzlich dessen Programmpfad zu LyXs PATH-Präfix hinzugefügt werden, - siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Pfade" - -\end_inset - -). - Über dieses Menü können Sie Ihr Dokument an ein Faxprogramm wie -\family typewriter -hylapex -\family default - oder -\family typewriter -kdeprintfax -\family default - senden. - Das voreingestellte Format der gesendeten Datei ist PostScript. - Das Format kann in LyXs Grundeinstellungen, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Konverter" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben, geändert werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Neues Fenster und Fenster schließen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Öffnet oder schließt eine neue Instanz von LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Beenden -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fordert Sie auf alle ungespeicherten Dokumente zu schließen und beendet - LyX. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Das Bearbeiten Menü -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Menü ! Bearbeiten -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Rückgängig und Wiederholen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beschrieben in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Rückgängig-Wiederholen" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen, Einfügen (vorherige Auswahl), Einfügen - (speziell) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beschrieben in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Einfache-Bearbeitungsfunktionen" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Komplette Einfügung auswählen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wählt den Inhalt der Einfügung aus, in der sich der Cursor befindet. - Ist der Cursor außerhalb einer Einfügung, wird das gesamte Dokument ausgewählt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Alles auswählen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wählt das komplette Dokument aus. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Suchen & Ersetzen (einfach) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beschrieben in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Einfache-Bearbeitungsfunktionen" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Suchen & Ersetzen (erweitert) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beschrieben in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Fortgeschrittenes-Suchen" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Absatz nach oben/unten verschieben -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Schiebt den Absatz, in dem sich der Cursor befindet, einen Absatz nach oben - oder unten. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Textstil -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beschrieben in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Textstil-Dialog" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Absatz-Einstellungen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Absatz ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Damit kann man die Ausrichtung von Absätzen, den Zeilenabstand und die Breite - von Listenmarken einstellen. - Diese Einstellungen beeinflussen nur den Absatz, indem sich der Cursor - gerade befindet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann des Weiteren verhindern, dass die erste Zeile des Absatzes eingerückt - wird, wenn man im Dialog -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Layout -\family default - Absätze durch Einrückung getrennt hat. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Tabellen-Einstellungen und Mathe -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Diese zwei Menüs sind nur voll aktiv, wenn sich der Cursor in einer Tabelle - oder Formel befindet. - Hier kann man die Eigenschaften von Tabellen und Formeln ändern. - Die Eigenschaften von Tabellen sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Tabellen" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben, die von Formeln in Kapitel -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:Mathematische-Formeln" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Listentiefe erhöhen / verringern -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Diese Menüs sind nur aktiv, wenn sich der Cursor in einer Umgebung befindet, - die geschachtelt werden können. - Sie erhöhen/verringern die Schachtelungstiefe der Umgebung wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" - -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Nummerierung-aendern" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Das Ansicht Menü -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Menü ! Ansicht -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Am unteren Ende des -\family sans -Ansicht -\family default - Menüs sind die geöffneten Dokumente aufgelistet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Alle Einfügungen öffnen/schließen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Schließt/öffnet alle Einfügungen des Dokuments. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Mathe-Makro auf/zuklappen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Klappt Mathe-Makros auf/zu. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mathe-Makros sind im -\emph on -Mathe -\emph default - Handbuch beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Quelle ansehen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Öffnet ein Fenster, das den Quelltext des aktuellen Dokuments zeigt, wie - in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dokumentteile-vorschauen" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Meldungen anzeigen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Öffnet ein Fenster mit Konsolenmeldungen. - Dies ist nützlich um LyX zu debuggen (d. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -h. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -nach Fehlern im Programm zu suchen) oder um zu sehen, was im Hintergrund - vor sich geht, während LaTeX das Dokument prozessiert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Ansehen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -[] -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Menü erzeugt die Ausgabe im dem Format, das als Voreinstellung für - das Dokument (Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Voreingestelltes -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ausgabeformat -\family default -; siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" - -\end_inset - -) oder in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstel\SpecialChar \- -lungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Voreingestelltes -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ausgabeformat -\family default -; siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dateiformate" - -\end_inset - -) gesetzt ist und öffnet es in einem geeigneten Betrachtungsprogramm. - Dieses Programm kann in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen festgelegt oder geändert - werden (Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Anzeigepro\SpecialChar \- -gramm -\family default -; siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dateiformate" - -\end_inset - -). - Die voreingestellten Betrachtungsprogramme wurden von LyX gesetzt, als - es zum ersten Mal konfiguriert wurde. - Das Standard-Ausgabeformat ist -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(pdflatex) -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Andere Formate ansehen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit diesem Untermenü können Sie Ihr Dokument in einem alternativen Ausgabeformat - ansehen. - Das Menü enthält eine Liste mit allen verfügbaren Formaten, in denen man - das aktuelle Dokument mit einem externen Programm ansehen kann. - Die Menüeinträge sind nicht bei allen Installationen die selben — sie hängen - von den LaTeX-Programmen ab, die gefunden wurden, als LyX konfiguriert - wurde. - Alle möglichen Formate sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub: Exportieren" - -\end_inset - - aufgelistet. - Sie sollten mindestens den Menüeintrag -\family sans -DVI -\family default - sehen. - Falls er fehlt, müssen Sie Ihre LaTeX-Installation aktualisieren oder repariere -n. - Nach der Aktualisierung muss LyX neu konfiguriert werden, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "LyX-Grundeinstellungen" - -\end_inset - -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Neukonfiguration von LyX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Ausführen eines Menüeintrags öffnet ein Betrachtungsprogramm. - Dieses kann in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen festgelegt oder geändert werden - (Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Anzeigeprogramm -\family default -; siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset Newline linebreak -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dateiformate" - -\end_inset - -). - Die voreingestellten Betrachtungsprogramme wurden von LyX gesetzt, als - es zum ersten Mal konfiguriert wurde. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Aktualisieren -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -[] -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Menü erlaubt es, die Ansicht mit Ihren letzten Änderungen zu aktualisiere -n (im voreingestellten Ausgabeformat), ohne ein neues Fenster im Betrachtungspro -gramm zu öffnen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Andere Formate aktualisieren -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit diesem Untermenü können Sie die Ansicht eines alternativen Ausgabeformats - aktualisieren, ohne ein neues Fenster im Betrachtungsprogramm zu öffnen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Hauptdokument ansehen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Menü ist nur sichtbar wenn Ihr Dokument in ein anderes Dokument eingefügt - ist. - Das andere Dokument ist daher das Hauptdokument des aktuellen Dokuments - (Unterdokument) (siehe Abschnitt -\emph on -Unterdokumente -\emph default - im -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuch für mehr Informationen zu diesem Thema). - Mit diesem Menü kann man das Hauptdokument vom Unterdokument aus ansehen/öffnen. - Das bedeutet, dass wenn man an einem Unterdokument arbeitet, das z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - ein Kapitel eines Buches ist, erzeugt -\family sans -Hauptdokument ansehen -\family default - die Ausgabe des kompletten Buches während -\family sans -Ansehen -\family default - nur das Kapitel ausgibt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das von dieser Funktion verwendete Format ist das, das als Voreinstellung - in den in den Dokumenteinstellungen (Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Voreingestel\SpecialChar \- -ltes -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ausgabeformat -\family default -; siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" - -\end_inset - -) oder den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Voreingestel\SpecialChar \- -ltes -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ausgabeformat -\family default -; siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dateiformate" - -\end_inset - -) oder gesetzt ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Hauptdokument aktualisieren -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Menü ist nur sichtbar wenn Ihr Dokument in ein anderes Dokument eingefügt - ist. - Das andere Dokument ist daher das Hauptdokument des aktuellen Dokuments - (Unterdokument) (siehe Abschnitt -\emph on -Unterdokumente -\emph default - im -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuch für mehr Informationen zu diesem Thema). - Dieses Menü erlaubt es, die Ansicht eines Hauptdokuments vom Unterdokument - aus zu aktualisieren, ohne zum Hauptdokument wechseln zu müssen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das von dieser Funktion verwendete Format ist das, das als Voreinstellung - in den in den Dokumenteinstellungen (Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Voreingestel\SpecialChar \- -ltes -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ausgabeformat -\family default -; siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" - -\end_inset - -) oder den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Voreingestel\SpecialChar \- -ltes -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ausgabeformat -\family default -; siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dateiformate" - -\end_inset - -) oder gesetzt ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Ansicht teilen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Ansicht -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -in -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -linke -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -und -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -rechte -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Hälfte -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -teilen -\family default - teilt LyXs Hauptfenster vertikal, -\family sans -Ansicht -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -in -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -obere -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -und -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -untere -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Hälfte -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -teilen -\family default - teilt es horizontal. - Dies erlaubt es, Dokumente gleichzeitig anzusehen um sie zu vergleichen - oder dasselbe Dokument an verschiedenen Stellen gleichzeitig zu betrachten. - Man kann das Hauptfenster sogar mehrfach teilen um z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - 3 oder mehr Dokumente gleichzeitig anzuschauen. - Um zu einer ungeteilten Ansicht zurückzukehren, verwendet man das Menü - -\family sans -Aktuelle Ansicht schließen -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Aktuelle Ansicht schließen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Schließt eine geteilte Ansicht. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Vollbild -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit diesem Menü oder durch Drücken von F11 wird die Menüleiste und alle - Werkzeugleisten ausgeblendet, so dass nur noch das Hauptfenster mit dem - Text des Dokuments als Vollbild zu sehen ist. - Um vom Vollbildmodus zurückzukehren, drückt man entweder wieder F11 oder - klickt mit rechts und schaltet den Vollbildmodus im Kontextmenü ab. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Werkzeugleisten -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Werkzeugleisten" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Werkzeugleiste -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In diesem Menü kann das Erscheinungsbild der verschiedenen Werkzeugleisten - eingestellt werden. - Alle Werkzeugleisten und das -\family sans -Befehlseingabefenster -\family default - können an- und ausgeschaltet werden. - Der Zustand -\emph on -an -\emph default - ist im Menü mit einem Häkchen gekennzeichnet. - Die Werkzeugleisten -\family sans -Überarbeiten -\family default -, -\family sans -Tabelle -\family default -, -\family sans -Mathe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Kontrollflächen -\family default -, -\family sans -Mathe-Makros -\family default - und -\family sans -Mathe -\family default - können zusätzlich auf den Zustand -\emph on -automatisch -\emph default - gesetzt werden, der im Menü mit dem Suffix -\family sans -(automatisch) -\family default - gekennzeichnet ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Im Zustand -\emph on -an -\emph default - wird die Werkzeugleiste permanent angezeigt, im Zustand -\emph on -automatisch -\emph default - wird die Werkzeugleiste nur angezeigt, wenn sich der Cursor sich in einer - bestimmten Einfügung befindet, oder ein bestimmtes Feature aktiviert ist. - Das heißt, dass die Werkzeugleiste -\family sans -Überarbeiten -\family default - nur angezeigt wird, wenn Änderungsverfolgung aktiviert ist, die Mathe und - Tabellen Werkzeugleisten werden nur angezeigt, wenn der Cursor in einer - Formel bzw. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Tabelle ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyXs Werkzeugleisten und ihre Knöpfe sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Werkzeugleisten" - -\end_inset - - erklärt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Das Einfügen Menü -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Menü ! Einfügen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Mathe -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt mathematische Konstrukte ein, die in Kapitel -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:Mathematische-Formeln" - -\end_inset - - und im -\emph on -Mathe -\emph default - Handbuch beschrieben sind. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Sonderzeichen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Sonderzeichen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier können die folgenden Zeichen eingefügt werden: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Symbole Öffnet den -\family sans -Symbole -\family default - Dialog über den man jedes Zeichen einfügen kann, das von Ihrem LaTeX-System - ausgegeben werden kann. - Die Zeichen werden standardmäßig in Kategorien von Zeichen angezeigt; die - Anzahl an verfügbaren Zeichen ist von den installierten LaTeX-Paketen abhängig. - Mit der Option -\family sans -Alle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -anzeigen -\family default - werden alle Zeichen gleichzeichtig angezeigt. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Bemerkung: -\series default - Nicht alle Zeichen sind im Dialog -\family sans -Symbols -\family default - sichtbar, denn keine der Schriftarten, die man in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen - als Bildschirmschrift setzen kann (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Bildschirmschriften" - -\end_inset - -), kann alle Zeichen darstellen. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Fortsetzungspunkte Fügt Fortsetzungspunkte ein: \SpecialChar \ldots{} - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Satzendepunkt Fügt einen Satzendepunkt ein, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Abkürzungen-und-Satzendepunkt" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Nicht-typographisches -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Anführungszeichen Fügt dieses Anführungszeichen ein: ", unabhängig vom Anführung -szeichen-Stil der im Dialog -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Sprache -\family default - eingestellt ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Einfaches -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Anführungszeichen Fügt ein einfaches Anführungszeichen im Anführungszeichenstil - ein, der im Dialog -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Sprache -\family default - eingestellt ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Geschützter -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Trennstrich Fügt einen Trennstrich ein, der vor Zeilenumbrüchen geschützt - ist: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash- - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Umbruchfähiger -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Schrägstrich Fügt einen Schrägstrich ein, an dessen Stelle ein Zeilenumbruch - möglich ist: \SpecialChar \slash{} - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Menütrenner Fügt das Menütrenner-Zeichen ein: \SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Phonetische -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Symbole -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Phonetische -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Symbole -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Sprache ! Phonetische -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Symbole -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Erstellt eine Box, in die man Symbole des Internationalen Phonetischen Alphabets - (IPA) eingeben kann, und öffnet eine Symbolleiste, die einen Großteil dieser - Symbole bereitstellt. - Um dieses Feature nutzen zu können, muss das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -tipa -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! tipa -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - installiert sein. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Weitere Informationen über dieses Feature bietet das -\emph on -Linguistik -\emph default --Handbuch unter -\family sans -Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Spezielle Handbücher -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Formatierung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier können die folgenden Konstrukte eingefügt werden: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Hochgestellt Fügt hochgestellten Text ein: Test -\begin_inset script superscript - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -a, b -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Tiefgestellt Fügt tiefgestellten Text ein: Test -\begin_inset script subscript - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -3x -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Geschütztes -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Leerzeichen Fügt ein geschütztes Leerzeichen ein, das in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Geschütztes-Leerzeichen" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Normales -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Leerzeichen Fügt ein normales Leerzeichen ein, das in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Normales-Leerzeichen" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Halbes -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Leerzeichen Fügt ein halbes Leerzeichen ein, das in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Halbes-Leerzeichen" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Horizontaler -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Abstand Fügt horizontalen Abstand ein, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Horizontaler-Leerraum" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Horizontale -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Linie Fügt eine horizontale Linie ein, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Horizontale-Linien" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Vertikaler -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Abstand Fügt vertikalen Abstand ein, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Vertikaler-Leerraum" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Phantom Fügt Phantom-Leerraum ein, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Phantom-Leerraum" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Trennmöglichkeit Fügt eine Trennmöglichkeit ein, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Silbentrennung" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Ligaturtrenner Fügt einen Ligaturtrenner ein, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Ligaturen" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Normaler -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Zeilenumbruch Fügt einen normalen Zeilenumbruch ein, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Manueller-Zeilenumbruch" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Rechtsbündiger -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Zeilenumbruch Fügt einen rechtsbündigen Zeilenumbruch ein, der zusätzlich - die gebrochene Zeile bis zum Seitenrand streckt, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Manueller-Zeilenumbruch" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Neue -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Seite Fügt einen Seitenumbruch ein, der in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Manueller-Seitenumbruch" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Seitenumbruch Fügt einen Seitenumbruch ein, der zusätzlich den gebrochene - Text bis zum Seitenrand streckt, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Manueller-Seitenumbruch" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Seite -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -leeren Leert eine Seite, wie es in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Leerender-Seitenumbruch" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Doppelseite -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -leeren Leert eine Doppelseite, wie es in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Leerender-Seitenumbruch" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Liste / Inhaltsverzeichnis -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Über dieses Menü können verschiedene Listen und Verzeichnisse eingefügt - werden. - Das Inhaltsverzeichnis, die Liste der Algorithmen, Abbildungen und Tabellen - sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Inhaltsverzeichnis" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. - Das Stichwortverzeichnis ist in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Stichwortverzeichnisse" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben, die Nomenklatur in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Nomenklatur/Glossar" - -\end_inset - - und das BibTeX-Literaturverzeichnis in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Gleitobjekt -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Gleitobjekte sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Gleitobjekte" - -\end_inset - - und im Detail im Kapitel -\emph on -Gleitobjekte -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Notiz -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Notizen sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Notizen" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Zweig -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt, falls vorhanden, einen Zweig ein und erlaubt es, einen neuen Zweig - zu erstellen und einzufügen. - Zweige sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Zweige" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Benutzerdefinierte Einfügungen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt dokumentklassen-spezifische Einfügungen ein. - Solche Einfügungen existieren nur, wenn sie in der Layout-Datei der Dokumentkla -sse definiert sind. - Ein Beispiel ist die Dokumentklasse -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -article (Elsevier) -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - mit drei benutzerdefinierten Einfügungen. - Der Abschnitt -\emph on -Flexible Einfügungen und InsetLayout -\emph default - in I -\emph on -nstallieren neuer Textklassen, Layouts und Vorlagen -\emph default -, -\emph on -Das Layout-Dateiformat -\emph default - des -\emph on -Anpassung -\emph default - Handbuchs erklärt, wie benutzerdefinierte Einfügungen definiert werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Datei -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Externes Material -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Menü ermöglicht es, den Inhalt von anderen Dokumenten in Ihr Dokument - einzufügen. - Für weitere Informationen siehe Kapitel -\emph on -Externe Dateien -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs erklärt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Box -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Boxen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt eine Box in einem bestimmten Stil ein. - Boxen sind im Detail im Kapitel -\emph on -Boxen -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Literaturverweis -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt einen Literaturverweis ein, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" - -\end_inset - -beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Querverweis -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt einen Querverweis ein, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Querverweise" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Marke -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt eine Marke ein, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Querverweise" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Legende -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Legende -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Lange Tabellen ! Legende -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt eine Legende in ein Gleitobjekt oder eine lange Tabelle ein. - Gleitobjekte sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Gleitobjekte" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben, Legenden in langen Tabellen sind im Abschnitt -\emph on -Beschriftungen langer Tabellen -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Stichwort -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt ein Stichwort ein, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Stichwortverzeichnisse" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Nomenklatureintrag -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt einen Nomenklatureintrag ein , wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Nomenklatur/Glossar" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Tabelle -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Öffnet einen Dialog, in dem man die Anzahl an Tabellenzeilen und -spalten - festlegen kann. - Fügt eine Tabelle ein. - Tabelle sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Tabellen" - -\end_inset - - und im Detail im Kapitel Tabellen des Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte Handbuchs beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Grafik -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt eine Grafik ein. - Grafiken sind Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Abbildungen" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -URL -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt einen URL ein, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:URLs" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Hyperlink -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt einen Hyperlink ein, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Hyperlinks" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Fußnote -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt eine Fußnote ein, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Fußnoten" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Randnotiz -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt eine Randnotiz ein, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Randnotizen" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Kurztitel -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt einen Kurztitel ein, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Kurztitel" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -TeX-Code -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt eine TeX-Code Box ein, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:TeX-Code" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Programmlisting -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Programmlisting -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt eine Programmlisting-Box ein. - Programmlistings sind im Kapitel -\emph on -Programm-Code-Listen -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs erklärt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Datum -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt das aktuelle Datum ein. - Das Format hängt vom Datumsformat der Sprache ab, die aktuell für die Benutzero -berfläche von LyX verwendet wird. - LyX bietet mehrere Möglichkeiten ein Datum einzufügen, die im Abschnitt - -\emph on -Externes Material -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs erklärt und auch verglichen sind. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Vorschau -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Fügt eine Vorschau-Einfügung ein, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dokumentteile-vorschauen" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Das Navigieren Menü -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Menü ! Navigieren -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Menü listet die existierenden Kapitel, Abschnitte, Abbildungen, Tabellen, - usw. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -des aktuellen Dokuments auf. - Dies ermöglicht eine einfache Navigation im Dokument. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Lesezeichen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit diesem Menü kann man eigenen Lesezeichen setzen. - Dies ist nützlich, wenn man an großen Dokumenten arbeitet und z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - oft zwischen Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -2.5 und 6.3 hin und her springen muss. - Um Lesezeichen für dieses Beispiel zu setzen, geht man zu Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -2.5 und verwendet das Untermenü -\family sans -Lesezeichen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -speichern -\family default -. - Anschließend geht man zu Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -6.3 und verwendet -\family sans -Lesezeichen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -2 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -speichern -\family default -. - Nun kann man leicht zwischen diesen Abschnitten hin und her springen, indem - man das Menü oder die Tastenkürzel -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "bookmark-goto 1" -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "bookmark-goto 2" -\end_inset - - benutzt. - Man kann Lesezeichen auch verwenden, um zwischen verschiedenen geöffneten - Dokumenten hin und her zu springen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die gespeicherten Lesezeichen sind gültig, bis das Dokument geschlossen - wird. - Mit dem Untermenü -\family sans -Lesezeichen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -löschen -\family default - können Lesezeichen gelöscht werden; das Untermenü G -\family sans -ehe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -zurück -\family default - springt zu der Position des Dokuments wo zuletzt etwas geändert wurde. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Nächste Notiz, Änderung, Querverweis -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Springt zur nächsten Notiz, Änderung, oder Querverweis der der aktuellen - Cursorposition folgt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Gehe zur Marke -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Nur aktiv, wenn sich der Cursor vor einem Querverweis befindet. - Es setzt den Cursor vor die referenzierte Marke. - (Ist dasselbe als wenn man mit rechts auf eine Querverweisbox klickt und - -\family sans -Gehe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -zur -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Marke -\family default - verwendet.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Vorwärtssuche -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Feature erlaubt es, direkt an die entsprechende Stelle in der Ausgabe - zu springen, siehe Abschnitt -\emph on -Vorwärtssuche -\emph default - in den -\emph on -Handbuchergänzungen -\emph default - für eine detaillierte Beschreibung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Das Dokument Menü -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Menü ! Dokument -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Änderungsverfolgung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Änderungsverfolgung ist in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Änderungsverfolgung" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX-Protokoll -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Nachdem LaTeX gestartet wurde, indem die Ausgabe des Dokuments erzeugt wurde - (durch Ansicht oder Export), ist dieses Menü verfügbar. - Es zeigt das Protokoll des verwendeten LaTeX-Programms an. - Man kann zum nächsten Fehler oder der nächsten Warnung gehen, suchen, etwas - in die Zwischenablage kopieren oder die Ansicht aktualisieren. - Mit Hilfe der Logdatei können Experten die Ursachen für LaTeX-Fehler finden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Gliederung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Öffnet das Gliederungs-Fenster, das in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Navigieren" - -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Inhaltsverzeichnis" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Anhang hier beginnen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Menü beginnt den Anhang des Dokuments an der aktuellen Cursorposition, - wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Anhang" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Komprimiert -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -De/komprimiert das aktuelle Dokument. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Dokumenteinstellungen sind im Anhang -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:Dokument-Einstellungen" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Das Werkzeuge Menü -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Menü ! Werkzeuge -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Rechtschreibprüfung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Rechtschreibprüfung ist in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Rechtschreibprüfung" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Thesaurus -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Thesaurus ist in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Thesaurus" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Statistik -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Wörter zählen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Zeichen zählen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Zählt die Wörter und Zeichen des aktuellen Dokuments oder des markierten - Dokumentteils. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Check T -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -ChkTeX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Erzeugt mit Hilfe des Programms -\family typewriter -ChkTeX -\family default - eine Logdatei mit möglichen LaTeX-Fehlern und listet sie in einem Dialog - auf. - Dieses Feature ist nicht für Windows verfügbar. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -T -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX-Informationen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -TeX-Informationen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Zeigt eine Liste der Dokumentklassen und Stile, die in Ihrem LaTeX-System - installiert sind. - Die Option -\family sans -Pfad -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -anzeigen -\family default - zeigt die vollständigen Dateipfade an. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Vergleichen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Vergleichen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Öffnet einen Dialog um LyX-Dateien miteinander zu vergleichen, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Vergleich-von-Dokumenten" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Neu konfigurieren -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LyX ! Neu konfigurieren|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -Neukonfiguration von LyX -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Neukonfiguration von LyX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Menü konfiguriert LyX neu. - Das bedeutet, dass LyX nach LaTeX-Paketen und Programmen sucht, die es - benötigt; siehe auch Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "LyX-Grundeinstellungen" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Einstellungen Dialog ist im Detail im Anhang -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:Der-Einstellungen-Dialog" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Das Hilfe Menü -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Menü ! Hilfe -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Menü listet die Dokumentationsdateien von LyX in der Sprache auf, - die aktuell für die LyX Menüs verwendet wird. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Menü -\family sans -LaTeX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Konfiguration -\family default - öffnet ein LyX-Dokument mit Informationen über die LaTeX-Pakete und -Klassen - die von LyX gefunden wurden (siehe auch Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:LaTeX-Einstellung" - -\end_inset - -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Menü -\family sans -Über -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X -\family default - informiert über das Urheberrecht, die Mitwirkenden und die LyX-Version, - die Sie verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Werkzeugleisten -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Werkzeugleisten" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wie man Werkzeugleisten anzeigt oder versteckt ist in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Werkzeugleisten" - -\end_inset - - erklärt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es ist auch möglich, eigene Werkzeugleisten zu definieren. - Dies ist in den -\emph on -Handbuchergänzungen -\emph default - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Standard-Werkzeugleiste -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Werkzeugleiste ! Standard -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/StandardToolbar.png - width 100col% - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Standard-Werkzeugleiste enthält wie oben gezeigt von links nach rechts - die folgenden Knöpfe: -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -setlength{ -\backslash -LTleft}{0pt} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dies ist notwendig, um die lange Tabelle links auszurichten. - Siehe das Handbuch -\emph on -Eingebettete Objekte -\emph default - für weitere Informationen. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png - clip - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Auswahlbox für die Umgebungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace -10mm -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align left -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "buffer-new" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "file-open" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Öffnen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "buffer-write" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Speichern -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show print" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Drucken -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show spellchecker" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Rechtschreibprüfung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "undo" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Rückgängig -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "redo" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Wiederholen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "cut" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ausschneiden -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "copy" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Kopieren -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "paste" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einfügen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show findreplace" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Suchen -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -Ersetzen -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -(einfach) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Suchen -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -Ersetzen -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -(erweitert) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "bookmark-goto 0" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Navigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Lesezeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Gehe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -zurück -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "font-emph" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Text hervorheben, Funktion des -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Textstil -\family default - Dialogs -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "font-noun" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Text als Eigenname setzen, Funktion des -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Textstil -\family default - Dialogs -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "textstyle-apply" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Formatiert Text unter Benutzung der aktuellen Einstellungen des -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Textstil -\family default - Dialogs -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-mode" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Formel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Grafik -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "tabular-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Tabelle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-toggle toc" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Gliederung an/aus, -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Gliederung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "toolbar-toggle math" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Mathe-Werkzeugleiste an/aus -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "toolbar-toggle table" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen-Werkzeugleiste an/aus -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Extra-Werkzeugleiste -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Werkzeugleiste ! Extra -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/ExtraToolbar.png - width 100col% - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Extra-Werkzeugleiste enthält wie oben gezeigt von links nach rechts - die folgenden Knöpfe: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Standard -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout Enumerate" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Aufzählung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout Itemize" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Auflistung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout List" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Liste -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout Description" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Beschreibung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Listentiefe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -erhöhen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "depth-decrement" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Listentiefe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -verringern -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "float-insert figure" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Abbildung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "float-insert table" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Tabelle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "label-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Marke -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Querverweis -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Literaturverweis -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "index-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Stichwort -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "nomencl-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nomenklatureintrag -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "footnote-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Fußnote -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "marginalnote-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Randnotiz -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "note-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Notiz\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X-Notiz -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "box-insert Frameless" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Box -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "href-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hyperlink -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "ert-insert" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -T -\family default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family sans -eX-Code -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Makro -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show-new-inset include" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Unterdokument -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "dialog-show character" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Textstil\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Benutzerdefiniert -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "layout-paragraph" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Absatz-Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "thesaurus-entry" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Thesaurus -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Ansicht / Aktualisieren-Werkzeugleiste -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Werkzeugleiste ! Ansicht / Aktualisieren -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/ViewToolbar.png - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Ansicht / Aktualisieren-Werkzeugleiste enthält wie oben gezeigt von - links nach rechts die folgenden Knöpfe: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "buffer-view" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ansehen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "buffer-update" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Aktualisieren -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "master-buffer-view" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hauptdokument -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -ansehen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "master-buffer-update" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hauptdokument -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -aktualisieren -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync" -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mit -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -der -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ausgabe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -synchronisieren -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/view-others.png - scale 85 - groupId toolbarbuttons - -\end_inset - - -\family sans -* -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Andere -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Formate -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -ansehen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/update-others.png - scale 85 - groupId toolbarbuttons - -\end_inset - -* -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family sans -Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Andere -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Formate -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -aktualisieren -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -* Diese Knöpfe können anders aussehen, wenn sie nicht das voreingestellte - Symboldesign verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Andere Werkzeugleisten -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Änderungsverfolgungs-Werkzeugleiste ist in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Änderungsverfolgung" - -\end_inset - - erläutert, die Tabellen-Werkzeugleiste -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Werkzeugleiste ! Tabelle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - im -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuch und die Mathe-Makro Werkzeugleiste -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Werkzeugleiste ! Makro -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - im -\emph on -Mathe -\emph default - Handbuch. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -Die Dokument-Einstellungen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "chap:Dokument-Einstellungen" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dokument ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Dokument-Einstellungsdialog enthält Untermenüs um die Eigenschaften - des kompletten Dokuments festzulegen. - Es wird über das Menü -\family sans - Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default - aufgerufen. - Sie können Ihre Dokumenteinstellungen mit dem Knopf -\family sans -Als Dokument-Voreinstellung speichern -\family default - als Voreinstellung speichern. - Dies erzeugt eine Vorlage mit Namen -\family typewriter -defaults.lyx -\family default - die von LyX automatisch geladen wird, wenn Sie eine neue Datei erstellen - ohne eine Vorlage zu verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Knopf -\family sans -Klassen-Voreinstellungen verwenden -\family default - setzt die Dokumenteinstellungen auf die Vorgaben der verwendeten Dokumentklasse - zurück. - Dies betrifft hauptsächlich Klassenoptionen, das Seitenlayout und Nummerierung - & Inhaltsverzeichnis. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die verschiedenen Untermenüs des Dialogs sind im Folgenden erklärt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Dokumentklasse -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier stellen Sie die Dokumentklasse, Klassenoptionen, den Grafiktreiber - und das Hauptdokument ein. - Dokumentklassen sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Dokumentklassen" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Über den Knopf -\family sans -Lokales -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Format -\family default - können Sie eine eigene Layout-Datei laden, die sich nicht in LyXs -\emph on -layouts -\emph default - Ordner befindet und daher nicht als Layout einer Dokumentklasse von LyX - erkannt wurde. - Für Weiteres über Layout-Dateien, siehe das Kapitel -\emph on -Installieren neuer Textklassen, Layouts und Vorlagen -\emph default - des -\emph on -Anpassung -\emph default - Handbuchs. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Einige Klassen verwenden spezielle Klassenoptionen standardmäßig. - In diesem Fall sind diese im Feld -\family sans -Vordefiniert -\family default - aufgelistet und Sie können entscheiden, ob Sie sie verwenden wollen oder - nicht. - Wenn Sie nicht genau wissen, was die Klassenoptionen bedeuten, ist es empfohlen -, sie unverändert zu verwenden. - Der Grafiktreiber wird für LaTeXs Grafik-, Farb- und Seitenlayoutpakete - verwendet. - Wenn -\family sans -Standard -\family default - benutzt wird, wird der Standardtreiber für die LaTeX-Pakete verwendet. - Es wird empfohlen den Standard zu benutzen, es sei denn Sie wissen genau - was Sie tun -\family sans -. -\family default - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Wenn Sie einen der folgenden Treiber verwenden wollen: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\family sans -dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln -\family default - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -müssen Sie ihn zuerst in Ihrem LaTeX-System aktivieren, siehe Abschnitt - -\emph on -Driver support -\emph default - in -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Ein Hauptdokument festzulegen ist notwendig, wenn das aktuelle Dokument - ein Unterdokument ist. - Das Hauptdokument wird von LyX im Hintergrund benutzt, wenn das Unterdokument - ohne sein Hauptdokument geöffnet ist. - Auf diese Weise sind -\emph on -Unte -\emph default -rdokumente immer prozessierbar. - Mehr über Haupt- und Unterdokumente ist in Abschnitt -\emph on -Unterdokumente -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs zu finden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt zudem noch eine Option um die Ausgabe des Datums zu unterdrücken - und eine um das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -refstyle -\series default - anstelle von -\series bold -prettyref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! prettyref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! refstyle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - für Querverweise zu verwenden, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Querverweise" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Unterdokumente -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Dieses Untermenü ist nur sichtbar, wenn das Dokument Unterdokumente enthält. - Siehe das Kapitel -\emph on -Unterdokumente -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs für mehr Informationen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Module -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Module sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Module" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Lokales Format -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Lokales-Format" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Schriften -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Schrift-und-Textstile" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Textformat -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann hier festlegen, ob Absätze durch Einrückungen oder Abstände getrennt - werden sollen. - Die Zeilenabstände und die Anzahl der Textspalten können ebenfalls hier - eingestellt werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es ist zu beachten, dass LyX keine zwei Spalten oder die eingestellten Zeilenabs -tände darstellt. - Dies wäre unpraktisch, oft unlesbar und ist nicht Teil des WYSIWYM-Konzepts. - In der Ausgabe erscheint der Text natürlich wie eingestellt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Seitenlayout -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Eine Beschreibung ist in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Seitengröße-und-Orientierung" - -\end_inset - - und -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Dokumentlayout" - -\end_inset - - zu finden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Seitenränder -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sub:Seitenränder" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Sprache -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Sprache" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier werden die Grundsprache des Dokuments und der Stil der Anführungszeichen - festgelegt, außerdem die Kodierung, in der das Dokument nach LaTeX exportiert - wird (das LyX-Dokument selbst ist immer in UTF8 kodiert). - LyX versucht, alle Zeichen, die in der ausgewählten Kodierung nicht enthalten - sind, in LaTeX-Befehle umzuwandeln; falls für ein bestimmtes Zeichen kein - LaTeX-Befehl bekannt ist, wird eine Fehlermeldung ausgegeben. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LyX schaut die Befehle in einer Textdatei ( -\emph on -unicodesymbols -\emph default -) nach, denen Sie leicht auch selbst fehlende Zeichen hinzufügen können, - wenn Sie den entsprechenden LaTeX-Befehl kennen. - Im Handbuch -\emph on -Anpassung -\emph default - ist dies genauer beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wird die Option -\family sans -Voreinstellung der Sprache -\family default - verwendet, wählt LyX die Standard-Kodierung für die Grundsprache und auch - für einzelne Textpassagen in anderen Sprachen. - Wenn Ihr Dokument also mehrsprachig ist, werden in diesem Fall gegebenenfalls - mehrere Kodierungen für das LaTeX-Dokument verwendet. - wenn Sie diese Option jedoch nicht wählen, wird die von Ihnen gewählte - Kodierung für alle Sprachen im Dokument verwendet, was zu Problemen führen - kann, wenn die gewählte Kodierung für eine der verwendeten Sprachen nicht - geeignet ist. - Die Option -\family sans -Voreinstellung der Sprache -\family default - wird deshalb empfohlen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX unterstützt auch Unicode-Ausgabe. - Dies kann dann sinnvoll sein, wenn Sie sehr viele Sonderzeichen benötigen - oder mit nicht-alphabetischen Schriften arbeiten. - Wenn Sie Unicode benötigen (und vorausgesetzt, Ihre LaTeX-Version unterstützt - ebenfalls Unicode, was in modernen Distributionen der Fall ist), wählen - Sie eine der unten aufgeführten UTF8-Varianten. - Leider ist die Unicode-Unterstützung im klassischen LaTeX beschränkt; es - kann also gut sein, dass Dokumente mit vielen Sonderzeichen mit der Option - -\family sans -Voreinstellung der Sprache -\family default - problemlos ausgegeben werden (da LyX die Zeichen in entsprechende Befehle - umwandelt), dass es aber eine UTF8-Kodierung Fehler produziert (da LyX - dort keine Zeichen in Befehle umwandelt, LaTeX aber nicht alle Zeichen - kennt). - Mit neueren TeX-Alternativen wir XeTeX und LuaTeX gibt es diese Probleme - in aller Regel nicht, denn sie wurden von Anfang an auf Unicode-Unterstützung - angelegt. - LyX unterstützt beide dieser TeX-Alternativen über die Ausgabeformate -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(XeTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X) -\family default -, -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(LuaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X) -\family default - und -\family sans -DVI -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(LuaTeX) -\family default -, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Ausgabe-Dateiformate" - -\end_inset - -. - Sie können also auf diese zurückgreifen, wenn Sie mit vielen Sonderzeichen - oder Akzenten arbeiten und -\family sans -Voreinstellung der Sprache -\family default - nicht funktioniert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das -\family sans -Sprachpaket -\family default - legt das LaTeX-Paket fest, das für die Silbentrennung und Übersetzung von - Ausdrücken wie -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Teil -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - verwendet wird. - Die möglichen Einstellungen sind: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Standard verwendet das Sprachpaket, das in -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Spracheinstellungen -\family default - eingestellt ist, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Spracheinstellungen" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Automatisch wählt ein passendes Sprachpaket für das Ansichts-/Exportformat - an, das Sie verwenden. - In den meisten Fällen wird das -\series bold -babel -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! babel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - sein. - Wenn das neuere Paket -\series bold -polyglossia -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! polyglossia -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - besser geeignet ist (ist der Fall wenn XeTeX und/oder Nicht-T -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX-Schriften benutzt werden), wird dies anstelle on -\series bold -babel -\series default - verwendet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Immer -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Babel verwendet -\series bold -babel -\series default -, auch wenn -\series bold -polyglossia -\series default - besser geeignet wäre. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Benutzerdefiniert erlaubt es, einen Befehl für ein Sprachpaket ihrer Wahl - festzulegen. - Zum Beispiel, wenn Sie ein Sprach-spezifisches Paket wie -\series bold -ngerman -\series default - (für deutsche Texte) verwenden wollen, schreiben Sie -\series bold - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\backslash -usepackage{ngerman} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Keines verwendet kein Sprachpaket. - Dies ist für einige Dokumentklassen für wissenschaftliche Artikel notwendig. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier ist eine Liste mit den wichtigen Kodierungen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Sprach-Voreinstellung -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ohne -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -inputenc) Dasselbe wie -\family sans -Voreinstellung -\family default - -\family sans -der Sprache -\family default -, das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -inputenc -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! inputenc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - wird jedoch nicht von LyX geladen. - Wenn Sie dies verwenden, müssen Sie wahrscheinlich zusätzliche Pakete im - LaTeX-Vorspann manuell laden und auch die Kodierung für fremdsprachige - Texte durch TeX-Code selbst angeben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -ASCII die ASCII-Kodierung umfasst nur die im Standard-Englischen gebrauchten - Zeichen ab (7-bit ASCII). - LyX wandelt alle anderen Zeichen in LaTeX-Befehle um, was zu großen LaTeX-Datei -en führen kann, wenn Sie viele Nicht-ASCII-Zeichen verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Arabisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CP -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1256) MS Windows Zeichensatztabelle für Arabisch und Farsi. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Arabisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-6) für Arabisch und Farsi. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Armenisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ArmSCII8) für Armenisch. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Baltisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CP -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1257) MS Windows Zeichensatztabelle für Estnisch, Lettisch und Litauisch, - dasselbe wie die ISO-8859-13-Kodierung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Baltisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-13) für Estnisch, Lettisch und Litauisch, eine Obermenge der ISO-8859-4-Kod -ierung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Baltisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-4) (latin4) für Estnisch, Lettisch und Litauisch, eine Untermenge der - ISO-8859-13-Kodierung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Chinesisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(vereinfacht) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(EUC-CN) für vereinfachtes Chinesisch, wird vor allem in UNIX-Betriebssystemen - verwendet. - Seit 2001 ist diese Kodierung obsolet und von der Kodierung GB-18030 abgelöst. - Da diese aber von LaTeX noch nicht unterstützt wird, sollten Sie Unicode -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CJK) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(utf8) verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Chinesisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(vereinfacht) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(GBK) für vereinfachtes Chinesisch, entspricht der Windows-Zeichensatztabelle - CP-936, mit Ausnahme des Eurozeichens. - Seit 2001 ist diese Kodierung obsolet und von der Kodierung GB-18030 abgelöst. - Da diese aber von LaTeX noch nicht unterstützt wird, sollten Sie Unicode -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CJK) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(utf8) verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Chinesisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(traditionell) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(EUC-TW) für traditionelles Chinesisch. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Griechisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-7) für Griechisch. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Hebräisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CP -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1255) MS-Windows-Zeichensatztabelle für Hebräisch, eine Obermenge der ISO-8859-8 - Kodierung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Hebräisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-8) für Hebräisch. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Japanisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CJK) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(EUC-JP) EUC-JP-Kodierung für Japanisch, verwendet das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -CJK -\series default -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! CJK -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Wählen Sie -\family sans -Japanisch (CJK) -\family default - als Grundsprache, wenn Sie diese Kodierung verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Japanisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CJK) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(JIS) JIS-Kodierung für Japanisch, verwendet das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -CJK -\series default -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! CJK -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Wählen Sie -\family sans -Japanisch (CJK) -\family default - als Grundsprache, wenn Sie diese Kodierung verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Japanisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(nicht -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -CJK) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(EUC-JP) EUC-JP-Kodierung für Japanisch, verwendet das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -japanese -\series default -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! japanese -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Wählen Sie -\family sans -Japanisch -\family default -als Grundsprache, wenn Sie diese Kodierung verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Japanisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(nicht -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -CJK) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(JIS) JIS-Kodierung für Japanisch, verwendet das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -japanese -\series default -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! japanese -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Wählen Sie -\family sans -Japanisch -\family default -als Grundsprache, wenn Sie diese Kodierung verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Japanisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(nicht -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -CJK) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(SJIS) SJIS-Kodierung für Japanisch, verwendet das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -japanese -\series default -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! japanese -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Wählen Sie -\family sans -Japanisch -\family default -als Grundsprache, wenn Sie diese Kodierung verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Koreanisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(EUC-KR) für Koreanisch. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Kyrillisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CP -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1251) MS-Windows-Zeichensatztabelle für Kyrillisch. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Kyrillisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-5) deckt Weißrussisch, Bulgarisch, Makedonisch, Serbisch und Ukrainisch - ab. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Kyrillisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(KOI8-R) Standard-Kyrillisch speziell für Russisch. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Kyrillisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(KOI8-U) Kyrillisch für Ukrainisch. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Kyrillisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(pt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -154) Kyrillisch für Kasachisch. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Mitteleuropäisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CP -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1250) MS-Windows-Zeichensatztabelle für ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-2 (latin2). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Mitteleuropäisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-2) (latin2) deckt Albanisch, Tschechisch, Deutsch, Ungarisch, Kroatisch, - Polnisch, Rumänisch, Slowakisch und Slowenisch ab. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Südosteuropäisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-3) (latin3) deckt Esperanto, Galizisch, Maltesisch und Türkisch ab. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Südosteuropäisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-16) (latin10) deckt Albanisch, Finnisch, Französisch, Deutsch, Ungarisch, - Irisches Gälisch, Italienisch, Kroatisch, Polnisch, Rumänisch und Slowenisch - ab. - Die Kodierung wurde entwickelt, um möglichst viele Sprachen, die Zeichen - mit Diakritika verwenden, abzudecken. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Thailändisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(TIS -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -620-0) für Thailändisch. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Türkisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-9) (latin5) für Türkisch, ähnlich der ISO-8859-1-Kodierung, allerdings - wurden die isländischen Zeichen durch türkische ersetzt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Unicode -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CJK) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(utf8) Unicode (utf8) mit dem LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -CJK -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! CJK -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - (für die Sprachen Chinesisch, Japanisch und Koreanisch). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Unicode -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(XeTeX) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(utf8) Unicode (utf8) für die TeX-Alternativen -\family sans -XeTeX -\family default - und -\family sans -LuaTeX -\family default -, die Unicode nativ unterstützen, das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -inputenc -\series default - also nicht benötigen. - LyX wählt diese Kodierung automatisch, wenn Sie nach XeTeX oder LuaTeX - exportieren. - Normalerweise müssen Sie diese Kodierung nicht manuell auswählen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Unicode -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ucs-erweitert) -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(utf8x) Unicode (utf8) basierend auf dem LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -ucs -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! ucs -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - (relativ umfassend, enthält lateinische, griechisch und kyrillische Alphabetzei -chen sowie Chinesische, Koreanische und Japanische Zeichen). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Unicode -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(utf8) Unicode (utf8) basierend auf dem LaTeX-Paket -\series bold -inputenc -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! inputenc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. - Unterstützt derzeit nur einen eingeschränkten Teilbereich des Unicode-Spektrums - (hauptsächlich lateinisch-alphabetische Zeichen). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Westeuropäisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(CP -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1252) MS-Windows-Zeichensatztabelle für ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-1 (latin1). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Westeuropäisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-1) (latin1) deckt die Sprachen Albanisch, Dänisch, Deutsch, Englisch, - Faröisch, Finnisch, Französisch, Galizisch, Holländisch, Isländisch, Irisch, - Italienisch, Katalanisch, Norwegisch, Portugiesisch, Spanisch und Schwedisch - ab; enthält aber im Gegensatz zur ISO-8859-15-Kodierung kein Eurozeichen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Westeuropäisch -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(ISO -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -8859-15) (latin9), weitgehend identisch zur ISO-8859-1-Kodierung, enthält - jedoch im Unterschied zu dieser das Eurozeichen, die œ-Ligatur und einige - französische und finnische Sonderzeichen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Farben -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Farbe ! Hintergrund -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Farbe ! Haupttext -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Farbe ! Schattierte -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Boxen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Farbe ! Grauschrift-Notizen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier können Sie die Schriftfarbe für den Haupttext (Voreinstellung: schwarz), - für Grauschrift-Notizen (Voreinstellung: hellgrau), die Hintergrundfarbe - für die Seiten (Voreinstellung: weiß) und für Schattierte -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Boxen (Voreinstellung: rot) ändern. - Der Kopf -\family sans -Zurücksetzen -\family default - setzt die Farbe zurück auf die Voreinstellung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Durch Klicken auf entweder -\family sans -Standard -\family default - oder -\family sans -Änderung -\family default - wird ein Dialog geöffnet, in dem man eine Farbe per Klick oder per Angabe - von HSL oder RGB Werten auswählen kann. - Im Dialog kann man jede Farbe zu den benutzerdefinierten Farben hinzufügen - um sie später schneller auswählen zu können. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Die Farben werden in LyX nicht angezeigt, nur in der Ausgabe. - (Diese Grauschrift-Notiz erscheint in der Ausgabe blau.) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beachten Sie, dass wenn Sie die Farbe ändern und die Option -\family sans -Links -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -einfärben -\family default - in den Dokumenteinstellungen unter -\family sans -PDF-Eigenschaften -\family default - verwenden, müssen Sie wahrscheinlich auch die Schriftfarbe der Links ändern, - wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:PDF-Eigenschaften" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können die Schriftfarbe des Haupttextes und die Seiten-Hintergrundfarbe - für jede Seite ihres Dokuments anpassen, indem Sie diese Befehle als TeX-Code - nach einem manuellen Seitenumbruch einfügen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Für die Seitenfarbe: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -pagecolor{Farbname} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Für die Textfarbe: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash -color{Farbname} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Farbname kann nur einer dieser Namen sein: -\series bold -black -\series default -, -\series bold -blue -\series default -, -\series bold -cyan -\series default -, -\series bold -green -\series default -, -\series bold -magenta -\series default -, -\series bold -red -\series default -, -\series bold -white -\series default -, -\series bold -yellow -\series default - solange man keine eigene Farbe definiert hat (siehe Abschnitt -\emph on -Farbige Tabellen -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie eine Text- oder Hintergrundfarbe geändert haben, können Sie diese - unter den folgenden Namen verwenden: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Für die Seiten-Hintergrundfarbe: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -page_backgroundcolor -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Für die Schriftfarbe des Haupttextes: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -document_fontcolor -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Für die Schattierte -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Box-Hintergrundfarbe: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -shadecolor -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Für die Schriftfarbe der Grauschrift-Notizen: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -note_fontcolor -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wie man eigene Farben definiert und verwendet ist in Abschnitt -\emph on -Farbige -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Zellen -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs erklärt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Nummerierung -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Inhaltsverzeichnis -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier können Sie die Nummerierungstiefe von Abschnittsüberschriften einstellen - und festlegen bis zu welcher Tiefe Abschnitte im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheinen, - siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Nummerierung-aendern" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Literaturverzeichnis -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier können Sie einen Zitierstil unter Verwendung der LaTeX-Pakete -\series bold -natbib -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! natbib -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - oder -\series bold -jurabib -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! jurabib -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - festlegen. - Sie können ein abschnittsspezifisches Literaturverzeichnis unter Verwendung - des LaTeX-Pakets -\series bold -bibtopic -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! bibtopic -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - aktivieren und einen -\family sans -Prozessor -\family default - festlegen, der das Literaturverzeichnis erzeugt. - Für eine detaillierte Beschreibung siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Stichwortverzeichnis -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier kann der -\family sans -Prozessor -\family default - gewählt werden, der das Stichwortverzeichnis des Dokuments erzeugt und - es können zusätzliche Stichwortverzeichnisse definiert werden (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Stichwortverzeichnisse" - -\end_inset - - für Details). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -PDF-Eigenschaften -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die PDF-Eigenschaften sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:PDF-Eigenschaften" - -\end_inset - - erklärt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Mathe-Optionen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit diesen Optionen können Sie LyX zwingen, die LaTeX-Pakete -\series bold -amsmath -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! amsmath -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\series bold -esint -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! esint -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, -\series bold -mathdots -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! mathdots -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - und -\series bold -mhchem -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! mhchem -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, direkt zu benutzen oder automatisch, wenn sie benötigt werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -amsmath wird für viele Konstrukte benötigt. - Wenn Sie viele LaTeX-Fehlermeldungen in Formeln bekommen, vergewissern - Sie sich, dass Sie -\family typewriter - -\family sans -AMS-Mathe -\family default - aktiviert haben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -esint wird für spezielle Integralzeichen benötigt, siehe Abschnitt -\emph on -Große -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Operatoren -\emph default - des -\emph on -Mathe -\emph default - Handbuchs. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -mathdots wird für spezielle Fortsetzungspunkte benötigt, siehe Abschnitt - -\emph on -Fortsetzungspunkte -\emph default - des -\emph on -Mathe -\emph default - Handbuchs. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -mhchem wird für chemische Gleichungen benötigt, siehe Abschnitt -\emph on -Chemische Symbole und Reaktionsgleichungen -\emph default - des -\emph on -Mathe -\emph default - Handbuchs. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Gleitobjekt-Platzierung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Gleitobjekt-Platzierungsoptionen sind in Abschnitt -\emph on -Beschriftungs-Platzierung -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Listing -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Listing-Einstellungen sind in Kapitel -\emph on -Programm-Code-Listen -\emph default - des -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuchs beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Auflistungszeichen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier können Sie die Zeichen für die verschiedenen Auflistungs- -\family sans -Ebenen -\family default -, eine -\family sans -Schrift -\family default -, die verwendet werden soll und die -\family sans -Größe -\family default - der Auflistungszeichen angeben. - Die Auflistung-Umgebung ist in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Auflistung" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann außerdem ein -\family sans -Benutzerdef. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Zeichen -\family default - angeben. - In dieses Feld gibt man dazu den LaTeX-Befehl des Zeichens ein. - Um zum Beispiel das €-Zeichen zu verwenden, muss der Befehl -\series bold - -\backslash -texteuro -\series default - eingegeben werden. - Für mathematische Symbole muss man den Befehl zusätzlich in $-Zeichen setzen. - Um z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - das Symbol -\begin_inset Formula $\circlearrowright$ -\end_inset - - zu verwenden muss man -\series bold -$ -\backslash -circlearrowright$ -\series default - eingeben. - Um den Befehl für ein mathematisches Symbole zu finden, erstellt man eine - Formel und fährt mit dem Mauszeiger über das gewünschte Zeichen in der - Mathe-Werkzeugleiste. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung: -\series default -Einige Zeichen erfordern das Laden von speziellen LaTeX-Paketen im Vorspann - (Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaTeX-Vorspann -\family default -). - Für das €-Zeichen muss man beispielsweise die Zeile -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage{textcomp} -\series default - zum Vorspann hinzufügen. - Für die meisten mathematisches Symbole reicht es aus die Zeile -\series bold - -\backslash -usepackage{amssymb} -\series default - hinzuzufügen. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Zweige -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Zweige sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Zweige" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Ausgabe -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier können Sie einige Spezifika für die Ausgabe des Dokuments festlegen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Voreingestelltes -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ausgabeformat: Das Format, welches verwendet wird, wenn Sie im Menü -\family sans -Ansicht -\family default - oder der Werkzeugleiste -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Ansehen -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Aktualisieren -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Hauptdokument ansehen -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - oder -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Hauptdokument aktualisieren -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - anklicken. - Die Standard-Einstellung wird in -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Dateiformate -\family default - festgelegt, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dateiformate" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Mit -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -der -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ausgabe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -synchronisieren Einstellungen für das Menü -\family sans -Navigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Vorwärtssuche -\family default -. - Siehe Abschnitt -\emph on -DVI/PDF Rückwärtssuche -\emph default - der -\emph on -Handbuchergänzungen -\emph default - für eine detaillierte Beschreibung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -XHTML-Ausgabe-Optionen Einstellungen für das Export-Format -\family sans -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -XHTML -\family default -. - -\family sans -Striktes XHTML -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1.1 -\family default - stellt sicher, das die Ausgabe exakt mit Version -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -1.1 des XHTML-Standards übereinstimmt. - Die verschiedenen Einstellungen für die -\family sans -Mathe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ausgabe -\family default - sind im Detail in Abschnitt -\emph on -Mathe-Ausgabe in XHTML -\emph default - der -\emph on -Handbuchergänzungen -\emph default - beschrieben. - Die Skalierung wird für die Größe von Gleichungen in der Ausgabe verwendet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -LaTeX-Vorspann -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Er enthält LaTeX-Befehle, die nicht zum Klassenstandard gehören. - Dies ist etwas für LaTeX-Experten. - Eine Einführung in die LaTeX-Syntax finden Sie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -Der Einstellungen-Dialog -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "chap:Der-Einstellungen-Dialog" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Einstellungen-Dialog wird über das Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default - aufgerufen. - Er besitzt die folgenden Untermenüs. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Aussehen & Handhabung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Benutzeroberfläche -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -UI-Datei -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Anpassung ! der Werkzeugleisten -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Anpassung ! der Menüs -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Erscheinungsbild der Menüs und Werkzeugleisten kann durch die Auswahl - einer Benutzerinterface-Datei (UI) geändert werden. - Eine UI-Datei ist eine Textdatei in der die Werkzeugleisten und Menüs aufgelist -et sind. - Die Datei -\emph on -default.ui -\emph default - lädt drei Dateien: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -stdmenus.inc -\shape italic - -\emph on -legt die Menüeinträge für die Standard-Menüs fest -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -stdcontext.inc legt die Menüeinträge für die Popup/Kontext-Menüs fest -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -stdtoolbars.inc -\shape italic -\emph on -legt fest welche Werkzeugleistenknöpfe es gibt -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um eigene Menü- und Werkzeugleisten-Gestaltungen zu erstellen, fängt man - mit einer Kopie dieser Dateien an und editiert die Einträge. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Syntax der .inc-Dateien ist selbsterklärend: Die -\family sans -Menubar -\family default -, -\family sans -Menu -\family default - und -\family sans -Toolbar -\family default --Einträge müssen mit einem -\family sans -End -\family default - beendet werden. - Sie können -\family sans -Submenu -\family default -, -\family sans -Item -\family default -, -\family sans -OptItem -\family default -, -\family sans -Separator -\family default -, -\family sans -Icon -\family default - und im Fall des Menüs -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -file_lastfiles -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - einen -\family sans -Lastfiles -\family default --Eintrag enthalten. - Die Syntax für die Einträge ist: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace smallskip* -\end_inset - - -\series bold -Item -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Menü -\series default -oder -\series bold - Knopfname -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -LyX-Funktion -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\begin_inset VSpace smallskip* -\end_inset - -Alle LyX-Funktionen sind im Menü -\family sans -Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X-Funktionen -\family default - aufgelistet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Ein Beispiel: Angenommen Sie verwenden das Menü -\family sans -Navigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Lesezeichen -\family default - recht oft und würden daher gerne sechs verfügbare Lesezeichen haben. - Dann können Sie diese Zeile -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace smallskip* -\end_inset - - -\series bold -Item -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Lesezeichen 6 speichern -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -bookmark-save 6 -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\begin_inset VSpace smallskip* -\end_inset - -zum Menü -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -navigate_bookmarks -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - in der Datei -\emph on -stdmenus.inc -\emph default - hinzufügen und haben dann das sechste Lesezeichen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit -\family sans - Symbldesign -\family default - kann das Aussehen von LyXs Werkzeugleisten geändert werden. - Die derzeit verfügbaren Symboldesigns sind in -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "diesem Bild" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png" - -\end_inset - - gegenübergestellt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Automatische Hilfe -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Option -\family sans -Tooltips im Hauptarbeitsbereich aktivieren -\family default - aktiviert Tooltips, die den Inhalt von geschlossenen Einfügungen wie Indexeintr -ägen oder Fußnoten anzeigt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Sitzung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit der Option -\family sans -Aussehen und Größe von Fenstern wiederherstellen -\family default - wird LyXs Hauptfenster mit der Größe und dem Aussehen geöffnet, das in - der letzten LyX-Sitzung benutzt wurde. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Option -\family sans -Cursor-Positionen wiederherstellen -\family default - setzt den Cursor auf die Position in der Datei, wo er beim letzten Mal - war. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Option -\family sans -Geöffnete Dateien der letzten Sitzung laden -\family default - öffnet alle Dateien, die in der letzten LyX-Sitzung geöffnet waren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Knopf -\family sans -Lösche alle Sitzungsinformationen -\family default - löscht alle Informationen von vorherigen LyX-Sitzungen (Cursorpositionen, - Namen der zuletzt geöffneten Dokumente, usw.). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Dokumente -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Sicherung-Dokumente" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Sicherung ! Dokumente -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Sichere Originaldokumente beim Speichern -\family default - erstellt eine Sicherungskopie der Datei im Zustand, in dem sie geöffnet - oder das letzte mal gespeichert wurde. - Sie wird im -\family sans -Sicherungsverzeichnis -\family default - (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Pfade" - -\end_inset - -) gespeichert oder im selben Ordner wie Ihr Dokument, wenn kein -\family sans -Sicherungsverzeichnis -\family default - vorgegeben ist. - Sie wird im selben Ordner wie Ihr Dokument oder im -\family sans -Sicherungsverzeichnis -\family default - gespeichert, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Pfade" - -\end_inset - -. - Die Sicherungsdateien haben die Endung -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -.lyx~ -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit der Option -\family sans - Sicherung der Dokumente alle -\family default - kann die Zeit zwischen den Sicherungsspeicherungen eingestellt werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Dokumente komprimiert speichern -\family default - speichert die Dateien immer in einem komprimierten Format. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Maximale Anzahl letzter Dateien -\family default - ist die Anzahl der zuletzt von LyX geöffneten Dateien, die LyX im Menü - -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zuletzt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -geöffnet -\family default - anzeigen soll. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn die Option -\family sans -Dokument in Registerkarten öffnen -\family default - nicht verwendet wird, wird jede Datei in einer eigenen Instanz von LyX - geöffnet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Option -\family sans -Einzelinstanz -\family default - ist nur aktiv, wenn eine LyX-Server-Weiterleitung -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Pfade" - -\end_inset - - für Informationen über die LyX-Server-Weiterleitung. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - eingerichtet wurde. - Wenn sie ausgewählt ist, werden LyX-Dokumente, in der selben Instanz von - LyX geöffnet. - Ansonsten wird für jede Datei eine neue Instanz von LyX erzeugt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit der Option -\family sans -Globaler Knopf zum Schließen von Registerkarten -\family default - gibt es nur einen Knopf ( -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/closetab.png - scale 75 - -\end_inset - - -\family default -) auf der rechten Seite der Reiterleiste um Registerkarten zu schließen. - Ansonsten hat jede Registerkarte ihren eigenen Knopf zum Schließen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung: -\series default - Für die letzte Option muss LyX neu gestartet werden, ehe die Änderung aktiv - wird. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Bildschirmschriften -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Bildschirmschriften" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schrift ! Bildschirm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Diese Schriften werden verwendet, um Ihr Dokument auf dem Bildschirm in - LyX anzuzeigen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung: -\series default - Dieser Abschnitt behandelt nur die Schriften -\emph on -innerhalb -\emph default - des LyX-Hauptfensters. - Die Schriften, die für die Ausgabe verwendet werden, sind davon unabhängig - und werden im Menü -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Schriften -\family default -eingestellt. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Standardmäßig verwendet LyX -\family typewriter -Times -\family default - als Serifenschrift, -\family typewriter -Arial -\family default - oder -\family typewriter -Helvetica -\family default - (hängt vom System ab) als -\family sans -serifenlose -\family default - Schrift und -\family typewriter -Courier -\family default - als -\family typewriter -Schreibmaschine -\family default --Schrift. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Schriftgröße kann über die -\family sans -Zoom -\family default --Einstellung geändert werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die -\family sans -Schriftgrößen -\family default - werden als Buchstabenhöhe in Einheiten von Punkten berechnet. - 72,27 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -Punkte haben die Größe von 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -Zoll, siehe Anhang -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:In-LyX-verfügbare" - -\end_inset - -. - Die voreingestellten Schriftgrößen sind dieselben als würde eine Dokument-Schri -ftgröße von 10 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt verwendet werden. - The Größen sind im Detail in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Dokumentschrift-und-Schriftgröße" - -\end_inset - - erläutert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit der aktivierten Option -\family sans -Pixmap-Zwischenspeicher benutzen, um die Darstellung von Zeichen zu beschleunige -n -\family default - muss LyX seltener die Bildschirmanzeige erneuern. - Dies führt zu einer besseren Performanz, besonders auf langsameren Rechnern. - Allerdings könnten die Zeichen verpixelt aussehen. - Ob es sich lohnt diese Option zu aktivieren, müssen Sie also ausprobieren. - Man beachte dass der Pixmap Cache nur unter Mac -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -OS und Windows verfügbar und nützlich ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Farben -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Farbe ! LyX-Bildschirm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Einstellungen ! Farbe -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier können alle Farben, die LyX verwendet, geändert werden. - Wählen Sie einen Eintrag in der Liste aus und drücken den Knopf -\family sans -Ändern -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Durch die Option -\family sans -Systemfarben verwenden -\family default - wird das Farbschema Ihres Betriebssystems oder Fenstermanagers benutzt. - Die Farben -\family sans -Auswahl, Cursor, Tabelle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(Linie), Text, URL -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(Marke) -\family default - und -\family sans -URL -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(Text) -\family default - sind dann nicht veränderbar und daher nicht aufgelistet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Anzeige -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Einstellungen ! Anzeige -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier kann festgelegt werden, ob Grafiken in LyX dargestellt werden sollen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Sofortige Vorschau -\family default - aktiviert die sofortige Vorschau von Dokumentteilen. - Dieses Feature ist in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Dokumentteile-vorschauen" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Option -\family sans -Absatzenden -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -markieren -\family default - zeigt ein Absatzzeichen (¶) am Ende jedes Absatzes an. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Bearbeiten -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Einstellungen ! Bearbeiten -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Kontrolle -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Bearbeiten -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Option -\family sans -Cursor folgt Scrollbar -\family default - setzt den Cursor an den Anfang des aktuell angezeigten Dokumentteils wenn - gescrollt wird. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann die Dicke des Cursors einstellen. - Wird die Dicke auf Null gesetzt, wird die Cursordicke realtiv zum eingestellten - Zoom der Bildschirmschriften skaliert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Unter das Ende des Dokuments scrollen -\family default - ist selbsterklärend. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In LyX kann man von Wort zu Wort springen, indem man -\family sans -Strg+Pfeiltaste -\family default - drückt. - Mit der Option -\family sans -Cursornavigation zwischen Wörtern im Mac-Stil -\family default - springt der Cursor vom Wortende zum Wortende des nächsten Wortes. - Normalerweise springt er von Anfang zu Anfang. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Option -\family sans -Absatzlayouts alphabetisch sortieren -\family default - sortiert die Einträge im pull-down Menü der Absatzumgebungen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Option -\family sans -Absatzlayouts nach Kategorien gruppieren -\family default - gruppiert die Einträge im pull-down Menü der Absatzumgebungen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Mathe-Makro Optionen legen den Editierstil von Makros fest, siehe den - Abschnitt -\emph on -Mathe-Makros -\emph default - des -\emph on -Mathe -\emph default - Handbuchs. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Vollbild -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier kann eingestellt werden, was im Vollbildmodus ausgeblendet wird. - Die Option -\family sans -Begrenze Textbreite -\family default - legt die Breite des Textes im Vollbildmodus fest. - Auf diese Weise kann der Text schmaler als der Bildschirm angezeigt werden. - Der Text erscheint dann zentriert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Tastenkürzel -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tastenkürzel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Einstellungen ! Tastenkürzel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Tastenkürzel-Datei -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Tastaturkürzel-Datei -\family default - gibt an, welche Datei benutzt wird, um LyX-Funktionen mit einem Tastenkürzel - zu verknüpfen. - Es gibt mehrere Dateien; darunter: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -cua.bind ist die gebräuchlichste Tastaturkürzel-Datei für PCs. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -(x)emacs.bind definiert Tastaturkürzel so, wie es beim Editor (X)Emacs üblich - ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -mac.bind macht dasselbe für MacOS-Systeme. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt auch Tastaturkürzel-Dateien für spezielle Dokumentklassen, wie -\shape italic -broadway.bind -\shape default -, und für Sprachen. - Der Name einer Tastaturkürzel-Datei für Sprachen beginnt mit dem Sprach-Code, - zum Beispiel -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -pt -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - für Portugiesisch. - Wenn Sie LyX für eine spezielle Sprache benutzen, wird es die entsprechende - Tastaturkürzel-Datei benutzen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Einige Tastaturkürzel-Dateien wie -\shape italic -math.bind -\shape default - haben nur einen kleinen Anwendungsbereich. - Schaut man ans Ende der Datei -\shape italic -cua.bind -\shape default -, sieht man, dass diese eingebunden sind um den Überblick in der bind-Datei - zu erhalten. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Im Feld -\family sans -Zeige -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Tastenkürzel, die Folgendes enthalten -\family default -kann man nach den Kürzeln für eine bestimmte Funktion in der gewählten Tastenkür -zel-Datei suchen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Tastenkürzel bearbeiten -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Tastenkürzel-bearbeiten" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tastenkürzel ! bearbeiten -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um ein Tastaturkürzel zu bearbeiten o der ein neues zu definieren, können - Sie die Tabelle benutzen, die alle LyX-Funktionen und ihre Tastaturkürzel - enthält. - Um sie leichter zu finden, sind sie nach Funktionen gruppiert. - Mit Hilfe von -\family sans -Zeige -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Tastaturkürzel, -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -die -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Folgendes -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -enthalten -\family default -, können Sie vorhandene Tastaturkürzel finden. - Wenn Sie zum Beispiel -\emph on -paste -\emph default - eingeben, werden die vier vorhandenen Tastaturkürzel für die drei verschiedenen - Funktionen, in deren Name -\emph on -paste -\emph default - vorkommt, angezeigt. - Sie sehen, dass eine Funktion mehrere Tastaturkürzel besitzen kann. - Außerdem sind alle LyX-Funktionen im gleichnamigen Handbuch aufgelistet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um zum Beispiel das Tastaturkürzel -\family sans -Alt+Q -\family default - für die LyX-Funktion -\family sans -textstyle-apply -\family default - hinzuzufügen, suchen Sie sie, markieren sie und klicken auf -\family sans -Ändern -\family default -. - Es erscheint ein Dialogfenster, in dem Sie das Tastaturkürzel einfügen - können, indem Sie es benutzen (Alt drücken, gedrückt halten, dann Q drücken). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Ein vorhandenes Tastaturkürzel wird ebenso geändert. - Sie auch mehrere Funktionen einem Tastaturkürzel zuordnen, indem Sie die - LyX-Funktion mit -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -command alternatives -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - beginnen und die verschiedenen Funktionen, durch Kommas getrennt, anfügen. - LyX wird dann für das Tastaturkürzel die erste Funktion benutzen, die im - gerade bearbeiteten Dokumentteil aktiv ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Falls Ihnen ein bestimmtes Tastenkürzel nicht gefällt, können Sie es löschen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Alternativ können Sie natürlich auch die entsprechende Tastaturkürzel-Datei - mit einem Editor bearbeiten. - Die Syntax für ein Kürzel ist -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -bind -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Tastaturkürzel -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -LyX-Funktion -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Tastatur / Maus -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Tastatur-/-Maus" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tastaturtabelle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Einstellungen ! Tastaturtabelle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Normalerweise werden Tastatureinstellungen in einem Menü des Betriebssystems - vorgenommen. - Für den Fall, dass dies nicht möglich ist, bietet LyX Tastaturtabellen - an. - Wenn Sie z. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -B. - eine tschechische Tastatur haben, aber mit ihr wie mit einer rumänischen - schreiben wollen, können Sie die Option -\family sans -Tastaturtabelle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -verwenden -\family default - aktivieren und die Tastaturtabellen-Datei namens -\shape italic -romanian.kmap -\shape default - auswählen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können eine -\family sans -Erste -\family default - und eine -\family sans -Zweite -\family default - Tastaturtabelle definieren und, wenn Sie die -\emph on -cua -\emph default - Tastaturkürzel verwenden, die erste mit -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "keymap-primary" -\end_inset - - und die zweite mit -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "keymap-secondary" -\end_inset - - auswählen oder mit -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "keymap-toggle" -\end_inset - - zwischen beiden hin- und herschalten. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Hinweis: -\series default - Tastaturtabellen werden nur als Notbehelf angeboten und funktionieren nicht - auf allen Systemen. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Man kann außerdem hier die -\family sans -Mausrad-Scrollgeschwindigkeit -\family default - einstellen. - Der Standardwert ist 1.0, höhere Werte beschleunigen das Scrollen, niedrigere - verlangsamen es. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Im Abschnitt -\family sans -Textgröße mit dem Mausrad einstellen -\family default - kann eine Taste für das Zoomen ausgewählt werden. - Wenn diese Taste gedrückt und das Mausrad gedreht wird, wird der Text gezoomt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Eingabevervollständigung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Eingabevervollständigung ist in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Eingabevervollständigung-general" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Pfade -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Pfade" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Pfade -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Einstellungen ! Pfade -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Pfade zu den verschiedenen, von LyX verwendeten Ressourcen werden normalerwe -ise während der Installation festgelegt. - Es kann aber Gründe geben diese zu ändern. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Arbeitsverzeichnis Dieses Verzeichnis öffnet LyX, wenn Sie im Menü -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Öffnen -\family default - auf -\family sans -Dokumente -\family default - klicken. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Dokumentvorlagen Dieses Verzeichnis öffnet LyX, wenn Sie -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -von -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Vorlage -\family default - wählen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Beispieldateien Dieses Verzeichnis öffnet LyX, wenn Sie im Menü -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Öffnen -\family default - auf -\family sans -Beispiele -\family default - klicken. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Achtung: -\series default - Der Knopf -\family sans -Beispiele -\family default - existiert nicht bei LyX unter Windows oder Mac OS. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Sicherungsverzeichnis -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Sicherung ! Verzeichnis -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - In diesem Verzeichnis werden Sicherungen gespeichert. - Wenn kein Sicherungsverzeichnis angegeben ist, aber Sicherungen wie in - Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Sicherung-Dokumente" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben, aktiviert sind, wird das -\family sans -Arbeitsverzeichnis -\family default - für die Sicherungen verwendet. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Sicherungsdateien haben die Endung -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -.lyx~ -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X-Server-Weiterleitung Hier wird der Name einer sogenannten UNIX-Pipe angegeben. - Über diese werden Daten aus externen Programmen an LyX gesendet. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold -Beispiel: -\series default - Sie fügen die Literaturdatenbank -\emph on -test.bib -\emph default - dem Dokument hinzu. - Diese können Sie mit dem Programm -\family typewriter -JabRef -\family default - bearbeiten. - In -\family typewriter -JabRef -\family default - ist für LyX in dessen Einstellungen unter -\family sans -Externe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Programme -\family default - die gleiche Unix-Pipe wie hier einzutragen. - Wollen Sie sich jetzt einen Eintrag aus der Datenbank als Literaturverweis - einfügen, wählen Sie diesen in -\family typewriter -JabRef -\family default - aus und klicken auf das LyX-Symbol. - Es wird im aktuellen LyX-Dokument an der Cursor-Position der Literaturverweis - eingefügt. - -\family typewriter -JabRef -\family default - und LyX müssen natürlich beide laufen. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Die Pipe wird auch für das Feature -\family sans -Einzelinstanz -\family default - verwendet, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Sicherung-Dokumente" - -\end_inset - -. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Um die LyX-Server-Weiterleitung auf Windows zu verwenden, muss dieser Pipename - verwendet werden: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\series bold - -\backslash - -\backslash -. -\backslash -pipe -\backslash -lyxpipe -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Tempor -\family sans -ä -\family default -res -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Verzeichnis Hier speichert LyX alle temporären Daten einer Sitzung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Thesaurus-Wörterbücher Verzeichnis wo sich die Thesaurus-Wörterbücher befinden. - Es muss nur angegeben werden, wenn der Thesaurus sonst nicht funktioniert - oder Sie eigene/alternative Wörterbücher verwenden wollen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Hunspell-Wörterbücher Verzeichnis wo sich die Wörterbücher des Rechtschreibprüfu -ngsprogramms -\family typewriter -Hunspell -\family default - befinden. - Es muss nur angegeben werden, wenn Sie -\family typewriter -Hunspell -\family default - verwenden und die Rechtschreibprüfung sonst nicht funktioniert oder Sie - eigene/alternative Wörterbücher verwenden wollen. - Für LyX unter Windows ist -\family typewriter -Hunspell -\family default - das einzige verfügbare Rechtschreibprüfungsprogramm und sollte ohne Angabe - eines Verzeichnisses funktionieren. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PATH-Präfix Diese Feld enthält eine Liste mit Pfaden zu externen Programmen. - Wenn LyX ein externes Programm benötigt, wird in der Liste nachgesehen, - wo es zu finden ist. - Für Windows und Mac wird diese Liste automatisch bei der Konfiguration - von LyX erstellt, sodass Sie sie normalerweise nicht ändern müssen. - Auf Linux/Unix-Systemen muss sie nur dann erstellt werden, wenn externe - Programme benutzt werden sollen, die nicht in $PATH stehen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -TEXINPUTS-Präfix Die TEXINPUTS Umgebungsvariable erlaubt es externe Dateien, - die in LyX-Dokumenten mittels Befehlen als TeX-Code oder im LaTeX-Vorspann - eingefügt wurden, zu verwenden. - Dieser Präfix enthält standardmäßig das Dokumentverzeichnis (durch einen - Punkt '.' repräsentiert). - Der Präfix kann jede Liste an Pfaden enthalten, die durch das Standard-Trennzei -chen des Betriebssystems (':' auf UNIX-artigen Systemen und ';' auf Windows) - getrennt sind. - Falls Dateien eingefügt werden, werden die Pfade, die im TEXINPUTS-Präfix - aufgelistet sind, nach den den eingefügten Dateien gescannt. - Es ist zu beachten, dass jeder nicht-absolute Pfad im TEXINPUTS-Präfix - als relativ zum Verzeichnis Ihrer LyX-Datei betrachtet wird. - Es ist empfohlen, immer '.' als einen der Pfade anzugeben, ansonsten könnte - die Ausgabe für einige Dokumente fehlschlagen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Identität -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier können Sie Ihren Namen und Ihre E-Mail-Adresse eingeben. - Die Identität wird verwendet, um Änderungen die Sie machen, als Ihre zu - markieren, wenn Änderungsverfolgung, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Änderungsverfolgung" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben, aktiviert ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Spracheinstellungen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Sprache ! Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Einstellungen ! Sprache -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Sprache -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Spracheinstellungen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Sprache -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -der -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Benutzeroberfläche Hier kann die Sprache der LyXs Menüs eingestellt werden. - Der aktuelle Übersetzungsstatus ist hier zu finden: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Sprachpaket legt fest, welches LaTeX-Paket für die Sprachunterstützung geladen - werden soll. - Zur Sprachunterstützung zählen Silbentrennmuster ebenso wie die Lokalisation - von Daten und von Klassen verwendeten Ausdrücken wie -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Kapitel -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - und Tabelle -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. - Das verbreitetste Sprachpaket ist -\series bold -babel -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! babel -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, das Standard-Sprachpaket im klassischen LaTeX. - Für moderne TeX-Alternativen wie XeTeX und LuaTeX gibt es allerdings das - alternative Sprachpaket -\series bold -polyglossia -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! polyglossia -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -, welches die umfassende Unterstützung dieser Programme für verschiedenartige - Schriftsysteme voll ausnutzt. - Außerdem gibt es auch noch spezifische Sprachpakete für Sprachen, die von - babel (noch) nicht unterstützt werden. - Die möglichen Einstellungen sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Sprache" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Befehl -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Anfang Wenn ein besonderes LaTeX-Paket benötigt wird, um in einer gewissen - Dokumentsprache zu schreiben, können Sie hier den Befehl zum Start des - Paketes eingeben. - Ein Beispiel ist der Befehl -\series bold - -\backslash -begin{arabtext} -\series default -, der gebraucht wird, um mithilfe des Paketes -\series bold -ArabTeX -\series default - Arabisch zu schreiben, siehe -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "Arabic" - -\end_inset - -. - Standard ist der -\series bold -babel -\series default --Befehl -\series bold - -\backslash -selectlanguage{$$lang} -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Befehl -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ende ist das Gegenstück zu -\family sans -Befehl -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Anfang -\family default -. - Einige Pakete wie das Standardpaket haben keinen Endbefehl, weil der Startbefeh -l das Paket an- und abschaltet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Standard-Dezimalzeichen Legen Sie hier den Standard-Dezimaltrenner fest, - welcher für die Ausrichtung am Dezimalzeichen in Tabellen verwendet wird. - Voreingestellt ist der Punkt, im Deutschen wird in der Regel aber ein Komma - verwendet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Sprachen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -global -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -definieren Wenn diese Option gesetzt wird, werden die im Dokument benutzten - Sprachen zu den Klassenoptionen des Dokuments hinzugefügt, sodass sie von - allen LaTeX-Paketen benutzt werden können. - Sonst werden sie nur als Optionen von -\family typewriter -babel -\family default - benutzt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Auto-Beginn Wenn diese Option gesetzt wird, starten die Dokumente mit der - gewählten Dokumentsprache. - Wenn nicht, wird der Befehl -\family sans -\series bold -Befehl -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Anfang -\family default -\series default - explizit an den Anfang der LaTeX-Ausgabe des Dokuments geschrieben. - Damit wird sichergestellt, dass die richtige Sprache benutzt wird, wenn - Sie in -\family sans -\series bold -Befehl -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Anfang -\family default -\series default -nicht die Standardeinstellung benutzen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Auto-Ende ist das Gegenstück zu -\family sans -\series bold -Auto -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Beginn -\family default -\series default -. - Wenn es nicht gesetzt ist, wird der -\family sans -\series bold -Befehl -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Ende -\family default -\series default - ans Ende des Dokuments geschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Fremdsprachen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -markieren Wenn Sie dies ankreuzen, werden Texte in einer anderen Sprache - als der Standard-Sprache unterstrichen, standardmäßig blau. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Rechts-nach-links-Sprachunterstützung für die entsprechenden Sprachen wie - Arabisch, Hebräisch, Persisch. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -RNL-Unterstützung -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -aktivieren aktiviert Unterstützung für Sprachen, die von rechts nach links - geschrieben werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Cursorbewegung legt fest, wie der Cursor sich bei RNL-Sprachen verhält, - wenn sie die Pfeil-rechts- oder Pfeil-links-Taste drücken. - -\family sans -Logisch -\family default - bedeutet, dass der Cursor nach links bewegt wird, wenn Sie die Pfeil-rechts-Tas -te drücken, während sich der Cursor in einer RNL-Passage befindet. - Diese Einstellung ist vor allem in gemischten Texten (RNL und LNR) sinnvoll, - da die Cursorbewegung dann einer einheitlichen Textlogik folgt. - -\family sans -Visuell -\family default - bedeutet, dass sich der Cursor in die Richtung bewegt, in die auch die - Pfeile zeigen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Rechtschreibprüfung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Rechtschreibprüfungseinstellungen sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Rechtschreibprüfung" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Ausgabe -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Allgemein -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Ausgabe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Zeilenlänge legt die maximale Anzahl an Zeichen pro Zeile fest, die für - das Menü -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einfacher -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Text -\family default - verwendet wird. - Wird die Zeilenlänge auf 0 gesetzt, wird der komplette Text in einer endlos - langen Zeile ausgegeben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Datumsformat -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Datumsformat -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Einstellungen ! Datumsformat -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Das Datumsformat kann eines oder eine Mischung der hier aufgelisteten Formate - sein: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Zum Beispiel gibt das Format -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -%d/%m/%y -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -das Datum in der Form Tag/Monat/Jahr aus. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Beim -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Export -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -überschreiben Einstellung was LyX erlaubt ist zu überschreiben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Vorwärtssuche Befehle, die für das Menü -\family sans -Navigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Vorwärtssuche -\family default - verwendet werden. - Siehe Abschnitt -\emph on -DVI/PDF Rückwärtssuche -\emph default - der -\emph on -Handbuchergänzungen -\emph default - für eine detaillierte Beschreibung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Drucker -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Drucker" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Drucker -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Einstellungen ! Drucker -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Standard-Drucker Hier können Sie den Namen Ihres Standard-Druckers eintragen. - Der Name wird dann beim -\family sans -Druckbefehl -\family default - übernommen. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Hinweis: -\series default - Dieses Feld kann unter Windows leer gelassen werden, da es keinen Effekt - hat. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Druckbefehl ist der Befehl, den LyX/LaTeX zum Drucken benutzt. - Der Standard ist bei den meisten Systemen -\family sans -dvips -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Optionen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -für -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Druckbefehl Hier können Sie Drucker-Optionen angeben. - Eine Liste mit Drucker-Optionen und Erläuterungen finden Sie in der Dokumentati -on des Programms dessen -\family sans -Druckbefehl -\family default - Sie verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Ausgabe -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -an -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -den -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Drucker -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -anpassen Diese Option funktioniert nur für den -\family sans -Druckbefehl -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -dvips -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - und ist für Experten gedacht. - Sie aktiviert eine Konfigurationsdatei für dvips. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -eX -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:LaTeX-Einstellungen" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Einstellungen ! LaTeX -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -LaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X-Fontkodierung -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -verwenden Dies ist die Standard-Kodierung der Dokumentschrift. - -\family sans -T1 -\family default - ist der Standard und deckt westliche Sprachen und Symbole ab. - -\family sans -T2A -\family default -, -\family sans -T2B -\family default -, -\family sans -T2C -\family default -, -\family sans -LCY -\family default - und -\family sans -X2 -\family default - werden für Kyrillisch verwendet. - Kombinationen der Kodierungen wie -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -T1, T2B -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - sind möglich. - Die Schriftkodierung wird normalerweise automatisch von den Sprachpaketen - geladen, die LyX im Hintergund verwendet. - Man muss die Standard-Kodierung also nicht ändern. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Standard-Papiergröße Dies ist die Papiergröße die für neue Dokumente verwendet - wird. - Der -\family sans -Standard -\family default - Wert hängt von den LaTeX-Systemeinstellungen ab. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Papiergrößen-Optionen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -des -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -DVI-Betrachters Diese haben nur einen Effekt, wenn das Programm -\family sans -xdvi -\family default - als DVI-Betrachter verwendet wird; siehe dessen Handbuch für weitere Informatio -nen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Des Weiteren können hier Optionen und Befehle mit Parametern für die aufgelistet -en Prozessoren angegeben werden. - Bevor Sie aber etwas ändern, sollten Sie vorher unbedingt in die Handbücher - der Prozessoren geschaut haben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Literaturverzeichnis-Erzeugung Einstellungen für die Erstellung des Literaturver -zeichnisses, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbanken" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Indexerzeugung Einstellungen für die Erstellung des Stichwortverzeichnisses, - siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Stichwort-Programm" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Nomenklarturbefehl Befehl für das Programm, das die Nomenklatur erstellt, - siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Nomenklatur-Programm" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -CheckTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X-Befehl Befehl für das Programm -\family sans -CheckTeX -\family default -, das im Abschnitt -\emph on -TeX prüfen -\emph default - der -\emph on -Handbuchergänzungen -\emph default - beschrieben ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt zusätzlich die folgenden Optionen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Verwende -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -windowskonforme -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Pfade -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -in -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -LaTeX-Dateien Verwendet Pfade in der Notation von Windows; das bedeutet, - dass -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\backslash - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - anstelle von -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -/ -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - verwendet wird, um Verzeichnisse zu trennen. - Diese Option ist automatisch aktiv unter LyX für Windows. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Pfade -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Einstellungen ! Pfade -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Klassenoptionen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -beim -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Wechsel -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -der -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Dokumentklasse -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -zurücksetzen entfernt beim Wechsel der Dokumentklasse alle von Hand gesetzten - -\family sans -Klassenoptionen -\family default - im Dialog -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Dokumentklasse -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Datei-Handhabung -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Datei-Handhabung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Konverter -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Konverter" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Konverter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier ist eine Liste mit definierten Konverter-Befehlen zu finden, um Material - von einem Format in ein anderes zu konvertieren. - Man kann Konverter modifizieren oder neue erstellen. - Um einen Konverter zu modifizieren, wählt man ihn aus, ändert den Eintrag - im Feld -\family sans -Konverter -\family default - und/oder -\family sans -Zusatz-Flag -\family default - und drückt den Knopf -\family sans -Ändern -\family default -. - Um einen neuen Konverter zu erstellen, wählt man einen existierenden aus, - wählt in der Dropdown-Liste -\family sans -In -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Format -\family default - ein anderes Format aus, modifiziert das Feld -\family sans -Konverter -\family default - und drückt den Knopf -\family sans -Hinzufügen -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn der -\family sans -Konverterdatei-Zwischenspeicher -\family default - aktiviert ist, werden Konvertierungen so lange wie im Feld -\family sans -Maximales Alter (in Tagen -\family default -) angegeben, gespeichert. - Das bedeutet, dass Bilder nicht immer wieder konvertiert werden müssen, - wenn man ein Dokument öffnet; die konvertierten Bilder aus dem Speicher - werden stattdessen verwendet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mehr über Konverter und die Flags, die man in der Konverter-Definition verwenden - kann, ist im Abschnitt -\emph on -Konverter -\emph default - des -\emph on -Anpassung -\emph default - Handbuchs beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Dateiformate -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Dateiformate" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dateiformate -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier findet man eine Liste mit definierten Dateiformaten, die LyX handhaben - kann. - Man kann das Betrachtungs- und Bearbeitungsprogramm ändern, das für bestimmte - Formate verwendet werden soll. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Des Weiteren kann man hier das -\family sans -Voreingestellte Ausgabeformat -\family default - festlegen, das verwendet wird, wenn man -\family sans -Ansehen, Aktualisieren, Hauptdokument ansehen -\family default - oder -\family sans -Hauptdokument aktualisieren -\family default - im Menü -\family sans -Ansicht -\family default - oder in der Werkzeugleiste aufruft. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mehr über Formate und deren Optionen, ist im Abschnitt -\emph on -Formate -\emph default - des -\emph on -Anpassung -\emph default - Handbuchs beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Da alle Konvertierungen von einem Format in ein anderes in LyXs temporärem - Verzeichnis stattfinden, ist es manchmal notwendig eine Datei zu modifizieren, - bevor sie ins temporäre Verzeichnis kopiert und dort konvertiert wird. - Dies geschieht, indem man einen -\family sans -Kopierer -\family default - angibt. - Mehr darüber ist im Abschnitt -\emph on -Kopierer -\emph default - des -\emph on -Anpassung -\emph default - Handbuchs beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -In LyX verfügbare Maßeinheiten -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "chap:In-LyX-verfügbare" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Einheiten -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um die in diesem Handbuch verwendeten Maßeinheiten zu verstehen, erläutert - Tabelle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "tab:Maßeinheiten" - -\end_inset - - alle in LyX verfügbaren Maßeinheiten. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float table -placement h -wide false -sideways false -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "tab:Maßeinheiten" - -\end_inset - -Maßeinheiten -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Maßeinheit -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Name/Beschreibung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -mm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Millimeter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -cm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Zentimeter -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -in -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Zoll (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -in = 2.54 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cm -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -pt -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Punkt (72.27 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt = 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -in) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -pc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Pica (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pc = 12 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -sp -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -skalierter Punkt (65536 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -sp = 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -pt) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -bp -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -großer Punkt (72 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -bp = 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -in) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -dd -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Didot (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -dd -\begin_inset Formula $\approx$ -\end_inset - - 0,376 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mm) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -cc -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Cicero (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -cc = 12 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -dd) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Skalierung% -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -% der originalen Bildbreite -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Textbreite % -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -% der Textbreite -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spaltenbreite % -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -% der Spaltenbreite -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Seitenbreite % -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -% der Seitenbreite -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Zeilenbreite % -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -% der Zeilenbreite -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Texthöhe % -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -% der Texthöhe -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Seitenhöhe % -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -% der Seitenhöhe -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -ex -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Die Höhe des Buchstabens -\emph on -x -\emph default - im aktiven Zeichensatz -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -em -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Die Breite des Buchstabens -\emph on -M -\emph default - im aktiven Zeichensatz -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -mu -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -mathematische Maßeinheit -\series bold - -\series default -(1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -mu = 1/18 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -label "Credits" -key "lyxcredit" - -\end_inset - -Das LyX Team: -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Credits" -target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits" - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://www.lyx.org/Credits -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "latexbook" - -\end_inset - -Leslie Lamport. - -\emph on -LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. - -\emph default - Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "latexcompanion" - -\end_inset - -Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin: -\emph on -The LaTeX Companion. - -\emph default - Addison-Wesley, 1994 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "latexguide" - -\end_inset - -A Guide to LaTeX2e, Kopka and Daly. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "texbook" - -\end_inset - -Donald E. - Knuth. - -\emph on -The TeXbook -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "latex-einführung" - -\end_inset - -Helmut Kopka: -\emph on -LaTeX, Band 1 – Einführung, 2., überarbeitete Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} -lage -\emph default -. - Addison-Wesley, 1996 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "latex-praxisbuch" - -\end_inset - -Elke & Michael Niedermair: -\emph on -LaTeX-Praxisbuch -\emph default -, Franzis-Verlag, 2004 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "TeX-Katalog" - -\end_inset - -Der TeX-Katalog: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://mirrors.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "LaTeXFAQ" - -\end_inset - -The LaTeX FAQ: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "BibTeX" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Dokumentation" -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf" - -\end_inset - - des Programms -\family sans -BibTeX -\family default -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "BibTeX-2" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Dokumentation" -target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf" - -\end_inset - - wie man das Programm -\family sans -BibTeX -\family default - verwendet: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "makeindex" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Dokumentation" -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf" - -\end_inset - - des Programms -\family sans -makeindex -\family default -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "xindy" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Dokumentation" -target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html" - -\end_inset - - des Programms -\family sans -xindy -\family default -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "AMS" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Dokumentation" -target "http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex" - -\end_inset - - der AMS LaTeX-Pakete: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "caption" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Dokumentation" -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf" - -\end_inset - - des LaTeX-Pakets -\series bold -caption -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! caption -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "enumitem" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Dokumentation" -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf" - -\end_inset - - des LaTeX-Pakets -\series bold -enumitem -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! enumitem -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "fancyhdr" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Dokumentation" -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf" - -\end_inset - - des LaTeX-Pakets -\series bold -fancyhdr -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! fancyhdr -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "hyperref" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Dokumentation" -target "http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref" - -\end_inset - - des LaTeX-Pakets -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! hyperref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "nomencl" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Dokumentation" -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf" - -\end_inset - - des LaTeX-Pakets -\series bold -nomencl -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! nomencl -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "prettyref" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Dokumentation" -target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf" - -\end_inset - - des LaTeX-Pakets -\series bold -prettyref -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! prettyref -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "refstyle" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Dokumentation" -target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf" - -\end_inset - - des LaTeX-Pakets -\series bold -refstyle -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Paket ! refstyle -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Arabic" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-Seite" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic" - -\end_inset - - wie man LyX für Arabisch konfiguriert: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Armenian" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-Seite" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian" - -\end_inset - - wie man LyX für Armenisch konfiguriert: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Cyrillic" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-Seite" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic" - -\end_inset - - wie man LyX fü kyrillische Sprachen konfiguriert: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Farsi" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-Seite" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi" - -\end_inset - - wie man LyX für Farsi konfiguriert: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Hebrew" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-Seite" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew" - -\end_inset - - wie man LyX für Hebräisch konfiguriert: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Japanese" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-Seite" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese" - -\end_inset - - wie man LyX für Japanisch konfiguriert: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Latvian" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-Seite" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian" - -\end_inset - - wie man LyX für Lettisch konfiguriert -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Lithuanian" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-Seite" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian" - -\end_inset - - wie man LyX für Litauisch konfiguriert -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Mongolian" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-Seite" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian" - -\end_inset - - wie man LyX für Mongolisch konfiguriert: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "Vietnamese" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-Seite" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese" - -\end_inset - - wie man LyX für Vietnamesisch konfiguriert: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Bibliography -\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem -LatexCommand bibitem -key "NeuInLyX20" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "Wiki-Seite" -target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20" - -\end_inset - - über neue Funktionen in -\family sans -LyX 2.0 -\family default -: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Newpage newpage -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -let -\backslash -mybibname -\backslash -bibname -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -bibname}{ -\backslash -mybibname -\backslash -; 2} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Der Befehl -\family typewriter - -\backslash -bibname -\family default - ist der Name des Literaturverzeichnisses in der jeweiligen Dokumentsprache. - Er wird hier mit der Nummer 2 versehen, ein zweites Verzeichnis folgt: -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset CommandInset bibtex -LatexCommand bibtex -bibfiles "../biblio/LyXDocs" -options "../biblio/alphadin" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das obige Literaturverzeichnis stammt aus einer BibTeX-Datenbank. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Damit die Nomenklatur auch den entspechenden Namen erhält, wurde im LaTeX-Vorspa -nn -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -nomname}{Nomenklatur} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -eingefügt. - Denn voreingestellt ist -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Nomenclature -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print -LatexCommand printnomenclature -set_width "auto" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Damit der Index den Namen -\emph on -Stichwortverzeichnis -\emph default - erhält, wurde im LaTeX-Vorspann -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -addto -\backslash -captionsngerman { -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -indexname} {Stichwortverzeichnis}} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -eingefügt. - Denn voreingestellt ist -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -Index -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Das Paket -\series bold -babel -\series default - sorgt dafür, dass die Legenden in der ausgewählten Sprache erscheinen. - Ehe man Legenden ändern kann, muss es geladen werden. - Außerdem wird -\series bold -babel -\series default - von LyX automatisch nach dem LaTeX-Vorspann geladen. - Das ruft aber keine Probleme hervor. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Möchte man andere Legenden ändern, ersetzt man -\series bold - -\backslash -indexname -\series default - durch -\series bold - -\backslash -name -\series default -. - Eine Auflistung der möglichen Namen findet man unter -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family typewriter -http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=fixnam -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Möchte man Legenden für andere Sprachen ändern, ersetzt man -\series bold -ngerman -\series default - durch die Dokumentsprache und -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold - -\backslash -captionsgerman -\series default - durch -\series bold - -\backslash -captions -\series default -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset index_print -LatexCommand printindex -type "idx" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_body -\end_document +#LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 413 +\begin_document +\begin_header +\textclass scrbook +\begin_preamble +% Präambel nicht verändern!!! +% +% Die Präambel stellt sicher, dass das Benutzerhandbuch korrekt +% in die Formate pdf, ps und dvi exportiert werden kann. +% Wenn Probleme beim Exportieren auftreten, können Sie sich +% an das LyX-Dokumentationsteam wenden. +% EMail: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org + +% wenn pdflatex benutzt wird: +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + +% Fonts fuer huebschere PDF-Ansichten +\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{} + +\fi % Ende von: wenn pdflatex benutzt wird + +% Setzt den Link fuer Spruenge zu Gleitabbildungen +% auf den Anfang des Gelitobjekts und nicht aufs Ende +\usepackage[figure]{hypcap} + +% Ein PDF-Lesezeichen für das Inhaltsverzeichnis wird hinzugefügt +\let\myTOC\tableofcontents +\renewcommand\tableofcontents{% + \frontmatter + \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{} + \myTOC + \mainmatter } + +% Damit der Index den Namen "Stichwortverzeichnis" erhält +\addto\captionsngerman{\renewcommand{\indexname}{Stichwortverzeichnis}} + +% define a short command for \textvisiblespace +\newcommand{\leer}{\textvisiblespace} + +% macro for italic page numbers in the index +\newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}} + +% for customized page headers/footers +% only needed because they are only used in one section of the document +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +% change header rule width +\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt} + +%für deutsche Nomenlatur +\renewcommand{\eqdeclaration}[1]{, siehe Gleichung\nobreakspace(#1)} +\renewcommand{\pagedeclaration}[1]{, Seite\nobreakspace{}#1} +\renewcommand{\nomname}{Nomenklatur} + +% workaround for a makeindex bug, +% see sec. "Index Entry Order" +% only uncomment this when you are using makindex +%\let\OrgIndex\index +%\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}} +\end_preamble +\options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading +\use_default_options false +\begin_modules +customHeadersFooters +enumitem +\end_modules +\maintain_unincluded_children false +\language ngerman +\language_package default +\inputencoding auto +\fontencoding global +\font_roman default +\font_sans default +\font_typewriter default +\font_default_family default +\use_non_tex_fonts false +\font_sc false +\font_osf false +\font_sf_scale 100 +\font_tt_scale 100 + +\graphics default +\default_output_format default +\output_sync 0 +\bibtex_command bibtex +\index_command default +\paperfontsize 12 +\spacing single +\use_hyperref true +\pdf_title "Das LyX-Benutzerhandbuch" +\pdf_author "LyX Team, Übersetzung und Bearbeitung : Hartmut Haase (HHa), Uwe Stöhr" +\pdf_subject "LyX" +\pdf_keywords "LyX" +\pdf_bookmarks true +\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true +\pdf_bookmarksopen false +\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1 +\pdf_breaklinks true +\pdf_pdfborder false +\pdf_colorlinks true +\pdf_backref false +\pdf_pdfusetitle false +\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false" +\papersize default +\use_geometry false +\use_amsmath 1 +\use_esint 1 +\use_mhchem 1 +\use_mathdots 1 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false +\use_indices false +\paperorientation portrait +\suppress_date false +\use_refstyle 0 +\notefontcolor #0000ff +\branch Frage +\selected 1 +\filename_suffix 0 +\color #00ff00 +\end_branch +\branch Antwort +\selected 0 +\filename_suffix 0 +\color #aa55ff +\end_branch +\index Stichwortverzeichnis +\shortcut idx +\color #008000 +\end_index +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 2 +\paragraph_separation indent +\paragraph_indentation default +\quotes_language german +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 2 +\paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes false +\html_math_output 0 +\html_css_as_file 0 +\html_be_strict false +\end_header + +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title +Das LyX-Benutzerhandbuch +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author +vom LyX-Team +\size normal + +\begin_inset Foot +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Übersetzung und Bearbeitung : Hartmut Haase ( +\noun on +HHa +\noun default +, bis März 2010), Uwe Stöhr +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\size default + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\noindent +Wenn Sie Anmerkungen oder Korrekturvorschläge machen wollen, schreiben Sie + bitte an: +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org" +target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX-Benutzerhandbuch" +type "mailto:" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Version 2.0.x +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Die neueste PDF-Version dieses Dokuments kann von hier heruntergeladen werden: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset CommandInset toc +LatexCommand tableofcontents + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +Einleitung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Was ist LyX? +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX ist ein System zur Druckvorbereitung von Dokumenten. + Es ist ein Werkzeug, mit dem man schöne Manuskripte, verlegbare Bücher, + Geschäftsbriefe und -vorschläge und sogar Lyrik schreiben kann. + Anders als die meisten anderen +\emph on +Textverarbeitungen +\emph default + verhält es sich eher wie eine Auszeichnungssprache. + Das heißt, wenn Sie eine Abschnittsüberschrift schreiben, bezeichnen Sie + sie als +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +, aber nicht als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Fett, Schriftgröße 17, linksbündig, 5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mm Leerraum darunter +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + LyX kümmert sich für Sie um die Druckaufbereitung, Sie beschäftigen sich + nur mit dem Entwurf, nicht mit der Ausführung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Diese Philosophie wird viel ausführlicher in der +\emph on +Einführung +\emph default + erläutert. + Wenn Sie sie noch nicht gelesen haben, sollten Sie das jetzt tun. + Ja, wir meinen +\emph on +jetzt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\emph on +Einführung +\emph default + beschreibt außerdem einige zusätzliche Dinge: das wichtigste ist das Format + der Handbücher. + Wenn Sie sie nicht lesen, werden Sie viel Zeit brauchen, um in diesem Handbuch + zu suchen. + Ihnen ist vielleicht auch mehr damit gedient, in andere Handbücher als + dieses zu schauen. + Die +\emph on +Einführung +\emph default + beschreibt das auch. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Wie LyX aussieht +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wie die meisten Anwendungen hat auch LyX die bekannte Menüleiste am oberen + Rand des Fensters. + Darunter befindet sich eine Werkzeugleiste mit einer Auswahlbox und verschieden +en Knöpfen. + Es gibt natürlich einen vertikalen Rollbalken und ein Hauptarbeitsbereich + um die Dokumente zu bearbeiten. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt keinen horizontalen Rollbalken. + Dies ist kein Fehler, sondern Absicht. + Wenn man ein Buch liest, erwartet man, dass die Zeilen am Rand umgebrochen + werden. + Der Text rutscht dabei automatisch auf die nächste Seite, daher ist ein + horizontaler Rollbalken nicht notwendig. + Es gibt drei Fälle, bei denen Sie dennoch einen Rollbalken erwarten. + Der erste Fall sind große Bilder. + Um zu verhindern, dass sie größer als der Bildschirm dargestellt werden, + kann man in den Bildeinstellungen die Option +\family sans +Skalierung auf Bildschirm +\family default + im Tab +\family sans +LaTeX- und LyX-Optionen +\family default + verwenden. + Der zweite und dritte Fall sind Tabellen und Gleichungen, die breiter als + LyXs Hauptarbeitsbereich sind. + Man kann die Pfeiltasten benutzen um horizontal durch Tabellen zu navigieren. + Dies funktioniert leider noch nicht für Gleichungen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Für eine detaillierte Beschreibung aller LyX Menüs und Werkzeugleistenknöpfe, + siehe Anhang +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:Die-Benutzeroberfläche" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +HILFE +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das Hilfesystem besteht aus den LyX +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +"= +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Handbüchern, +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mehr über den Befehl +\series bold +"= +\series default + siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "Zusammengesetzte-Worte" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + die Sie alle direkt in LyX lesen können. + Wählen Sie einfach das gewünschte Dokument aus dem Menü +\family sans +Hilfe +\family default + aus. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +LyX-Grundeinstellungen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Grundeinstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "LyX-Grundeinstellungen" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Nahezu alle Features von LyX können über das Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default + konfiguriert werden. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Grundeinstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + LyX kann Ihr System inspizieren, um zu sehen welche Programme, LaTeX-Dokumentkl +assen und LaTeX-Pakete verfügbar sind. + Diese Informationen werden verwendet, um sinnvolle Voreinstellungen für + die LyX-Grundeinstellungen festzulegen. + Die Konfiguration wird bereits bei der Installation durchgeführt. + Allerdings können später installierte Dinge wie z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B, LaTeX-Klassen nicht detektiert werden. + In diesem Fall muss LyX über das Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +konfigurieren +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Neukonfiguration von LyX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + neu konfiguriert werden. + Sie sollten dann LyX neu starten um sicherzustellen, dass die Änderungen + verwendet werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +LaTeX-Einstellung +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:LaTeX-Einstellung" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX ! -Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können Dokumente in LyX bearbeiten ohne LaTeX installiert zu haben, + aber sie können dann keine PDFs erzeugen oder drucken. + Einige LyX-Dokumente benutzen jedoch z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + DocBook als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Backend +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + das PDFs erzeugen kann. + Des Weiteren können Sie LyX-Dokumente jederzeit als reine Textdatei oder + XHTML ausgeben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Manche Dokumentklassen benötigen spezielle LaTeX- oder DocBook-Pakete. + Wenn sie nicht installiert sind, können Sie diese Dokumentklassen trotzdem + verwenden, nur keine Ausgabe erzeugen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die LaTeX-Pakete die LyX auf Ihrem System gefunden hat, sind in einer Datei + aufgelistet, die Sie über das Menü +\family sans +Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X-Konfiguration +\family default + anschauen können. + Wenn sie Pakete vermissen, die sie benötigen, müssen Sie das fehlende Paket + installieren und LyX anschließend über das Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +konfigurieren +\family default + neu konfigurieren. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Neukonfiguration von LyX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Installation eines neuen LaTeX-Paketes +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + des +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default + Handbuchs für mehr Informationen wie man Pakete installiert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +Mit LyX arbeiten +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Einfache Datei-Befehle +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Im Menü +\family sans +Datei +\family default + finden Sie die 10 einfachen Datei-Befehle einer jeden Textverarbeitung + und einige fortgeschrittene: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Neu (Strg+N) +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/buffer-new.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Neu von +\family default + +\family sans +Vorlage (Strg+Umschalt+N) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Öffnen (Strg+O) +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/file-open.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Schließen (Strg+W) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Speichern (Strg+S) +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/buffer-write.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Speichern +\family default + +\family sans +unter (Strg+Umschalt+S) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Alles speichern +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Speicherung wieder herstellen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Drucken (Strg+P) +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Beenden (Strg+Q) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Bis auf ein paar kleine Unterschiede machen sie dasselbe wie bei jeder anderen + Textverarbeitung. + Der Menüpunkt +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +von +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Vorlage +\family default + listet alle verfügbaren Vorlagen auf. + Mit der Auswahl einer Vorlagedatei werden automatisch verschiedene Layout-Einst +ellungen aktiviert, die Sie sonst von Hand verändern müssten. + Derartige Vorlagen können für alle möglichen Textklassen verwendet werden, + sie bieten sich aber vor allem für Briefe an (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vref +reference "sub:Dokumentklassen" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Hinweis: +\series default + Es gibt keine Standarddatei oder ein Dokument +\emph on +unbenannt +\emph default +, das automatisch geladen wird. + Solange Sie nicht selber eine Datei öffnen oder neu anlegen, ist der leere + Bereich auf dem Bildschirm genau das – ein großer, leerer Bereich. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Befehl +\family sans +Speicherung +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +wieder +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +herstellen +\family default + lädt das aktuelle Dokument neu von der Festplatte. + Damit können Sie einen Text, den Sie aus Versehen editiert haben, wieder + in den Originalzustand bringen, außerdem ist er hilfreich, wenn mehrere + Personen an einem Text arbeiten. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Wenn Sie das vorhaben, sollten Sie sich die Unterstützung für Versionskontrolle + im Dokument +\emph on +Handbuchergänzungen +\emph default + ansehen. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der letzte Hinweis betrifft die Menüpunkte +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Schließen +\family default + und +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Beenden +\family default +. + Wenn Sie eine bearbeitete Datei schließen oder LyX beenden wollen, werden + Sie gefragt, ob Sie vorher geänderte Dateien speichern wollen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Einfache Bearbeitungsfunktionen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Einfache-Bearbeitungsfunktionen" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wie bei den meisten gängigen Textverarbeitungen können Sie auch bei LyX + Textblöcke ausschneiden und kopieren, sich zeichen-, wort- oder seitenweise + durch den Text bewegen und ganze Worte oder auch einzelne Zeichen löschen. + In den folgenden vier Abschnitten werden diese Funktionen beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wie zu erwarten, finden Sie diese Befehle im Menü +\family sans +Bearbeiten +\family default +, zusammen mit einigen weiteren Funktionen zur Textbearbeitung. + Einige von ihnen sind von besonderer Bedeutung und werden später gesondert + behandelt. + Die grundlegenden Befehle sind: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Ausschneiden +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Ausschneiden +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +, Strg+X +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/cut.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Kopieren +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Kopieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +, Strg+C +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/copy.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Einfügen +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Einfugen@Einfügen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, +\family sans +Strg+V +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/paste.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Einfügen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(vorherige +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Auswahl) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Einfügen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(speziell) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Suchen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Ersetzen, +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Suchen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ersetzen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family sans + Strg+F +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die ersten drei sind selbsterklärend. + Unter +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einfügen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(vorherige +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Auswahl) +\family default + finden Sie eine Liste der letzten eingefügten Textstücke. + Durch anklicken können Sie eins davon an der momentanen Cursorposition + einfügen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einfügen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(speziell) +\family default +fügt ausgewählten Text mit allen Sonderzeichen, Formatierungen und Umgebungen + ( +\family sans +Einfacher +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Text +\family default +) oder ohne sie ( +\family sans +Auswahl +\family default +) ein. + Außerdem bleibt das Eingefügte im ersten Fall markiert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Tasten +\family sans +Entf +\family default + und +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + + arbeiten ebenfalls wie der Befehl +\family sans +Ausschneiden +\family default +. + Auch müssen Sie aufpassen, wenn Sie Textstellen markiert haben. + Wenn Sie in diesem Moment eine Taste drücken, wird der markierte Text gelöscht + und durch den neu eingegebenen Text ersetzt. + Sie müssen dann den gelöschten Text mit dem Befehl +\family sans +Rückgängig +\family default + ( +\family sans +Strg+Z +\family default +) zurückholen (siehe auch Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vref +reference "sec:Rückgängig-Wiederholen" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das Menü +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Suchen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ersetzen +\family default + öffnet das Dialogfenster +\family sans +Suchen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +und +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Ersetzen +\family default +. + Den zu suchenden Text tragen Sie im Feld +\family sans +Suchen: +\family default + ein. + Mit der Schaltfläche +\family sans +Nächstes +\family default + +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\family sans +suchen +\family default + wird der Text gesucht. + Die Suchrichtung ist normalerweise vorwärts, es sei denn, +\family sans +Rückwärts +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +suchen +\family default + ist aktiviert. + Wurde der Suchbegriff gefunden, wird er markiert. + Wenn Sie das Fenster schließen, können Sie mit der +\family sans +F3 +\family default +-Taste weiter suchen, aber nur vorwärts und ohne Unterscheidung zwischen + groß und klein. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie dann +\family sans +Ersetzen +\family default + anklicken, wird der markierte Begriff durch den Inhalt des Feldes +\family sans +Ersetzen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +durch: +\family default + ersetzt. + Dann können Sie weiter suchen. + Wenn Sie +\family sans +Alles +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +ersetzen +\family default + anklicken, werden unabhängig davon, wo der Cursor im Dokument gerade steht, + wirklich ALLE Suchbegriffe ersetzt. + Ist das Feld +\family sans +Ersetzen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +durch: +\family default + leer, wird der Suchbegriff gelöscht. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Über den Umschaltknopf +\family sans +Groß-/Kleinschreibung +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +beachten +\family default + können Sie festlegen, ob bei der Suche die Schreibweise berücksichtigt + werden soll. + Ist sie aktiv, wird zum Beispiel bei der Suche nach +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Treffen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + das Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +treffen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + nicht gefunden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Umschaltknopf +\family sans +Nur +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +ganze +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Wörter +\family default + schaltet den Modus +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +nur ganze Worte suchen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ein und aus. + Dann wird beispielsweise bei der Suche nach +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Treff +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + das Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Treffer +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + nicht gefunden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX bietet außerdem ein fortgeschrittenes Suchen&Ersetzen, das in Kap. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Fortgeschrittenes-Suchen" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dinge wie Notizen, Gleitobjekte, usw. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(sogenannte Einfügungen) können aufgelöst werden. + Das bedeutet, dass sie gelöscht werden, ihr Inhalt jedoch als normaler + Text erhalten bleibt. + Um etwas aufzulösen, setzt man den Cursor an den Anfang des Objekts und + drückt die +\family sans +Rücktaste +\family default + oder setzt den Cursor an das Ende und drückt die +\family sans +Entfernen +\family default +-Taste der Tastatur. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Inhalt von Einfügungen wird mit dem Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Strg+Alt+A +\family default + ausgewählt, das Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Strg+A +\family default + wählt das komplette Dokument aus. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +R +\family sans +ückgängig +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Ruckgangig@Rückgängig +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + machen und W +\family sans +iederholen +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Wiederholen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Rückgängig-Wiederholen" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie einen Fehler machen, können Sie diesen leicht ungeschehen machen, + denn LyX verfügt über einen sehr großen Speicher für Änderungen. + Wählen Sie die Funktion +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Rückgängig +\family default + ( +\family sans +Strg+Z +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/undo.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +), um einen falschen Arbeitsschritt zurückzunehmen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie dabei versehentlich zu weit zurückgehen, können Sie mit +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Wiederho\SpecialChar \- +len +\family default + ( +\family sans +Strg+Y +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/redo.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +) das Rückgängigmachen schrittweise wieder zurücknehmen. + Derzeit ist die Anzahl der zurücknehmbaren Schritte auf 100 beschränkt, + um den Speicherverbrauch zu verringern. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Auf diese Weise lassen sich Änderungen natürlich nur bis zu dem Zeitpunkt + zurücknehmen, als Sie das Dokument geöffnet haben, ebenso funktioniert + +\family sans +Wiederholen +\family default + nur bis zur letzten gemachten Änderung. + Sonst sind die entsprechenden Menüpunkte grau unterlegt und nicht wählbar. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Bitte beachten Sie auch, dass, wenn Sie in einem Dokument alle gemachten + Änderungen zurücknehmen, trotzdem der Status des Dokumentes als +\emph on +geändert +\emph default + erhalten bleibt. + Dies ist mit der oben erwähnten Beschränkung auf 100 Änderungsschritte + verbunden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Funktionen +\family sans +Rückgängig +\family default + und +\family sans +Wiederholen +\family default + sind auf fast alle Bearbeitungsschritte anwendbar, jedoch gibt es ein paar + Eigenheiten. + So arbeiten sie beispielsweise nicht zeichenorientiert, sondern textblockweise; + das kann anfangs etwas gewöhnungsbedürftig sein. + Probieren Sie ein wenig mit diesen Funktionen herum, um ein Gefühl dafür + zu bekommen, wie viel Text in einem solchen Block enthalten ist, und Sie + werden sich hoffentlich bald daran gewöhnt haben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Außerdem funktioniert +\family sans +Wiederholen +\family default + nicht im Mathematikmodus. + Ein Tipp dazu: Wenn Sie in den Mathematikmodus wechseln, dort eine Gleichung + ändern und dann den Mathematikmodus verlassen, stellt ein +\family sans +Rückgängig +\family default + die Gleichung so wieder her, wie sie war, bevor Sie in den Mathematikmodus + gewechselt sind. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Mausfunktionen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Mausfunktionen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An dieser Stelle werden nur die grundlegenden Operationen beschrieben, die + mit der Maus durchgeführt werden können. + In anderen Abschnitten dieses Dokumentes werden Sie weitere, spezielle + Funktionen kennenlernen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Positionieren +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Einfaches Klicken mit der +\emph on +linken +\emph default + Maustaste positioniert den Textcursor unter den Mauszeiger. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Der Rollbalken funktioniert so wie in anderen Programmen, +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +das Mausrad auch +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Querverweise: Ein Klick mit der +\emph on +rechten +\emph default + Maustaste springt zu der Stelle, auf die verwiesen wird. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Text markieren +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Halten Sie die +\emph on +linke +\emph default + Maustaste gedrückt und bewegen Sie die Maus. + LyX markiert den Text zwischen der alten und der neuen Position des Mauszeigers. + Mit +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Kopieren, Strg+C +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/copy.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + übernehmen Sie den markierten Text in den internen Kopierspeicher von LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Positionieren Sie den Textcursor neu und fügen Sie die Auswahl mit +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einfügen, Strg+V +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/paste.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + in den Text ein. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Wenn Sie die Auswahl durch Klicken mit der +\emph on +mittleren +\emph default + Maustaste in den Text einzufügen, verwendet LyX anstelle des eigenen Kopierspei +chers den X-Puffer. + Der Text wird derselbe sein, jedoch gehen dabei sämtliche Formatierungen + verloren. + Dennoch ist dieser Mechanismus praktisch, wenn Sie Textabschnitte aus anderen + X-Anwendungen in ein Dokument einfügen wollen. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Fußnoten, Randnotizen, Gleitobjekte (Abbildungen und Tabellen) usw. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Ein einfaches Klicken mit der +\emph on +linken +\emph default + Maustaste öffnet oder schließt jedes dieser Objekte. + Beachten Sie außerdem die entsprechenden Abschnitte dieses Handbuches. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Section +Navigieren +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Navigieren" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Navigieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX bietet Ihnen verschiedene Möglichkeiten in Dokumenten zu navigieren: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Das Menü +\family sans +Navigieren +\family default + enthält alle Überschriften des Dokuments als Untermenüs, deren Anklicken + Sie zu dem entsprechenden Dokumentteil führt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gliederung +\family default + (Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-toggle toc" +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "bookmark-goto 0" +\end_inset + + springt zu der Position im Dokument, wo zuletzt etwas geändert wurde. + Das ist z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + nützlich bei großen Dokumenten, wenn man zu einer anderen Position im Dokument + navigiert oder gescrollt hat, um etwas nachzuschauen und anschließend zur + Position zurückspringen möchte, wo man zuletzt etwas geschrieben hat. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit der +\family sans +F5 +\family default + -Taste wird der Cursor vertikal in LyXs Hauptfenster zentriert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Gliederung +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Gliederung" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hiermit schalten Sie die Gliederung an, die dann im linken Teil des LyX-Fensters + erscheint. + Ein weiterer Klick auf den Knopf lässt die Gliederung wieder verschwinden. + Das Navigieren selber erfolgt wie im Menü +\family sans +Navigieren +\family default +. + Die Gliederung zeigt zunächst das Inhaltsverzeichnis, aber Sie können durch + einen Klick auf +\family sans +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\family default + auch andere Listen auswählen, z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + Fußnoten, oder Marken und Querverweise (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Querverweise" + +\end_inset + +), oder Notizen, oder Literaturverweise (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" + +\end_inset + +). + Es hängt vom Dokumenttyp ab, welche Listen vorhanden sind. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Rechts-klicken auf Elemente in der Gliederung öffnet in vielen Fällen ein + Kontextmenü mit dem Elemente direkt verändert werden können. + Zum Beispiel erlaubt das Kontextmenü für Literaturverweise den Literaturverweis +-Dialog zu öffnen um den Verweis zu bearbeiten. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das Feld `Filter' erlaubt es, die angezeigten Einträge einzugrenzen. + Wenn zum Beispiel die Liste der Marken und Querverweise angezeigt ist und + Sie nur Verweise auf Unterabschnitte sehen wollen, geben Sie den Text +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +sub: +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in den Filter ein und nur Einträge mit diesem Text werden angezeigt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Unten in der Gliederung gibt es verschiedene Knöpfe und Optionen zur Kontrolle + der Gliederung. + Die Option +\family sans +Sortieren +\family default + sortiert die aktuelle Liste alphabetisch. + Ansonsten erscheinen die Elemente in der Reihenfolge, in der sie im Dokument + erscheinen. + Die Option +\family sans +Behalten +\family default + behält die aktuelle Ansicht bei. + Behalten bedeutet, dass wenn z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + die Unterabschnitte von Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2 und 4 angezeigt sind und man auf Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +3 klickt, die Unterabschnitte von Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2 und 4 weiterhin angezeigt bleiben. + Ohne die Option +\family sans +Behalten +\family default + würde nur die Unterabschnitte von Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +3 angezeigt. + Des Weiteren gibt es einen Schieberegler, mit dem Sie die Anzeigetiefe + ändern können. + Außerdem sind dort fünf Knöpfe mit folgender Bedeutung: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/reload.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + : aktualisiert das Verzeichnis +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/promote.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + : schiebt das ausgewählte Gliederungs-Element um eine Stufe nach oben (zum + Beispiel von 1.2.3 nach 1.3). + Alle folgenden Gliederungs-Elemente werden angepasst. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/demote.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + : schiebt das ausgewählte Gliederungs-Element um eine Stufe nach unten + (zum Beispiel von 1.2 nach 1.2.1). + Alle folgenden Gliederungs-Elemente werden angepasst. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/down.png + scale 70 + +\end_inset + + : schiebt das ausgewählte Gliederungs-Element nach unten. + Die Gliederung wird angepasst. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/up.png + scale 70 + +\end_inset + + : schiebt das ausgewählte Gliederungs-Element nach oben. + Die Gliederung wird angepasst. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die letzten vier Knöpfe erleichtern das Verschieben von Textteilen, sofern + es sich um ganze Abschnitte und ähnliches handelt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Gliederung erhalten Sie auch, wenn Sie am Anfang des Dokuments ein Inhalts-, + Tabellen- oder Abbildungsverzeichnis angelegt haben und darauf klicken. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Eingabevervollständigung +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Eingabevervollständigung-general" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Eingabevervollständigung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX bietet eine Eingabevervollständigung an, indem alle geöffneten Dokumente + gescannt werden. + Jedes gefundene Wort wird in eine Datenbank eingetragen, die für die Vervollstä +ndigungsvorschläge verwendet wird. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Eingabevervollständigung wird in dem LyX-Grundeinstellungen (Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default +) unter +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Eingabevervollständigung +\family default + aktiviert werden. + Mit der Option +\family sans +Automatische +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Wortvervollständigung +\family default + wird der Vervollständigungsvorschlag direkt hinter dem Cursor angezeigt. + Mit der Option +\family sans +Automatisches +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Popup +\family default + werden die Vorschläge immer in einem Popup angezeigt. + Der Vervollständigungsindikator kann mit der Option +\family sans +Cursor +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Markierung +\family default + abgeschaltet werden. + Mit den allgemeinen Optionen kann die Verzögerungszeit für die Popups und + für die Vervollständigung eingestellt werden und man kann wählen, ob lange + Vervollständigungen abgekürzt werden sollen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX verwendet ein kleines Dreieck hinter dem Cursor als Indikator dass es + Vervollständigungen gibt. + Um eine Vervollständigung zu akzeptieren, drückt man die +\family sans +Tab +\family default + Taste. + Falls mehrere Vervollständigungen verfügbar sind, wird ein Popup geöffnet, + das diese anzeigt. + Man kann eine Vervollständigung im Popup mit der Maus oder den Pfeiltasten + auswählen, und akzeptieren, indem man +\family sans +Enter +\family default + drückt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Vervollständigungsoptionen für Mathe in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen bewirken + dasselbe wie die entsprechenden Optionen für Text. + Die spezielle Mathe-Option +\family sans +Automatische Korrektur +\family default + erlaubt es, Zeichen aus anderen zusammenzusetzen. + Wenn man z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + das Zeichen +\begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + einfügen will, kann man dann die Zeichen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +=> +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in eine Formel eingeben um es zu erhalten. + Dies ist also eine schnelle Alternative zur Eingabe von Befehlen oder der + Verwendung der Mathe-Werkzeugleiste. + Eine Liste mit allen unterstützten Zeichenkombinationen ist in der Datei + +\family typewriter +autocorrect +\family default + zu finden, die sich irgendwo in LyXs Installationsordner befindet. + Die Automatische Korrektur kann jederzeit angeschaltet werden in dem man + das Ausrufezeichen drückt '!'. + Durch Drücken der Leertaste wird sie ausgeschaltet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tastatur!-funktionen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt mindestens zwei verschiedene grundlegende Sätze von Tastenkürzeln: + +\family typewriter +cua +\family default + und +\family typewriter +emacs +\family default +. + LyXs Voreinstellung ist +\family typewriter +cua +\family default +, die in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen unter +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Tastenkürzel +\family default + geändert werden kann. + (Man kann dort auch alle Tastenkürzel auflisten oder ändern, wie es in + Abschnitt +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Tastenkürzel-bearbeiten" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben ist.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Einige Tasten wie +\family sans +Bild +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Hoch +\family default +, +\family sans +Bild +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Runter +\family default +, +\family sans +Links +\family default +, +\family sans +Rechts +\family default +, +\family sans +Hoch +\family default + und +\family sans +Runter +\family default + machen genau das, was man erwartet, andere nicht: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Tabulator +\family default + +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "Tab" +description "Tabulator key" + +\end_inset + +Es gibt in LyX keine Tabulatoren. + Wenn Sie das nicht verstehen, lesen Sie die Abschnitte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Einleitung-Absatzeinrückung" + +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Absatzumgebungen" + +\end_inset + +, speziell Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Listen" + +\end_inset + +, jetzt sofort. + Ja, jetzt sofort. + Wenn Sie immer noch verwirrt sind, schauen Sie in das LyX +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +In LyX wird die Tabulatortaste nur verwendet, um Vorschläge der Eingabevervollst +ändigung zu übernehmen, um den Cursor in Tabellen oder Matrizen zu bewegen + oder um die Schachtelungstiefe in Aufzählungen der Listen zu ändern. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Esc +\family default + +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "Esc" +description "Escape key" + +\end_inset + +Wird verwendet, um Operationen abzubrechen. + Andere Teile des Handbuchs gehen detaillierter darauf ein. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Pos1 +\family default + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +und +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Ende +\family default + Diese setzen den Cursor an den Anfang oder das Ende einer Zeile. + Verwenden Sie die Emacs-Tastenkürzel, wird der Cursor an den Anfang oder + das Ende des Dokuments gesetzt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt drei Hilfstasten: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Steuerung +\family default + (in der Dokumentation als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Strg +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "Strg" +description "Steuerung-Taste" + +\end_inset + + bezeichnet) Diese hat verschiedene Funktionen, abhängig mit welcher Taste + es in Kombination verwendet wird: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Mit +\family sans +Rücktaste +\family default + oder +\family sans +Entf +\family default + löscht es ein ganzes Wort statt nur einem Zeichen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Mit +\family sans +Links +\family default + und +\family sans +Rechts +\family default + springt es über Wörter statt Zeichen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Mit +\family sans +Pos1 +\family default + und +\family sans +Ende +\family default + springt es Richtung Anfang bzw. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ende des Dokuments. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Umschalt +\family default + (in der Dokumentation als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Umschalt +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "Umschalt" +description "Umschalt-Taste" + +\end_inset + + bezeichnet) Verwenden Sie diese zusammen mit den Pfeiltasten, wird der + Text zwischen der alten und neuen Cursorposition markiert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Alt +\family default + (in der Dokumentation als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Alt +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "Alt" +description "Alt oder Meta-Taste" + +\end_inset + + bezeichnet) Dies ist auf den meisten Tastaturen die Alt Taste, es sei denn + dass die Tastatur eine spezielle +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Meta +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Taste besitzt. + Haben Sie beide Tasten, müssen Sie herausfinden welche die Funktion der + Alt Taste hat. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Diese Taste macht verschiedene Dinge und aktiviert zudem die Menü Schnellauswahl. + Wenn man sie in Kombination mit einem unterstrichenen Buchstaben eines + Menüeintrags verwendet, wird dieses Menü ausgewählt. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +Zum Beispiel öffnet die Sequenz +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Alt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +b +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +t +\family default + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\family sans +b +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + den +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Textstil +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Dialog. + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Alt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +d +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + öffnet das +\family sans +Datei +\family default + Menü. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das Handbuch +\emph on +Tastenkürzel +\emph default + listet alle Kürzel mit der +\family sans +Alt +\family default + Taste auf. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +Mit der zeit werden Sie mehr und mehr Tastenkürzel von LyX lernen und verwenden, + denn meist wird das Kürzel zu einer Aktion in der Statusleiste von LyX + angezeigt. + Die LyX Menüeinträge listen zudem die entsprechenden Tastenkürzel auf. + Die Schreibweise der Kürzel ist sehr ähnlich, meist sogar dieselbe wie + in der LyX Dokumentation. + Beachten Sie, dass die +\family sans +Umschalt +\family default + Taste explizit erwähnt wird; +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Alt+A Umschalt+A +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + bedeutet +\family sans +Alt+P +\family default + gefolgt von einem großen A. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann im Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default + unter +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Tastenkürzel +\family default + alle Tastenkürzel auflisten oder ändern, wie es in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Tastenkürzel-bearbeiten" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +LyX-Grundlagen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Dokumenttypen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Einleitung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Bevor Sie anfangen, ein Dokument zu schreiben, müssen Sie entscheiden, was + für eine +\emph on +Art +\emph default + von Dokument Sie wollen. + Unterschiedliche Dokumentarten benutzen unterschiedliche Typen für Zwischenräum +e, Überschriften, Nummerierungen, usw. + Außerdem benutzen unterschiedliche Dokumente unterschiedliche Absatzumgebungen + und formatieren Dokumenttitel unterschiedlich. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Eine +\emph on +Dokumentklasse +\emph default + beschreibt eine Gruppe von Eigenschaften, die eine bestimmte Menge von + Dokumenten gemeinsam haben. + Durch die Wahl der Dokumentklasse legt man diese Eigenschaften automatisch + fest und erleichtert die Erschaffung des gewünschten Dokumentes. + Wenn Sie keine Dokumentklasse wählen, nimmt LyX die Standardklasse. + Dann aber müssen Sie eventuell die Dokumentklasse ändern. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Dokumentklassen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Dokumentklassen" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! -klassen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können eine Klasse über D +\family sans +okument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dokumentklasse +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + auswählen. + Danach können Sie die benötigten Optionen feineinstellen. + Wenn Sie ans Ende der Auswahl gehen, sehen Sie einige Dokumentklassen, + die LyX zwar unterstützt, die aber bei Ihnen nicht installiert sind. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Übersicht +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In LyX gibt es vier Standarddokumentklassen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Article für Standardartikel +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Book für Bücher +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Letter für Briefe +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Report für Standardberichte +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt auch noch andere Klassen, die LyX aber nur benutzt, wenn LaTeX entsprech +end eingerichtet ist. + Die vollständige Liste finden Sie im Anhang der +\emph on +Handbuchergänzungen +\emph default +. + Hier sind einige: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +A&A Journal-Artikel in Stil und Format von Astronomy & Astrophysics. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +ACS Layout für Journale der American Chemistry Society +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +AGU Layout für Journale der American Geophysical Union +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +AMS Artikel im Stil und Format der AMS (American Mathematical Society). + Es gibt drei amsart-Layouts. + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Das Standardlayout benutzt das normale Nummerierungsschema für Sätze usw., + das die Abschnittsnummer voranstellt. + Alle Behauptungen (Sätze, Korollare usw.) werden gemeinsam nummeriert, aber + Definitionen, Beispiele und Ähnliches haben ihre eigene Nummerierungsreihenfolg +e. + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +sequential numbering +\series default + stellt keine Abschnittsnummer voran, sondern nummeriert alles fortlaufend. + Jeder Typ (Sätze, Definitionen usw.) erhält eine eigene Nummerierungsreihenfolge. + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +unnumbered +\series default + verzichtet vollständig auf die Nummerierung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Beamer Layout für Präsentationen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Broadway Layout zum Schreiben von Theaterstücken. + Dies ist keine LaTeX +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +"= +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Dokumentklasse +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +siehe +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "Zusammengesetzte-Worte" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, sondern eine, die zusammen mit LyX ausgeliefert wird. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Chess Layout um über Schachspiele zu schreiben +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Curiculum +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +vitae für Lebensläufe +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Elsarticle Layout für Journale der Elsevier-Gruppe +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Foils um Präsentationsfolien zu erstellen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Hollywood für spezielle Filmskripte der US-Filmindustrie. + Dies ist keine LaTeX +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +"= +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Dokumentklasse, sondern eine, die zusammen mit LyX ausgeliefert wird. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +IEEEtran Layout für Journale des Institute of Electrical and Electronics + Engineers (IEEE) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +IOP Layout für Journale des Institute of Physics +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Kluwer Layout für Journale der Kluwer-Gruppe +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +\series bold +KOMA-Script +\family default +\series default + ersetzt die Standardklassen und bietet viele nützliche Funktionen wie das + Formatieren von Beschriftungen, automatische Druckgrößen-Berechnung usw. + (Wird von diesem Dokument benutzt.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Memoir ein weiterer Ersatz für die Standardklassen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Powerdot Layout für Präsentationen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +REVTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X Artikel für Veröffentlichungen der APS (American Physical Society), des + AIP (American Institute of Physics) und der OSA (Optical Society of America). + Diese Klasse ist nicht mit allen LyX-Funktionen kompatibel. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Slides um Präsentationsfolien zu erstellen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +SPIE +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Proceedings Layout für Journale der International Society for Optical Engineerin +g (SPIE) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Springer Layouts für Journale der Springer-Gruppe +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wir wollen hier nicht im Einzelnen beschreiben, wie man diese verschiedenen + Dokumentklassen benutzen kann. + Einzelheiten über die Nicht-Standard-Klassen finden Sie in den +\emph on +Handbuchergänzungen +\emph default +. + Hier wollen wir uns mit Eigenschaften befassen, die allen Dokumentklassen + gemeinsam sind. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Verfügbarkeit +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Neue Benutzer sind manchmal verwundert, dass viele Dokumentklassen, die + im Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dokumentklasse +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + gelistet sind, als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +nicht verfügbar +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + markiert sind. + Oder sie sind überrascht wenn sie z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + die Vorlage +\family sans +iop-article +\family default + öffnen und eine Warnung erhalten, dass das Dokument Dateien benötigt, die + nicht installiert sind. + Daher könnte man meinen, dass etwas nicht stimmt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Aber alles ist in Ordnung. + LyX enthält weit mehr Dokumentklassen als man jemals benutzen wird. + Die meisten, wie z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + +\family sans +IOP +\family default +, sind sehr speziell. + LyX versucht so viele Klassen wie möglich zu unterstützen und enthält annähernd + hundert verschiedene Layout-Dateien, Tendenz steigend. + Keine LaTeX-Distribution wird standardmäßig alle Dateien installieren, + die von irgend einer Dokumentklasse benötigt werden. + Es sind einfach zu viele. + Das ist der Grund warum einige Dokumentklassen nicht verfügbar sind. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Falls es eine Dokumentklasse gibt, die Sie benutzen möchten, die aber als + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +nicht verfügbar +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + gekennzeichnet ist, müssen Sie die entsprechenden Paketdateien installieren. + Der einfachste Weg herauszufinden welche Dateien Sie installieren müssen, + ist es, die Dokumentklasse für eine neue Datei zu verwenden. + LyX wird dann einen Dialog zeigen, der die fehlenden Dateien auflistet. + In Abschnitt +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Installation eines neuen LaTeX-Paketes +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + des +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default + Handbuchs ist beschrieben, wie man diese installiert. +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Obwohl LyX viele verschiedenen Dokumenttypen unterstützt, kann es nicht + alle unterstützen, die man vielleicht benutzen möchte. + Zum Beispiel stellen viele Universitäten LaTeX-Dokumentklassen bereit, + die man für Dissertationen verwenden muss. + Das LyX-Team kann nicht für jede davon eine Layout-Datei schreiben, da + es zu viele davon gibt, die sich auch noch oft ändern. + Glücklicherweise kann man sich aber sein eigenes Layout schreiben, und + viele LyX-Nutzer haben das schon getan. + Kapitel +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +5 des +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default + Handbuchs enthält Informationen wie man Layout-Dateien erstellt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Module +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Module" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Module +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Module ergänzen ein Dokument um zusätzliche Funktionen, die nicht standardmäßig + zur gewählten Dokumentklasse gehören. + Wenn Sie zum Beispiel Brailleschrift benutzen wollen, gibt es das natürlich + in keiner Dokumentklasse, also müssen Sie ein entsprechendes Modul im Abschnitt + +\family sans +Dokumentklasse +\family default + von +\family sans +Dokument +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Einstellungen +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + laden. + Wenn Sie auf einen Namen klicken, erscheint im unteren Feld eine Erklärung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Einige Module benötigen LaTeX-Pakete die nicht standardmäßig installiert + sind. + LyX wird Sie warnen falls das benötigte Paket nicht installiert ist. + Sie können das Modul dann trotzdem verwenden um das Dokument zu bearbeiten, + nur keine Ausgabe erzeugen oder es als PDF ansehen, da LyX ohne das Paket + nicht kompilieren kann. + Um eine Ausgabe erzeugen zu können müssen Sie das fehlende Paket installieren + und LyX anschließend über das Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +konfigurieren +\family default + neu konfigurieren. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Neukonfiguration von LyX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Installation eines neuen LaTeX-Paketes +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + des +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default + Handbuchs für mehr Informationen wie man Pakete installiert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung: +\series default + Einige Module benötigen andere Module und manche Module sind miteinander + inkompatibel. + LyX wird Sie darauf hinweisen. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Lokales Format +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Lokales-Format" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! lokales Format +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Module funktionieren bei LyX wie Pakete bei LaTeX: Sie sind dazu gedacht + in verschiedenem Dokumenten verwendet zu werden. + Wenn Sie oft dieselbe Sache in verschiedenen Dokumenten benötigen, sollten + Sie es in Betracht ziehen, dafür ein Modul zu schreiben. + Manchmal jedoch braucht man für ein bestimmtes Dokument ein Format, aber + nur in diesem einen Dokument. + Also so etwas wie einen dokumentspezifischen LaTeX-Vorspann: LyXs sogenanntes + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Lokales +\emph on + +\emph default +Format +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Siehe Abschnitt +\emph on +Lokales Layout +\emph default + des +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default + Handbuchs für Informationen wie man es benutzt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Eigenschaften +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Jede Dokumentklasse hat Standardwerte, diese Tabelle beschreibt sie: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Seitenstil +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Seiten +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Spalten +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +höchste Abschnittsstufe +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +article +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfach +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einseitig +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Eine +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Abschnitt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +report +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfach +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einseitig +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Eine +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Kapitel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +book +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +mit Überschriften +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Zweiseitig +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Eine +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Kapitel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +letter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfach +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einseitig +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Eine +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +keine +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +Sie werden sich wahrscheinlich fragen, was +\family sans +höchste +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Abschnittsstufe +\family default + bedeutet. + Es gibt mehrere Absatzumgebungen, um Abschnittsüberschriften zu erzeugen. + Unterschiedliche Dokumentklassen gestatten unterschiedliche Abschnittsüberschri +ften. + Nur zwei benutzen die +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default +-Überschrift; der Rest beginnt stattdessen mit der +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +-Überschrift. + Einige Dokumentklassen wie die für Briefe benutzen überhaupt keine Überschrifte +n. + Außer +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default +- und +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +-Überschriften gibt es auch +\family sans +Unterabschnitt +\family default +-Überschriften, +\family sans +Unterunterabschnitt +\family default +-Überschriften usw.. + Wir werden diese Überschriften ausführlich in Abschnitt +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vref +reference "sub:Überschriften" + +\end_inset + + beschreiben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Dokumentlayout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Dokumentlayout" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Layout +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die wichtigsten Eigenschaften von Dokumentklassen werden im Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default + gesetzt. + Dort können Sie im Feld +\family sans +Klassenoptionen +\family default + unter +\family sans +Dokumentklasse +\family default + spezielle Optionen für Ihre Dokumentklasse als mit Kommas unterteilte Liste + angeben. + Dies ist nur notwendig wenn LyX spezielle Optionen nicht unterstützt, die + Sie verwenden wollen. + Um mehr über Ihre bevorzugte LaTeX-Klasse zu lernen, müssen deren Handbuch + lesen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Box +\family sans +Seiten-Stil +\family default + im +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default + Dialog unter +\family sans +Seitenlayout +\family default + legt fest welche Kopfzeilen und Seitennummern auf den Seiten erscheinen. + Man kann zwischen den folgenden fünf Optionen wählen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Standard +\family default + der Standard-Stil der aktuellen Klasse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +leer +\family default + keine Seitennummern oder Kopfzeilen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +einfach +\family default + nur Seitennummern +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +mit +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Überschriften +\family default + Seitennummern und entweder das aktuelle Kapitel oder Abschnittstitel und + -nummer. + Ob LyX das aktuelle Kapitel oder den Abschnitt verwendet, hängt von der + maximalen Abschnittsstufe der Klasse ab. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +ausgefallen +\family default + Dies erlaubt es, eigene Kopf- und Fußzeilen zu erstellen, wenn das LaTeX-Paket + +\series bold +fancyhdr +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! fancyhdr +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + installiert ist. + Wie diese erstellt werden, ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Benutzerdefinierte-Kopf/Fußzeile" + +\end_inset + + erklärt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Trennung von Absätzen ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Globale-Absatztrennung" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Seitengröße und Orientierung +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Seitengröße-und-Orientierung" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Seitengröße +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie finden die folgenden Optionen im Menü +\family sans +Seitenlayout +\family default + des +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default + Dialogs: +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Papierformat +\family default + Auf welche Papiergröße ausgegeben werden soll. + Die Größen sind +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +A0 - A6 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +B0 - B6 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +C0 - C6 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +US letter, US legal, US executive +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +JIS B0 - JIS B6 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Benutzerdefiniert +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Orientierung +\family default + Ob es als +\family sans +Hochformat +\family default + oder +\family sans +Querformat +\family default + ausgegeben werden soll. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Doppelseitiges +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Dokument +\family default + Verändert den Textbereich um beide Seiten des Papiers zu bedrucken. + Dies bedeutet, dass der Textbereich für gerade und ungerade Seiten verschieden + ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Seitenränder +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Seitenränder" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Seitenränder +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Seitenränder +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Seitenränder werden im Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default + eingestellt. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie eine KOMA-Script Dokumentklasse verwenden, können Sie die Standard-Ränd +er beibehalten. + Denn KOMA-Script berechnet den Textbereich automatisch unter Berücksichtigung + des Papierformats und der Schriftgröße. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Wichtiger Hinweis +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie die Dokumentklasse ändern, muss LyX +\emph on +alles +\emph default + in die neue Klasse umwandeln, einschließlich der Absatzumgebungen. + Einige Absatzumgebungen sind Standard; alle Dokumentklassen haben sie. + Einige Klassen jedoch haben besondere Absatzumgebungen. + Wenn Sie in so einem Fall die Dokumentklasse ändern, markiert LyX die Absätze, + deren Umgebungen es nicht mehr kennt, als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +unbekannt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Der Name der Umgebung wird beibehalten für den Fall, dass Sie zur vorigen + Dokumentklasse zurück wechseln wollen. + Absätze mit unbekannter Umgebung werden ohne spezielle Formatierung ausgegeben, + so dass Sie entweder eine eigene Formatierung festlegen oder für den Absatz + eine bekannte Umgebung der aktuellen Dokumentklasse ändern müssen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Absatzeinrückung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Absatz!-einruckung@-einrückung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und Absatztrennung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Absatz!-trennung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Einleitung +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Einleitung-Absatzeinrückung" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Bevor wir die verschiedenen Absatzumgebungen beschreiben, wollen wir etwas + über die Absatzeinrückung sagen. + Jeder scheint eigene Vorstellungen darüber zu haben, wie Absätze zu trennen + sind. + Die meisten Amerikaner rücken die erste Zeile eines Absatzes ein. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die deutsche LyX-Version benutzt diese Konvention. + Die englische (amerikanische) Version rückt den +\emph on +ersten +\emph default + Absatz eines Abschnittes, oder nach einem Bild, einer Gleichung, einer + Liste usw. +\emph on + +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +nicht +\emph default + ein. + Nur die folgenden Absätze werden eingerückt. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Die Unterschiede erkennt man am besten, wenn man sich die Dokumentation + in den verschiedenen Sprachen ansieht. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Manch einer mag diese Konvention nicht, aber wenn Sie eingerückte Absätze + benutzen wollen, müssen Sie damit leben. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Man kann LaTeX nicht zwingen, +\emph on +alle +\emph default + Absätze einzurücken. + LyX zeigt es natürlich nicht und LaTeX wird es auch nicht so drucken. + Sie benötigen ein Spezialpaket und einen entsprechenden Befehl im LaTeX-Vorspan +n. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Andere machen das nicht, sondern fügen stattdessen einen größeren Abstand + zwischen zwei Absätzen ein. + Der Abstand zwischen zwei Absätzen, der Zeilenabstand, der Abstand zwischen + Überschrift und Text – alle Abstände zwischen irgendwelchen Objekten sind + in LyX in der Tat vordefiniert. + Wie wir sagten, Sie müssen sich nicht um Zwischenräume kümmern, LyX passt + darauf auf. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Tatsächlich sind die vordefinierten vertikalen Abstände keine feste Zahl, + sondern ein Bereich. + Auf diese Weise kann LyX den Platz zwischen Zeilen verringern oder dehnen + um sicherzustellen, dass Bilder zusammen mit Text auf eine Seite passen, + dass Abschnitte nicht am Fuß einer Seite beginnen usw. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Eigentlich macht LaTeX das, wenn LyX die Druckdatei erzeugen will. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Aber vordefiniert bedeutet nicht, dass Sie das nicht ändern können. + LyX lässt Sie +\emph on +alle +\emph default + vordefinierten Abstände global ändern. + Wir werden das später erklären. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Globale Absatztrennung +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Globale-Absatztrennung" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um eine Standardmethode für die Absatztrennung festzulegen, wählen Sie das + Menü +\family sans +Doku\SpecialChar \- +ment\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, um das Dialogfenster +\family sans +Textformat +\family default + anzuzeigen. + Dann wählen Sie bei +\family sans +Absätze +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +trennen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +durch +\family default + entweder +\family sans +Einrückung +\family default + oder +\family sans +Vertikaler +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Abstand +\family default +, um Absätze einzurücken oder einen größeren Abstand zwischen den Absätzen + einzufügen. + Außerdem können Sie verschiedene Abstände auswählen oder Ihren eigenen + festlegen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Feineinstellung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können die Art der Absatztrennung auch für einzelne Absätze festlegen. + Wählen Sie +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Absatz +\family default +- +\family sans +Einstellungen +\family default + oder klicken Sie auf +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +, um das Menü +\family sans +Absatz-Einstellun\SpecialChar \- +gen +\family default + anzuzeigen. + Dort können Sie den +\family sans +Absatz +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +einrücken +\family default +-Knopf anklicken (Tastenkürzel +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle" +\end_inset + +), um die Einrückart des aktuellen Absatzes zu ändern. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Absätze standardmäßig nicht eingerückt werden, sondern durch zusätzlichen + Leerraum getrennt werden, wird dieser Knopf völlig ignoriert (das heißt + Sie können ihn auch nicht verwenden, um einen einzelnen Absatz einzurücken). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Absatztrennung werden Sie nur für die Feineinstellung eines einzelnen + Absatzes ändern müssen. + Normalerweise wählt man +\family sans +Einrückung +\family default + oder +\family sans +Vertikaler +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Abstand +\family default + für das gesamte Dokument. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Zeilenabstände ändern +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Den Zeilenabstand können Sie für das gesamte Dokument im Menü +\family sans +Doku\SpecialChar \- +ment\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + unter +\family sans +Textformat +\family default +einstellen. + Für einzelne Absätze kann er im Dialog +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Absatz +\family default +- +\family sans +Einstellungen +\family default + eingestellt werden; jedoch sollte dies nur in Ausnahmefällen geschehen, + da der Zeilenabstand normalerweise im Absatzstil definiert ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Absatzumgebungen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Absatz!-umgebungen|( +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Absatzumgebungen" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Überblick +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Absatzumgebungen entsprechen in einer normalen LaTeX-Datei +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{ +\emph on +Umgebung +\emph default +} +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{ +\emph on +Umgebung +\emph default +} +\family default +. + Alles zwischen den beiden Befehlen ist ein Absatz. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Anmerkung +\series default +: Wie Sie in der Vorschau sehen können, wird die obige Zeile nicht richtig + umgebrochen. + LaTeX hat Probleme, Zeichenketten, die aus Worten und Sonderzeichen bestehen, + richtig umzubrechen, siehe auch +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latex-einführung" + +\end_inset + +, S. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +21 und S. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +101. + Wie man das korrigieren kann, finden Sie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Manueller-Zeilenumbruch" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Eine Absatzumgebung ist eine Art +\emph on +Behälter +\emph default + für einen Absatz, der für ihn gewisse Eigenschaften enthält. + Diese können Stil, Schriftart, Ränder, Nummerierungsart, Marken usw. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +betreffen. + Außerdem kann man die verschiedenen Umgebungen +\emph on +schachteln +\emph default +, wobei eine Umgebung Eigenschaften einer anderen erbt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die verschiedenen Absatzumgebungen machen den Gebrauch unsauberer Tabstops, + das Ausrichten von Rändern im Vorübergehen und andere unnütze Dinge aus + den Tagen der Schreibmaschine überflüssig. + Es gibt mehrere Absatzumgebungen für spezielle Dokumentarten. + Wir werden hier nur die gebräuchlichsten beschreiben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Eine Absatzumgebung wählt man mit dem +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +pull-down +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Menü am Anfang der Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +"= +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Werkzeugleiste. + Was für Einträge Sie dort finden, hängt von der gewählten Dokumentklasse + ab. + Das Menü öffnen Sie durch einen Klick auf den beschrifteten Balken oder + das kleine Dreieck oder mit +\family sans +Alt+A+Leertaste +\family default +. + Wenn das Menü geöffnet ist, können Sie die Einträge einschränken, wenn + Sie Buchstaben eingeben, die in dem von Ihnen gesuchten Eintrag vorkommen. + Geben Sie zum Beispiel +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +abs +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ein, werden alle Einträge angezeigt, die mit Abschnitten zu tun haben. + Mit der +\family sans +Esc +\family default +-Taste wird der Filter wieder zurückgesetzt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Für einige gibt es am Anfang der Extra +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +"= +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Werkzeugleiste eigene Schalter ( +\family sans +Standard +\family default + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/layout.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +, +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/layout_Enumerate.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +, +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/layout_Itemize.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +, +\family sans +Liste +\family default + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/layout_List.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +, +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/layout_Description.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +). + LyX wird die Umgebung des +\emph on +gesamten +\emph default + Absatzes, in dem der Cursor sitzt, ändern. + Eine Gruppe von Absätzen kann man ändern, indem man sie vorher markiert. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn man +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + drückt, wird +\emph on +normalerweise +\emph default + ein neuer Absatz des Typs +\family sans +Standard +\family default + begonnen. + Wir sagen +\emph on +normalerweise +\emph default +, weil das nicht immer stimmt. + Wenn Sie in einer der folgenden Umgebungen sind: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Zitat ! (kurz) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Zitat ! (lang) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Gedicht +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gedicht +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Auflistung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Aufzählung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Aufzahlung@Aufzählung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Beschreibung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Beschreibung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Liste +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Liste +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +wird LyX die bisherige Absatzumgebung beibehalten, wenn Sie +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + drücken, anstatt nach +\family sans +Standard +\family default + zurückzukehren. + Es wird außerdem die Schachtelungstiefe beibehalten (mehr über Schachtelungen + siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Standard +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Standard +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die normale Absatzumgebung ist +\family sans +Standard +\family default +. + Sie hat keine besonderen Eigenschaften. + Wenn LyX eine Absatzumgebung zurücksetzt, wird diese genommen. + Der Absatz, den Sie gerade lesen – und die meisten dieses Handbuches – + haben die +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Umgebung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können einen Absatz schachteln, indem Sie in fast jeder anderen Umgebung + die +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Umgebung wählen, aber in einer +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Umgebung können Sie so gut wie nichts schachteln. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Dokumenttitel +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument!titel@-titel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Eine LaTeX-Titelseite hat drei Teile: den Titel selber, die Autorennamen + und das Datum. + Außerdem können Sie eine +\emph on +Fußnote +\emph default + für Danksagungen oder Kontaktinformation schreiben. + Bei einigen Dokumenttypen druckt LaTeX dies alles auf einer eigenen Seite + zusammen mit dem Druckdatum. + Bei anderen Dokumenttypen wird die +\emph on +Titelseite +\emph default + zum Beginn der ersten Seite gedruckt. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX stellt mit den Absatzumgebungen +\family sans +Titel +\family default +, +\family sans +Autor +\family default + und +\family sans +Datum +\family default + eine Schnittstelle zu den Titelsei\SpecialChar \- +tenkommandos zur Verfügung. + So benutzen Sie sie: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Schreiben Sie den Titel Ihres Dokumentes mit der +\family sans +Titel +\family default +-Umgebung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Titel!Umgebung@-Umgebung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Schreiben Sie den Autorennamen mit der +\family sans +Autor +\family default +-Umgebung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Autor!-Umgebung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Wenn Sie wollen, dass das Datum ein bestimmtes Format hat, wenn Sie ein + festes Datum wollen oder wenn Sie einen Text anstelle des Datums wollen, + benutzen Sie die +\family sans +Datum +\family default +-Umgebung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Datum-Umgebung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + Der Gebrauch dieser Umgebung ist optional. + Wenn Sie sie nicht benutzen, wird LaTeX automatisch das Druckdatum einfügen. + Wenn Sie kein Datum haben wollen, verwenden Sie die Option +\family sans +Datum af der Titelseite nicht anzeigen +\family default + im Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dokumentklasse +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Passen Sie auf, dass Sie dies am Beginn des Dokuments machen. + Sie können auch Fußnoten benutzen, um +\emph on +Danksagungen +\emph default + oder Kontaktinformation einzufügen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Überschriften +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Uberschriften@Überschriften +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Überschriften" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt neun Absatzumgebungen für Abschnittsüberschriften. + LyX übernimmt für Sie die Nummerierung. + Sie müssen nur festlegen, wie Abschnitt x von Kapitel y heißen soll. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Nummerierte Überschriften +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt 6 nummerierte Abschnittsüberschriften: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\family sans +Kapitel +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Kapitel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\family sans +Abschnitt +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Abschnitt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\family sans +Unterabschnitt +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Unterabschnitt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\family sans +Unterunterabschn. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Unterunterabschnitt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\family sans +Paragraph +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paragraph +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\family sans +Unterparagraph +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Unterparagraph +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX markiert jede Überschrift mit einer Reihe von Zahlen, die durch Punkte + getrennt werden. + Die Zahlen beschreiben, wo im Dokument Sie sich befinden. + Die Überschriften unterteilen Ihr Dokument in unterschiedliche Textstücke. + Nehmen wir zum Beispiel an, Sie schreiben ein Buch. + Sie unterteilen das Buch in Kapitel. + LyX macht eine ähnliche Unterteilung: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Die höchste Abschnittsstufe ist entweder +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default + oder +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default + wird in +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +e unterteilt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default + wird in +\family sans +Unterabschnitt +\family default +e unterteilt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Unterabschnitt +\family default + wird in +\family sans +Unterunterabschn. +\family default +e unterteilt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Unterunterabschn. + +\family default + wird in +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default +en unterteilt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default + wird in +\family sans +Unterparagraph +\family default +en unterteilt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Bemerkung +\series default +: Nicht alle Dokumenttypen benutzen +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default + als höchste Abschnittsstufe, sondern +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Also, wenn Sie die +\family sans +Unterunterabschn. +\family default +-Umgebung benutzen, um einen neuen Unter-Unterabschnitt zu markieren, markiert + LyX die Überschrift mit der zugehörigen Nummer und den Nummern des Unterabschni +ttes +\family sans +, +\family default + des Abschnittes und, falls möglich, des Kapitels, in dem der Unter-Unterabschni +tt steht. + Beispiel: der fünfte Abschnitt des zweiten Kapitels dieses Handbuches hat + die Marke +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +2.5 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Unnummerierte Überschriften +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die unnummerierten Überschriftarten haben ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +* +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + am Ende des Namens. + Sie funktionieren so wie ihre nummerierten Entsprechungen aber erscheinen + nicht im Inhaltsverzeichnis, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Inhaltsverzeichnis" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Ändern der Nummerierung +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Nummerierung-aendern" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können auch wählen, welche Abschnittsstufen nummeriert und welche im + Inhaltsverzeichnis aufgenommen werden sollen. + Dadurch werden ihre Stufen nicht entfernt, weil das in der Dokumentklasse + festgelegt wird. + Einige Klassen beginnen mit +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default + und gehen hinunter bis zur +\family sans +Unterparagraph +\family default +-Stufe. + Andere beginnen mit +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +. + Auf ähnliche Weise nummerieren nicht alle Dokumentklassen alle Abschnittsstufen. + Die meisten nummerieren weder +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default + noch +\family sans +Unterparagraph +\family default +. + Das können Sie ändern: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Öffnen Sie das Dialogfenster +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Unter +\family sans +Nummerierung +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\family default + können Sie mit den beiden Schiebereglern festlegen, wie viele Hierarchiestufen + LyX nummerieren soll und wievielte im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheinen sollen. + In der Tabelle darunter sehen Sie die Auswirkung der Reglerstellungen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Kurztitel +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Titel ! Kurztitel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + mit optionalen Argumenten definieren +\begin_inset Argument +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Kurztitel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Kurztitel" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Einige Kapitel oder Abschnittsüberschriften wie diese können sehr lang werden. + Wenn sie als Seitenüberschriften benutzt werden, können sie über den Blattrand + ragen, was sehr hässlich aussieht. + Deswegen kann man mit +\family sans +Einfügen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Kurztitel +\family default + eine alternative Überschrift definieren, die dann benutzt wird, wenn die + lange nicht in die Zeile passt. + Dieser Kurztitel wird im Inhaltsverzeichnis und in Gleitobjekten benutzt, + wenn es nötig ist. + Im Dokument selber wird immer die lange Überschrift benutzt und nötigenfalls + umgebrochen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Spezielle Informationen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die folgenden Bemerkungen gelten für alle Überschriften: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Innerhalb dieser Umgebungen können Sie keine Randnotiz einfügen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Sie können +\emph on +eingefügte Formeln +\emph default + (siehe +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default +) schreiben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Diese Umgebungen können Sie nicht schachteln. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Sie können Marken und Querverweise benutzen, um auf ihre Nummern zu verweisen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beispiele für diese Absatzumgebungen finden Sie überall in unseren Handbüchern. + Schauen Sie sich nur um! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Überschrift (Inhaltsverz.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn hinter einem Überschriftstyp +\family sans +(Inhaltsverz.) +\family default + steht, wird auf der gleichen Stufe die Nummerierung fortgesetzt. + Außerdem erscheinen solchermaßen gekennzeichnete Überschriften +\emph on +immer +\emph default + im Inhaltsverzeichnis. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Zitate +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Zitat +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und Lyrik +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lyrik +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX hat drei Absatzumgebungen, um Zitate und Lyrik zu schreiben. + Es sind +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(kurz) +\family default +, +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(lang) +\family default + und +\family sans +Gedicht +\family default +. + Vergessen Sie die Zeiten, wo Sie Zeilenabstände ändern und an Rändern drehen + mussten. + Diese drei Absatzumgebungen haben dies bereits eingebaut. + Sie alle vergrößern den linken Rand und fügen ober- und unterhalb des Textes + zusätzlichen Leerraum ein. + Sie erlauben auch zu schachteln, das heißt Sie können ein +\family sans +Gedicht +\family default + in ein +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(lang) +\family default + setzen, ebenso wie in einige andere Absatzumgebungen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Diese drei Absatzumgebungen haben noch eine Eigenschaft: sie kehren +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + nach +\family sans +Standard +\family default + zurück, wenn Sie +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + drücken. + So können Sie das Gedicht schreiben und fröhlich +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + drücken, ohne fürchten zu müssen, dass die Absatzumgebung sich ändert. + Das bedeutet natürlich, dass Sie am Ende die +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Umgebung von Hand setzen müssen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Zitat!(kurz) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Zitat!(lang) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Zitate" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Nachdem wir die Gemeinsamkeiten dieser drei Umgebungen beschrieben haben, + ist es Zeit für die Unterschiede. + +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(kurz) +\family default + und +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(lang) +\family default + besitzen nur einen Unterschied: +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(kurz) +\family default + benutzt zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen Absätzen und rückt die erste Zeile + niemals ein. + +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(lang) +\family default + rückt die erste Zeile eines Absatzes +\emph on +immer +\emph default + ein und hat konstante Zeilenabstände. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier ist ein Beispiel für eine +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default +-Umgebung: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +Dies ist die +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(kurz) +\family default +-Umgebung. + Wenn ich schreibe, wird die Zeile immer länger, bis sie umgebrochen wird. + Sehen Sie – keine Einrückung! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +Hier ist der zweite Absatz dieses Zitats. + Wieder gibt es keine Einrückung, aber zwischen beiden Absätzen ist zusätzlicher + Leerraum. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das Beispiel ist zu Ende. + Hier ist ein weiteres, diesmal für die +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(lang) +\family default +-Umgebung: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation +Dies ist die +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(lang) +\family default +-Umgebung. + Beim Schreiben sehen Sie die Einrückung. + Wenn es in Ihrem Land üblich ist, die erste Zeile eines neuen Absatzes + einzurücken, dann ist +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(lang) +\family default + die richtige Umgebung für Sie, das heißt Sie sollten sie benutzen, +\emph on +wenn +\emph default + Sie anderen Text zitieren würden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation +Hier ist ein neuer Absatz. + Ich könnte wie ein Politiker (nicht nur zur Wahlzeit) weiter schwafeln, + aber es würde Sie langweilen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das war das andere Beispiel. + Also: +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(kurz) +\family default + ist geeignet für diejenigen, die zur Absatztrennung zusätzlichen Leerraum + verwenden. + Sie sollten Zitate in einer +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(kurz) +\family default +-Umgebung schreiben. + Diejenigen, die Absätze durch Einrückung trennen, sollten die +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(lang) +\family default +-Absatzumgebung für zitierten Text benutzen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Gedicht +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lyrik +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Gedicht" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Gedicht +\family default + ist eine Absatzumgebung für Lyrik. + Hier ist ein Beispiel (ich glaube, es ist von +\noun on +Wilhelm Busch +\noun default +): +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse +Wenn einer, der mit Mühe kaum +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +gekrochen ist auf einen Baum, +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +schon meint, dass er ein Vöglein wär' +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +so irrt sich der. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse +Es folgt ein viel schlechteres Beispiel. + Diese Zeile wird länger, immer länger, sehr lang, endlich bricht sie um. + Hier sieht es nicht schlecht aus, aber im gedruckten Dokument sind die + Folgezeilen ein wenig weiter eingerückt als die erste. + Nun, es ist Prosa geworden und reimt sich nicht mehr. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse +Um eine Zeile umzubrechen +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +und es gut aussehen zu lassen +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +benutze man +\family sans +Strg+Eingabe +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wie Sie sehen, rückt +\family sans +Gedicht +\family default + nur den linken Rand ein. + Jede Strophe ist ein eigener Absatz. + Zum Trennen der Zeilen einer Strophe benutze man die +\family typewriter +break-line +\family default +-Funktion +\family sans +Strg+Eingabe +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Listen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Liste +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Listen" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX hat vier verschiedene Absatzumgebungen, um unterschiedliche Listen zu + erzeugen. + In den +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +- und +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebungen markiert LyX Ihre Listeneinträge mit Aufzählungszeichen oder + Zahlen. + In den +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +- und +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebungen lässt LyX Sie Ihre eigenen Marken verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Allgemeine Eigenschaften +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die vier Absatzumgebungen unterscheiden sich von anderen Umgebungen in vielerlei + Hinsicht. + Zunächst einmal behandelt LyX jeden Absatz als Listenelement. + Wenn Sie +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + drücken, wird die Umgebung +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + auf +\family sans +Standard +\family default + zurückgesetzt, sondern bleibt gleich und erzeugt ein neues Listenelement. + Die Schachtelungstiefe bleibt ebenfalls erhalten. + Wenn Sie die Absatzumgebung behalten wollen, aber die Schachtelungstiefe + zurücksetzen wollen, können Sie +\family sans +Alt+Eingabe +\family default + benutzen. + Macht man das in der höchsten Ebene einer Liste, erhält man eine +\family sans +Standard +\family default + Umgebung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können Listen jeden Typs ineinander schachteln. + LyX ändert die Aufzählungszeichen abhängig von der Schachtelung. + Wenn Sie eine der Listenumgebungen benutzen wollen, sollten Sie +\emph on +unbedingt +\emph default + den gesamten Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" + +\end_inset + +ff lesen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Auf +\family default +\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} + +\family sans +listung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Liste ! Auflistung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Auflistung" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der erste Listentyp, den wir genauer beschreiben werden, ist die +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +-Absatz\SpecialChar \- +umgebung. + Sie hat folgende Eigenschaften: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Jedes Element besitzt ein bestimmtes Aufzählungszeichen als Marke. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +LyX benutzt für alle Elemente derselben Stufe dasselbe Symbol. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Das Symbol erscheint am Anfang der Zeile. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Die Elemente können beliebig lang sein. + LyX rückt den linken Rand jedes Elements automatisch ein. + Die Einrückung ist immer relativ zu der Umgebung, in der die +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default + sich befindet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Wenn Sie +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +-Umgebungen schachteln, bekommt jede Stufe ein neues Symbol als Markierung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Es gibt vier verschiedene Symbole, um maximal vierfach schachteln zu können. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" + +\end_inset + + beschreibt die Schachtelung vollständig. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Natürlich war diese Erklärung auch ein Beispiel für eine +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +. + Die +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +-Umgebung eignet sich am besten für Listen, bei denen die Reihenfolge keine + Rolle spielt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wir sagten, dass unterschiedliche Stufen unterschiedliche Symbole als Markierung + benutzen würden. + Hier ist ein Beispiel für alle vier Symbole. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Die Marke für die erste Stufe von +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default + ist ein schwarzer Kreis. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Die Marke für die zweite Stufe ist ein Gedankenstrich. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Die Marke für die dritte Stufe ist ein Stern. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Die Marke für die vierte Stufe ist ein zentrierter Punkt. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Zurück zu Stufe drei. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Zurück zu Stufe zwei. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Und zurück zu Stufe eins. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses sind die Standardmarken für eine +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +. + Sie können diese Marken Ihren Wünschen anpassen, indem Sie im Dialogfenster + +\family sans +Dokument-Einstellungen +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + unter +\family sans +Auflistungszeichen +\family default + die +\family sans +Ebene +\family default + anklicken, dann eins der Felder +\family sans +Standard +\family default + bis +\family sans +Dings +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +4 +\family default + und schließlich eins der Symbole auswählen. + Das Symbol wird dann angezeigt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie +\family sans +Benutzerdef +\family default +. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Zeichen +\family default + ankreuzen, können Sie +\family sans + +\family default +rechts davon den LaTeX-Befehl für ein Zeichen Ihrer Wahl eingeben. + Außerdem können Sie die Größe des Aufzählungszeichens im Feld +\family sans +Größe +\family default + für jede Ebene festlegen. + In LyX werden (zur Zeit) nur die oben erwähnten vier Standardzeichen verwendet. + Alle Anpassungen erscheinen nur im gedruckten Dokument. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beachten Sie, wie der Abstand zwischen den Elementen mit ansteigender Schachtelu +ng abnimmt. + Wir werden Schachtelungen und alle Tricks für verschiedene Stufen in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" + +\end_inset + +ff ausführlich beschreiben. + Lesen Sie ihn auf jeden Fall! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Aufzählung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Liste ! Aufzahlung@Aufzählung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Aufzählung" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung benutzt man, um nummerierte Listen und Aufzählungen zu erstellen. + Sie hat folgende Eigenschaften: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Jedes Element hat eine Ziffer als Marke. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Die Ziffernart hängt von der Schachtelungstiefe ab. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Wie die Ziffern gedruckt werden, hängt von der Dokumentklasse ( +\family sans +Doku\SpecialChar \- +ment\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dokumentklasse +\family default +) ab. + Bei der hier verwendeten ( +\family sans +book +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(KOMA-Script) +\family default +) wird das (b) als b) gedruckt. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +LyX zählt die Elemente automatisch für Sie und erneuert die Marken, wenn + nötig. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Jede neue +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung fängt mit 1 an. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Ebenso wie die +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +-Umgebung macht die +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung folgendes: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +LyX rückt den linken Rand jedes Elements automatisch ein. + Die Elemente können beliebig lang sein. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +der Abstand zwischen den Elementen nimmt mit ansteigender Schachtelung ab. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +abhängig von der Schachtelungstiefe werden unterschiedliche Marken benutzt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +maximal vier Schachtelungsstufen sind erlaubt. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +Anders als bei der +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +-Umgebung sind die verschiedenen Marken von +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default + in LyX +\emph on +zu erkennen +\emph default +. + So markiert LyX die vier Stufen von +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Die erste Stufe von +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default + benutzt arabische Ziffern, gefolgt von einem Punkt. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Die zweite Stufe benutzt Kleinbuchstaben in runden Klammern. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Die dritte Stufe benutzt kleingeschriebene römische Ziffern, gefolgt von + einem Punkt. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Die vierte Stufe benutzt Großbuchstaben, gefolgt von einem Punkt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Beachten Sie wieder, wie der Abstand zwischen den Elementen mit ansteigender + Schachtelung abnimmt. + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Zurück zu Stufe drei. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Zurück zu Stufe zwei. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Und zurück zu Stufe eins. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Auch in der +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung können Sie diese Marken Ihren Wünschen durch entsprechende Befehle + im LaTeX-Vorspann anpassen, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Benutzerdefinierte-Listen" + +\end_inset + +. + Solche Anpassungen erscheinen nur im gedruckten Dokument, nicht im LyX-Fenster. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Über Schachtelungen von +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebungen gibt es mehr als hier beschrieben. + Sie sollten +\emph on +wirklich +\emph default + Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" + +\end_inset + +ff lesen, um mehr darüber zu erfahren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Beschreibung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Liste ! Beschreibung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Beschreibung" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Anders als die beiden vorigen Umgebungen hat die +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default + keine festen Marken. + Stattdessen benutzt LyX das erste +\emph on +Wort +\emph default + der ersten Zeile als Marke. + Hier ist ein Beispiel: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Beispiel: Dies ist ein Beispiel für die +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX setzt die Marke fett und fügt zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen der Marke + und dem Rest der Zeile ein. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie mehr als ein Wort als Marke wollen oder benötigen, benutzen Sie + ein normales oder geschütztes Leerzeichen ( +\family sans +Strg+Alt+Leertaste +\family default + / +\family sans +Strg+Leer\SpecialChar \- +taste +\family default + oder +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Geschütztes +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Leerzeichen +\family default +). + Lesen Sie auch Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Variabler-horiz-Abstand" + +\end_inset + + für weitere Hinweise. + Hier ist ein Beispiel: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Zweites +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Beispiel: Hier sehen Sie, wie man ein geschütztes Leerzeichen in einer Marke + eines +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Ele\SpecialChar \- +men\SpecialChar \- +tes benutzt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Gebrauch: Sie sollten die +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebung für Dinge wie Definitionen oder Theoreme benutzen. + Benutzen Sie sie, wenn ein beschreibendes Wort besonders hervorgehoben + werden soll. + Sie sollten die +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebung aber nicht benutzen, wenn Sie einen ganzen Satz hervorheben wollen. + Dann benutzt man besser +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default + oder +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default + und schachtelt mehrere +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Absätze hinein. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Schachteln: Sie können natürlich +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebungen ineinander oder mit anderen Typen schachteln. + Lesen Sie Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" + +\end_inset + +ff, um mehr darüber zu erfahren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beachten Sie, dass LyX auch hier ab der zweiten Zeile einrückt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Liste +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Liste ! Liste +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung ist eine LyX-Erweiterung von LaTeX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung hat ebenso wie die +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebung benutzerdefinierte Marken für jedes Listenelement. + Es gibt aber einige gravierende Unterschiede zwischen der +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung und den anderen drei: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +Marken +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Marken +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + LyX benutzt das erste +\emph on +Wort +\emph default + der ersten Zeile als Marke. + Sie wird wie bei der +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebung behandelt (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Beschreibung" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +Ränder +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Rander@Ränder +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Wie Sie sehen, benutzt LyX unterschiedliche Ränder für die Marke und den + Rest des Listenelementes. + Der Text hat einen größeren linken Rand, der sich aus einem Standardwert + plus ein wenig extra Leerraum ergibt. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +Breite +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +der +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Marken +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Marken!-breite +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Dafür benutzt LyX das Maximum aus wirklicher Markenbreite und einem Standardwer +t. + Ist die wirkliche Breite größer als der Standardwert, wird die Marke in + die erste Zeile +\emph on +ausgedehnt +\emph default +. + Das bedeutet, dass der linke Rand der ersten Textzeile dann nicht mit dem + Rand des Restes übereinstimmt, so wie bei diesem Element. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +Standardbreite +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Standardbreite +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Diese können Sie sehr leicht setzen und damit sicherstellen, dass die Texte + aller Elemente der +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung denselben linken Rand haben. + Um die Standardmarkenbreite zu ändern, markieren Sie die Elemente, die + Sie ändern wollen. + Wenn Sie nur die Markenbreite eines Elementes ändern wollen, bewegen Sie + den Cursor einfach in dieses Element. + Dann öffnen Sie das Menü +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Absatz +\family default +- +\family sans +Einstellungen +\family default + oder drücken +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout-paragraph" +\end_inset + +). + Der Text im Feld +\family sans +Längste +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Marke +\family default + bestimmt die Standardmarkenbreite. + Wenn Sie wollen, können Sie hier den Text Ihrer breitesten Marke eintragen + oder stattdesse den Buchstaben +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +M +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + mehrfach hintereinander verwenden. + Das M ist der breiteste Buchstabe und eine Standard-Einheit von Längen + in LaTeX. + Verwendet man +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +M +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + als Einheit der Breite, muss man die +\family sans +Längste +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Marke +\family default + nicht jedes Mal anpassen, wenn man eine Marke in einer +\family sans +Liste +\family default + ändert. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Die voreingestellte Breite ist die Länge von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +00.00.0000 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (entspricht 6 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +M). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung sollten Sie wie die +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebung benutzen, wenn Sie wollen, dass ein Begriff, der den Text beschreibt, + hervorgehoben wird. + Mit der +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung haben Sie eine weitere Möglichkeit, das zu tun, aber mit einem + anderen Aussehen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebungen ineinander oder in andere schachteln usw., wie bei den anderen + Listen-Umgebungen auch. + In Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" + +\end_inset + + erfahren Sie mehr darüber. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt noch eine weitere Funktion der +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung. + Wie Sie in den Beispielen sehen können, richtet LyX die Marken standardmäßig + linksbündig aus. + Man kann zusätzliche variable horizontale Abstände benutzen, damit LyX + die Marken anders ausrichtet. + Variable horizontale Abstände sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Variabler-horiz-Abstand" + +\end_inset + + erläutert. + Hier sind einige Beispiele: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +Links Die Standardausrichtung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +Rechts Ein variabler horizontaler Abstand am Anfang der Marke richtet sie + nach rechts aus. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +Zentriert +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + Je ein variabler horizontaler Abstand am Anfang und am Ende zentriert die + Marke. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Benutzerdefinierte Listen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Benutzerdefinierte-Listen" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Liste ! Benutzerdefiniert +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um die Features nutzen zu können, die in diesem Abschnitt vorgestellt werden, + müssen Sie das Modul +\family sans +Flexible Listen (enumitem) +\family default + in den Dokumenteinstellungen laden. + Dies lädt die Features des LaTeX-Pakets +\series bold +enumitem +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! enumitem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Benutzerdefinierte Aufzählungen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Liste ! Aufzahlung@Aufzählung ! Benutzerdefiniert +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +Die voreingestellte Nummerierung von Aufzählungen kann geändert werden, + indem man ein optionales Argument (Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Kurztitel +\family default +) zum ersten Eintrag jeder Stufe der Liste hinzufügt. + Darin fügt man den Befehl +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +label= +\backslash +roman{enumi} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +als TeX-Code (Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Strg+L +\family default +) ein. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Für mehr über TeX-Code, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:TeX-Code" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\emph on + enumi +\emph default + ist hierbei der Zähler der Nummerierung der ersten Stufe. + Der Befehl +\series bold + +\backslash +roman +\series default + gibt den Zähler als kleine römische Zahl aus. + Für große römische Zahlen ersetzen Sie in obigem Befehl +\series bold + +\backslash +roman +\series default + durch +\series bold + +\backslash +Roman +\series default +. + Für arabische Zahlen verwenden Sie +\series bold + +\backslash +arabic +\series default +. + Um Punkte mit großen oder kleinen Buchstaben zu +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +nummerieren +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, verwenden Sie die Befehle +\series bold + +\backslash +Alph +\series default + oder +\series bold + +\backslash +alph +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung: +\series default + Mit Buchstaben können höchstens 26 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Punkte nummeriert werden, weil nur +\emph on +ein +\emph default + Buchstabe verwendet wird. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um die Nummerierung für die anderen Stufen der Liste zu ändern, ersetzen + Sie im Befehl das 'i' jeweils durch die kleine römische Zahl der Stufe + (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Als Beispiel eine Liste mit benutzerdefinierter Nummerierung: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +label= +\backslash +# +\backslash +Alph{enumi} +\backslash +# +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Stufe 1 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +label= +\backslash +Alph{enumi}. +\backslash +arabic{enumii} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Stufe 2 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Level 2 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +label= +\backslash +bf{ +\backslash +arabic{enumiii}} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Stufe 3 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +label= +\backslash +emph{ +\backslash +roman{enumiv})} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Stufe 4 +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +Für diese Liste wurden diese Befehle verwendet: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent + +\series bold +label= +\backslash +# +\backslash +Alph{enumi} +\backslash +# +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +label= +\backslash +Alph{enumi}. +\backslash +arabic{enumii} +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +label= +\backslash +bf{ +\backslash +arabic{enumiii}} +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +label= +\backslash +emph{ +\backslash +roman{enumiv})} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +wobei der Befehl +\series bold + +\backslash +emph{} +\series default + die Nummerierung hervorhebt und +\series bold + +\backslash +bf{} +\series default + sie fett druckt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung: +\series default + Wenn Sie die Nummerierung einer Listenstufe geändert haben, wird sie von + allen weiteren Listen verwendet, bis Sie die Definition wieder ändern. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Unterbrochene Aufzählungen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Liste ! Aufzahlung@Aufzählung ! Unterbrochen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Aufzählungen können nach Unterbrechungen fortgesetzt werden: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +label= +\backslash +arabic{enumi}. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Erstens +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +geht zurück auf Standard-Nummerierung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Zweitens +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Normaler Text +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate-Resume +Fortgesetzt +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um eine Aufzählung fortzusetzen, verwendet man den Stil +\family sans +Aufzählung +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +fortführen +\family default +. + Dessen Nummerierung erscheint in blau in LyX um zu zeigen, das es eine + fortgesetzte Liste ist und die Nummerierung in LyX nicht korrekt ist, aber + in der Ausgabe. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung: +\series default + Falls es keine vorhergehende Liste gibt, die fortgesetzt werden kann, bekommt + man einen LaTeX-Fehler. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Vielleicht wollen Sie die Liste mit einer anderen Nummer als die eigentlich + folgende fortsetzen. + Oder Sie wollen eine neue Aufzählung starten, die mit einer bestimmten + Nummer beginnen soll. + Dies ist möglich, indem Sie in einer neuen, normalen Liste ein optionales + Argument im ersten Listeneintrag einfügen und darin den Befehl +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +start=Nummer +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +verwenden. + Dabei ist +\emph on +Nummer +\emph default + die Nummer, mit der Sie die Liste fortsetzen wollen. + Ein Beispiel: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Erstens +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Zweitens +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Aufzählung startet bei gegebenem Wert: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +start=4 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Diese Aufzählung startet bei 4 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Abstände in Listen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Liste ! Abstände +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In manchen Fällen wollen Sie vielleicht weniger vertikalen Abstand zwischen + den Listeneinträgen haben. + Z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + ist ihrer Meinung nach zu viel Abstand in dieser Liste: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Eine Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +mit Standard-Abstand +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Abstand kann verkleinert werden, indem man ein optionales Argument im + ersten Listeneintrag verwendet. + Darin fügt man den Befehl +\series bold +nolistsep +\series default + ein, der den zusätzlichen Listenabstand entfernt, wie in diesem Beispiel: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +nolistsep +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Eine Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +ohne zusätzlichen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +vertikalen Abstand +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um Abstand hinzuzufügen, können Sie verschiedene andere Befehle des LaTeX-Pakets + +\series bold +enumitem +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! enumitem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + verwenden. + Für mehr Informationen siehe dessen Dokumentation, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "enumitem" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt zudem viele Befehle mit denen horizontale Abstände und der Einzug + eingestellt werden kann. + Hier ist ein Beispiel bei dem der Einzug auf den Einzug der Absätze des + Dokuments gesetzt wurde und der Abstand zwischen Nummer und Text auf 2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm, so dass sich die Nummer im Seitenrand befindet: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +labelindent= +\backslash +parindent, labelsep=2cm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Eine Aufzählung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +mit negativem Einzug +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Weitere Anpassungen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Liste ! Anpassungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können auch den Stil von Beschreibungen ändern. + Der Befehl +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +font=Definition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +ändert den Beschreibungstitel, der Befehl +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +style=Definition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +legt den Listenstil fest. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Ein Beispiel bei dem der Befehl +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +font= +\backslash +itshape, style=nextline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +verwendet wird: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Ionisierende +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Strahlung: +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font= +\backslash +itshape, style=nextline +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Ionisierende +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Strahlung besteht aus Partikeln oder elektromagnetischen Wellen, die energiereic +h genug sind, Elektronen aus Atomen oder Molekülen zu entfernen und sie + damit zu ionisieren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Referenzzählung: In der Programmierung ist Referenzzählung eine Technik + zur Verwaltung der Anzahl der Verweise (Referenzen oder Zeiger) auf ein + bestimmtes Objekt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt viele weitere Befehle und Features des LaTeX-Pakets +\series bold +enumitem +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! enumitem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + Für mehr Informationen siehe dessen Dokumentation, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "enumitem" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Briefe +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Briefe +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Adresse +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Adresse +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default + und +\family sans +Adress +\family default +e +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +rechts +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Adresse!rechte +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: Ein Überblick +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX (LaTeX) hat Dokumentklassen für Briefe, die Sie unter +\family sans +Dokument +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Einstellungen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Dokumentklasse +\family default + auswählen können. + Wie diese Klassen zu benutzen sind, sehen Sie zum einen in den Beispielen, + die Sie unter +\family sans +Strg+O +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Beispiele +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +de +\family default + finden, oder in der Dokumentation der jeweiligen Klasse. + Das Wichtigste dabei ist meistens, die angebotenen Absatzumgebungen in + der richtigen Reihenfolge zu benutzen, damit LaTeX damit klarkommt. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Außerdem wurden speziell für LyX zwei Absatzumgebungen +\family sans +Adresse +\family default + und +\family sans +Adress +\family default +e +\family sans + +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +rechts +\family default + geschaffen. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Anmerkung von +\noun on +Matthias +\noun default +: Ich bin ein wenig stolz auf das Aussehen der rechten Adresse. + Versuchen Sie einmal, dasselbe mit einer normalen Textverarbeitung zu erreichen. + Sie müssten einen Rahmen definieren und ihn von Hand mit der Maus oder + wie auch immer positionieren. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Sie können die +\family sans +Adresse +\family default +- und +\family sans +Adress +\family default +e +\family sans + +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +rechts +\family default +-Absatzumgebungen überall problemlos benutzen. + Sie können sie sogar in anderen Umgebungen schachteln, obwohl Sie nicht + alles in ihnen schachteln können. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Natürlich können Sie +\family sans +Adresse +\family default + und +\family sans +Adress +\family default +e +\family sans + +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +rechts +\family default + nicht nur für Briefe benutzen. + +\family sans +Adresse +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +rechts +\family default + eignet sich insbesondere für Artikelüberschriften, wie sie in europäischen + wissenschaftlichen Zeitschriften benutzt werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Gebrauch +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Adresse-verwenden" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\family sans +Adresse +\family default +-Umgebung formatiert Text wie eine Adresse, was in einigen Ländern auch + für die Eröffnung und die Unterschrift benutzt wird. + Entsprechend formatiert die +\family sans +Adress +\family default +e +\family sans + +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +rechts +\family default +-Umgebung Text im Stile einer rechtsbündigen Adresse, was in einigen Ländern + für den Absender und das Datum benutzt wird. + Hier ist für beides ein Beispiel: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Right Address +Absender +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Straße +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +PLZ Ort +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Ort, Datum +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das war eine +\family sans +Adresse +\family default + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\family sans +rechts +\family default +. + Beachten Sie, dass alle Zeilen linksbündig sind. + LyX setzt den linken Rand so, dass der längste Text auf eine Zeile passt. + Hier ist ein Beispiel für die +\family sans +Adresse +\family default +-Umgebung: +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address +Empfänger +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Straße +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +PLZ Ort +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wie Sie sehen, ist zwischen +\family sans +Adresse +\family default + und +\family sans +Adresse +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +rechts +\family default + und dem nächsten Absatz ein größerer Abstand als normal. + Wenn Sie +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + drücken, setzt LyX die Schachtelungstiefe zurück und kehrt zur +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Umgebung zurück. + Wollen Sie innerhalb von +\family sans +Adresse +\family default + oder +\family sans +Adresse +\family default + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\family sans +rechts +\family default + eine neue Zeile beginnen, müssen Sie +\family sans +Strg+Eingabe +\family default + oder +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Normaler Zeilenumbruch +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Zeilenumbruch +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + benutzen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Wissenschaftliche Texte +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Wissenschaftliche Texte +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die meisten wissenschaftlichen Texte beginnen mit einer kurzen Zusammenfassung + (oft als Abstract bezeichnet) und enden mit einem Literaturverzeichnis. + LyX hat dafür Absatzumgebungen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Zusammenfassung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default +-Umgebung kann man nur in den +\family sans +article +\family default +- und +\family sans +report +\family default +-Dokumentklassen benutzen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default +-Umgebung wird für die Zusammenfassung benutzt. + Technisch gesehen +\emph on +könnten +\emph default + Sie diese Umgebung überall benutzen, aber Sie +\emph on +sollten +\emph default + es nur am Anfang eines Dokumentes, nach dem Titel, tun. + Versuchen Sie auch nicht, die +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default +-Umgebung in eine andere zu schachteln oder umgekehrt. + Es geht nicht. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default +-Umgebung erledigt einige Dinge für Sie. + Erstens wird die Marke +\series bold +Zusammenfassung +\series default + zentriert über den Text gesetzt (allerdings nicht bei der +\family sans +KOMA-Script +\family default +-Version). + Die Marke und der Text werden durch zusätzlichen Leerraum getrennt. + Zweitens ist die Schriftart etwas kleiner, gerade so wie Sie es erwarten. + Drittens ist die Zusammenfassung ein wenig eingerückt und vom restlichen + Text durch zusätzlichen Leerraum getrennt. + So jedenfalls wird es in LyX aussehen. + Wenn Ihr Dokument die +\family sans +report +\family default +-Klasse benutzt, wird die Zusammenfassung im Ausdruck auf einer eigenen + Seite erscheinen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn man +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + drückt, wird die +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default +-Umgebung +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + zurückgesetzt. + Der neue Absatz wird weiterhin in der +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default +-Umgebung sein. + Sie müssen also am Ende der Zusammenfassung die Absatzumgebung von Hand + ändern. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wir würden Ihnen gern ein Beispiel zeigen, aber das geht nicht, weil dieses + Dokument eine Buch-Klasse benutzt. + Wenn Sie noch nie von einer Zusammenfassung gehört haben, können Sie diese + Umgebung ruhig ignorieren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Literaturverzeichnis +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Literaturverzeichnis!-Umgebung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Literaturverzeichnis-Umgebung" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\family sans +Literaturverzeichnis +\family default +-Umgebung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Literaturverzeichnis +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + wird für Literaturangaben benutzt. + Technisch gesehen +\emph on +könnten +\emph default + Sie diese Umgebung überall benutzen, aber Sie +\emph on +sollten +\emph default + es nur am Ende eines Dokumentes tun. + Versuchen Sie auch nicht, die +\family sans +Literaturverzeichnis +\family default +-Umgebung in eine andere zu schachteln oder umgekehrt. + Es geht nicht. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie eine +\family sans +Literaturverzeichnis +\family default +-Umgebung das erste Mal öffnen, fügt LyX einen großen Leerraum ein, gefolgt + von der großen fetten Überschrift +\family sans +\series bold +Literaturverzeichnis +\family default +\series default + oder einen kleineren, gefolgt von +\emph on +Referenzen +\emph default + in Großbuchstaben, abhängig von der Dokumentklasse. + Jeder Absatz der +\family sans +Literaturverzeichnis +\family default +-Umgebung ist ein Eintrag in das Literaturverzeichnis. + Das Drücken von +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + setzt die Absatzumgebung +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + zurück. + Jeder neue Absatz bleibt in der +\family sans +Literaturverzeichnis +\family default +-Umgebung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Eine ausführliche Beschreibung der +\family sans +Literaturverzeichnis +\family default +-Umgebung finden Sie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" + +\end_inset + +. + Dort finden Sie auch einiges über BibTeX +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +"= +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Literaturverzeichnisse. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Besondere Umgebungen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt drei Absatzumgebungen, die einfach in keine Kategorie passen, weil + sie für besondere Zwecke benutzt werden. + Wir werden das Wichtigste von ihnen und ihren Gebrauch erklären. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Legende, Legende oben, Legende unten +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\family sans +Legende +\family default +-Umgebung ist die Standard-Paragraph-Umgebung für Gleitobjekt-Ab\SpecialChar \- +bil\SpecialChar \- +dungen + und -Tabellen. + In LyX sehen Sie die Marke +\emph on +Abbildung +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Nr: +\emph default + oder +\emph on +Tabelle +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Nr: +\emph default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann in die +\family sans +Legende +\family default +-Umgebung nichts schachteln. + Außerdem setzt +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + die Absatzumgebung auf +\family sans +Standard +\family default + zurück, sodass die +\family sans +Legende +\family default +nur aus einem Absatz besteht. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Außerhalb von Gleitobjekten kann man die +\family sans +Legende +\family default +-Umgebung nicht benutzen. + Siehe auch die Abschnitte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Abbildungen" + +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Tabellen" + +\end_inset + + für weitere Informationen über Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen und -Tabellen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Legende +\family default + wird in der normalen +\family sans +book +\family default +-Dokumentklasse benutzt, L +\family sans +egende oben +\family default + und +\family sans +Legende unten +\family default + in der +\family sans +KOMA-Script +\family default +-Version. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +L +\family default +yX-Code +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X!-Code +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:LyX-Code" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default +-Umgebung ist noch eine LyX-Erweiterung von LaTeX. + Sie setzt Text in einem Schreibmaschinenschriftart. + Außerdem kann die Leertaste mehrfach hintereinander benutzt werden; +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +In der +\family sans +LyX +\family default +- +\family sans +Code +\family default +-Umgebung wird die Leertaste als geschütztes Leerzeichen behandelt anstatt + als +\family typewriter +end-of-word +\family default +-Markierung. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + dies ist einer der wenigen Fälle in LyX. + Für Leerzeilen muss man +\family sans +Strg+Eingabe +\family default + eingeben (die +\family typewriter +break-line +\family default +-Funktion). + +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + beendet Absätze. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beachten Sie aber, dass +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + die Absatzumgebung zurücksetzt. + Wenn man also die +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default +-Umgebung verlassen will, muss man das durch Wahl einer anderen Umgebung + machen. + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default +-Umgebungen kann man auch in andere schachteln. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Diese Umgebung hat ein paar Marotten: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Am Anfang eines neuen Absatzes kann man +\family sans +Strg+Eingabe +\family default + nicht benutzen (das heißt auf +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + kann kein +\family sans +Strg+Eingabe +\family default + folgen). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +In der Druckausgabe gibt es keine leeren Absätze und keine leeren Zeilen. + Sie müssen in jeder leeren Zeile mindestens einmal die Leertaste drücken. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Anführungszeichen erreichen Sie nicht durch Eingabe von +\family sans +", +\family default + weil das ` +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +` erzeugt. + Die Anführungszeichen erhalten Sie durch +\family sans +Strg+", +\family default +eigentlich +\family sans + Strg+Umschalt+2 +\family default + (oder +\family sans +Strg+Q +\family default +, wenn Sie die Emacs-Tastaturbelegung verwenden). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier ist ein Beispiel: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code +#include +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code +int main(void) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code +{ +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + printf("Hallo Welt! +\backslash +n"); +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + return 0; +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code +} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das ist das Standard- +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Hallo Welt! +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-C-Programm. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + hat einen Zweck: Code zu schreiben, zum Beispiel Quellprogramme, Shell-Skripte, + rc-Dateien usw. + Benutzen Sie diese Umgebung nur in diesen Spezialfällen, wenn der Text + aussehen soll, als wäre er mit einer Schreibmaschine geschrieben worden. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Absatz!-umgebungen|) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Für längeren Programmcode verwenden Sie Programmlistings, die in Kapitel + +\emph on +Programm-Code-Listen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs erklärt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Umgebungen schachteln +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Umgebungen schachteln +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Einleitung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Während der vorangegangenen Abschnitte haben wir Ihnen empfohlen, Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" + +\end_inset + + zu lesen. + Deswegen fragen Sie sich sicher, worum es eigentlich geht. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX unterscheidet sich vom normalen Konzept der +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Textverarbeitung-als-Super\SpecialChar \- +schreib\SpecialChar \- +ma\SpecialChar \- +schine +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + sehr stark. + Mit einer Schreibmaschine ist Text bloß Tinte auf Papier. + Bei einigen Textverarbeitungen ist das auch heute noch das Hauptproblem. + LyX dagegen behandelt Text als einen zusammengehörigen Block in einem spezielle +n Kontext und mit speziellen Eigenschaften. + Aber was ist, wenn Sie möchten, dass ein Block einige Eigenschaften eines + anderen Blocks erben soll? +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Ein gutes Beispiel dafür sind Aufzählungen. + Nehmen wir an, Sie haben drei Hauptpunkte in Ihrer Aufzählung, aber Punkt + 2 hat auch noch zwei Unterpunkte. + Mit anderen Worten, Sie haben eine Liste +\emph on +innerhalb +\emph default + einer anderen, wobei die innere Liste zu Punkt 2 +\emph on +gehört +\emph default +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +eins +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +zwei +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Unterliste - Punkt 1 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Unterliste - Punkt 2 +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +drei +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Umgebungen schachteln ist einfach: Verwenden Sie das Menü +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Listentiefe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +erhöhen +\family default +oder +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Listentiefe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +verringern +\family default + um die Schachtelungstiefe zu verändern. + (In der Statusleiste ist die Schachtelungsebene angegeben.) Statt des Menüs + können Sie auch die Werkzeugleistenknöpfe +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + + oder die Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Tab +\family default + und +\family sans +Umschalt+Tab +\family default + oder +\family sans +Alt+Umschalt+Rechts +\family default + und +\family sans +Alt+Umschalt+Links +\family default + verwenden. + Die Änderung betrifft nur die aktuelle Auswahl, falls Sie eine haben (erlaubt + es die Schachtelungstiefe von mehreren Absätzen auf einmal zu ändern), + oder den aktuellen Absatz. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beachten Sie, dass LyX die Schachtelungstiefe nur ändert, wenn das möglich + ist, ansonsten passiert nichts. + Beachten Sie außerdem, dass wenn Sie die Schachtelungstiefe eines Absatzes + ändern, die Tiefe der darin geschachtelten Objekte ebenfalls entsprechend + angepasst wird. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Schachteln ist nicht auf Listen beschränkt. + In LyX kann man fast alles ineinander schachteln, wie Sie bald feststellen + werden. + Das ist die wirkliche Stärke des Schachtelns von Absatzumgebungen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Was Sie schachteln können und was nicht +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Bevor wir Sie mit einer Liste von Absatzumgebungen konfrontieren, müssen + wir Ihnen etwas mehr darüber sagen, wie schachteln arbeitet. + Die Frage, ob man schachteln kann oder nicht, ist nicht einfach mit ja + oder nein zu beantworten. + Die Frage ist auch noch: wie? Kann man diese Umgebung in irgendeine andere + schachteln? Kann man eine andere Umgebung in diese schachteln? Ein +\emph on +Ja +\emph default + auf die erste Frage garantiert noch kein +\emph on +Ja +\emph default + auf die zweite. + Die Absatzumgebungen in LyX können bezüglich schachteln eins von drei Dingen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Eine Umgebung kann überhaupt kein Schachteln erlauben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Es gibt Umgebungen, die vollständig schachtelbar sind. + Man kann sie in andere Dinge schachteln und auch andere Dinge in sie. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Es gibt Umgebungen, die man in andere schachteln kann, aber in sie selber + kann man nichts schachteln. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier ist eine Aufstellung der drei Schachteltypen und der zugehörigen Absatzumge +bungen: +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Seltsamerweise erlaubt LyX, +\family sans +Literaturverzeichnis +\family default + und +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default + vollständig zu schachteln. + Ebenso kann man +\family sans +Titel +\family default +, +\family sans +Autor +\family default + und +\family sans +Datum +\family default + in andere Umgebungen schachteln. + Wir bitten Sie dringend, das nicht zu tun. + LaTeX könnte meckern – oder auch nicht. + Wir wissen es nicht genau. + Aber da es vom Kontext her keinen Sinn macht, diese Umgebungen in andere + zu schachteln, warum sollten Sie es dann tun? +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Nicht +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +schachtelbar +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +schachtelbar!nicht +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Man kann sie nicht schachteln. + Man kann nichts in sie hineinschachteln. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Literaturverzeichnis, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Literaturverzeichnis +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Zusammenfassung, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Zusammenfassung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Titel, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Titel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Autor, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Autor +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Datum. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Datum +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description +Vollständig +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +schachtelbar +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +schachtelbar!vollstandig@vollständig +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Man kann sie schachteln. + Man kann andere Dinge in sie hineinschachteln. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Gedicht, Zitat +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(kurz), Zitat +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(lang), Auflistung, Aufzählung, Beschreibung, Liste, LyX-Code +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description +Teilweise +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +schachtelbar +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +schachtelbar!teilweise +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Man kann sie in andere Dinge schachteln. + Man kann nichts in sie hineinschachteln. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Standard, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Standard +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, Teil +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Teil +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, Kapitel, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Kapitel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Abschnitt, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Abschnitt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Unterabschnitt, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Unterabschnitt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Unterunterabschn., +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Unterunterabschn. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Paragraph, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paragraph +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Unterparagraph, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Unterparagraph +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Teil*, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Teil* +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Kapitel*, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Kapitel* +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Abschnitt*, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Abschnitt* +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Unterabschnitt*, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Unterabschnitt* +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Unterunterabschn.*, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Unterunterabschn.* +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Adresse +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +rechts, +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Rechte Adresse +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Adresse. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Adresse +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +Anmerkung: +\series default + Obwohl es möglich ist, nummerierte Gliederungen wie +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default +, +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +, usw. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +in zum Beispiel Listen zu schachteln, wird dringend davon abgeraten. + Denn das Ziel ist es, gut strukturierte Dokumente zu erzeugen, die den + gängigen Normen des Schriftsatzes folgen, aber geschachtelte Gliederungen + verstoßen dagegen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Andere Dinge schachteln: Tabellen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tabellen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, Mathematik +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Mathematik +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, Gleitobjekte +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gleitobjekte +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + usw. +\begin_inset Argument +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Andere Dinge schachteln +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt einige Dinge, die zwar keine Absatzumgebungen, aber trotzdem vom + schachteln betroffen sind: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Gleichungen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Tabellen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Bilder +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +Anmerkung +\series default +: Bilder und Tabellen in Gleitobjekten sind davon nicht betroffen. + Lesen Sie weiter unten oder in den Abschnitten +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Abbildungen" + +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Tabellen" + +\end_inset + + weitere Einzelheiten. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX kann diese drei Objekte entweder als Wort oder als Absatz behandeln. + Nun, eine Tabelle kann man nicht in eine Zeile schreiben, aber Formeln + und Bilder. + Wenn ein Bild oder eine Gleichung +\emph on +inline +\emph default + ist, folgt sie dem Absatz überall hin. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie aber eine Gleichung, ein Bild oder eine Tabelle in einem eigenen + +\emph on +Absatz +\emph default + haben, verhalten sie sich wie teilweise schachtelbare Absatzumgebungen. + Man kann sie in jede Umgebung schachteln, aber man kann natürlich nichts + in sie schachteln. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier ist ein Beispiel mit einer Tabelle: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Punkt eins +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Address +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +a +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +b +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +c +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +d +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Dies ist (b). + Die Tabelle ist in a) geschachtelt. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Wieder zurück. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn wir die Tabelle nicht geschachtelt hätten, würde die Liste wie folgt + aussehen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Punkt eins +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +a +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +b +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +c +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +d +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Dies ist (b). + Die Tabelle ist +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + in (a) geschachtelt. + Sie ist überhaupt nicht geschachtelt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Wieder zurück. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beachten Sie, dass b) nicht nur nicht mehr geschachtelt ist, sondern auch + der erste Punkt einer neuen Liste! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt noch eine Falle, in die man leicht geht: man schachtelt zwar die + Tabelle, geht aber nicht tief genug. + LyX verwandelt dann alles nach der Tabelle in eine neue (Unter)liste. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Punkt eins +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +a +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +b +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +c +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +d +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Dies ist (b). + Die Tabelle ist in 1. + geschachtelt, aber +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + in (a). +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Wieder zurück. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wie Sie sehen, wurde b) zum ersten Punkt einer neuen Liste, aber +\emph on +innerhalb +\emph default + von Punkt 1. + Dasselbe würde mit einem Bild oder einer Gleichung geschehen. + Wenn Sie also Tabellen, Bilder oder Gleichungen schachteln, passen Sie + auf die richtige Tiefe auf! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dann sind da die so genannten Gleitobjekte. + Ein Gleitobjekt ist ein Textblock, der mit einer Art Marke versehen ist, + aber keinen festen Platz hat. + Er kann eine Seite oder zwei vorwärts oder rückwärts +\emph on +gleiten +\emph default +, je nachdem, wohin er am besten passt. + +\family sans +Fußnote +\family default +n und +\family sans +Randnotiz +\family default +en sind Gleitobjekte, ebenso Gleitobjekt-Abbildung, Gleitobjekt-Tabelle + und Gleitobjekt-Algorithmus. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +In zweispaltigen Dokumenten können sich Gleitobjekte über zwei Spalten anstatt + über eine erstrecken. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Weil ein Gleitobjekt keinen festen Platz im fertigen Text hat, wirkt sich + Schachteln auf seinen momentanen Platz nicht aus, nachdem Sie es an LaTeX + weitergereicht haben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Gebrauch und allgemeine Eigenschaften +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Nachdem wir Ihnen gesagt haben, was Sie schachteln können und was nicht, + ist es an der Zeit zu erklären, +\emph on +wie +\emph default + man schachtelt. + Die Schachtelungstiefe +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schachtelungs!-tiefe +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + können Sie mit der Tastenkombination +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt+ +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + +\emph on +erhöhen +\emph default + und mit +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt+ +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + +\emph on +verringern +\emph default +. + Sie können dafür auch die Werkzeugleistenknöpfe +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-increment.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + benutzen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, Text zu schachteln. + Man kann den zu schachtelnden Text markieren oder den Cursor einfach in + den Absatz bewegen, dessen Tiefe man ändern möchte. + Mit der ersten Methode kann man mehrere Absätze auf einmal ändern. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beachten Sie, dass LyX die Schachtelungstiefe nur dann ändert, wenn es möglich + ist. + Sonst passiert nichts, wenn Sie versuchen, die Tiefe zu ändern. + Die beiden Werkzeugleistenknöpfe +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-increment.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + sind dann auch deaktiviert. + Wenn Sie die Tiefe eines Absatzes ändern, werden außerdem alle darin geschachte +lten Absätze betroffen. + Es ist schwer zu beschreiben, was LyX in diesem Fall genau tut. + Das hängt insbesondere davon ab, wie Ihr Text aussieht. + Das Beste, was Sie tun können, ist ausprobieren und sehen, was passiert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Zuletzt sollten Sie noch folgendes beachten: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Wenn Sie die Tiefe mehrmals +\emph on +verringern +\emph default + (das heißt wiederholt +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + drücken), hält LyX auf der äußersten Stufe an. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Wenn Sie die Tiefe +\emph on +zu oft +\emph default + +\emph on +erhöhen +\emph default + (das heißt wiederholt +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-increment.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + drücken), hört LyX +\emph on + +\emph default +irgendwann auf. + Es kann aber sein, dass LaTeX nicht so viele Schachtelungen erlaubt. + Sie bekommen dann bei der DVI-Ansicht eine Fehlermeldung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beachten Sie, dass die +\emph on +niedrigste Stufe +\emph default + nicht die niedrigst mögliche bedeutet. + Sie können nicht beliebig schachteln, wie Sie es bereits bei der +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung und anderen gesehen haben, und auch LaTeX setzt eine Grenze. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX kann maximal sechsmal schachteln, ohne dass LaTeX meckert. + Hier ist ein Beispiel, das zeigt, was wir meinen: +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Wenn Sie dies in LyX lesen, erkennen Sie die Schachtelungen auch an den + roten Klammer am linken Rand. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Stufe 1 - außen +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Stufe 2 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Stufe 3 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Stufe 4 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Stufe 5 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Stufe 6 +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +Noch einmal: LyX hat maximal 6 sinnvolle Stufen, unabhängig davon, welche + Absatzumgebung Sie auf einer bestimmten Stufe benutzen. + Das bedeutet, dass Sie eine sechsfach geschachtelte +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +- oder +\family sans +Gedicht +\family default +-Umgebung usw. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +erzeugen können. + Sie können auch sechs Umgebungen mischen, wie wir später sehen werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt zwei Ausnahmen für das sechsfache Schachteln, und Sie können beide + im obigen Beispiel sehen. + Anders als die anderen vollständig schachtelbaren Umgebungen können Sie + die +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung und die +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +-Umgebung nur vierfach schachteln. + Wenn wir zum Beispiel eine weitere +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default + innerhalb von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +A. +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + erstellen wollten, würden wir Fehlermeldungen erhalten. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Noch einmal: LyX kümmert sich nicht um die Grenze, sondern LaTeX produziert + Fehlermeldungen, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument für den Druck aufbereiten wollen. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Einige Beispiele +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der beste Weg zu erklären, was Sie mit schachteln erreichen können, sind + Beispiele. + Wir haben mehrere mit geschachtelten Umgebungen. + Darin erklären wir, wie wir sie erzeugt haben, so dass Sie sie reproduzieren + können. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Beispiel 1: Sechsfache und gemischte Schachtelung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schachtelungs!-beispiele +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +1-a Dies ist die äußerste Stufe. + Es ist eine +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +2-a Dies ist Stufe 2. + Wir haben +\family sans +Alt+Eingabe +\family default + gedrückt, gefolgt von +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-increment.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +3-a Dies ist Stufe 3. + Diesmal haben wir nur +\family sans +Ein\SpecialChar \- +gabe +\family default + gedrückt, dann +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-increment.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + zweimal nacheinander. + Wir hätten es aber auch wie bei 2-a machen können: +\family sans +Alt+Ein\SpecialChar \- +gabe +\family default + drücken, gefolgt von +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-increment.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +Dies ist eine +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Umgebung, in +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +3-a +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + geschachtelt. + Also ist sie auf Stufe 4. + Wir haben dies durch +\family sans +Alt+Eingabe +\family default +, dann +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-increment.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + und schließlich durch Ändern der Umgebung auf +\family sans +Standard +\family default + erreicht. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +So erhalten Sie Listeneinträge mit mehr als einem Absatz – es funktioniert + auch mit den +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-, +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +- und +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +-Umgebungen! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier ist ein weiterer +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Absatz, auch auf Stufe 4, nur mit einem +\family sans +Alt+Ein\SpecialChar \- +gabe +\family default + erzeugt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +4-a Dies ist Stufe 4. + Wir haben +\family sans +Alt+Ein\SpecialChar \- +gabe +\family default + gedrückt und die Absatz\SpecialChar \- +umgebung auf +\family sans +Liste +\family default + zurückgesetzt. + Denken Sie daran – innerhalb einer +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Umge\SpecialChar \- +bung kann man nichts schachteln, deswegen sind wir noch auf 4. + Aber wir +\emph on +können +\emph default + innerhalb von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +3-a +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + weiterschachteln. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +5-a Dies ist Stufe 5\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{} +und dies ist Stufe 6. + Inzwischen sollten Sie wissen, wie wir diese beiden erzeugt haben. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +5-b Zurück zu Stufe 5. + Drü\SpecialChar \- +cken Sie nur +\family sans +Alt+Eingabe +\family default +, gefolgt von +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +4-b Nach noch einem +\family sans +Alt+Eingabe +\family default +, gefolgt von +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +, sind wir zurück auf Stufe 4. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +3-b Zurück zu Stufe 3. + Inzwischen sollte klar sein, wie wir das taten. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +2-b Zurück zu Stufe 2. + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +1-b Und schließlich zurück zur äußersten Stufe 1. + Nach diesem Satz drücken wir +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + und ändern die Absatzumgebung zurück nach +\family sans +Standard +\family default +, um die Liste zu beenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +Das war es! Übrigens hätten wir auch die +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-, +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(kurz) +\family default +-, +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(lang)- +\family default + und sogar die +\family sans +Gedicht +\family default +-Umgebung anstatt der +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung benutzen können. + Das Beispiel hätte sehr ähnlich ausgesehen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Beispiel 2: Vererbung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schachtelungs!-beispiele +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code +Dies ist die +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default +-Umgebung auf Stufe 1, der äußersten Stufe. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code +Jetzt werden wir Eingabe drücken, dann +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-increment.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +; danach werden wir zur +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung wechseln. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Dies ist die +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung auf Stufe 2. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Sehen Sie, wie die geschachtelte +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung nicht nur die Rand\SpecialChar \- +ein\SpecialChar \- +stel\SpecialChar \- +lung der Elternumgebung ( +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default +) erbt, sondern auch Schriftart und Leerzeichen! +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +Wir haben dies Beispiel beendet, indem wir +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + gedrückt haben. + Danach mussten wir die Absatzumgebung auf +\family sans +Standard +\family default + und die Schachtelungstiefe mit einmal +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + zurücksetzen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Beispiel 3: Marken, Stufen und +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +- und +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +-Umgebungen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schachtelungs!-beispiele +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Argument +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Beispiel 3: Marken, Stufen \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Dies ist Stufe 1 in einer +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Absatzumgebung. + Wir wollen einige davon schachteln. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Dies ist Stufe 2. + Wir haben +\family sans +Alt+Eingabe +\family default + gedrückt, gefolgt von +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-increment.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +. + Was wird passieren, wenn wir eine +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +-Umgebung hier hinein schachteln? Sie wird auf Stufe 3 sein, aber welche + Marke wird es sein? Ein Stern? +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Nein! Es ist ein schwarzer Kreis. + Dies ist die +\emph on +erste +\emph default + +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +-Stufe, obwohl wir auf Stufe 3 sind. + Deswegen ist die Marke ein schwarzer Kreis. + (Bemerkung: wir kamen hierher durch +\family sans +Alt+Eingabe +\family default +, dann +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-increment.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +, dann der Umgebungswechsel auf +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +.) +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Hier ist Stufe 4, produziert mit +\family sans +Alt+Eingabe +\family default +, dann +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-increment.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +. + +\family default + Wir werden das noch einmal machen \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + um zu Stufe 5 zu gelangen. + Diesmal aber haben wir auch die Absatz\SpecialChar \- +umgebung auf +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default + zurückgesetzt. + Beachten Sie die Nummerierung! Sie ist jetzt eine +\emph on +kleingeschriebene römische Zahl +\emph default +, weil wir auf der +\emph on +dritten +\emph default + Stufe der +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung sind (das heißt dies ist eine +\family sans +Aufzählung- +\family default + in einer +\family sans +Aufzählung- +\family default + in einer +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Was passiert, wenn wir die Absatzumgebung +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + ändern, sondern die Schachtelungstiefe verringern? Welche Nummerierung + wird LyX benutzen? +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Oh, als wenn Sie das nicht bereits geraten hätten. + Wir benutzen nur +\family sans +Alt+Ein\SpecialChar \- +gabe +\family default +, um die Umgebung und die Tiefe beizubehalten und einen neuen Eintrag zu + erzeugen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Wir wollen +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + benutzen, um nach dem nächsten +\family sans +Alt+Eingabe +\family default + die Tiefe zu verringern. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Dies ist Stufe 4. + Sehen Sie, was für eine Marke LyX benutzt! +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Dies ist Stufe 3. + Obwohl wir die Stufen geändert haben, benutzt LyX immer noch kleingeschriebene + römische Zahlen für die Marken. + Warum? +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Weil der Absatz trotz der Tiefenänderung +\emph on +immer noch +\emph default + die dritte Stufe der +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung ist. + Beachten Sie aber, dass LyX den Zähler für die Marke +\emph on +zurückgesetzt +\emph default + hat. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Eine weitere Folge +\family sans +Alt+Eingabe+ +\family default + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + und wir sind zurück auf Stufe 2. + Diesmal haben wir nicht nur die Schachtelungstiefe zurückgesetzt, sondern + sind auch in der +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung eine Stufe zurückgegangen. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Dasselbe passiert nach einer weiteren Folge +\family sans +Alt+Eingabe+ +\family default + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +. + Wir sind zurück auf Stufe 1, der äußersten Stufe. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Schließlich haben wir die Umgebung auf +\family sans +Standard +\family default + zurückgesetzt. + Wie Sie sehen, korrespondiert die Stufennummer nicht mit dem Markentyp, + den LyX für die +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +- und +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +-Umgebungen benutzt. + Die Anzahl von +\emph on +anderen +\emph default + +\family sans +\emph on +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebun\SpecialChar \- +gen +\emph default +, die sie umgeben, bestimmen die Marke, die LyX für einen +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Eintrag benutzt. + Dasselbe gilt auch für die +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +-Umgebung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Beispiel 4: Übergeschnappt +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schachtelungs!-beispiele +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Jetzt werden wir völlig verrückt. + Wir werden weder so tief wie in den anderen Beispielen schachteln noch + so ausführlich erklären, wie wir es machen. + (Stufe 1: +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +( +\family sans +Eingabe, +\family default + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-increment.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +, Standard +\family default +: Stufe 2) Wir werden eine kurze Beschreibung in runden Klammern irgendwo + platzieren. + Zum Beispiel besagen die beiden Tastenkombinationen, wie wir die Tiefe + änderten. + Der Umgebungsname bezeichnet natürlich die Umgebung, in der wir uns befinden. + Entweder davor oder danach werden wir die Stufe schreiben. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +( +\family sans +Eingabe, Aufzählung +\family default +: Stufe 1) Dies ist der nächste Eintrag in der Liste. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Verse +Jetzt dichten wir. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Es wird noch schlechter. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +( +\family sans +Eingabe, +\family default + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-increment.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +, Gedicht +\family default +: Stufe 2) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse +Wir wollen ein Bier. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Das wäre gerechter! +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +( +\family sans +Alt+Eingabe +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse +Hier kommt eine Tabelle: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +ein Fisch +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +zwei Fische +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +rote Fische +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +blaue Fische +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Verse + +\family sans +(Alt+Eingabe, Tabelle, +\family default + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-increment.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + 3mal, +\family sans +Alt+Eingabe, Gedicht, +\family default + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +( +\family sans +Eingabe, Aufzählung +\family default +: Stufe 1) Dies ist ein weiterer Eintrag. + Beachten Sie, dass die Wahl einer +\family sans +Tabelle +\family default + die Schachtelungstiefe auf Stufe 1 zurücksetzt, so dass wir sie dreimal + erhöhen mussten, damit die Tabelle in die +\family sans +Gedicht +\family default +-Umgebung kommt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation +Wir beenden nun die +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default + und wechseln nach +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(lang) +\family default +. + Wir sind immer noch auf Stufe 1. + Wir wollen Ihnen einige Dinge zeigen, die Sie mit dem Mischen von Umgebungen + machen können. + Die nächsten Absätze sind ein +\emph on +zitierter Brief +\emph default +. + Wir werden die +\family sans +Adresse +\family default +- und die +\family sans +Adresse +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +rechts +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +"= +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Umgebung hier hineinschachteln, dann ein weiteres geschachteltes +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(lang) +\family default + für den Brief selber benutzen. + Wir werden +\family sans +Alt+Eingabe +\family default + benutzen, um die Tiefe beizubehalten. + Denken Sie daran, dass Sie +\family sans +Strg+Ein\SpecialChar \- +ga\SpecialChar \- +be +\family default + benötigen, um innerhalb von +\family sans +Adresse +\family default +- und +\family sans +Adresse +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +rechts +\family default +-Umgebungen mehrere Zeilen schreiben zu können. + Hier ist das Ergebnis: +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Right Address +Franz Meier +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Nirgendwostr. + 1234 +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +54321 Irgendwo +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +18. + Feb. + 1999 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address +Sehr geehrter Herr Soundso, +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation +wir bedauern, Ihnen mitteilen zu müssen, dass wir Ihre Bestellung über 50 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +Liter komprimiertes Methangas wegen widriger Umstände nicht liefern können. + Unglücklicherweise sind einige unserer Kühe auf merkwürdige Weise explodiert, + so dass wir nicht mehr genügend Methan haben. + Wir werden Sie auf die Warteliste setzen und Ihre Bestellung so schnell + wie möglich liefern. + In der Zwischenzeit danken wir Ihnen für Ihre Geduld. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation +Wir haben aber jetzt ein Sonderangebot für Rindfleisch. + Wenn Sie interessiert sind, schicken Sie bitte das beigefügte Bestellformular + zusammen mit einem Scheck an uns zurück. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation +Wir danken Ihnen nochmals für Ihre Geduld. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address +Hochachtungsvoll, +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Franz Meier +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Quotation +Ende des Beispiels! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wie Sie sehen können, erreichen Sie mit dem Schachteln von Umgebungen in + LyX eine ganze Menge mit nur wenigen Tastendrücken. + Wir hätten leicht eine +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default + innerhalb von +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(lang) +\family default + oder +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(kurz) +\family default + schachteln können oder ein +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(kurz) +\family default + innerhalb von einer +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +. + Sie haben jede Menge Möglichkeiten zur Auswahl. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Abstände, Seiten- und Zeilenumbrüche +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Was ist ein Abstand? Während es andere Programme erleuben, mehrfach hintereinand +er Leerzeichen zu verwenden, bietet LyX stattdessen verschiedene Leerräume/Abstä +nde an: Abstände mit verschiedener Breite und Leerzeichen, die am Zeilenende + umgebrochen werden können oder davor geschützt sind. + Der folgende Abschnitt zeigt einige Beispiele wo solche Abstände nützlich + sind. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Geschütztes Leerzeichen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Geschütztes-Leerzeichen" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Leerzeichen ! geschutztes@geschütztes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es wird benutzt, um LyX (bzw. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +LaTeX) mitzuteilen, die Zeile +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + zwischen den beiden Worten umzubrechen. + Das ist manchmal nötig, um unschöne Zeilenumbrüche zu vermeiden, wie hier: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +Weitere Informationen finden Sie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" + +\end_inset + +. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family roman +\series medium +Offensic +\family default +\series default +htlich sollte zwischen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Abschnitt +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ein geschütztes Leerzeichen stehen. + Dieses wird über das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Formatierung +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Ge\SpecialChar \- +schütz\SpecialChar \- +tes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Leer\SpecialChar \- +zei\SpecialChar \- +chen +\family default + (Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Strg+Leertaste +\family default +) eingefügt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Horizontaler Leerraum +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Horizontaler-Leerraum" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Leerraum ! horizontaler +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Alle horizontalen Leerräume können über das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Horizontaler +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Abstand +\family default + eingefügt werden. + Die Längeneinheiten sind in Anhang +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "tab:Maßeinheiten" + +\end_inset + + aufgelistet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Normales Leerzeichen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Normales-Leerzeichen" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Einige Sprachen fügen nach einem Punkt einen etwas größeren Abstand ein, + und LyX befolgt diese Konvention; siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Abkürzungen-und-Satzendepunkt" + +\end_inset + + für Beispiele. + Nach Punkten in Abkürzungen folgt jedoch meist ein normaler Abstand. + Diesen können Sie mit +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Normales +\family default + +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Leerzeichen +\family default + (Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Strg+Alt+Leertaste +\family default +) einfügen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Halbes Leerzeichen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Halbes-Leerzeichen" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Leerzeichen ! halbes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Ein +\family sans +Halbes +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Leerzeichen +\family default + ist nur halb so breit wie das normale und +\emph on +geschützt +\emph default +. + Die typographischen Konventionen vieler Sprachen benutzen es dort, wo ein + normales Leerzeichen zu breit sein würde, zum Beispiel in Abkürzungen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote + +\noun on +D. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +E +\noun default +. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\noun on +Knuth +\noun default + hat unser geliebtes Schriftsatzprogramm entwickelt, d. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +h. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +TeX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Einen halbes Leerzeichen können Sie mit +\family sans +Einfügen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Formatierung +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Halbes +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Leerzeichen +\family default + oder +\family sans +Strg+Umschalt+Leertaste +\family default + einfügen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Weitere Leerräume +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt des Weiteren die folgenden Leerräume: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Negatives +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Halbes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Leerzeichen Eine Zeile mit einem +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \negthinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + Negatives, halbes Leerzeichen zwischen den Pfeilen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Halbgeviert +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(0.5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) Eine Zeile mit einem +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \enskip{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + Halbgeviert +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(0.5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) zwischen den Pfeilen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Geviert +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) Eine Zeile mit einem +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \quad{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + Geviert +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) zwischen den Pfeilen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Doppelgeviert +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) Eine Zeile mit einem +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \qquad{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + Doppelgeviert +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) zwischen den Pfeilen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Benutzerdefiniert Eine Zeile mit +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hspace{} +\length 2cm +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + 2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm Leerraum zwischen den Pfeilen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Tabelle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "tab:Breite-der-verschiedenen" + +\end_inset + + listet die verschiedenen Breiten der Lerräume auf. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float table +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Caption + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "tab:Breite-der-verschiedenen" + +\end_inset + +Breite der verschiedenen horizontalen Lerräume. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Leerraum +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Breite +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Normal +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1/3 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Geschützt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1/3 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Halb +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1/6 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Negativ Halb +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +-1/6 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Halbgeviert (0.5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +0.5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Geviert (1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Doppelgeviert (2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Variabler horizontaler Abstand +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Variabler-horiz-Abstand" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Ein variabler horizontaler Abstand ( +\family sans +HFill +\family default +) ist eine besondere Funktion, um zusätzlichen Leerraum gleichmäßig einzufügen. + Er ist ein Leerraum mit variabler Länge, der dem verbleibenden zwischen + dem linken und dem rechten Rand entspricht. + Gibt es in einer Zeile mehrere variable horizontale Abstände, teilen sie + sich den freien Leerraum gleichmäßig. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier sind ein paar Beispiele: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent +Dieser Teil ist links +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +Dieser Teil ist rechts +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent +Links +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +Mitte +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +Rechts +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent +Links +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +1/3 Links +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +Rechts +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das waren Beispiele in der +\family sans +Zitat +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(kurz) +\family default +-Umgebung. + Hier +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + ist ein variabler horizontaler Abstand in einem +\family sans +Standard +\family default + Absatz. + Egal ob er im Ausdruck erscheint oder nicht, er befindet sich zwischen + den Pfeilen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +HFills können sichtbar gemacht werden, wenn Sie ein +\family sans +Füllmuster +\family default + in den Abstand-Einstellungen wählen. + Folgende Füllmuster sind verfügbar: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Punkte: +\begin_inset space \dotfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Linie: +\begin_inset space \hrulefill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Linkspfeil: +\begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Rechtspfeil: +\begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Klammer oben: +\begin_inset space \downbracefill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Klammer unten: +\begin_inset space \upbracefill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Bemerkung: +\series default + Wenn ein HFill am Beginn einer Zeile aber nicht in der ersten Zeile eines + Absatzes ist, wird er von LyX ignoriert. + Das verhindert, dass HFills aus Versehen auf die nächste Zeile gesetzt + werden. + Wenn Sie in diesem Fall trotzdem den Abstand brauchen, setzen Sie die Option + +\family sans +Schützen +\family default + in den Abstand Einstellungen. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Phantom-Leerraum +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Phantom-Leerraum" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Leerraum ! Phantom +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Manchmal benötigt man Leerraum mit exakt der Länge eines Ausdrucks. + Angenommen Sie wollen die folgende Multiple-Choice Frage stellen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +Was ist korrektes Englisch?: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\lang english +Mr. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Edge would have been jumps the gun. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\lang ngerman + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Mr. + Edge +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\lang english +has to be jumped +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\lang ngerman + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Mr. + Edge +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\lang english +jumps +\lang ngerman + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +So dass die Antwortmöglichkeiten exakt nach dem Ausdruck +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Mr. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Edge +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + beginnen. + Dafür können Sie die Phantom-Einfügung im Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Phantom +\family default + verwenden. + In unserem Fall fügen Sie ein horizontales Phantom am Anfang der letzten + beiden Zeilen ein und schreiben +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Mr. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Edge +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in das Phantom (beachten sie das Leerzeichen nach +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Edge +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +). + Eine Phantom-Einfügung gibt nur den Leerraum ihres Inhalts aus (so wie + ein Platzhalter). + Das ist der Grund warum es +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Phantom +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + genannt wird. + Das normale Phantom gibt die Höhe und Breite des Inhalts als Leerraum aus, + während die horizontale und vertikale Variante nur die entsprechende Dimension + ausgibt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Vertikaler Leerraum +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Vertikaler-Leerraum" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Leerraum ! vertikaler +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Zusätzlichen senkrechten Leerraum über oder unter einem Absatz fügt man + mit dem Dialog +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Vertikaler +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Abstand +\family default + hinzu. + Dort kann man aus den folgenden Größen wählen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +SmallSkip +\family default +, +\family sans +MedSkip +\family default + und +\family sans +BigSkip +\family default + sind LaTeX-Größen, die von der Schriftgröße des Dokuments abhängen. + +\family sans +DefSkip +\family default + ist der Abstand, der im Dialog +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Textformat +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + für die Absatztrennung eingestellt ist. + Wenn Sie Absätze per Einrückung voneinander trennen, ist +\family sans +DefSkip +\family default + gleich +\family sans +MedSkip +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der +\family sans +Abstand +\family default + wird dort eingefügt, wo der Cursor steht. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wir werden kein Beispiel für +\family sans +Variabel +\family default + zeigen, weil es Papierverschwendung ist. + Er arbeitet so wie die anderen Fülltypen, einschließlich variabler horizontaler + Abstand: er füllt den restlichen senkrechten Raum einer Seite mit Leerraum. + Gibt es mehrere +\family sans +VFill +\family default +s auf einer Seite, teilen sie sich den restlichen Leerraum gleichmäßig. + +\family sans +VFill +\family default +s kann man deshalb benutzen, wenn man Text auf einer Seite zentrieren will + oder ihn 2/3 oder 1/4 usw. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +nach unten platzieren will. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Bemerkung: +\series default + Falls der vertikale Leerraum in der Ausgabe am oberen/unteren Seitenrand + erscheinen würde, wird er nur hinzugefügt, wenn die Option +\family sans +Schützen +\family default + gesetzt ist. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Absatz +\family sans +-Ausrichtung +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Absatz ! -ausrichtung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit dem Menü +\family sans +Absatz-Einstellungen +\family default + ( +\family sans +Bearbeiten +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Absatz-Einstellungen +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +) können Sie die Ausrichtung ändern. + Normalerweise ist +\family sans +Voreinstellung +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +des +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Absatztyps +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +(xyz) +\family default + aktiviert, meistens ist xyz Blocksatz, was bedeutet, dass der Leerraum + zwischen den Worten variabel ist und jede Zeile des Absatzes den Platz + zwischen den beiden Rändern ausfüllt. + Wenn Sie eine der vier Möglichkeiten +\family sans + Blocksatz, Links, Zentriert +\family default + und +\family sans +Rechts +\family default + aktivieren, wird die Voreinstellung deaktiviert. + Diese Ausrichtungen sind selbsterklärend und sehen wie folgt aus: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align left +Dieser Absatz ist linksbündig, +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +dieser ist zentriert, +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align right +und dieser ist rechtsbündig. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\emph on +Anmerkung +\emph default +: Bei diesen drei Absatzausrichtungen wird ober- und unterhalb ein zusätzlicher + vertikaler Abstand eingefügt. + Will man zum Beispiel mehrere kurze Zeilen zentriert setzen, sollte man + nach jeder Zeile +\family sans +Strg+Eingabe +\family default + statt +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + benutzen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Manueller Seitenumbruch +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Seitenumbruch!manuell +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Manueller-Seitenumbruch" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Ihnen nicht gefällt, wie LaTeX die Seiten Ihres Dokumentes umbricht, + können Sie manuelle Seitenumbrüche einfügen. + Im allgemeinen ist das +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + nötig, weil LaTeX Seitenumbrüche gut gestaltet, wie bereits in Abschnitt + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Schusterjungen-und-Hurenkinder" + +\end_inset + + erwähnt. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wir empfehlen +\emph on +sehr +\emph default +, +\emph on +keine +\emph default + manuellen Seitenumbrüche einzufügen, +\emph on +bevor +\emph default + das Dokument endgültig fertig ist und Sie sich in der Druckvorschau überzeugt + haben, dass Sie die Seitenumbrüche +\emph on +wirklich +\emph default + ändern müssen. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Natürlich können Sie das auch kapitelweise tun, da ein Kapitel immer auf + einer neuen Seite beginnt. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Dann können Sie einen manuellen Seitenumbruch an der Stelle, wo der Cursor + gerade steht, mit +\family sans +Einfügen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Formatierung +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Neue +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Seite +\family default + einfügen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Einen manuellen Seitenumbruch werden Sie vielleicht einfügen wollen, damit + eine Abbildung oder eine Tabelle auf einer neuen Seite beginnen. + Das ist natürlich der falsche Weg. + Mit LyX können Sie festlegen, dass Ihre Abbildungen und Tabellen automatisch + auf den Beginn einer neuen Seite kommen (oder ans Ende oder auf eine eigene + Seite), ohne dass Sie sich darum kümmern müssen, was vor oder nach Ihrer + Abbildung oder Tabelle steht. + In den Abschnitten +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Abbildungen" + +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Tabellen" + +\end_inset + + erfahren Sie mehr über Gleitobjekte. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Leerender Seitenumbruch +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Leerender-Seitenumbruch" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Seitenumbruch!leerend +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Enthält eine Seite auch Gleitobjekte, wird mit dem Befehl +\family sans + Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Seite +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +leeren +\family default + die Seite umgebrochen, und alle noch nicht gedruckten Gleitobjekte kommen + auf die neue Seite oder folgende. + Bei doppelseitigem Druck macht der Befehl +\family sans + Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Doppelseite +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +leeren +\family default + dasselbe, aber die neue Seite ist auf jeden Fall eine ungerade, eventuell + mit einer Leerseite dazwischen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Manueller Zeilenumbruch +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Manueller-Zeilenumbruch" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Zeilenumbruch ! manuell +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Analog zu Seitenumbrüchen gibt es zwei Typen von Zeilenumbrüchen: Einen + der einfach die Zeile umbricht. + Dieser Zeilenumbruch kann in einem Absatz mit dem Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Normaler +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Zeilenumbruch +\family default + oder mit +\family sans +Strg+Enter +\family default + erzwungen werden. + Der andere Typ, der über das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Rechtsbündiger +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Zeilenumbruch +\family default + oder mit +\family sans +Strg+Umschalt+Enter +\family default +eingefügt wird, bricht die Zeile um und dehnt sie dabei so, dass sie den + kompletten Raum zwischen den Seitenrändern einnimmt. + Dies ist nützlich um +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Fransen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in Blocksatz-Absätzen zu verhindern, die eventuell durch Leerraum aufgrund + eines Zeilenumbruchs entstehen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie sollten keine manuellen Zeilenumbrüche verwenden um LaTeXs Zeilenumbruchmech +anismus zu korrigieren, denn LaTeX ist sehr gut bei Zeilenumbrüchen. + Es gibt dennoch einige Situationen wo es notwendig ist, einen Zeilenumbruch + zu setzen, z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + in einem Gedicht oder einer Adresse (siehe die Abschnitte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Zitate" + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Gedicht" + +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Adresse-verwenden" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Horizontale Linien +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Horizontale-Linien" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +horizontale Linien +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +\begin_inset CommandInset line +LatexCommand rule +offset "0.5ex" +width "100line%" +height "1pt" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +Horizontale Linien können Sie mit +\family sans +Einfügen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Formatierung +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Horizontale +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Linie +\family default + einfügen. + Der Linienversatz ist der vertikale Abstand zwischen Linien und Grundlinie + der aktuellen Textzeile oder des Absatzes. + Die Linieneinstellungen können geändert werden, indem man mit links auf + die Linie klickt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +\begin_inset CommandInset line +LatexCommand rule +offset "0.5ex" +width "100line%" +height "1pt" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Zeichen und Symbole +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Alle Zeichen Ihrer Tastatur können Sie direkt eingeben. + Sie können auch besondere Tastaturtabellen benutzen, wenn Sie zum Beispiel + französische Zeichen mit einer deutschen Tastatur eingeben wollen. + In Abschnitt +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vref +reference "sub:Tastaturtabellen" + +\end_inset + + finden Sie weitere Informationen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie Zeichen benutzen wollen, die nicht auf Ihrer Tastatur sind, gibt + es das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sonderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Symbole +\family default +. + Hiermit öffnen Sie ein Fenster mit Symbolen, von denen Sie eins oder mehrere + auswählen können. + Außerdem können Sie auch aus anderen Kategorien als der angezeigten auswählen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +Anmerkung: +\series default + Eventuell werden nicht alle eingefügten Symbole von LyX angezeigt. + Das hängt von Ihrer Bildschirmschriftart ab, aber +\emph on +alle +\emph default + Symbole werden gedruckt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Schrift +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schriften +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und Textstile +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Text ! -stil +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Schrift-und-Textstile" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Schrifttypen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schriften ! Typen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt zwei Schrifttypen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Skalierbare +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Schriften +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schriften ! skalierbare +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + (auch Vektorschriften +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schriften ! Vektor- +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + genannt)werden aus den Umrissen der einzelnen Zeichen mit Hilfe von mathematisc +hen Funktionen erstellt. + Damit die Darstellung der Zeichen für verschiedene Größen immer gut aussieht, + werden mehrere Funktionen benutzt. + Zum Darstellen oder Drucken eines Zeichens berechnet ein Renderer, welche + Pixel in den Umriss gepackt werden müssen. + Die Vektorschriften sind für jede Zeichengröße bestens geeignet. + Nur bei sehr kleinen Zeichengrößen kann es schwer sein, die Pixel richtig + zu berechnen, damit das Zeichen noch gut aussieht. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Die Schriftarttypen +\family typewriter +TrueType +\family default +, +\family typewriter +OpenType +\family default + und +\family typewriter +Type +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1 +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +PostScript +\family default + sind Vektorschriftarten. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Bitmap-Schriften +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schriften ! Bitmap- +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + werden aus Bitmap-Bildern der einzelnen Zeichen erstellt. + Sie sehen deshalb für alle Größen gut aus, für die ein Bitmap-Bild vorhanden + ist. + Das sind meist Zeichengrößen von 8 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +34 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Pixel. + Vergrößerungen sehen deshalb nicht besonders gut aus. + Der Vorteil von Bitmap-Schriften ist, dass keine aufwendigen Berechnungen + durchgeführt werden müssen. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +In PostScript und PDF-Dokumenten sind +\family typewriter +Type +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +3 +\family default +-Schriftarten Bitmap-Schriften. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Weil also skalierbare Schriften für fast alle Zeichengrößen gute Ergebnisse + liefern, werden sie von fast allen Text-Render- und Drucksatz-Programmen + benutzt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie wissen wollen, welche Schriftarten in einem PDF-Dokument benutzt + werden, sollten Sie sich dessen Eigenschaften anschauen. + Beim +\family typewriter +Adobe Reader +\family default + sind sie unter +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dokumenteigenschaften\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Schriften +\family default + zu finden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Viele moderne Drucksetz- und Textauszeichnungs-Programme haben damit begonnen, + Schriftstile an Stelle von verschiedenen Schriftarten zu benutzen. + Anstatt zum Beispiel die Kursivform einer bestimmten Schriftart zu benutzen, + wird ein +\emph on +Hervorhebungsstil +\emph default + benutzt. + So wird das auch in LyX gemacht, wo kontextabhängig gearbeitet wird, damit + Sie sich nicht auf die Einzelheiten des Drucksatzes konzentrieren müssen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +LaTeX Schriftunterstützung +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:LaTeX-Schriftunterstützung" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Traditionell verwendet LaTeX seine eigenen Schriften. + Daher kann man die Schriften, die im Betriebssystem installiert sind nicht + verwenden, sondern muss spezielle LaTeX-Schriften benutzen. + Der Grund ist, dass LaTeX besondere Informationen von den Schriften benötigt, + die von zusätzlichen Dateien und Paketen bereit gestellt werden. + Die Schattenseite ist, dass daher die Auswahl an Schriften im Vergleich + zu anderen Textprogrammen etwas eingeschränkt ist. + Auf der anderen Seite hat man den Vorteil dass die LaTeX-Schriften generell + eine exzellente Qualität haben und auf allen Betriebssystemen exakt gleich + aussehen. + Mittlerweile gibt es eine recht große Zahl an LaTeX-Schriften, freie und + kommerzielle. + In LyX sind nur einige davon direkt über die Dokumenteinstellungen auswählbar + (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Dokumentschrift-und-Schriftgröße" + +\end_inset + + für Details). + Es sind dennoch alle verfügbar wenn man den entsprechenden LaTeX-Code in + den LaTeX-Vorspann einfügt (bitte lesen Sie dazu die Dokumentation der + gewünschten Schrift). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die neuesten Entwicklungen sind LaTeX-Interpreter, die es erlauben die Schriften +, die auf Ihrem Betriebssystem installiert sind, direkt zu verwenden. + Dies sind die Interpreter XeTeX und LuaTeX. + Beine werden von LyX unterstützt. + Damit kann man theoretisch jede installierte OpenType oder TrueType Schrift + verwenden. + Der nächste Abschnitt beschreibt wie man diese Schriften verwendet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung: +\series default + Es kann sein, dass einige Schriften aufgrund schlechter Zeichendefinitionen + ein schlechtes Ergebnis in der Ausgabe bringen; daher muss man manchmal + experimentieren. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung: +\series default + XeTeX und besonders LuaTeX sind immer noch relativ neu und daher noch nicht + ganz so stabil wie das traditionelle LaTeX oder PDFTeX. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Dokumentschrift +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Schrift@-schrift +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und Schriftgröße +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schriften ! Größe +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Dokumentschrift-und-Schriftgröße" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können die Dokumentschrift im Dialog +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Schriften +\family default + festlegen. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Dort kann eingestellt werden, welche Schriftfamilie verwendet wird — Serifensch +rift, +\family sans +Serifenlos +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +Schreibmaschine +\family default + — und wie groß die Grundschriftgröße und der Skalierungsfaktor für (einige) + Serifenlos- und Schreibmaschine-Schriften ist, damit deren Größe zur Größe + der Serifenschrift passt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie die Option +\family sans +Nicht-T +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX-Schriften verwenden +\family default + benutzen, haben Sie Zugriff auf die in Ihrem Betriebssystem installierten + Schriften. + Dies setzt voraus, dass Sie +\family sans +PDF (XeT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX) +\family default +, +\family sans +PDF (LuaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX) +\family default + oder +\family sans +DVI (LuaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX) +\family default + als Ausgabeformat verwenden. + Das bedeutet daher auch, dass entweder XeTeX oder LuaTeX installiert sein + müssen (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Schriftunterstützung" + +\end_inset + +). + Die TeX-Schriften sind dann allerdings nicht verfügbar. + Es ist zu beachten, dass LyX dann alle verfügbaren Schriften in jeder der + drei Listen (Serifenschrift, Serifenlose, und Schreibmaschine) aufführt, + da LyX die Familie nicht bestimmen kann. + Des Weiteren kann die Ausgabe mit einigen der Schriften fehlschlagen, entweder + durch inkompatible Kodierungen der Schriften oder Fehler in den Schriftdefiniti +onen. + LyX kann dies nicht im Voraus prüfen, so dass Sie eventuell experimentieren + müssen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie TeX-Schriften verwenden (dies ist die Voreinstellung), sind die + möglichen Optionen für die Schriften +\family sans +Standard +\family default + und eine Liste von in Ihrer LaTeX-Distribution verfügbaren Schriften. + +\family sans +Standard, +\family default + verwendet die Schrift, die die aktuelle Dokumentklasse als Standard hat. + In den meisten Fällen ist dies die Standard-TeX-Schrift, die als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Computer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ( +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +) oder +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +European Computer Modern +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ( +\family typewriter +ec +\family default +) bekannt ist. + Einige spezielle Klassen verwenden eine andere Schrift als Standard. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Weil +\family typewriter +cm +\family default + und +\family typewriter +ec +\family default + Bitmap-Schriften sind, können sie in manchen PDF-Betrachtern bei großer + Vergrößerung treppenförmig aussehen. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Der Adobe Reader ab Version 6 glättet sie mit einem speziellen Renderer + für Bitmap-Schriften. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Um das zu vermeiden, können Sie skalierbare Schriften benutzen. + Es gibt drei Möglichkeiten: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Wählen Sie die +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + Schriften, was empfohlen ist, wenn Sie die das Aussehen der +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +/ +\family typewriter +ec +\family default + Schriften behalten wollen. + +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + wurde für die LaTeX-Gemeinde entwickelt, um die +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +-Schriften als Standard abzulösen. + Sie enthält eine riesige Anzahl an Glyphen und verschiedene Schriftschnitte. + Außer einigen Details, in denen das Aussehen verbessert wurde, schaut +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + identisch zu +\family typewriter +cm +\family default + aus; +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Ein Unterschied ist eine bessere Unterschneidung. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +oder wählen Sie +\family sans +AE +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(Almost +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +European) +\family default + für den (seltenen) Fall dass +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + nicht verfügbar ist oder nicht funktioniert, Sie aber das Aussehen der + Schrift +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +/ +\family typewriter +ec +\family default + emulieren wollen. + +\family typewriter +AE +\family default + sind virtuelle Schriften in dem Sinne, dass sie das Aussehen der +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +-Schriften von anderen Schriften +\emph on +stehlen +\emph default +. + Der Nachteil ist, dass einige Zeichen fehlen, zum Beispiel die französischen + +\emph on +Guillemets +\emph default + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +« +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +» +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Wenn Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +aeguill +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! aeguill +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + mit der Zeile +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage[ec]{aeguill} +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series default +laden, wird dieses Problem beseitigt. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und dass Zeichen mit Akzenten nicht +\emph on +ein +\emph default + Zeichen sind, sondern aus +\emph on +zwei +\emph default + bestehen, dem Buchstaben und dem Akzent. + Deswegen kann man Dokumente nicht nach Worten mit solchen Zeichen durchsuchen. + Wenn Sie zum Beispiel das französische Wort +\emph on +brève +\emph default + in einer PDF-Datei suchen, werden Sie es nicht finden, weil der PDF-Betrachter + nach +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\emph default +è +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + sucht und nicht nach +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +e + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + ̀ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Wenn Sie das Aussehen von +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +/ +\family typewriter +ec +\family default + nicht mögen, können Sie natürlich eine der anderen angebotenen Vektorschriftart +en verwenden, z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman +\family default + oder +\family typewriter + +\family sans +Palatino +\family default +. + Die meisten Vektorschriftarten mit Serifen wählen automatisch eine passende + serifenlose und eine Schreibmaschine-Schriftart aus +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dies sind entweder einfach passende andere Schriftarten (z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + verwendet +\family sans +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman die Schrift +\family default + +\family sans +Helvetica +\family default + für serifenlosen Text), oder verschiedene Schnitte der selben Schrift, + d. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +h. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +eine echte +\emph on +Schriftfamilie +\emph default + (z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + im Fall von +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + oder +\family sans +Computer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default +). +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, aber Sie könne auch eigene explizit festlegen. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Die Unterschiede zwischen Serifenschrift, +\family sans +Serifenlos +\family default + und +\family typewriter +Schreibmaschine +\family default + werden in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Textstil-Dialog" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Die Schrift +\family sans +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman +\family default + wurde ursprünglich für Zeitungen entwickelt. + Das bedeutet, dass ihre Zeichen kleiner als die von anderen Schriften sind, + damit sie in die schmalen Zeitungsspalten passen. + Deshalb ist diese Schrift für große Dokumente wie Bücher nicht geeignet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Für die Schriftgröße gibt es generell vier mögliche Werte: Standard, 10, + 11 und 12. + Einige Klassen bieten zusätzliche Größen an. + Die Größe von Standard hängt von der Klasse ab, die Sie benutzen. + Bei den Standard-Klassen ist sie gleich der Schriftgröße 10. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Für die +\family sans +Grundgröße +\family default + gibt es die Werte +\family sans +Standard +\family default +, +\family sans +10 +\family default +, +\family sans +11 +\family default + und +\family sans +12 +\family default +. + Einige Dokumentklassen bieten weitere Größen an. + Die +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Größe hängt von der Klasse ab, die Sie verwenden. + Bei den Standardklassen ist sie gleich +\family sans +10 +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es ist zu beachten dass die Schriftgröße eine +\emph on +Grundgröße +\emph default + ist. + Das heißt dass LyX alle anderen möglichen Schriftgrößen, zum Beispiel für + Fußnoten, hoch- und tiefgestellt usw. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +an dieser Größe ausrichtet. + Die Schriftgröße von Teilen des Texts kann im +\family sans +Textstil +\family default +-Dialog geändert werden. + Die möglichen Schriftgrößen sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Textstil-Dialog" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Über die +\family sans +Standard-Familie +\family default + kann der Standard-Schriftfamilie eingestellt werden; Serifenschrift, Serifenlos + oder Schreibmaschine. + In den meisten Fällen ist +\family sans +Standard +\family default + gleichbedeutend mit +\family sans +Serifenschrift +\family default +. + Einige Dokumentklassen (wie z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B.Präsentationsklassen) verwenden jedoch einen anderen Standard. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\family typewriter + +\family sans +LaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X-Fontkodierung +\family default + ist eine Einstellung für Experten, mit der der Wert geändert kann, der + an das LaTeX-Paket +\emph on + +\series bold +\emph default +fontenc +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! fontenc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + übergeben wird (siehe auch Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Einstellungen" + +\end_inset + +). + Normalerweise müssen Sie nichts ändern (und diese Einstellung auch nicht + verstehen). + Verwenden Sie daher +\family sans +Benutzerdefiniert +\family default +, es sei denn, Sie haben Ihre Gründe. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit einigen Schriften sind die Optionen +\family sans +Mediävalziffern verwenden +\family default + und +\family sans +Echte Kapitälchen verwenden +\family default + aktiviert. + Dies sind spezielle Features, die einige Schriften anbieten. + Wenn Sie die Option +\family sans +Mediävalziffern verwenden +\family default + auswählen, werden Ziffern mit Ober- und Unterlängen (sogenannte Mediäval- + oder Minuskelziffern) verwendet, die sich besonders gut in den Fließtext + einfügen. + +\family sans +Echte Kapitälchen verwenden +\family default + bewirkt, dass echte Kapitälchen verwendet werden, und nicht Großbuchstaben, + die skaliert werden. + Echte Kapitälchen sind Teil von hochwertigen Schriften und sehen besser + aus als skalierte, müssen jedoch oft extra gekauft werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Im CJK-Feld können die Benutzer von Chinesisch, Japanisch oder Koreanisch + (CJK) eine Schrift festlegen, mit dem die Schriftzeichen dargestellt werden + sollen. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Die Schrift wird als Argument für die Befehle des LaTeX-Paketes +\series bold +CJK +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! CJK +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + verwendet. + Das wirkt sich aber nicht auf die Dokumentsprache +\family sans +Japanisch +\family default + aus, die +\series bold +CJK +\series default + nicht benutzt. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung: +\series default + Wenn Sie eine andere Schrift oder Schriftgröße verwenden, verändert LyX + +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + die Bildschirmschrift! Die Änderung ist nur in der Ausgabe sichtbar; dies + ist Teil des WYSIWYM Konzeptes. + LyXs Bildschirmschriften können im Dialog +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default + eingestellt werden, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Bildschirmschriften" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Gebrauch unterschiedlicher Buchstabenstile +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Buchstabenstile +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wie wir bereits gesehen haben, ändert LyX automatisch den +\color black +Buchstabenstil +\color inherit + für gewisse Absatzumgebungen. + Wir haben bereits den Buchstabenstil +\family sans +Hervorhebung +\family default + erwähnt. + Es gibt auch +\family sans +Eigenname +\family default + (meistens ist das +\family sans +Kapitälchen +\family default +). + Beide kann man mit Tastenkürzeln, über die Menüs oder die Werkzeugleiste + auswählen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um +\family sans +Kapitälchen +\family default + zu aktivieren, machen Sie folgendes: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Sie klicken auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "font-noun" +\end_inset + +, oder Sie drücken +\family sans +Alt+Z +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +K. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Diese Befehle sind Umschalter: ist +\family sans +Eigenname/Kapitälchen +\family default + aktiviert, so wird es durch den Befehl deaktiviert und umgekehrt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Eine typische Anwendung für +\family sans +Eigenname/Kapitälchen +\family default +-Stil sind Namen, zum Beispiel +\noun on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Matthias Ettrich +\noun default + ist der LyX-Erfinder. +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der +\family sans +Hervorhebung +\family default +sstil wird häufiger benutzt. + Man kann ihn folgendermaßen (de)ak\SpecialChar \- +ti\SpecialChar \- +vie\SpecialChar \- +ren – es sind ebenfalls Umschalter: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Sie klicken auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "font-emph" +\end_inset + +, oder Sie drücken +\family sans +Alt+Z +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +H +\family default +. + oder +\family sans +Strg+E +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Zur Zeit ist der +\family sans +Hervorhebung +\family default +sstil gleichbedeutend mit einer kursiven Schrift. + Wir wollen dem Benutzer in Zukunft ermöglichen, eine andere Zuordnung zu + treffen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Den +\family sans +Hervorhebung +\family default +sstil haben wir überall in diesem Dokument benutzt. + Hier ist noch ein Beispiel: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation + +\emph on +Übertreiben Sie den Gebrauch von Buchstabenstilen nicht! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Über das Beispiel hinaus ist es eine Warnung. + Man sollte in etwa so schreiben, wie man sich unterhält. + Da man sich ja nicht dauernd anschreit, sollte man vermeiden, Dinge zu + oft hervorzuheben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann den Buchstabenstil auf die Voreinstellung zurücksetzen, indem man + entweder das Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Alt+C +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Leerzeichen +\family default + oder den Dialog +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Textstil\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Benutzerdefiniert +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show character" +\end_inset + +) verwendet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Feineinstellung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Feineinstellung!der Zeichen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + mit dem Textstil-Dialog +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Textstil-Dialog" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt immer Situationen, in denen man Feineinstellungen vornehmen muss. + Deshalb hat LyX Möglichkeiten, den Buchstabenstil zu verändern. + Zum Beispiel schreiben ein wissenschaftliches Journal oder eine Firma vor, + dass eine Schrift ohne Serifen in gewissen Situationen zu benutzen ist. + Schriftsteller benutzen manchmal eine andere Schrift, um die Gedanken einer + Person von einem gewöhnlichen Dialog abzuheben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Bevor wir beschreiben, wie man Buchstabenstile ändern kann, wollen wir eine + Warnung wiederholen: Übertreiben Sie den Gebrauch von Buchstabenstilen + nicht. + Viele moderne Textverarbeitungen bieten viele Schriften an, womit Sie die + Stärke der Presse besitzen. + Unglücklicherweise gibt es eine Tendenz, damit zu verschwenderisch umzugehen. + Es hat etwas von +\emph on +mit Kanonen auf Spatzen schießen +\emph default +. + Außerdem sieht ein Dokument, das sehr viele Schriften und Größen benutzt, + wirklich so aus, als hätte jemand Löcher hinein geschossen. + – Aber genug gejammert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um Schriften zu verändern, wählen Sie +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Textstil +\family default + oder klicken Sie auf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show character" +\end_inset + +, um das Dialogfenster +\family sans +Textstil +\family default + angezeigt zu bekommen. + Dieses Menü hat sieben Schaltflächen für die verschiedenen Schrifteigenschaften +, die man auswählen kann. + Klickt man auf eine Schaltfläche, kann man eine Einstellung wählen oder + mit +\family sans +Keine +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Änderung +\family default + alles beim alten lassen. + Mit +\family sans +Zurücksetzen +\family default + wird die Eigenschaft auf ihren Standardwert in der gerade benutzten Absatzumgeb +ung zurückgesetzt. + Damit kann man auf einen Schlag Attribute für verschiedene Absatzumgebungen + zurücksetzen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die sieben Schrifteigenschaften und ihre möglichen Werte (plus +\family sans +Keine +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Änderung +\family default + und +\family sans +Zurücksetzen +\family default +) sind: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Familie +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schriften ! Familie +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default + Das +\emph on +allgemeine Aussehen +\emph default + der Schrift. + Es gibt folgende Möglichkeiten: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Roman +\family default + Dies ist die Schriftfamilie Roman. + Es ist auch die Standardfamilie. + (Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Alt+Z +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +R +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Serifenfrei +\family default + +\family sans +Dies ist die Schriftfamilie Sans Serif. + +\family default + (Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Alt+Z +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +S +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Schreibmaschine +\family default + +\family typewriter +Dies ist die Schriftfamilie Schreibmaschine +\family default + (Tas\SpecialChar \- +ten\SpecialChar \- +kürzel +\family sans +Alt+Z C +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Strichstärke +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Strichstärke +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default + Dies ist die Druckstärke +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Druckstärke +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + mit folgenden Optionen: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Mittel +\family default + Dies ist die Druckstärke mittel. + Es ist auch die Standardstärke. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Fett +\family default + +\series bold +Dies ist die Druckstärke fett. + +\series default + Fettdruck kann man mit +\family sans +Alt+Z +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +F +\family default + oder +\family sans +Strg+B +\family default + (de)aktivieren. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Schnitt +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schnitt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default + Wie der Name schon sagt mit folgenden Optionen: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Normal +\family default + Dies ist die Standardform. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Kursiv +\family default + +\shape italic +Dies +\shape default + +\family sans +\shape italic +i +\family default +st die kursive Form +\shape default +\emph on +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Geneigt +\family default + +\shape slanted +Dies ist die geneigte Form +\shape default + (obwohl man es auf dem Bildschirm vielleicht nicht sieht, ist die Form + anders als kursiv). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Kapitälchen +\family default + +\shape smallcaps +Dies ist die Kapitälchenform +\shape default +\noun on +. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Farbe +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schriften ! Farbe +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Farbe ! Text +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Hiermit können Sie eine Textfarbe auswählen. + Neben +\family sans +Keine +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Farbe +\family default +, was bedeutet, dass die Farbe verwendet wird, die im Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Farbe +\family default + für den +\family sans +Haupttext +\family default + eingestellt ist, können Sie zwischen +\family sans +Schwarz +\family default +, +\family sans +Weiß +\family default +, +\family sans +Rot +\family default +, +\family sans +Grün +\family default +, +\family sans +Blau +\family default +, +\family sans +Cyan +\family default +, +\family sans +Magenta +\family default + und +\family sans +Gelb +\family default + wählen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Sprache +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sprache (ändern) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default +Hiermit können Sie einem markierten Textteil eine andere Sprache zuordnen. + Dieser Text wird (nur in LyX) blau unterstrichen, um die Sprachänderung + zu anzuzeigen. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Wenn Sie zum Beispiel längeren englischen Text in Ihrem Dokument haben, + berücksichtigt LaTeX für diesen Teil automatisch die englische Silbentrennung. + Wenn Sie die Rechtschreibprüfung benutzen (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Rechtschreibprüfung" + +\end_inset + +), werden dann englisch markierten Wörter nach dem englischen Wörterbuch + geprüft. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Größe +\family default + Ändert die Schriftgröße +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schriften ! Größe +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + Sie werden hier keine Zahlenwerte finden; alle möglichen Größen sind proportion +al zur Standardschriftgröße. + Noch einmal, Sie füttern LyX nicht mit Details, sondern mit einer Beschreibung + von dem, was Sie machen wollen. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +Die Optionen sind: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Winzig +\family default + +\size tiny +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +winzige +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Schriftgröße. + +\size default + (Tastenkürzel: +\family sans +Alt+S +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +T +\family default + oder +\family sans +Alt+S +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1 +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Sehr +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Klein +\family default + +\size scriptsize +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +sehr kleine +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Schriftgröße. + +\size default + (Tastenkürzel: +\family sans +Alt+S +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2 +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Fußnote +\family default + +\size footnotesize +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Fußnoten +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +-Schriftgröße. + +\size default + ( +\size small +Tastenkürzel +\size default +: +\family sans +Alt+S +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +3 +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Klein +\family default + +\size small +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +kleine +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + Schriftgröße. + +\size default + ( +\size small +Tastenkürzel: +\size default + +\family sans +Alt+S +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Umschalt+S +\family default + oder +\family sans +Alt+S +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +4 +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Normal +\family default + Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +normale +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + Schriftgröße. + Dies ist auch die Standardgröße (Tastenkürzel: +\family sans +Alt+S +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +N +\family default + oder +\family sans +Alt+S 5 +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Groß +\family default + +\size large +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +große +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Schriftgröße. + +\size default + (Tastenkürzel: +\family sans +Alt+S +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +L +\family default + oder +\family sans +Alt+S +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +6 +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Größer +\family default + +\size larger +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +größere +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Schriftgröße. + +\size default +(Tastenkürzel: +\family sans +Alt+S +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Umschalt+L +\family default + oder +\family sans +Alt+S +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +7 +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Noch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Größer +\family default + +\size largest +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +noch größere +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Schriftgröße. + +\size default + (Tastenkürzel: +\family sans +Alt+S +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8 +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Riesig +\family default + +\size huge +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +riesige +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Schriftgröße. + +\size default + (Tastenkürzel: +\family sans +Alt+S +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +H +\family default + oder +\family sans +Alt+S +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +9 +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Gigantisch +\family default + +\size giant +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +gigantische +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Schriftgröße. + +\size default + (Tastenkürzel: +\family sans +Alt+S +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Umschalt+H +\family default + oder +\family sans +Alt+S +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +0 +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Vergrößern +\family default + vergrößert den markierten Text schrittweise +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Verkleinern +\family default + verkleinert den markierten Text schrittweise +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +Wir warnen Sie +\emph on +noch einmal +\emph default +: spielen Sie mit dieser Funktion nicht verrückt. + Die Schriftgröße müssen Sie so gut wie nie ändern. + LyX ändert die Schriftgröße für verschiedene Absatzumgebungen automatisch + – das sollten Sie benutzen. + Dies ist nur für Feineinstellungen! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Diverses +\family default + Hier können Sie auf Buchstabenniveau noch ein paar andere Dinge ändern: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Hervorgehoben +\family default + +\emph on +Dies ist hervorgehobener Text +\emph default +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Dies mag wie +\shape italic +kursiv +\shape default + aussehen, aber es ist ein wenig anders. + Wenn Sie bei kursivem Text hervorheben benutzen, wird es normaler Text. + Bei zukünftigen LyX-Versionen können Sie diese +\emph on +logische +\emph default + Eigenschaft hoffentlich Ihren Wünschen entsprechend anpassen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Unterstrichen +\family default + +\bar under +Dies ist unterstrichener Text. + +\bar default + (Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Alt+Z +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +U +\family default + oder +\family sans +Strg+U +\family default +) +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Vermeiden Sie unterstrichenen Text wo immer es geht! Dies ist ein Überbleibsel + aus der Zeit der Schreibmaschine, als man Schriften nicht ändern konnte. + Man muss heutzutage Text nicht mehr durch Unterstreichung hervorheben. + Dies ist in LyX nur verfügbar, da einige Leute dies brauchen um Stilvorschrifte +n von Journalen einzuhalten. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Doppelt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +unterstrichen +\family default + +\uuline on +Dies ist doppelt unterstrichener Text. + +\uuline default + (Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Alt+Z +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +D +\family default +) +\lang english + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\lang ngerman +Da wir Sie eben vor unterstrichenem Text gewarnt haben, können Sie sich + sicher denken, was wir von doppelt unterstrichenem Text halten. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Wellig +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +unterstrichen +\family default + +\uwave on +Dies ist wellig unterstrichener Text. + +\uwave default + (Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Alt+Z +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +W +\family default +) +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Verwenden Sie dies nur wenn ein Journal unbedingt darauf besteht. + halten Sie Tabletten gegen Übelkeit parat. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Durchgestrichen +\family default +\bar under + +\bar default +\strikeout on +Dies ist durchgestrichener Text. + +\strikeout default + (Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Strg+Umschalt+O +\family default +) +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Dies wird oft verwendet um eine alte Version eines Textes zu kennzeichnen, + der inzwischen geändert wurde. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Eigenname/Kapitälchen +\family default + +\noun on +Dies ist Text mit Kapitälchen. +\noun default + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Dies ist ebenso wie +\family sans +Hervorgehoben +\family default + ein logisches Attribut. + Zur Zeit ist es +\family sans +Kapitälchen +\family default +, aber es wird eines Tages wählbar sein. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Vermeiden Sie zu unterstreichen, wenn Sie können! Es ist ein Überbleibsel + aus den Schreibmaschinentagen, als man Schriften nicht wechseln konnte. + Wir brauchen auf das Unterstreichen nicht mehr zurückzugreifen, um etwas + hervorzuheben. + Es ist nur deshalb in LyX, weil es auch in LaTeX ist und weil einige es + +\emph on +möglicherweise +\emph default + benötigen, um Stilvorschriften zu genügen. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +Sie können aus einer großen Zahl von Kombinationsmöglichkeiten wählen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Nachdem Sie mit Hilfe des Dialogs +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Textstil\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Benutzerdefiniert +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show character" +\end_inset + +) einen neuen Buchstabenstil gewählt haben, +\shape italic +\emph on +können +\shape default +\emph default + Sie ihn mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "textstyle-apply" +\end_inset + + aktivieren. + (Sie können natürlich auch die Knöpfe +\family sans +Übernehmen +\family default + und +\family sans +Schließen +\family default + benutzen.) Mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf kann man auch dann umschalten, +\color black +wenn +\color inherit + das +\color black +Menü +\color inherit + +\family sans +Zeichenformat +\family default + nicht zu sehen ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um den Buchstabenstil komplett auf die Voreinstellung zurückzusetzen, drückt + man +\family sans +Alt+Z +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Leertaste +\family default +. + Will man nur die Einstellungen umschalten, die man gerade geändert hat + (angenommen man hat gerade den Schnitt auf +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +geneigt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und die Strichstärke auf +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +fett +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + gesetzt), verwendet man die Option +\family sans +Alle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +umschalten +\family default + und drückt +\family sans +Übernehmen +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie sollten den Unterschied zwischen den drei Hauptschrifttypen kennen +\family sans +Serifenschrift +\family default +, +\family sans +Serifenlos +\family default +, und +\family typewriter +Schreibmaschine +\family default +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family typewriter +Schreibmaschine +\family default + ist eine sogenannte +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +nichtproportionale +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Schriftart, was bedeutet, dass jedes Zeichen dieselbe Breite hat; das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +i +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ist so breit wie das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +m +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Hier ist ein Beispiel +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +kein +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Schreibmaschine-Text +\family default + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Für mehr über Phantom-Leerräume, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Phantom-Leerraum" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +kein Schreibmaschine-Text +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Serifenschrift +\family default + Schriftarten verwenden Zeichen mit Serifen. + Dies sind die kleinen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Anhängsel +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + am Ende der Striche, die ein Zeichen bilden. + Das folgende Beispiel zeigt den Unterschied: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Text mit Serifen +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Text ohne Serifen +\family default + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Serifen ermöglichen ein schnelles und leichtes Lesen. + Diese Schriften werden daher als Standardschrift verwendet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Serifenlos +\family default + wird nicht als Grundtyp empfohlen. + Diese Schrift wird daher oft nur für Abschnittsüberschriften und Kurztexte + verwendet. + In diesem Dokument wird er zur Hervorhebung von Menünamen verwendet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Umschalten +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + bezieht sich auf das Setzen oder Entfernen von Schrifteigenschaften. + Wenn eine Eigenschaft fürs Umschalten im Textstil-Dialog ausgewählt ist, + wird sie vom ausgewählten Text entfernt, wenn dieser schon die Eigenschaft + besitzt. + Wenn man z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + einen Stil mit den Eigenschaften A, B und C für Text anwendet, der aktuell + die Schrifteigenschaften B, C, F und G hat, und wenn B auf umschalten, + C auf nicht umschalten gesetzt ist, wird der Text danach die Eigenschaften + A, C, F und G haben. + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Niemals Umschalten +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Immer Umschalten +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + bedeutet, dass man die Umschalt-Eigenschaft nicht kontrolliert. + Für die Eigenschaften der linken Seite des Dialogs ( +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Familie +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + usw.) entscheidet man selbst über das Umschalten. + Wenn +\family sans +Alle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +umschalten +\family default + gewählt ist, werden alle Eigenschaften der linken Dialogseite umgeschaltet; + standardmäßig werden sie nicht umgeschaltet. + Die Einstellung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Zurücksetzen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + wird nie umgeschaltet. + Wenn man z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B: +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Strichstärke +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + auf +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Zurücksetzen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + setzt, +\family sans +Alle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +umschalten +\family default + wählt und dies auf fett gesetzten Text anwendet, wird auf die Voreinstellung + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Mittel +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + zurückgesetzt, egal wie oft man den Stil anwendet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es wird zum Schluss nochmal gewarnt: Übertreiben Sie den Gebrauch von +\emph on + +\emph default +Schriften nicht! Sie sind ansonsten nur ein vorgetäuschter Ersatz für gutes + Schreiben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Druckvorschau +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Druckvorschau +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und Drucken +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +drucken +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Überblick +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Nachdem wir nun einige Grundfunktionen von LyX zur Dokumentbearbeitung erläutert + haben, wollen Sie sicherlich wissen, wie Sie Ihr Meisterstück ausdrucken + können. + Vorher wollen wir Ihnen jedoch einen kurzen Überblick über das geben, was + sich im Hintergrund abspielt. + Wir werden dies ausführlicher in den +\emph on +Handbuchergänzungen +\emph default + behandeln. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX benutzt das Programm LaTeX zur Druckaufbereitung. + (Eigentlich ist LaTeX nur ein Makropaket für das Druckaufbereitungssystem + TeX, aber um Sie nicht zu verwirren, werden wir das Ganze nur LaTeX nennen.) + Sehen Sie es so: LyX benutzen Sie zum Schreiben. + Dann ruft LyX LaTeX auf, um daraus etwas Druckbares zu machen. + Das passiert in mehreren Schritten: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +LyX wandelt Ihr Dokument in eine Reihe von Textbefehlen für LaTeX um und + erzeugt eine Datei mit der Erweiterung +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +LaTeX benutzt die Befehle der +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei, um eine druckbare Ausgabe zu erzeugen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Ausgabe-Dateiformate +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dateiformate +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Ausgabe-Dateiformate" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +ASCII +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dateiformate ! ASCII +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Dateiformat hat die Endung +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.txt +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + Es enthält Ihr Dokument als reinen Text bezüglich den Regeln des ASCII-Formats + (American Standard Code for Information Interchange). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können ihr Dokument nach ASCII über das Menü +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Einfacher +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Text +\family default +. + Dies exportiert jedoch nicht Material, das extern generiert wird, wie z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + BibTeX-Bibliographien (Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbanken" + +\end_inset + +). + Falls Ihr Dokument solches Material enthält, verwenden Sie das Menü +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Weitere Formate und Optionen +\family default + und wählen dann +\family sans +Einfacher +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ps2ascii) +\family default +. + Dies exportiert das Dokument intern zuerst nach PostScript (erzeugt dabei + das externe Material) und dann nach ASCII. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +LaTeX +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dateiformate ! LaTeX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Dateiformat hat die Endung +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + und enthält alle Befehle, die von LaTeX benötigt werden um das Dokument + zu prozessieren. + Wenn die LaTeX verstehen, können Sie so die Ursache von LaTeX-Fehler ergründen + oder die Datei mittels Konsolenbefehlen bearbeiten. + Die LaTeX-Datei wird automatisch in LyXs temporärem Verzeichnis erstellt, + wann immer Sie Ihr Dokument ansehen oder exportieren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können ihr Dokument als LaTeX-Datei über das Menü +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\family default + exportieren. + Die verschiedenen LaTeX-Export-Varianten sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub: Exportieren" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +DVI +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dateiformate ! DVI +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Dateiformat hat die Endung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Diese bedeutet +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +device-independent +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (geräteunabhängig) da dieses Format genau das ist: Man kann es auf allen + Computern ohne irgend welche Konvertierungen einsetzen. + DVIs eignen sich für schnelle Voransicht für andere Ausgabeformate wie + PostScript. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +DVI-Dateien enthalten keine Bilder, sie verlinken diese nur. + Daher darf man nicht vergessen, die Bilder zusammen mit den DVIs weiterzugeben. + Da der DVI-Betrachter die Bilder im Hintergrund konvertieren muss um sie + darstellen zu können, kann das beim Scrollen im DVI den Computer verlangsamen. + Daher wird empfohlen PDF für Dateien mit vielen Bildern zu verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können ihr Dokument als DVI über das Menü +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +DVI +\family default + oder +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +DVI +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(LuaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X) +\family default + exportieren. + Die zweite Möglichkeit verwendet das Programm +\family typewriter +LuaTeX +\family default +. + Dieses bietet direkte Unterstützung für Unicode und für die Direktwahl + von Schriften (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Schriftunterstützung" + +\end_inset + +). + LuaTeX ist noch in der Entwicklung, könnte aber der nächste Standard TeX-Prozes +sor werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +PostScript +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dateiformate ! PostScript +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Dateiformat hat die Endung +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.ps +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + PostScript wurde von der Firma +\family typewriter +Adobe +\family default + als Druckersprache entwickelt. + Das Format enthält daher Befehle, die Drucker verwenden um die Datei zu + drucken. + PostScript kann als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Programmiersprache +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + angesehen werden; man kann damit Berechnungen durchführen und Diagramme + und Bilder zeichnen. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Falls Sie interessiert sind, mehr darüber zu erfahren, sollten Sie sich + das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +pstricks +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! pstricks +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + ansehen. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Durch diese Fähigkeit sind die Dateien oft größer als PDFs. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +PostScript kann nur Bilder im Format +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Encapsulated PostScript +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (EPS, Dateiendung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.eps +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +) enthalten. + Da LyX es erlaubt jedes bekannte Bildformat in Dokumente einzufügen, muss + es diese im Hintergrund in EPS konvertieren. + Wenn Sie z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + 50 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Bilder in Ihrem Dokument haben, muss LyX 50 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Konvertierungen durchführen, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument zum ersten Mal in der + Ausgabe ansehen oder exportieren. + Dies kann Ihren Arbeitsfluss mit LyX verlangsamen. + Wenn Sie also planen, PostScript für die Ausgabe zu verwenden, sollten + Sie alle Bilder direkt als EPS einfügen und das Problem zu vermeiden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können ihr Dokument als PostScript über das Menü +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +PostScript +\family default + exportieren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +PDF +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dateiformate ! PDF +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +PDF +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Dateiformat hat die Endung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.pdf +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Portable Document Format +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (PDF) wurde von +\family typewriter +Adobe +\family default + von PostScript abgeleitet. + Es ist komprimierter und verwendet weniger befehle als PostScript. + Wie der Name +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +portable +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (übertragbar) impliziert, kann es auf jedem Computersystem dargestellt + werden und der Ausdruck wird exakt gleich aussehen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +PDF kann Bilder in seinem eigenen PDF-Format sowie in den Formaten +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Joint Photographic Experts Group +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (JPG, Dateiendung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.jpg +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.jpeg +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +) und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Portable Network Graphics +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (PNG, Dateiendung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.png +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +) enthalten. + Sie können jedoch auch jedes andere Bildformat verwenden, denn LyX konvertiert + diese in eine der möglichen Formate. + Jedoch kann, wie im Abschnitt über PostScript beschrieben, die Bildkonvertierun +g den Arbeitsfluss verlangsamen. + Daher wird empfohlen, Bilder direkt in einem der drei erwähnten Formate + einzufügen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können ihr Dokument als PDF über das Menü +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exportieren +\family default + in verschiedenen Arten exportieren: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(pdflatex) Diese verwendet das Programm +\family typewriter +pdftex +\family default +, das Ihr Dokument direkt in ein PDF konvertiert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(LuaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X) Diese verwendet das Programm +\family typewriter +LuaTeX +\family default +, das Ihr Dokument direkt in ein PDF konvertiert. + +\family typewriter +LuaTeX +\family default + ist ein neuer Prozessor, der aus +\family typewriter +pdflatex +\family default + weiter entwickelt wurde und direkte Unterstützung für Unicode und für die + Direktwahl von Schriften bietet (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Schriftunterstützung" + +\end_inset + +). + LuaTeX ist noch in der Entwicklung, könnte aber der nächste Standard TeX-Prozes +sor werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(XeTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X) Diese verwendet das Programm +\family typewriter +XeTeX +\family default +, das Ihr Dokument direkt in ein PDF konvertiert. + +\family typewriter +XeTeX +\family default + ist ein neuer Prozessor, der direkte Unterstützung für Unicode und für + die Direktwahl von Schriften bietet (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Schriftunterstützung" + +\end_inset + +). + Er ist besonders geeignet für die Verwendung verschiedener Schriftsysteme + (Arabisch, Lateinisch, Japanisch, usw.). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(dvipdfm) Diese verwendet das Programm +\family typewriter +dvipdfm +\family default +, das Ihr Dokument im Hintergrund erst in ein DVI und anschließend in ein + PDF konvertiert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ps2pdf) Diese verwendet das Programm +\family typewriter +ps2pdf +\family default +, das ein PDF aus einer Post\SpecialChar \- +Script-Version Ihres Dokuments erstellt. + Die PostScript-Version wird vom Programm +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + erzeugt, das wiederum eine DVI-Version als Zwischenschritt erstellt. + Diese Art besteht also aus drei Konvertierungen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wir empfehlen +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(pdflatex) +\family default + zu verwenden, denn +\family typewriter +pdftex +\family default + unterstützt alle Funktionen von aktuellen PDF-Versionen, ist schnell, stabil + und arbeitet ohne Probleme. + Wenn Sie verschiedene Schriftsysteme und\SpecialChar \slash{} +oder spezielle OpenType Schriften + verwenden, sollten Sie stattdessen +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(XeTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X) +\family default + oder +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(LuaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X) +\family default + ausprobieren auch wenn sie noch nicht so ausentwickelt wie +\family typewriter +pdflatex +\family default + sind. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +XHTML +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dateiformate ! XHTML +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +HTML +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Dateiformat hat die Endung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.xhtml +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und eignet sich besonders für die Ansicht in Webbrowsern. + Es enthält keine Bilder, sondern verlinkt sie nur. + Wenn LyX XHTML erzeugt, werden Teile des Dokuments wenn nötig in Bilder + umgewandelt. + Für die Ausgabe von Mathe können Sie im Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgabe +\family default + zwischen verschiedenen Formaten wählen, die in Abschnitt +\emph on +Mathe-Ausgabe in XHTML +\emph default + der +\emph on +Handbuchergänzungen +\emph default + beschrieben sind. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die XHTML-Ausgabe ist noch +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +unter Entwicklung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + so dass noch nicht alle Funktionen von LyX unterstützt werden. + Siehe das Kapitel +\emph on +LyX und das World Wide Web +\emph default + in den +\emph on +Handbuchergänzungen +\emph default + für weitere Informationen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können Ihr Dokument mit dem Menü +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LyX-HTML +\family default + als XHTML-Datei exportieren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Vorschau +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Vorschau +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um das fertige Dokument mit allen Seitenumbrüchen, Fußnoten usw. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +anzusehen, verwenden Sie das Menü +\family sans +Ansicht +\family default + und wählen +\family sans +Ansehen +\family default +oder drücken den Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "buffer-view" +\end_inset + +. + Es wird sich dann ein Betrachtungsprogramm öffnen und das Dokument im voreinges +tellten Ausgabeformat anzeigen. + Für mehr über die globale Voreinstellung siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Dateiformate" + +\end_inset + + für die dokumentspezifische Einstellung siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" + +\end_inset + +. + Weitere Ausgabeformate können über +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Andere Formate ansehen +\family default + oder den Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/view-others.png + scale 85 + groupId toolbarbuttons + +\end_inset + + ausgewählt werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie Ihr Dokument geändert haben, können Sie die Ansicht mit dem Menü + +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Aktualisieren +\family default + bzw. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Andere Formate aktualisieren +\family default + aktualisieren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beim Vorschauen eines Dokuments wird die Ausgabedatei nur in LyXs temporärem + Verzeichnis erzeugt. + Für eine permanente Ausgabe muss das Dokument exportiert werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Die Datei von LyX aus ausdrucken +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Datei-ausdrucken" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Statt Ihre Dokument zu exportieren und dann zu drucken, können Sie es auch + direkt von LyX aus drucken. + Um eine Datei zu drucken, wählen Sie das Menü +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Drucken +\family default + (Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Strg+P +\family default +) oder drücken Sie den Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show print" +\end_inset + +. + LyX ruft dann intern LaTeX auf um ein DVI zu erzeugen. + Diese Datei wird dann vom Programm +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + in eine PostScript-Datei gewandelt und anschließend mit dem Programm +\family typewriter +Ghostscript +\family default + gedruckt. + Durch diese Schritte im Hintergrund ist diese Methode nicht die schnellste. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann folgende Druckparameter in der +\family sans +Druckziel +\family default + Box festlegen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Drucker +\family default + Dies ist der Name des Druckers, auf dem ausgedruckt werden soll. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Man beachte, dass dies der Druckername für das Programm +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + ist. + Das bedeutet, dass +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + für diesen Druckernamen konfiguriert sein muss. + Der Standard-Drucker kann in LyXs Einstellungen-Dialog festgelegt werden, + siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Drucker" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Der Drucker sollte PostScript verarbeiten können. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Datei +\family default + Der Name einer Datei in die ausgegeben werden soll. + Die Ausgabe wird eine PostScript-Datei sein. + Sie wird in LyXs Arbeitsverzeichnis erstellt, falls kein Pfad angegeben + wird. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können wählen einen Bereich, nur gerade oder ungerade Seiten oder Seiten + in umgekehrter Reihenfolge zu drucken — Letztere sind für zweiseitigen + Druck ohne Duplexer nützlich: Man kann die Seiten nach dem einseitigen + Drucken je nach Drucker neu einlegen um anschließend die Rückseite zu bedrucken. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Ein paar Worte über Typographie +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typographie +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Bindestriche, Gedankenstriche und Minuszeichen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bindestriche +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gedankenstriche +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In LyX hat das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +-Zeichen vier Längen +\emph on +: +\emph default + +\emph on +Bindestrich, Gedankenstrich +\emph default +, +\emph on +langer Gedankenstrich +\emph default + und +\emph on +Minuszeichen +\emph default +: +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bindestrich +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +- +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gedankenstrich +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +– +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +eingefügt mit +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sonderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Symbole +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +langer Gedankenstrich +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +— +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +eingefügt mit +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sonderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Symbole +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Minuszeichen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $-$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + im Mathematikmodus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Alternativ können Sie die Gedankenstriche erzeugen, indem Sie das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +-Zeichen mehrmals hintereinander schreiben. + LyX konvertiert sie automatisch in die richtige Länge. + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + gibt einen Gedankenstrich, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + einen langen Gedankenstrich. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die drei Strichtypen unterscheiden sich vom Minuszeichen, das im Mathematikmodus + erscheint und eine eigene Länge hat. + Hier sind einige Beispiele für den Gebrauch von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Zeilen- und Seitenumbrüche ( +\emph on +Bindestrich +\emph default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Von A – Z ( +\emph on +Gedankenstrich +\emph default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Oh — da ist ein +\emph on +langer Gedankenstrich. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ +\end_inset + + ( +\emph on +Minuszeichen +\emph default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie dies in LyX lesen, sehen Sie keine Unterschiede, aber in der gedruckten + Version erkennen Sie es. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Silbentrennung +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Silbentrennung" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Silbentrennung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Allgemein +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In LyX gibt es keine Silbentrennung, erst in der Druckausgabe, und zwar + automatisch. + Das macht das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +babel +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! babel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, und zwar in +\emph on +einigen +\emph default + Sprachen, nach den Regeln der Dokumentsprache. + Die LaTeX-Silbentrennung ist fast perfekt, sie hat nur Probleme mit dem + Schriftstil +\family sans +Schreibmaschine +\family default +, manchmal auch bei serifenfreiem Text, bei unüblichen Begriffen wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +h3knix/m0n0wand +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und zusammengesetzten Worten mit Bindestrich. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Falls LaTeX ein Wort nicht oder nicht richtig trennen kann, können Sie manuell + Trennhilfen einfügen. + Dazu wählen Sie +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Trenn\SpecialChar \- +möglichkeit +\family default + an der Stelle im Wort, an der Sie trennen möchten, oder einfach +\family sans +Strg+ +\family default + +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +-. + Beachten Sie, dass diese Trennhilfen nur Empfehlungen für LaTeX sind. + Wenn keine Silbentrennung notwendig ist, wird LaTeX die Trennhilfen ignorieren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Manchmal will man verhindern, dass etwas getrennt wird. + Dann schreibt man den Begriff am besten in eine Makebox wie in Abschnitt + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Silbentrennung unterbinden +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Bemerkung: Wenn Sie manuelle Trennhilfen innerhalb einer +\family sans +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X-Code +\family default +-Umgebung benötigen, müssen Sie statt +\family sans +Strg+ +\family default + +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +- +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +"- +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + als TeX-Code benutzen, weil LyX mit +\family sans +Strg+ +\family default + +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +- in +\family sans +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X-Code +\family default +-Umgebungen (noch) nicht klarkommt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Eigenheiten der deutschen Sprache +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph +Zusammengesetzte Worte +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "Zusammengesetzte-Worte" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Im Deutschen werden zusammengesetzte Worte entweder zusammengeschrieben + wie eben oder mit einem Bindestrich zusammengefügt wie bei dem Ungetüm + Programmiersprachen-Handbücher. + In der Druckansicht werden Sie erkennen, dass dieses Wort über den Rand + gedruckt wird. + Das liegt daran, dass LaTeX solche Worte nur am Bindestrich trennen kann. + Zum Korrigieren gibt es mehrere Möglichkeiten: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Sie fügen Trennmöglichkeiten ein ( +\family sans +Strg+ +\family default + +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +-), und zwar an jeder infrage kommenden Stelle, weil Sie ja nicht wissen + können, wo genau das zusammengesetzte Wort im Laufe der Bearbeitung landen + wird: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Im Deutschen werden zusammengesetzte Worte entweder zusammengeschrieben + wie eben oder mit einem Bindestrich zusammengefügt wie bei Pro\SpecialChar \- +gram\SpecialChar \- +mier\SpecialChar \- +spra\SpecialChar \- +chen- +Hand\SpecialChar \- +bü\SpecialChar \- +cher\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Sie benutzen statt des Bindestrichs +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +"= +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + als TeX-Code (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:TeX-Code-Kästchen" + +\end_inset + +). + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +"= +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + wird in der Druckansicht durch den Bindestrich ersetzt, und LaTeX wendet + seine Silbentrennregeln auf beide Teile an: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Im Deutschen werden zusammengesetzte Worte entweder zusammengeschrieben + wie eben oder mit einem Bindestrich zusammengefügt wie bei Programmiersprachen +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +"= +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Handbücher\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Sie benutzen den rechtsbündigen Zeilenumbruch ( +\family sans +Strg+Umschalt+Eingabe +\family default +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph +Weggelassene Wortteile +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie einen Satz wie den folgenden schreiben: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +Weil LyX LaTeX im Hintergrund benutzt, unterstützt es viele LaTeX-Befehle + und -Konstrukte, aber nicht alle. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +kann es wie hier vorkommen, dass die Zeile nach dem +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Zeichen umgebrochen wird, was natürlich Unsinn ist. + Dann verwendet man am besten den geschützten Trennstrich +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Trennstrich ! geschützter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + ( +\family sans +Einfügen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Sonderzeichen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Geschützter +\family default + +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Trennstrich +\family default + oder +\family sans +Strg+Alt+ +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +- +\family default +): +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +Weil LyX LaTeX im Hintergrund benutzt, unterstützt es viele LaTeX-Befehle + und \SpecialChar \nobreakdash- +Konstrukte, aber nicht alle. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Satzzeichen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Satzzeichen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Abkürzungen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Abkurzungen@Abkürzungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und Satzendepunkt +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Satzendepunkt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Abkürzungen-und-Satzendepunkt" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn LyX LaTeX aufruft, um die endgültige Version Ihres Dokumentes zu erzeugen, + unterscheidet LaTeX automatisch zwischen Worten, Sätzen und Abkürzungen. + LaTeX fügt dann +\emph on +geeigneten Leerraum +\emph default + ein: zwischen dem Punkt am Ende eines Satzes und dem ersten Wort des nächsten + kommt ein wenig mehr Leerraum. + Abkürzungen bekommen hinter dem Punkt genauso viel Leerraum wie normale + Worte. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Unglücklicherweise ist der Algorithmus zur Bestimmung einer Abkürzung und + eines Satzendes ein wenig dumm. + Wenn ein Punkt auf einen klein geschriebenen Buchstaben folgt, wird auf + Satzende entschieden; folgt der Punkt auf einen groß geschriebenen Buchstaben, + wird auf Abkürzung entschieden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier sind einige Beispiele von +\emph on +richtigen +\emph default + Abkürzungen und Satzenden: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +B. + Traven +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Ärgere Dich nicht. + Sei glücklich. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + und hier sind welche, bei denen der Algorithmus falsch arbeitet: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +hier z. + B. + ist zu viel Leerraum! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Dies bin ICH. + Hier ist zu wenig. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Fehler sehen Sie erst in der gedruckten Version Ihres Dokumentes. + Um das Problem zu beheben, können Sie folgendes tun: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Benutzen Sie ein +\family sans +Normales +\bar under + +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\bar default +Leerzeichen +\family default + ( +\family sans +Strg+Alt+Leertaste +\family default +) nach klein geschriebenen Abkürzungen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Benutzen Sie einen kleinen Zwischenraum +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ( +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latex-einführung" + +\end_inset + +, S. + 405) innerhalb von Abkürzungen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Benutzen Sie einen +\family sans +Satzendepunkt +\family default + ( +\family sans +Strg+ +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +. +\family default +), den Sie auch unter +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Son\SpecialChar \- +der\SpecialChar \- +zei\SpecialChar \- +chen +\family default + finden, um einen Leerraum wie zwischen Sätzen zu erzwingen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit den Korrekturen sehen die obigen Beispiele so aus: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +hier z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + ist zu viel Leerraum! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Dies bin ICH\SpecialChar \@. + Hier ist zu wenig. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Anführungszeichen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typographie ! Anführungszeichen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Anfuhrungszeichen@Anführungszeichen | see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Typographie +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX setzt Anführungszeichen normalerweise richtig. + Insbesondere wird es unterschiedliche Anführungszeichen für den Beginn + und das Ende des eingeschlossenen Textes benutzen. + Zum Beispiel +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Anfang Ende +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Das Tastaturzeichen +\family sans +" +\family default + (= +\family sans +Umschalt+2) +\family default + wird sie automatisch erzeugen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können das Verhalten der +\family sans +" +\family default +-Taste im Dialogfenster +\family sans +Dokument-Einstellungen +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + unter +\family sans +Sprache\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Stil +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +der +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Anführungszeichen +\family default + einstellen. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Über +\family sans +Anführungszeichen +\family default + können Sie sechs verschiedene Anführungszeichen auswählen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family default + benutzt die Anführungszeichen: +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +doppelt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\begin_inset Quotes sld +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes srd +\end_inset + + +\family default + benutzt die Anführungszeichen: +\begin_inset Quotes sld +\end_inset + +doppelt +\begin_inset Quotes srd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family default + benutzt die Anführungszeichen: +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +doppelt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + + +\family default + benutzt die Anführungszeichen: +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +doppelt +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + benutzt die Anführungszeichen: +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +doppelt +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\begin_inset Quotes ald +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes ard +\end_inset + + +\family default + benutzt die Anführungszeichen: +\begin_inset Quotes ald +\end_inset + +doppelt +\begin_inset Quotes ard +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um ein einfaches Anführungszeichens zu schreiben wollen, benutzen Sie +\family sans +Alt+ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Ligaturen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Ligaturen" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typographie ! Ligaturen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Ligaturen | see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Typographie +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es ist eine Schriftsetzpraxis, gewisse Buchstaben zusammenzuziehen und sie + wie einen zu drucken. + Diese Kombinationen nennt man +\emph on +Ligaturen +\emph default +. + Da sich LaTeX mit Ligaturen auskennt, werden Ihre mit LyX geschriebenen + Dokumente sie auch haben. + Hier sind die möglichen Ligaturen: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +ff +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +fi +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +fl +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +ffi +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +ffl +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Manchmal aber möchte man keine Ligaturen in einem Wort. + Während eine Ligatur in einem Wort wie +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Graffiti +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + vielleicht in Ordnung ist, sieht es in zusammengesetzten Worten seltsam + aus, zum Beispiel +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Stofflappen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Dorffest +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Um die Ligatur aufzuheben benutzt man den LaTeX-Befehl +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +| +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + zwischen den Buchstaben ( +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ligaturtrenner +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Ligatur!-trenner +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default + oder +\family sans +Strg+Umschalt+L +\family default +). + Dies macht aus +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Stofflappen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Stoff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +lappen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und aus +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Dorffest +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +fest +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Einheiten +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typographie ! Einheiten +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Im Allgemeinen ist der Abstand zwischen Zahl und Einheit kleiner als ein + normales Leerzeichen zwischen zwei Wörtern. + Wie man im Beispiel sehen kann, sieht es besser aus, wenn der Abstand kleiner + ist. + Um solch ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +halbes Leerzeichen +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + für Einheiten einzufügen, verwendet man das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Halbes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Leerzeichen +\family default + (Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Strg+Umschalt+Leerzeichen +\family default +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier ist ein Beispiel, das den Unterschied verdeutlicht: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +24 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +kW +\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ +\end_inset + +h +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Leerzeichen zwischen Zahl und Einheit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +24 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +kW +\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ +\end_inset + +h +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +halbes Leerzeichen zwischen Zahl und Einheit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Schusterjungen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typographie ! Schusterjungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und Hurenkinder +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typographie ! Hurenkinder +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Schusterjungen-und-Hurenkinder" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In den frühen Tagen der Textverarbeitungen passierten Seitenumbrüche genau + dort, wo die Seiten zu Ende waren. + Es spielte keine Rolle, worum es im Text eigentlich ging. + Sie werden sich sicher erinnern, dass Sie nach dem Drucken eines Dokumentes + feststellten, dass die Überschrift eines neuen Abschnittes oder die erste + Zeile eines neuen Absatzes allein auf der letzten Zeile einer Seite standen, + oder dass die letzte Zeile eines Absatzes die erste Zeile einer neuen Seite + bildete. + Diese Dinge nennt man +\emph on +Schusterjungen +\emph default + und +\emph on +Hurenkinder +\emph default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Klar, dass LyX vermeiden kann, eine Seite direkt nach der Abschnittsüberschrift + umzubrechen. + Das ist ein Vorteil von Absatzumgebungen. + Aber was ist mit Schusterjungen und Hurenkindern? LaTeX hat Regeln, um + mit Seitenumbrüchen fertig zu werden, und einige von ihnen sind speziell + dazu da, um Schusterjungen und Hurenkinder zu verhindern. + Das ist +\emph on +ein +\emph default + Vorteil, dass LyX LaTeX im Hintergrund hat. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wir können es nicht näher erläutern, wie TeX und LaTeX Seitenumbrüche festlegen + oder wie man das Verhalten beeinflussen kann. + Einige LaTeX-Bücher im Literaturverzeichnis (zum Beispiel +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexcompanion" + +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexguide" + +\end_inset + +) mögen mehr darüber enthalten. + Auf jeden Fall müssen Sie sich fast nie darum kümmern. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +Notizen, Abbildungen, Tabellen und Gleitobjekte +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Notizen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Notizen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Notizen" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX bietet die folgenden Typen für Notizen an: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +LyX-Notiz Dieser Notiz-Typ ist für interne Notizen gedacht, die nicht in + der Ausgabe erscheinen. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dies ist Text in einer Notiz-Box der nicht in der Ausgabe erscheint. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Kommentar Dieser Notiz-Typ erscheint ebenfalls nicht in der Ausgabe, aber + als LaTeX-Kommentar wenn man das Dokument als LaTeX über das Menü +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTeX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(xxx) +\family default + exportiert. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Comment +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dies ist Text in einer Notiz-Box der nur als Kommentar in der LaTeX-Datei + erscheint. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Grauschrift Dieser Notiz-Typ erscheint in der Ausgabe in einer Farbe, die + man in den Dokumenteinstellungen unter +\family sans +Farben\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Grauschrift-Notizen +\family default + einstellen kann. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dies ist Text +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dies ist eine Beispiel-Fußnote in einer Grauschrift-Notiz. + In diesem Dokument ist die Farbe dieses Notiz-Typs auf blau gesetzt. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + eines Kommentars, der in der Ausgabe erscheint. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Wie man am Beispiel sehen kann, können Grauschrift-Notizen Fußnoten haben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Notizen werden mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "note-insert" +\end_inset + + oder dem Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Notiz +\family default + eingefügt. + Durch Rechts-Klicken auf die Notiz-Box kann der Typ eingestellt werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Fußnoten +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Fußnoten" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Fusnoten@Fußnoten +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX verwendet Boxen, um Fußnoten darzustellen: Wenn man eine Fußnote mit + dem Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Fußnote +\family default + oder dem Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "footnote-insert" +\end_inset + + einfügt, wird man die folgende Box sehen: +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/FussnoteQt4.png + scale 80 + +\end_inset + + Diese Box ist LyXs Darstellung einer Fußnote. + Klickt man mit links auf die Marke +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Fußnote +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, wird die Box geöffnet und man kann den Fußnotentext hineinschreiben. + Nochmaliges Klicken auf die Marke schließt die Box. + Will man bestehenden Text als Fußnote setzen, markiert man ihn einfach + und klickt dann auf den Fußnoten-Werkzeugleistenknopf. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier ist eine Beispiel-Fußnote: +\begin_inset Foot +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Um eine Fußnote zu schließen, klickt man auf die Marke der Fußnoten-Box. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Fußnote erscheint in der Ausgabe als tiefgestellte Nummer an der Position + im Text, an der die Fußnoten-Box eingefügt wurde. + Der Fußnotentext wird an das Ende der aktuellen Seite gesetzt. + Die Fußnotennummer wird von LyX entsprechend der Dokumentklasse berechnet. + LyX unterstützt noch keine speziellen Nummerierungsschemata, aber man kann + sie mit speziellen LaTeX-Befehlen erhalten. + Diese sind im Handbuch +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Randnotizen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Randnotizen" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Randnotizen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Innerhalb von LyX erscheint und verhält sich eine Randnotiz genau wie eine + Fußnote. + Wenn Sie über das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Randnotiz +\family default + oder dem Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "marginalnote-insert" +\end_inset + + eine Randnotiz einfügen, erscheint eine Box mit der Beschriftung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Rand +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Diese Box repräsentiert in LyX eine Randnotiz. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +An der Seite ist eine Beispiel-Randnotiz. +\begin_inset Marginal +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dies ist eine Randnotiz. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Randnotizen erscheinen auf der rechten Seite in einseitigen Dokumenten. + In doppelseitigen Dokumenten erscheinen sie im Außenrand – links auf geraden + Seiten, rechts auf ungeraden Seiten. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Für weitere Informationen über die Formatierung von Randnotizen, siehe Abschnitt + +\emph on +Randnotizen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Abbildungen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Abbildungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und eingebundene Grafiken +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Grafiken +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Abbildungen" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um ein Bild einzufügen, setzt man den Cursor an die gewünschte Position + und klickt auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" +\end_inset + + oder verwendet das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Grafik +\family default +. + Es erscheint dann ein Dialog in dem man das zu ladende Bild auswählt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieser Dialog bietet eine Vielzahl an selbsterklärenden Parametern. + In der Karteikarte +\family sans +Grafik +\family default + wählt man die Bilddatei aus. + Das Bild kann skaliert und rotiert werden. + Die Einheiten der Skalierung sind in Anhang +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:In-LyX-verfügbare" + +\end_inset + + erklärt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In der Karteikarte +\family sans +Ausschnitt +\family default + können Bildkoordinaten angegeben werden um das Bild in der Ausgabe zuzuschneide +n. + Koordinaten können außerdem automatisch mit dem Knopf +\family sans +Lese +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +aus +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Datei +\family default + berechnet werden. + Die Option +\family sans +Auf +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Begrenzungsbox +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +zuschneiden +\family default + druckt nur die Bildregion innerhalb der angegebenen Koordinaten. + Normalerweise muss man sich nicht um Bildkoordinaten kümmern und kann die + Karteikarte +\family sans +Ausschnitt +\family default +ignorieren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In der Karteikarte +\family sans +LaTeX und LyX-Optionen +\family default + können LaTeX-Experten zusätzliche LaTeX-Optionen angeben. + Man kann zudem angeben wie das Bild innerhalb von LyX angezeigt wird. + Die Option +\family sans +Entwurfsmodus +\family default + hat den Effekt dass das Bild nicht in der Ausgabe erscheint, sondern nur + ein Rahmen in der Größe des Bildes. + Die Option +\family sans +Beim Exportieren nicht entpacken +\family default + ist im Handbuch +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + im Abschnitt +\emph on +Grafik-Dialog +\emph default + erklärt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Grafikdialog kann jederzeit durch Klicken auf ein Bild geöffnet werden. + Bilder erscheinen in der Ausgabe genau an der Stelle, an der sie sich im + Text befinden. + Dies ist ein Beispielbild in einem separaten, horizontal zentrierten Absatz: + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/mobius.eps + scale 70 + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn man Bildbeschriftungen benötigt und Bilder referenzieren will, muss + man das Bild in ein Gleitobjekt setzen, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Abbildungs-Gleitobjekte" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Grafikformate +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Grafikformate +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Grafikformate" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können Grafiken in allen bekannten Formaten einfügen, aber weil jedes + Druckausgabe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +"= +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Format nur bestimmte Grafikformate zulässt, benutzt LyX das Programm +\family typewriter +ImageMagick +\family default + im Hintergrund, um die Bilder ins richtige Format zu konvertieren. + In den Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Ausgabe-Dateiformate" + +\end_inset + + ist beschrieben, welche Grafikformate Sie benutzen sollten. + Ähnlich wie bei Schriften gibt es zwei Hauptarten: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Pixelbilder +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(Bitmaps) bestehen aus einzelnen Pixeln, oft in komprimierter Form. + Bei starker Vergrößerung sind diese Pixel sichtbar – man spricht vom +\emph on +Treppeneffekt +\emph default + (oder von +\emph on +Aliasing +\emph default +). + Bekannte Formate sind +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Graphics Interchange Format +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (GIF, Dateiendung +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.gif +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +GIF|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Grafikformate +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Portable Network Graphics +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (PNG, Dateiendung +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.png +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +PNG|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Grafikformate +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, und +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Joint Photographic Experts Group +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (JPG, Dateiendung +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.jpg +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.jpeg +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +JPG|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Grafikformate +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Skalierbare +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Grafiken +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(Vektor-) bestehen aus Vektoren, die das Bild beschreiben, und lassen sich + ohne Datenverlust beliebig vergrößern. + Das ist bei Präsentationen wichtig, weil dort die Bilder durch den Projektor + skaliert werden. + Hilfreich sind sie auch bei Online-Dokumenten, um den Benutzer in Diagramme + hineinzoomen zu lassen. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Skalierbare Grafikformate können +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Scalable Vector Graphics +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (SVG, Dateiendung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.svg +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +SVG|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Grafikformate +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Encapsulated PostScript +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (EPS, Dateiendung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.eps +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +EPS|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Grafikformate +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Portable Document Format +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (PDF, Dateiendung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.pdf +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +PDF +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + sein. + Wir sagen sie können, da man jedes Pixel-Grafikformat in ein PDF oder EPS + konvertieren kann und das Ergebnis trotzdem nicht skalierbar sein wird. + In diesen Fällen wird nur ein Vorspann mit dem Bildeigenschaften zum Originalbi +ld hinzugefügt. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Im Fall von PDF wird das Originalbild zusätzlich komprimiert. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Abbildungseinstellungen gruppieren +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Abbildungen!Einstellungen gruppieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Jede Abbildung kann eine neue Gruppe von Abbildungseinstellungen definieren + oder zu einer vorhandenen hinzugefügt werden. + Abbildungen einer Gruppe haben dieselben Einstellungen, so dass die Änderung + der Einstellungen einer Abbildung automatisch die Einstellungen aller Abbildung +en dieser Gruppe ändert. + Das erleichtert das Bearbeiten ähnlicher Abbildungen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Eine neue Gruppe definieren Sie, indem Sie den Knopf +\family sans +Neue +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Gruppe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +eröffnen +\family default + im Grafik-Dialogfenster in der Karteikarte +\family sans +LaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X- +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +und +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X-Optionen +\family default + drücken. + Wenn Sie dann im Grafik-Dialogfenster einer anderen Abbildung denselben + Namen eintragen, gehört auch diese Abbildung zur Gruppe. + Wenn es schon Gruppennamen gibt, können Sie diese im Kontextmenü (Rechtsklick + auf die Abbildung) auswählen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Tabellen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tabellen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Tabellen" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann Tabellen entweder über den Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "tabular-insert" +\end_inset + + oder das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Tabelle +\family default + einfügen. + Es erscheint dann ein Dialog, der nach der Anzahl an Spalten und Zeilen + fragt. + Die voreingestellte Tabelle besitzt Linien um jede Zelle und die erste + Zeile erscheint von der restlichen Tabelle etwas abgesetzt. + Dies kommt durch eine doppelte Linie zustande: Die Zellen der ersten Zeile + haben eine untere Linie und die Zellen der zweiten Zeile eine obere Linie. + Hier ist eine Beispieltabelle: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +2 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +3 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +C +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Der Tabellendialog +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tabellen ! -dialog +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann Tabellen verändern, indem man mit der rechten Maustaste auf sie + klickt und dann +\family sans +Mehr\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default + wählt. + Dies öffnet den Tabellendialog. + Hier kann man die Einstellungen für Zellen, Zeilen und/oder Spalten vornehmen, + in denen sich gerade der Cursor befindet. + Die meisten der Dialogoptionen funktionieren auch für Auswahlen. + Das bedeutet dass wenn mehrere Zellen, Spalten oder Zeilen ausgewählt sind, + die Aktion für alle in der Auswahl durchgeführt wird. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Zusätzlich zum Tabellendialog hilft die +\family sans +Tabellen-Werkzeugleiste +\family default + um Tabelleneigenschaften zu verändern. + Sie erscheint wenn sich der Cursor in einer Tabelle befindet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In der Karteikarte +\family sans +Tabellen-Einstellungen +\family default + des Tabellendialogs kann man die Ausrichtung der aktuellen Zeile festlegen. + Wenn man eine Zeile oder Spalte einfügt, wird diese rechts neben bzw. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +unter der aktuellen Zelle eingefügt. + Die vertikale Ausrichtung einer Spalte kann nur eingestellt werden wenn + eine Spaltenbreite angegeben ist. + Eine angegebene Spaltenbreite erlaubt es in der Zelle Zeilenumbrüche und + mehrere Absätze zu haben, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Tabellenzellen" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann mehrere Zellen einer Zeile/Spalte als Mehrfachspalten-/Mehrfachzeilenze +lle markieren, indem man die Option +\family sans +Mehrfachspalte +\family default + oder +\family sans +Mehrfachzeile +\family default + verwendet. + Dies vereint die Zellen zu +\emph on +einer +\emph default + Zelle, die sich über mehrere Zeilen/Spalten erstreckt. + Mehrfachspaltenzellen werden als eigene Zeilen behandelt, so dass die Ausrichtu +ngs-, Breiten-, und Linieneinstellungen nur die Mehrfachspaltenzelle betrifft. + Hier ist eine Beispieltabelle mit einer Mehrfachspaltenzelle in der ersten + Zeile und einer in der letzten Zeile ohne obere Linie: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +abc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +def ghi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +jkl +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +A +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +B +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +C +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +D +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +2 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +3 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +4 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Versierte Nutzer können spezielle LaTeX-Argumente für die Tabelle angeben. + Diese sind für besondere Formatierungen wie Mehrfachzellen nötig, die im + Kapitel +\emph on +Tabellen +\emph default + des Handbuchs +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + erklärt sind. + Man kann außerdem die aktuelle Zelle oder die ganze Tabelle um 90 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen. + Diese Rotationen sind in LyX nicht sichtbar, aber in der Ausgabe. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung: +\series default + Viele DVI-Betrachter können +\emph on +keine +\emph default + Rotationen darstellen. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In der Karteikarte +\family sans +Rahmenlinien +\family default + können Linien für die aktuelle Zeile/Spalte hinzugefügt und entfernt werden. + Der Knopf +\family sans +Festlegen +\family default + fügt Linien um alle Zellen ein. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Lange Tabellen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tabellen ! lange +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn eine Tabelle zu lang ist, um auf eine Seite zu passen, können Sie im + Dialogfenster +\family sans +Tabellen-Einstellungen +\family default + auf der Karteikarte +\family sans +Lange +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Tabelle +\family default + die Option +\family sans +Lange +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Tabelle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +verwenden +\family default + aktivieren, damit die Tabelle automatisch auf mehrere Seiten verteilt wird. + Wird dies gemacht, werden folgende Optionen freigeschaltet: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Kopfzeile: Die aktuelle Zeile wird als eine Überschrifts-Zeile aller Seiten + festgelegt; mit Ausnahme der ersten, wenn +\family sans +Erste +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Kopfzeile +\family default + aktiviert ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Erste +\lang english + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\lang ngerman +Kopfzeile: Die aktuelle Zeile wird als eine Überschrifts-Zeile der ersten + Seite einer mehrseitigen Tabelle definiert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Fußzeile: Die aktuelle Zeile wird als eine Fußzeile aller Seiten festgelegt; + mit Ausnahme der letzten, wenn +\family sans +Letzte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Fußzeile +\family default + aktiviert ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Letzte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Fußzeile: Die aktuelle Zeile wird als eine die Fußzeile der letzten Seite + einer mehrseitigen Tabelle definiert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Legende: Die aktuelle Zeile enthält die Legende. + Sie wird als einzelne Spalte zurückgesetzt und eine Beschriftung wird über + das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Legende +\family default + eingefügt. + Mehr über Beschriftungen langer Tabellen ist im Handbuch +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + erklärt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können zudem eine Zeile angeben, an der die Tabelle gebrochen wird. + Wenn Sie mehr als eine Option für eine Tabellenzeile verwenden, sollten + Sie sich bewusst sein, dass dann nur die erste angegebene Option verwendet + wird, die anderen Optionen werden als +\emph on +leer +\emph default + definiert. + In diesem Zusammenhang bedeutet zuerst das Zuerst in dieser Reihenfolge: + +\family sans +Fußzeile, Letzte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Fußzeile, +\family default + +\family sans +Kopfzeile, +\family default + +\family sans +Erste +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Kopfzeile +\family default +; siehe die folgende Lange Tabelle als Beispiel wie es funktioniert: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Telefonliste (ignoriere die Namen) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +NAME +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +TEL. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Telefonliste +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +NAME +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +TEL. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +wird fortgesetzt +\series default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Annovi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Silvia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Bertoli +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Stefano +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Bozzi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Walter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Cachia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Maria +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Cachia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Maurizio +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Cinquemani +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Giusi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Colin +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bernard +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Concli +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gianfranco +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Dal Bosco +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Carolina +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Dalpiaz +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Annamaria +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Feliciello +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Domenico +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Focarelli +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paola +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Galletti +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Oreste +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Gasparini +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Franca +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Rizzardi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paola +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Lassini +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Giancarlo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Malfatti +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Luciano +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Malfatti +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Valeriano +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Meneguzzo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Roberto +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Mezzadra +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Roberto +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Pirpamer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Erich +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Pochiesa +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paolo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111, 222 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Radina +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Claudio +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Stuffer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Oskar +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Tacchelli +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Ugo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Tezzele +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Margit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Unterkalmsteiner +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Frieda +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Vieider +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Hilde +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Vigna +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Jürgen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Weber +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Maurizio +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Winkler +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Franz +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Annovi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Silvia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Bertoli +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Stefano +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Bozzi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Walter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Cachia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Maria +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Cachia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Maurizio +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Cinquemani +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Giusi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Colin +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bernard +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Concli +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gianfranco +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Dal Bosco +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Carolina +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Dalpiaz +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Annamaria +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Feliciello +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Domenico +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Focarelli +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paola +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Galletti +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Oreste +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Gasparini +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Franca +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Rizzardi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paola +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Lassini +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Giancarlo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Malfatti +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Luciano +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Malfatti +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Valeriano +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Meneguzzo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Roberto +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Mezzadra +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Roberto +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Pirpamer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Erich +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Pochiesa +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paolo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555, 222 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Radina +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Claudio +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Stuffer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Oskar +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Tacchelli +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Ugo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Tezzele +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Margit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Unterkalmsteiner +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Frieda +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Vieider +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Hilde +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Vigna +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Jürgen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +999 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Weber +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Maurizio +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Winkler +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Franz +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +555 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +End +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Tabellenzellen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Tabellenzellen" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tabellen ! zellen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Eine Tabellenzelle kann Text, eingebettete Formeln, ein Bild oder eine andere + Tabelle enthalten. + All diese Arten von Objekten können in dieselbe Zelle gepackt werden. + Schriftgrößen und -schnitte können ebenfalls eingestellt werden. + Man kann aber keine speziellen Umgebungen (wie +\family sans +Abschnitt* +\family default +, u. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +Ä.) einfügen oder Ausrichtungsoptionen für den Absatz der Zelle festlegen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um mehrzeilige Einträge in Tabellenzellen zu erstellen, muss man eine feste + Breite für die Spalte im Tabellendialog angegeben haben. + Der Text wird dann automatisch in mehrere Zeilen aufgeteilt und die Zelle + vertikal vergrößert, wenn die angegebene Breite überschritten wird. + Ein Beispiel: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +2 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +3 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +4 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dies ist ein mehrzeiliger Eintrag in einer Tabelle. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +5 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +6 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dieser ist nun länger. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +7 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +8 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dies ist ein mehrzeiliger Eintrag in einer Tabelle. + Dieser ist nun länger. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +9 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Kopieren und Ersetzen funktioniert zwischen Tabellen und Tabellenzellen + gut; man kann sogar mehrere Zeilen kopieren und einfügen. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Man beachte, dass man nicht in eine Auswahl mehrerer Zellen kopieren kann, + denn es wäre nicht klar wohin ein einzelnes Wort in einer Auswahl von 2×3 + Zellen kopiert werden soll. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Das Auswählen mit der Maus oder mit +\family sans +Umschalt +\family default + plus den Pfeiltasten funktioniert wie gewohnt. + Man kann auch ganze Tabellen kopieren indem man die Auswahl außerhalb der + Tabelle beginnt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Gleitobjekte +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Gleitobjekte" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gleitobjekte +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Einführung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Ein Gleitobjekt ist ein Teil eines Dokuments, das keinen festen Platz hat. + Es kann eine oder mehrere Seiten vorwärts oder rückwärts +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +gleiten +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, dahin wo es am besten passt. + +\family sans +Fußnoten +\family default + und +\family sans +Randnotizen +\family default + sind ebenfalls Gleitobjekte, da sie zur nächsten Seite gleiten falls zu + viele Fußnoten/Notizen auf der aktuellen Seite sind. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Gleitobjekte ermöglichen ein qualitativ hochwertiges Layout. + Bilder und Tabellen können gleichmäßig über die Seiten verteilt werden + um Leerraum und Seiten ohne Text zu vermeiden. + Da das Gleiten oft den räumlichen Bezug zwischen dem Text und dem Bild +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +/ +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +der Tabelle zerstört, kann jedes Gleitobjekt im Text referenziert werden. + Gleitobjekte sind daher nummeriert. + Referenzierungen/Querverweise sind Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Querverweise" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um ein Gleitobjekt einzufügen, verwendet man das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gleitobjekt +\family default +. + Eine Box mit einer Legende, die z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + die Beschriftung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Abbildung +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +#: +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + hat (# ist die aktuelle Nummer) wird in das Dokument eingefügt. + Die Beschriftung wird automatisch in der Ausgabe in die Dokumentsprache + übersetzt. + Nach der Beschriftung kann man einen Text für die Legende eingeben. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gleitobjekte ! Legende +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Das Bild oder die Tabelle wird über oder unter der Legende in einen eigenen + Absatz innerhalb des Gleitobjekts eingefügt. + Um LyX-Dokumente lesbar zu halten, können Gleitobjekt-Boxen durch Links-klicken + auf die Box-Beschriftung geöffnet und geschlossen werden. + Eine geschlossene Gleitobjekt-Box sieht wie diese aus: +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/GleitobjektQt4.png + scale 80 + +\end_inset + + – ein grauer Knopf mit roter Beschriftung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es wird empfohlen Gleitobjekte als separaten Absatz einzufügen um mögliche + LaTeX-Fehler zu vermeiden, die auftreten können, wenn der umgebende Text + besonders formatiert ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Beispiele +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Abbildungs-Gleitobjekte +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Abbildungs-Gleitobjekte" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gleitobjekte ! Abbildung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Abbildung +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Ein-verzerrtes-Schnabeltier" + +\end_inset + + wurde mit dem Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Abbildung +\family default + oder dem Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "float-insert figure" +\end_inset + + erstellt. + Das Bild wurde eingefügt, indem der Cursor über die Beschriftung gesetzt + wurde und dann das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Grafik +\family default + oder der Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" +\end_inset + + verwendet wurde. + Das Bild wurde horizontal im Gleitobjekt zentriert, indem der Cursor vor + oder hinter das Bild gesetzt wurde und dann das Menü +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Absatz-Einstellungen +\family default + oder der Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout-paragraph" +\end_inset + + benutzt wurde. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/platypus.eps + lyxscale 50 + width 50col% + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Ein-verzerrtes-Schnabeltier" + +\end_inset + +Ein verzerrtes Schnabeltier in einem Gleitobjekt. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Abbildungs-Gleitobjekt zeigt außerdem, wie man eine Marke einfügt + und diese referenziert: Man fügt eine Marke in die Beschriftung über das + Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Marke +\family default + oder den Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "label-insert" +\end_inset + + ein und verweist darauf mit dem Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Querverweis +\family default + oder dem Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" +\end_inset + +. + Es ist wichtig Querverweise für Abbildungs-Gleitobjekte zu verwenden, und + nicht vage Formulierungen wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +die obige Abbildung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, denn LaTeX wird die Gleitobjekte in der Ausgabe neu anordnen, so dass + sie nicht mehr +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +obig +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + sein muss. + Für mehr über Querverweise siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Querverweise" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Normalerweise wird nur ein Bild in ein Abbildungs-Gleitobjekt eingefügt + aber manchmal will man zwei Bilder mit eigenen Beschriftungen haben. + Dies wird erreicht, indem man ein Abbildungs-Gleitobjekt in ein existierendes + Abbildungs-Gleitobjekt einfügt. + Dabei ist zu beachten, dass nur die Hauptbeschriftung des Gleitobjekts + in die Liste der Abbildungen, wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Verzeichnisse" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben, eingefügt wird. + Abbildung +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Zwei-verzerrte-Bilder" + +\end_inset + + ist ein Beispiel eines Abbildungs-Gleitobjekts mit zwei Bildern nebeneinander. + Man kann die Bilder auch untereinander setzen. + Abbildung +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Undefinierbar" + +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Schnabeltier" + +\end_inset + + sind die Untergleitobjekte. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Undefinierbar" + +\end_inset + +Undefinierbar +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps + width 45col% + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Schnabeltier" + +\end_inset + +Schnabeltier +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/platypus.eps + lyxscale 60 + width 45col% + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Zwei-verzerrte-Bilder" + +\end_inset + +Zwei verzerrte Bilder. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Tabellen-Gleitobjekt +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gleitobjekte ! Tabelle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Tabellen-Gleitobjekte können über das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Tabelle +\family default + oder dem Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "float-insert table" +\end_inset + + eingefügt werden. + Sie haben dieselben Eigenschaften wie Abbildungs-Gleitobjekte bis auf dass + die Tabelle darin normalerweise unter die Beschriftung statt wie bei Abbildunge +n darüber gesetzt wird und dass die Marken mit +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +tab: +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + beginnen. + Tabelle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "tab:Ein-Tabellen-Gleitobjekt" + +\end_inset + + ist ein Tabellen-Gleitobjekt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float table +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "tab:Ein-Tabellen-Gleitobjekt" + +\end_inset + +Ein Tabellen-Gleitobjekt. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +2 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +3 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Joe +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Mary +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Ted +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} +a & b\\ +c & d +\end{array}\right]$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Weitere Informationen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gleitobjekte ! Details +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX unterstützt weitere Gleitobjekt-Typen und auch rotierte Gleitobjekte. + Des Weiteren kann das Nummerierungsschema, die Gleitobjekt-Platzierung + und die Formatierung der Beschriftung geändert werden. + All diese Features sind im Detail in Kapitel +\emph on +Gleitobjekte +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs mit vielen Beispielen beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Minipage +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Minipage +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LaTeX bietet einen Mechanismus an, um im Prinzip eine Seite innerhalb einer + Seite zu erstellen, eine sogenannte Minipage. + Innerhalb einer Minipage gelten alle üblichen Regeln wie die des Einzugs + oder der Silbentrennung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Minipages haben in LyX ihre eigene schließbare Box, die mit dem Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Box +\family default + eingefügt wird. + Per Rechts-klicken auf die Boxmarke kann die Breite und Ausrichtung der + Minipage eingestellt werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "t" +use_parbox 0 +use_makebox 0 +width "30col%" +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\shape italic +Dies ist eine Minipage. + Der Text ist kursiv gesetzt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\shape italic +Minipages werden häufig für Text in einer anderen Sprache verwendet oder + für Text mit besonderen Formatierungen. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +Wenn man zwei Minipages nebeneinander setzt, kann man +\family sans +HFills +\family default +, wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Horizontaler-Leerraum" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben, verwenden: +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "t" +use_parbox 0 +use_makebox 0 +width "1.5in" +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\shape italic +\emph on +Dies ist eine Minipage +\shape default +\emph default + mit sinnlosem Text. + Dieser Sinnlostext wird verwendet um die Minipage zu vergrößern. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "t" +use_parbox 0 +use_makebox 0 +width "1.5in" +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\shape italic +\emph on +Dies ist eine Minipage +\shape default +\emph default + mit sinnlosem Text. + Dieser Sinnlostext wird verwendet um die Minipage zu vergrößern. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Klickt man mit rechts auf eine Minipage-Box, kann man die Box in einen anderen + Boxtyp umwandeln. + Alle Box-Typen und ihre Einstellungen sind im Detail in Kapitel +\emph on +Boxen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs erklärt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +Mathematische Formeln +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mathematische!Formeln +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "chap:Mathematische-Formeln" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Alle Themen dieses Kapitels sind im Detail im +\emph on +Mathe +\emph default + Handbuch beschrieben. + Dort finden Sie außerdem Tipps und Tricks für spezielle Fälle. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Grundlagen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um eine Formel zu erstellen, klickt man einfach auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-mode on" +\end_inset + + (Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Strg+M +\family default +). + Dies erzeugt ein kleines, blaues Rechteck mit violetten Markierungen an + den Ecken. + Das blaue Rechteck ist die Formel, die Markierungen geben an, wo in der + Formel man sich befindet. + Man kann auch direkt einen bestimmten Formeltyp über das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mathe +\family default + einfügen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das Bearbeiten von Formelparametern und das Hinzufügen von Mathe-Konstrukten + kann man über die +\family sans +Mathe +\family default +Werkzeugleiste machen, die erscheint, wenn der Cursor in einer Formel ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt zwei Haupttypen von Formeln, eingebettete und abgesetzte. + Eingebettete Formeln erscheinen innerhalb einer Textzeile, so wie diese: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dies ist eine Zeile mit einer +\begin_inset Formula $A=B$ +\end_inset + + eingebetteten Formel. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Abgesetzte Formeln erscheinen außerhalb des Textes, als wären sie in einem + eigenen Absatz, so wie diese: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +A=B +\] + +\end_inset + +Nur abgesetzte Formeln können nummeriert und referenziert werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX unterstützt auch viele LaTeX-Mathebefehle. + Tippt man z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +alpha +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + gefolgt von einem Leerzeichen in eine Formel ein, wird der griechische + Buchstabe +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + + erzeugt. + Befehle einzugeben ist oft schneller als die +\family sans +Mathe +\family default +Werkzeugleiste zu verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Wie man sich in einer Formel +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + bewegt +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können auf eine existierende Gleichung klicken und den Cursor in etwa + dort vorfinden, wo Sie geklickt haben. + In einer existierenden Formel hat man mit den Pfeiltasten die beste Kontrolle + über die Cursorposition. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Pfeiltasten können benutzt werden, um sich in einer Struktur zwischen + Textgebieten zu bewegen. + Wenn man eine Pfeiltaste am Rande einer Formel drückt, verlässt man die + Formel, wenn der Pfeil aus dem Formel-Kästchen herauszeigt. + Wenn man die +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default + drückt, verlässt man einen Teil oder eine andere Formel-Struktur (eine + Quadratwurzel +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ +\end_inset + +, Klammern +\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ +\end_inset + + oder eine Matrix +\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} +1 & 2\\ +3 & 4 +\end{array}\right]$ +\end_inset + +), und bleibt innerhalb der Formel. + Mit +\family sans +Esc +\family default + verlässt man Formeln, und der Cursor wird rechts vom Kästchen platziert. + Mit der +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default + kann man Formeln auch verlassen, aber der Cursor wird um eine Leerstelle + neben dem Kästchen gestellt (wenn keine Leerstelle dort war, wird sie erzeugt). + +\family sans +Tab +\family default + kann benutzt werden, um sich waagerecht in einer Formel-Struktur zu bewegen, + wie in den Zeilen einer Matrix oder den Stellen in einer mehrzeiligen Gleichung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default + scheint nichts innerhalb von Formeln zu bewirken, weil sie wirklich keinen + Zwischenraum zwischen Zeichen hinzufügt, aber sie verlässt eine geschachtelte + Struktur. + Deshalb muss man mit der +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default + vorsichtig sein. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn man zum Beispiel +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ +\end_inset + + erreichen will, muss man +\series bold + +\backslash +sqrt +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +leer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +2x+1 +\series default +eingeben und nicht +\series bold + +\backslash +sqrt +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +leer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +2x +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +leer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + ++ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +leer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +1 +\series default +, weil dann nur die +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Formula $2x$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + unter dem Wurzelzeichen stehen würden: +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ +\end_inset + +. + Diejenigen, die es gewohnt sind, Ausdrücke auf diese Weise mit Zwischenräumen + zu versehen, müssen ein wenig umlernen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Da wir über die +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default + sprechen: es mag sein, dass Sie Leerzeichen erzeugen wollen, die über das + hinausgehen, was LaTeX normalerweise erzeugt. + Wir empfehlen das natürlich nicht, weil das WYSIWYM-Prinzip bedeutet, dass + Sie nicht über den Schriftsatz nachdenken sollen, sondern über den Inhalt. + Es mag aber Situationen geben, in denen Sie wirklich Leerzeichen hinzufügen + wollen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das kann man mit +\family sans +Strg+Leertaste +\family default + machen. + Das erzeugt einen kleinen Zwischenraum und zeigt ihn auf dem Bildschirm + wie eine auf dem Rücken liegende eckige rote Klammer an: +\begin_inset Formula $a\text{{\color{red}\leer}}b$ +\end_inset + +. + Gedruckt sieht das so aus: +\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ +\end_inset + +. + Mit dem nächstes Trick ändert man die Größe. + +\emph on +Bevor +\emph default + Sie nach +\family sans +Strg+Leertaste +\family default + den Cursor bewegen, drücken Sie die +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default + erneut ein- oder mehrere Male, das vergrößert den Zwischenraum auf unterschiedl +iche Größen: +\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ +\end_inset + +. + Als letztes gibt es den roten, negativen Zwischenraum: +\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann viele teilweise gefüllte Formel-Strukturen wie diese Matrix verlassen: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\left(\begin{array}{ccc} +\lambda_{1}\\ + & \ddots\\ + & & \lambda_{n} +\end{array}\right). +\] + +\end_inset + +Wenn Sie eine Teilstruktur, die nur teilweise gefüllt ist, verlassen oder + einen Exponenten mit nichts darin, wird das Ergebnis unvorhersehbar, aber + die meisten Objekte stört das nicht. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Text auswählen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Mathe- ! Text auswählen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Innerhalb von Formeln können Sie Text auf zwei verschiedene Arten auswählen. + Stellen Sie den Cursor an das eine Ende der Zeichenkette, die Sie auswählen + wollen, und drücken Sie +\family sans +Umschalt+Pfeil +\family default + in der Richtung, in der Sie markieren wollen. + Der markierte Text wird wie sonst auch hervorgehoben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Oder Sie machen es wie gewohnt mit der Maus, obwohl dabei manchmal alles + im purpurnen Rechteck markiert wird. + Den markierten Text können Sie dann kopieren oder ausschneiden und in eine + andere Formel einsetzen. + Auch Text, der außerhalb von LyX ausgewählt wurde, kann in eine Formel + eingesetzt werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Exponenten +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Exponenten +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und Indizes +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Indizes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können die +\family sans +Mathe-Werkzeugleiste +\family default + benutzen um Hoch- oder Tiefstellungen zu erzeugen (Knöpfe +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-superscript" +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-subscript" +\end_inset + +), aber viel einfacher geht es mit der normalen TeX-Methode. + Um +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ +\end_inset + + zu erhalten, geben Sie +\series bold +x^2 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +leer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default + ein. + Die +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default + bringt den Cursor zurück auf die Grundlinie des Ausdrucks. + Wenn Sie +\series bold +x^2y +\series default + eingeben, erhalten Sie +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ +\end_inset + +; um +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ +\end_inset + + zu erhalten, müssen Sie +\series bold +x^2 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +leer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +y +\series default + eingeben. + Wenn Sie Zeichen in der Hochstellung haben, die mit dem Zirkumflex +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +^ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + akzentuiert werden können, müssen Sie die +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default + ein weiteres Mal drücken um den Zirkumflex vom Zeichen zu trennen. + Wenn Sie z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + +\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$ +\end_inset + + haben wollen, geben Sie +\series bold +x^ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +leer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +a +\series default + ein. + Indizes sind ähnlich: um +\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ +\end_inset + + zu erhalten, müssen Sie in eine Formel +\series bold +a_1 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +leer +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series default + eingeben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Brüche +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bruche@Brüche +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Einen Bruch kann man mit +\series bold + +\backslash +frac +\series default + oder mit dem Bruchsymbol +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\frac" +\end_inset + +aus der +\family sans +Mathe-Werkzeugleiste +\family default + schreiben. + Sie erhalten einen leeren Bruch mit zwei blauen Formel-Kästchen über und + unter einem Bruchstrich. + Der Cursor steht im Zähler. + Mit der +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +-Taste gelangt man in den Nenner, mit der +\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ +\end_inset + +-Taste wieder in den Zähler. + Jede mathematische Struktur kann in einen Bruch geschrieben werden, wie + dieses Beispiel zeigt: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc} +2 & 3\\ +4 & 5 +\end{array}\right)}\right] +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Wurzeln +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Wurzeln +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wurzeln erhält man, wenn man auf das Symbol +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\sqrt" +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\root" +\end_inset + + in der +\family sans +Mathe-Werkzeugleiste +\family default + klickt, oder die Befehle +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family default + oder +\family typewriter + +\backslash +root +\family default + benutzt. + Ersteres liefert nur Quadratwurzeln, letzteres beliebige. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Summen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Summen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und Integrale +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Integrale +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Summen- und Integralzeichen +\begin_inset Formula $\sum$ +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Formula $\int$ +\end_inset + + werden sehr oft mit Grenzen versehen, die in LyX (wie in LaTeX) als Exponenten + und Indizes geschrieben werden. + Bei Summen in der Zeile werden die Grenzen automatisch neben dem Summenzeichen + platziert wie bei +\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ +\end_inset + +, bei abgesetzten Formeln hingegen über und unter dem Summenzeichen: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right). +\] + +\end_inset + +Bei Integralen werden die Grenzen immer neben dem Integralzeichen platziert + wie in +\begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$ +\end_inset + +, bei abgesetzten Formeln sieht es so aus: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi. +\] + +\end_inset + +Beide Symbole werden automatisch angepasst. + Man kann die Platzierung der Grenzen (direkt über und unter oder rechts + neben dem Zeichen) umschalten, indem man den Cursor direkt vor das Zeichen + stellt und +\family sans +Alt+M +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +L +\family default + eingibt. + Wie die Änderung genau aussieht, hängt vom Zeichen ab. + Einige andere mathematische Ausdrücke besitzen diese Automatik-Funktion + auch, wie +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x), +\] + +\end_inset + +bei dem +\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ +\end_inset + + unter dem +\emph on +lim +\emph default + bei abgesetzten Formeln platziert wird, aber in der Zeile daneben: +\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ +\end_inset + +. + Das +\begin_inset Formula $\lim$ +\end_inset + +-Zeichen hat eine besondere Bedeutung. + In LaTeX wird es als Sonderobjekt behandelt, damit es Indizes wie beschrieben + darstellen kann. + In LyX erhält man es mit +\series bold + +\backslash +lim +\series default + in einer Formel oder indem man es aus den +\family sans +Funktionen +\family default + im Menü +\family sans +Mathe-Werkzeugleiste +\family default + auswählt. + Andere Spezialworte sind trigonometrische Funktionen (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vref +reference "sub:Mathematische-Funktionen" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Mathematische Symbole +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mathematische!Symbole +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die meisten mathematischen Symbole sind in der +\family sans +Mathe +\family default +Werkzeugleiste unter einer der verschiedenen Kategorien wie +\family sans +Griechisch +\family default +, +\family sans +Operatoren +\family default +, +\family sans +Relationen +\family default +, +\family sans +Pfeile +\family default + zu finden. + Dort gibt es außerdem zusätzliche Symbole, die von der Amerikanisch Mathematisc +hen Gesellschaft (AMS) zu Verfügung gestellt werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie den LaTeX-Befehl für ein Konstrukt oder ein Symbol kennen, müssen + Sie nicht die +\family sans +Mathe +\family default +Werkzeugleiste benutzen sondern können den Befehl direkt in die Formel eingeben. + LyX wird ihn in das entsprechnde Konstrukt oder Symbol konvertieren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Leerraum ändern +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Will man Leerraum erzeugen, der sich von LaTeXs Standard-Leerraum unterscheidet, + drückt man +\family sans +Strg+Leertaste +\family default + oder den +\family sans +Mathe +\family default + Werkzeugleistenknopf +\family sans + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\space" +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Dies erzeugt einen kleinen Leerraum mit einer Marke zur Visualisierung. + Zum Beispiel erscheint die Sequenz +\series bold +a Strg+Leertaste b +\series default +: +\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ +\end_inset + + in LyX als +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png + +\end_inset + +. + Man kann verschiedenen Größen für den Leerraum anwählen, indem man den + Cursor hinter die Marke setzt und mehrfach die Leertaste drückt. + Mit jedem Drücken der Leertaste wird die Größe verändert. + Die Marke erscheint für einige Größen rot, da diese Größen negativen Leerraum + darstellen. + Hier sind zwei Beispiele: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +a Strg+Leertaste b +\series default + und 3× +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default +: +\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +a Strg+Leertaste b +\series default + und 5× +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default +: +\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Mathematische Funktionen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mathematische!Funktionen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Mathematische-Funktionen" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Funktionen wie +\begin_inset Formula $\sin$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $\lim$ +\end_inset + +, usw. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +kann man entweder mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf +\family sans + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\functions" +\end_inset + + +\family default + oder mit Befehlen wie +\series bold + +\backslash +sin +\series default + usw. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +eintippen. + Standardmäßig werden Funktionen, die Namen sind wie +\begin_inset Formula $\sin$ +\end_inset + +, nicht kursiv geschrieben. + Gibt man in einer Formel aber nur die Buchstaben +\begin_inset Formula $sin$ +\end_inset + + ein, sind sie natürlich kursiv. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Deshalb gibt es diese besonderen Makros. + In der Druckausgabe bewirken sie aber mehr als nur die Schriftform zu ändern. + Zum Beispiel bekommt der Ausdruck +\emph on +sint +\emph default + zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen sin und t: +\begin_inset Formula $\sin t$ +\end_inset + +. + Bei komplexeren mathematischen Objekten wie +\begin_inset Formula $\lim$ +\end_inset + + bestimmt das Makro, wo die Bedingung platziert wird, ob neben das Wort + lim als Index wie hier: +\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$ +\end_inset + + oder darunter wie hier: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L. +\] + +\end_inset + + Beide Ausdrücke wurden exakt gleich eingetippt, nur die Art, wie das lim-Makro + benutzt wurde, entschied über die Darstellung (in diesem Fall wurde das + Makro für die Darstellung in der Zeile geändert, damit der Zeilenabstand + besser aussieht). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Akzente +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Akzente +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Im Mathe-Modus setzt man Akzente wie im normalen Textmodus. + Wie das gemacht wird, kann von Ihrer Tastatur und Ihrer Tastaturdatei abhängen. + Sie können aber auch die LaTeX-Äquivalente als Makros benutzen. + Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Akzente ermöglicht, können Sie zum Beispiel in + Formeln +\series bold + +\backslash +hat{a +\series default + eintippen, um +\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ +\end_inset + + zu erhalten. + Tabelle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "tab:Akzente" + +\end_inset + + enthält die Akzentnamen im Textmodus, in Formeln und Beispiele für die + Akzente. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Float table +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "tab:Akzente" + +\end_inset + +Akzente +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Akzente +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Name +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Befehl +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Beispiel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +circumflex +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +hat +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +grave +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +grave +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +acute +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +acute +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +umlaut +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +ddot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +tilde +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +tilde +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +dot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +dot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +breve +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +breve +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +caron +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +check +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +macron +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +bar +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +vector +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +vector +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können die Akzente auch über das Untermenü +\family sans +Rahmen-Verzierungen +\family default + des Mathe-Werkzeugleistenknopfs +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\hat" +\end_inset + + auswählen. + Dies wirkt auch auf markierte Bereiche in Formeln. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Klammern +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Klammern +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und Dekorationen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dekorationen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Klammern-und-Dekos" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt in LyX mehrere Klammerarten. + Für die meisten Zwecke sollte es genügen, nur die Tasten +\family typewriter +[]{}()|<> +\family default + zu drücken. + Aber wenn Sie große Strukturen wie Matrizen oder Brüche in Klammern setzen + wollen, oder wenn Sie mehrere Klammernschichten haben, ist es besser den + Mathe-Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" +\end_inset + + zu verwenden. + So zum Beispiel wenn Sie Klammern um eine Matrix wie diese setzen: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\left[\begin{array}{cc} +1 & 2\\ +3 & 4 +\end{array}\right]. +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +macht es das einfacher, die Gliederung der Klammern zu sehen. + Der folgende linke Ausdruck wurde mit Hilfe des Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" +\end_inset + + erstellt, der rechte Ausdruck wurde mit den +\family typewriter +() +\family default +-Tasten erstellt: +\lang english + +\lang ngerman + +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +Die Klammern mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf werden automatisch an die Größe + ihres Inhaltes angepasst. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um die gewünschten Klammern zu bekommen, klicken Sie auf die Klammer in + der linken und rechten Seite. + Wenn Sie die Option +\family sans +Zusammenpassend +\family default + verwenden, wird die ausgewählte Klammer für die linke und rechte Seite + verwendet. + Die Auswahl wird als TeX-Code angezeigt. + Wenn Sie auf einer Seite keine Klammer haben wollen, verwenden Sie +\family sans +(kein) +\family default +. + Dies erscheint in LyX als gestrichelte Linie, es wird aber nichts ausgegeben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um Klammern um bestehende mathematische Strukturen, wie Wurzeln, zu setzen, + markiert man zuerst die Struktur, dann wählt man die entsprechenden Klammern + aus und drückt auf +\family sans +Einfügen +\family default +. + Die häufigsten Klammern (beidseitig runde, eckige und geschweifte) können + schneller mit Tastenkürzeln eingefügt werden. + Um zum Beispiel ein Paar runde Klammern einzufügen, markiert man die Struktur + und verwendet das Kürzel +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-delim ( )" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Matrizen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Matrizen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und mehrzeilige Gleichungen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gleichungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Matrizenähnliche Gebilde kann man in LyX einfach eingeben. + Entweder wählen Sie +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Array-Umgebung +\family default +: dann bekommen Sie automatisch eine 2x2-Matrix, oder Sie klicken in der + automatischen +\family sans +Mathe-Werkzeugleiste +\family default + den Knopf +\family sans + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show mathmatrix" +\end_inset + + +\family default + an, der das Menü +\family sans +Mathe-Matrix +\family default + öffnet, in dem Sie verschiedene Optionen setzen können. + Hier ist ein Beispiel: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\left(\begin{array}{ccc} +1 & 2 & 3\\ +4 & 5 & 6\\ +7 & 8 & 9 +\end{array}\right). +\] + +\end_inset + +Die Klammern werden nicht automatisch eingefügt, sondern müssen mit dem + +\family sans +Mathe-Trenn\SpecialChar \- +zeichen +\family default +-Menü hinzugefügt werden. + Das können Sie nachträglich machen (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vref +reference "sec:Klammern-und-Dekos" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können festlegen, ob die Spalten einer Matrix (oder Teile davon) links- + oder rechtsbündig oder zentriert ausgerichtet werden sollen. + Die Voreinstellung ist zentriert +\family sans +. + +\family default + Bei anderen und verschiedenen Ausrichtungen müssen Sie die entsprechende + Buchstabenkombinationen aus +\family typewriter +l +\family default +, +\family typewriter +c +\family default + und +\family typewriter +r +\family default + in das Feld +\family sans +Ausrichtung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Horizontal +\family default + eingeben. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family typewriter +rlc +\family default + bedeutet: Spalte 1 rechtsbündig, Spalte 2 linksbündig und Spalte 3 zentriert. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Außerdem können Sie den Inhalt der Zeilen +\family sans +Vertikal +\family default + ausrichten, voreingestellt ist +\family sans +Mitte +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn der Cursor in der Matrix steht, können Sie über +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mathe +\family default + oder die 4 rechten Knöpfe in der Mathe-Werkzeugleiste Zeilen und Spalten + hinzufügen oder löschen. + Hier ist ein anderes Beispiel mit unterschiedlichen Ausrichtungen: +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Das +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +ü +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + erhält man übrigens durch +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +ddot u +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + oder "u, aber "u wird in LyX +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + als ü dargestellt. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\begin{array}{lcr} +diese & diese & diese\\ +Spalte & Spalte & Spalte\\ +ist\: linksb\ddot{u}ndig & ist\: zentriert & ist\: rechtsb\ddot{u}ndig +\end{array}. +\] + +\end_inset + +Der LaTeX- +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\family default + hat viele Matrizenarten, insbesondere bietet das AMS-LaTeX-Paket zum Beispiel + +\series bold + +\backslash +cases +\series default + und kommutative Diagramme. + Hier ist ein einfaches Beispiel, wie LyX Bedingungen (LaTeX +\series bold + +\backslash +cases +\series default +) darstellen kann: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray*} +f(x) & := & \begin{cases} +\frac{1}{q} & \mathrm{f}\ddot{\mathrm{u}}\mathrm{r}\, x=\frac{p}{q}\,(\mathrm{p},\,\mathrm{q}\,\,\mathrm{ganzzahlig})\\ +0 & \mathrm{falls}\, x\,\mathrm{irrational}\,\mathrm{ist} +\end{cases} +\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + +Dies wurde folgendermaßen erreicht: zuerst wurde eine Gleichungs-Umgebung + gewählt ( +\family sans +Ein\SpecialChar \- +fü\SpecialChar \- +gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Eqnarray-Umgebung +\family default +), in die linken beiden Kästchen f(x) und := geschrieben. + Ins rechte Kästchen wurde eine Bedingungs-Umgebung ( +\family sans +Ein\SpecialChar \- +fü\SpecialChar \- +gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Cases-Umgebung +\family default +) eingefügt und mit +\family sans +Strg+Eingabe +\family default + zwei Zeilen erzeugt. + In die beiden blauen Kästchen wurde dann alles rechts der geschweiften + Klammer geschrieben. + Wie man die Roman-Schrift bekommt, wird später erklärt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mehrzeilige Gleichungen kann man mit LyX sehr einfach schreiben ( +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Eqnarray-Umgebung +\family default +). + Dadurch wird das LaTeX-Format +\family typewriter +eqnarray +\family default + für mehrzeilige Gleichungen eingeschaltet. + Innerhalb des Kästchens tippt man +\family sans +Strg+Ein\SpecialChar \- +gabe +\family default + so oft, bis man die Zahl der gewünschten Zeilen hat, am besten als erstes. + Jede Zeile hat drei Gebiete, links, Mitte, rechts, zwischen denen Sie sich + mit den Pfeiltasten, der Maus oder der +\family sans +Tab +\family default +-Taste bewegen können. + Hier ist ein Beispiel: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray*} +3 & = & 1+2\\ +4+5 & = & 9 +\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + +Man kann auch eine vorhandene abgesetzte Formel in eine mehrzeilige umändern, + indem man irgendwo in der Formel +\family sans +\series medium +Strg+Eingabe +\family default +\series default + tippt. + LyX wird alles in den linken Teil der mehrzeiligen Gleichung packen, wobei + alles links vom Cursor in die erste Zeile kommt, der Rest in die zweite. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Alles rechts vom Cursor wird dann in den mittleren Teil der Gleichung gepackt + (LaTeX setzt den mittleren Teil übrigens nicht wie normale Formeln, deshalb + sollten Sie dort keine großen Ausdrücke wie Brüche schreiben). + Stellen Sie dann den Cursor dorthin, wo der rechte Teil beginnen soll, + und tippen nochmals +\family sans +Strg+Tab +\family default +. + Der +\emph on +zusätzliche +\emph default + Einfügepunkt in der Zeile verschwindet dann. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Eine ganze Zeile der Gleichung kann man löschen, indem man den Cursor in + die Zeile stellt und +\family sans +Alt+M +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +W +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +D +\family default + tippt. + Weitere Zeilen fügt man mit +\family sans +Strg+Eingabe +\family default + hinzu. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Gleichungen nummerieren +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gleichungen!nummerieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und markieren +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gleichungen!markieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Gleichungen-numerieren-markieren" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um eine Gleichung zu nummerieren, setzt man den Cursor in eine Gleichung + und verwendet das Menü +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ganze +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formel +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +nummerieren +\family default + oder das Tastenkürzel +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-number-toggle" +\end_inset + +. + Die Nummer der Gleichung erscheint in LyX in Klammern dahinter. + Die angezeigte Nummer ist nur temporär und kann in der Ausgabe anders aussehen. + Die Position und das Format der Nummer in der Ausgabe hängt von der Dokumentkla +sse ab. + In diesem Dokument wird die Nummer zusammen mit der Kapitelnummer ausgegeben, + von der sie durch einen Punkt getrennt ist.: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +1+1=2 +\end{equation} + +\end_inset + +Die Verwendung von +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-number-toggle" +\end_inset + + in einer nummerierten Gleichung schaltet die Nummerierung aus. + Man kann nur abgesetzte Formeln nummerieren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mehrzeilige Formeln können Zeile für Zeile nummeriert werden: Das Menü +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Diese +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Zeile +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +nummerieren +\family default + oder das Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Alt+M +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Umschalt+N +\family default + nummeriert nur die Zeile, in der sich der Cursor befindet: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray} +1 & = & 3-2\\ +2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\ +4 & \leq & 7 +\end{eqnarray} + +\end_inset + +Um alle Zeilen zu nummerieren, verwendet man das Tastenkürzel +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-number-toggle" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +Jede abgesetzte Formel kann mit ihrer Nummer durch eine Marke referenziert + werden. + Eine Marke wird mit dem Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Marke +\family default + (Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "label-insert" +\end_inset + +) eingefügt, wenn sich der Cursor in der Gleichung befindet. + Es erscheint ein Dialog, in den man die Marke eingibt. + Es ist empfohlen, dass man das vorgeschlagene +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +eq: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + als ersten Teil der Marke verwendet, da dies später hilft, schnell den + Typ der Marke zu finden, wenn man viele Marken im Dokument hat. + Wir haben im folgenden Beispiel die Marke +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +eq:tanhExp +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in der zweiten Zeile eingegeben: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray} +\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\ + & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp} +\end{eqnarray} + +\end_inset + +Jede markierte Zeile wird automatisch nummeriert. + Daher wird die Marke hinter der Nummer angezeigt. + Mit dem Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Querverweis +\family default + (Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" +\end_inset + +) kann man auf eine markierte Gleichung verweisen. + Es öffnet sich ein Dialog in dem man eine Marke auswählen kann. + Der Querverweis erscheint in LyX als graue Querverweis-Box und in der Ausgabe + als Nummer: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dies ist ein Querverweis auf Gleichung ( +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "eq:tanhExp" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Eigenschaften von LyXs Querverweis-Box sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Querverweise" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. + Um eine Marke zu entfernen, setzt man den Cursor ans Ende in die Gleichung + und drückt die +\family sans +Entf +\family default +-Taste. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Benutzerdefinierte Mathe-Makros +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Makros +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX erlaubt dem Benutzer, Makros zu definieren. + Dies ist von großem Nutzen wenn man in einem Dokument mehrfach denselben + Formeltyp hat. + Mathe-Makros sind im Abschnitt +\emph on +Mathe-Makro +\emph default +s des +\emph on +Mathe +\emph default +-Handbuchs beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Feineinstellungen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Im folgenden wird vorausgesetzt, dass Sie sich bei der Texteingabe im +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\family default + befinden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Schriftstile +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schriftstile +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können verschiedene Schriftstile benutzen, die Sie über den Knopf +\family sans + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\font" +\end_inset + + +\family default + auf der +\family sans +Mathe-Werkzeugleiste +\family default + oder Tastaturbefehle auswählen. + Nicht alle erscheinen genau WYSIWYM, und einige werden überhaupt nicht + angezeigt. + Der Standardschriftstil für Text ist kursiv, +\begin_inset Formula $text$ +\end_inset + +, aber für Zahlen ist der Standard Roman. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um Text im +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\family default + Roman zu setzen, benutzen Sie +\family sans +Alt+Z +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +R +\family default +: +\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{\mathbf{\mathrm{text}}}$ +\end_inset + +. + Für Fettdruck, +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{text}$ +\end_inset + +, ist es +\family sans +Alt+Z +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +F +\family default +. + Den kalligrafischen Schriftstil für Großbuchstaben, +\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{TEXT}$ +\end_inset + +, erhält man mit +\family sans +Alt+Z +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +I +\family default +. + Tabelle +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vref +reference "tab:Mathematik-Schriftstile" + +\end_inset + + zeigt die unterstützten Schriften. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family typewriter +\begin_inset Float table +placement h +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "tab:Mathematik-Schriftstile" + +\end_inset + +Mathematik-Schriftstile +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mathematische ! Schriftstile +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schriftstil +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Befehl +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Aufrecht}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathrm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Fett}}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathbf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Kursiv}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Schreibmaschine}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathtt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathbb +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathfrak +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\emph on +\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{KALLIGRAFISCH}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathcal +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{Serifenlos}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathsf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung: +\series default + Man kann nur Großbuchstaben in die Stile +\family sans +Blackboard +\family default + und +\family sans +Kalligrafisch +\family default + setzen. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +Der Tastaturbefehl, um zu einem speziellen Schriftstil zu wechseln, wird + im +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\family default + wie beschrieben interpretiert. + Der +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\family default + unterstützt aber nicht alle Zeichen in allen Schriftstilen, und der Kalligraphi +estil unterstützt nur Großbuchstaben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Bei all diesen Schriftstilen müssen Sie den Text sorgfältig eingeben. + Wenn es rechts vom Anfangspunkt Text gibt, wird der Schriftstil nach einem + Buchstaben in den anderen Stil geändert. + Um eine Zeichenkette mit einem speziellen Stil zu schreiben, müssen Sie + rechts vom Cursor ein geschütztes Leerzeichen eingeben. + Außerdem wird durch ein geschütztes Leerzeichen der nachfolgende Text in + den Standardstil geändert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In AMS-LaTeX ist es möglich, Zahlen und Spezialsymbole fett (aber nicht + kursiv) zu schreiben. + Um ein fettgedrucktes +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + + zu bekommen, müssen Sie +\series bold + +\backslash +boldsymbol +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +{ +\backslash +alpha} +\series default + eingeben: +\begin_inset Formula $\boldsymbol{\mathbb{\alpha}}$ +\end_inset + +. + Klammer-zu erscheint automatisch, nachdem Sie Klammer-auf getippt haben. + Dies funktioniert für alle Symbole und Zahlen. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Mathematischer Textmodus +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mathematische!r Textmodus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die verschiedenen Schriftstile sind hilfreich, um Variablennamen in einem + bestimmten Zeichensatz einzugeben, aber sicherlich nicht, um damit normalen + Text zu schreiben. + Verwenden Sie deshalb zum Schreiben von längeren Textstücken den mathematischen + Textmodus, den Sie durch +\family sans +Alt+M +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +M +\family default + aktivieren, wenn Sie sich bereits im Mathematikmodus befinden. + Der mathematische Textmodus wird am Bildschirm in Schwarz anstelle des + üblichen Blau dargestellt. + Sie können in diesem Modus allerdings nicht den Zeichensatz wechseln oder + Satzzeichen verwenden, +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Außerdem gibt der mathematische Textmodus den Text in einer +\family typewriter + +\backslash +textrm{} +\family default +-Umgebung aus, obwohl eigentlich +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mbox +\family default + (oder das +\family typewriter + +\backslash +text +\family default + von AMS-LaTeX) die bessere Wahl wäre. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + doch für einfache Texte ist das ausreichend. + Hier ist ein Beispiel: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +f(x)=\begin{cases} +x & \mbox{wenn ich es sage}\\ +-x & \mbox{sonst} +\end{cases} +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Schriftgrößen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schriften ! Größe +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt vier (relative) Schriftgrößen, die in den meisten Fällen automatisch + benutzt werden. + Sie heißen +\emph on +displaystyle +\emph default +, +\emph on +textstyle +\emph default +, +\emph on +scriptstyle +\emph default + und +\emph on +scriptscriptstyle +\emph default +. + Für die meisten Zeichen haben +\emph on +displaystyle +\emph default + und +\emph on +textstyle +\emph default + dieselbe Größe, aber Brüche, Exponenten, Indizes und gewisse andere Effekte + werden größer oder im +\emph on +displaystyle +\emph default + gesetzt. + Außer einigen Operatoren, die ihre Größe an die jeweilige Situation anpassen, + werden die Texte in der Größe gesetzt, die LaTeX für geeignet hält. + Diese Größe kann mit dem Knopf +\family sans + +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-insert \\style" +\end_inset + + +\family default + der +\family sans +Mathe-Werkzeugleiste +\family default + geändert werden. + Es wird dann eine Box eingefügt, in die man das Mathe-Konstrukt eingibt. + Zum Beispiel kann man +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ +\end_inset + + normal schreiben ( +\family sans +textstyle +\family default +), oder man kann es vergrößern, wobei auch die Zeilenabstände vergrößert + werden, indem man +\family sans +displaystyle +\family default + benutzt: +\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ +\end_inset + +. + Hier ist Text in den verschiedenen Größen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +All diese Schriftgrößen sind relativ, das heißt sie werden relativ zu der + Größe angepasst, in die die gesamte Formel über das Menü +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Textstil +\family default + gesetzt wird. + Auf ähnliche Weise wird alles angepasst, wenn die Basisschriftgröße eines + Dokumentes geändert wird. + Als Beispiel eine Formel in der Größe +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Noch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +größer +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\size largest +\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +AMS-LaTeX +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +AMS-TeX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX unterstützt die LaTeX-Pakete der American Mathematical Society (AMS), + die oft benutzt werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +AMS verwenden +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie im Menü +\family sans +Dokument +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Einstellungen +\family default + unter +\family sans +Mathe-Optionen +\family default +die Option +\family sans + AMS-Mathe-Paket +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +verwenden +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + aktivieren, werden diese Pakete explizit in Ihrem Dokument verwendet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +AMS-Formeltypen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Unter +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mathe +\family default + können Sie die AMS-Formeltypen +\family typewriter +align +\family default +, +\family typewriter +alignat +\family default +, +\family typewriter +flalign +\family default +, +\family typewriter +gather +\family default + und +\family typewriter +multline +\family default + auswählen. + Eine ausführliche Dokumentation dieser Typen finden Sie in +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "AMS" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +Weitere Werkzeuge +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Querverweise +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Querverweis +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Querverweise" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Eine von LyXs Stärken sind Querverweise. + Sie können auf jeden Abschnitt, jedes Gleitobjekt, jede Fußnote, Formel + und Liste im Dokument referenzieren. + Für eine Referenz müssen Sie zuerst eine Marke in den zu referenzieren + Teil einfügen. + Die Marke dient als Anker und Name für die Referenz. + Angenommen Sie wollen den zweiten Eintrag der folgenden Liste referenzieren: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Erster Eintrag +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "enu:Zweiter-Eintrag" + +\end_inset + +Zweiter Eintrag +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Dritter Eintrag +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Zuerst setzen Sie eine Marke zu definieren, benutzen Sie +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Marke +\family default + oder den Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/label-insert.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +. + Ein Kästchen wie dieses: +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/Marke.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + wird eingefügt und LyX fragt nach einem Namen für die Marke. + LyX schlägt als Namen die ersten Wörter des Listeneintrags und zusätzlich + einen Präfix. + In diesem Fall +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +enu:Zweiter-Eintrag +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Der Präfix +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +enu: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + steht für +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +enumerate +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (auf deutsch: +\emph on +nummeriert +\emph default +). + Der Präfix hängt vom Dokumentteil ab, in den die Marke eingefügt wurde. + Für Abschnitte ist er z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +sec: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (Englisch für +\emph on +section +\emph default +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um nun auf die Marke zu verweisen, wählen Sie +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Querverweis +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + +. + Ein graues Querverweis-Kästchen wie dieses: +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/Querverweis.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + wird eingefügt und der Querverweis-Dialog erscheint mit einer Liste der + Marken. + Um eine Marke einzufügen, können Sie die Marken alphabetisch sortieren + und wählen dann +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +enu:Zweiter-Eintrag +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + aus. + Im Feld +\family sans +Format +\family default + können Sie einen der unten beschriebenen Verweisstile auswählen. + An der Stelle der Querverweis-Box erscheint in der Ausgabe die Nummer des + Listeneintrags. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Alternativ zu +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Querverweis +\family default + können Sie mit rechts auf die Marke klicken und im erscheinenden Kontextmenü + +\family sans +Als Querverweis kopieren +\family default + verwenden. + Der Querverweis zu dieser Marke ist nun in der Zwischenablage und kann + an der aktuellen Cursorposition mit dem Menü +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einfügen +\family default + (Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Ctrl+V +\family default +) eingefügt werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier ist unser Querverweis: Eintrag +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "enu:Zweiter-Eintrag" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es wird empfohlen, ein geschütztes Leerzeichen +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +beschrieben in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Geschütztes-Leerzeichen" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + zwischen Querverweisnamen und Querverweis zu verwenden, um unschöne Zeilenumbrü +che zwischen beiden zu vermeiden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt folgende Querverweisstile: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +: druckt die Nummer, dies ist die Voreinstellung: +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "tab:Ein-Tabellen-Gleitobjekt" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +(): druckt die Nummer umgeben von zwei runden Klammern, dies + ist der Stil, wie er normalerweise für Verweise auf Formeln verwendet wird, + speziell wenn der Name +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Gleichung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + weggelassen wird: +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "tab:Ein-Tabellen-Gleitobjekt" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +: druckt die Seitennummer: Seite +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand pageref +reference "tab:Ein-Tabellen-Gleitobjekt" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +auf +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Seite +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +: druckt den Text +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +auf Seite +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und die Seitennummer: +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vpageref +reference "tab:Ein-Tabellen-Gleitobjekt" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Wenn sich die Marke auf derselben Seite befindet, wird stattdessen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +auf dieser Seite +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + gedruckt; wenn sich die Marke auf der gegenüberliegenden Seite in einem + doppelseitigen Dokument befindet, wird +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +auf der gegenüberliegenden Seite +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + gedruckt; befindet sie sich auf der vorigen Seite, die keine gegenüberliegende + ist, wird +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +auf der vorherigen Seite +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + gedruckt; wenn sie sich auf der nächsten, nicht gegenüberliegenden Seite + befindet, wird +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +auf der nächsten Seite +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + gedruckt. + Der Wortlaut des gedruckten Texts hängt zudem von der verwendeten Dokumentklass +e ab. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +auf +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Seite +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +: druckt die Nummer, den Text +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +auf Seite +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, und die Seitennummer: +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vref +reference "tab:Ein-Tabellen-Gleitobjekt" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Wenn sich die Marke auf derselben Seite befindet, verhält sich der Stil + wie +\family sans +\series bold + +\family default +\series default +, ansonsten wie +\family sans +\series bold +auf +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Seite +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\family default +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Formatierter +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Querverweis: druckt ein selbst definiertes Querverweisformat +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Bemerkung: +\series default + Dies ist nur möglich, wenn das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +prettyref +\series default + oder +\series bold +refstyle +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! prettyref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! refstyle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + installiert ist. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\lang english + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\lang ngerman +Man kann mit der Option +\family sans +Verwende refstyle (statt prettyref) für Querverweise +\family default + im Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dokumentklasse +\family default + auswählen, welches LaTeX-Paket für dieses Feature verwendet wird. + Das Paket +\series bold +refstyle +\series default + ist die Voreinstellung und bevorzugt, da +\series bold +prettyref +\series default + nur englische Dokumente unterstützt. + Das Format wird festgelegt, indem der Befehl +\series bold + +\backslash +newrefformat +\series default + (prettyref) oder +\series bold + +\backslash +newref +\series default + (refstyle) im LaTeX-Vorspann des Dokuments verwendet wird. + Um z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + alle Verweise auf Abbildungen (die den Marken-Präfix +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +fig +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + haben) umzuformatieren, verwendet man den Befehl +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +newref{fig}{refcmd={Bild auf Seite +\backslash +pageref{#1}}} +\series default + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Für weitere Informationen über das Format, siehe die Dokumentation der Pakete, + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "prettyref,refstyle" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Textverweis: druckt die Beschriftung oder den Namen der Referenz: +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand nameref +reference "tab:Ein-Tabellen-Gleitobjekt" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Nummer und die aktuelle Seite des referenzierten Dokumentteils wird + automatisch von LaTeX berechnet. + Die Stile können im Feld +\family sans +Format +\family default + des Querverweis-Fensters eingestellt werden, das erscheint, wenn Sie auf + einen Querverweis klicken. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Stil +\family sans + +\family default + kann nur zur Referenzierung nummerierter Teile des Dokuments verwendet + werden, während der Stil +\family sans + +\family default + immer möglich ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um einen Abschnitt zu referenzieren, setzen Sie die Marke in die Abschnittsübers +chrift; bei Gleitobjekten setzen Sie die Marke in die Beschriftung; bei + Fußnoten wird die Marke in die Fußnote gesetzt. + Die Referenzierung von Formeln ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Gleichungen-numerieren-markieren" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Recht-klicken auf einen Querverweis öffnet ein Kontextmenü. + Der Eintrag +\family sans +Gehe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +zur +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Marke +\family default + setzt den Cursor vor die referenzierte Marke. + Dieser Eintrag wird im Kontextmenü der Marke in +\family sans +Gehe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +zurück +\family default + umbenannt, so dass man ihn benutze kann, um zum Querverweis zurückzukehren. + Man kann auch mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png + +\end_inset + + zurückkehren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Marken können jederzeit geändert werden. + Verweise auf die geänderte Marke werden automatisch aktualisiert, so dass + Sie sich nicht darum kümmern müssen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn ein Querverweis eine nicht existierende Marke referenziert, erscheint + in LyX +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +NICHT VORHANDEN +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in der Querverweismarke und in der Ausgabe zwei Fragezeichen statt der + Referenz. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Querverweise sind detailliert im Kap. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Auf Gleitobjekte verweisen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + im +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuch beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und andere Listen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Inhaltsverzeichnis" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das Inhaltsverzeichnis wird über +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Liste +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +/ +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\family default + eingefügt. + An der Einfügestelle erscheint ein graues Kästchen mit der Aufschrift Inhaltsve +rzeichnis. + Wenn Sie draufklicken, erscheint das Gliederungsfenster, siehe auch Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Gliederung" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das Inhaltsverzeichnis enthält automatisch alle nummerierten Überschriften. + Wenn Sie für eine Überschrift einen Kurztitel definiert haben, wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Kurztitel" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben, wird dieser statt der Überschrift verwendet. + In Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Nummerierung-aendern" + +\end_inset + + ist beschrieben, wie die Nummerierungstiefe geändert werden kann. + Unnummerierte Überschriften tauchen unter Navigieren und in der Gliederung + auf, werden aber nicht im Inhaltsverzeichnis gedruckt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Abbildungs- +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Abbildungs!-verzeichnis +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, Tabellen- +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tabellen!verzeichnis@-verzeichnis +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und Algorithmenverzeichnisse +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Algorithmen!-verzeichnis +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Verzeichnisse" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Tabellen-, Abbildungs-, und Algorithmenverzeichnisse sind sehr ähnlich zum + Inhaltsverzeichnis. + Sie können über das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Liste +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +/ +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\family default + eingefügt werden. + Die Verzeichniseinträge sind die Beschriftung der Gleitobjekte und deren + Nummer. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +URLs und Hyperlinks +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +URLs +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:URLs" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +URL +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Links zu Internetseiten oder Email-Adressen können Sie mit +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +URL +\family default + einfügen, wie zum Beispiel die Adresse der LyX-Homepage: +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://www.lyx.org +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Wichtiger Hinweis +\series default +: Enthält die URL eines der folgenden Zeichen: +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +% +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +# +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +^ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, dann müssen diese Zeichen mit einem vorangestellten Backslash eingegeben + werden, zum Beispiel +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +# +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + +\emph on + URLs dürfen nicht mit einem Backslash enden! +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Text eines URLs wird immer im Schreibmaschinenstil gedruckt. + Um den Text zu formatieren, müssen Sie einen Hyperlink benutzen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Hyperlinks +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Hyperlinks" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Hyperlink +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hyperlinks werden mit +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hyperlink +\family default + oder einen Klick auf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "href-insert" +\end_inset + + eingefügt. + Das Hyperlink-Dialogfenster hat zwei Eingabefelder: +\family sans +Ziel +\family default + und +\family sans +Name +\family default +. + In +\family sans +Ziel +\family default + tragen Sie die Adresse wie bei einem URL ein. + In +\family sans +Name +\family default + tragen Sie den Text ein, der im gedruckten Dokument erscheinen soll. + Wenn Sie diese Feld leer lassen, wird der Text in +\family sans +Ziel +\family default + gedruckt. + Mit +\family sans +Linktyp +\family default + legen Sie fest, ob es sich um eine Internet-Adresse wie +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "LyX-Homepage" +target "http://www.lyx.org" + +\end_inset + +, eine Email-Adresse wie +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "LyX-Dokumentation" +target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX-Dokumentation" +type "mailto:" + +\end_inset + + oder einen Link auf eine Datei handelt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beim Anklicken eines Hyperlinks in der Druckvorschau startet bei Internet-Adress +en Ihr Standard-Browser, bei Email-Adressen Ihr Standard-Email-Programm + und bei Dateien Ihr Standard-Dateibetrachter. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie vor einer Internet-Adresse +\family sans +run: +\family default + einfügen, wird eine Anwendung gestartet: +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Firefox für Linux starten" +target "run:/usr/bin/firefox" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um einen Hyperlink zu formatieren, markieren Sie ihn und formatieren wie + gewohnt: +\family sans +\series bold + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "LyX-Homepage" +target "http://www.lyx.org" + +\end_inset + + +\family default +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Textfarbe kann über +\family sans +Dokument +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Einstellungen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +PDF-Eigenschaften +\family default + im Feld +\family sans +Zusätzliche +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Optionen +\family default + mit dem Parameter +\family typewriter +urlcolor= +\family default + geändert werden. + Voreingestellt ist +\family sans +blue +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Anhang +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Anhang" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Anhang +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um einen Anhang zu erstellen, fügen Sie zunächst eine neue Überschrift des + höchsten Abschnitttyps hinzu, also +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default + oder +\family sans +Abschnitt. + +\family default + Dann stellen Sie den Cursor an den Anfang der Überschrift und wählen +\family sans +Dokument +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Anhang +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +hier +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +beginnen +\family default +. + LyX fügt eine rote Linie ein, um den Anhang vom übrigen Dokument abzugrenzen. + Die erste Nummer vor den nun folgenden Überschriften wird in einen Großbuchstab +en umgeändert. + Die weitere Nummerierung ist wie gewohnt. + Auf Anhänge kann natürlich auch verwiesen werden: siehe Anhang +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vref +reference "chap:Der-Einstellungen-Dialog" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Literaturverzeichnis +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Literaturverzeichnis +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, in einem LyX-Dokument ein Literaturverzeichnis + zu erstellen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Sie können eine Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbank einfügen +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bekannt als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +BibTeX-Datenbank +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, was in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vref +reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbanken" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben wird. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Sie können ein Literaturverzeichnis von Hand einfügen. + Dafür wird die Absatzumgebung +\family sans +Literaturverzeichnis +\family default + (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vref +reference "sub:Literaturverzeichnis-Umgebung" + +\end_inset + +) benutzt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Die Literaturverzeichnis-Umgebung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Am +\emph on +Anfang der +\emph default + +\emph on +ersten Zeile +\emph default + eines Absatzes werden Sie ein graues Kästchen mit einem Wort und einer + Zahl in eckigen Klammern sehen. + Wenn Sie daraufklicken, erscheint ein Menü, in dem Sie einen +\family sans +Schlüssel +\family default + und eine +\family sans +Marke +\family default + einfügen können. + Der +\family sans +Schlüssel +\family default + ist der symbolische Name, mit dem Sie auf diese Literaturangabe verweisen. + Nehmen wir zum Beispiel an, Ihre erste Literaturangabe wäre ein Buch über + LaTeX. + Wir könnten dann als +\family sans +Schlüssel +\family default + +\emph on +latexbuch +\emph default + dafür nehmen. + Sie können auch eine +\family sans +Marke +\family default + benutzen, die dann in dem grauen Kästchen erscheinen würde. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das +\family sans +Marke +\family default +n-Feld ist nicht nutzlos. + Sie können auf Ihre Literaturangaben verweisen, indem Sie +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zitat +\family default + oder den Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation" +\end_inset + + benutzen. + Es öffnet sich ein Fenster in dem Sie nun einen Schlüssel aus der Liste + der verfügbaren Verweise auswählen. + Drücken Sie +\family sans +Hinzufügen +\family default + und anschließend +\family sans +OK +\family default +. + Es wurde eine Literatur-Verweisbox eingefügt, die nach dem(n) referenzierten + Schlüssel(n) benannt ist. + Klickt man auf die Box, wird wieder das Literaturverweis-Fenster angezeigt, + so dass man den Verweis ändern kann. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Literaturverweise erscheinen im der Ausgabe als Nummer des Literatureintrags + in eckigen Klammern. + Setzt man eine +\family sans +Marke +\family default + für einen Eintrag, erscheint die Marke statt der Nummer. + Hier sind zwei Beispiele, da erste ohne Marke, das zweite mit der Marke + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Credits +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Siehe den +\family sans +LaTeX Companion Second Edition +\family default +: +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexcompanion" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Mitglieder des LyX-Teams sind in den Credits aufgelistet: +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "lyxcredit" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um alle Literatureinträge auzurichten, kann man im Menü +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Absatz-Einstellungen +\family default + (Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout-paragraph" +\end_inset + +) eine längste Marke angeben. + Es werden dann alle Einträge mit der Breite der angegebenen Marke eingerückt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbanken (BibTeX) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Literaturverzeichnis ! Datenbanken +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Literaturverzeichnis ! BibTeX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +BibTeX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbanken" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbanken sind nützlich, wenn Sie dasselbe Literaturverze +ichnis in mehreren Dokumenten benutzen wollen. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sie sind auch nützlich um eine Datenbank von Artikeln mit Notizen dazu zu + haben. + Die meisten der Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbankprogramme erlauben es, Anmerkunge +n und Rezensionen zusammen mit Literaturquellen zu speichern. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Außerdem sehen sie dann auch gleich aus. + Sie können alle Literaturangaben Ihres Arbeitsgebiets in einer Datenbank + sammeln. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Datenbank ist eine Textdatei mit der Endung +\family typewriter +.bib +\family default + und enthält das Literaturverzeichnis in einem eigenen Format. + Diese wird in LaTeX-Büchern beschrieben ( +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport" + +\end_inset + +). + Normalerweise benutzt man ein besonderes Programm, um die Datenbank anzulegen + und zu bearbeiten. + Auf +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + finden Sie eine Liste mit Programmen für Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbanken. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um eine Datenbank zu benutzen, wählen Sie +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Liste +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +/ +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar \menuseparator +BibTe +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +X-Literaturverzeichnis +\family default +, woraufhin das +\family sans +BibTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X-Literaturverzeichnis +\family default +-Fenster geöffnet wird. + Sie können dort Datenbanken hinzufügen und auch wieder löschen. + Außerdem können Sie eine Stildatei auswählen. + Die Option +\family sans +Literaturverzeichnis +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +ins +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\family default + fügt einen Literaturverzeichniseintrag zum Inhaltsverzeichnis hinzu. + Über +\family sans +Inhalt +\family default + können Sie festlegen, was gedruckt werden soll. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Stildatei ist eine Textdatei mit der Endung +\family typewriter +.bst +\family default +, die das Aussehen der Literatureinträge definiert. + Ihre LaTeX-Distribution sollte mehrere anbieten, und viele Verleger liefern + eigene Stildateien, so dass Sie sich um das Aussehen nicht kümmern müssen. + Sie können aber auch eine eigene Stildatei erstellen, aber das ist etwas + für Experten. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Für Informationen, wie dies gemacht wird, siehe +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Ein Querverweis auf einen Datenbankeintrag erfolgt wie oben beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX verwendet BibTeX, um ein Literaturverzeichnis aus einer Datenbank zu + erstellen. + Sie können festlegen, welche seiner Varianten von LyX als Prozessor verwendet + wird; entweder im Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Literaturverzeichnis +\family default + oder +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\family default +. + Die folgenden Varianten sind möglich: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +biber bietet volle Unterstützung von Unicode, unbergrenzter Speicher, funktionie +rt nicht mit anderen Literaturpaketen (wie z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + +\series bold +natbib +\series default +), nur mit dem Paket +\series bold +biblatex +\series default +; empfohlen für mehrsprachige Texte und für Dokumente deren Sprache keine + lateinischen Buchstaben verwendet +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +bibtex der Standard; erlaubt keine Sonderzeichen, die nicht in einer 7-Bit + Kodierung kodiert werden können, bergrenzter Speicher, funktioniert mit + allen Literaturpaketen, mit Ausnahme von +\series bold +biblatex +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +bibtex8 erlaubt alle Zeichen, die in einer 8-Bit Kodierung kodiert werden + können, größerer Speicher als +\family sans +bibtex +\family default +, funktioniert mit allen Literaturpaketen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +BibTeX kann durch Optionen gesteuert werden, die Sie unterhalb der Festlegung + der Variante eingeben können. + Bevor Sie Optionen verwenden, lesen Sie unbedingt das BibTeX-Handbuch +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "BibTeX" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie im Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Literaturverzeichnis +\family default +die Option +\family sans +Abschnittspezifisches +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Literaturverzeichnis +\family default + angekreuzt haben, können Sie mehrfache und unterteilte Literaturverzeichnisse + erstellen. + Mehr darüber finden Sie im Abschnitt +\emph on +Literaturverzeichnisse mit BibTeX +\emph default + in den +\emph on +Handbuchergänzungen +\emph default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In diesem Dokument werden zwei Literaturverzeichnisse benutzt, um die Unterschie +de zu zeigen. + Wie Sie sehen, enthält das Literaturverzeichnis, das mit einer Datenbank + erstellt wurde, nur die Einträge, auf die verwiesen wird. + Als Stildatei wurde +\family typewriter +alphadin.bst +\family default + benutzt, um das komplizierte deutsche Verweisschema automatisch zu verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Literaturverzeichnis-Gestaltung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Literaturverzeichnis ! Gestaltung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Im Literaturverweisdialog können Sie eine +\family sans +Formatierung +\family default + festlegen. + Dazu müssen Sie in +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Literaturverzeichnis +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + die Option +\family sans +Natbib +\family default + anklicken. + +\family sans + +\family default +Damit wird die Standardeinstellung überschrieben. + Globale Einstellungen müssen Sie in den BibTeX-Stildateien vornehmen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Im Dialogfenster können Sie auch Text, der vor oder nach dem Verweis erscheinen + soll, festlegen. + Hier erscheint der Text +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Kapitel +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +3 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + nach dem Verweis: +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +after "Kapitel 3" +key "latexcompanion" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In den +\emph on +Handbuchergänzungen +\emph default + finden Sie noch ein paar weitere Dinge über Literaturverzeichnisse. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Stichwortverzeichnisse +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Stichwortverzeichnisse" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Stichwort!verzeichnis@-verzeichnis +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Ein Stichwort wird erzeugt, wenn man das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Stichwort +\family default + oder den Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "index-insert" +\end_inset + + verwendet. + Es wird dann eine Box eingefügt, die den Text des Stichworts enthält. + Das Wort in dem sich der Cursor befindet oder markierter Text wird von + LyX als Stichwort vorgeschlagen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das Stichwortverzeichnis wird in das Dokument mit dem Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Liste +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +/ +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Stichwortverzeichnis +\family default + eingefügt. + Eine hellblaue Box namens +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Stichwortverzeichnis +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + zeigt die Stelle an, wo das Stichwortverzeichnis in der Ausgabe erscheinen + wird. + Die Stichwortverzeichnis-Box ist nicht wie andere LyX-Boxen anklickbar. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es folgt ein kurzer Überblick über die Stichwort-Befehle. + Für eine detaillierte Beschreibung von LaTeXs Stichwort-Mechanismus, sei + auf eines dieser LaTeX-Bücher verwiesen: +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Stichworte gruppieren +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Stichwort ! gruppieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Stichworte werden häufig gruppiert, um dem Leser eine schnelle Suche zu + ermöglichen. + Wenn wir zum Beispiel +\emph on +Auflistung +\emph default + und +\emph on +Aufzählung +\emph default + unter dem Stichwort +\emph on +Liste +\emph default + gruppieren wollen, erzeugen wir zunächst in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Listen" + +\end_inset + + das Stichwort +\emph on +Liste +\emph default +. + Im Textfeld für das Stichwort +\emph on + Auflistung +\emph default + in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Auflistung" + +\end_inset + + fügen wir als Stichwort +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +Liste ! Auflistung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +und +\series bold + +\series default +in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Aufzählung" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +Liste ! Aufzählung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +ein. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das Ausrufezeichen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +! +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + markiert die Gruppierungsstufe, von denen es drei gibt. + Jede Stufe wird in der Druckausgabe ein wenig eingerückt. + Für eine höhere Stufe ist kein Stichwort nötig, es wird aber trotzdem gedruckt, + aber ohne Seitenzahl. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Mehrere Seiten +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Stichwort ! Mehrere Seiten +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Normalerweise erscheint ein Stichwort im Verzeichnis mit der Seitennummer + des Abschnitts, indem sich das Stichwort befindet. + Manchmal will man aber mehrere Seiten unter einem Stichwort indizieren. + Will man z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + den Abschnitt über Absatzumgebungen indizieren, erzeugt man ein Stichwort + in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Absatzumgebungen" + +\end_inset + + mit dem Befehl +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +Absatzumgebungen|( +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +und ein weiteres Stichwort am Ende des Abschnitts +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LyX-Code" + +\end_inset + + mit dem Befehl +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +Absatzumgebungen|) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Befehle +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +|( +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +|) +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + beginnen bzw. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +beenden den Indexbereich. + Man kann außerdem dasselbe Stichwort mehrfach an verschiedenen Stellen + des Dokuments einfügen. + Diese erscheinen im Stichwortverzeichnis als ein Stichwort mit einer nachstehen +den Liste von Seitenzahlen in denen sich das Stichwort befindet. + Ein Beispiel ist das Stichwort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Querverweise +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Stichwort ! Querverweis +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es ist auch möglich, auf ein anderes Stichwort zu verweisen. + Wenn Sie zum Beispiel irgendwo den Begriff GIF +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +GIF|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Grafikformate +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + verwenden und ihn mit einem Stichwort versehen wollen, das auf den Abschnitt + verweist, in dem er zum ersten Mal gebraucht wurde (Abschnitt +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vref +reference "sec:Grafikformate" + +\end_inset + +), so schreiben Sie in das Stichwort-Eingabefeld +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +GIF|see{Grafikformate} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Text in den geschweiften Klammern wird dann im Stichwortverzeichnis + ohne Seitenangabe erscheinen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Stichwort-Reihenfolge +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Stichwort ! Reihenfolge +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann akzentuierte Zeichen in Stichwörtern verwenden, aber diese Zeichen + können dazu führen, dass das Stichwort im Stichwortverzeichnis nicht korrekt + sortiert wird. + Die Stichworte werden alphabetisch sortiert, aber LaTeX +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Das Stichwortverzeichnis wird im Hintergrund von einem speziellen Programm + erzeugt, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Stichwort-Programm" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + weiß nicht wie die Akzente in verschiedenen Sprachen einsortiert werden. + Als Beispiel haben wir die drei Stichworte +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +maison +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +maïs +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +maître +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sinnloseintrag ! maïs +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sinnloseintrag ! maître +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sinnloseintrag ! maïs@maison +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + eingefügt. + Sie werden in der Reihenfolge maïs, maître, maison sortiert, aber wir wollen + die Reihenfolge maïs, maison, maître. + Um dies zu erreichen, verwendet man den Befehl +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +voriger Eintrag@aktueller Eintrag +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In unserem Fall wollen wir +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +maison +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + nach +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +maïs +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + haben und schreiben daher in das Stichwort von maison: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +maïs@maison +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der vorige Eintrag muss kein existierender Eintrag sein. + Man kann ein beliebiges Wort verwenden um LaTeX die Reihenfolge vorzugeben, + siehe den nächsten Unterabschnitt für ein Beispiel. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In einigen Fällen ist die Stichwort-Reihenfolge inkorrekt wenn das Programm + +\family sans +makeindex +\family default +verwendet wird um das Stichwortverzeichnis zu erzeugen (siehe Kap. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Stichwort-Programm" + +\end_inset + +). + +\family sans +makeindex +\family default + gibt zum Beispiel das Stichwort für das LaTeX-Paket aeguill in Kap. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Dokumentschrift-und-Schriftgröße" + +\end_inset + + nach den Stichworten der anderen LaTeX-Pakete aus, obwohl all diese Stichwort-B +efehle mit +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +LaTeX-Paket ! +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + beginnen. + Der Grund ist, dass sich das Stichwort für aeguill in einer Fußnote befindet. + Um diesen Fehler von +\family sans +makeindex +\family default + zu umgehen, kann man diese Befehle zum LaTeX-Vorspann des Dokuments hinzufügen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +let +\backslash +OrgIndex +\backslash +index +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand*{ +\backslash +index}[1]{ +\backslash +OrgIndex{#1}} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Stichwort-Formatierung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Stichwort ! Formatierung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann das Erscheinungsbild von Stichworten über den Textstil-Dialog verändern. +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sinnloseintrag ! +\shape italic +Dies ist ein kursiver Sinnloseintrag +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Des Weiteren kann die Seitennummer mit dem Befehl +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +| +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, gefolgt von einem LaTeX-Befehl ohne Backslash, formatiert werden . + Man kann zum Beispiel +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +kursive Seitennummer:|textit +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +schreiben, um die Seitennummer kursiv zu bekommen. +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sinnloseintrag ! kursive Seitennummer:|textit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Normalerweise beginnen alle LaTeX-Befehle mit einem Backslash, aber in + diesem speziellen Fall bedeutet +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +|Befehl +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +Befehl{Seitennummer} +\series default +. + Siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" + +\end_inset + + um mehr über die LaTeX-Syntax zu erfahren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung: +\series default + Die Formatierung von einzelnen Stichworten funktioniert nur, wenn Sie das + Programm +\family sans +makeindex +\family default +verwenden um das Stichwortverzeichnis zu erzeugen, siehe Kap. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Stichwort-Programm" + +\end_inset + +. + Verwenden Sie +\family sans +xindy +\family default +, wird es mit Ausnahme von fett und kursiv nicht funktionieren, da +\family sans +xindy +\family default + semantische Elemente benötigt, die man erst definieren muss; siehe +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +after "p. 678 ff." +key "latexcompanion" + +\end_inset + + für Details. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Allgemein ist es jedoch nicht empfehlenswert die Seitennummer auf obige + Weise zu formatieren. + Stattdessen sollte man ein Makro im LaTeX-Vorspann definieren und es in + Stichworten verwenden. + Vielleicht wollen Sie alle Seitennummern von Stichworten, die auf eine + Definition verweisen, kursiv setzen, so dass die Leser schnell Definitionen + finden können. + In diesem Fall schreiben Sie Folgendes in den LaTeX-Vorspann +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +IndexDef}[1]{ +\backslash +textit{#1}} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +und schreiben +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +mein Eintrag|IndexDef +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +in das Stichwort. +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sinnloseintrag ! mein Eintrag|IndexDef +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Der Vorteil ist, dass, wenn man seine Meinung später ändert oder der Lektor + darauf besteht, dass Definitionen nicht kursiv gesetzt werden dürfen, sondern + fett gesetzt werden müssen, man nur den Befehl im Vorspann ändern muss, + nicht jedes Stichwort. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können das Aussehen für das gesamte Stichwortverzeichnis ändern. + Wenn Sie zum Beispiel den Absatz mit dem Kästchen +\family sans +Stichwortverzeichnis +\family default + am Ende des Dokumentes fett markieren, werden alle Stichworte fett gedruckt. + Weiterführende Informationen finden Sie in +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "makeindex,xindy" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie wollen, dass die Stichworte mit Stichwortverzeichnis statt Index + beginnen, sollten Sie in den LaTeX-Vorspann folgendes einfügen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +addto +\backslash +captionsngerman{ +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +indexname}{Stich +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +- +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +wort +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +- +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +ver +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +- +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +zeich +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +- +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +nis}} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Stichwort-Programm +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Stichwort-Programm" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Stichwort ! Programm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX benutzt standardmäßig das Programm +\family typewriter +xindy +\family default +, wenn es installiert ist, das aber nur für Linux verfügbar ist, ansonsten + das Programm +\family typewriter +makeindex +\family default +, welches Bestandteil jeder LaTeX-Distribution ist. + Beide Programme können durch Optionen in +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgaben\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTe +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +X +\family default + kontrolliert werden. + Die Funktionen und Eigenschaften der Programme können Sie der Dokumentation + entnehmen, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "makeindex,xindy" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können aber auch ein anderes Stichwort-Programm benutzen, wenn Sie es + in +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgaben\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTe +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +X +\family default + im Feld +\family sans +Befehl +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +für +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Stichwortverzeichnis +\family default +eintragen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Mehrere Stichwortverzeichnisse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In vielen Fällen ist es üblich mehr als ein Stichwortverzeichnis zu haben. + Zum Beispiel könnten Sie ein separates Stichwortverzeichnis +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Index der Namen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + neben dem Standard-Stichwortverzeichnis haben wollen. + Mit LaTeX ist dies nicht direkt möglich, aber es gibt Pakete, die dies + ermöglichen. + LyX verwendet das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +splitidx +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! splitidx +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + um mehrere Stichwortverzeichnisse zu erzeugen. + Dieses Paket ist in allen aktuellen LaTeX-Distributionen enthalten. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Falls Ihre Distribution es nicht anbietet, konsultieren Sie den TeX-Katalog, + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "TeX-Katalog" + +\end_inset + +. + Beachten Sie dabei, dass das Paket nicht nur aus LaTeX-Stilen besteht sondern + auch aus speziellen Präprozessor-Programmen, die mit installiert werden + müssen. + Lesen Sie die Dokumentation des Pakets für weitere Informationen. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um LyX für mehrere Stichwortverzeichnisse einzurichten, gehen Sie ins Menü + +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Stichwortverzeichnis +\family default + und aktivieren die Option +\family sans +Mehrere Indexe verwenden +\family default +. + Wie man sieht, enthält die Liste +\family sans +Verfügbare Indexe +\family default + bereits den Standard-Index +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Stichwortverzeichnis +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Um weitere Indexe hinzuzufügen, geben Sie den Namen des Indexes in das + Feld +\family sans +Neuer Index +\family default + ein (in der Form, in der er auch als Überschrift erscheinen soll) und drücken + +\family sans +Hinzufügen +\family default +. + Der neue Index erscheint nun auch in der Liste. + Sie können dem neuen Index auch eine alternative Farbe für dessen Einfügungen + in LyX zuweisen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sobald die Änderungen übernommen wurden, findet man den neuen Index im Menü + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Liste +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +/ +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\family default + und das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen +\family default + hat einen eigenen Eintrag für jeden definierten Index. + Das Arbeiten mit neuen Indexen ist im Prinzip dasselbe wie mit dem Stichwortver +zeichnis aber es gibt zusätzliche Funktionen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Wenn Sie die Index-Zuweisung eines Indexeintrags ändern wollen, klicken + die mit Rechts auf die Marke des Eintrags. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Durch Rechtsklicken auf einen Index kann man dessen Typ ändern. + Man kann des weiteren einen Index als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Unterindex +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + verwenden. + Wenn man das macht, wird die Überschrift des Indexes um eine Ebene verringert. + Das bedeutet, dass wenn man z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + eine Buch-Dokumentklasse verwendet, in der der Titel des Stichwortverzeichnisse +s als Kapitel definiert ist, der Titels des Unterindex' als Abschnitt definiert + wird und daher in Nicht-Unterindexe eingegliedert werden kann. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Nomenklatur/Glossar +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Nomenklatur/Glossar" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nomenklatur +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Glossar|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Nomenklatur +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Manchmal benötigen Sie vielleicht eine Liste von Symbolen oder Begriffen + mit deren Bedeutung – eine sogenannte Nomenklatur bzw. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + ein Glossar. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um dies in LyX zu erstellen, muss das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +nomencl +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! nomencl +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + installiert sein. + Sie finden es im TeX-Katalog, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "TeX-Katalog" + +\end_inset + + oder im Paketmanager Ihrer LaTeX-Distribution. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Einen Nomenklatureintrag erstellen Sie, indem Sie den Cursor hinter ein + Symbol oder einen Begriff stellen und +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Nomenklatureintrag +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + wählen. + Ein graues Kästchen mit der Aufschrift +\family sans +Nom +\family default + wird eingefügt und ein Dialogfenster geöffnet. + Ein Glossar-Eintrag besteht aus zwei Hauptteilen: das +\family sans +Symbol +\family default + und dessen +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung: +\series default + Sie müssen korrekten LaTeX-Code in allen Feldern des Nomenklatur-Dialogs + eingeben. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Nomenklaturdefinition und Layout +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nomenklatur ! Layout +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie Symbole in Formeln haben, müssen diese im +\family sans +Symbol +\family default + Feld als LaTeX-Formel eingegeben werden. + Um z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + zu bekommen, fügt man dies ein: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +$ +\backslash +sigma$ +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series default +Das Zeichen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +$ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + beginnt/beendet die Formel. + Der LaTeX-Befehl für den griechischen Buchstaben ist dessen Name beginnend + mit einem umgekehrten Schrägstrich +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\backslash + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Für große griechische Buchstaben beginnt der Befehl mit einem Großbuchstaben: + +\series bold + +\backslash +Sigma +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +(Eine kurze Einführung in die LaTeX-Syntax ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" + +\end_inset + + zu finden.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann den +\family sans +Textstil +\family default + Dialog nicht verwenden, um den Beschreibungstext zu formatieren, sondern + man muss LaTeX-Befehle verwenden. + Zum Beispiel lautet die Beschreibung für den Nomenklatureintrag für +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in diesem Dokument: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +Sinnsloseintrag für das Zeichen +\backslash +textsf{sigma} +\series default + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Der Befehl +\series bold + +\backslash +textsf +\series default + setzt die Schrift auf +\family sans +serifenlos +\family default +. + Für +\series bold +fett +\series default + verwenden Sie den Befehl +\series bold + +\backslash +textbf +\series default +, für +\family typewriter +schreibmaschine +\family default + +\series bold + +\backslash +texttt +\series default +, für +\emph on +hervorgehoben +\series bold +\emph default + +\backslash +emph +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sollen die Zeichen | +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +! +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +, @ und +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +" +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +in Nomenklatureinträgen erscheinen, müssen sie geschützt werden. + indem man ein Anführungszeichen davor setzt. + Um zu verhindern, dass das Zeichen " nachfolgende Zeichen beeinflusst, + wird es mit einem leeren TeX-Klammerpaar abgeschlossen: ""{} +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\"{}" +description "Das Anführungszeichen wird mit der Sequenz ' \"\"{}\"\"{} ' ausgegeben" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Nomenklatur-Einträge sortieren +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nomenklatur ! sortieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Nehmen wir an, Sie hätten zwei Nomenklatureinträge für die Symbole +\emph on + a +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "a" +description "Sinnsloseintrag für das Zeichen ,,a``" + +\end_inset + + +\emph default + und +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +prefix "sigma" +symbol "$\\sigma$" +description "Sinnsloseintrag für das Zeichen \\textsf{sigma}" + +\end_inset + +. + Diese werden alphabetisch nach dem sortiert, was im Feld +\family sans +Symbol +\family default + steht. + Sie werden daher nach +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +a +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +$ +\backslash +sigma$ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + sortiert – das +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ +\end_inset + + wird vor dem +\emph on +a +\emph default + erscheinen, denn das Befehlszeichen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +$ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + wird bei der Sortierung berücksichtigt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um das zu ändern, können Sie etwas ins Feld +\family sans +Einsortieren +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +als +\family default + schreiben, zum Beispiel +\family typewriter +sigma +\family default + bei +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ +\end_inset + + . + Dann stimmt die Sortierreihenfolge wieder. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um verschachtelte Nomenklaturen zu erstellen, lesen Sie bitte in der +\series bold +nomencl +\series default +-Dokumentation nach, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "nomencl" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Nomenklatur-Optionen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nomenklatur ! Optionen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das Paket +\series bold +nomencl +\series default + bietet einige Optionen an um das Aussehen der Nomenklatur zu verändern. + Hier sind einige seiner Optionen, für weitere siehe seine Dokumentation: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +refeq Verweis mit dem Ausdruck +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +, siehe Gleichung (#) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +refpage Verweis mit dem Ausdruck +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +, Seite (#) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +intoc fügt die Nomenklatur ins Inhaltsverzeichnis ein. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um eine oder mehrere Optionen benutzen zu können, fügen Sie sie, durch Kommas + getrennt, in das Feld +\family sans +Optionen +\family default + von +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dokumentklasse +\family default + ein. + In diesem Dokument werden die Optionen +\series bold +refpage, intoc +\series default + verwendet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die ersten beiden Optionen können Sie auch nur für gewisse Nomenklatureinträge + benutzen, wenn Sie als letzten Eintrag im Feld +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default + folgendes schreiben: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +nomrefeq wie die Option +\series bold +refeq +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\series bold + +\backslash +nomrefpage +\series default + wie die Option +\series bold +refpage +\series default + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +nomrefeqpage ist die Kurzform von +\series bold + +\backslash +nomrefeq +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +nomnorefeq, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +nomnorefpage, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\backslash +nomnorefeqpage schaltet die entsprechende Option ab +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Damit Wörter wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Seite +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + auch auf Deutsch und nicht in Englisch erscheinen, fügen Sie diese Zeilen + dem LaTeX-Vorspann ihres Dokuments hinzu: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +eqdeclaration}[1]{, siehe Gleichung +\backslash +nobreakspace(#1)} +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +pagedeclaration}[1]{, Seite +\backslash +nobreakspace{}#1} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Nomenklatur drucken +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nomenklatur ! drucken +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Liste +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +/ +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Nomenklatur +\family default + können Sie ein Glossar +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +"= +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Verzeichnis einfügen. + An der Stelle erscheint ein Kästchen mit der Aufschrift +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Nomenklatur +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, und dort wird das Verzeichnis auch gedruckt. + Mit einem Rechtsklick auf das Kästchen kann man die verfügbare Breite für + die Symbole einstellen. + Sie können dabei zwischen diesen Einstellungen wählen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Standard Breite von 1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Breite +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +der +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +längsten +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Marke die Breite des breitesten Symbols aller Nomenklatureinträge wird verwendet +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Benutzerdefiniert benutzerdefinierte Breite +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In der Druckausgabe erscheint die Nomenklatur als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Nomenclature +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Sie können den Namen im LaTeX-Vorspann mit dieser Zeile ändern: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +nomname}{Nomenklatur} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Nomenklatur-Programm +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Nomenklatur-Programm" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nomenklatur ! Programm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX benutzt standardmäßig das Programm +\family typewriter +makeindex +\family default +, um die Nomenklatur zu erzeugen, weil es zu jeder LaTeX-Distribution gehört. + Im Feld +\family sans +Nomenklaturbefehl +\family default + von +\family sans +Werkzeuge +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Einstellun\SpecialChar \- +gen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Ausgaben +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +LaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\family default + können Sie den Befehl modifizieren oder ein anderes Programm eintragen. + In +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "makeindex" + +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "nomencl" + +\end_inset + + sind die möglichen Optionen beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Zweige +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Zweige +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Zweige" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Manchmal wollen Sie mehrere Versionen desselben Dokuments ausgeben. + Der Extremfall ist die Ausgabe eines einzigen Dokuments in verschiedenen + Sprachen, aber als eine Datei und so, dass korrespondierende Teile aufeinander + folgen. + Dies kann man mit +\emph on +Zweigen +\emph default + erreichen. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Zuerst müssen Sie die verschiedenen Zweige definieren. + Das machen entweder indem Sie das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zweig\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neuen Zweig einfügen +\family default + verwenden (falls Sie nur einen neuen Zweig anlegen möchten), oder im Menü + +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zweige +\family default +. + Sie können jedem Zweig eine Hintergrundfarbe zuweisen, um ihn leichter + erkennen zu können. + Dann geben Sie in das Feld +\family sans +Neu +\family default + einen Namen ein und klicken auf +\family sans +Hinzufügen +\family default +. + Der Name erscheint im unteren Feld, wo Sie ihn bearbeiten können. + Dort können Sie den Zweig +\family sans +(De)aktivieren +\family default +, ihm eine +\family sans +Farbe +\family default + geben, die aber nur in LyX zu sehen ist, und ihn wieder +\family sans +Entfernen +\family default +. + Des Weiteren erlaubt es der Dialog zwei Zweige miteinander zu vereinen + (einfach einen Zweig in den Namen eines andren umbenennen) und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +unbekannte Zweige +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (d. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +h. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Zweige, die durch Copy/Paste von anderen Dokumenten eingefügt wurden, ohne + definiert worden zu sein) zur Zweig-Liste des Dokuments hinzuzufügen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie nun Text für einen Zweig schreiben wollen, wählen Sie ihn unter + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zweig +\family default + aus und geben ihn ein. + Sie können natürlich auch vorhandenen Text auswählen und ihn dann einem + Zweig zuweisen. + Alle deaktivierten Zweige werden automatisch geschlossen und aktivierte + geöffnet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Eine weitere mögliche Anwendung wäre eine Lehrerversion, in der die Antworten + auf Prüfungsfragen stehen würden. + In der Druckausgabe sehen Sie die Schülerversion: +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Branch Frage +status open + +\begin_layout Standard +Frage: Wer war der erste Physik-Nobelpreis-Gewinner? +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Branch Antwort +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard +Antwort: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie +\family sans +Dateinamensendung +\family default + im Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zweige +\family default + aktivieren, wird der Name des aktiven Zweigs beim Export des Dokuments + an den Dateinamen angehängt. + Angenommen Sie haben eine Datei namens +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Prüfung.lyx +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + mit den beiden obigen Zweigen. + Wenn +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Dateinamensendung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + aktiv ist, wird die exportierte PDF-Datei +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Prüfung.pdf +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + heißen wenn beide Zweige +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Frage +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Antwort +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + inaktiv waren, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Prüfung-Frage.pdf +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + wenn nur der Zweig +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Frage +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + aktiv war, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Prüfung-Antwort.pdf +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + wenn nur der Zweig +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Antwort +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + aktiv war, und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Prüfung-Frage-Answer.pdf +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + wenn beide Zweige aktiv waren. + Dies hilft um verschiedene Versionen einer Datei zu exportieren ohne den + Überblick zu verlieren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um konditionale Ausgaben zu erzeugen, wo keine Zweige angegeben werden können + wie in Formeln, können spezielle LaTeX-Definitionen für jeden Zweig angegeben + werden. + Man kann zum Beispiel für den Frage-Zweig definieren: +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Eine Einführung in die LaTeX-Syntax ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" + +\end_inset + + zu finden. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +Frage}[1]{#1} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +Antwort}[1]{} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +und für den Antwort-Zweig: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +Frage}[1]{} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +Antwort}[1]{#1} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Branch Frage +status open + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +Frage}[1]{#1} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +Antwort}[1]{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Branch Antwort +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +Frage}[1]{} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +Antwort}[1]{#1} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Nun ist es möglich, die Befehle +\series bold + +\backslash +Frage{\SpecialChar \ldots{} +} +\series default + und +\series bold + +\backslash +Antwort{\SpecialChar \ldots{} +} +\series default + zu verwenden, um eine konditionale Ausgabe zu erhalten. + Hier ist eine Beispielformel, in der nur der +\series bold + +\backslash +Frage +\series default +-Teil erscheint: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\Frage{x_{1}}\Antwort{x_{2}}=1\Frage{+\sqrt{3}}\Antwort{-\sqrt{3}}. +\] + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Innerhalb von Formeln, kann dasselbe auch mit Hilfe von Makros geschehen, + siehe Abschnitt +\emph on +Mathe-Makro +\emph default +s des +\emph on +Mathe +\emph default + Handbuchs. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Jeder Branchtyp kann einen speziellen Stil haben, der in Layout-Dateien + definiert werden kann. + Für diese fortgeschrittene Anwendung siehe das +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default + Handbuch, Abschnitt +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Flexible Einfügungen und InsetLayout +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +PDF-Eigenschaften +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +PDF!-Eigenschaften +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:PDF-Eigenschaften" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Im Dialogfenster +\family sans +Dokument-Einstellungen +\family default + können Sie unter +\family sans +PDF-Eigenschaften +\family default + spezielle Optionen für die PDF-Ausgabe eines Dokuments setzen. + Alle Optionen stammen vom LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +hyperref +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! hyperref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +hyperref +\series default + wird in der DVI- oder PDF-Ausgabe alle Querverweise verlinken, so dass + ein Leser, der die DVI- oder PDF-Ausgabe auf seinem PC liest, einen Querverweis + anklicken kann und so zur entsprechenden Stelle gelangt, wie es auch im + Internet passiert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\family sans +Dokument-Informationen +\family default + auf Karteikarte +\family sans +Allgemein +\family default + werden zusammen mit der PDF-Ausgabe als Datei-Eigenschaften gespeichert. + Viele PDF-Leseprogramme können diese Informationen verarbeiten. + Das ist zum Verwalten von PDF-Dateien sehr hilfreich. + Ist +\family sans +Informationen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +automatisch +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +eintragen +\family default + angekreuzt, versucht LyX, diese Informationen aus dem Titel und dem Autor + des Dokuments zu gewinnen. + Die Option +\family sans +Im +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Vollbildmodus +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +öffnen +\family default + sorgt dafür, dass die PDF-Datei automatisch so geöffnet wird, was bei Präsentat +ionen hilfreich ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Auf der Karteikarte +\family sans +Hyperlinks +\family default + können Sie festlegen, wie die Querverweise aussehen sollen, und ob bibliografis +che Rückverweise angelegt werden sollen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit die Option +\family sans +Links am Zeilenende umbrechen +\family default + können lange Links umgebrochen werden; +\family sans +Keine +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Rahmen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +um +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Links +\family default + und +\family sans +Links +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +einfärben +\family default + schalten beide die Eingenschaft aus, dass standardmäßig Rahmen um Links + gezeichnet werden; +\family sans +Links +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +einfärben +\family default + färbt die verschiedenen Links. + Die verschiedenen Farben sind: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\color magenta +magenta +\color inherit + für Hyperlinks und URLs +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\color red +rot +\color inherit + für links +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\color green +grün +\color inherit + für Zitate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +die aber im Feld +\family sans +Zusätzliche Optionen +\family default + geändert werden können. + Dies wurde z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + in diesem Dokument mit den Optionen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +getan. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn die Option +\family sans +Rückverweise +\family default + ausgewählt ist, erscheinen die Hyperlinks im Literaturverzeichnis hinter + den Einträgen, je nach Einstellung, als Nummer des Abschnitts, der Folie + oder Seite in/auf der sie referenziert sind. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In der Karteikarte +\family sans +Lesezeichen +\family default + können Sie festlegen, ob welche erzeugt und auch nummeriert werden sollen. + Das erleichtert es Lesern, durch die PDF-Ausgabe des Dokuments zu navigieren. + Mit +\family sans +Ebene +\family default + legen Sie fest, welche Lesezeichen angezeigt werden sollen. + 2 zum Beispiel zeigt die Lesezeichen aller Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte, + während 1 nur Abschnitte berücksichtigt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Auch in diesem Handbuch werden PDF-Eigenschaften benutzt, wie Sie im Dialogfenst +er +\family sans +Dokument-Einstellungen +\family default + sehen können. + Dort sehen Sie auch, dass +\family sans +Zusätzliche +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Optionen +\family default + benutzt werden. + Genaueres dazu finden Sie im +\series bold +hyperref +\series default +-Handbuch +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "hyperref" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +TeX-Code und LaTeX-Syntax +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:TeX-Code" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX!-Syntax +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +TeX-Code +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +TeX-Code-Kästchen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:TeX-Code-Kästchen" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +TeX-Code +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie gezwungen sind oder es wollen, LaTeX-Befehle in LyX zu benutzen, + geben Sie diese in TeX-Code-Kästchen ein. + Ein TeX-Code-Kästchen erhalten Sie mit +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Te +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X-Code +\family default +, +\family sans +Strg+L +\family default + oder durch Klicken auf den Knopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "ert-insert" +\end_inset + + (Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Strg+L +\family default +). + Es erscheint ein rotes Rechteck, in das Sie Ihren LaTeX-Text schreiben. + LyX wird alles, was im TeX-Code-Kästchen steht, unverändert an LaTeX übergeben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das Kästchen selber kann auf zwei Arten angezeigt werden: +\family sans +Geschlossen +\family default + und +\family sans +Geöffnet +\family default +. + Im geschlossenen Zustand wird ein Teil des Textes auf grauem Hintergrund + dargestellt. + Um die Darstellung zu ändern, machen Sie einen Rechtsklick auf das Kästchen + und wählen in dem Dialogfenster aus, was Sie wollen. + Außerdem können Sie im geöffneten Zustand die Einfügung auflösen, das heißt, + der enthaltenen Text wird normal dargestellt. + Wenn das Kästchen geschlossen ist, öffnet ein Linksklick es. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In das TeX-Code-Kästchen können Sie vollständige oder unvollständige LaTeX-Befeh +le schreiben. + Unvollständig bedeutet, dass das Befehlsargument normaler Text sein kann. + Sie wollen zum Beispiel einen Rahmen um ein Wort zeichnen und verwenden + daher den LaTeX-Befehl +\series bold + +\backslash +fbox +\series default +. + Sie können den Befehlsteil +\series bold + +\backslash +fbox{ +\series default + in ein TeX-Code-Kästchen vor das Wort schreiben und die schließende geschweifte + Klammer +\series bold +} +\series default + in eine zweites TeX-Code-Kästchen hinter das Wort. + Das Wort zwischen den beiden TeX-Code-Kästchen ist dann das Argument wie + im folgenden Beispiel: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/ERT.png + scale 75 + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +ergibt +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dies ist eine Zeile mit einem +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fbox{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eingerahmten +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Wort. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das hat den Vorteil, dass Formatierungen einfach mit LyX-Mitteln durchgeführt + werden können. + Hier ist ein Beispiel, in dem formatierter +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fbox{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\series bold +Text +\series default + und ein Bild +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/ert-insert.png + scale 85 + groupId Icon + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + eingerahmt werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Bemerkung: +\series default + Am Ende von LaTeX-Befehlen ohne Argument müssen Sie ein Leerzeichen eingeben, + damit LaTeX weiß, dass der Befehl zu Ende ist. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Kurze Einführung in die LaTeX-Syntax +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie größere Dokumente oder Bücher schreiben, müssen Sie etwas über + die LaTeX-Befehle wissen, die LyX im Hintergrund verwendet. + Da LaTeX auf Befehlen basiert, können Sie Ihren Text +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +programmieren +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Dies hat den Vorteil, dass das Aussehen des Dokuments jederzeit geändert + werden kann, wenn man die richtigen Befehle kennt. + Stellen Sie sich zum Beispiel vor, dass Sie ein Handbuch für ein Produkt + schreiben müssen und der Abgabetermin in wenigen Stunden ist. + Ihr Chef hat Sie eben für Ihre gute Arbeit gelobt, hätte aber gern alle + Beschriftungsmarken fett gesetzt. + Nun haben Sie aber im Dokument über hundert Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftun +gen mit Marken in normaler Schrift. + Natürlich kann man sie nicht alle in so kurzer Zeit manuell ändern. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Nun kommt LaTeX ins Spiel. + Wie schon weiter oben erwähnt, gibt es für jedes Problem ein LaTeX-Paket. + Zuerst müssen Sie herausfinden welches und schauen daher in die LaTeX-Paket + Datenbank, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Catalogue" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Als Ergebnis wissen Sie, dass das Paket +\series bold +caption +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! caption +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + das ist, das Sie brauchen. + Um ein Paket zu verwenden, muss es im LaTeX-Vorspann (Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX-Vorspann +\family default +) mit dem Befehl +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage[Optionen]{Paketname} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +geladen werden. + Alle LaTeX Befehle beginnen mit einem Backslash, das Befehls-Argument wird + in geschweifte Klammern gesetzt und die Optionen in eckige Klammern. + Nicht alle Befehle haben ein Argument und Optionen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In Ihrem Fall ist der Paketname +\series bold +caption +\series default +. + Nach einem Blick in die Dokumentation des Pakets wissen Sie, dass die Option + +\series bold +labelfont=bf +\series default + die Schrift aller Beschriftungsmarken fett setzt. + Daher fügen Sie den Befehl +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +in den LaTeX-Vorspann ein und das Problem ist gelöst. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Für weitere Befehle, die das Paket +\series bold +caption +\series default + zur Verfügung stellt, siehe seine Dokumentation, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "caption" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beachten Sie dass einige Dokumentklassen eingebaute Lösungen für häufige + Problemstellungen wie diese haben. + Verwenden Sie z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + eine +\family sans +KOMA-Script +\family default + Kasse, müssen Die das Paket +\series bold +caption +\series default + nicht verwenden. + Sie können stattdessen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +setkomafont{captionlabel}{ +\backslash +bfseries} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +in den LaTeX-Vorspann schreiben und das Problem ist gelöst. + Wenn Sie also ein größeres Dokument planen, sollten Sie einen Blick in + die Dokumentation der Dokumentklasse werfen, die Sie verwenden wollen. + ( +\series bold + +\backslash +setkomafont +\series default + ist ein Beispiel für einen Befehl mit mehr als einem Argument.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Befehle im LaTeX-Vorspann beeinflussen das gesamte Dokument, während Befehle + im Text nur den Text nach dem Befehl oder den Text, der als Befehlsargument + verwendet wird, beeinflussen. + Um einen LaTeX-Befehl im Text einzufügen, verwenden Sie die TeX-Code-Kästchen + wie im vorigen Abschnitt beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie mehr über LaTeX und seine Syntax wissen wollen, schauen Sie in + die LaTeX-Bücher +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexcompanion,latexguide" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +pagestyle{fancy} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +wechselt temporär auf den Stil mit benutzerdefinierten Kopf/Fußzeilen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Left Header +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +rightmark +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +definiert die Kopfzeile wie unten beschrieben +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Center Header +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Right Header +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +leftmark +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Left Footer +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +thepage +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Center Footer +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\series bold +\color red +LyXs Benutzerhandbuch +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Magischer Code: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Right Footer +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +Roman{page} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Benutzerdefinierte Kopf-/Fußzeilen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Benutzerdefinierte-Kopf/Fußzeile" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Kopf/Fußzeilen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Kopf/Fußzeile +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um eigene Kopf- und Fußzeilen für ein Dokument zu definieren, muss man den + Seitenstil +\family sans +ausgefallen +\family default + im +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default + Dialog unter +\family sans +Seitenlayout +\family default + einstellen. + Als zweiten Schritt fügt man im Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Module +\family default + das Modul +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Benutzerdefinierte Kopf/Fußzeilen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + hinzu. + Dieses Modul bietet die 6 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Stile +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Kopfzeile +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +links, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Kopfzeile +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +mitte, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Kopfzeile +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +rechts +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Fußzeile +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +links, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Fußzeile +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +mitte, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Fußzeile +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +rechts +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +für die verschiedenen Positionen in der Kopf/Fußzeile an. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Normalerweise werden Kopf/Fußzeilen am Anfang eines Dokuments definiert, + aber man kann sie an jeder Stellen im Dokument ändern. + Abbildung +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Seitenlayout-mit-benutzer" + +\end_inset + + zeigt das Seitenlayout und wo die Kopf/Fußzeilen Stile erscheinen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float figure +placement h +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\noindent +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Kopfzeile links +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Kopfzeile mitte +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Kopfzeile rechts +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Der normale Text kommt hierhin. + Die Kopfzeile ist über dem Text, die Fußzeile darunter (inklusive Fußnoten). + Kopf/Fußzeilen enthalten typischer Weise Dinge wie die Seitenzahl, Titel + des Kapitels, Firmenlogo aber man kann eigentlich alles außer Gleitumgebungen + verwenden. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Fußzeile links +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Fußzeile mitte +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Fußzeile rechts +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Seitenlayout-mit-benutzer" + +\end_inset + +Seitenlayout mit benutzerdefinierter Kopf/Fußzeile. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung +\series default +: Einige Dokumentklassen definieren ihre eigenen Kopf-/Fußzeilen wenn +\family sans +Seiten-Stil +\family default + auf +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Standard +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + gesetzt ist. + Daher sollten Sie deren Stil ausprobieren bevor Sie eigenen Kopf-/Fußzeilen + definieren. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Definition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um eine Kopfzeile zu definieren, fügt man alle 3 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Kopfzeilen-Stile ins Dokument ein. + Die Dinge die man in den Stilen verwendet, erscheinen auf ungeraden Seiten, + die Dinge in den optionalen Argumenten auf geraden Seiten. + Bei einseitigen Dokumenten werden die optionalen Argumente nicht verwendet + und können weggelassen werden. + Lässt man einen Stil oder sein optionales Argument leer, erscheint nichts + in der Ausgabe. + Die Definition der Fußzeile funktioniert analog. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Für die Definition benötigt man einige LaTeX-Befehle die als TeX-Code (Menü + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Te +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X-Code +\family default +) eingefügt werden: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +thepage druckt die aktuelle Seitennummer +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +Roman{page} druckt die aktuelle Seitennummer in kleinen römischen Ziffern +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +roman{page} druckt die aktuelle Seitennummer in großen römischen Ziffern +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +leftmark druckt die aktuelle Abschnittsnummer und dessen Titel. + Besitzt das Dokument Kapitel, druckt es stattdessen die Kapitelnummer und + dessen Name. + Es heißt +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +leftmark +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + +, da man es üblicherweise links in der Kopfzeile verwendet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +rightmark druckt den Namen und die Nummer des aktuellen Unterabschnitts. + Besitzt das Dokument Kapitel, druckt es stattdessen die Abschnittsnummer + und dessen Name. + Es wird üblicherweise rechts in der Kopfzeile verwendet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Voreingestellte Kopf/Fußzeilen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Benutzerdefinierte Kopf/Fußzeilen sind standardmäßig nicht leer. + Die Standard-Kopfzeile enthält den Kapitel- und Abschnittstitel und die + Fußzeile hat mittig die Seitennummer. + Um ungewollte Einträge von der Kopf/Fußzeile zu entfernen, fügt man den + entsprechenden Kopf/Fußzeilen-Stil ins Dokument ein, aber lässt ihn leer. + Um z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + die Seitennummer von der Fußzeile zu entfernen, fügt man einen leeren Stil + +\family sans +Fußzeile +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +mitte +\family default + ein. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Erscheinungsbild +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Kopf/Fußzeilen erscheinen auf normalen Seiten. + Einige Seiten sind speziell. + So hat die Titelseite ihren eigenen Stil, genauso wie die Seiten, auf denen + Teile oder Kapitel eines Buches beginnen. + Diese Seiten haben keine Kopf/Fußzeilen, aber dies ist normal. + So ist es z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + unsinnig, eine Kopfzeile mit dem Kapitelnamen auf einer Seite zu haben, + auf der der Kapitelname schon in großen Buchstaben steht. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Kopf/Fußzeilen Dekorationslinie +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Standardmäßig bekommt man eine 0.4 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt dicke Linie unter der Kopfzeile und keine Linie für die Fußzeile. + Dies kann im LaTeX-Vorspann mit den Befehlen +\series bold + +\backslash +headrulewidth +\series default + und +\series bold + +\backslash +footrulewidth +\series default + in folgendem Schema geändert werden: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +headrulewidth}{Dicke} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wobei Dicke eine Größe in Standard-Einheiten wie +\family sans +pt +\family default + oder +\family sans +mm +\family default + ist. + Möchte man keine Linie, setzt man die Dicke auf 0 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Linien können auch gefärbt werden, aber die erfordert größeres Wissen + über LaTeX. + Wenn Sie dies wirklich benötigen, schauen sie im Internet oder im Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +4.4 des Buches +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Mittelbach" + +\end_inset + + nach. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Mehrere Kopf/Fußzeilen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Für den Fall dass man mehr als eine Textzeile als Kopf/Fußzeile benötigt, + kann man einen normalen Zeilenumbruch in der Definition verwenden. + Dennoch ist die Höhe der Kopf/Fußzeile nur die einer einzigen Textzeile + Um die Höhe zu vergrößern, redefiniert man die LaTeX-Länge +\series bold + +\backslash +headheight +\series default + oder +\series bold + +\backslash +footheight +\series default + im LaTeX-Vorspann in folgendem Schema: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +headheight}{Höhe} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wobei Höhe eine Größe in Standard-Einheiten ist. + Weiß man nicht welche Höhe man benötigt, definiert man die Kopf/Fußzeilen + und schaut das Dokument als PDF an. + Anschließend öffnet man das LaTeX-Protokoll über das Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +La +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +TeX-Protokoll +\family default +und schaut mit Hilfe des Knopfes +\family sans +Nächste +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Warnung +\family default + ob man eine Warnung des Pakets +\series bold +fancyhdr +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! fancyhdr +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + findet. + Falls eine solche Warnung existiert, enthält sie die Höhe, die man mindestens + für die Kopf/Fußzeile braucht. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Dieses Beispiel +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Beispiel demonstriert was man in Kopf/Fußzeilen machen kann. + Verwenden Sie es nicht für ihr Dokument, denn es ist ein nicht sehr sinnvolles + Beispiel. + Es besteht aus der folgenden Definition: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Kopfzeile +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +links +\series bold + +\backslash +rightmark +\series default +, leeres optionales Argument +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Kopfzeile +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +mitte leer, leeres optionales Argument +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Kopfzeile +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +rechts leer, +\series bold + +\backslash +leftmark +\series default + im optionalen Argument +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Fußzeile +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +links leer, +\series bold + +\backslash +thepage +\series default + im optionalen Argument +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Fußzeile +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +mitte +\family sans +\series bold +\color red +LyXs Benutzerhandbuch +\family default +\series default +\color inherit +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Magischer Code: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + im optionalen Argument +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Fußzeile +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +rechts +\series bold + +\backslash +Roman{page} +\series default +, leeres optionales Argument +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +headrulewidth auf 2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt gesetzt +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Im Prinzip kann man in Kopf/Fußzeilen alles verwenden, außer Gleitumgebungen. + Für weitere spezielle Dinge wie z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + Daumenregister, siehe das Handbuch des Pakets +\series bold +fancyhdr +\series default +, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "fancyhdr" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage clearpage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +pagestyle{headings} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +wechselt zurück zum Stil mit den Standard-Kopf/Fußzeilen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Dokumentteile vorschauen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Dokumentteile-vorschauen" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sofortige Vorschau +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Vorschau +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX ermöglicht es, Teile Ihres Dokuments als Vorschau anzusehen, so dass + der Schreib- und Denkfluss nicht durch die Ansicht der Ausgabe gestört + wird. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Voraussetzung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Damit Vorschauen möglich sind, müssen Sie das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +preview-latex +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! preview-latex +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + (auf manchen System hat es den Namen +\series bold +preview +\series default +) installiert haben. + Falls es noch nicht installiert ist, finden Sie es im TeX-Katalog, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "TeX-Katalog" + +\end_inset + + oder im Paketmanager Ihres LaTeX-Systems. + Schönere Ergebnisse erzielen Sie, wenn Sie zusätzlich das Programm +\family typewriter +pnmcrop +\family default + des +\family typewriter +netpbm +\family default +-Paketes installieren. + Unter LyX für Windows wird dieses und auch das LaTeX-Paket automatisch + zusammen mit LyX installiert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Vorschau aktivieren +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + alle mathematischen Formeln als Vorschau ansehen wollen, müssen Sie die + Option +\family sans +Grafiken +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +anzeigen +\family default + im Dialog +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default + unter +\family sans +Aussehen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Anzeige +\family default + aktivieren. + Dann setzen Sie +\family sans +Sofortige +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Vorschau +\family default + auf +\family sans +An +\family default +. + Die +\family sans +Vorschaugröße +\family default + ist der Multiplikationsfaktor für die Größe. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie alles außer Mathe vorschauen wollen, setzen Sie +\family sans +Sofortige +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Vorschau +\family default + auf +\family sans +Kein +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Mathe +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Vorschauen werden erzeugt, wenn Sie ein Dokument öffnen oder eine Einfügung + verlassen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Hinweis: +\series default + Von bereits geöffneten Dokumenten werden nicht in jedem Fall sofort Vorschauen + erzeugt, wenn man die Option +\family sans +Grafiken +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +anzeigen +\family default + aktiviert. + Man muss also diese Dokumente eventuell neu laden. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Ausgewählte Dokumentteile +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Neben Formeln gibt es andere Fälle, in denen man vielleicht eine Vorschau + sehen möchte. + Zum Beispiel bei Dingen die LyX nicht anzeigen kann, wie Rotationen oder + Dinge, die LyX noch nicht unterstützt. + Dazu fügt man eine Vorschau-Einfügung über das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Vorschau +\family default + ein und fügt oder kopiert die Sachen, die vorgeschaut werden sollen, hinein. + Die Vorschau wird erzeugt, wenn sich der Cursor außerhalb der Vorschau-Einfügun +g befindet. + Wenn man auf eine Vorschau klickt, kann das Vorgeschaute bearbeitet werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Ein Beispiel: Für rotierte Boxen verwenden Sie den LaTeX-Befehl +\series bold + +\backslash +rotatebox +\series default +, der noch nicht von LyX unterstützt wird. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +rotatebox +\series default + ist in Abschnitt +\emph on +Rotierte Boxen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs erklärt. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Anstelle der TeX-Code Boxen wollen Sie in LyX die rotierten Boxen sehen, + um z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + den Rotationswinkel so einstellen zu können, dass er zum umgebenden Text + passt. + Daher fügen Sie eine Vorschau-Einfügung ein und kopieren den Text mit den + rotierten Boxen hinein. + Hier ist das Ergebnis: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Preview + +\begin_layout Standard +Dies ist eine Zeile +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Box Doublebox +position "c" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 0 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 +use_makebox 0 +width "1in" +special "width" +height "1in" +height_special "totalheight" +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mit rotiertem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, gerahmten Text +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und einer Formel. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Vorschau funktioniert auch mit Farben. + In diesem Beispiel wurde eine spezielle gerahmte, farbige Box mit dem LaTeX-Bef +ehl +\series bold + +\backslash +fcolorbox +\series default + erzeugt: +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +fcolorbox +\series default + ist in Abschnitt +\emph on +Farbige Boxen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs erklärt. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Preview + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fboxrule 1mm +\backslash +fboxsep 1mm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Dies ist Text in einer farbigen, gerahmten Box. +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Falls LyX keine Vorschau anzeigt, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie Vorschauen, + wie oben beschrieben, aktiviert haben, dass TeX-Code in der Vorschau-Einfügung + korrekt ist und dass Sie die LaTeX-Pakete in der Dokumentpräambel geladen + haben, die vom TeX-Code benötigt werden. + Wenn LyX keine Vorschau erzeugen kann, werden Sie in den meisten Fällen + auch keine Ausgabe Ihres Dokumentes aufgrund von LaTeX-Fehlern erzeugen + können. + Falls Sie also TeX-Code verwenden müssen und sich nicht sicher sind, ob + er korrekt ist, ist die Vorschau-Einfügung eine gute Methode ihn zu testen, + ohne das gesamte Dokument anzusehen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +LaTeX-Quellcode +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Des Weiteren kann der LaTeX-Quellcode des gesamten Dokuments oder von Teilen + davon angeschaut werden. + Das Menü +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Quelle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +ansehen +\family default + öffnet ein Fenster in dem der LaTeX-Quellcode angezeigt wird. + Das Fenster zeigt den Quellcode des gesamten Absatzes, indem sich der Cursor + momentan befindet. + Man kann auch Dokumentteile in LyXs Hauptfenster markieren, dann wird nur + der Code der Auswahl angezeigt (wenn es mehr als ein Absatz ist). + Um das gesamte Dokument als Quellcode anzusehen, verwendet man die entsprechend +e Option im Quellcode-Fenster. + Verwendet man die Option +\family sans +Automatische Aktualisierung +\family default +, werden die Änderungen, die man am Dokument vornimmt, sofort angezeigt; + aber beachten Sie, dass das LyX langsamer machen kann, wenn mehrere Dateien + geöffnet sind, da LyX alle geöffneten Dateien aktualisiert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Fortgeschrittenes Suchen und Ersetzen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Fortgeschrittenes-Suchen" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Suchen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ersetzen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Einleitung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das fortgeschrittene Suchen und Ersetzen von LyX erlaubt es nach komplexen + Textabschnitten und mathematischem Inhalt zu suchen. + Es ist eine Erweiterung des Standard Suchen +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +Ersetzen Dialogs. + Die Haupteigenschaften sind: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Beides, das Suchen nach Text und nach mathematischen Formeln ist möglich, + wobei Letzteres durch die normale Eingabe einer Formel in das Suchfenster + geschieht; es werden eigenständige Formeln aber auch Teile von Formeln + gefunden +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Die Suche kann formatierungsunabhängig sein, so dass Text in jedem Kontext/Stil + (Standardtext, Abschnittsüberschrift, Notizen, und sogar in Formeln) gefunden + wird, oder er ist formatierungsabhängig, so dass zum Beispiel ein Wort, + das in einer Abschnittsüberschrift eingegeben wurde, auch nur in Abschnittsüber +schriften gefunden wird +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Die Suche kann auf bestimmte +\emph on +Bereiche +\emph default + ausgeweitet werden, das heißt ein Datensatz, der entweder die Unterdokumente + des Dokuments einschließt, aus allen geöffneten Dokumenten oder allen Handbüche +rn besteht, die im Menü +\family sans +Hilfe +\family default + verfügbar sind +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Das Ersetzen kann die Großschreibung beibehalten so dass die Großschreibung + des ersetzten Texts an den gefundenen Text angepasst wird (das heißt alles + groß-, alles klein- oder erster Buchstabe groß-, die anderen kleingeschrieben) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Benutzung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das erweiterte Suchen +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +Ersetzen Feature wird über das Menü +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Suchen & Ersetzen +\noun on + ( +\noun default +ersetzen +\noun on +) +\family default +\noun default + (Tastenkürzel Ctrl+ +\family sans +Umschalt +\family default ++F oder den Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv" +\end_inset + + aktiviert. + Damit wird der Dialog +\family sans +Erweitertes Suchen und Ersetzen +\family default + geöffnet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Suche nach Text +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man gibt in das Editorfeld +\family sans +Suchen +\family default + ein unformatiertes Wort ein und sucht danach mit dem Knopf +\family sans +Nächstes suchen +\family default + unten im Dialog (oder drückt einfach die +\family sans +Entertaste +\family default +). + Das eingegebene Wort wird überall im Text in jeder beliebigen Formatierung + als auch in Formeln gefunden. + Mehrmaliges Drücken von +\family sans +Enter +\family default + sucht weiter vorwärts während +\family sans +Umschalt+Enter +\family default + rückwärts sucht. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Option +\family sans +Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachten +\family default + findet nur Dinge mit derselben Großschreibung wie im Feld +\family sans +Suchen +\family default +. + Die Option +\family sans +Ganze Wörter +\family default + findet keine Wortteile. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Suche nach Formeln +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Nach mathematischen Formeln kann gesucht werden, indem man diese im Feld + +\family sans +Suchen +\family default + eingibt, so wie +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$ +\end_inset + +. + Wenn nach Formeln gesucht wird, werden diese gefunden, wenn sie allein + stehen, aber auch wenn sie Teil einer Formel sind. + Zum Beispiel werden die beiden Beispiele in dieser Formel gefunden: +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Suche nach Textformatierung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es ist auch möglich nach Text in einer bestimmten Formatierung zu suchen. + Dies wird erreicht, indem man im Tab +\family sans +Einstellungen +\family default + des Dialogs die Option +\family sans +Ignoriere Format +\family default + ausschaltet. + Die Eingabe in das Feld +\family sans +Suchen +\family default + von +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +einem unformatierten Wort wird keine Treffer liefern, wenn das Wort im Dokument + z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + fett oder kursiv ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + einem kursiven oder fetten Wort liefert nur Treffer, wenn das Wort im Dokument + dieselbe Formatierung hat. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +einem unformatierten Wort in einer Abschnittsüberschrift führt nur zu Treffern, + wenn sich das Wort in einer Abschnittsüberschrift befindet. + Wenn das Wort zusätzlich eine Formatierung hat, wird nur gefunden, was + in einer Abschnittsüberschrift steht und ebenfalls diese Formatierung hat. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +einer abgesetzten Formel findet diese Formel nur, wenn sie im Dokument ebenfalls + eine eingebettete Formel ist (keine in einer Textzeile eingebettete Formel). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Ersetzen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dokumentsegmente, die im +\family sans +Suchen +\family default + Feld eingegeben wurden, können mit Segmenten ersetzt werden, die im +\family sans +Ersetzen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +durch +\family default +\noun on + +\noun default +Feld eingegeben werden. + Um das nächste Auftreten zu finden und dieses zu ersetzen, drückt man den + Knopf +\family sans +Ersetzen +\family default + oder drückt alternativ +\family sans +Enter +\family default + oder +\family sans +Umschalt+Enter +\family default + während der Cursor sich im Feld +\family sans +Ersetzen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +durch +\family default +\noun on + +\noun default +befindet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann mit formatierten Segmenten ersetzen. + Typische Szenarios in denen das nützlich ist (nur um einige zu nennen), + sind: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +das Ersetzen mit einer formatierten Version des selben Wortes, z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + Ersetzen des Namens +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +func() +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + mit seiner Version im Stil Schreibmaschine +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +func() +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Änderung der mathematischen Notation, z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + um alle Vorkommen von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $R$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + mit +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + zu ersetzen (dabei hilft es eventuell, die Optionen +\family sans +Ganze Wörter +\family default + und +\family sans +Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachten +\family default + zu verwenden und die Option +\family sans +Ignoriere Format +\family default + im Tab +\family sans +Einstellungen +\family default + zu deaktivieren, um zu verhindern, dass alle +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +R +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + im normalen Text ersetzt werden), oder +\begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$ +\end_inset + + mit +\begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$ +\end_inset + + zu ersetzen oder +\begin_inset Formula $x[k]$ +\end_inset + + mit +\begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$ +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Benutzung mit regulären Ausdrücken +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt einen Regulärer Ausdruck (Regexp)-basierten Suchmodus. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Der Wikipedia-Artikel +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +target "http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regulärer_Ausdruck" + +\end_inset + + ist eine gute Erklärung was ein Regulärer Ausdruck ist. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Man kann nach Regulären Ausdrücken suchen, indem man eine Regexp-Einfügung + in den +\family sans +Suchen +\family default +-Editor einfügt. + Dies geschieht über das Menü +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Regulären Ausdruck einfügen +\family default + während sich der Cursor im +\family sans +Suchen +\family default +-Editor befindet. + Zeichen in Regexp-Einfügungen werden entsprechend der Regeln für reguläre + Ausdrücke gefunden +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Mit der Bedingung, dass jeder (Unter)Ausdruck ein korrekt formatiertes LyX-Segme +nt sein muss. + Das heißt, dass z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + TeX-Code keine ungeschlossenen {}-Klammern haben darf. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + während Text außerhalb der Einfügungen nur Treffer liefert, die exakt diesem + Text entsprechen. + Das Kopieren und Ersetzen funktioniert wie gewohnt auch in Regexp-Einfügungen. + Anwendungen von Suchen mit regulären Ausdrücken sind zum Beispiel: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Suche in allen Brüchen nach einem bestimmten Nenner: zum Beispiel findet + man mit dem Bruch +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$ +\end_inset + + ( +\begin_inset Formula $.*$ +\end_inset + + ist der reguläre Ausdruck für einen Platzhalter), im Feld +\family sans +Suchen +\family default + alle Brüche mit diesem Nenner. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Suche nach Text in einem bestimmten Stil: ist die Option +\family sans +Ignoriere Format +\family default + im Reiter +\family sans +Einstellungen +\family default + ausgeschaltet, kann man den regulären Ausdruck +\series bold + +\begin_inset Formula $.*$ +\end_inset + + +\series default + eingeben und für ihn zum Beispiel den Textstil kursiv oder fett wählen + um alle kursiven oder fettgedruckten Textstellen im Dokument zu finden. + Der reguläre Ausdruck +\begin_inset Formula $.*$ +\end_inset + + in einer nummerierten Liste oder einer Abschnittsüberschrift findet alle + nummerierten Listen oder Abschnittsüberschriften. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Allgemein können Referenzen auf (Unter)Ausdrücke in Regexp wie üblich verwendet + werden: Gruppieren eines Teils des Ausdrucks mit runden Klammern +\begin_inset Formula $()$ +\end_inset + + und dessen Referenzierung mit +\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$ +\end_inset + +, usw.. + Versuchen Sie zum Beispiel mit dem regulären Ausdruck +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +[[:space:]]([[:alpha:]]+)[[:space:]] +\backslash +1[[:space:]] +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +zu suchen, um Wortwiederholungen zu finden, falls es welche gibt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Verwendung von Referenzen im ersetzten Text ist (noch) nicht implementiert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +\color none +Achtung: +\series default + Referenzen funktionieren innerhalb einer Regexp als auch in mehreren Regexps, + wobei die Nummerierung der referenzierten Unterausdrücke absolut ist. + Das heißt, dass +\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ +\end_inset + + immer das erste Auftreten von () in allen eingefügten Regexps referenziert. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Rechtschreibprüfung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Rechtschreibprüfung" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX besitzt eine eigene Rechtschreibprüfung. + man kann Sie mit dem Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Rechtschreibprüfung +\family default +, der Taste +\family sans +F7 +\family default + oder dem Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show spellchecker" +\end_inset + + starten. + Die Prüfung beginnt entweder an der aktuellen Cursorposition oder dem Beginn + des momentan markierten Textabschnitts. + Eine Seitenleiste erscheint und zeigt jedes falsche (oder unbekannte) gefundene + Wort an und erlaubt es diese zu korrigieren. + Wenn ein unbekanntes Wort gefunden wird, wird das Wort markiert und der + Text gescrollt damit das Wort zu sehen ist. + In der Rechtschreibprüfungs-Seitenleiste, gibt es ein Feld mit Vorschlägen + für die Korrektur. + Klickt man auf einen Vorschlag, wird er ins +\family sans +Ersetzung +\family default +s-Feld kopiert., ein Doppelklick ersetzt das Wort sofort. + Unbekannte, aber richtig geschriebene Wörter können zum persönlichen Wörterbuch + hinzugefügt werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die standardmäßig verwendete Wörterbuchdatei ist die der Dokumentsprache, + die im Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default + eingestellt ist. + Die Sprache eines Wortes kann in der Rechtschreibprüfungs-Seitenleiste + ausgewählt werden, indem man in der Dropdown-Box eine andere Sprache auswählt. + LyX kann auch Dokumente, die Text in mehreren Sprachen enthalten, korrekt + prüfen. + Dies funktioniert, wenn man die Sprache der Textstellen mit dem +\family sans +Textstil +\family default +-Dialog ( +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show character" +\end_inset + +) festlegt und die Rechtschreibprüfungs-Wörterbücher installiert hat. + LyX wechselt dann automatisch die Wörterbuchdateien. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Alle von LyX unterstützten Wörterbucher können von hier heruntergeladen + werden: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/hunspell/ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Es gibt 2 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Dateien für jede Sprache. + Um ein Wörterbuch unter Windows zu installieren, kopiert man beide Dateien + in LyXs Installationsunterordner +\family sans +~ +\backslash +Resources +\backslash +dicts +\family default + und startet LyX neu. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Unter Linux muss man die Pakete für die gewünschte Sprache installieren. + Die Anzahl der Pakete schwankt je nach Linux-Distribution, aber in den + meisten fällen sind das +\family sans +aspell-xx, hunspell-xx, myspell-xx +\family default +, usw., wobei +\family sans +xx +\family default + der Code für die Sprache ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Weitere Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Im Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Spracheinstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Rechtschreibprüfung +\family default + kann man die folgenden Dinge einstellen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Programm Legt das Programm fest, das LyX für die Rechtschreibprüfung verwenden + soll. + Abhängig vom Betriebssystem, sind +\family typewriter +aspell +\family default +, +\family typewriter +hunspell +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +enchant +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Enchant selbst ist eine Hüllbibliothek mit verschiedenen konfigurierbaren + Programmen. + Lesen Sie dessen Dokumentation um mehr zu erfahren. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family default + verfügbar. + Bei Windows ist nur +\family typewriter +hunspell +\family default + verfügbar. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Alternative +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Sprache Wenn dieses Feld nicht leer ist, wird LyX immer die im Feld angegebene + Sprache für die Rechtschreibprüfung verwenden, egal wie die Dokumentsprache + ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Zu +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +ignorierende +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Zeichen Erlaubt es spezielle Zeichen anzugeben, die die Rechtschreibprüfung + ignorieren soll, z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + französischen Akzente. + Dieses Feature sollte aber normalerweise nicht benötigt werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Zusammengesetzte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Wörter +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +akzeptieren Verhindert, dass zusammengesetzte Wörter wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Verzeichnisname +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + moniert werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Rechtschreibung +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +während +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +der +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Eingabe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +überprüfen Prüft die Rechtschreibung schon während der Eingabe. + Falsch geschriebene Wörter werden rot gestrichelt unterstrichen. + Beim Rechts-klicken auf ein unterstrichenes Wort, erscheinen die Vorschläge + der Rechtschreibprüfung im Kontext-Menü. + Wählt man einen Vorschlag aus, ersetzt er das unterstrichene Wort. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Prüfe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Notizen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +und +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Kommentare Wenn aktiviert, werden auch die nicht zu druckenden Dokumentteile + wie Notizen mit geprüft. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Thesaurus +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Thesaurus" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Thesaurus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX bietet einen mehrsprachigen Thesaurus. + Es verwendet denselben Thesaurus wie LibreOffice, OpenOffice und Firefox + (namentlich die +\family typewriter +MyThes +\family default + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Thesaurus-Bibliothek, die in LyX enthalten ist). + Daher kann LyX direkt auf OpenOffice Thesaurus Wörterbücher zugreifen, + die für viele Sprachen verfügbar sind. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt wie neue Wörterbücher installiert und für LyX + bereitgestellt werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Einrichten des Thesaurus +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\family typewriter +MyThes +\family default +\emph on +/ +\emph default +OpenOffice Thesauri bestehen aus zwei Dateien pro Sprache: Eine Datei mit + der Endung +\emph on +*.dat +\emph default +, die die Daten enthält und eine Index-Datei mit der Endung +\emph on +*.idx +\emph default +. + Der Standardisierte Dateinamen enthält den Code der Sprache (z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + +\family sans +de_DE +\family default + für Deutsch). + So heißen die Dateien für Deutsch: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +th_de_DE_v2.idx +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +th_de_DE_v2.dat +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie LibreOffice oder OpenOffice verwenden uns dessen Thesaurus auf + einem Linux-System installiert haben, sollten sich diese Dateien bereits + auf Ihrem System befinden. + Bei Windows kann man im LyX-Installer auswählen, welche Wörterbucher installier +t werden sollen.. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Alle von LyX unterstützten Wörterbucher können von hier heruntergeladen + werden: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/thesaurus/ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Um ein Wörterbuch zu installieren, kopiert man beide Dateien in LyXs Installatio +nsunterordner +\family sans +~ +\backslash +Resources +\backslash +thes +\family default + und startet LyX neu. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Verwendung des Thesaurus +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um den Thesaurus zu starten, verwendet man das Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Thesaurus +\family default + oder den Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "thesaurus-entry" +\end_inset + + während ein Wort markiert ist oder während sich der Cursor in einem Wort + befindet. + Es öffnet sich ein Dialog und zeigt Wörter als Ersetzungsvorschläge an, + die wahrscheinlich dasselbe wie das aktuelle Wort bedeuten. + Die Vorschläge sind in Kategorien gruppiert. + Für manche Sprachen (beispielsweise Englisch) zeigt der Thesaurus nicht + nur bedeutungsähnliche Wörter (Synonyme) an, sondern auch Oberbegriffe + (wie +\emph on +organism +\emph default + für +\emph on +plant +\emph default +), sachverwandte Wörter (wie +\emph on +polical +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +theory +\emph default + für +\emph on +anarchistic +\emph default +), Zusammengesetze Wörter (wie +\emph on +tree +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +diagram +\emph default +, wenn Sie +\emph on +tree +\emph default + eingeben) und Gegenbegriffe (Antonyme) (wie +\emph on +boy +\emph default + für +\emph on +girl +\emph default +). + Das deutsche Thesauruswörterbuch zeigt momentan allerdings nur bedeutungsähnlic +he und bedeutungsverwandte Wörter an. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Sprachen wird automatisch von dem Wort übernommen, indem sich der Cursor + befindet, aber man kann sie auch im Dialog umstellen, genauso wie man dort + das Wort ändern kann. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man beachte dass der Thesaurus kann keine Phrasen handhaben kann (nur Zusammense +tzungen, die im Wörterbuch stehen, so wie das obige +\emph on + Baumdiagramm +\emph default +) und dass man die sogenannte Lemmaform verwenden muss; die Form, die auch + in Wörterbüchern verwendet wird (für die meisten Sprachen ist das: erste + Person Einzahl für Substantive, Infinitiv für Verben). + Schlägt man zum Beispiel für die Worte +\emph on +Berichte +\emph default + oder +\emph on +berichtend +\emph default + nach, bekommt man keine Vorschläge, während es mehrere für +\emph on +Bericht +\emph default + gibt. + Die beste Vorgehensweise ist es nur die relevanten Teile von Worten zu + markieren (z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + +\emph on +Bericht +\emph default + in +\emph on +Berichte +\emph default +). + Dann bekommt man sofort Vorschläge ohne das Wort im Dialog erst anpassen + zu müssen und auch der Ersetzung wird dann wahrscheinlich sofort korrekt + sein (nur der markierte Teil wird ersetzt). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Änderungsverfolgung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Anderungsverfolgung@Änderungsverfolgung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Änderungsverfolgung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Änderungsverfolgung" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn mehrere Personen ein Dokument zusammen bearbeiten, ist es sehr nützlich, + wenn die Änderungen der anderen im Dokument hervorgehoben werden. + Sie können dann entscheiden, ob Sie eine Änderung akzeptieren wollen. + Das erreichen Sie, indem Sie +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Änderungen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +verfolgen +\family default + ( +\family sans +Strg+Umschalt+E +\family default +) ankreuzen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Änderungen im Dokument werden durch Striche und Farben hervorgehoben: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\bar under +\color blue +Unterstrichener Text +\bar default +\color inherit +ist eine Einfügung, +\strikeout on +\color blue +durchgestrichener Text +\strikeout default + +\color inherit +eine Löschung. + Die Farbe hängt vom Autor der Änderung ab. + Die Farben können Sie im Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Aussehen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Farben +\family default + ändern. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Farbe ! Änderungsverfolgung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Der Autor und das Datum der Änderung werden in LyXs Statusleiste angezeigt, + wenn sich der Cursor in geändertem Text befindet. + Die selbe Information erhalten Sie, wenn Sie den Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "changes-merge" +\end_inset + + benutzen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn die Änderungsverfolgung aktiviert ist, erscheint diese Werkzeug\SpecialChar \- +leiste: +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Werkzeugleiste ! Änderungsverfolgung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/ChangesToolbar.png + scale 90 + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Diese Werkzeugleiste enthält folgende Knöpfe: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "changes-track" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Änderungen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +verfolgen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "changes-output" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +In +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +der +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Ausgabe +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +anzeigen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "change-next" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +springt zur nächsten Änderung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "change-accept" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Änderung +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +akzeptieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "change-reject" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Änderung +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +ablehnen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "changes-merge" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Änderungen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +zusammenfassen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "all-changes-accept" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Alle +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Änderungen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +akzeptieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "all-changes-reject" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Alle +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Änderungen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +ablehnen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "note-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Notiz\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X-Notiz +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "note-next" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Navigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Nächste +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Notiz +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es werden (noch) nicht alle Änderungen angezeigt, insbesondere keine Formatänder +ungen wie zum Beispiel +\emph on +normal +\emph default + nach +\emph on +fett +\emph default + oder +\emph on +Standardabsatz +\emph default + nach +\emph on +Beschreibung +\emph default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Änderungsverfolgungs-Werkzeugleiste hilft Ihnen beim Bearbeiten der + Änderungen – Sie müssen nur die Änderungen auswählen und einen der Schaltknöpfe + anklicken. + Wenn Sie Änderungen zusammenfassen, erscheint ein Fenster, das Ihnen Informatio +nen über die nächste Änderung nach der momentanen Cursorposition anzeigt. + Sie brauchen dann keine bestimmte Änderung zu markieren. + In dem Fenster können Sie entscheiden, Änderungen zu akzeptieren oder abzulehne +n, und dann zur nächsten Änderung zu gehen. + So können Sie alle Änderungen durchgehen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Werkzeugleiste hat zwei Schaltknöpfe, um Notizen zu behandeln, weil + diese zur Beschreibung einer Änderung oft wichtig sind. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um Änderungen in der Druckausgabe anzeigen zu können, benötigen Sie das + LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +dvipost +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! dvipost +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + Sie finden es im TeX-Katalog, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "TeX-Katalog" + +\end_inset + +, oder im Paket-Manager Ihres LaTeX-Systems. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Vergleich von Dokumenten +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Vergleich-von-Dokumenten" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Vergleich von Dokumenten +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können zwei verschiedene LyX-Dokumente über das Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Vergleichen +\family default + miteinander vergleichen. + Das Ergebnis des Vergleichs ist eine LyX-Datei mit eingeschalteter Änderungsver +folgung um die Unterschiede anzuzeigen. + Im Vergleichen-Dialog können Sie mit der Option +\family sans +Kopiere +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Dokument-Einstellungen +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +von +\family default + festlegen, von welcher Datei LyX die Dokumenteinstellungen für die Ergebnisdate +i verwenden soll. + Die Option +\family sans +Änderungsverfolgung +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +in +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +der +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Ausgabe +\family default + verwendet die Änderungsverfolgungsoption +\family sans +In +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +der +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Ausgabe +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +anzeigen +\family default + um die Unterschiede auch in der PDF-Ausgabe der Ergebnisdatei zu visualisieren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Internationale Unterstützung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Internationale Unterstutzung@Unterstützung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, wie Sie LyX mit jeder gewünschten Sprache benutzen + können. + Für einige Sprachen gibt es spezielle Wiki-Seiten, die erklären, wie man + sie verwendet: +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew,Japanese,Latvian,Lithuanian,Mongolian,Vietnamese" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Neben Sprachen unterstützt LyX auch phonetische Symbole, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Sonderzeichen" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Sprachoptionen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sprachoptionen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Im Dialog +\family sans +Do\SpecialChar \- +ku\SpecialChar \- +ment-Ein\SpecialChar \- +stel\SpecialChar \- +lungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sprache +\family default + können Sie die Sprache, den Stil der Anführungszeichen und die Zeichenkodierung + festlegen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Unter +\family sans +Kodierung +\family default + können Sie die Zeichenkodierung auswählen, die für die Ausgabe verwendet + werden soll. + Die Option +\family sans +Voreinstellung der gewählten Sprache +\family default + ist empfohlen und funktioniert für die meisten Fälle. + Für Details über die verschiedenen Kodierungsoptionen siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Sprache" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Tastaturtabellen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tastatur ! -tabellen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Tastaturtabellen" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie zum Beispiel eine U. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +S.-Tastatur haben, aber nicht in Englisch schreiben wollen, können Sie eine + alternative Tastaturtabelle benutzen. + Z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + wollen Sie Italienisch schreiben. + Dann können Sie LyX mit einer italienischen Tastaturtabelle verwenden. + Der Dialog +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Aussehen & Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Tastatur/Maus +\family default + erlaubt es bis zu zwei Tastaturtabellen zu laden, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Tastatur-/-Maus" + +\end_inset + +. + Sie können eine primäre und sekundäre Tastatursprache wählen und dann entscheid +en, welche Sie verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Vielleicht wollen Sie aber auch nur ein paar Tastenzuordnungen ändern oder + eine komplett neue Tastaturtabelle erstellen (für Vulkanisch zum Beispiel). + Sie Schreiben z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + normalerweise Italienisch auf einer U. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +S.-Tastatur aber von Zeit zu Zeit auch deutsche Kurztexte. + Sie können in diesem Fall eine eigene Tastaturzuordnung erstellen oder + eine bestehende Tastaturtabelle ändern um spezielle Zeichen zu unterstützen.. + Diese und andere Anpassungen sind im Handbuch +\emph on +Anpassungen +\emph default + erläutert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +\start_of_appendix +Die Benutzeroberfläche +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "chap:Die-Benutzeroberfläche" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieser Anhang listet alle verfügbaren Menüs auf und beschreibt ihre Funktionalit +ät. + Er ist als schnelle Referenz angelegt, wenn man nach einem bestimmten Thema + im Benutzerhandbuch sucht. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Das Datei Menü +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Menü ! Datei +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Im Menü +\family sans +Datei +\family default + finden sich alle Grundlegenden und einige fortgeschrittene Aktionen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Neu +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Erstellt ein neues Dokument. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Neu von Vorlage +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieser Menüeintrag fragt Sie nach einer Vorlage, die Sie verwenden wollen. + Das Auswählen einer Vorlage wird automatisch bestimmte Dokumenteinstellungen + setzen, die Sie sonst selbst vornehmen müssten. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Öffnen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Öffnet ein Dokument. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Zuletzt geöffnet +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Untermenü zeigt eine Liste aller zuletzt geöffneten Dateien. + Beim Klicken auf eine Datei wird diese geöffnet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Schließen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Schließt das aktuelle Dokument. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Alle schließen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Schließt alle geöffneten Dokumente. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Speichern +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Speichert das aktuelle Dokument. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Speichern unter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Speichert das aktuelle Dokument unter einem neuen Namen um eine Kopie zu + erstellen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Alle speichern +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Speichert alle geöffneten Dokumente. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Zum Gespeicherten zurückkehren +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Lädt das aktuelle Dokument neu von der Festplatte. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Versionskontrolle +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dies wird verwendet, wenn mehrere Personen am selben Dokument arbeiten oder + wenn eine Person ihre Änderungen archivieren möchte. + Es ist in Abschnitt +\emph on +Versionskontrolle +\emph default + der +\emph on +Handbuchergänzungen +\emph default + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Importieren +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann hier Dateien von älteren LyX-Versionen, HTML-Dateien, LaTeX-Dateien, + NoWeb-Dateien, einfache Textdateien und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Komma-getrennte +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, tabellenartige Textdateien (CSV) importieren. + Die Dateien werden als neues LyX-Dokument importiert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wird der Menüeintrag +\family sans +Einfacher +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Text +\family default + verwendet, führen Zeilenumbrüche im Text zu neuen Absätzen; mit dem Menüeintrag + +\family sans +Einfacher +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Text, Zeilen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +verbinden +\family default + werden aufeinanderfolgende Textzeilen als ein großer Absatz importiert. + Ein neuer Absatz wird bei einer leeren Zeile im Text angelegt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Exportieren +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub: Exportieren" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können Ihr Dokument in verschiedene Formate exportieren. + Die neuen Dateien werden im selben Ordner wie die LyX-Datei erstellt. + Die Menüeinträge sind nicht bei allen Installationen dieselben. + Sie hängen von den Programmen ab, die von LyX während der Konfiguration + gefunden wurden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier ist eine Liste aller verfügbaren Einträge; einige davon sind im Detail + in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Ausgabe-Dateiformate" + +\end_inset + + erläutert: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +CJK +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +L +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +yX Format der speziellen LyX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1.4.x Versionen für Chinesisch, Japanisch und Koreanisch (CJK) +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + Seit LyX 1.5.0 ist die Unterstützung für CJK in LyX voll integriert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +DocBook Textdatei mit Code in der Sprache SGML, die für die Auszeichnungssprache + +\family typewriter +DocBook +\family default + verwendet wird +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +DocBook +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(XML) Textdatei mit Code in der Sprache XML die für die Auszeichnungssprache + +\family typewriter +DocBook +\family default + verwendet wird +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +DraftDVI LaTeXs natives DVI-Format. + Dieses Format ist nicht geeignet, wenn Sie Sonder- oder Leerzeichen für + Dateinamen oder -pfade im Dokument verwenden. + LyX verwendet dieses Format intern als Vorstufe beim Export nach +\family sans +DVI +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +DVI DVI-Format +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +DVI +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(LuaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX) DVI-Format unter Verwendung des Programms +\family typewriter +LuaTeX +\family default +; unterstützt Unicode und die Verwendung von nicht-TeX Schriften; +\series bold + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung: +\series default + nicht alle DVI-Betrachtungsprogramme sind in der Lage dieses Format korrekt + anzuzeigen. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Graphviz +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Dot Textdatei mit Code in der Programmiersprache +\family typewriter +Dot +\family default +, die für grafische Visualisierungen über das Programm +\family typewriter +Graphviz +\family default + verwendet wird +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +HTML HTML-Format (Der HTML-Konverter ist kein Bestandteil von LyX und funktionie +rt eventuell nicht in allen Fällen.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +HTML +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(MS +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Word) spezielles HTML-Format so dass der Ergebnis nach +\family sans +MS Word +\family default + importiert werden kann; als Konsequenz davon werden Formeln als Bitmap-Schrift + eingebettet und nicht im Format +\family sans +MathML +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(LuaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX) Textdatei mit dem LaTeX-Quellcode, der mit dem Programm +\family typewriter +LuaTeX +\family default + kompilierbar ist +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(pdflatex) Textdatei mit dem LaTeX-Quellcode. + Zusätzlich werden alle Bilder des Dokuments in ein Format konvertiert, + dass vom Programm +\family typewriter +pdflatex +\family default + gelesen werden kann (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(normal) Textdatei mit dem LaTeX-Quellcode. + Zusätzlich werden alle Bilder des Dokuments in das EPS-Format konvertiert. + Nur dieses Format ist vom Programm +\family typewriter +latex +\family default + lesbar +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(XeT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX) Textdatei mit dem LaTeX-Quellcode, der mit dem Programm +\family typewriter +XeTeX +\family default + kompilierbar ist +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +LilyPond +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +book +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(La +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +TeX) Textdatei mit dem LaTeX-Quellcode und außerdem Code in der Syntax der + Musik-Notationssoftware +\family typewriter + LilyPond +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +L +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +yX-Archiv +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(zip|tar.gz) erstellt eine zip- oder-tar.gz-Archiv-Datei (abhängig von Ihrem + System) die Ihr Dokument und alle Dateien, die notwendig sind, um es zu + kompilieren, enthält (Bilder, Unterdokumente, BibTeX-Dateien, usw.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +L +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +yX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +z.y.x LyX-Dokument in einem Format, das von der LyX-Version z.y.x lesbar ist. + ( +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +z +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +y +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + repräsentieren die Versionsnummer) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +L +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +yXHTML HTML-Format, unter Verwendung von LyXs internem XHTML-Konverter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +NoWeb Textdatei mit Code im Format der Programmiersprache +\family typewriter +NoWeb +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatierte Datei, um sie mit +\family sans +LibreOffice, OpenOffice +\family default +, +\family sans +KOffice +\family default +, +\family sans +Abiword +\family default +, usw. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +zu öffnen. + (Der OpenDocument-Konverter ist kein Bestandteil von LyX und funktioniert + eventuell nicht in allen Fällen.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(dvipdfm) PDF-Format unter Verwendung des Programms +\family typewriter +dvipdfm +\family default +, erzeugt intern eine DVI-Datei, die in eine PDF-Datei konvertiert wird +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(LuaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX) PDF-Format unter Verwendung des Programms +\family typewriter +LuaTeX +\family default +, erzeugt PDF-Dateien direkt +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(pdflatex) PDF-Format unter Verwendung des Programms +\family typewriter +pdflatex +\family default +, erzeugt PDF-Dateien direkt +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ps2pdf) PDF-Format unter Verwendung des Programms +\family typewriter +ps2pdf +\family default +, erzeugt intern eine PostScript-Datei, die in eine PDF-Datei konvertiert + wird +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(XeT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX) PDF-Format unter Verwendung des Programms +\family typewriter +XeTeX +\family default +, erzeugt PDF-Dateien direkt +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Einfacher +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Text Textformat +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Einfacher +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ps2ascii) Textformat, das Dokument wird zuerst ins PostScript Format konvertier +t und dann als Text exportiert unter Verwendung des Programms +\family sans +ps2ascii +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Postscript PostScript Format unter Verwendung des Programms +\family typewriter +dvips +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Sweave Textdatei mit dem LaTeX-Quellcode und zusätzlich Code in der statistische +n Programmiersprache +\family typewriter +R +\family default +. + Unter Verwendung der +\family typewriter +R +\family default +-Funktion +\family typewriter +Sweave +\family default + ist es möglich +\family typewriter +R +\family default +-Befehle in LaTeX zu benutzen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Falls einer der Menüeinträge +\family sans +DVI +\family default +, +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(pdflatex) +\family default + oder +\family sans +Postscript +\family default + fehlt, müssen Sie ihre LaTeX-Installation aktualisieren. + Anschließend müssen Sie LyX neu konfigurieren, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "LyX-Grundeinstellungen" + +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Neukonfiguration von LyX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Drucken +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit diesem Menü können Sie Ihr Dokument entweder in eine Datei im PostScript-For +mat drucken, oder sie an einen Drucker schicken. + Der Drucker wird das Dokument ebenfalls im PostScript-Format erhalten. + Die Konvertierung nach PostScript wird von LyX im Hintergrund mit dem Programm + +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + durchgeführt. + Für weitere Informationen siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Datei-ausdrucken" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Fax +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Menü erscheint nur, wenn ein Faxprogramm installiert ist (bei Windows + muss zusätzlich dessen Programmpfad zu LyXs PATH-Präfix hinzugefügt werden, + siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Pfade" + +\end_inset + +). + Über dieses Menü können Sie Ihr Dokument an ein Faxprogramm wie +\family typewriter +hylapex +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +kdeprintfax +\family default + senden. + Das voreingestellte Format der gesendeten Datei ist PostScript. + Das Format kann in LyXs Grundeinstellungen, wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Konverter" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben, geändert werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Neues Fenster und Fenster schließen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Öffnet oder schließt eine neue Instanz von LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Beenden +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fordert Sie auf alle ungespeicherten Dokumente zu schließen und beendet + LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Das Bearbeiten Menü +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Menü ! Bearbeiten +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Rückgängig und Wiederholen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beschrieben in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Rückgängig-Wiederholen" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen, Einfügen (vorherige Auswahl), Einfügen + (speziell) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beschrieben in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Einfache-Bearbeitungsfunktionen" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Komplette Einfügung auswählen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wählt den Inhalt der Einfügung aus, in der sich der Cursor befindet. + Ist der Cursor außerhalb einer Einfügung, wird das gesamte Dokument ausgewählt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Alles auswählen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wählt das komplette Dokument aus. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Suchen & Ersetzen (einfach) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beschrieben in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Einfache-Bearbeitungsfunktionen" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Suchen & Ersetzen (erweitert) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beschrieben in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Fortgeschrittenes-Suchen" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Absatz nach oben/unten verschieben +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Schiebt den Absatz, in dem sich der Cursor befindet, einen Absatz nach oben + oder unten. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Textstil +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beschrieben in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Textstil-Dialog" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Absatz-Einstellungen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Absatz ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Damit kann man die Ausrichtung von Absätzen, den Zeilenabstand und die Breite + von Listenmarken einstellen. + Diese Einstellungen beeinflussen nur den Absatz, indem sich der Cursor + gerade befindet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann des Weiteren verhindern, dass die erste Zeile des Absatzes eingerückt + wird, wenn man im Dialog +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Layout +\family default + Absätze durch Einrückung getrennt hat. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Tabellen-Einstellungen und Mathe +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Diese zwei Menüs sind nur voll aktiv, wenn sich der Cursor in einer Tabelle + oder Formel befindet. + Hier kann man die Eigenschaften von Tabellen und Formeln ändern. + Die Eigenschaften von Tabellen sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Tabellen" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben, die von Formeln in Kapitel +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:Mathematische-Formeln" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Listentiefe erhöhen / verringern +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Diese Menüs sind nur aktiv, wenn sich der Cursor in einer Umgebung befindet, + die geschachtelt werden können. + Sie erhöhen/verringern die Schachtelungstiefe der Umgebung wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Umgebungen-schachteln" + +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Nummerierung-aendern" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Das Ansicht Menü +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Menü ! Ansicht +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Am unteren Ende des +\family sans +Ansicht +\family default + Menüs sind die geöffneten Dokumente aufgelistet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Alle Einfügungen öffnen/schließen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Schließt/öffnet alle Einfügungen des Dokuments. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Mathe-Makro auf/zuklappen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Klappt Mathe-Makros auf/zu. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mathe-Makros sind im +\emph on +Mathe +\emph default + Handbuch beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Quelle ansehen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Öffnet ein Fenster, das den Quelltext des aktuellen Dokuments zeigt, wie + in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Dokumentteile-vorschauen" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Meldungen anzeigen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Öffnet ein Fenster mit Konsolenmeldungen. + Dies ist nützlich um LyX zu debuggen (d. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +h. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +nach Fehlern im Programm zu suchen) oder um zu sehen, was im Hintergrund + vor sich geht, während LaTeX das Dokument prozessiert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Ansehen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +[] +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Menü erzeugt die Ausgabe im dem Format, das als Voreinstellung für + das Dokument (Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestelltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" + +\end_inset + +) oder in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstel\SpecialChar \- +lungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestelltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Dateiformate" + +\end_inset + +) gesetzt ist und öffnet es in einem geeigneten Betrachtungsprogramm. + Dieses Programm kann in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen festgelegt oder geändert + werden (Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Anzeigepro\SpecialChar \- +gramm +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Dateiformate" + +\end_inset + +). + Die voreingestellten Betrachtungsprogramme wurden von LyX gesetzt, als + es zum ersten Mal konfiguriert wurde. + Das Standard-Ausgabeformat ist +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(pdflatex) +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Andere Formate ansehen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit diesem Untermenü können Sie Ihr Dokument in einem alternativen Ausgabeformat + ansehen. + Das Menü enthält eine Liste mit allen verfügbaren Formaten, in denen man + das aktuelle Dokument mit einem externen Programm ansehen kann. + Die Menüeinträge sind nicht bei allen Installationen die selben — sie hängen + von den LaTeX-Programmen ab, die gefunden wurden, als LyX konfiguriert + wurde. + Alle möglichen Formate sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub: Exportieren" + +\end_inset + + aufgelistet. + Sie sollten mindestens den Menüeintrag +\family sans +DVI +\family default + sehen. + Falls er fehlt, müssen Sie Ihre LaTeX-Installation aktualisieren oder repariere +n. + Nach der Aktualisierung muss LyX neu konfiguriert werden, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "LyX-Grundeinstellungen" + +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Neukonfiguration von LyX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das Ausführen eines Menüeintrags öffnet ein Betrachtungsprogramm. + Dieses kann in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen festgelegt oder geändert werden + (Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Anzeigeprogramm +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset Newline linebreak +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Dateiformate" + +\end_inset + +). + Die voreingestellten Betrachtungsprogramme wurden von LyX gesetzt, als + es zum ersten Mal konfiguriert wurde. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Aktualisieren +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +[] +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Menü erlaubt es, die Ansicht mit Ihren letzten Änderungen zu aktualisiere +n (im voreingestellten Ausgabeformat), ohne ein neues Fenster im Betrachtungspro +gramm zu öffnen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Andere Formate aktualisieren +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit diesem Untermenü können Sie die Ansicht eines alternativen Ausgabeformats + aktualisieren, ohne ein neues Fenster im Betrachtungsprogramm zu öffnen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Hauptdokument ansehen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Menü ist nur sichtbar wenn Ihr Dokument in ein anderes Dokument eingefügt + ist. + Das andere Dokument ist daher das Hauptdokument des aktuellen Dokuments + (Unterdokument) (siehe Abschnitt +\emph on +Unterdokumente +\emph default + im +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuch für mehr Informationen zu diesem Thema). + Mit diesem Menü kann man das Hauptdokument vom Unterdokument aus ansehen/öffnen. + Das bedeutet, dass wenn man an einem Unterdokument arbeitet, das z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + ein Kapitel eines Buches ist, erzeugt +\family sans +Hauptdokument ansehen +\family default + die Ausgabe des kompletten Buches während +\family sans +Ansehen +\family default + nur das Kapitel ausgibt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das von dieser Funktion verwendete Format ist das, das als Voreinstellung + in den in den Dokumenteinstellungen (Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestel\SpecialChar \- +ltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" + +\end_inset + +) oder den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestel\SpecialChar \- +ltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Dateiformate" + +\end_inset + +) oder gesetzt ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Hauptdokument aktualisieren +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Menü ist nur sichtbar wenn Ihr Dokument in ein anderes Dokument eingefügt + ist. + Das andere Dokument ist daher das Hauptdokument des aktuellen Dokuments + (Unterdokument) (siehe Abschnitt +\emph on +Unterdokumente +\emph default + im +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuch für mehr Informationen zu diesem Thema). + Dieses Menü erlaubt es, die Ansicht eines Hauptdokuments vom Unterdokument + aus zu aktualisieren, ohne zum Hauptdokument wechseln zu müssen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das von dieser Funktion verwendete Format ist das, das als Voreinstellung + in den in den Dokumenteinstellungen (Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestel\SpecialChar \- +ltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" + +\end_inset + +) oder den LyX-Grundeinstellungen (Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Voreingestel\SpecialChar \- +ltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat +\family default +; siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Dateiformate" + +\end_inset + +) oder gesetzt ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Ansicht teilen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Ansicht +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +in +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +linke +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +und +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +rechte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Hälfte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +teilen +\family default + teilt LyXs Hauptfenster vertikal, +\family sans +Ansicht +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +in +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +obere +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +und +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +untere +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Hälfte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +teilen +\family default + teilt es horizontal. + Dies erlaubt es, Dokumente gleichzeitig anzusehen um sie zu vergleichen + oder dasselbe Dokument an verschiedenen Stellen gleichzeitig zu betrachten. + Man kann das Hauptfenster sogar mehrfach teilen um z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + 3 oder mehr Dokumente gleichzeitig anzuschauen. + Um zu einer ungeteilten Ansicht zurückzukehren, verwendet man das Menü + +\family sans +Aktuelle Ansicht schließen +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Aktuelle Ansicht schließen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Schließt eine geteilte Ansicht. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Vollbild +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit diesem Menü oder durch Drücken von F11 wird die Menüleiste und alle + Werkzeugleisten ausgeblendet, so dass nur noch das Hauptfenster mit dem + Text des Dokuments als Vollbild zu sehen ist. + Um vom Vollbildmodus zurückzukehren, drückt man entweder wieder F11 oder + klickt mit rechts und schaltet den Vollbildmodus im Kontextmenü ab. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Werkzeugleisten +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Werkzeugleisten" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Werkzeugleiste +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In diesem Menü kann das Erscheinungsbild der verschiedenen Werkzeugleisten + eingestellt werden. + Alle Werkzeugleisten und das +\family sans +Befehlseingabefenster +\family default + können an- und ausgeschaltet werden. + Der Zustand +\emph on +an +\emph default + ist im Menü mit einem Häkchen gekennzeichnet. + Die Werkzeugleisten +\family sans +Überarbeiten +\family default +, +\family sans +Tabelle +\family default +, +\family sans +Mathe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Kontrollflächen +\family default +, +\family sans +Mathe-Makros +\family default + und +\family sans +Mathe +\family default + können zusätzlich auf den Zustand +\emph on +automatisch +\emph default + gesetzt werden, der im Menü mit dem Suffix +\family sans +(automatisch) +\family default + gekennzeichnet ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Im Zustand +\emph on +an +\emph default + wird die Werkzeugleiste permanent angezeigt, im Zustand +\emph on +automatisch +\emph default + wird die Werkzeugleiste nur angezeigt, wenn sich der Cursor sich in einer + bestimmten Einfügung befindet, oder ein bestimmtes Feature aktiviert ist. + Das heißt, dass die Werkzeugleiste +\family sans +Überarbeiten +\family default + nur angezeigt wird, wenn Änderungsverfolgung aktiviert ist, die Mathe und + Tabellen Werkzeugleisten werden nur angezeigt, wenn der Cursor in einer + Formel bzw. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Tabelle ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyXs Werkzeugleisten und ihre Knöpfe sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Werkzeugleisten" + +\end_inset + + erklärt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Das Einfügen Menü +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Menü ! Einfügen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Mathe +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt mathematische Konstrukte ein, die in Kapitel +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:Mathematische-Formeln" + +\end_inset + + und im +\emph on +Mathe +\emph default + Handbuch beschrieben sind. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Sonderzeichen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Sonderzeichen" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier können die folgenden Zeichen eingefügt werden: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Symbole Öffnet den +\family sans +Symbole +\family default + Dialog über den man jedes Zeichen einfügen kann, das von Ihrem LaTeX-System + ausgegeben werden kann. + Die Zeichen werden standardmäßig in Kategorien von Zeichen angezeigt; die + Anzahl an verfügbaren Zeichen ist von den installierten LaTeX-Paketen abhängig. + Mit der Option +\family sans +Alle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +anzeigen +\family default + werden alle Zeichen gleichzeichtig angezeigt. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Bemerkung: +\series default + Nicht alle Zeichen sind im Dialog +\family sans +Symbols +\family default + sichtbar, denn keine der Schriftarten, die man in den LyX-Grundeinstellungen + als Bildschirmschrift setzen kann (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Bildschirmschriften" + +\end_inset + +), kann alle Zeichen darstellen. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Fortsetzungspunkte Fügt Fortsetzungspunkte ein: \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Satzendepunkt Fügt einen Satzendepunkt ein, wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Abkürzungen-und-Satzendepunkt" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Nicht-typographisches +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Anführungszeichen Fügt dieses Anführungszeichen ein: ", unabhängig vom Anführung +szeichen-Stil der im Dialog +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sprache +\family default + eingestellt ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Einfaches +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Anführungszeichen Fügt ein einfaches Anführungszeichen im Anführungszeichenstil + ein, der im Dialog +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sprache +\family default + eingestellt ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Geschützter +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Trennstrich Fügt einen Trennstrich ein, der vor Zeilenumbrüchen geschützt + ist: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash- + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Umbruchfähiger +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Schrägstrich Fügt einen Schrägstrich ein, an dessen Stelle ein Zeilenumbruch + möglich ist: \SpecialChar \slash{} + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Menütrenner Fügt das Menütrenner-Zeichen ein: \SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Phonetische +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Symbole +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Phonetische +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Symbole +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sprache ! Phonetische +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Symbole +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Erstellt eine Box, in die man Symbole des Internationalen Phonetischen Alphabets + (IPA) eingeben kann, und öffnet eine Symbolleiste, die einen Großteil dieser + Symbole bereitstellt. + Um dieses Feature nutzen zu können, muss das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +tipa +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! tipa +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + installiert sein. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Weitere Informationen über dieses Feature bietet das +\emph on +Linguistik +\emph default +-Handbuch unter +\family sans +Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Spezielle Handbücher +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Formatierung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier können die folgenden Konstrukte eingefügt werden: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Hochgestellt Fügt hochgestellten Text ein: Test +\begin_inset script superscript + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +a, b +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Tiefgestellt Fügt tiefgestellten Text ein: Test +\begin_inset script subscript + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +3x +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Geschütztes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Leerzeichen Fügt ein geschütztes Leerzeichen ein, das in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Geschütztes-Leerzeichen" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Normales +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Leerzeichen Fügt ein normales Leerzeichen ein, das in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Normales-Leerzeichen" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Halbes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Leerzeichen Fügt ein halbes Leerzeichen ein, das in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Halbes-Leerzeichen" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Horizontaler +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Abstand Fügt horizontalen Abstand ein, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Horizontaler-Leerraum" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Horizontale +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Linie Fügt eine horizontale Linie ein, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Horizontale-Linien" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Vertikaler +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Abstand Fügt vertikalen Abstand ein, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Vertikaler-Leerraum" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Phantom Fügt Phantom-Leerraum ein, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Phantom-Leerraum" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Trennmöglichkeit Fügt eine Trennmöglichkeit ein, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Silbentrennung" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Ligaturtrenner Fügt einen Ligaturtrenner ein, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Ligaturen" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Normaler +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Zeilenumbruch Fügt einen normalen Zeilenumbruch ein, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Manueller-Zeilenumbruch" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Rechtsbündiger +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Zeilenumbruch Fügt einen rechtsbündigen Zeilenumbruch ein, der zusätzlich + die gebrochene Zeile bis zum Seitenrand streckt, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Manueller-Zeilenumbruch" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Neue +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Seite Fügt einen Seitenumbruch ein, der in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Manueller-Seitenumbruch" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Seitenumbruch Fügt einen Seitenumbruch ein, der zusätzlich den gebrochene + Text bis zum Seitenrand streckt, wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Manueller-Seitenumbruch" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Seite +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +leeren Leert eine Seite, wie es in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Leerender-Seitenumbruch" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Doppelseite +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +leeren Leert eine Doppelseite, wie es in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Leerender-Seitenumbruch" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Liste / Inhaltsverzeichnis +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Über dieses Menü können verschiedene Listen und Verzeichnisse eingefügt + werden. + Das Inhaltsverzeichnis, die Liste der Algorithmen, Abbildungen und Tabellen + sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Inhaltsverzeichnis" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. + Das Stichwortverzeichnis ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Stichwortverzeichnisse" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben, die Nomenklatur in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Nomenklatur/Glossar" + +\end_inset + + und das BibTeX-Literaturverzeichnis in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Gleitobjekt +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Gleitobjekte sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Gleitobjekte" + +\end_inset + + und im Detail im Kapitel +\emph on +Gleitobjekte +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Notiz +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Notizen sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Notizen" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Zweig +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt, falls vorhanden, einen Zweig ein und erlaubt es, einen neuen Zweig + zu erstellen und einzufügen. + Zweige sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Zweige" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Benutzerdefinierte Einfügungen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt dokumentklassen-spezifische Einfügungen ein. + Solche Einfügungen existieren nur, wenn sie in der Layout-Datei der Dokumentkla +sse definiert sind. + Ein Beispiel ist die Dokumentklasse +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +article (Elsevier) +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + mit drei benutzerdefinierten Einfügungen. + Der Abschnitt +\emph on +Flexible Einfügungen und InsetLayout +\emph default + in I +\emph on +nstallieren neuer Textklassen, Layouts und Vorlagen +\emph default +, +\emph on +Das Layout-Dateiformat +\emph default + des +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default + Handbuchs erklärt, wie benutzerdefinierte Einfügungen definiert werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Datei +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Externes Material +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Menü ermöglicht es, den Inhalt von anderen Dokumenten in Ihr Dokument + einzufügen. + Für weitere Informationen siehe Kapitel +\emph on +Externe Dateien +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs erklärt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Box +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Boxen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt eine Box in einem bestimmten Stil ein. + Boxen sind im Detail im Kapitel +\emph on +Boxen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Literaturverweis +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt einen Literaturverweis ein, wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" + +\end_inset + +beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Querverweis +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt einen Querverweis ein, wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Querverweise" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Marke +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt eine Marke ein, wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Querverweise" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Legende +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Legende +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lange Tabellen ! Legende +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt eine Legende in ein Gleitobjekt oder eine lange Tabelle ein. + Gleitobjekte sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Gleitobjekte" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben, Legenden in langen Tabellen sind im Abschnitt +\emph on +Beschriftungen langer Tabellen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Stichwort +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt ein Stichwort ein, wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Stichwortverzeichnisse" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Nomenklatureintrag +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt einen Nomenklatureintrag ein , wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Nomenklatur/Glossar" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Tabelle +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Öffnet einen Dialog, in dem man die Anzahl an Tabellenzeilen und -spalten + festlegen kann. + Fügt eine Tabelle ein. + Tabelle sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Tabellen" + +\end_inset + + und im Detail im Kapitel Tabellen des Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte Handbuchs beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Grafik +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt eine Grafik ein. + Grafiken sind Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Abbildungen" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +URL +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt einen URL ein, wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:URLs" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Hyperlink +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt einen Hyperlink ein, wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Hyperlinks" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Fußnote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt eine Fußnote ein, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Fußnoten" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Randnotiz +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt eine Randnotiz ein, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Randnotizen" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Kurztitel +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt einen Kurztitel ein, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Kurztitel" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +TeX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt eine TeX-Code Box ein, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:TeX-Code" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Programmlisting +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Programmlisting +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt eine Programmlisting-Box ein. + Programmlistings sind im Kapitel +\emph on +Programm-Code-Listen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs erklärt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Datum +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt das aktuelle Datum ein. + Das Format hängt vom Datumsformat der Sprache ab, die aktuell für die Benutzero +berfläche von LyX verwendet wird. + LyX bietet mehrere Möglichkeiten ein Datum einzufügen, die im Abschnitt + +\emph on +Externes Material +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs erklärt und auch verglichen sind. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Vorschau +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Fügt eine Vorschau-Einfügung ein, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Dokumentteile-vorschauen" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Das Navigieren Menü +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Menü ! Navigieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Menü listet die existierenden Kapitel, Abschnitte, Abbildungen, Tabellen, + usw. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +des aktuellen Dokuments auf. + Dies ermöglicht eine einfache Navigation im Dokument. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Lesezeichen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit diesem Menü kann man eigenen Lesezeichen setzen. + Dies ist nützlich, wenn man an großen Dokumenten arbeitet und z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + oft zwischen Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2.5 und 6.3 hin und her springen muss. + Um Lesezeichen für dieses Beispiel zu setzen, geht man zu Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2.5 und verwendet das Untermenü +\family sans +Lesezeichen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +speichern +\family default +. + Anschließend geht man zu Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +6.3 und verwendet +\family sans +Lesezeichen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +speichern +\family default +. + Nun kann man leicht zwischen diesen Abschnitten hin und her springen, indem + man das Menü oder die Tastenkürzel +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "bookmark-goto 1" +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "bookmark-goto 2" +\end_inset + + benutzt. + Man kann Lesezeichen auch verwenden, um zwischen verschiedenen geöffneten + Dokumenten hin und her zu springen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die gespeicherten Lesezeichen sind gültig, bis das Dokument geschlossen + wird. + Mit dem Untermenü +\family sans +Lesezeichen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +löschen +\family default + können Lesezeichen gelöscht werden; das Untermenü G +\family sans +ehe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +zurück +\family default + springt zu der Position des Dokuments wo zuletzt etwas geändert wurde. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Nächste Notiz, Änderung, Querverweis +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Springt zur nächsten Notiz, Änderung, oder Querverweis der der aktuellen + Cursorposition folgt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Gehe zur Marke +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Nur aktiv, wenn sich der Cursor vor einem Querverweis befindet. + Es setzt den Cursor vor die referenzierte Marke. + (Ist dasselbe als wenn man mit rechts auf eine Querverweisbox klickt und + +\family sans +Gehe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +zur +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Marke +\family default + verwendet.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Vorwärtssuche +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Feature erlaubt es, direkt an die entsprechende Stelle in der Ausgabe + zu springen, siehe Abschnitt +\emph on +Vorwärtssuche +\emph default + in den +\emph on +Handbuchergänzungen +\emph default + für eine detaillierte Beschreibung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Das Dokument Menü +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Menü ! Dokument +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Änderungsverfolgung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Änderungsverfolgung ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Änderungsverfolgung" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX-Protokoll +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Nachdem LaTeX gestartet wurde, indem die Ausgabe des Dokuments erzeugt wurde + (durch Ansicht oder Export), ist dieses Menü verfügbar. + Es zeigt das Protokoll des verwendeten LaTeX-Programms an. + Man kann zum nächsten Fehler oder der nächsten Warnung gehen, suchen, etwas + in die Zwischenablage kopieren oder die Ansicht aktualisieren. + Mit Hilfe der Logdatei können Experten die Ursachen für LaTeX-Fehler finden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Gliederung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Öffnet das Gliederungs-Fenster, das in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Navigieren" + +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Inhaltsverzeichnis" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Anhang hier beginnen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Menü beginnt den Anhang des Dokuments an der aktuellen Cursorposition, + wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Anhang" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Komprimiert +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +De/komprimiert das aktuelle Dokument. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Dokumenteinstellungen sind im Anhang +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:Dokument-Einstellungen" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Das Werkzeuge Menü +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Menü ! Werkzeuge +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Rechtschreibprüfung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Rechtschreibprüfung ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Rechtschreibprüfung" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Thesaurus +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Thesaurus ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Thesaurus" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Statistik +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Wörter zählen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Zeichen zählen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Zählt die Wörter und Zeichen des aktuellen Dokuments oder des markierten + Dokumentteils. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Check T +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +ChkTeX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Erzeugt mit Hilfe des Programms +\family typewriter +ChkTeX +\family default + eine Logdatei mit möglichen LaTeX-Fehlern und listet sie in einem Dialog + auf. + Dieses Feature ist nicht für Windows verfügbar. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +T +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX-Informationen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +TeX-Informationen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Zeigt eine Liste der Dokumentklassen und Stile, die in Ihrem LaTeX-System + installiert sind. + Die Option +\family sans +Pfad +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +anzeigen +\family default + zeigt die vollständigen Dateipfade an. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Vergleichen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Vergleichen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Öffnet einen Dialog um LyX-Dateien miteinander zu vergleichen, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Vergleich-von-Dokumenten" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Neu konfigurieren +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LyX ! Neu konfigurieren|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Neukonfiguration von LyX +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Neukonfiguration von LyX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Menü konfiguriert LyX neu. + Das bedeutet, dass LyX nach LaTeX-Paketen und Programmen sucht, die es + benötigt; siehe auch Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "LyX-Grundeinstellungen" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Einstellungen Dialog ist im Detail im Anhang +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:Der-Einstellungen-Dialog" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Das Hilfe Menü +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Menü ! Hilfe +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Menü listet die Dokumentationsdateien von LyX in der Sprache auf, + die aktuell für die LyX Menüs verwendet wird. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das Menü +\family sans +LaTeX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Konfiguration +\family default + öffnet ein LyX-Dokument mit Informationen über die LaTeX-Pakete und -Klassen + die von LyX gefunden wurden (siehe auch Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:LaTeX-Einstellung" + +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das Menü +\family sans +Über +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X +\family default + informiert über das Urheberrecht, die Mitwirkenden und die LyX-Version, + die Sie verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Werkzeugleisten +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Werkzeugleisten" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wie man Werkzeugleisten anzeigt oder versteckt ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Werkzeugleisten" + +\end_inset + + erklärt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es ist auch möglich, eigene Werkzeugleisten zu definieren. + Dies ist in den +\emph on +Handbuchergänzungen +\emph default + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Standard-Werkzeugleiste +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Werkzeugleiste ! Standard +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/StandardToolbar.png + width 100col% + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Standard-Werkzeugleiste enthält wie oben gezeigt von links nach rechts + die folgenden Knöpfe: +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +LTleft}{0pt} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dies ist notwendig, um die lange Tabelle links auszurichten. + Siehe das Handbuch +\emph on +Eingebettete Objekte +\emph default + für weitere Informationen. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png + clip + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Auswahlbox für die Umgebungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace -10mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align left +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "buffer-new" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "file-open" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Öffnen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "buffer-write" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Speichern +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show print" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Drucken +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show spellchecker" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Rechtschreibprüfung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "undo" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Rückgängig +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "redo" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Wiederholen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "cut" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausschneiden +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "copy" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Kopieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "paste" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einfügen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show findreplace" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Suchen +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +Ersetzen +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +(einfach) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Suchen +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +Ersetzen +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +(erweitert) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "bookmark-goto 0" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Navigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Lesezeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gehe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +zurück +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "font-emph" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Text hervorheben, Funktion des +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Textstil +\family default + Dialogs +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "font-noun" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Text als Eigenname setzen, Funktion des +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Textstil +\family default + Dialogs +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "textstyle-apply" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formatiert Text unter Benutzung der aktuellen Einstellungen des +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Textstil +\family default + Dialogs +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-mode" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Grafik +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "tabular-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Tabelle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-toggle toc" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gliederung an/aus, +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gliederung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "toolbar-toggle math" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Mathe-Werkzeugleiste an/aus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "toolbar-toggle table" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tabellen-Werkzeugleiste an/aus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Extra-Werkzeugleiste +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Werkzeugleiste ! Extra +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/ExtraToolbar.png + width 100col% + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Extra-Werkzeugleiste enthält wie oben gezeigt von links nach rechts + die folgenden Knöpfe: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Standard +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout Enumerate" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Aufzählung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout Itemize" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Auflistung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout List" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Liste +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout Description" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Beschreibung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Listentiefe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +erhöhen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Listentiefe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +verringern +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "float-insert figure" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Abbildung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "float-insert table" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Tabelle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "label-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Marke +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Querverweis +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Literaturverweis +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "index-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Stichwort +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "nomencl-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Nomenklatureintrag +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "footnote-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Fußnote +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "marginalnote-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Randnotiz +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "note-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Notiz\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X-Notiz +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "box-insert Frameless" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Box +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "href-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hyperlink +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "ert-insert" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +T +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +eX-Code +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Makro +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset include" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Unterdokument +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show character" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Textstil\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Benutzerdefiniert +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "layout-paragraph" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Absatz-Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "thesaurus-entry" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Thesaurus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Ansicht / Aktualisieren-Werkzeugleiste +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Werkzeugleiste ! Ansicht / Aktualisieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/ViewToolbar.png + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Ansicht / Aktualisieren-Werkzeugleiste enthält wie oben gezeigt von + links nach rechts die folgenden Knöpfe: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "buffer-view" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ansehen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "buffer-update" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Aktualisieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "master-buffer-view" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hauptdokument +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +ansehen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "master-buffer-update" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hauptdokument +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +aktualisieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mit +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +der +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +synchronisieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/view-others.png + scale 85 + groupId toolbarbuttons + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +* +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Andere +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formate +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +ansehen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/update-others.png + scale 85 + groupId toolbarbuttons + +\end_inset + +* +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Andere +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Formate +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +aktualisieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +* Diese Knöpfe können anders aussehen, wenn sie nicht das voreingestellte + Symboldesign verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Andere Werkzeugleisten +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Änderungsverfolgungs-Werkzeugleiste ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Änderungsverfolgung" + +\end_inset + + erläutert, die Tabellen-Werkzeugleiste +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Werkzeugleiste ! Tabelle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + im +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuch und die Mathe-Makro Werkzeugleiste +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Werkzeugleiste ! Makro +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + im +\emph on +Mathe +\emph default + Handbuch. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +Die Dokument-Einstellungen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "chap:Dokument-Einstellungen" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dokument ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Dokument-Einstellungsdialog enthält Untermenüs um die Eigenschaften + des kompletten Dokuments festzulegen. + Es wird über das Menü +\family sans + Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default + aufgerufen. + Sie können Ihre Dokumenteinstellungen mit dem Knopf +\family sans +Als Dokument-Voreinstellung speichern +\family default + als Voreinstellung speichern. + Dies erzeugt eine Vorlage mit Namen +\family typewriter +defaults.lyx +\family default + die von LyX automatisch geladen wird, wenn Sie eine neue Datei erstellen + ohne eine Vorlage zu verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Knopf +\family sans +Klassen-Voreinstellungen verwenden +\family default + setzt die Dokumenteinstellungen auf die Vorgaben der verwendeten Dokumentklasse + zurück. + Dies betrifft hauptsächlich Klassenoptionen, das Seitenlayout und Nummerierung + & Inhaltsverzeichnis. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die verschiedenen Untermenüs des Dialogs sind im Folgenden erklärt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Dokumentklasse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier stellen Sie die Dokumentklasse, Klassenoptionen, den Grafiktreiber + und das Hauptdokument ein. + Dokumentklassen sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Dokumentklassen" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Über den Knopf +\family sans +Lokales +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default + können Sie eine eigene Layout-Datei laden, die sich nicht in LyXs +\emph on +layouts +\emph default + Ordner befindet und daher nicht als Layout einer Dokumentklasse von LyX + erkannt wurde. + Für Weiteres über Layout-Dateien, siehe das Kapitel +\emph on +Installieren neuer Textklassen, Layouts und Vorlagen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default + Handbuchs. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Einige Klassen verwenden spezielle Klassenoptionen standardmäßig. + In diesem Fall sind diese im Feld +\family sans +Vordefiniert +\family default + aufgelistet und Sie können entscheiden, ob Sie sie verwenden wollen oder + nicht. + Wenn Sie nicht genau wissen, was die Klassenoptionen bedeuten, ist es empfohlen +, sie unverändert zu verwenden. + Der Grafiktreiber wird für LaTeXs Grafik-, Farb- und Seitenlayoutpakete + verwendet. + Wenn +\family sans +Standard +\family default + benutzt wird, wird der Standardtreiber für die LaTeX-Pakete verwendet. + Es wird empfohlen den Standard zu benutzen, es sei denn Sie wissen genau + was Sie tun +\family sans +. +\family default + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Wenn Sie einen der folgenden Treiber verwenden wollen: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\family sans +dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln +\family default + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +müssen Sie ihn zuerst in Ihrem LaTeX-System aktivieren, siehe Abschnitt + +\emph on +Driver support +\emph default + in +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Ein Hauptdokument festzulegen ist notwendig, wenn das aktuelle Dokument + ein Unterdokument ist. + Das Hauptdokument wird von LyX im Hintergrund benutzt, wenn das Unterdokument + ohne sein Hauptdokument geöffnet ist. + Auf diese Weise sind +\emph on +Unte +\emph default +rdokumente immer prozessierbar. + Mehr über Haupt- und Unterdokumente ist in Abschnitt +\emph on +Unterdokumente +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs zu finden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt zudem noch eine Option um die Ausgabe des Datums zu unterdrücken + und eine um das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +refstyle +\series default + anstelle von +\series bold +prettyref +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! prettyref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! refstyle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + für Querverweise zu verwenden, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Querverweise" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Unterdokumente +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Dieses Untermenü ist nur sichtbar, wenn das Dokument Unterdokumente enthält. + Siehe das Kapitel +\emph on +Unterdokumente +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs für mehr Informationen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Module +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Module sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Module" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Lokales Format +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Lokales-Format" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Schriften +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Schrift-und-Textstile" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Textformat +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann hier festlegen, ob Absätze durch Einrückungen oder Abstände getrennt + werden sollen. + Die Zeilenabstände und die Anzahl der Textspalten können ebenfalls hier + eingestellt werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es ist zu beachten, dass LyX keine zwei Spalten oder die eingestellten Zeilenabs +tände darstellt. + Dies wäre unpraktisch, oft unlesbar und ist nicht Teil des WYSIWYM-Konzepts. + In der Ausgabe erscheint der Text natürlich wie eingestellt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Seitenlayout +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Eine Beschreibung ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Seitengröße-und-Orientierung" + +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Dokumentlayout" + +\end_inset + + zu finden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Seitenränder +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vref +reference "sub:Seitenränder" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Sprache +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Sprache" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier werden die Grundsprache des Dokuments und der Stil der Anführungszeichen + festgelegt, außerdem die Kodierung, in der das Dokument nach LaTeX exportiert + wird (das LyX-Dokument selbst ist immer in UTF8 kodiert). + LyX versucht, alle Zeichen, die in der ausgewählten Kodierung nicht enthalten + sind, in LaTeX-Befehle umzuwandeln; falls für ein bestimmtes Zeichen kein + LaTeX-Befehl bekannt ist, wird eine Fehlermeldung ausgegeben. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LyX schaut die Befehle in einer Textdatei ( +\emph on +unicodesymbols +\emph default +) nach, denen Sie leicht auch selbst fehlende Zeichen hinzufügen können, + wenn Sie den entsprechenden LaTeX-Befehl kennen. + Im Handbuch +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default + ist dies genauer beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wird die Option +\family sans +Voreinstellung der Sprache +\family default + verwendet, wählt LyX die Standard-Kodierung für die Grundsprache und auch + für einzelne Textpassagen in anderen Sprachen. + Wenn Ihr Dokument also mehrsprachig ist, werden in diesem Fall gegebenenfalls + mehrere Kodierungen für das LaTeX-Dokument verwendet. + wenn Sie diese Option jedoch nicht wählen, wird die von Ihnen gewählte + Kodierung für alle Sprachen im Dokument verwendet, was zu Problemen führen + kann, wenn die gewählte Kodierung für eine der verwendeten Sprachen nicht + geeignet ist. + Die Option +\family sans +Voreinstellung der Sprache +\family default + wird deshalb empfohlen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX unterstützt auch Unicode-Ausgabe. + Dies kann dann sinnvoll sein, wenn Sie sehr viele Sonderzeichen benötigen + oder mit nicht-alphabetischen Schriften arbeiten. + Wenn Sie Unicode benötigen (und vorausgesetzt, Ihre LaTeX-Version unterstützt + ebenfalls Unicode, was in modernen Distributionen der Fall ist), wählen + Sie eine der unten aufgeführten UTF8-Varianten. + Leider ist die Unicode-Unterstützung im klassischen LaTeX beschränkt; es + kann also gut sein, dass Dokumente mit vielen Sonderzeichen mit der Option + +\family sans +Voreinstellung der Sprache +\family default + problemlos ausgegeben werden (da LyX die Zeichen in entsprechende Befehle + umwandelt), dass es aber eine UTF8-Kodierung Fehler produziert (da LyX + dort keine Zeichen in Befehle umwandelt, LaTeX aber nicht alle Zeichen + kennt). + Mit neueren TeX-Alternativen wir XeTeX und LuaTeX gibt es diese Probleme + in aller Regel nicht, denn sie wurden von Anfang an auf Unicode-Unterstützung + angelegt. + LyX unterstützt beide dieser TeX-Alternativen über die Ausgabeformate +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(XeTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X) +\family default +, +\family sans +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(LuaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X) +\family default + und +\family sans +DVI +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(LuaTeX) +\family default +, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Ausgabe-Dateiformate" + +\end_inset + +. + Sie können also auf diese zurückgreifen, wenn Sie mit vielen Sonderzeichen + oder Akzenten arbeiten und +\family sans +Voreinstellung der Sprache +\family default + nicht funktioniert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das +\family sans +Sprachpaket +\family default + legt das LaTeX-Paket fest, das für die Silbentrennung und Übersetzung von + Ausdrücken wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Teil +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + verwendet wird. + Die möglichen Einstellungen sind: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Standard verwendet das Sprachpaket, das in +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Spracheinstellungen +\family default + eingestellt ist, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Spracheinstellungen" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Automatisch wählt ein passendes Sprachpaket für das Ansichts-/Exportformat + an, das Sie verwenden. + In den meisten Fällen wird das +\series bold +babel +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! babel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + sein. + Wenn das neuere Paket +\series bold +polyglossia +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! polyglossia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + besser geeignet ist (ist der Fall wenn XeTeX und/oder Nicht-T +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX-Schriften benutzt werden), wird dies anstelle on +\series bold +babel +\series default + verwendet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Immer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Babel verwendet +\series bold +babel +\series default +, auch wenn +\series bold +polyglossia +\series default + besser geeignet wäre. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Benutzerdefiniert erlaubt es, einen Befehl für ein Sprachpaket ihrer Wahl + festzulegen. + Zum Beispiel, wenn Sie ein Sprach-spezifisches Paket wie +\series bold +ngerman +\series default + (für deutsche Texte) verwenden wollen, schreiben Sie +\series bold + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\backslash +usepackage{ngerman} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Keines verwendet kein Sprachpaket. + Dies ist für einige Dokumentklassen für wissenschaftliche Artikel notwendig. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier ist eine Liste mit den wichtigen Kodierungen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Sprach-Voreinstellung +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ohne +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +inputenc) Dasselbe wie +\family sans +Voreinstellung +\family default + +\family sans +der Sprache +\family default +, das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +inputenc +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! inputenc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + wird jedoch nicht von LyX geladen. + Wenn Sie dies verwenden, müssen Sie wahrscheinlich zusätzliche Pakete im + LaTeX-Vorspann manuell laden und auch die Kodierung für fremdsprachige + Texte durch TeX-Code selbst angeben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +ASCII die ASCII-Kodierung umfasst nur die im Standard-Englischen gebrauchten + Zeichen ab (7-bit ASCII). + LyX wandelt alle anderen Zeichen in LaTeX-Befehle um, was zu großen LaTeX-Datei +en führen kann, wenn Sie viele Nicht-ASCII-Zeichen verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Arabisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CP +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1256) MS Windows Zeichensatztabelle für Arabisch und Farsi. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Arabisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-6) für Arabisch und Farsi. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Armenisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ArmSCII8) für Armenisch. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Baltisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CP +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1257) MS Windows Zeichensatztabelle für Estnisch, Lettisch und Litauisch, + dasselbe wie die ISO-8859-13-Kodierung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Baltisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-13) für Estnisch, Lettisch und Litauisch, eine Obermenge der ISO-8859-4-Kod +ierung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Baltisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-4) (latin4) für Estnisch, Lettisch und Litauisch, eine Untermenge der + ISO-8859-13-Kodierung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Chinesisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(vereinfacht) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(EUC-CN) für vereinfachtes Chinesisch, wird vor allem in UNIX-Betriebssystemen + verwendet. + Seit 2001 ist diese Kodierung obsolet und von der Kodierung GB-18030 abgelöst. + Da diese aber von LaTeX noch nicht unterstützt wird, sollten Sie Unicode +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CJK) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(utf8) verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Chinesisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(vereinfacht) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(GBK) für vereinfachtes Chinesisch, entspricht der Windows-Zeichensatztabelle + CP-936, mit Ausnahme des Eurozeichens. + Seit 2001 ist diese Kodierung obsolet und von der Kodierung GB-18030 abgelöst. + Da diese aber von LaTeX noch nicht unterstützt wird, sollten Sie Unicode +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CJK) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(utf8) verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Chinesisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(traditionell) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(EUC-TW) für traditionelles Chinesisch. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Griechisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-7) für Griechisch. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Hebräisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CP +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1255) MS-Windows-Zeichensatztabelle für Hebräisch, eine Obermenge der ISO-8859-8 + Kodierung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Hebräisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-8) für Hebräisch. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Japanisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CJK) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(EUC-JP) EUC-JP-Kodierung für Japanisch, verwendet das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +CJK +\series default +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! CJK +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Wählen Sie +\family sans +Japanisch (CJK) +\family default + als Grundsprache, wenn Sie diese Kodierung verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Japanisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CJK) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(JIS) JIS-Kodierung für Japanisch, verwendet das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +CJK +\series default +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! CJK +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Wählen Sie +\family sans +Japanisch (CJK) +\family default + als Grundsprache, wenn Sie diese Kodierung verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Japanisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(nicht +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +CJK) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(EUC-JP) EUC-JP-Kodierung für Japanisch, verwendet das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +japanese +\series default +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! japanese +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Wählen Sie +\family sans +Japanisch +\family default +als Grundsprache, wenn Sie diese Kodierung verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Japanisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(nicht +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +CJK) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(JIS) JIS-Kodierung für Japanisch, verwendet das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +japanese +\series default +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! japanese +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Wählen Sie +\family sans +Japanisch +\family default +als Grundsprache, wenn Sie diese Kodierung verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Japanisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(nicht +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +CJK) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(SJIS) SJIS-Kodierung für Japanisch, verwendet das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +japanese +\series default +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! japanese +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Wählen Sie +\family sans +Japanisch +\family default +als Grundsprache, wenn Sie diese Kodierung verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Koreanisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(EUC-KR) für Koreanisch. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Kyrillisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CP +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1251) MS-Windows-Zeichensatztabelle für Kyrillisch. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Kyrillisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-5) deckt Weißrussisch, Bulgarisch, Makedonisch, Serbisch und Ukrainisch + ab. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Kyrillisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(KOI8-R) Standard-Kyrillisch speziell für Russisch. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Kyrillisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(KOI8-U) Kyrillisch für Ukrainisch. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Kyrillisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(pt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +154) Kyrillisch für Kasachisch. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Mitteleuropäisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CP +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1250) MS-Windows-Zeichensatztabelle für ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-2 (latin2). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Mitteleuropäisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-2) (latin2) deckt Albanisch, Tschechisch, Deutsch, Ungarisch, Kroatisch, + Polnisch, Rumänisch, Slowakisch und Slowenisch ab. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Südosteuropäisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-3) (latin3) deckt Esperanto, Galizisch, Maltesisch und Türkisch ab. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Südosteuropäisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-16) (latin10) deckt Albanisch, Finnisch, Französisch, Deutsch, Ungarisch, + Irisches Gälisch, Italienisch, Kroatisch, Polnisch, Rumänisch und Slowenisch + ab. + Die Kodierung wurde entwickelt, um möglichst viele Sprachen, die Zeichen + mit Diakritika verwenden, abzudecken. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Thailändisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(TIS +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +620-0) für Thailändisch. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Türkisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-9) (latin5) für Türkisch, ähnlich der ISO-8859-1-Kodierung, allerdings + wurden die isländischen Zeichen durch türkische ersetzt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Unicode +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CJK) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(utf8) Unicode (utf8) mit dem LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +CJK +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! CJK +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + (für die Sprachen Chinesisch, Japanisch und Koreanisch). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Unicode +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(XeTeX) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(utf8) Unicode (utf8) für die TeX-Alternativen +\family sans +XeTeX +\family default + und +\family sans +LuaTeX +\family default +, die Unicode nativ unterstützen, das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +inputenc +\series default + also nicht benötigen. + LyX wählt diese Kodierung automatisch, wenn Sie nach XeTeX oder LuaTeX + exportieren. + Normalerweise müssen Sie diese Kodierung nicht manuell auswählen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Unicode +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ucs-erweitert) +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(utf8x) Unicode (utf8) basierend auf dem LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +ucs +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! ucs +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + (relativ umfassend, enthält lateinische, griechisch und kyrillische Alphabetzei +chen sowie Chinesische, Koreanische und Japanische Zeichen). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Unicode +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(utf8) Unicode (utf8) basierend auf dem LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +inputenc +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! inputenc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + Unterstützt derzeit nur einen eingeschränkten Teilbereich des Unicode-Spektrums + (hauptsächlich lateinisch-alphabetische Zeichen). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Westeuropäisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(CP +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1252) MS-Windows-Zeichensatztabelle für ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-1 (latin1). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Westeuropäisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-1) (latin1) deckt die Sprachen Albanisch, Dänisch, Deutsch, Englisch, + Faröisch, Finnisch, Französisch, Galizisch, Holländisch, Isländisch, Irisch, + Italienisch, Katalanisch, Norwegisch, Portugiesisch, Spanisch und Schwedisch + ab; enthält aber im Gegensatz zur ISO-8859-15-Kodierung kein Eurozeichen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Westeuropäisch +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(ISO +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +8859-15) (latin9), weitgehend identisch zur ISO-8859-1-Kodierung, enthält + jedoch im Unterschied zu dieser das Eurozeichen, die œ-Ligatur und einige + französische und finnische Sonderzeichen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Farben +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Farbe ! Hintergrund +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Farbe ! Haupttext +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Farbe ! Schattierte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Boxen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Farbe ! Grauschrift-Notizen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier können Sie die Schriftfarbe für den Haupttext (Voreinstellung: schwarz), + für Grauschrift-Notizen (Voreinstellung: hellgrau), die Hintergrundfarbe + für die Seiten (Voreinstellung: weiß) und für Schattierte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Boxen (Voreinstellung: rot) ändern. + Der Kopf +\family sans +Zurücksetzen +\family default + setzt die Farbe zurück auf die Voreinstellung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Durch Klicken auf entweder +\family sans +Standard +\family default + oder +\family sans +Änderung +\family default + wird ein Dialog geöffnet, in dem man eine Farbe per Klick oder per Angabe + von HSL oder RGB Werten auswählen kann. + Im Dialog kann man jede Farbe zu den benutzerdefinierten Farben hinzufügen + um sie später schneller auswählen zu können. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Die Farben werden in LyX nicht angezeigt, nur in der Ausgabe. + (Diese Grauschrift-Notiz erscheint in der Ausgabe blau.) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Beachten Sie, dass wenn Sie die Farbe ändern und die Option +\family sans +Links +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +einfärben +\family default + in den Dokumenteinstellungen unter +\family sans +PDF-Eigenschaften +\family default + verwenden, müssen Sie wahrscheinlich auch die Schriftfarbe der Links ändern, + wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:PDF-Eigenschaften" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können die Schriftfarbe des Haupttextes und die Seiten-Hintergrundfarbe + für jede Seite ihres Dokuments anpassen, indem Sie diese Befehle als TeX-Code + nach einem manuellen Seitenumbruch einfügen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Für die Seitenfarbe: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +pagecolor{Farbname} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Für die Textfarbe: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash +color{Farbname} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Farbname kann nur einer dieser Namen sein: +\series bold +black +\series default +, +\series bold +blue +\series default +, +\series bold +cyan +\series default +, +\series bold +green +\series default +, +\series bold +magenta +\series default +, +\series bold +red +\series default +, +\series bold +white +\series default +, +\series bold +yellow +\series default + solange man keine eigene Farbe definiert hat (siehe Abschnitt +\emph on +Farbige Tabellen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn Sie eine Text- oder Hintergrundfarbe geändert haben, können Sie diese + unter den folgenden Namen verwenden: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Für die Seiten-Hintergrundfarbe: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +page_backgroundcolor +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Für die Schriftfarbe des Haupttextes: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +document_fontcolor +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Für die Schattierte +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Box-Hintergrundfarbe: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +shadecolor +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Für die Schriftfarbe der Grauschrift-Notizen: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +note_fontcolor +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wie man eigene Farben definiert und verwendet ist in Abschnitt +\emph on +Farbige +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Zellen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs erklärt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Nummerierung +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier können Sie die Nummerierungstiefe von Abschnittsüberschriften einstellen + und festlegen bis zu welcher Tiefe Abschnitte im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheinen, + siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Nummerierung-aendern" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Literaturverzeichnis +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier können Sie einen Zitierstil unter Verwendung der LaTeX-Pakete +\series bold +natbib +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! natbib +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + oder +\series bold +jurabib +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! jurabib +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + festlegen. + Sie können ein abschnittsspezifisches Literaturverzeichnis unter Verwendung + des LaTeX-Pakets +\series bold +bibtopic +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! bibtopic +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + aktivieren und einen +\family sans +Prozessor +\family default + festlegen, der das Literaturverzeichnis erzeugt. + Für eine detaillierte Beschreibung siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Stichwortverzeichnis +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier kann der +\family sans +Prozessor +\family default + gewählt werden, der das Stichwortverzeichnis des Dokuments erzeugt und + es können zusätzliche Stichwortverzeichnisse definiert werden (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Stichwortverzeichnisse" + +\end_inset + + für Details). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +PDF-Eigenschaften +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die PDF-Eigenschaften sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:PDF-Eigenschaften" + +\end_inset + + erklärt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Mathe-Optionen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit diesen Optionen können Sie LyX zwingen, die LaTeX-Pakete +\series bold +amsmath +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! amsmath +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, +\series bold +esint +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! esint +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, +\series bold +mathdots +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! mathdots +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + und +\series bold +mhchem +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! mhchem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, direkt zu benutzen oder automatisch, wenn sie benötigt werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +amsmath wird für viele Konstrukte benötigt. + Wenn Sie viele LaTeX-Fehlermeldungen in Formeln bekommen, vergewissern + Sie sich, dass Sie +\family typewriter + +\family sans +AMS-Mathe +\family default + aktiviert haben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +esint wird für spezielle Integralzeichen benötigt, siehe Abschnitt +\emph on +Große +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Operatoren +\emph default + des +\emph on +Mathe +\emph default + Handbuchs. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +mathdots wird für spezielle Fortsetzungspunkte benötigt, siehe Abschnitt + +\emph on +Fortsetzungspunkte +\emph default + des +\emph on +Mathe +\emph default + Handbuchs. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +mhchem wird für chemische Gleichungen benötigt, siehe Abschnitt +\emph on +Chemische Symbole und Reaktionsgleichungen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Mathe +\emph default + Handbuchs. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Gleitobjekt-Platzierung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Gleitobjekt-Platzierungsoptionen sind in Abschnitt +\emph on +Beschriftungs-Platzierung +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Listing +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Listing-Einstellungen sind in Kapitel +\emph on +Programm-Code-Listen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Auflistungszeichen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier können Sie die Zeichen für die verschiedenen Auflistungs- +\family sans +Ebenen +\family default +, eine +\family sans +Schrift +\family default +, die verwendet werden soll und die +\family sans +Größe +\family default + der Auflistungszeichen angeben. + Die Auflistung-Umgebung ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Auflistung" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann außerdem ein +\family sans +Benutzerdef. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Zeichen +\family default + angeben. + In dieses Feld gibt man dazu den LaTeX-Befehl des Zeichens ein. + Um zum Beispiel das €-Zeichen zu verwenden, muss der Befehl +\series bold + +\backslash +texteuro +\series default + eingegeben werden. + Für mathematische Symbole muss man den Befehl zusätzlich in $-Zeichen setzen. + Um z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + das Symbol +\begin_inset Formula $\circlearrowright$ +\end_inset + + zu verwenden muss man +\series bold +$ +\backslash +circlearrowright$ +\series default + eingeben. + Um den Befehl für ein mathematisches Symbole zu finden, erstellt man eine + Formel und fährt mit dem Mauszeiger über das gewünschte Zeichen in der + Mathe-Werkzeugleiste. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung: +\series default +Einige Zeichen erfordern das Laden von speziellen LaTeX-Paketen im Vorspann + (Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTeX-Vorspann +\family default +). + Für das €-Zeichen muss man beispielsweise die Zeile +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage{textcomp} +\series default + zum Vorspann hinzufügen. + Für die meisten mathematisches Symbole reicht es aus die Zeile +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage{amssymb} +\series default + hinzuzufügen. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Zweige +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Zweige sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Zweige" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Ausgabe +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier können Sie einige Spezifika für die Ausgabe des Dokuments festlegen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Voreingestelltes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabeformat: Das Format, welches verwendet wird, wenn Sie im Menü +\family sans +Ansicht +\family default + oder der Werkzeugleiste +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ansehen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Aktualisieren +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Hauptdokument ansehen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Hauptdokument aktualisieren +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + anklicken. + Die Standard-Einstellung wird in +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dateiformate +\family default + festgelegt, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Dateiformate" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Mit +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +der +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +synchronisieren Einstellungen für das Menü +\family sans +Navigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Vorwärtssuche +\family default +. + Siehe Abschnitt +\emph on +DVI/PDF Rückwärtssuche +\emph default + der +\emph on +Handbuchergänzungen +\emph default + für eine detaillierte Beschreibung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +XHTML-Ausgabe-Optionen Einstellungen für das Export-Format +\family sans +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +XHTML +\family default +. + +\family sans +Striktes XHTML +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1.1 +\family default + stellt sicher, das die Ausgabe exakt mit Version +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +1.1 des XHTML-Standards übereinstimmt. + Die verschiedenen Einstellungen für die +\family sans +Mathe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ausgabe +\family default + sind im Detail in Abschnitt +\emph on +Mathe-Ausgabe in XHTML +\emph default + der +\emph on +Handbuchergänzungen +\emph default + beschrieben. + Die Skalierung wird für die Größe von Gleichungen in der Ausgabe verwendet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +LaTeX-Vorspann +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Er enthält LaTeX-Befehle, die nicht zum Klassenstandard gehören. + Dies ist etwas für LaTeX-Experten. + Eine Einführung in die LaTeX-Syntax finden Sie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand vref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +Der Einstellungen-Dialog +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "chap:Der-Einstellungen-Dialog" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Einstellungen-Dialog wird über das Menü +\family sans +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen +\family default + aufgerufen. + Er besitzt die folgenden Untermenüs. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Aussehen & Handhabung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Benutzeroberfläche +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +UI-Datei +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Anpassung ! der Werkzeugleisten +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Anpassung ! der Menüs +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das Erscheinungsbild der Menüs und Werkzeugleisten kann durch die Auswahl + einer Benutzerinterface-Datei (UI) geändert werden. + Eine UI-Datei ist eine Textdatei in der die Werkzeugleisten und Menüs aufgelist +et sind. + Die Datei +\emph on +default.ui +\emph default + lädt drei Dateien: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +stdmenus.inc +\shape italic + +\emph on +legt die Menüeinträge für die Standard-Menüs fest +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +stdcontext.inc legt die Menüeinträge für die Popup/Kontext-Menüs fest +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +stdtoolbars.inc +\shape italic +\emph on +legt fest welche Werkzeugleistenknöpfe es gibt +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um eigene Menü- und Werkzeugleisten-Gestaltungen zu erstellen, fängt man + mit einer Kopie dieser Dateien an und editiert die Einträge. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Syntax der .inc-Dateien ist selbsterklärend: Die +\family sans +Menubar +\family default +, +\family sans +Menu +\family default + und +\family sans +Toolbar +\family default +-Einträge müssen mit einem +\family sans +End +\family default + beendet werden. + Sie können +\family sans +Submenu +\family default +, +\family sans +Item +\family default +, +\family sans +OptItem +\family default +, +\family sans +Separator +\family default +, +\family sans +Icon +\family default + und im Fall des Menüs +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +file_lastfiles +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + einen +\family sans +Lastfiles +\family default +-Eintrag enthalten. + Die Syntax für die Einträge ist: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace smallskip* +\end_inset + + +\series bold +Item +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Menü +\series default +oder +\series bold + Knopfname +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +LyX-Funktion +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +\begin_inset VSpace smallskip* +\end_inset + +Alle LyX-Funktionen sind im Menü +\family sans +Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X-Funktionen +\family default + aufgelistet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Ein Beispiel: Angenommen Sie verwenden das Menü +\family sans +Navigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Lesezeichen +\family default + recht oft und würden daher gerne sechs verfügbare Lesezeichen haben. + Dann können Sie diese Zeile +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace smallskip* +\end_inset + + +\series bold +Item +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Lesezeichen 6 speichern +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +bookmark-save 6 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +\begin_inset VSpace smallskip* +\end_inset + +zum Menü +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +navigate_bookmarks +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in der Datei +\emph on +stdmenus.inc +\emph default + hinzufügen und haben dann das sechste Lesezeichen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit +\family sans + Symbldesign +\family default + kann das Aussehen von LyXs Werkzeugleisten geändert werden. + Die derzeit verfügbaren Symboldesigns sind in +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "diesem Bild" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png" + +\end_inset + + gegenübergestellt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Automatische Hilfe +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Option +\family sans +Tooltips im Hauptarbeitsbereich aktivieren +\family default + aktiviert Tooltips, die den Inhalt von geschlossenen Einfügungen wie Indexeintr +ägen oder Fußnoten anzeigt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Sitzung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit der Option +\family sans +Aussehen und Größe von Fenstern wiederherstellen +\family default + wird LyXs Hauptfenster mit der Größe und dem Aussehen geöffnet, das in + der letzten LyX-Sitzung benutzt wurde. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Option +\family sans +Cursor-Positionen wiederherstellen +\family default + setzt den Cursor auf die Position in der Datei, wo er beim letzten Mal + war. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Option +\family sans +Geöffnete Dateien der letzten Sitzung laden +\family default + öffnet alle Dateien, die in der letzten LyX-Sitzung geöffnet waren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Knopf +\family sans +Lösche alle Sitzungsinformationen +\family default + löscht alle Informationen von vorherigen LyX-Sitzungen (Cursorpositionen, + Namen der zuletzt geöffneten Dokumente, usw.). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Dokumente +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Sicherung-Dokumente" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sicherung ! Dokumente +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Sichere Originaldokumente beim Speichern +\family default + erstellt eine Sicherungskopie der Datei im Zustand, in dem sie geöffnet + oder das letzte mal gespeichert wurde. + Sie wird im +\family sans +Sicherungsverzeichnis +\family default + (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Pfade" + +\end_inset + +) gespeichert oder im selben Ordner wie Ihr Dokument, wenn kein +\family sans +Sicherungsverzeichnis +\family default + vorgegeben ist. + Sie wird im selben Ordner wie Ihr Dokument oder im +\family sans +Sicherungsverzeichnis +\family default + gespeichert, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Pfade" + +\end_inset + +. + Die Sicherungsdateien haben die Endung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +.lyx~ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit der Option +\family sans + Sicherung der Dokumente alle +\family default + kann die Zeit zwischen den Sicherungsspeicherungen eingestellt werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Dokumente komprimiert speichern +\family default + speichert die Dateien immer in einem komprimierten Format. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Maximale Anzahl letzter Dateien +\family default + ist die Anzahl der zuletzt von LyX geöffneten Dateien, die LyX im Menü + +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zuletzt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +geöffnet +\family default + anzeigen soll. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn die Option +\family sans +Dokument in Registerkarten öffnen +\family default + nicht verwendet wird, wird jede Datei in einer eigenen Instanz von LyX + geöffnet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Option +\family sans +Einzelinstanz +\family default + ist nur aktiv, wenn eine LyX-Server-Weiterleitung +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Pfade" + +\end_inset + + für Informationen über die LyX-Server-Weiterleitung. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + eingerichtet wurde. + Wenn sie ausgewählt ist, werden LyX-Dokumente, in der selben Instanz von + LyX geöffnet. + Ansonsten wird für jede Datei eine neue Instanz von LyX erzeugt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit der Option +\family sans +Globaler Knopf zum Schließen von Registerkarten +\family default + gibt es nur einen Knopf ( +\family sans + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/closetab.png + scale 75 + +\end_inset + + +\family default +) auf der rechten Seite der Reiterleiste um Registerkarten zu schließen. + Ansonsten hat jede Registerkarte ihren eigenen Knopf zum Schließen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung: +\series default + Für die letzte Option muss LyX neu gestartet werden, ehe die Änderung aktiv + wird. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Bildschirmschriften +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Bildschirmschriften" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Schrift ! Bildschirm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Diese Schriften werden verwendet, um Ihr Dokument auf dem Bildschirm in + LyX anzuzeigen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung: +\series default + Dieser Abschnitt behandelt nur die Schriften +\emph on +innerhalb +\emph default + des LyX-Hauptfensters. + Die Schriften, die für die Ausgabe verwendet werden, sind davon unabhängig + und werden im Menü +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Schriften +\family default +eingestellt. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Standardmäßig verwendet LyX +\family typewriter +Times +\family default + als Serifenschrift, +\family typewriter +Arial +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +Helvetica +\family default + (hängt vom System ab) als +\family sans +serifenlose +\family default + Schrift und +\family typewriter +Courier +\family default + als +\family typewriter +Schreibmaschine +\family default +-Schrift. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Schriftgröße kann über die +\family sans +Zoom +\family default +-Einstellung geändert werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die +\family sans +Schriftgrößen +\family default + werden als Buchstabenhöhe in Einheiten von Punkten berechnet. + 72,27 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +Punkte haben die Größe von 1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +Zoll, siehe Anhang +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:In-LyX-verfügbare" + +\end_inset + +. + Die voreingestellten Schriftgrößen sind dieselben als würde eine Dokument-Schri +ftgröße von 10 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt verwendet werden. + The Größen sind im Detail in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Dokumentschrift-und-Schriftgröße" + +\end_inset + + erläutert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mit der aktivierten Option +\family sans +Pixmap-Zwischenspeicher benutzen, um die Darstellung von Zeichen zu beschleunige +n +\family default + muss LyX seltener die Bildschirmanzeige erneuern. + Dies führt zu einer besseren Performanz, besonders auf langsameren Rechnern. + Allerdings könnten die Zeichen verpixelt aussehen. + Ob es sich lohnt diese Option zu aktivieren, müssen Sie also ausprobieren. + Man beachte dass der Pixmap Cache nur unter Mac +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +OS und Windows verfügbar und nützlich ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Farben +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Farbe ! LyX-Bildschirm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Einstellungen ! Farbe +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier können alle Farben, die LyX verwendet, geändert werden. + Wählen Sie einen Eintrag in der Liste aus und drücken den Knopf +\family sans +Ändern +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Durch die Option +\family sans +Systemfarben verwenden +\family default + wird das Farbschema Ihres Betriebssystems oder Fenstermanagers benutzt. + Die Farben +\family sans +Auswahl, Cursor, Tabelle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(Linie), Text, URL +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(Marke) +\family default + und +\family sans +URL +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(Text) +\family default + sind dann nicht veränderbar und daher nicht aufgelistet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Anzeige +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Einstellungen ! Anzeige +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier kann festgelegt werden, ob Grafiken in LyX dargestellt werden sollen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Sofortige Vorschau +\family default + aktiviert die sofortige Vorschau von Dokumentteilen. + Dieses Feature ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Dokumentteile-vorschauen" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Option +\family sans +Absatzenden +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +markieren +\family default + zeigt ein Absatzzeichen (¶) am Ende jedes Absatzes an. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Bearbeiten +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Einstellungen ! Bearbeiten +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Kontrolle +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Bearbeiten +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Option +\family sans +Cursor folgt Scrollbar +\family default + setzt den Cursor an den Anfang des aktuell angezeigten Dokumentteils wenn + gescrollt wird. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann die Dicke des Cursors einstellen. + Wird die Dicke auf Null gesetzt, wird die Cursordicke realtiv zum eingestellten + Zoom der Bildschirmschriften skaliert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Unter das Ende des Dokuments scrollen +\family default + ist selbsterklärend. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In LyX kann man von Wort zu Wort springen, indem man +\family sans +Strg+Pfeiltaste +\family default + drückt. + Mit der Option +\family sans +Cursornavigation zwischen Wörtern im Mac-Stil +\family default + springt der Cursor vom Wortende zum Wortende des nächsten Wortes. + Normalerweise springt er von Anfang zu Anfang. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Option +\family sans +Absatzlayouts alphabetisch sortieren +\family default + sortiert die Einträge im pull-down Menü der Absatzumgebungen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Option +\family sans +Absatzlayouts nach Kategorien gruppieren +\family default + gruppiert die Einträge im pull-down Menü der Absatzumgebungen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Mathe-Makro Optionen legen den Editierstil von Makros fest, siehe den + Abschnitt +\emph on +Mathe-Makros +\emph default + des +\emph on +Mathe +\emph default + Handbuchs. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Vollbild +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier kann eingestellt werden, was im Vollbildmodus ausgeblendet wird. + Die Option +\family sans +Begrenze Textbreite +\family default + legt die Breite des Textes im Vollbildmodus fest. + Auf diese Weise kann der Text schmaler als der Bildschirm angezeigt werden. + Der Text erscheint dann zentriert. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Tastenkürzel +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tastenkürzel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Einstellungen ! Tastenkürzel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Tastenkürzel-Datei +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Tastaturkürzel-Datei +\family default + gibt an, welche Datei benutzt wird, um LyX-Funktionen mit einem Tastenkürzel + zu verknüpfen. + Es gibt mehrere Dateien; darunter: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +cua.bind ist die gebräuchlichste Tastaturkürzel-Datei für PCs. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +(x)emacs.bind definiert Tastaturkürzel so, wie es beim Editor (X)Emacs üblich + ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +mac.bind macht dasselbe für MacOS-Systeme. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt auch Tastaturkürzel-Dateien für spezielle Dokumentklassen, wie +\shape italic +broadway.bind +\shape default +, und für Sprachen. + Der Name einer Tastaturkürzel-Datei für Sprachen beginnt mit dem Sprach-Code, + zum Beispiel +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +pt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + für Portugiesisch. + Wenn Sie LyX für eine spezielle Sprache benutzen, wird es die entsprechende + Tastaturkürzel-Datei benutzen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Einige Tastaturkürzel-Dateien wie +\shape italic +math.bind +\shape default + haben nur einen kleinen Anwendungsbereich. + Schaut man ans Ende der Datei +\shape italic +cua.bind +\shape default +, sieht man, dass diese eingebunden sind um den Überblick in der bind-Datei + zu erhalten. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Im Feld +\family sans +Zeige +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Tastenkürzel, die Folgendes enthalten +\family default +kann man nach den Kürzeln für eine bestimmte Funktion in der gewählten Tastenkür +zel-Datei suchen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Tastenkürzel bearbeiten +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Tastenkürzel-bearbeiten" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tastenkürzel ! bearbeiten +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um ein Tastaturkürzel zu bearbeiten o der ein neues zu definieren, können + Sie die Tabelle benutzen, die alle LyX-Funktionen und ihre Tastaturkürzel + enthält. + Um sie leichter zu finden, sind sie nach Funktionen gruppiert. + Mit Hilfe von +\family sans +Zeige +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Tastaturkürzel, +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +die +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Folgendes +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +enthalten +\family default +, können Sie vorhandene Tastaturkürzel finden. + Wenn Sie zum Beispiel +\emph on +paste +\emph default + eingeben, werden die vier vorhandenen Tastaturkürzel für die drei verschiedenen + Funktionen, in deren Name +\emph on +paste +\emph default + vorkommt, angezeigt. + Sie sehen, dass eine Funktion mehrere Tastaturkürzel besitzen kann. + Außerdem sind alle LyX-Funktionen im gleichnamigen Handbuch aufgelistet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um zum Beispiel das Tastaturkürzel +\family sans +Alt+Q +\family default + für die LyX-Funktion +\family sans +textstyle-apply +\family default + hinzuzufügen, suchen Sie sie, markieren sie und klicken auf +\family sans +Ändern +\family default +. + Es erscheint ein Dialogfenster, in dem Sie das Tastaturkürzel einfügen + können, indem Sie es benutzen (Alt drücken, gedrückt halten, dann Q drücken). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Ein vorhandenes Tastaturkürzel wird ebenso geändert. + Sie auch mehrere Funktionen einem Tastaturkürzel zuordnen, indem Sie die + LyX-Funktion mit +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +command alternatives +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + beginnen und die verschiedenen Funktionen, durch Kommas getrennt, anfügen. + LyX wird dann für das Tastaturkürzel die erste Funktion benutzen, die im + gerade bearbeiteten Dokumentteil aktiv ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Falls Ihnen ein bestimmtes Tastenkürzel nicht gefällt, können Sie es löschen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Alternativ können Sie natürlich auch die entsprechende Tastaturkürzel-Datei + mit einem Editor bearbeiten. + Die Syntax für ein Kürzel ist +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +bind +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Tastaturkürzel +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +LyX-Funktion +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Tastatur / Maus +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Tastatur-/-Maus" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tastaturtabelle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Einstellungen ! Tastaturtabelle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Normalerweise werden Tastatureinstellungen in einem Menü des Betriebssystems + vorgenommen. + Für den Fall, dass dies nicht möglich ist, bietet LyX Tastaturtabellen + an. + Wenn Sie z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +B. + eine tschechische Tastatur haben, aber mit ihr wie mit einer rumänischen + schreiben wollen, können Sie die Option +\family sans +Tastaturtabelle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +verwenden +\family default + aktivieren und die Tastaturtabellen-Datei namens +\shape italic +romanian.kmap +\shape default + auswählen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können eine +\family sans +Erste +\family default + und eine +\family sans +Zweite +\family default + Tastaturtabelle definieren und, wenn Sie die +\emph on +cua +\emph default + Tastaturkürzel verwenden, die erste mit +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "keymap-primary" +\end_inset + + und die zweite mit +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "keymap-secondary" +\end_inset + + auswählen oder mit +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "keymap-toggle" +\end_inset + + zwischen beiden hin- und herschalten. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Hinweis: +\series default + Tastaturtabellen werden nur als Notbehelf angeboten und funktionieren nicht + auf allen Systemen. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Man kann außerdem hier die +\family sans +Mausrad-Scrollgeschwindigkeit +\family default + einstellen. + Der Standardwert ist 1.0, höhere Werte beschleunigen das Scrollen, niedrigere + verlangsamen es. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Im Abschnitt +\family sans +Textgröße mit dem Mausrad einstellen +\family default + kann eine Taste für das Zoomen ausgewählt werden. + Wenn diese Taste gedrückt und das Mausrad gedreht wird, wird der Text gezoomt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Eingabevervollständigung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Eingabevervollständigung ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Eingabevervollständigung-general" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Pfade +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Pfade" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Pfade +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Einstellungen ! Pfade +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Pfade zu den verschiedenen, von LyX verwendeten Ressourcen werden normalerwe +ise während der Installation festgelegt. + Es kann aber Gründe geben diese zu ändern. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Arbeitsverzeichnis Dieses Verzeichnis öffnet LyX, wenn Sie im Menü +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Öffnen +\family default + auf +\family sans +Dokumente +\family default + klicken. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Dokumentvorlagen Dieses Verzeichnis öffnet LyX, wenn Sie +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +von +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Vorlage +\family default + wählen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Beispieldateien Dieses Verzeichnis öffnet LyX, wenn Sie im Menü +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Öffnen +\family default + auf +\family sans +Beispiele +\family default + klicken. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Achtung: +\series default + Der Knopf +\family sans +Beispiele +\family default + existiert nicht bei LyX unter Windows oder Mac OS. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Sicherungsverzeichnis +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sicherung ! Verzeichnis +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + In diesem Verzeichnis werden Sicherungen gespeichert. + Wenn kein Sicherungsverzeichnis angegeben ist, aber Sicherungen wie in + Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Sicherung-Dokumente" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben, aktiviert sind, wird das +\family sans +Arbeitsverzeichnis +\family default + für die Sicherungen verwendet. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Sicherungsdateien haben die Endung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +.lyx~ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X-Server-Weiterleitung Hier wird der Name einer sogenannten UNIX-Pipe angegeben. + Über diese werden Daten aus externen Programmen an LyX gesendet. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold +Beispiel: +\series default + Sie fügen die Literaturdatenbank +\emph on +test.bib +\emph default + dem Dokument hinzu. + Diese können Sie mit dem Programm +\family typewriter +JabRef +\family default + bearbeiten. + In +\family typewriter +JabRef +\family default + ist für LyX in dessen Einstellungen unter +\family sans +Externe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Programme +\family default + die gleiche Unix-Pipe wie hier einzutragen. + Wollen Sie sich jetzt einen Eintrag aus der Datenbank als Literaturverweis + einfügen, wählen Sie diesen in +\family typewriter +JabRef +\family default + aus und klicken auf das LyX-Symbol. + Es wird im aktuellen LyX-Dokument an der Cursor-Position der Literaturverweis + eingefügt. + +\family typewriter +JabRef +\family default + und LyX müssen natürlich beide laufen. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Die Pipe wird auch für das Feature +\family sans +Einzelinstanz +\family default + verwendet, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Sicherung-Dokumente" + +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Um die LyX-Server-Weiterleitung auf Windows zu verwenden, muss dieser Pipename + verwendet werden: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold + +\backslash + +\backslash +. +\backslash +pipe +\backslash +lyxpipe +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Tempor +\family sans +ä +\family default +res +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Verzeichnis Hier speichert LyX alle temporären Daten einer Sitzung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Thesaurus-Wörterbücher Verzeichnis wo sich die Thesaurus-Wörterbücher befinden. + Es muss nur angegeben werden, wenn der Thesaurus sonst nicht funktioniert + oder Sie eigene/alternative Wörterbücher verwenden wollen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Hunspell-Wörterbücher Verzeichnis wo sich die Wörterbücher des Rechtschreibprüfu +ngsprogramms +\family typewriter +Hunspell +\family default + befinden. + Es muss nur angegeben werden, wenn Sie +\family typewriter +Hunspell +\family default + verwenden und die Rechtschreibprüfung sonst nicht funktioniert oder Sie + eigene/alternative Wörterbücher verwenden wollen. + Für LyX unter Windows ist +\family typewriter +Hunspell +\family default + das einzige verfügbare Rechtschreibprüfungsprogramm und sollte ohne Angabe + eines Verzeichnisses funktionieren. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PATH-Präfix Diese Feld enthält eine Liste mit Pfaden zu externen Programmen. + Wenn LyX ein externes Programm benötigt, wird in der Liste nachgesehen, + wo es zu finden ist. + Für Windows und Mac wird diese Liste automatisch bei der Konfiguration + von LyX erstellt, sodass Sie sie normalerweise nicht ändern müssen. + Auf Linux/Unix-Systemen muss sie nur dann erstellt werden, wenn externe + Programme benutzt werden sollen, die nicht in $PATH stehen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +TEXINPUTS-Präfix Die TEXINPUTS Umgebungsvariable erlaubt es externe Dateien, + die in LyX-Dokumenten mittels Befehlen als TeX-Code oder im LaTeX-Vorspann + eingefügt wurden, zu verwenden. + Dieser Präfix enthält standardmäßig das Dokumentverzeichnis (durch einen + Punkt '.' repräsentiert). + Der Präfix kann jede Liste an Pfaden enthalten, die durch das Standard-Trennzei +chen des Betriebssystems (':' auf UNIX-artigen Systemen und ';' auf Windows) + getrennt sind. + Falls Dateien eingefügt werden, werden die Pfade, die im TEXINPUTS-Präfix + aufgelistet sind, nach den den eingefügten Dateien gescannt. + Es ist zu beachten, dass jeder nicht-absolute Pfad im TEXINPUTS-Präfix + als relativ zum Verzeichnis Ihrer LyX-Datei betrachtet wird. + Es ist empfohlen, immer '.' als einen der Pfade anzugeben, ansonsten könnte + die Ausgabe für einige Dokumente fehlschlagen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Identität +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier können Sie Ihren Namen und Ihre E-Mail-Adresse eingeben. + Die Identität wird verwendet, um Änderungen die Sie machen, als Ihre zu + markieren, wenn Änderungsverfolgung, wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Änderungsverfolgung" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben, aktiviert ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Spracheinstellungen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sprache ! Einstellungen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Einstellungen ! Sprache +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Sprache +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Spracheinstellungen" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Sprache +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +der +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Benutzeroberfläche Hier kann die Sprache der LyXs Menüs eingestellt werden. + Der aktuelle Übersetzungsstatus ist hier zu finden: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Sprachpaket legt fest, welches LaTeX-Paket für die Sprachunterstützung geladen + werden soll. + Zur Sprachunterstützung zählen Silbentrennmuster ebenso wie die Lokalisation + von Daten und von Klassen verwendeten Ausdrücken wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Kapitel +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und Tabelle +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Das verbreitetste Sprachpaket ist +\series bold +babel +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! babel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, das Standard-Sprachpaket im klassischen LaTeX. + Für moderne TeX-Alternativen wie XeTeX und LuaTeX gibt es allerdings das + alternative Sprachpaket +\series bold +polyglossia +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! polyglossia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, welches die umfassende Unterstützung dieser Programme für verschiedenartige + Schriftsysteme voll ausnutzt. + Außerdem gibt es auch noch spezifische Sprachpakete für Sprachen, die von + babel (noch) nicht unterstützt werden. + Die möglichen Einstellungen sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Sprache" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Befehl +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Anfang Wenn ein besonderes LaTeX-Paket benötigt wird, um in einer gewissen + Dokumentsprache zu schreiben, können Sie hier den Befehl zum Start des + Paketes eingeben. + Ein Beispiel ist der Befehl +\series bold + +\backslash +begin{arabtext} +\series default +, der gebraucht wird, um mithilfe des Paketes +\series bold +ArabTeX +\series default + Arabisch zu schreiben, siehe +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Arabic" + +\end_inset + +. + Standard ist der +\series bold +babel +\series default +-Befehl +\series bold + +\backslash +selectlanguage{$$lang} +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Befehl +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ende ist das Gegenstück zu +\family sans +Befehl +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Anfang +\family default +. + Einige Pakete wie das Standardpaket haben keinen Endbefehl, weil der Startbefeh +l das Paket an- und abschaltet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Standard-Dezimalzeichen Legen Sie hier den Standard-Dezimaltrenner fest, + welcher für die Ausrichtung am Dezimalzeichen in Tabellen verwendet wird. + Voreingestellt ist der Punkt, im Deutschen wird in der Regel aber ein Komma + verwendet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Sprachen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +global +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +definieren Wenn diese Option gesetzt wird, werden die im Dokument benutzten + Sprachen zu den Klassenoptionen des Dokuments hinzugefügt, sodass sie von + allen LaTeX-Paketen benutzt werden können. + Sonst werden sie nur als Optionen von +\family typewriter +babel +\family default + benutzt. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Auto-Beginn Wenn diese Option gesetzt wird, starten die Dokumente mit der + gewählten Dokumentsprache. + Wenn nicht, wird der Befehl +\family sans +\series bold +Befehl +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Anfang +\family default +\series default + explizit an den Anfang der LaTeX-Ausgabe des Dokuments geschrieben. + Damit wird sichergestellt, dass die richtige Sprache benutzt wird, wenn + Sie in +\family sans +\series bold +Befehl +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Anfang +\family default +\series default +nicht die Standardeinstellung benutzen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Auto-Ende ist das Gegenstück zu +\family sans +\series bold +Auto +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Beginn +\family default +\series default +. + Wenn es nicht gesetzt ist, wird der +\family sans +\series bold +Befehl +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Ende +\family default +\series default + ans Ende des Dokuments geschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Fremdsprachen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +markieren Wenn Sie dies ankreuzen, werden Texte in einer anderen Sprache + als der Standard-Sprache unterstrichen, standardmäßig blau. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Rechts-nach-links-Sprachunterstützung für die entsprechenden Sprachen wie + Arabisch, Hebräisch, Persisch. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +RNL-Unterstützung +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +aktivieren aktiviert Unterstützung für Sprachen, die von rechts nach links + geschrieben werden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Cursorbewegung legt fest, wie der Cursor sich bei RNL-Sprachen verhält, + wenn sie die Pfeil-rechts- oder Pfeil-links-Taste drücken. + +\family sans +Logisch +\family default + bedeutet, dass der Cursor nach links bewegt wird, wenn Sie die Pfeil-rechts-Tas +te drücken, während sich der Cursor in einer RNL-Passage befindet. + Diese Einstellung ist vor allem in gemischten Texten (RNL und LNR) sinnvoll, + da die Cursorbewegung dann einer einheitlichen Textlogik folgt. + +\family sans +Visuell +\family default + bedeutet, dass sich der Cursor in die Richtung bewegt, in die auch die + Pfeile zeigen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Rechtschreibprüfung +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Die Rechtschreibprüfungseinstellungen sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Rechtschreibprüfung" + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Ausgabe +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Allgemein +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Ausgabe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Zeilenlänge legt die maximale Anzahl an Zeichen pro Zeile fest, die für + das Menü +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einfacher +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Text +\family default + verwendet wird. + Wird die Zeilenlänge auf 0 gesetzt, wird der komplette Text in einer endlos + langen Zeile ausgegeben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Datumsformat +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Datumsformat +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Einstellungen ! Datumsformat +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Das Datumsformat kann eines oder eine Mischung der hier aufgelisteten Formate + sein: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Zum Beispiel gibt das Format +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +%d/%m/%y +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +das Datum in der Form Tag/Monat/Jahr aus. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Beim +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Export +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +überschreiben Einstellung was LyX erlaubt ist zu überschreiben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Vorwärtssuche Befehle, die für das Menü +\family sans +Navigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Vorwärtssuche +\family default + verwendet werden. + Siehe Abschnitt +\emph on +DVI/PDF Rückwärtssuche +\emph default + der +\emph on +Handbuchergänzungen +\emph default + für eine detaillierte Beschreibung. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Drucker +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Drucker" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Drucker +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Einstellungen ! Drucker +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Standard-Drucker Hier können Sie den Namen Ihres Standard-Druckers eintragen. + Der Name wird dann beim +\family sans +Druckbefehl +\family default + übernommen. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Hinweis: +\series default + Dieses Feld kann unter Windows leer gelassen werden, da es keinen Effekt + hat. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Druckbefehl ist der Befehl, den LyX/LaTeX zum Drucken benutzt. + Der Standard ist bei den meisten Systemen +\family sans +dvips +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Optionen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +für +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Druckbefehl Hier können Sie Drucker-Optionen angeben. + Eine Liste mit Drucker-Optionen und Erläuterungen finden Sie in der Dokumentati +on des Programms dessen +\family sans +Druckbefehl +\family default + Sie verwenden. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Ausgabe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +an +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +den +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Drucker +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +anpassen Diese Option funktioniert nur für den +\family sans +Druckbefehl +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +dvips +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und ist für Experten gedacht. + Sie aktiviert eine Konfigurationsdatei für dvips. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +eX +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:LaTeX-Einstellungen" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Einstellungen ! LaTeX +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +LaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X-Fontkodierung +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +verwenden Dies ist die Standard-Kodierung der Dokumentschrift. + +\family sans +T1 +\family default + ist der Standard und deckt westliche Sprachen und Symbole ab. + +\family sans +T2A +\family default +, +\family sans +T2B +\family default +, +\family sans +T2C +\family default +, +\family sans +LCY +\family default + und +\family sans +X2 +\family default + werden für Kyrillisch verwendet. + Kombinationen der Kodierungen wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +T1, T2B +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + sind möglich. + Die Schriftkodierung wird normalerweise automatisch von den Sprachpaketen + geladen, die LyX im Hintergund verwendet. + Man muss die Standard-Kodierung also nicht ändern. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Standard-Papiergröße Dies ist die Papiergröße die für neue Dokumente verwendet + wird. + Der +\family sans +Standard +\family default + Wert hängt von den LaTeX-Systemeinstellungen ab. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Papiergrößen-Optionen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +des +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +DVI-Betrachters Diese haben nur einen Effekt, wenn das Programm +\family sans +xdvi +\family default + als DVI-Betrachter verwendet wird; siehe dessen Handbuch für weitere Informatio +nen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Des Weiteren können hier Optionen und Befehle mit Parametern für die aufgelistet +en Prozessoren angegeben werden. + Bevor Sie aber etwas ändern, sollten Sie vorher unbedingt in die Handbücher + der Prozessoren geschaut haben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Literaturverzeichnis-Erzeugung Einstellungen für die Erstellung des Literaturver +zeichnisses, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbanken" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Indexerzeugung Einstellungen für die Erstellung des Stichwortverzeichnisses, + siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Stichwort-Programm" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Nomenklarturbefehl Befehl für das Programm, das die Nomenklatur erstellt, + siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Nomenklatur-Programm" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +CheckTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X-Befehl Befehl für das Programm +\family sans +CheckTeX +\family default +, das im Abschnitt +\emph on +TeX prüfen +\emph default + der +\emph on +Handbuchergänzungen +\emph default + beschrieben ist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Es gibt zusätzlich die folgenden Optionen: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Verwende +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +windowskonforme +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Pfade +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +in +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +LaTeX-Dateien Verwendet Pfade in der Notation von Windows; das bedeutet, + dass +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\backslash + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + anstelle von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +/ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + verwendet wird, um Verzeichnisse zu trennen. + Diese Option ist automatisch aktiv unter LyX für Windows. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Pfade +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Einstellungen ! Pfade +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Klassenoptionen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +beim +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Wechsel +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +der +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Dokumentklasse +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +zurücksetzen entfernt beim Wechsel der Dokumentklasse alle von Hand gesetzten + +\family sans +Klassenoptionen +\family default + im Dialog +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dokumentklasse +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Datei-Handhabung +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Datei-Handhabung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Konverter +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Konverter" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Konverter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier ist eine Liste mit definierten Konverter-Befehlen zu finden, um Material + von einem Format in ein anderes zu konvertieren. + Man kann Konverter modifizieren oder neue erstellen. + Um einen Konverter zu modifizieren, wählt man ihn aus, ändert den Eintrag + im Feld +\family sans +Konverter +\family default + und/oder +\family sans +Zusatz-Flag +\family default + und drückt den Knopf +\family sans +Ändern +\family default +. + Um einen neuen Konverter zu erstellen, wählt man einen existierenden aus, + wählt in der Dropdown-Liste +\family sans +In +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default + ein anderes Format aus, modifiziert das Feld +\family sans +Konverter +\family default + und drückt den Knopf +\family sans +Hinzufügen +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Wenn der +\family sans +Konverterdatei-Zwischenspeicher +\family default + aktiviert ist, werden Konvertierungen so lange wie im Feld +\family sans +Maximales Alter (in Tagen +\family default +) angegeben, gespeichert. + Das bedeutet, dass Bilder nicht immer wieder konvertiert werden müssen, + wenn man ein Dokument öffnet; die konvertierten Bilder aus dem Speicher + werden stattdessen verwendet. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mehr über Konverter und die Flags, die man in der Konverter-Definition verwenden + kann, ist im Abschnitt +\emph on +Konverter +\emph default + des +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default + Handbuchs beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Dateiformate +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Dateiformate" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dateiformate +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Hier findet man eine Liste mit definierten Dateiformaten, die LyX handhaben + kann. + Man kann das Betrachtungs- und Bearbeitungsprogramm ändern, das für bestimmte + Formate verwendet werden soll. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Des Weiteren kann man hier das +\family sans +Voreingestellte Ausgabeformat +\family default + festlegen, das verwendet wird, wenn man +\family sans +Ansehen, Aktualisieren, Hauptdokument ansehen +\family default + oder +\family sans +Hauptdokument aktualisieren +\family default + im Menü +\family sans +Ansicht +\family default + oder in der Werkzeugleiste aufruft. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Mehr über Formate und deren Optionen, ist im Abschnitt +\emph on +Formate +\emph default + des +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default + Handbuchs beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Da alle Konvertierungen von einem Format in ein anderes in LyXs temporärem + Verzeichnis stattfinden, ist es manchmal notwendig eine Datei zu modifizieren, + bevor sie ins temporäre Verzeichnis kopiert und dort konvertiert wird. + Dies geschieht, indem man einen +\family sans +Kopierer +\family default + angibt. + Mehr darüber ist im Abschnitt +\emph on +Kopierer +\emph default + des +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default + Handbuchs beschrieben. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +In LyX verfügbare Maßeinheiten +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "chap:In-LyX-verfügbare" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Einheiten +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Um die in diesem Handbuch verwendeten Maßeinheiten zu verstehen, erläutert + Tabelle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "tab:Maßeinheiten" + +\end_inset + + alle in LyX verfügbaren Maßeinheiten. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float table +placement h +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "tab:Maßeinheiten" + +\end_inset + +Maßeinheiten +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Maßeinheit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Name/Beschreibung +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Millimeter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +cm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Zentimeter +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +in +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Zoll (1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +in = 2.54 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +pt +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Punkt (72.27 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt = 1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +in) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +pc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Pica (1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pc = 12 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +sp +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +skalierter Punkt (65536 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +sp = 1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +bp +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +großer Punkt (72 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +bp = 1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +in) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +dd +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Didot (1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +dd +\begin_inset Formula $\approx$ +\end_inset + + 0,376 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mm) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +cc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Cicero (1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cc = 12 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +dd) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Skalierung% +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +% der originalen Bildbreite +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Textbreite % +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +% der Textbreite +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spaltenbreite % +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +% der Spaltenbreite +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Seitenbreite % +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +% der Seitenbreite +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Zeilenbreite % +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +% der Zeilenbreite +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Texthöhe % +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +% der Texthöhe +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Seitenhöhe % +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +% der Seitenhöhe +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +ex +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Die Höhe des Buchstabens +\emph on +x +\emph default + im aktiven Zeichensatz +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +em +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Die Breite des Buchstabens +\emph on +M +\emph default + im aktiven Zeichensatz +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mu +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mathematische Maßeinheit +\series bold + +\series default +(1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mu = 1/18 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +label "Credits" +key "lyxcredit" + +\end_inset + +Das LyX Team: +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Credits" +target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits" + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://www.lyx.org/Credits +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "latexbook" + +\end_inset + +Leslie Lamport. + +\emph on +LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. + +\emph default + Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "latexcompanion" + +\end_inset + +Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin: +\emph on +The LaTeX Companion. + +\emph default + Addison-Wesley, 1994 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "latexguide" + +\end_inset + +A Guide to LaTeX2e, Kopka and Daly. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "texbook" + +\end_inset + +Donald E. + Knuth. + +\emph on +The TeXbook +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "latex-einführung" + +\end_inset + +Helmut Kopka: +\emph on +LaTeX, Band 1 – Einführung, 2., überarbeitete Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +lage +\emph default +. + Addison-Wesley, 1996 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "latex-praxisbuch" + +\end_inset + +Elke & Michael Niedermair: +\emph on +LaTeX-Praxisbuch +\emph default +, Franzis-Verlag, 2004 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "TeX-Katalog" + +\end_inset + +Der TeX-Katalog: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "LaTeXFAQ" + +\end_inset + +The LaTeX FAQ: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "BibTeX" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Dokumentation" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf" + +\end_inset + + des Programms +\family sans +BibTeX +\family default +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "BibTeX-2" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Dokumentation" +target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf" + +\end_inset + + wie man das Programm +\family sans +BibTeX +\family default + verwendet: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "makeindex" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Dokumentation" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf" + +\end_inset + + des Programms +\family sans +makeindex +\family default +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "xindy" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Dokumentation" +target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html" + +\end_inset + + des Programms +\family sans +xindy +\family default +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "AMS" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Dokumentation" +target "http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex" + +\end_inset + + der AMS LaTeX-Pakete: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "caption" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Dokumentation" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf" + +\end_inset + + des LaTeX-Pakets +\series bold +caption +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! caption +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "enumitem" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Dokumentation" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf" + +\end_inset + + des LaTeX-Pakets +\series bold +enumitem +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! enumitem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "fancyhdr" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Dokumentation" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf" + +\end_inset + + des LaTeX-Pakets +\series bold +fancyhdr +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! fancyhdr +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "hyperref" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Dokumentation" +target "http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref" + +\end_inset + + des LaTeX-Pakets +\series bold +hyperref +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! hyperref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "nomencl" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Dokumentation" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf" + +\end_inset + + des LaTeX-Pakets +\series bold +nomencl +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! nomencl +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "prettyref" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Dokumentation" +target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf" + +\end_inset + + des LaTeX-Pakets +\series bold +prettyref +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! prettyref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "refstyle" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Dokumentation" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf" + +\end_inset + + des LaTeX-Pakets +\series bold +refstyle +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! refstyle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Arabic" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-Seite" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic" + +\end_inset + + wie man LyX für Arabisch konfiguriert: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Armenian" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-Seite" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian" + +\end_inset + + wie man LyX für Armenisch konfiguriert: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Cyrillic" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-Seite" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic" + +\end_inset + + wie man LyX fü kyrillische Sprachen konfiguriert: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Farsi" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-Seite" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi" + +\end_inset + + wie man LyX für Farsi konfiguriert: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Hebrew" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-Seite" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew" + +\end_inset + + wie man LyX für Hebräisch konfiguriert: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Japanese" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-Seite" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese" + +\end_inset + + wie man LyX für Japanisch konfiguriert: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Latvian" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-Seite" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian" + +\end_inset + + wie man LyX für Lettisch konfiguriert +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Lithuanian" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-Seite" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian" + +\end_inset + + wie man LyX für Litauisch konfiguriert +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Mongolian" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-Seite" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian" + +\end_inset + + wie man LyX für Mongolisch konfiguriert: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "Vietnamese" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-Seite" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese" + +\end_inset + + wie man LyX für Vietnamesisch konfiguriert: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "NeuInLyX20" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Wiki-Seite" +target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20" + +\end_inset + + über neue Funktionen in +\family sans +LyX 2.0 +\family default +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage newpage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +let +\backslash +mybibname +\backslash +bibname +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +bibname}{ +\backslash +mybibname +\backslash +; 2} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Der Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibname +\family default + ist der Name des Literaturverzeichnisses in der jeweiligen Dokumentsprache. + Er wird hier mit der Nummer 2 versehen, ein zweites Verzeichnis folgt: +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset CommandInset bibtex +LatexCommand bibtex +bibfiles "../biblio/LyXDocs" +options "../biblio/alphadin" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Das obige Literaturverzeichnis stammt aus einer BibTeX-Datenbank. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Damit die Nomenklatur auch den entspechenden Namen erhält, wurde im LaTeX-Vorspa +nn +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +nomname}{Nomenklatur} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +eingefügt. + Denn voreingestellt ist +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Nomenclature +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print +LatexCommand printnomenclature +set_width "auto" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Damit der Index den Namen +\emph on +Stichwortverzeichnis +\emph default + erhält, wurde im LaTeX-Vorspann +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +addto +\backslash +captionsngerman { +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +indexname} {Stichwortverzeichnis}} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +eingefügt. + Denn voreingestellt ist +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Index +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Das Paket +\series bold +babel +\series default + sorgt dafür, dass die Legenden in der ausgewählten Sprache erscheinen. + Ehe man Legenden ändern kann, muss es geladen werden. + Außerdem wird +\series bold +babel +\series default + von LyX automatisch nach dem LaTeX-Vorspann geladen. + Das ruft aber keine Probleme hervor. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Möchte man andere Legenden ändern, ersetzt man +\series bold + +\backslash +indexname +\series default + durch +\series bold + +\backslash +name +\series default +. + Eine Auflistung der möglichen Namen findet man unter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family typewriter +http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=fixnam +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Möchte man Legenden für andere Sprachen ändern, ersetzt man +\series bold +ngerman +\series default + durch die Dokumentsprache und +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +captionsgerman +\series default + durch +\series bold + +\backslash +captions +\series default +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset index_print +LatexCommand printindex +type "idx" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/APA6.lyx b/lib/templates/APA6.lyx index 7e2b6278b3..60212d5144 100644 --- a/lib/templates/APA6.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/APA6.lyx @@ -1,286 +1,286 @@ -#LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 413 -\begin_document -\begin_header -\textclass apa6 -\options jou -\use_default_options false -\begin_modules -natbibapa -\end_modules -\maintain_unincluded_children false -\begin_local_layout -Style Journal -LatexName journal -LatexType Command -# InTitle 0 - InPreamble 1 -End -\end_local_layout -\language english -\language_package default -\inputencoding auto -\fontencoding global -\font_roman default -\font_sans default -\font_typewriter default -\font_default_family default -\use_non_tex_fonts false -\font_sc false -\font_osf false -\font_sf_scale 100 -\font_tt_scale 100 - -\graphics default -\default_output_format default -\output_sync 0 -\bibtex_command bibtex -\index_command default -\paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\use_hyperref false -\papersize default -\use_geometry false -\use_amsmath 1 -\use_esint 1 -\use_mhchem 1 -\use_mathdots 1 -\cite_engine natbib_authoryear -\use_bibtopic false -\use_indices false -\paperorientation portrait -\suppress_date false -\use_refstyle 1 -\index Index -\shortcut idx -\color #008000 -\end_index -\secnumdepth 3 -\tocdepth 3 -\paragraph_separation indent -\paragraph_indentation default -\quotes_language english -\papercolumns 1 -\papersides 1 -\paperpagestyle default -\tracking_changes false -\output_changes false -\html_math_output 0 -\html_css_as_file 0 -\html_be_strict false -\end_header - -\begin_body - -\begin_layout Journal -Journal of Important Stuff -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The journal name, volume, ccopy, and copnum appear only in jou and doc modes. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Volume -Vol. - 0 (2007), pp.~1--22 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Copyright -© The Author -\end_layout - -\begin_layout CopNum -ISSN XXX-XXXX-XXXX -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Title -Long Title of the Paper Which is Very Descriptive of the Work Being Done -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Warning: Don't force a newline in manuscript mode. - It won't compile. - If you want to in jou or doc mode, that's fine. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout ShortTitle -Short Title of Paper -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Author -Author Name -\end_layout - -\begin_layout LeftHeader -Author -\begin_inset Note Note -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The left header is used for the author's last name(s), and appears on even-page - headers in jou mode. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Affiliation -Big Name University -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Department of Psychology -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Note -Draft of 12/ 16/12. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Abstract -This the abstract for my document. - The purpose of this document is to demonstrate the new apa6 class that - I have been working on. - There was a layout file for the original apa document class which was authored - by Randy Gobbel. - This document is based on that layout, but includes many additions and - updates. - I really don't like having relevant information in a preamble if it is - not necessary. - So, styles for all the necessary commands have been included as part of - the document instead. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Keywords -apa6, layout, template, LyX -\end_layout - -\begin_layout AuthorNote -We would like to acknowledge all of the many people who contributed to this - work. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Section Heading -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - Standard text. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This is more standard text. - This is more standard text. - This is more standard text. - This is more standard text. - This is more standard text. - This is more standard text. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Subsection Heading -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -This is more standard text. - If you use the nifty natbibapa module, then you can select apacite as the - bibliography style below. - This allows you to do awesome stuff. - For example, check out this inline citation. - -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand citet -key "jame76" - -\end_inset - - declared...notice that it uses -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -and -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - between names. - Now check out this one -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand citep -key "gree00" - -\end_inset - -. - It uses -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - between names just like it is supposed to. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Unlike the original apa class, the apa6 class does not override whatever - citation style is listed in the bibliography. - However, for compliance with apa6, you should set the style to apacite. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset CommandInset bibtex -LatexCommand bibtex -bibfiles "sample" -options "apacite" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_body -\end_document +#LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 413 +\begin_document +\begin_header +\textclass apa6 +\options jou +\use_default_options false +\begin_modules +natbibapa +\end_modules +\maintain_unincluded_children false +\begin_local_layout +Style Journal +LatexName journal +LatexType Command +# InTitle 0 + InPreamble 1 +End +\end_local_layout +\language english +\language_package default +\inputencoding auto +\fontencoding global +\font_roman default +\font_sans default +\font_typewriter default +\font_default_family default +\use_non_tex_fonts false +\font_sc false +\font_osf false +\font_sf_scale 100 +\font_tt_scale 100 + +\graphics default +\default_output_format default +\output_sync 0 +\bibtex_command bibtex +\index_command default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\use_hyperref false +\papersize default +\use_geometry false +\use_amsmath 1 +\use_esint 1 +\use_mhchem 1 +\use_mathdots 1 +\cite_engine natbib_authoryear +\use_bibtopic false +\use_indices false +\paperorientation portrait +\suppress_date false +\use_refstyle 1 +\index Index +\shortcut idx +\color #008000 +\end_index +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\paragraph_indentation default +\quotes_language english +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes false +\html_math_output 0 +\html_css_as_file 0 +\html_be_strict false +\end_header + +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Journal +Journal of Important Stuff +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The journal name, volume, ccopy, and copnum appear only in jou and doc modes. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Volume +Vol. + 0 (2007), pp.~1--22 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Copyright +© The Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout CopNum +ISSN XXX-XXXX-XXXX +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Title +Long Title of the Paper Which is Very Descriptive of the Work Being Done +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Warning: Don't force a newline in manuscript mode. + It won't compile. + If you want to in jou or doc mode, that's fine. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout ShortTitle +Short Title of Paper +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author +Author Name +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LeftHeader +Author +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The left header is used for the author's last name(s), and appears on even-page + headers in jou mode. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Affiliation +Big Name University +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Department of Psychology +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Note +Draft of 12/ 16/12. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract +This the abstract for my document. + The purpose of this document is to demonstrate the new apa6 class that + I have been working on. + There was a layout file for the original apa document class which was authored + by Randy Gobbel. + This document is based on that layout, but includes many additions and + updates. + I really don't like having relevant information in a preamble if it is + not necessary. + So, styles for all the necessary commands have been included as part of + the document instead. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Keywords +apa6, layout, template, LyX +\end_layout + +\begin_layout AuthorNote +We would like to acknowledge all of the many people who contributed to this + work. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Section Heading +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + Standard text. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This is more standard text. + This is more standard text. + This is more standard text. + This is more standard text. + This is more standard text. + This is more standard text. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Subsection Heading +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This is more standard text. + If you use the nifty natbibapa module, then you can select apacite as the + bibliography style below. + This allows you to do awesome stuff. + For example, check out this inline citation. + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand citet +key "jame76" + +\end_inset + + declared...notice that it uses +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + between names. + Now check out this one +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand citep +key "gree00" + +\end_inset + +. + It uses +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +& +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + between names just like it is supposed to. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Unlike the original apa class, the apa6 class does not override whatever + citation style is listed in the bibliography. + However, for compliance with apa6, you should set the style to apacite. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset CommandInset bibtex +LatexCommand bibtex +bibfiles "sample" +options "apacite" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document -- 2.39.2